V

5.I4&

THE

NATURAL HISTORY REVIEW.

$ . 4 b &">

THE

NATURAL HISTORY REVIEW:

A QUARTERLY JOURNAL

OP

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, GEOLOGY, AND PALEONTOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

i-

A. H. HALIDAY, A.M., M.R.I. A., F.L.S., Etc.,

MEMBER OP THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETIES OF LONDON, FRANCE, AND STETTIN.

W. H. HARVEY, M.D., M.R.I.A., F.L.S.,

PROFESSOR OF BOTANY, UNIVERSITY OF DUBLIN.

REV. S. HAUGHTON, A.M., RT.C.D., M.R.I.A.,

PROFESSOR OF GEOLOGY, UNIVERSITY OF DUBLIN.

AND OTHERS.

WLify WLoohmts anb $Tit{jcrgrap!rit illustrations.
VOL. IY.-1857.

LONDON:
WILLIAMS & NORGATE, HENRIETTA-ST., CO VENT- GARDEN.

DUBLIN : HODGES, SMITH, & CO.
EDINBURGH : WILLIAMS & NORGATE, SOUTH FREDERICK- ST.

1857.

PRICE FIFTEEN SHILLINGS.

DUBLIN :

^rlntetr at tf;e ©mtorsln? press,

BY M. II. GILL.

THE

NATURAL HISTORY REVIEW:

VOLUME IV— 1857.

REVIEWS

OF

WORKS ON NATURAL HISTORY

LONDON:

WILLIAMS & NOEGATE, HENRIETTArST., CO VENT- GARDEN.

DUBLIN : HODGES, SMITH, & CO.

EDINBURGH : WILLIAMS & NOEGATE, SOUTH FREDERICK-ST.

1857.

DUBLIN :

^rtntetJ at ti)e Hwftmftg ^rcss,

BY M. H. GILL.

INDEX TO REVIEWS.

Page.

Animate, how they are classified. By R. Patterson, 93

Annual, Entomologist's, for 1857, 9

Ansted, Professor, Elementary Course of Geology, &c, 19

Aquarium, Popular History of. By G. B. Sowerby, 100

Austrian Fauna — Coleoptera. By L. Redtenbacher, 30

Botany, Manual of British. By C. C. Babington, 39

Botany, Manual of the, of the Northern United States. By Dr. Asa Gray, . . 77

British Crustacea. By Adam White, F. L. S., 98

Burmeister, Dr., Zoonomic Letters, 69

Common Objects of the Sea Shore. By the Rev. J. G. Wood, 100

Cours Elementaire d'Histoire Naturelle, Zoologie. Par M. Milne-Edwards.

Sep. Edit., 59

Crustacea, British, Popular History of. By A. White, 98

Diagrams, Ten Zoological. By R. Patterson, 93

Diatomaceae, British, Synopsis of. By Professor W. Smith, 1

Elementary Course of Geology, Mineralogy, and Physical Geography. By Pro-
fessor Ansted, 19

Entomologist's Annual for 1857. Edited by H. T. Stainton, 9

Entomology, Elements of. By W. S. Dallas, F. L. S., . 4

Flora Vectensis. By the late W. A. Bromfield, M. D., 80

French Fauna — Coleoptera. By MM. Fairmaire and Laboulbene, 30

Geographie Botanique raisonee ou Exposition des Faits principaux et des lois
concernant la Distribution Geographique des Plantes de l'epoque actuelle. Par

M. Alphonse De Candolle, 45

Germany, Coleoptera of. By Dr. H. Schaum and Mr. G. Kraatz, 30

Gosse, P. H., Life in its Lower, Intermediate, and Higher Forms, 90

Manual of British Marine Zoology, 90

Tenby : a Sea-side Holiday, 90

Glaucus. By the Rev. Charles Kingsley, Third Edition, 43

Humphreys, Noel, Ocean Gardens, 100

River Gardens, 100

Life in its Lower, Intermediate, and Higher Forms. By P. H. Gosse, .... 90

IV INDEX TO REVIEWS.

Page.

Marine Botanist. By Isabella Gifford, 68

Marine Zoology, Manual of. By P. H. Gosse, 90

Miller, Hugh, Testimony of the Rocks, . 82

Miscellaneous Notices, 27

Ocean Gardens. By Noel Humphreys, 100

Ornithological Synonyms. By H. E. Strickland, 6

Outline of the Organization of the Animal Kingdom. 2nd edition. By Pro-
fessor Rymer Jones, ; 7

Parthenogenesis, True, in Moths and Bees. By C. Th. E. Von Siebold. Trans-
lated by W. S. Dallas, . 64

Patterson, Robert, Animals, how they are classified, 93

Ten Zoological Diagrams, 93

Popular History of the Aquarium. By G. B. Sowerby, 100

British Crustacea. By Adam White, 98

Retrospect of various Works published during the last year (1856), new editions,

&c, 27

River Gardens. By Noel Humphreys, 100

Smith, Professor W., Synopsis of British Diatomacea, 1

Sowerby, G. B., Popular History of the Aquarium, 100

Stimpson, Notices of Invertebrate Animals, collected in the United States Expe-
dition to the Southern Pacific Ocean, 79

Tenby : a Sea-side Holidav. By P. H. Gosse, 90

Testimony of the Rocks. By Hugh Miller, 82

Typical Forms and Special Ends in Creation. By J. M'Cosh, D. D., and G.

Dickie, M.D., 11

Wahre Parthenogenesis bei Schmetterlingen und Bienen ein Beitrag zur Fort-

pflanzungs geschichte der Tbiere. Von C. Th. E. Von Siebold, .... 64

White, Adam, Popular History of British Crustacea, 98

Zoology, General Works on. New English Translations, 39

Zoological Diagrams, Ten. By R. Patterson, 93

Zoology, Manual of. By Milne-Edwards. Translated by Dr. Knox, .... 59

Zoonomic Letters. By Dr. H. Burmeister, 69

OBITUARY.

Died on the 30th of March, 1857, at his house in Granby-row, Dublin,
Robert Ball, LL.D., one of the Editors of this Journal. Doctor Ball
was Secretary to the Queen's University, and Examiner to the Board of
Commissioners of Civil Services for Ireland. The relation in which he
stood to the studies of Zoology and the kindred sciences is but imperfectly
suggested by his titles in connexion with the principal public scientific
bodies in Dublin, where he resided. He was Treasurer of the Royal Irish
Academy of Science ; Secretary to the Royal Zoological Society ; Director
of the University Museum, and President of the University Zoological and
Botanical Association, in Trinity College ; Vice-President of the Geological
Society ; Member of Council of the Royal Dublin Society, the Statistical
Society, etc. And these were not honours sought by him for the orna-
ment of a name, but offices imposed upon him by the public appreciation
of his superior fitness, and duties which he fulfilled with the energy, discre-
tion, unselfish kindliness and strong sense of honour, which were so
eminently characteristic of him through life, and in all its relations. The
Royal Irish Academy, with other scientific societies, and not those only
with which he was directly connected, have testified to the blank he has
left, by adjourning, without entering on any scientific proceedings, at their
meetings next after his decease. Doctor Ball was President Elect of the
Section of Zoology and Botany of the British Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, in their meeting of 1857, when he was taken away in
the vigour of life, and the full career of social usefulness. Of the colleague
and the friend, our own more especial loss, we cannot trust ourselves to
speak now particularly. Eds. N. H. R.

THE

NATURAL HISTORY REVIEW.

JjWriefow.

A Synopsis of the British Diatomacej:, with Remarks on the Struc-
ture, Functions, and Distribution; and Instructions for Col-
lecting and Preserving Specimens. By William Smith, F.L.S.,
Professor of Natural History, Queen's College, Cork. Vol. II. 2 Is.

It is a pleasant thing to find one's anticipations of good realised. Some
months ago, when noticing the first volume of the " British Diatomaceae,"
and finding it a book deserving of our best wishes and calling from us no
ordinary meed of praise, we deemed justified in venturing a prophecy, from
the earnest then afforded, that the second volume would in no respect fall
behind its forerunner. We have prophesied well and truly, for our antici-
pations have not only been fully realised, but have even been exceeded »
and we rejoice in being able now to call the attention of our readers to the
second and concluding volume of one of the most useful works which has
of late years been placed in the hands of the investigator of the microscopic
forms of organised existence.

The author has reserved for the present volume some very important
topics connected with the general history of the Diatomaceae — their highly
curious reproductive phenomena, their exact nature, and the status they
hold in the organic creation ; the characters to be relied on in the determi-
nation of genera and species, and the laws by which they are governed in
their Geographical distribution : all of which are well discussed in an in-
troduction to the systematic portion of the volume.

On the subject of the reproduction of the Diatomaceae especially, Mr.
Smith has rendered us acquainted with some new facts of much physio-
logical importance, and tending to throw considerable light on the import
of the curious phenomenon of " Conjugation." It is now about eight years
since Mr. Thwaites announced the very significant fact that he had observed
vol. iv. *~* B

2 REVIEWS.

in a species of Diatomacese a process entirely similar to the " conjugation"
with which botanists were already familiar, as occurring in several of the
green freshwater algae. In Enotia turgida, in which he first witnessed
this phenomenon, two of the microscopic unicellular plants, of which this
species consists, were seen to approach one another, and pour out from
within their siliceous skins, which opened for the purpose, the whole of the
soft, semi-fluid contents of their bodies, mingling the one with the other,
and leaving behind nothing but the empty shells. The mingled contents
soon shaped themselves into two cylindrical masses, or " sporangia," which
gradually became more and more similar to the parents, encasing them-
selves, like them, in a flinty shell, and ultimately differing from them chiefly
in their very much larger size.

We well remember hearing Mr. Thwaites's paper read for the first time,
at one of the meetings of the British Association ; and the interest which
the botanists then present took in so important an announcement will not
easily be forgotten ; for it was deemed that the point was at last discovered
which decided the true relations of these enigmatical organisms ; that
their supposed animality was a simple delusion ; and that the territory of the
Diatom must, without further demur, be handed over to the dominion of
Flora.

With the exception of Mr. Thwaites's subsequent statement of some addi-
tional instances of the process just described, and his discovery of the
interesting fact that in certain species the " sporangium" repeats itself by
division, our knowledge of the conjugation of the Diatomaceas had rested
pretty much as he left it. It was still evident, however, that something
yet remained to be determined, and the true import of the sporangial frus-
tule, the immediate result of the curious conjugation, continued unex-
plained.

When a subject like the present falls into the hands of a patient and
laborious observer, we may safely expect some results ; and it cannot,
therefore, be matter of surprise that Mr. Smith is enabled, in the volume
before us, to present us with numerous additional instances of conjugation, as
well as confirmations of the very accurate accounts of Thwaites, making
in all no less than twenty-seven distinct cases, which have all come under
his own observation.

But a still more important step towards the determination of the true
significance of Conjugation, than that suggested by the mere accumulation
of instances, has been made by Mr. Smith. The ultimate destination of the
" sporangial frustule," the immediate product of the conjugative act, had

BRITISH DIATOMACEiE. 3

hitherto remained involved in great obscurity, the known facts admitting of
nothing but loose sunnises of little scientific value. Some phenomena,
however, have come under the observation of Mr. Smith which seem to go
far towards a satisfactory determination of this important point. He has
rendered it, indeed, almost certain that the contents of the sporangial frus-
tule ultimately resolve themselves into a brood of young Diatoms, exactly
repeating the form of the original conjugating individuals — an observation
which we do not hesitate to say is one of the most important which has of
late years been made in the physiology of plants.

The difficult subject of the determination of species in the Diatomacese,
and the selection of the characters on which the systematist must rely in
the construction of his natural groups, is well discussed ; and it is shown
that mere difference of size, and even slight difference of outline, cannot be
depended on as indicating a specific separation of two individuals. The
character of the Striation and the arrangement of the Endochrome are the
points on which our author chiefly relies ; and in this we entirely agree with
him. We cannot, however, quite make out in what rank he would place
habitat, when he speaks of it as assisting in the determination of species.
If he means that it should be considered as a character forming a "consti-
tuent part in a diagnosis, we cannot assent ; but it is probable, after all,
that what he really intends to convey is simply that the fact of two given
specimens being found, one in the sea, and the other in fresh water, will
afford a priori reasons for suspecting a difference of species, and will lead
the observer to seek for valid specific characters in the striation and the
arrangement of the endochrome. If this be his meaning, we agree with him,
and believe his suggestion to be one of much practical value.

The very wide geographical distribution of the species of Diatomacese is
a curious fact in their history. We find them, indeed, scarcely influenced
by those external agencies which set such well-marked boundaries to the
areas occupied by organic beings generally. The following account of their
distribution will give the reader some idea of this feature in their economy :

" Of fresh-water species frequent in the British Islands, the following seem
almost cosmopolitan, viz. : Synedra radians, Pinnularia viridis, Pinnularia borealis
and Cocconema lanceolatum. Gatherings from many localities in Europe, from
Smyrna and Ceylon, from the Sandwich Islands, New Zealand, and New York
from the loftiest accessible points of the Himalaya in Asia, and the Andes in
America, have supplied specimens of these forms.

** Navicula serians abounds in all our mountain bogs, and is equally common in
the marshes of Lapland and America.

" Epiihemia gibba is an inhabitant of the Geysers of Iceland and the lakes of
Switzerland.

'• The South Sea Islands supply Stauroneis acuta, and Ceylon Synedra ulna •

4 REVIEWS.

while Stauroneii pkcenicenteron is equally abundant in Britain, Sicily, and Nova
Scotia.

" These notes of localities will give some idea of the wide distribution of our
fluviatile Diatomacese; more numerous gatherings would, no doubt, greatly extend
the list, and the following circumstance will show how generally our commoner
British forms are diffused throughout European localities that have been care-
fully examined. During a tour in Languedoc and the Auvergne, in the spring
of 1854, I made upwards of forty gatherings from the rivers, streams, and lakes
of the district I traversed ; in these I detected one hundred and thirty species,
described in the present work, and but one form not yet determined as indigenous
to Britain. If this be the case with a district, much of whose Phanerogamous
flora is so different from our own, it bears out the view I have taken, that these
organisms eojoy a range of distribution far more general than the higher orders
of plant life.

" Nor is the distribution of marine species less notable for its extent and uni-
formity. Coscinodisciu eccentricus and Coscinodiscus radiatus range from the
shores of Britain to those of S. Africa. Grammatophora marina and Grammato-
phora maeilenta are found in almost every marine gathering from the Arctic
Ocean to the Mauritius. Stauroneis pulchella, Cocconeis scutellum^ and Biddulphia
pulckella are equally abundant on the European, the American, and the African
coasts ; while Rhabdonema adriaticum belies its name by its occurrence in the
Indian, Atlantic, and Pacific oceans. During the researches already mentioned
in the South of France, I made several prolific gatherings on the shores of the
Gulf of Lyons ; but of thirty-three forms occurring in these, Hyalosira delicatula
Kuetz. was the only one not familiar to me as a British species."

In our notice of the first volume of "The British Diatomaceae," we
ventured to predict the rapid discovery of new forms, which would result
from having so valuable an aid placed in the hands of the investigator.
Our prophecy has turned out true. In proof of this, we have only to refer to
the appendix of the present volume, where the reader will find no less than
seventy-two species described, belonging to genera contained in the first
volume, and all of which have been discovered by various observers since
that volume was published.

We cannot conclude the present notice without a word regarding the
thirty-seven plates with which it is illustrated. These plates, like those of
the former volume, are engraved by Mr. T. West. They are even superior,
as works of art, to the plates contained in that volume, and deserve our
highest praise as specimens of Natural History iconography. G. J. A.

Elements of Entomology ; an Outline of the Natural History and
Classification of British Insects. By William S. Dallas, F.L.S.
London : Van Voorst.
A work bearing the above title is now in course of publication. It is
to be completed in fifteen monthly parts, three of which have already
appeared. When we add that they are brought out at the very low price

ELEMENTS OF ENTOMOLOGY. 0

of sixpence each, it is obvious that the publisher must anticipate a large
sale ; for nothing else would enable him to meet the expense of publication,
and to realise a profit. This fact is worthy of note ; for, as publishers
must in their undertakings have reference to the public wants and wishes,
we may infer that Mr. Van Voorst considers that he can now appeal to a
circle of readers very different in extent from that to which such a pub-
lication could, even a few years ago, have been addressed. We have,
therefore, in this, an evidence of the increasing public desire for zoological
knowledge, especially in one of its most fascinating departments.

We prefer waiting until the work is complete, before expressing any
critical opinion on its merits. At present, we would do little more than
announce its existence, and convey to our readers, so far as these numbers
enable us, an idea of the course pursued by the author. He has not given
any " preface" or " introduction ;" so that we have no explanation pre-
sented to us of the plan he intends to adopt, or the precise views which it
is his intention to bring forward and elucidate. The subjects, successively
taken up in the several chapters, are the only landmarks which indicate
the general direction of the road along which Mr. Dallas proposes to guide
the young Entomologist.

" What is an Insect ?" is the question asked and answered in Chapter
I. The " Structure of Insects in general" occupies Chapter II. This is
followed by " Sexes and Transformations" — " Classification and Nomen-
clature." Chapter V. is devoted to the Coleoptera ; and we may presume
that the other orders will follow in regular sequence. The style is
simple and perspicuous, and the young student who reads these " Elements
of Entomology" will never feel a doubt as to the author's meaning. It is
clear and intelligible throughout.

But it would be doing injustice to Mr. Dallas if we did not add, that
the didactic style is occasionally forsaken, for one more congenial to youth,
and not without attraction even to those of advanced or declining years.
As an instance, we would refer to his description, at page 65, of a Lon-
doner's spring ramble, and its concomitants, including the Brimstone but-
terfly (Gonypteryx Rhamni) and the Tiger beetle (Cicindela campestris).
To join in such a walk, we would throw down our pen, lay aside our spec-
tacles, and forsake our library and easy chair ; for we reside in a locality
where the Tiger beetle is unknown, and where we have lived for more
than twenty years without our eyes having been " gladdened," during all
that time, with the sight of a Brimstone butterfly on the wing. R. P.

REVIEWS.

Ornithological Synonyms. By the late Hugh E. Strickland, M.A.,
F.R.S., &c. Edited by Mrs. H. E. Strickland and Sir W. Jardine,
Bart. 8vo. London : Van Voorst. 1856. 12s. 6d.

It is impossible for any person who has not entered well into the study
of practical Ornithology duly to appreciate the difficulties attending it ;
owing, mainly, to the reckless way in which Synonyms have been multi-
plied. Sir W. Jardine, in the preface to the work of his much-lamented
son-in-law, Mr. Strickland, while he alludes to the many causes which
have occasioned the multiplication referred to, does not, we think, bear
sufficiently heavily on the class of persons who seek to be enrolled in the
list of naturalists on the score of altering established nomenclature ; for it is
not possible to imagine, in some cases, any other motive. Mr. Strickland
in some of his published papers, viz., in Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. VIII. , p. 636,
and Vol. I., n.s., p. 127, commented warmly and strongly on this practice. For
its prevention, it was proposed, 1st. That no name should be acknowledged
in Natural Science, until it had been submitted to, and approved of by, a
Scientific Committee to be elected from the Savans of Europe. 2nd.
Any name thus sanctioned not to be altered without the consent of the
aforesaid body. Just as our law requires that no man shall change his own
family name, without obtaining an approval, under the sign manual of the
Queen, and recording the same in the office of arms ; and this sanction, be it
observed, is only given on fair reasons being shown that the change is pro-
per and desirable ; in the absence of such reasons it is withheld. We fear,
however, that the organization of such a committee is impracticable.
Another scheme proposed is to suppress all notice of the introducers of
useless names ; but this will not do, for several reasons ; principally because
it would prevent the correction of errors. We think a plan (a Caustic
one) may be adopted which would tend to correct the abuse in question,
viz., that when authors, who are well assured of what they are about, find
it necessary to quote those of whom we complain, they should, after each
improper or needless Synonym insert the word " Silly," or " Ignorant," or
such other qualifying addition as the case may seem to require.

But we have wandered from our immediate subject. We had the hap-
piness of well knowing the estimable author, lost to us in his prime, (he
was dashed to pieces by a passing train whilst absorbed in the contempla-
tion of a geological section in a railway cutting ; ) we have been engaged
with him in devising rules for the improvement of nomenclature ; and though
we cannot take much credit for work done individually in this matter, we

ORNITHOLOGICAL SYNONYMS. 7

know how earnestly and usefully he laboured. We have also been with him
when employed in collecting materials for the work now before us, and have
admired the industry, acumen, and learning which he displayed ; and while
we rejoiced that so necessary a work was in such competent hands, we felt
somewhat grieved that the impertinences to which we have referred
should occupy so much of the attention of one who was well qualified
to reform the whole system of Ornithology. We are aware that he had not
trammelled himself with artificial systems, but that, taking birds as he found
them, he sought in their obvious affinities the right key to their classification.
Would that he had lived to work this out.

We have just had the authority of one of our eminent ornithologists for
saying that no work, such as that now before us, has been so well done. The
unravelling of Synonymy is a labour of science which requires much learning,
exemplary patience, and great impartiality ; while to ordinary persons it
shows no considerable results, it is most valuable to scientific men, especially
in economising of time, and enabling those who have but little leisure to
do good service. We cannot, therefore, be too grateful to persons whose
erudition and self-devotion are applied to the accomplishment of such works
as that of Mr. Strickland. Notwithstanding what we have said, it is
obvious that it is not a book from which extracts can be here given ; but
some notion of the labour attending its compilation may be attained when,
without counting the time spent in museums, collating collections, corres-
pondence, &c, it is known that he has referred to about seven hundred
works of authors in various languages. One use of the work is its serving
as a means of reference to the several authors quoted. It must not, however,
be depended on as an Universal index, as we find, doubtless for some good
reason, that no reference is made to the authors who have noticed some of
the recent additions to our list of Accipitres, though these authors are quoted
in ordinary cases. On the whole, we strongly recommend the book, and
we think no ornithologist should be without it. R. B.

General Outline of the Organization of the Animal Kingdom, and
Manual of Comparative Anatomy. By Thomas Rymer Jones, F.R.S.,
Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King's College, London. Se-
cond Edition. 8vo. London: Van Voorst. 1855. £1 lis. 6d.

It is now about fifteen years since the first edition of Professor Rymer
Jones's " General Outline of the Animal Kingdom" was placed in the hands

8 REVIEWS.

of the naturalist. It was by far the best book on the general structure of
animals then available to the English reader ; and its lucid and graphic
descriptions, and the beauty of its intercalated wood-cuts — a mode of
illustration far from common at that time — conferred on it no ordinary
popularity, and rendered it an universal favourite with both professor and
student.

Years, however, passed on, and zoologists continued to ply their work
with energy and zeal. Hosts of active investigators were busy, both at
home and abroad, with the scalpel and the microscope ; the dredge was
drawing from the deep new Invertebrate forms, to supply the missing link s
in the great chain-net of organization, and fresh light was being shed on
the nature, relations, and significance of Vertebrate structure. It can no
longer, therefore, be matter of surprise that the first edition of the work be-
fore us should have been passed in the great race of discovery, and that
other books fresh with the results of the physiological investigations of
the day should have been taking its place on the shelves of our libraries,
and in the hands of our students.

A new edition was, therefore, loudly called for, and has accordingly
appeared; and it only remains now to be seen whether it has overtaken the
progress of science, and whether the " General Outline of the Animal King-
dom" is once more, after its long interval of rest, a true exponent of the
actual state of Anatomical Zoology.

"We believe we may safely affirm that the present volume is a valuable
addition to the library of the zoologist, and one with which every student
of Comparative anatomy will do well to make himself acquainted ; and yet
we do not think that in all respects it has come up to the actual state of
science.

We can refer to many of its chapters as excellent, and as containing
succinct and admirably given statements of recent investigations made in
various departments of physiological research — statements conveyed, too,
in that peculiar style of graphic description, in which we think the author
stands almost without a rival.

Among the subjects in which the present volume has greatly the advan-
tage over its predecessor, we may instance the introduction of much new
matter into the chapter on the Protozoa ; of many of the results of Steen-
strup's and Van Beneden's researches into that on the Entozoa ; the
enlargement of the chapter on the Echinodermata, by the addition of some
of Mueller's important discoveries in the development of these animals ; of
that on the Annelida, by the discoveries of Milne-Edwards and of Dr.

GENERAL OUTLINE OF THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 9

Williams ; and the incorporation of the Morphological views of Owen with
the chapter on the Vertebrata.

With all these improvements, however, we still believe that the book has
fallen short of what it might be. Why, for instance, do we hear nothing
of the researches of Stein on the Infusoria, and the remarkable " Encysting
process" and " Acineta forms," undergone by these animals ? Why are we
told nothing of the Hectocotylus of the Cephalopods, whose history con-
stitutes one of the most remarkable features in the present phase of zoolo-
gical science ? Why are the Bryozoa left with their old pseudo-relatives,
the Radiata ? Why are the Suctorial Crustacea divorced from their true
relations, and placed in the same connection ? Other instances of a like
kind might be mentioned in which our author has not fully represented the
present state of zoology; and yet, always making allowance for these defi-
ciencies, we have no hesitation in recommending the second edition of the
;' General Outline of the Animal Kingdom" as a good and useful book, with
which the student will have no reason to regret having furnished himself.

G. J. A.

The Entomologists' Annual, for MDCCCLVII. 12mo. London :
Van Voorst. Price, 2s. 6d.

Our gay-looking little contemporary has just arrived in time to receive a
rapid inspection, but no more. It professes to be the old-established,
'' original" edition, in contradistinction from two other forms in which the
same contents are simultaneously published ; but it is most decidedly smaller
in size, so the public must try to accept in simple faith the counterbalance of
solid value implied by its not very bashful motto, " Vires acquirit eundo."
This latter principle seems to be that on which the Editor chiefly builds
his expectations of success in so energetically and indefatigably endeavour-
ing to urge his favourite theme on the notice of the community ; yet we
cannot conceal an apprehension that the desired elevation, when reached,
may prove a giddy one. In other words, that the novelty of rapidly
appearing and naturally ephemeral publications may wear off, and the pas-
sing interest they excite disappear like the effervescence of all popular
favour.

We are not going to say a word against the desire to render Natural
History popular. We are most anxious it should be so ; but it does look,
in our estimation, very like absurdity to expect a book like the Annual to
be made the ornament of the drawing-room table, and to publish a grand

C

10 RK VIEWS.

" Library edition" of it accordingly. One of our friends would respectfully
suggest to the Editor that when the Annual reaches perfection (and is thus
the greatest marvel of the age), he should publish it in Royal Octavo, with
ample margins, and figures of every species !

Another enigma to our short-sighted views is the actual or probable use
of parading such a show of " names of British Entomologists," while it is
confessed that a great number of them are only schoolboys. Our friend*
the Editor, as well as divers other leading men, constantly complain of the
carnal motives — covetousness, desire of notoriety, &c. — which influence many
of "the brethren ;" but is not this the very way to encourage those false in-
centives ? Would it not be better to have our ranks even fewer than they
are, than be recruited by mere aspirants after vain-glory ?

It is our firm belief that a work like that of Kirby and Spence, which
silently and unobserved developes the really innate — not acquired — tastes
of the young for the subject of its charming details, has done more good,
and will yet do more good, than all the periodical publications of the pre-
sent day put together. Why, in the latter the names of the collectors are
now of nearly as frequent occurrence to the eye as the names of the species
alluded to !

And hence we are glad to see Mr. Stainton turn his attention to pro-
ductions like the " Educational Sheet of Butterflies,'' of which a copy has
been sent us. The woodcuts are admirable, and the details judiciously
compiled.

The plate in the Annual, too, is very good, indeed, this year. This number
also contains some papers of a superior class. Dr. Hagen's monograph of
the British Dragonflies will be found a great boon to those who wish to
extend their researches beyond the "fashionable" limits of the two favourite
orders ; and Mr. Janson's interesting discoveries in the ant-hills will open
a new field in the already well-worked department of Coleopterous re-
search. Among the beetles he announces fifty-four new species added to
the British lists this year — a fact that will startle many, until they have
perceived that a large number of the novelties were lying in the arcana of
Mr. Walton's collection, and unheard of till the recent publication of his
Catalogue of the Curculionidae. The Diptera have gained a slight acknow-
ledgment this year, in the form of Notes and Queries by Mr. Wilson
Saunders ; and, on the whole, we are disposed to agree with Mr. Stainton
in thinking that Entomology is making some progress, though we are so
strongly opposed to the stimulus of anything like hothouse pressure.

REVIEWS. 1 1

Typical Forms and Special Ends in Creation. By Rev. James
M'Cosh, LL.D., and George Dickie, M.D. One Volume 8vo. Edin-
burgh : Constable and Co. 1856.

The aim of the authors of this treatise is to prove by examples and reason-
ing that the world is made after a General Plan, to which every object is
made to a certain extent conformable ; and that there is, at the same time,
" a principle of Special Adaptation, by which each object, while constructed
after a general model, is accommodated to the situation which it has to
occupy, and a purpose which it is intended to serve."

For many years British writers on Natural Theology were in the habit
of drawing their arguments chiefly from the indications in nature of special
adaptations of parts or organs to particular purposes. But when, at a
more recent period, the evidences began to be discerned of a certain rela-
tion to some general type or types of structure, which has constantly per-
vaded all organized nature, controlling the kind and extent of those altera-
tions which the individual parts and organs undergo in order to adapt
them to their particular functions and conditions ; there were not wanting
writers who seized upon this discovery as a weapon to overturn the proof
of intelligence and design, derived from the instances of special adaptation,
and stoutly maintained that the utmost which a philosophic eye can re-
cognise in nature is a general harmony of structure, without any evidence
of such designed relation to the wants and welfare of particular organized
beings. In opposition to their views, the authors argue that the preva-
lence of such a general order is, in itself, a distinct proof of the wisdom
and design of some creative agent ; nay, further, that if the instances of
special adaptation be more obvious and striking arguments to common un-
derstandings, yet the evidence of a more comprehensive, or an universal
plan, affords the most unanswerable demonstration of the attributes of
the Creator, who conceived and has carried out that plan, throughout the
immensity of Universal Space, and through all the incalculable Ages of the
World's unwritten history.

And while Adaptation and Uniformity are both alike adverse to the
opinion that those objects can be the works of chance, the special adapta-
tions show that the order is not the result of an unreasoning Necessity.
Taken together, as mutual complements, " they exhibit to us an enlarged
wisdom, which prosecutes its plans methodically, combined with a minute
care which provides for every object and every part of that object. They
disclose to our faith a God who sees the end from the beginning, and who

12 REVIEWS.

hath from the first instituted the plau to which all individual things and
events have ever since been conformed."

Every object and every event must be the effect of some creative or im-
pulsive power. Chance and Design are, of themselves, equally inefficient to
produce any effect. They are merely words used to express the presence or
absence of Intelligence and Intention in the Being by whom that power is
exerted. The existence of the Power must be admitted : to deny it would
be a contradiction in tenns. The only question remaining is whether or
not that Power is connected with intelligence, and has been directed to an
End. But the argument drawn from the special adaptation seems to
a fford a conclusive answer to this question. By means of this, we are
able, in a way of induction, to arrive at a ratio of probability, indefinitely
increasing, until this may be considered equivalent to a moral certainty.
The study of the Eye alone would go far to establish a probability of this
degree. Its exquisite construction, as an optical instrument, the contriv-
ances by which that delicate organization is protected from contingent
dangers, and by means of which it can be instantaneously turned in every
direction, and adapted to near or distant vision, might alone convince us of
the highest degree of wisdom and benevolence in the Maker. And this
argument becomes immeasurably enhanced when we find various species
of animals possessing organs of vision, formed on the same grand type, but
with differences adapted to their different habits, and to the conditions in
which they are placed. The authors give numerous illustrations of the
manner in which the wants and instincts and organs of various animals
are adapted to each other and to the circumstances of their existence ; and
a reference to the most ancient fossils shows that the prevailing adaptation
which we perceive in existing animals is not to be explained by the lapse
of time having brought about the extinction of other races in which this
adaptation had not place : —

" It is seldom that the geologist finds a fossil plant or animal entire;
most commonly he falls in with only a fragment, yet this fragment, if it be
a significant one, enables him to reconstruct the whole. The process of
theoretical reconstruction is conducted on those very principles of homology
and teleology which we have shown to pervade all organic nature. The
palaeontologist supposes that there were answerable parts in the genus or
species, and a series of homotypes in the individual ; and he goes on con-
fidently to supply the wanting parts on the principle of homology. He
proceeds, too, on the principle of final cause ; he supposes that the part
had an end to serve, and that there would be a conformity of every other

TYPICAL FORMS AND SPECIAL ENDS. 13

organ to fulfil that end. By means of these two principles he can often,
when he is in possession of but a fragment, make the entire organism stand
before us with all its harmonies and its fitness. When at any time he falls
in with an entire fossil organism, he finds that these principles are verified,
and that he is entitled to proceed on them." — p. 312.

The authors animadvert upon two common and nearly-related mistakes
which are sometimes made respecting the principle of development. It has
been supposed, on the one hand, that, through successive Geological periods,
there has been a progressive improvement in organic nature. This is not
the case. The plants and animals of the earliest ages were as well suited
to the conditions by which they were surrounded, and the uses which they
had to serve, as the plants and animals of the present day, although they
would not be so well fitted, if they existed now, to the present state of the
earth, or to supply the wants of its chief inhabitant, man. But they served
their purpose before they passed away ; and they may be said to continue
to serve one still, in furnishing another striking example of the infinite
wisdom and beneficence of the Creator. They afford a warning, too, how
cautious the wisest ought to be, — though they are not the wisest who
most want this caution, — not to presume that anything is useless, or even
that the uses of it which they are able to discern must, therefore, be the
most important actually. Let us imagine, for a moment, one of the angels,
who may have surveyed the earth at an epoch long anterior to the creation
of man, to have been asked concerning the utility of the luxuriant tropical
vegetation which then flourished upon the earth. He might probably have
answered, by pointing out many important purposes to which it was then
subservient. But no reasoning powers, of which we can form any concep-
tion, could have enabled him to predict that those plants, having undergone
certain natural changes in the course of time, would become coal, and in
that shape be a most important agent in promoting the comfort and mul-
tiplying the effective force of other beings afterwards to be placed upon the
earth, and of a nature only a little lower than his own.

The second mistake which these authors have exposed is that of sup-
posing that man, in any stage of his existence, is like a lower animal in its
more advanced state, as if the lower animal were an inchoate man arrested
in its development. It is true that animals, ultimately the most dissimilar,
present comparatively few and minute points of difference in the embryo ;
their distinctive characters, first the more general, then the more special,
becoming more and more pronounced, in gradual succession, as they advance
towards their ultimate development. Conversely, we can conceive the dif-

14: REVIEWS.

ferences continually to diminish in re-ascending towards the first origin of the
germ ; until they vanish from the homogeneous particle of matter, as the uni-
form primordial state of every organism. Yet, even if our limited senses, with
all the aids and appliances we can command, should fail at some stage to
detect a difference of form or composition, we are not, however, entitled to
conclude that there is absolute identity ; and, indeed, the specific relation
between different germs and the media, or conditions indispensable for their
vital preservation aud organical development, points to a more intimate,
original, and permanent difference in the germs, corresponding to their re-
spective parentage.

But although man is so unlike, and in many respects so superior to all
other animals, there is nothing in his frame that is not typified by
creatures whose existence was long antecedent to his ; so that it may be
truly said in this application, that all his members were written in the
Book, when as yet there was none of them. What the final cause may be of
this order and system of development, it is impossible for us to say. We
are unable even fully to understand why the Omnipotent Creator should
ever employ means towards an end, although we can see that those means,
by their fitness and exquisite contrivance, may afford additional illustra-
tions of His wisdom and benevolence, by furnishing to beings of the most
exalted intelligence exhaustless subjects of contemplation and employ-
ment for their highest faculties.

The authors, however, are not always sufficiently careful to avoid relying
upon unproved facts and uncertain arguments. They have been sometimes
carried away by their prepossessions, in a way which not only offers to an
opponent an almost irresistible temptation to seize upon one such instance
as a specimen of all, but has a tendency to weaken the effect of the argu-
ments which are borne out by proof, in the mind even of unprejudiced or-
dinary readers. An instance of this precipitancy may be found at p. 65,
where the names of Bemouilli, De l'Hopital, Leibnitz, and Newton are
brought in to enhance the interest the reader is to take in the Cycloid, as
the line of quickest descent of a falling body, — and then comes this state-
ment, " Now, it is believed that it is by this very swoop that the eagle de-
scends upon its prey. The question presses itself upon us. Who taught
the birds of the air the line of swiftest descent, the discovery of which was
believed to test the highest mathematical skill ?" But, may not the Atheist,
who is more ready to discover the mote in his brother's eye than the beam
in his own eye, demand why, or on what grounds, it is believed that the
eagle desceuds in a cycloid ? If it is merely because that curve is the line

TYPICAL FORMS AND SPECIAL ENDS. 15

of swiftest descent, — then the argument runs in a vicious circle ; — the de-
scent in a cycloid is inferred from the wisdom of the Creator, and the
wisdom of the Creator is inferred from the descent in the cycloid. That
such actually is the process is obvious ; for who is able to tell the way of
an eagle in the air ? How often has it happened that any person acquainted
with the definition and properties, or even with the name, of a cycloid, has
seen an eagle pounce upon its prey ; or who could pretend to trace with any
degree of accuracy the curve that she described in that rapid swoop. More-
over, even granting the fact, still the argument is unsound mathematically,
for the cycloid is the line of swiftest descent only under conditions which
never do attend the eagle's swoop, viz., that the motion should be through
an unresisting medium, and that the accelerating force should be uniform,
when resolved, in the same parallel direction.

We wish the section on typical numbers had been omitted ; for the au-
thors appear to have fallen into the very extravagancies against which they
caution their readers, indulging in language incapable of any interpretation
consistent with sober reason. After reproving the tendency of some com-
mentators to suppose a magical power, or a mystical meaning, in numbers,
they goon to say — p. 519, "The existence of this mystical tendency, in
premature scientific speculations, should not lead us by an extreme reac-
tion to affirm that numbers have no significancy in nature ; it should
merely guard us from adopting them too readily — that is, it should pre-
vent us from receiving them without inductive evidence, which is now,
however, superabundant." And again, p. 520, — " Physical science shows
that numbers have a significancy in every department in nature." They
then give some examples, of which we shall reproduce a few, — " Six is the
proportional number of carbon in chemistry, and 3 X 2 is a common
number in the floral organs of monocotyledonous plants, such as the lilies
of the field, which we are exhorted to consider." "Eight is the definite
number in chemical composition for oxygen, the most universal element
in nature, and is very common in the organs of sea-jellies." " In natural
philosophy, the highest law, that of forces acting from a centre, proceeds ac-
cording to the squares of numbers." Now, as regards this last assertion,
it is not true that the law of gravity has any connexion with numbers, ex-
cept so far as it is true that every possible proportion is capable of being at
least approximately expressed by means of numbers ; and as to the coin-
cidences, some of them almost ludicrous, which are adduced, what more do
they amount to than this, that among a great multitude of phenomena, in-
volving such small numbers, frequent repetitions of the same numbers occur

16 REVIEWS.

of necessity. If those numbers have an intrinsic significance, surely we
were entitled to expect some hint, at least, in explanation of the nature of
that significance.

We have then, page 521, a burst of declamation, — " He must be a bold
man who will insist that should the God who fashioned nature be pleased
to give to man a revelation of His will, in order to solve certain great
problems started by the existence of sin in the world, He shall not be at
liberty to make his dispensations of Providence and his institutions for in-
struction and worship bear a certain relation to each other." No one is so
bold as to make such an assertion ; but it does not require much boldness
to assert that the authors have failed to produce the " superabundant in-
ductive evidence to show that numbers have a significancy in nature" in
any rational meaning we can put on the expression.

We next meet with some remarks upon numbers mentioned in the Bible,
p. 523. " Five is found in the pillars of the court of the temple, which
were five cubits high, and five cubits apart ; and in the ten virgins, five
of which were wise, and five foolish." " Twelve was the number of the
sons of Joseph, of the tribes of God's people, and of the Apostles." "We
read of seven x ten disciples ; Peter was exhorted to forgive his brother,
not seven times, but seventy times seven, and the redeemed on Mount
Zion are twelve X twelve thousand."

After such instances of their " superabundant inductive evidence," come
the following remarks, p. 525 — " We are not even inclined to look upon
these recurrent numbers as implying any mysterious connection, as the so-
phists have supposed, between objects which have the same number at-
tached to them." " Nor are we to look upon biblical events as related,
solely because they appear under the same number. It is possible, indeed,
that the events may have a connexion in themselves, and have both ap-
peared under the same number because of this connexion ; but the evidence
of their relation must be sought otherwise than in their numerical corres-
pondence. In vindicating the existence of these numerical relations we are
thus, at the same time, laying an effectual arrest on the abuse of them."

Putting together the above extracts, we are compelled to ask, what do
the authors mean by the significance of numbers ? What proposition is it
that they desire to prove by their examples of coincident numbers ? Do
they vindicate thereby the existence of any numerical relation that has
ever been doubted by any one ?

In a work like that before us, which has to deal with facts not patent
to the senses in their everyday use, and with propositions addressed to in-

TYPICAL FORMS AND SPECIAL ENDS. 17

tellectual faculties which are brought but little into exercise, in the practical
business of common life, it is, perhaps, impossible to avoid the use of some
terms and phrases requiring explanation to the general reader. This is
an inconvenience, which — as it cannot be entirely escaped — should be
diminished as much as possible, by carefully considering, in each particular
instance, whether the example, or the argument, that requires the intro-
duction of such technical terms for its proper statement, is of intrinsic
importance enough to counterbalance the objection to its use that arises
out of the natural aversion of the reader to language presenting obvious
difficulty, and — as it may appear to him — even studied obscurity.

The authors have, as it seems to us, deviated from the discretion they
ought to have exercised on this head — at one time giving abstruse definitions
of terms, which they have no occasion for afterwards— at other times, in-
troducing unusual terms, when their argument might have been stated just
as well without them. The uninitiated would be apt to think that the
structure of a bird's wing might have been shown to be adapted for flying,
without such an array of learned words as in this paragraph (p. 207) :
" It has been already mentioned, that the scapula and coracoid are, respec-
tively, pleurapophysis and hasmapophysis of the occipital vertebra, and the
clavicles or collar-bones, the haemapophysis of the atlas, or first cervical ver-
tebra." How different a dialect this is from the style of Paley, for example,
who never presents a difficulty unless to explain it, and rarely, indeed, em-
ploys an unusual term where the sense could be given as well in words more
simple. And, so far from losing in force by this condescension, the argu-
ment acquires double credibility in his hands ; the easy flow of language,
and the perspicuity of the phrase, being but the fitting counterparts of the
judicious selection of the instances and the clear connection between all the
links of the reasoning.

Again, it appears to us that an insidious use is sometimes made — no
doubt unconsciously — of those hard words out of the scientific vocabulary; —
thus, pp. 435-6 : — " Final cause is, to say the least of it, as certain as
unity of composition. It is surely as certain that the eye was made to see
as that it is the homologue of the whisker of a cat. We give little credit
for sincerity to those who acknowledge that they have overwhelming evi-
dence in favour of the former truth, but no convincing proof in behalf of
the latter." The intention of the authors would seem to require that the
words " former" and " latter" should be transposed in the sentence — but
let that pass. The argument itself seems to be a sophism depending upon
the introduction of an unusual word " homologue" into one of the two

D

18 REVIEWS.

propositions which are compared together. The weight of evidence is
thus made to tell, apparently, in favour of that proposition which will be
most readily and most generally understood. But if we examine these
two propositions abstractedly, the balance of proof, in reality, inclines the
other way ; since the special use which any organ does actually serve, as
part of a definite organism, constitutes but one Of the steps of that induc-
tive process by the help of which we have to trace it through the mani-
fold alterations of its accidental qualities, and consequent adaptation to
other uses, in order to arrive at the demonstration of a constant relation to
Final Cause subsisting in the indefinite variety of modifications of the
functions, as well as of the texture, bulk, and form of the parts.

In the passage we have quoted last, all that is denoted by the term
" Homologue" is some coincidence in the use of the organs. We strongly
suspect that the authors have taken their definitions of the terms from one
source, and the propositions, in which the terms are involved, from some
other authority that has put a very different meaning upon them, without
themselves having detected the fallacy which they have thus been labouring
to construct. That the human eye and the whisker of a cat are homo-
logues is certainly not a Corollary from the definition of " Homologue"
given in page 25 — " the same organ in different animals under every
variety of form and function." The relation between the two, in this case,
seems to amount at the utmost to an Analogy, according to the definition
of an " Analogue," in the same page — " an organ in one animal having
the same function as a different organ in a different animal." But much
depends here upon the meaning of the word same, which appears to be
applied, sometimes, to things totally different.

Indeed, throughout the whole work we have to complain of a want of
precision in the authors' reasoning. The design of the work is good, but
in the execution of it they appear as if resolved to bring into play every
particle of learning of which they were in possession, without much regard
to its bearing upon the general argument. Their professed object was to
prove and to illustrate the wisdom and intelligence of the Creator — first, by
useful effects being produced by means so well adapted and so complicated,
that they would not be attributed to chance on any of the acknowledged
principles that regulate human belief; secondly, by such instances of
order and method in the universe as may afford, by virtue of those same
principles, a degree of probability, amounting almost to moral certainty, in
favour of the supposition of Design. Now, under this second branch, it
is plain that every instance of apparent order and coincidence, which does

TYPICAL FORMS AND SPECIAL ENDS. 19

not arise from design, is actually hostile to their argument. The authors
ought to have disposed of all such cases, by showing solid grounds of dis-
tinction between the instances of agreement which prove design, and those
which may exist without it. Instead of this course, required by fairness
and true logic, they have adduced both classes of facts, without discrimina-
tion ; and they content themselves with adding, in some few instances, a qua-
lification to the effect that they do not rely on them as conclusive or strong
examples.

In conclusion, let us say, we shall be glad to see a second edition of this
work, as well for the sake of its intrinsic merits, which are far from being
inconsiderable, as on account of those defects which, by a little care, may be
removed, but which at present impair, not a little, the force of the general
argument which it was intended to develope. M. L.

Elementary Course of Geology, Mineralogy, and Physical Geo-
graphy. By Professor David T. Ansted, M.A., &c. Second Edition.
London: Van Voorst, Paternoster Kow. 1856.

This is the second edition of a Manual of Geological Science, which, on its
first appearance, was very well received by Geological students. There was
not much originality of thought or arrangement exhibited in it, but it was
extensive in its scope, embracing Physical Geography, Mineralogy, Geology
proper (or Descriptive), and the rudiments of Practical Geology. It was,
moreover, brought out in a form and at a price suited to students, and as
the compilation of its materials was generally well executed and mode-
rately accurate, it was considered, on the whole, a good book. One of
the highest testimonies to its practical value to the student is the fact, that
it has been in use for some years as one of the text books in Geology for
students in Experimental science in the University of Dublin.

In the present edition the four-fold division of the subject is retained ;
the Physical Geography is unaltered ; the Mineralogy somewhat modified ;
the Geology recast as to its arrangement, not enlarged ; and the Practical
Geology is doubled in extent and greatly improved. A considerable portion
of the interval between the editions (six years) has been spent by Profes-
sor Ansted in a professional way, as Consulting Mining engineer, and in
connection with various mining companies ; occupations which have
afforded him means of increasing his knowledge both of Mining operations
and Mining terms.

20 REVIEWS.

As we have not reviewed the first edition, our readers will readily excuse
our entering in some detail upon the portions of this work which are un-
altered, as well as upon the portions which are to be considered as addi-
tions to the first edition.

PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.

The first two chapters of the Physical geography are occupied with an
account of Chemical and Physical phenomena, which, in our opinion, ought
to have been worked up with much more care, or altogether omitted. For
example, in the table of Elements, page 9, there are many inaccuracies,
several of which are chargeable on the author, and not to be transferred to
the printer. We take, at random, Copper, Chrome, and Silver.

Copper is said by Professor Ansted to occur ordinarily as Copper Pyrites,
which is quite correct ; but he proceeds to add, that Copper Pyrites i3
formed of three atoms of copper and one of sulphur, which is completely
erroneous.

Chrome is described as commonly occurring in a compound of four
atoms of protoxide of chrome, iron, magnesium, and alumina, known as
Chrome iron ; a view which is not taken of that mineral by any mineralo-
gist, as it is well known to have the same formula as Magnetic iron, with
replacement of isomorphous elements.

Again, Hornsilver is described as a bichloride of silver. We subjoin
the correct formula for each of these cases : —

PROFESSOR ANSTED.

Malachite . . . . 2 Cu CO-f HO

USUAL FORMULA.

3 CuO CO-4-HO

2

Copper Pyrites . . Cu S|

3

Cu S+Fe S

2 2 3

Chrome Iron . . CrO-f Fe O-p-Al 0-J~Mg 0

BO RO

2 3

Hornsilver . . AgCl

2

AgCl

In the third chapter, which is one of the most valuable in the book,
there are numerous tables of Areas of River Drainage, Relative areas of land
and water, &c, &c, for which our author is principally indebted to John-
ston's Physical Atlas.

He has also introduced some of the newest information relative to these
subjects from Lieutenant Maury's well-known work on the Physical Geo-
graphy of the Sea. We extract the following relative to the Atlantic : —

" The form and physical features of the ocean bottom of the Atlantic, between
the northern part of South America and the latitude of London, are now known
with sufficient accuracy to admit of general description. Down to latitude 15°
north, and parallel to the European coast, is a large north and south tract from

ELEMENTARY GEOLOGY, ETC. 21

2,000 to 3,000 fathoms deep, extending between the Canary Islands and the
Azores ; while a broad belt of much higher level (nowhere deeper than 2,000
fathoms, and generally much less) and of a very irregular form, reaches to
about 55° west. Beyond this a very deep and almost unfathomable region,
everywhere more than 4,000 fathoms, and generally more than 5,000, extends
east and west between 35° and 40° north latitude, and 45° to 65° west longitude.
" The West India Islands are connected with the shallower bottom of 2,000
fathoms by soundings which nowhere exceed 3,000 fathoms, and in latitude
20° north and longitude 60° west the breadth of this shallower portion is sin-
gularly narrow. Further south there is a belt of very deep water (more than
3,000 fathoms) nearly parallel to the South American coast, and much nearer
the American than the African side. The steepness of the sea bottom is gene-
rally much greater near the American coast, the depression being nearly 20,000
feet in 500 miles almost everywhere on that side, except near the Gulf of Mexico
and the Caribbean Sea, in neither of which is there a depth of 1,000 fathoms in
any part." — Page 28.

The account of the Geological action of the Tidal wave, given in chapter

TV., is one of the least satisfactory parts of the Physical geology of the

book ; and we cannot help doubting whether Professor Ansted himself

could explain clearly his meaning in the following sentence : —

M The tide wave is probably a very effective force with reference to the sea
bottom, and the transport of solid matter in deep water. Being a wave of the
first order, its velocity is far greater in deep water than in shallow ; and, if it
proceeded with uniformity and regularity, the velocity at a depth of one fathom
being eight miles per hour, at the depth of 10 fathoms it would travel as much
as 25 miles in the same time; at 50 fathoms, 57 miles ; at 100 fathoms, 80 miles,
at 1,000 fathoms, 250 miles ; and at 4,000 fathoms, 500 miles."— Page 58.

Does Professor Ansted mean to assert that the Tidal wave travels with
such different velocities at different depths in the same sea ? If so, he has
studied the theory of tides and waves to but little purpose. Or, does he
imply, in this obscure passage, that the Tide wave is effective as a Geolo-
gical agent, in proportion to its velocity ? If so, we fear he has confounded
two totally distinct things — viz., the velocity of the Tide wave and the
velocity of the particles composing it. It is on the latter alone that the
Geological or Mechanical action of the tide, as a degrading and transporting
agent, depends ; and not at all on the velocity of the tidal wave, which
varies greatly, without any sensible alteration of the velocity of the indi-
vidual particles of the water. It is scarcely possible to conceive that our
author can mean that, in a sea of four miles deep, which is of common occur-
rence, there are tidal currents at the bottom sweeping along at the rate of
five hundred miles per hour ; and yet, it is difficult for a learner not to
suppose that this is implied in the above sentence.

MINERALOGY.

Professor Ansted, in bis preface, states that he has " carefully modified
the Mineralogy, retaining, however, in the main, the former method of

22

REVIEWS.

arrangement, which he believes to be the one best adapted for the Geological
student." With the arrangement of the Mineralogy we find no fault, as we
believe it, although not strictly scientific, to be practically useful to the
beginner. We could wish, however, that, in the modifications which the
mineralogy has undergone, such errors as the following had not been care-
fully reproduced in the second edition : —

" Thus, for example, Calc Spar, in its purest form of Iceland Spar, is found to

consist of

Carbonic acid . . . 43*71) ,AAnn
Lime .... 56-29X 100'00 >

and if this is reduced to show the atomic relation, we shall find that the real

proportion is two atoms of carbonic acid to one atom of lime, which represents

the true nature of the mineral." — p. 157.

We venture to assert that there is not a lime-burner in the country, who
would not become conscious of the fact in a few hours, if Professor Ansted's
description were to become true of Calc Spar.

To show that the foregoing is fairly attributable to ignorance of
Dufrenoy's meaning, from whom it is translated, and not to accident, we
subjoin the following additional elucidation : —

" In the case of Iceland spar, already mentioned, the mineral may be regarded
as made up of two compound atoms of carbonic acid and one of lime — the com-
pound atoms consisting in the one case of two atoms of oxygen and one of carbon,
and in the other of one atom of oxygen and one of carbon:' — p. 159.

A detailed blunder of this description is far more dangerous to the learner's

progress than a simple mistake, as it produces upon his mind all the effect

of a circumstantial falsehood, which is well known frequently to deceive

even the expert.

Such lamentable ignorance of the elements of Chemistry, would be very
unpardonable in a teacher of Geology, were it not, unfortunately, very
common ; and we mention this and similar cases which have occurred to
us, on a hasty perusal of this book, simply to place the reader on his guard,
not to take everything for granted which he may see in print, and not at
all with any wish to detract from the real merits of the book, which we
believe to be considerable.

We go on to notice a few more errors in the Mineralogy, with the hope
that they may be corrected in a new edition.

In page 177, Meerschaum is described as an earthy and siliceous car-
bonate of magnesia. It is an Hydrated silicate of Magnesia, and contains
no carbonic acid.

In page 217, Vitreous copper ore, or Redruthite, is described as Bisul-
phuret of copper. This is not correct, and shows a want of knowledge of
Chemical nomenclature. It is a Disulphuret of copper.

ELEMENTARY GEOLOGY, ETC. 23

Page 219. The oxide of copper which enters into the composition of
Azurite is called " oxide of copper, 70 per cent ;" while, in the same page,
the oxide of copper entering into the composition of Malachite is described
as " Deutoxide of copper, 70.5 per cent." We are at a loss to understand
this difference in names, as the oxide is the same in both cases, viz. CuO.

In page 223, the error respecting Hornsilver, already noticed, is re-
peated, although the correct atomic weight of silver is given in the table?
page 9. Mistakes of this kind arise from the indiscriminate copying by
incompetent hands from the works of others, as this formula AgCl,

2

may be justified by writers who adopt 216 for the atomic weight of silver,
which is double that used by Professor Ansted, viz., 108.

By far the most serious difficulty to the student in this Mineralogy is
likely to arise from the confused and sometimes inaccurate use by Professor
Ansted of both the Chemical and Mineralogical formulae of Minerals. This,
also, we suspect, arises from his having extracted his information from
various sources, and transferred it quite undigested to the pages of his own
book. In some instances, where we can recognise a literal translation, he
has transferred errors and truth together, and given them equal pro-
minence, to the serious detriment of his inexperienced readers.

Notwithstanding the errors we have pointed out, we believe that the Phy-
sical Geography and Mineralogy, although at present inferior, are capable,
by a careful revision by a thoroughly competent hand, of being made equal
to the rest of the book. Professor Ansted is evidently more familiar with
Descriptive Geology and Mining operations practically than he is with the
Mechanical considerations requisite in Physical Geology, and the Chemical
knowledge, without which no real progress can be made in Mineralogy.

We are of opinion that on a subject like Geology, of a practical charac-
ter, no man can write well who does not himself possess a practical know-
ledge of the particular branch he treats of; and hence, we believe, can be
explained the unequal character of Professor Ansted's book.

DESCRIPTIVE GEOLOGY.

The statement of the preface that the Descriptive Geology has been " en-
tirely re-arranged, and for the most part re-written" is only accurate when
applied to the last three chapters of this part of the book, as the first three
chapters are almost identical with those of the first edition. In fact, the
original plan of the book, which tied down the author to write so as to suit
second-hand illustrations borrowed from Beudant's " Cours Elementaire de
Geologie," almost precluded the possibility of alteration or improve-

24 REVIEWS.

ment in certain parts of the book. We cannot too earnestly or too
frequently give our testimony against this growing vice : we do not think
it is endurable, except in a translation ; and an author who condescends to
write his text to suit his diagrams is not unlikely to borrow his ideas as
well as hi3 woodcuts from others.

By far the most valuable addition made to this part of the Descriptive
Geology is the Table of extinct Genera founded on Mr. Morris' valuable
Catalogue of British Fossils.

In the last three chapters of the Descriptive Geology, Professor
Ansted has adopted the Natural method, viz., proceeding from the oldest
epochs to the newest ; for, notwithstanding the high authority of Sir Charles
Lyell in favour of the opposite course, we consider that Geology, which
is the History of the Earth, should be treated like other Histories, and
commence with its period of Myths and Fables, its nebular Hypothesis, and
Cosmogony, its Azoic Rocks and Crystalline schists, before it enters upon
the beaten path of the Secondary and Tertiary Epochs. What should we
think of a History of England which commenced with the reign of Queen
Victoria and in which we could not read of the good Canute sitting on the
shore of the sea in his own chair until we reached the last chapter.

Of this interesting, because unknown, epoch of the Azoic and immedi-
ately subsequent rocks, he writes as follows :

M 603. Rocks called by Sir R. Murchison and others azoic, as not at present
yielding any evidence of life at the time of their formation, are found in Wales
occupyhg an intermediate position between crystalline and fossiliferous rocks.
These lowest rocks include the Harlech grits and Llanberis slates. They are re-
presented in Iteland (on the coast opposite the Isle of Ansjlesea) by similar rocks,
in which remains of two species of zoophytes are found. These are hoth referred to
the same genus {Oldhamia), and at present th< y are the most ancient forms of
organisation that have been determined. 'J he rocks consist of contorted schists, of
the kind called by German Geologists grauwacke (anglicised into greywache), fine
and coarse grits and fine purple roofing-slates, largely worked in North Wales, altered
in places into chloritic and mica schist, and in others into quartz rock. The pre-
existing masses out of whose materials these beds were formed have not yet been
found in the British Islands, although in Bohemia and in North America there are
crystalline rocks, which, from their underlying position, are known to be of still
higher antiquity. The thickness of the oldest mechanical rocks in Wales (the
Harlech and Llanberis series) is estimated at 1,500 feet.

41 604. Next in order, and also exhibited in Wales, are the Lingula flags (about
2,000 leet thick, containing peculiar fot-sils, and consisting chiefly of gritstones and
schists with imperfect slaty cleavage passing into the sandstones and fine quartz
rock of the Stiper stones in Shropshire. Above these are the Tremadoc states (1000
feet), and above these again the Arenig slates and Arenig porphyries (7,000 leet).
In all this great thickness the fossils hitherto found are very sparingly distributed,
and the number of species is very small, but a difference is recognised between these
species and those of overlying rocks. The Lingula (a small bivalve shell) is the
most common fossil ; but there are also two small trilobites, a shrimp-like crusta-
cean, and a zoophyte.

ELEMENTARY GEOLOGY. 25

<; The bed3 above described are sometimes called Cambrian, but, as already ex-
plained, it is difficult to separate them with propriety from the Silurian series'.''

In the Journal of the Geological Society of Dublin, which is printed in
the present number of the Natural History Review, is a paper by J. R.
Kinahan, Esq., M.B., announcing the addition of a fresh and interesting
group of animals to the solitary Oldhamias of Bray Head ; we take this
opportunity of directing our readers' attention to it, as we believe it to be a
valuable addition to the scanty knowledge we possess of the Organisms of
the Cambrian Epoch.

An interesting question is alluded to in the closing paragraph of section
(603), already quoted ; viz., where are the original rocks whose wear and
tear supplied the materials for the vast thicknesses of beds deposited during
the early (Silurian Epoch ?

In connexion with this inquiry, we subjoin the following passage : —

" 609. Commencing with the crystalline and altered slates of Cumberland,
North Wales, Scotland, and Ireland, it may be observed that the proportion of
argillaceous matter and quartz is much greater, and the mixture with calcareous
rocks less, than in strata of more recent date. Although of a thickness amounting
to many thousand feet, the sedimentary deposits forming the base of the Silurian
system are, almost without exception, composed of clay, pebbles, or boulders, and
siliceous sand ; while the frequent presence of mica seems to indicate a preponder-
ance of granitic rocks amongst those to whose degradation and disintegration this
long series of crystalline slates, mica-schists, micaceous sandstones, conglomerates,
imperfect and highly altered limestones, and quartz rock must be owing.

" The unvaried character of these beds over large tracts of country, and the general
resemblance among the oldest sedimentary deposits, have been looked upon as a
strong argument in favour of the uniformity of the materials of which the original
framework of the solid surface of the globe was composed.''

The theory of " Contemporaneous Traps" now generally adopted would
suggest a source from which part, at least, of those vast deposits might
be derived ; but the greater portion of them must have had their origin
in the Mechanical degradation of pre-existing rocks. Where and what
are these rocks ? We feel disposed to agree with Prof. Ansted as to the
large quantity of Mica in the Silurian Slates, as such a quantity of Mica
must be accompanied with a corresponding proportion, more than one-
tenth, of alkalies (potash) ; and such an amount of alkalies is usually
found to exist in ordinary slates. It is, however, a subject not sufficiently
examined, and well worthy of attention. And it is worthy of considera-
tion whether the Mica in the more crystalline of the Azoic rocks be not
due to metamorphic action, and not to the degradation of granitic rocks.
Be this as it may, the fact is certain that in Great Britain and Ireland we
do not see the primitive rocks whose weargand tear supplied the elements of
the slates of Wales, Cornwall, Cumberland, Down, Armagh, and Kildaf e.

26 KE VIEWS.

The granite of Cornwall is of carboniferous date in all probability ; the
granite of Leiuster is post-silurian, although ante-carboniferous ; the gra-
nite of Down is post-carboniferous ; and that of Donegal is, probably,
also carboniferous, or only somewhat antecedent in age. Where, then,
are the presilurian Granites which supplied the materials of the thick masses
of slate we have mentioned ?

Ordinary Granites consist of about 25 per cent, of Quartz, 60 per cent,
of Felspar, and 15 per cent, of Mica. When such a rock is exposed to
the action of water and converted into a stratified rock, its felspar loses
its alkalies, while the mica remains nearly unaltered, and the resulting
rock will be a compound of Impure Kaolin, Quartz, and Mica, mixed in
proportions not absolutely fixed, but, probably, never very far from the
following: Quartz 25 per cent., Kaolin 18 per cent., and Mica 57 percent.

Another circumstance which characterises the early Silurian slates is the
small proportion of lime and magnesia found in them ; this falls in well with
the supposition of their being derived altogether from Granitic Rocks. It is
certainly a curious fact that the quantity of lime in the crust of the earth
increased with the increase of organic life, and, also, probably, the quantity
of soda and phosphorus — as if some change of mineral conditions of the
surface of the globe had rendered it more fit for the habitation of or-
ganised beings.

We must, however, return from this digression to Prof. Ansted's book.
One of the most interesting parts of the fifteenth chapter is the description of
the Oolitic coal fields, including the remarkable beds of India, pp. 375-380.
From the specimens of fossil plants recently sent from the Rajmahal Hills,
there can be little doubt of their being more closely allied to the Oolitic
coal plants of Scarborough than to the vegetation of the true carboniferous
epoch. The Palaeontological portion of the book is respectable ; the text
written to suit the woodcuts, as before ; but there is nothing in it which
calls for special praise or mention.

PRACTICAL GEOLOGY.

We regard this portion of the book as the best written and most useful
Manual of Mining with which we are acquainted, in the English language;
and we think that it supplies a valuable aid to the student of Mining Engi-
neering. It is fairly entitled to be considered as a new addition to the
former edition of this book, as it is doubled in extent, consisting of one
hundred and twenty-three pages, instead of sixty-one, and the whole is
carefully arranged for the use of students. S. H.

27

Retrospect of various works published during the last
Year, New editions, and New works in progress.

The demands of a still increasing number of Zoological, Botanical, and
Geological communications, in the pages of various foreign Serials, which
call for our notice, as they are more liable there to lie hidden from the
knowledge of British Naturalists, than the more considerable and indepen-
dent works of Natural History, that issue from the press at home or in other
countries, have circumscribed the space we could afford to reviews of the
latter class of works, and limited the number of our articles in this de-
partment. In compensation, we propose now, at the commencement of a
new year, to indulge ourselves in a lightly skimming retrospect of the
scientific literature of the year 1856, as it bears upon the study of the
native Fauna and Flora in particular. But even here, we are obliged to
set certain bounds to ourselves ; so, passing by various splendid illustrated
works in progress, and many of another sort, devoted to the Vertebrata
and Mollusca, as well as those upon General Botany and Paleontology, we
will descend at once to the Articulata, and commence with the different
orders of Insects.

I. Diptera. We have elsewhere inserted a critique of Mr. Walker's vo-
lumes, intended to serve for a British Fauna of this order, the last of
which was published the beginning of the year. The same indefatigable
hand has brought out the concluding part of the Diptera Saundersiana also,
in the course of the same year, while two other articles, also by him, in
the Journal of the Linnean Society, from materials supplied by the same
rich collection, make known fresh harvests of Mr. Wallace's gathering on
the virgin soil of Malacca and Borneo, and afford a proof what unexplored
treasures are yet in keeping for the students of this order, when voyagers
and travellers shall have better learned not to overlook so much the less
obtrusive and more fragile races of flying insects, for the gaudier charms of
the beetles and the butterflies. It is not long since we gave, in this Jour-
nal, an article on Recent Works upon the Diptera of Northern Europe, and
we expect it will not be very long before a like call is made upon us in the
name of those of Southern Europe. The lists of Austrian Diptera by Dr.
Schiner, on which Dr. Loew has expressed such a favourable judgment
(seethe Volume for 1856, page 92), are proceeding through the different
families in succession, and we have lately received, besides, a small volume
by Prof. Rondani of Parma, the welcome forerunner of a general work

28 REVIEWS.

which he has undertaken on the Diptera of Italy, from which country
many interesting accessions to the European Fauna of this order may rea-
sonably be looked for.

II. Lepidoptera. The most interesting intelligence we have in the
Bibliography of this order is the completion of Dr. Herrich-Schaeffer's
great and sumptuous work. Prof. Frey of Zurich has produced a modest
and meritorious volume on the Tinese and Pterophori of Switzerland, which
will be useful to the British " Tiuearist" also, though possessed already, as
we may assume him to be, of Mr. Stainton's volume on the British Tineina.
Of the last-named author's polyglott Natural History of this tribe, sufficient
materials have not yet accrued, as it seems, for the publication of another
of the annual volumes. The Manual of British Butterflies and Moths also
is to take a deliberate nap at the end of the Noctuina and the beginning of
the year, while awaiting the appearance of Guenee's work on that group,
shortly to be forthcoming in Roret's " Suites a Buffon."

III. Hymenoptera. Dr. Nylander has given a Monograph of the For-
micidaa of France, in the " Annales des Sciences Naturelles," wherein he
has reduced again several of the new genera, which Mayr had dismembered
from Myrmica, chiefly by distinctions drawn from the varying number of
joints of the palpi. From Ruthe we have the promise of a Monograph of
the Braconidae of Germany, which is likely to be valuable, both from his
copious materials and the minute accuracy of his investigation, judging by
the specimen he has given in the groupe of Microctoni. At home, we have
no important accession to the literature of this order, except the British
Museum Catalogue of British Ichneumonidae, by Mr. Desvignes. We have
not yet had the opportunity of examining it, but we feel assured before-
beforehand of its utility, from the author's thorough knowledge of his subject.

IV. Coleoptera. If for a republication of a standard work of Entomology
generally, Kirby and Spence's Introduction is the best value for the lowest
price we know ; so are Lacordaire's volumes on the Genera of Coleoptera
the cheapest of an original work. Estimated by the labour and materials
they must have required, the information condensed in them, and the time
and pains which they save the student, were it only as an index to the
species, they would be worth their weight in silver at least. The third
volume, containing the genera of the Pectinicornia and Lamellicornia, has
appeared, and we have reason to hope that the fourth will speedily follow.

To all the students of this order among ourselves, a long-desired and
very welcome acquisition is the first part of a revised list of the Rhyn-
chophorous beetles of Britain, Bruchidae — Curculionidse, by Mr. Walton,

WOKKS ON BRITISH COLEOPTERA. 29

lately published as another of the Blue books of the British Museum. We
have noticed, also, with much satisfaction, the Monograph of the European
species of Catops, by Mr. Murray, in the Annals of Natural History, illus-
trated with many wood-cuts, exhibiting the minutiae of sculpture, the mi-
croscopical investigation of which he has here applied to the discrimination
of the species of this rather perplexing group, and has carried it out to a
degree of refinement hitherto unattempted for the purposes of Descriptive
Entomology. Although no independent work, of any extent, on this order
has issued from the press in Britain, during the past year, yet the Ento-
mologists' Annual, continued for 1857 by the enterprising and persevering
editor, bears witness that the study of the indigenous species has been
pursued with commendable zeal, the additions to the British Fauna in this
order, for the year 1856, amounting to not less than sixty species, two of
which, however, are stigmatised with a note of suspicion, as possible
" importations."

Mr. Stainton informs us — and who should be better authority than the
Editor of the " Entomologist's Intelligencer" — that there is at present a
cry out for a " Manual of British Beetles." How much this clever writer
himself, and his "Manual of British Butterflies and Moths," may have had
to do with exposing the want, and suggesting the feasibility, of such an
undertaking, and thus evoking that importunate voice which pursues him,
as he confesses, even to the shades of Lewisham, it is not necessary now
to inquire. We should be sorry if we were — most erroneously — accounted
unfavourable to anything tending to make the science more popular, and
to aid the amateur collector in giving to his gatherings both a local habita-
tion and a name. On this head we are quite at one with our valued con-
tributor, Dr. Loew, whose remarks the reader will find in the volume for
1856; see page 68, and elsewhere in the same article. Still, we would
venture to deprecate anything like a hasty compilation of the sort referred
to, got up merely to meet the supposed demand. It is not unnatural to
conjecture that such a Manual would probably be framed on the model of
Mr. Stainton's popular monthly issue for the benefit of the Butterfly-collec-
tors. Now, although the Lepidopterist of to-day is scientifically much in
advance of the "Aurelian" of the last generation, still the study of the Co-
leoptera has kept its vantage-ground in the literature of Entomology ; and
it demands to be treated accordingly. A writer on British Coleoptera, who,
confining himself to his local materials, should at the same time indulge in
changes of the system and nomenclature, in accordance with his private
views, as to parts of his subject which he had perhaps studied almost for

30 REVIEWS.

the first time, when he thought of setting about to teach others ; views
which — however original and just they might be — the concise and popular
treatment of the subject, imposed on him by the form of his work, would
not allow him to prop up with that copious array of exposition, illustration,
and definition, which is requisite for the introduction of new aphorisms, —
a writer, we say, in such a case, would be too apt only to embarrass that
class of readers on whom he calculates, and would certainly do much less to
promote the study of the science, than if he had contented himself with
adopting some approved arrangement of the European Coleoptera, and giving
so much of the distinctive characters, in the analytic form, — or any other that
he might consider more suitable, — as would give a clue to the received
names of the species and their position in a more general system. If, on
the other hand, the intending author of a Manual of British Beetles should
conscientiously purpose to acquire — if he do not possess it already — that
thorough knowledge of the classification and specific distinctions, of which
he has to give the practical results in a brief and familiar form, suitable to
the wants of the numerous body of collectors, who have little time for
study, and little mastery of the minuter technicalities of Zoological science,—
it may be questionable whether the time is indeed yet come for attempting
a work of such large scientific exigency, on the basis of a limited Fauna
like that of Britain, while important new works, destined to do a like ser-
vice for the more copious Fauna of Continental Europe, are in progress,
and yet far from their completion. For our own part, as mere amateurs
in the matter of the native Coleoptera, we are disposed, for the time being,
to rest content with Stephens' Manual, and that gradual revision of it,
which the families are undergoing in succession, at the hands of Messrs.
Walton, Dawson, and Clark, Waterhouse and Jansen, Murray, Wollaston,
and others.

To those who desire a more comprehensive book of reference — if they
can read German with any degree of facility, we would recommend Redten-
bacher's Fauna Austriaca, as a very useful guide ; the intrinsic scientific
merits and originality of which have perhaps hardly received their due
meed of acknowledgment, in consequence of the professedly popular purpose
for which it was composed, and which it has so well answered. We are
happy to hear that a New edition is about to appear, in which, besides
numerous additions to the list of the proper Austrian species, those of the
rest of Germany — which in the first edition were huddled apart into an
Appendix — will be embodied in the general analytical tables of the text.

A work which promises to become still more useful to the British Cole-

FRENCH FAUNA, COLEOPTERA. 81

opterist — -first, as it is not so strictly confined to the dichotomous method,
with its, apparently inevitable, occasional ambiguities ; — secondly, because
the territory of the Fauna agrees with Britain better, in Geographical
meridian and Hydrographic circumstances, — is the " Faune Entomologique
Francaise, Coleopteres, par MM. Fairmaire et Laboulbene," of which
we have lately received the third part, completing the first volume of 665
pages, 12mo., giving brief but clear characters of two thousand and forty
French species, besides many indigenous in the neighbouring countries —
Britain among the rest — which are considered not unlikely yet to be found
in France ; the whole arranged under convenient sections descending from
genus to species, and illustrated with ample data, in the most concise form,
respecting the local distribution within those limits. As a matter of course,
this work comprehends a far greater multitude of species than are known
in the British islands, and among them many southern types, not to be
looked for here at any time. But of the actually known British species,
there appear to be comparatively few not included in it. A general colla-
tion of the work — so far as it has been carried — with Stephens' Manual of
British Beetles — or, indeed, with any other complete list of the indigenous
species of this order, which we possess as yet — would lead to a very
erroneous estimate of the proportion. We have confined ourselves to the
comparison of a single family, one of the most extensive and most
thoroughly investigated, and which, of all the great families of the order,
has been earliest made the subject of a complete revision, subsequent to the
date of Stephens' Manual.

Of the two hundred and ninety- two indigenous species of Geodephaga
given in Dawson's Manual, we find but twenty which are not described in
the Faune Francaise ; and these are mostly of very limited local range, or
extreme rarity ; one-third of the number being species first and recently
characterised by Mr. Dawson himself, all of which, perhaps, can scarcely be
considered as yet sufficiently " ventilated." We apprehend, too, that the
number not in common to both will be yet further diminished by the sup-
plemental additions promised ; and the authors seem disposed, as they
advance, to be more liberal in the indication of the probable natives of
France, so that the proportion of deficiencies is not likely to be increased, at
least, in the families to follow.

The first volume of this Fauna of France, now published complete at
fifteen shillings, has those two thousand and forty species, distributed under
the following families: Cicindelidse 12 species, Carabidae 590, Dytiscidse
149, Gyrinidae 10, Hydrophilida* 88, Histridas 94, Silphidas 113, Trichop-

32 REVIEWS.

teiygiche 34, Scaphididae 5, Scydmaenidae 31, Pselaphidae 47, and Staphy-
linidae 867 species, besides those introduced incidentally, in the manner
aforesaid. The authors have been in correspondence with their fellow-
labourers, — the continuators of Erichson's Insect Fauna of Germany,
which we have to notice also presently ; — and, accordingly, the new
groups, therein proposed by Kraatz, for the better determination of the
difficult tribe of Aleocharini, are not left undistinguished in the French text.
The most accurate determination of the species, and of the trivial names
according to their legitimate priority, has been taken from the recent mono-
graphers who have treated particular families most carefully in these respects.
Where such help has been wanting, the authors do not seem, indeed, to have
used as much diligence or judgment in their more extensive work as Mr.
Dawson has done in his Monograph, in regard to the latter point at least ; but
as they have ventured to exert less original decision, so they have laid
themselves less open, perhaps, to common-place adverse criticism. It ap-
pears that they recognize in general sound principles of scientific nomen-
clature and chronological precedency, but they have by no means invaria-
bly adhered to these in practice.

We are not prepared, indeed, to blame them for having retained — whe-
ther deliberately or from mere traditional habit — the modern trivial names
of many species, to the exclusion of the more ancient, but now unfamiliar
ones of the last century ; as for example — Carabus monilis (catenulatus
Scop.) ; C. catenulatus (purpurascens Payk.) ; Loricera pilicornis (caerules-
cens Linn.) ; Chlaenius holosericeus (tristis Schaller) ; Feronia striola (atra
Vill.) ; Anchomenus prasinus (dorsalis Bruennich) ; Trechus paludosus
(rubens Fabr.) ; Bembidium guttula (riparium PayJc.) ; Noterus crassi-
cornis (clavicornis Deg.) ; Hydroporus pictus (punctulatus Mueller) ; H.
lineatus (velox Mueller), and several others ; where our own inclination
would have been to restore the ancient names, which are assignable without
any reasonable doubt in most of these cases. A point at which they have
laid themselves more open to criticism is, that for want of antiquarian re-
search, they have adopted some changes of the commonly received nomen-
clature, which do not yet attain to the ultimate Q. E. I. of the very ear-
liest scientific nomenclature. In such cases they must be judged to have
parted with a confessed advantage, for the sake of a supposed greater, but
eventually an illusory gain. We take for an instance Carabus angusticollis
JP6., reduced to assimilis Ph., the earlier of these two names undoubtedly,
but Scopoli had described the species long before, and characteristically, as
C. junceus. Micralymma johnstonse Wwd., the typical name, has fallen

FRENCH FAUNA, COLEOPTERA. 33

a sacrifice to its identity with Omalium brevipenne Gyll. ; here the authors
should have gone back further still, to recognize in this species the Staphy-
linus marinus Strosm. Arpedium humile, of Erichson's classical, work on
the Staphylini, appears here — upon what principle we can hardly guess —
under the more recent trivial name of myops Hal. ; but it has escaped them
that this insect, so common on Ulex wherever the plant grows, was first
described by Stephens, as Omalium subpubescens.

We observe that Mr. Jacquelin-Duval, the pains-taking monographer
of the Bembidia of Europe, has been rather severe on both Mr. Dawson
and the authors of the Faune Francaise ; because they have chosen to de-
part from his conclusions in some cases, without having had as copious
materials as he at their disposal. The critic seems to have taken his
objects clearly at a disadvantage on one or two points ; but we protest
against the general spirit of his attack, which goes to confound credibility
of testimony and infallibility of judgment, treating a difference of opinion
as little short of a personal affront.

While we desire to introduce the Faune Francaise to English Entomolo-
gists, who want to name their collections of Coleoptera on some authority
better accommodated to the actual progress of the science than we can
aver Stephens' Manual now to be ; we must not pass over, without notice,
one inconvenience in the use of it, resulting from the want of an index of
the species to the first volume. It is, no doubt, intended to give a ge-
neral index at the end of the complete work ; but that may be rather long
to wait for such an almost necessary save-time. The authors seem already
to have discovered that the pace at which they originally proposed to bring
out the parts was impracticable, having regard to the proper preparation
of the matter. The first part came out in 1854 ; the third, which com-
pletes the volume, has not been very many weeks in our hands : never-
theless, the several Parts, as well as the title-page of the Volume, bear the
date 1854. This " dies praepostera" is a petty artifice, which we regret to
see sometimes practised by the French authors and publishers in particular,
" pour prendre date." We would, with all becoming diffidence, venture to
recommend for imitation the conscientious practice of some other writers —
J. Curtis for example — who have attached the date of actual publication,
not only year and month, but the precise day of the month, to every single
plate which came out in periodical parts.

Later in its commencement than the Faune Francaise, but of much
deeper scientific import, and more comprehensive in its scope, is the continua-
tion of Erichson's Insekten Deutschlands, undertaken by Dr. Schaum

34 REVIEWS.

aud Messrs. Von Kiesenwetter and Kraata, all of them already favourably
known by various contributions to the history of this order, or to systematic
Entomology. The division of labour in this case gives hopes that we may
see the accomplishment — neither hurried up at last, nor degenerate from
its origin — even of an undertaking under which the delicate health of the
lamented Erichson early succumbed. The three parts before us are Part I.
of Vol. I., the commencement of the Carabidae, by Dr. Schaum, and Parts
I. and II. of Vol. II., by Kraatz, embracing the Aleocharini.

The genera of this tribe are separated by such subtle characters, that the
student may find himself sometimes compelled to renounce the direct in-
vestigation according to the method of Erichson's excellent Monograph, and
to betake himself to an empirical comparison of several alternatives, in or-
der to arrive approximatively at the place of the species he is investigating ;
uuless he can spare the time, and has also acquired the manual dexterity,
necessary for a satisfactory microscopical investigation of the oral organs.
Accepting, as we feel obliged to do, this difficulty as inseparable from the
great multiplicity and close affinity of the forms, the inconspicuous size and
little variety of secondary qualities, among the Aleocharini in particular,
we cannot deny to Kraatz praise for having availed himself, to the utmost,
of this imperative though difficult branch of investigation, for the better de-
finition of the genera, and the separation from them of sundry discordant
species. He has here subdivided the Aleocharini into three sections — I.
Genuini or Brachypalpi ; II. Gyrophamini ; III. Gymnusini. Under
the first of these, the following new genera are characterized — Stenusa
type Silusa rubra Er. ; Stenoglossa, type Homalota semirufa Er. ; Ischno-
glossa, including Aleochara prolixa Gr., &c. ; Leptusa, for species of Oxy-
poda and Homalota of authors, as Aleochara analis Gyll., Homalota piceata
Muls. &c. ; Thiasophila, Aleochara angulata Er., &c; Hom,oeusa, Euryusa
acuminata Masrkel ; Haploglossa, Aleochara pulla Gyll., &c. ; Dasyglossa,
Oxypoda prospera Er. ; Hygropora, Ox. cunctans Er. ; Ilyobates, Al. nigri-
collis Gr., &c. ; (the g. Callicerus Gr. is restored) ; Chilopora, Calodera longi-
tarsis Er., &c. ; Ocyusa, Oxypoda maura Er. ; Phlceodroma, anew species ;
Tomoglossa, Homalota luteicornis Er. ; Schistoglossa, Horn, viduata Er.
Of the Gyrophamini, Gyrophama lsevicollis of the Author now constitutes for
him a new genus Agaricochara. Lest any one should fancy that a multipli-
cation of genera so considerable as this may have left none of the old ones of
comfortable amplitude, we may refer to the genus Homalota, as it stands
here, with a hundred and forty-two species left for Germany alone. Possi-
bly the propensity of the author may be rather towards the separation of

INSECTS OF GERMANY, COLEOPTERA. 35

species on slight characters. We observe that he adheres to his previous
opinion that the Phytosus nigriventris is a distinct species, and not the
other sex of Ph. spinifer, as English authors have considered it ; — and on
this head we have no decisive observations wherewith to oppose him.
Again, he characterises the Aleochara obscurella of Thomson, from the Swe-
dish coast, as a distinct species, by the name of Al. grisea. The distinctions
he has assigned are so minute, and most of them merely comparative, that
we scarcely venture to pronounce confidently that the common species of
the British coasts represents this Al. grisea, as is most probable. If Kraatz
is right in separating them as species, the Al. obscurella of the Faune Fran-
caise is probably identical with the British and Swedish species. Kraatz
again seems to imagine that the sexual difference of size may indicate yet
another species to be separated from Al. obscurella. We suspect that the
authors of the Faune Francaise have been led, in the like manner, to mul-
tiply species unnecessarily in some instances ; — thus the characters given
of Diglossa submarina seem rather unsatisfactory, and some of the suppo-
sed differences between this and D. mersa are confessedly inconstant.

Dr. Schaum in his descriptions of Carabida?, in the part before us, has
expatiated on the subject of varieties to such a degree as threatens to
make the first a very ponderous volume, if he goes on as he has begun
here. It must be confessed, however, that the treatment of the nominal
species of this great genus, previously, had been such as to leave much
rubbish for the critic to clear away. Forty-eight pages of this part are
devoted to the characteristic of the thirty species of Carabus, which are
admitted as genuine species, and natives of Germany. More valuable yet,
in our eyes, than these special details, however elaborate, are the learned
author's generalities on the families and on the classification of the order.
Commencing with the carnivorous beetles, he has reverted to an older
view than that now generally received, in excluding the family Gyrinidse
from the united group of land and water carnivorous beetles, the Ade-
phaga of Clairville. Of Kiesenwetter's share of the undertaking no part
has yet appeared.

It would be hard to overrate the prospective utility of this work to the
scientific Entomologist ; and we heartily wish it a steady and uninter-
rupted progress, and an increasing number of readers. For the conve-
nience of the mere British collector, the Faune Francaise will, probably,
be found the more suitable, as.it will certainly be far the most portable,
if both works are continued on the scale commenced respectively. We
can scarcely wish it were otherwise, as there is occasion for both of these

80 REVIEWS.

attempts to supply much-felt existing deficiencies ; and while each is par-
ticularly accommodated to its own circle of readers, they may both be
serviceable to «//, as mutually supplementary. We reserve for a future
occasion a more particular critical examination of them, when further ad-
vanced towards their completion respectively : our object now has been
only, or chiefly, to bring them under the notice of British Entomologists,
who are discontented with the home-made provision for the wants of the
Beetle-collector, and desirous of some stronger food to promote scientific
growth. While they are only in progress, we recommend, for present use,
Redtenbacher's book, as already complete in its own sphere of investiga-
tion, and as approved by our private experience, in its application as a
guide to the correct and easy determination of the great majority of the
British beetles also.

V. Neuroptera. There has been a lull, as if of exhaustion, in this
order, since the appearance of Fischer's excellent Monograph of the Euro-
pean Orthoptera ; Fieber having only followed in the wake of that, and
Von Brauer's investigations being concerned with Physiology more than
Taxiology. The Entomologist's Annual, again, furnishes British collectors
with a popular description of the native Libellulidae by a master in the
science, Dr. Hagen. Mr. Stainton deserves their best thanks for the effec-
tive aid he has enlisted on behalf of British Entomology ; and we hope to
see many more such contributions introduced to home readers, through his
intervention.

VI. Hemiptera. The system of Heteroptera, in the completed work of
Hahn and Henrich-Schseffer, has been receiving large additions, both in
genera and species, at the hands of Staal, chiefly from the materials
collected by Wahlberg in Caffraria. Kirschbaum has added materially to
the European species of Capsus, &c, in his list of the Capsini of Wiesbaden.
The illustrated Monograph of Aphides, by Koch, seems to have come to a
stand still. We have been looking out in vain, also, for the promised
volume on the British Hemiptera, by Mr. Dallas, which was to have pre-
ceded the concluding volume of the Diptera, in the series of "Insecta
Britannica." Although Mr. Walker's volume is out, and Mr. Dallas makes
no sign, we hope the other is not superseded, but only lying by awhile, to
ripen more completely.

In general Entomology, probably the most important production of the
past year has been the Seventh edition of Kirby and Spence's Introduction,
which we reviewed at the time of its appearance ; while the most novel,
undoubtedly, is a weekly newspaper for Entomologists, which, we perceive,

MISCELLANEOUS NOTICES. 37

the spirited editor proposes to continue, during the next season also, in
spite of the loss incurred on a weekly penny paper addressed to a reading
public so limited.

We understand that Mr. Curtis is occupied in preparing a new collected
edition of his Reports on Insects noxious to Agriculture, originally con-
tributed to the Journal of the Royal Agricultural Society. It is a subject of
congratulation that these valuable papers will thus be rescued from the
comparative oblivion in which they were buried there, in consequence of
the very limited interchange of their respective knowledge which takes
place, as yet, between the Farmer and the Naturalist. It is an exemplifi-
cation of this, that Noerdlinger, in his new and pretty copious work on the
" Little Enemies of Agriculture," has not derived any of the materials from
the numerous essays in English on this subject to be found in the above-
named Journal and in the Gardener's Chronicle. Zoologie Agricole, par
E. Blanchard, which includes the insects noxious to the crops, has been
continued in monthly parts.

In Insect Physiology we have a paper on the Respiration of Insects, by
Mr. Lubbock, in the Entomologist's Annual, professedly popular rather
than profound ; an interesting communication, by M. Hicks, in the Journal
of the Linnean Society, on a peculiar structure observed in the Halteres of
the Diptera, which, on this ground, he concludes to be organs of sense, —
as also certain parts at the base of the wings of insects in general, wherein
a similar structure may be traced. The latest number of Siebold's Journal
of Scientific Zoology contains some valuable observations by Stempler on
the development of the Scales of the wings and other parts, in the Lepidop-
tera, establishing more particularly than had been done before the perfect
analogy, in origin and growth, between this kind of covering and the more
usual form of the hairs of the Articulata ; which latter type has been in-
vestigated morphologically by Menzel, in a paper in the Stettin Ento-
mological Journal of 1856, as well as in some previous separate publica-
tions.

Crustacea. Several important additions to the Literature of the Class
have appeared during the past year ; chiefly in Wiegmann's Archives of
Natural History, and the Proceedings of the Swedish Academy of Science,
and of the Danish Royal Society. On the Entomostraca we have a paper
by Mr. Lubbock in the Transactions of the Entomological Society of
London, and another by Fischer in the Transactions of the Bavarian
Academy, both illustrated with numerous figures.

Arachnida. An essay on the Cheraetida3 (Pseudoscorpii,) by Dr.

38 REVIEWS.

Menge, in the Transactions of the Natural History Society of Dantzig, is
noticed elsewhere, in the Reviews of Foreign Serials.

Annelida. The Embryology and Alternate generations of the Intestinal
worms have been yet further elucidated in various quarters, chiefly by
Siebold, Kuechenmeister, Leuckart, Beneden, and Philippi. An interesting
popular sketch of the recent discoveries in this province of Natural History,
which have excited such a lively interest, has also been given by Mr. De
Quatrefages, in the Revue des Deux Mondes. The Prize in Physical
Science, which was offered for the best account of the structure and develop-
ment of the common Earthworm, having been awarded to Mr. Udekem, his
essay has been included in the publications of the Belgian Academy.

Protozoa, etc. The phenomenon of Encystment has been demonstrated,
in some additional instances, among the Infusoria. For a valuable contri-
bution to the Natural History of Spongilla we must refer the reader to the
original paper by Lieberkuehn, in Mueller's Archives of Anatomy, which
we have noticed elsewhere, among the Foreign Serials.

A translation into English, from the German edition, of Van den
Hoeven's Manual of Zoology, by W. Clark, and also one by Dr. Knox, of
Milne-Edwards' Elementary Course of Zoology, from the latest French
edition, have recently appeared. Of the two volumes which compose the
former work only one has yet come out in the English, embellished with
the same plates as the German edition, and costing, singly, as much as the
latter does complete. Milne-Edwards' admirable text-book is now, for the
first time, given, in an English dress, in its integrity — even the most glar-
ing blunder of an unlearned compositor being faithfully reproduced ; — but it
has long been familiar to us, in substance, through the medium of extracts
copied into other popular works — openly, and with- due acknowledgment,
on the part of some authors ; — in other cases clandestinely, to deck some
Jackdaw of science with the borrowed plumes of an unearned reputation.
More important, than either of those two translations, for the promotion of
scientific Zoology among English scholars, is that of Siebold's Comparative
Anatomy of Invertebrate Animals, by the late Dr. Waldo Burnett, which
we have received from the other side of the Atlantic. The publication
there of a work so purely scientific, and of which no version has been
adventured in England, is but one of many proofs of the deep hold which
the Natural Sciences are taking in North America, even side by side with
the fierce excitement of gold-winning in some of the newly settled States
A new and enlarged edition of the original work, in German, is also com-
menced ; but the appearance of the volume of Invert ebrata, by Siebold,

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY. 39

has been hitherto delayed, while two parts of the Vertebrata, by his coad-
jutor, Stannius, have come out already. Of another important work, and
this a new one, on Zoological structure and classification — " Zoonomic
Letters," by Dr. H. Burmeister — the first volume, commencing with the
lowest forms of Animal life, has reached us ; but this work will require a
separate critical notice at our hands hereafter.

Passing from the Zoology to the Botany of the British Islands, we light
upon a contribution to Flora which the past year has produced, of especial
interest to the student of our native plants. Five years have elapsed since
the Third Edition of Babington's Manual of British Botany appeared :
in the Fourth Edition, which is now before us, we are again presented with
" many additions and corrections," embodying the author's latest views on
the limitation of species and varieties, with numerous accessions, from
various sources, to the previous list of our native and naturalised plants.
As in the former editions, care has been taken to distinguish between those
species that are supposed to be truly indigenous and such as have been
accidentally introduced and naturalized ; and many plants which had been,
on insufficient evidence, admitted into the British Flora, are now excluded.
The process of reduction might, perhaps, have been carried still further,
with advantage.

The whole volume gives evidence of the careful revision and correction
which is spoken of in the preface, where we are specially referred to the
remodelling of the extensive and difficult groups, Hieracium, Carex, and
the whole order of Graminece. In reviewing those changes, we cannot but
applaud the pains and skill which the author has bestowed on his subject,
though, in many cases, we do not acquiesce in his views respecting species.
Perfect agreement among naturalists, on the subject of the limitation of
species and genera, indeed, is not to be expected, and our own views on
this subject happen to differ widely from those adopted by Mr. Babington.
To us it appears that the multiplication of species, on trivial grounds, has
been carried by modern botanists to an excess, which has materially injured
the science, and which, if followed up with equal zeal by the next genera-
tion, will go far to reduce Botany to the chaotic state in which it was found
by Linnaeus. If every form of plant that differs, by some little charac-
teristic, from its fellows, is to be recognised as a distinct species, the process
of species-splitting will be endless. Yet this seems to be the rule adopted
by a large number of the Botanists of France and Germany. As an evi-
dence of the absurdities to which it leads, we may instance the article
Solatium, in a recent volume of De Candolle's Prodromus, where the

40 REVIEWS.

common Solatium tuberosum appears under a score of names ; or, to look
nearer home, we ask our botanical readers how many of them can distin-
guish the thirty or forty " species" (so called) into which the common
Bramble of our hedges has been divided? We ask, has anything been
attained, except confusion, by the labours of modern botanists on the
Rubus fruticosus of Linnseus ? Formerly every botanist knew, or thought
he knew, a bramble when he met it ; but now scarcely two botanists, we
suspect, are fully agreed on the nomenclature of the British species ; and,
were they to extend their researches to all the countries over which the
Rubus fruticosus L. and its kindred are dispersed, the difficulty of determi-
nation would be greatly increased. Even in comparing the Brambles of
Germany with those of England most puzzling difficulties arise, as is evi-
dent from the constant changes of name to which the supposed species are
liable. But the same difficulty occurs in attempting to collate the British
species, as severally understood by Messrs. Leighton, Bellsalter, Lees, and
others, who have most attended to the subject ; as may be seen by the
synonyms collected under almost every species admitted into the Manual.
We observe that, in the present edition, two have been struck off the list.
We wish that Mr. Babington had carried retrenchment still further. Under
his sixth section he observes, " The plants contained in the section are far
from being determined satisfactorily ;" — a remark which we would venture
to extend to the whole six sections. We observe, too, that when a " spe-
cies" is exploded, its debris is frequently parcelled out between several
other " species" — not greatly adding thereby, we should think, to their
stability. Thus we are told " the plants formerly included under the name
of R. Babingtonii are now referred respectively to R. scaber, R. pyramid-
alis, and R. fusco-ater /3. Colemani." Again : " R. Wahlbergii (Bab.
not Arrh.) is now placed partly under R. Corylifolius and partly under
R, nemorosus." In our opinion, the fact of such intermediate forms, as
these appear to be, occurring between other closely allied forms, ought to
prove to the conviction of any one but an enthusiast the worthlessness of
the distinctions which separate those that are still retained.

Among the changes introduced in the present edition we are first struck
by the disappearance of Ranunculus aquatilis, and the substitution of six
species — R. trichophyllus, R. Drouetii, R. heterophyllus, R. Baudotii, R.
Jloribundus, and R. peltatus — in its place. We had supposed that the
process of hair-splitting had been already sufficiently exercised on the
Batrachian Ranunculi ; but this large addition to their number shows how
much may still be done by ingenuity. Other additions to the British list

MANUAL OF BRITISH BOTANY. 41

are Polygala austriaca, found in Yorkshire ; Hypericum anglicum, a de-
tachment from H. androsasmum ; Epilobium anagallidifolium ; Galium mon-
tanum, G. commutatum, and G. elongatum ; Salix acutifolia ; Orchis
incarnata, separated from 0. latifolia ; Epipogium aphyllum, perhaps the
most remarkable addition to our Flora recently discovered ; Arum itali-
cum, found in the Isle of Wight ; and the following Filicoids and Ferns: —
Equisetum Moorei, " probably not distinct from E. trachyodon ;" Asple-
nium acutum (a form of A. adiantum-nigrum) ; Pseudatkyrium alpestre,
and P. flexile, the latter M a doubtful species ;" Gymnogramma lepto-
phylla ; Botrychium rutaceum, and Ophioglossum lusitanicurn.

The new distribution of the difficult genus, Hieracium, demands special
notice. In treating of this group the author expresses himself to be
under great obligations to the researches of Mr. James Backhouse,
jun., who has carefully collected and published most of the British
forms. In looking over the list now given, we find that no less
than eight of the names admitted into the third edition are omitted,
but, as a compensation for this, fourteen new names are introduced —
leaving a balance of six in favour of the extension of our Flora. Most of
the novelties appear under names given by Mr. Backhouse, and are, there-
fore, regarded by the author not merely as additions to the British list, but
as absolutely new Species. And these fourteen novelties have been disco-
vered on ground which, for the last fifty years, has been more traversed
by botanists than almost any other district in Britain. We are not pre-
pared to criticise the characters attributed to all these supposed new spe-
cies ; but the fact of so many new species having all occurred to a single
young and ardent observer, in a field so well beaten as that of the English
and Scotch Highlands, does not inspire much confidence in their perma-
nence. Every one familiar with Hieracia knows that the Alpine kinds
especially are subject to infinite variation ; and we suspect that it will be
more easy for future explorers of the Highlands to discover a dozen other
equally distinct types, than to refer, with certainty, the forms that may
occur in their rambles, to those now attempted to be defined by Mr. Back-
house. We shall have a repetition of the story of Rubus fruticosus and
Solanum tuberosum. And, supposing the other genera of Composite to
advance at the same rate, we may soon expect a galaxy of new Dandelions
and Cat's-ears. Surely, the varieties of Leontodon taraxacum, Apargia
autumnalis, Hypochceris radicata, ' and other common plants, are as de-
serving of special description and name as some of the forms now sepa-
rated from Hieracium alpinum and its allies. Most of our common field

F

42 REVIEWS.

and wayside Composite might be similarly treated ; and Arctium already
shows, by the addition of three new names, what may be done when such
common plants as Burdocks are properly investigated and minutely exa-
mined. Obviously we do not yet know the riches of our fields.

Various changes have been introduced into the arrangement of the
species of several of the large genera ; and, evidently, much care has been
bestowed on them with a view to render the distribution lucid. Carex
especially appears to have been very carefully worked over again ; but no
new species is added in this edition. The most important change occurs
in the order Graminecc, which is now divided into two sub-orders, the
ClisanthecB, distinguished by closed flowers, with long stigmas protruded
at the top of the flower ; and the Euryanthece, with open flowers and short
styles, the stigmas protruded at the bottom of the flower. These groups
seem to be natural, and are readily to be recognised by characters simple
and easily observed. Some alterations are made in the position of the
genera : thus Nardus and Lepturus are widely separated, the former being
placed as the type of a family, Nardece, in the first sub-order ; and the
latter referred to Hordeinece in the second. Arundinacece is combined with
Agrostidece, and Lagurus from Avenece added. Milium, is referred to Sti-
pacecej and Knappia transferred from Phleinece to Chloridece.

The reductions of species are less numerous than the additions. Tha-
lictrum majus, Sm., is reduced to T. fiexuosum ; Camelina sativa is ex-
pelled, and C. foetida substituted ; Epilobium virgatum is reduced to E.
obscurum ; Saxifraga Andrewsii is excluded as a garden hybrid ; Helos-
ciadum repens restored to H. nodiflorum ; Galium pusillum of E. Bot.
changed to G. sylvestre. Poll. ; Libanotis united to Seseli ; Cineraria to
Senecio; Salix fusca to S. repens, S. Forbyana to S. rubra, and S. helix
to S. purpurea; Orchis fusca is changed to 0. purpurea ; Phleum commu-
tatum to P. alpinum, and Festuca sciaroides to F. myura.

On the whole, the present edition bears out the announcement on the
title-page, that it contains " many additions and corrections."

A recent discovery in Art, interesting to all Naturalists alike, is the
process for obtaining Photographic images in relief ; from which electrotype
Copperplates can be taken, that yield very clear and delicate impressions.
This long-sought-for invention promises to afford multiplied pictures of
Natural objects, of complicated form, or intricate pattern, cheaper, at once,
and more accurate than Engraving can accomplish.

A. H. H. & W. H. H.

GLAUCUS, 43

Glaucus ; or, The Wonders of the Shore. By Charles Kingsley, F.S.A.,
Author of "Westward Ho!" "Hypatia," &c. Third Edition, Cor-
rected and Enlarged. 12mo. Cambridge : Macmullen & Co., 1856.
Price 3s. 6d.

We have already made this little book the subject of a Review (see vol.
for 1856, p. 5), but the appearance of a new Edition, corrected and
enlarged, will, no doubt, be a sufficient apology with our readers for in-
troducing it again to their notice. We know that some people have an
objection to new Editions, with Additions, and think that the additional
matter ought at any rate to be also published in a separate form ; but it
appears to us perfectly natural that an author should employ his additional
knowledge in improving, at each successive edition, any work that he has
written, and amplifying it with any fresh ideas to which the previous
context may lead him on. Yet the publication of this fresh matter, sepa-
rately, from that which led to it, would, in most cases, be simply absurd. On
a close comparison of this Third Edition with the second we find verbal
alterations at pages 23, 48, 74, 97, and 165, and the following additional
matter— viz. : pp. 110-117, 118-125, 154-160, 166-168. Some por-
tions of the extracts from Mr. Gosse's works, which appeared in the pre-
vious Editions, are omitted in this ; thus we get some 24 additional pages,
without any increase in the size of the book.

The first verbal alteration occurs in the sentence which created such a
stir in the hive ; we allude, of course, to the passage in which we were
told " our home botanists, entomologists, and ornithologists are spending
their time now, perforce, in verifying a few obscure species, and bemoan-
ing themselves, like Alexander, that there are no more worlds left to con-
quer." In the new Edition the word " Entomologists" is here omitted,
but we find it transferred to the following sentence : — " For the geologist,
indeed, and the entomologist, especially in the remoter districts, much re-
mains to be done, but only at a heavy outlay of time, labour, and study ;
and the dilettante (and it is for dilettanti, like myself, that I principally
write), must be content to tread in the tracks of greater men who have
preceded him, and accept at second and third hand their foregone con-
clusions."

This will not do, Mr. Kingsley. You must retouch this sentence for the
next Edition, or you will again have the Entomologists down upon you.
We boldly affirm that for the Entomologist much remains to be done
without any heavy outlay of time, labour, and study. Hear Mr. Douglas,
in " The World of Insects," p. 4 : " It is true a popular writer (the Rev.

44

HE VIEWS.

C. Kingsley, in "Glaucus," 1855) has lately said that the field of Ento-
mology in Britain is fully explored j but I beg to assure him and his
readers that such is not the case, for the chances are that, out of fifty per-
sons who should this year begin to collect insects, twenty-five would each
discover either a new British species, or a new fact in insect economy f
Mr. Kingsley and Mr. Douglas on this subject are evidently at variance ;
they cannot both be right, and though we have a great respect for Mr.
Kingsley, we are disposed, on a question of Entomology, to repose more
confidence in the assertions of the author of that capital book, " The
World of Insects." The additional matter at pp. 110-117 relates to sea-
weeds and marine plants. Take as a sample the following, at p. 116: —

" Not merely interesting, too, but brilliant in their vegetation, are sandhills ; and
the seemingly desolate dykes and banks of salt marshes will yield many a carious
plant, which you may neglect if you will; but lay to your account the having to
repent your neglect hereafter, when, finding out too late what a pleasant study
botany is, you search in vain for curious forms over which you trod every day in
crossing fiats, which seemed to you utterly ugly and uninteresting, but which the
good God was watching as carefully as He did the pleasant hills inland— perhaps
even more carefully ; for the uplands He has completed and handed over to man,
that he may dress and keep them ; but the tide-flats below are still unfinished ; dry
land in the process of creation, to which every tide is adding the elements of fertility,
which shall grow food, perhaps in some future state of our planet, for generations
yet unborn."

At pp. 118-125, we have allusion to various dredging grounds, and
much specially about Hastings, of which Mr. Kingsley says — " As the
place is so much visited by Londoners, it may be worth while to give a few
hints as to what might be done by any one whose curiosity has been ex-
cited by the salt water tanks of the Zoological Gardens." So by all means
let the reader, if he is going to Hastings, put a " Glaucus, 3rd Edition," in
his carpet-bag.

In our previous notice we observed, " It may well be doubted whether
any previous book has appeared for years past which has done more to pro-
mote the study of Natural History than the little book we have now under
consideration will certainly do," and entertaining this opinion, we are
pleased to perceive that the demand for this book is so great that already
more than 5,000 copies are in circulation. We notice the 3rd Edition is
advertised at the " 6th Thousand." A work that in eighteen months has
attained such a circulation stands a fair chance of eventually attaining its
" Twentieth Thousand." We trust that Mr. Kingsley, accordingly, will
gather together, from Naturalists of all classes, any hints — and surely they
owe him every contribution in their power — that might possibly assist him
for the " Fourth Edition."

45

Geographie Botanique raisonee ou Exposition des faits principaux et
des lois concernant la distribution geographique des plantes dk
l'epoque actuelle. Par M. Alphonse De Candolle. 2 Vols. Paris.
1855.

The illustrious name of De Candolle has long stood among' the first in the
first rank of philosophical botanists. The elder De Candolle, father of our
present author, and universally known to every working botanist through
the indispensable " Prodromus" contributed upwards of 140 treatises to
botanical science, many of them works of considerable extent, and all of
them marked with abundant proofs of the original research and ability of
the writer. The publication of these works extended over a space of forty-
four years — a long and glorious career of mental activity. They include
essays or treatises on every department of Botany — the structural, physio-
logical, systematic, economic, and geographical — and have deservedly ac-
quired for their author a fame imperishable, while Botany shall exist as a
science. It is no light matter to inherit the name of such a father. It is
no easy task for a son, standing at the base of such a pyramid, to prove
himself equal to his position ; aud we cannot speak in higher praise of
M. Alphonse de Candolle than by saying that he has proved himself not
unworthy of such parentage. His works, indeed, have been few and re-
stricted in subject, in comparison to those put forth by his father ; but they
are sufficient to prove his ability as a botanist, and to establish the fame of
any ordinary person.

The work now before us is, perhaps, his most important contribution to
Botanical science, and is obviously the fruit of many years' thoughtful study
and laborious research. It treats in detail, and at great length, of the
general and particular relations of plants to climate and soil, and their dis-
persion over continents and islands. The subject is divided into twenty-
six chapters, grouped under four books, and fills 1334 closely printed
octavo pages. We can only attempt to give a very brief account of an
essay which branches out into innumerable subjects, the discussion of any
one of which would be sufficient for an article.

The first book discusses with some detail, but in a general way, the
effects of temperature, light, and humidity on the development of vegeta-
tion. The author commences by exposing the false views popularly en-
tertained with respect to the relationship between plants and the climate in
which they live. Many persons suppose that the presence or absence of
such-and-such forms of vegetation is a certain indication of a precise cli-

46 REVIEWS.

mate, as if each plant individually were a sort of natural thermometer.
This incorrect notion has been perhaps chiefly mischievous in reference to
the obscure regions of fossil Botany, where certain climates have been
hastily assumed to have existed in certain localities at a former epoch be-
cause certain forms are found fossilized in the strata. Thus, because Za-
raias are now found at the Cape of Good Hope, in New Holland, and in the
table-land of Mexico ; and because fossils of kindred structure are embedded
in the strata of England, and of other northern countries, it has been as-
sumed that the England of the Zamian era must have had a similarly hot
and dry climate to that of South Africa, or of Western Australia, where
these forms of vegetation are now common. The inference is, however, a
very vague one, resting on a very narrow basis, as will be evident when we
examine a little more carefully the climates where the Cycadeae are now
found. We shall then discover that though none inhabit a very cold
country, yet the range of climate, especially as regards humidity, over
which the Order is distributed is very extensive, some species growing
in the moist jungles of tropical India, others in the low islands of the Pa-
cific archipelagos, besides those more familiar forms which we have from
the arid regions of the Cape and Australia. It would be impossible to
tell from the mere inspection of a modem Cycadeous stem and foliage
whether they had grown in a tropical or extra-tropical climate ; and it must
be just as hazardous to pronounce on the nature of the climate which nou-
rished Cycadeae in the earlier eras of our planet. It would be as reason-
able to judge from the finding of fossil acorns or oak logs that such indi-
cated a climate in the regions where they occurred similar to that of modern
England, of which the oak may be taken as a characteristic tree. But in
this hasty assumption we should t,lose sight of the fact that the genus
Quercus has a wide distribution in tropical as well as intemperate and cold
latitudes, species being found from very high latitudes on the American
continent nearly to the equator, and occurring on the mountains and table-
lands of tropical India, and of the island of Java. Were the species of oak
now existing in Java fossilized there, leaving no descendants, some future
geologist, knowing the oak only as a form of vegetation of cold or tempe-
rate regions, might draw, from its presence in the strata of Java, a very
false inference respecting the early climate of that tropical island.

That a plant does not indicate a particular climate in a manner analo-
gous to a thermometer or hygrometer must be evident to any one at all
acquainted with the powers of endurance which certain species display, and
the feebleness of endurance equally obvious in other species ; so that each

GEOGRAPHY OF PLANTS. 47

species of plant has in some degree its own charter, one enjoying more ex-
tensive privileges than another. Nor, until we have ascertained the facts
regarding species bj particular observations, can we with certainty foretell
what will be the effect of change of climate upon them. What would be
more natural to suppose than that all the plants spontaneous at the Cape
of Good Hope, supposing they occurred at a tolerably uniform elevation
above the sea, would be influenced by change of climate in a like degree ?
Their native climate is a very remarkable one — remarkable for the intensity
and amount of solar light throughout the year ; for rapid changes of tempera-
ture, and for the very unequal distribution of moisture at different seasons.
We should expect among them a common feeling — so to say — on their re-
moval to this country ; and such, to a certain extent, is the case. But the
exceptions are very numerous ; for while some — such as the Heaths and
Pelargoniums — flourish and actually improve in the artificial climates of our
green-houses, others — as many of the bulbs — are with difficulty induced to
blossom, and rapidly degenerate.

As might be expected, most Cape plants require the protection of glass
in winter ; but to this there are many remarkable exceptions. The Aga-
panthus flowers freely in the south of Ireland, in the open ground, from
year to year ; and the Tritomanthe (hot-poker plant) is even still more
hardy; for we have seen it raising its spike of scarlet flowers uninjured from
among the snow. Yet this plant is a native, not of high mountains or
table-lands, but of the low plains at the Cape, where the thermometer may
stand on a summer day in the ground, close to its roots, at a height of 130°
to 1 60°. When we find such wide discrepancies as these among plants of the
same region, we may well agree with our author in maintaining that the
question of the relation of plants to climate is a very complicated one ; and
that we can only rightly understand it by regarding plants as " living
machines," having a certain work to do, and struggling to perform it at all
hazards, fighting under difficulties against physical agencies. Beyond a
minimum of light, heat, and moisture, life ceases. With fair proportions of
these (according to the wants of each individual species) it is maintained
with vigour ; and there are a thousand intermediate stages of excess or de-
ficiency in which a struggle for existence is by the more hardy species
maintained.

After discussing the effects of light, heat, and moisture in general, M.
de Candolle divides his subject into two principal sections, which he distin-
guishes by the names Geographic Botany and Botanical Geography. By
the first of these he understands the consideration of species, genera, and

48 REVIEWS.

families of plants in a geographic point of view ; and by the latter, the con-
sideration of different regions of the earth with respect to the vegetation
which clothes them. The first division, or Geographic Botany, offers the
widest field of research, and forms, indeed, the bulk of the treatise, occupy-
ing sixteen of the chapters, and filling nearly 1100 pages. We can
only briefly allude to a few of the subjects treated of. The first chapter, a
very important one, runs over 300 pages, and discusses, under the varied
circumstances which influence the dispersion of plants, their limitation on
the plains and on the mountains. The limits occupied by spontaneous
plants on the plain, or at a moderate level above the sea, in a direction
towards the pole, and towards the equator, are illustrated by detailed
accounts of certain well-known annual, perennial, and ligneous species.
Each of the indicated limits is then separately discussed, and this is fol-
lowed by general considerations on the polar and equatorial limitation of
each description of vegetable. We have then the limits in altitude of spon-
taneous plants similarly treated ; and, finally, cultivated plants, whether on
mountain or plain, are subjected to a like analytical examination.

The next chapter discusses what the author calls the "form" of the
habitat of species — namely, the differences in the diameters of the area occu-
pied by different species, when the line is drawn east and west, or north
and south, or in some intermediate directions. Some curious facts are noted
on this subject, and obviously this chapter deserves to be more extensively
worked out. The author has limited his observations to the species con-
tained in the eighth, ninth, and tenth volumes of the " Prodromus," asw
offering sufficient illustration of his subject, and finds that of the 8,495
species contained in those three volumes, there are only 116 which present
any very marked differences (four times at least) between the lengths of the
opposite diameters of their areas. The remaining 8,372 species appear to
occupy more or less circular areas — a remarkable fact. It must be observed,
however, that this examination refers exclusively to certain orders of the
Corollijlorce, whose distribution can hardly be taken as fairly representa-
tive of that of Phanerogamous plants in general. Of the 116 species se-
lected by M. de Candolle, sixty-eight extend east and west, and forty-
eight in a naiTOW line north and south. One should hardly have a priori
anticipated so nearly equal a division of the number, it seems so much
more natural that a species should extend along the parallels of latitude, or,
at least, in the isothermal lines, than along those of longitude. We are thus
taught that other causes than those of annual temperature powerfully influ-
ence the natural dispersion of plants. The most potent, probably, are

GEOGRAPHY OF PLANTS. 49

moisture, and exposure to certain winds. Of the forty-eight species enu-
merated as having a north and south distribution, only two are natives of
Britain, namely, Pinguicula lusitanica, which extends along the Atlantic
shores from Portugal to the north of Scotland, but which is not found any-
where far from a western coast ; and Erythrcea latifolia, likewise a coast
species, found from Norway to Portugal.

The distribution of individuals in the areas occupied by the species is
next discussed, with considerable detail, showing how local causes modify
the frequency or non-frequency, or the luxuriant development, of each
species. The nature of the soil, exposure, supply of moisture, and other
obvious modifying causes are indicated, and a list is given, after Mohl, of
species which are characteristic of primitive rocks, and of those which only
occur in calcareous soil. M. de Candolle seems to think also that some-
thing like a " rotation of crops" exists naturally among wild plants, and
that a species shifts its soil (especially an annual one) from year to year,
from causes similar to those that force the farmer to vary his seeds when
cultivating the same soil. " One cannot doubt," he says, " that the exist-
ence of a species, and especially its prolonged existence, becomes a cause
unfavourable to the life of that same species, or of analogous species, in
the same soil." The well-known fact that when a natural forest is burned
or cut down, trees of different species commonly spring up in the room of
those destroyed is adduced in proof of the necessity of rotation ; and the
hypothesis of the elder De Candolle, that roots discharge excretory matter,
so as to poison the soil for themselves, is dwelt upon as an established fact.

The seventh chapter treats of the area or space on the surface of the
globe over which a species extends. This important subject has for a long
time engaged the author's attention, and the result now given must have
cost years of toilsome research. The value of this research must, however,
in great measure depend on the author's views as to the limits of the
species themselves. In the hands of some writers who establish " new
species" on every local race, if it differ by a hair's breadth from their
" typical" form, a chapter like the present would only lead to confusion.
Fortunately for science, M. Alphonse de Candolle is content to call " Ra-
nunculus aquatilis" by its single name, and consequently finds it to extend
over the northern hemisphere, from Lapland to Abyssinia, and from the
68° parallel of north lat. in America to California. Had he chosen the
opposite course, he might easily have treated us to a crowd of " representa-
tive species," each peculiar to its own pond or ditch, over the same extent
of surface.

50 REVIEWS.

For purposes of comparison the world is divided into fifty " regions,"
each supposed to indicate a more or less marked flora, and defined
by strougly marked geographical limits and climatal peculiarities. Thus,
there is a well-marked arctic region comprised within the polar circle,
and common to Europe, Asia, and America. Many of the species
characteristic of this region appear again on the limits of perpetual snow in
more southern climates, and yet the alpine flora, taken as a whole, is very
distinct from the arctic. Europe, minus its arctic portion, is divided into
two well marked regions, the temperate or Northern and Midland States,
and the Mediterranean, including the shores of that sea, as well as the
whole Iberian peninsula. Some of the detached Atlantic Islands, such as
St. Helena (with Ascension), and the minute Tristan D'Acunha, are distin-
guished as separate regions, and apparently with justice, so very peculiar is
their flora, especially of the former. Such minute specific centres contrast
strongly with our author's 29th region, which comprises the Australian
continent, with its outliers, Tasmania, New Zealand, Norfolk Island, and
New Caledonia. North America, east of the Rocky Mountains, and as
far south as the mouths of the Mississippi, forms another extensive, but
well marked region. Brazil is divided into three regions, and the remain-
ing portion of S. America into ten ; so varied is that continent, in different
parallels, in its vegetable productions. The author does not lay much
stress on the exactitude with which his regions represent natural limits ;
indeed, he states that his arrangement is defective on several points, but
having commenced to tabulate on this basis it was necessary to go on with
it. Tables are given illustrating the area occupied by species and families.
From these it appears that the comparatively small family of Papaveracew
includes some of the most widely dispersed plants, one of its species (Arge-
mone mexicana) occurring in eleven regions, while Myrtaceae, a very ex-
tensive order, is specifically very local, only three out of its 700 species
occurring in three regions. Of Papaveraceae, 68 per cent., Cruciferae, 75
per cent., Campanulaceae, 89 per cent., and Myrtaceae, 97 per cent, consist
of species limited to a single region. Next follow tables contrasting the
floras of different countries, the first table, illustrating that of New Holland,
being copied from Mr. Brown, who states, that out of 3,760 flowering
plants known (in 1814) as natives of Australia, 45 are common to Europe.
Since that date the number of Australian species has been doubled, but not
many more European species have been detected. Perhaps one of the most
remarkable discoveries of late years has been that of Lysimachia vulgaris,
found by Dr. F. Mueller in the alpine region of Victoria, far removed from

GEOGRAPHY OF PLANTS. 5 1

any settlement. Of course, the progress of colonization has introduced a
vast number of European weeds, some of which, especially the thistles, bid
fair soon to supplant weeds of natural growth, and in a few years the local
botanist will be puzzled as to the claims of many plants, whether indige-
nous or naturalized. The flora of New Zealand contrasts remarkably with
that of the larger island, for out of the 730 flowering plants described by
Dr. Hooker, 223 are common to other countries, and 60 are common to
Europe. Of the 113 species found at Norfolk Island, 61 are peculiar to
that island, 52 common to other countries, and 8 also natives of Europe.
The little island of Tristan Da Cunha, so well explored by the late
Captain Carmichael, contains 32 species of flowering plants, 26 of which
are found nowhere else.

We have next tables to show the proportion, by families, of species
common to widely separated countries. The facts are similar to those
just stated, but given more in detail, and illustrated by more nume-
rous examples. Then follow tables showing the proportion, by fami-
lies, of species dispersed over more than two regions, and the mean
area of species considered in reference to the nature of their habitats,
whether aquatic, moist, or dry ; relative to their duration, whether annual,
biennial, perennial, &c. ; their degree of lignification, whether trees, shrubs,
or suffrutices ; and lastly, relative to the nature of their seeds, whether
the fruit or seed be winged or fleshy, whether the seeds be numerous or
few, small or of large size, soon perishable or capable of long existence in
a dormant state. It is impossible in this hasty sketch to do justice to the
care with which these and other details are worked out. We can only
mention a few of the results. With respect to habitat, it appears that 17
per cent, of submerged or floating flowering plants are common to more than
two regions, 9 per cent, of marsh plants, 7 per cent, of the plants of wet
ground (not strictly marshes), 10 per cent, of maritime plants, and 7-10
per cent, of parasitical plants. Out of 389 purely parasitic plants noticed,
only three are found in more than two regions. The half parasites, such as
Orohanche, Monotropa, and Cuscuta are more dispersed, 8 per cent, being
found in more than two regions. Of families chiefly consisting of annual
species, 7 per cent, occur in more than two regions ; of perennial herbaceous
families, 5 per cent. ; and of those composed of trees and shrubs, less than
2 per cent. A considerable number of arborescent plants are limited to
one or two regions ; out of 2,321 species enumerated, only 43 exceeding
those limits. Out of 292 coniferous trees, 12 are widely dispersed, a large
per centage when compared with most other ligneous families. One would

52 REVIEWS.

have supposed that winged seeds were favourable to the dispersion of
species, but M. de Candolle's tables show a different result. In almost
every family enumerated, the per centage is in favour of naked or wingless
seeds, remarkably so in Dipsacece, where 11 per cent, of species with cal-
vous seeds are widely dispersed, while only 3 per cent, of those furnished
with pappus enjoy as wide a range. Among the Composite the propor-
tions are as 4*5 to 2*9 per cent, in favour of calvous seeds, by which it
should follow that daisies were twice as diffusable as thistles or dandelion.
A list is given of 117 species, which occupy very large areas, " at least
a third part of the surface of the globe." Out of these, 1 00 are natives of
Britain. Many of them extend over much more than the third part of the
earth's surface, but none appear to compass the whole earth, however wide
their extent. " The Stellar ia media (chick weed), for example, which en-
dures very severe climates, and easily becomes naturalized in temperate
regions, is found neither at Melville Island, nor in Labrador, nor under the
Equator." "Nettles themselves, which one looks upon as accompanying
man, do not support, like him, the extremes of cold and heat ; they are
wanting in Labrador, Melville Island, as well as on the plains of the torrid
zone. The Portulaca oleracea, Sonchus, Lamium amplexicaule, Chenopo-
dum album, Cynodon Dactylon — plants that may be looked on as univer-
sally diffused, so common are they, and so easily naturalized — do not pene-
trate into the extreme northern climates. One alone, the Sonchus olera-
ceus, is, perhaps, so organised as to endure all climates, from the equator to
the pole ; but it needs a cultivated soil or rubbish ; and such stations are
wanting, and always will be so toward the extreme north. Thus, I repeat,
no phanerogamous plant is or can become a cosmopolite in the absolute
sense." The number found to occupy half the globe is extremely limited,
only 18 being enumerated out of the 117 first named. Many of the most
widely dispersed are either purely aquatic or frequent very moist situa-
tions ; 14 or 15 species are natives of Very dry places, and from 25 to 30
are chiefly found in cultivated ground. Many littoral species, which
would have found a place in the lists, if the calculations had been based
on parallels of latitude or longitude, are excluded, because, though widely
dispersed geographically, they extend too short a distance from the shore
to form large areas of distribution. No tree or shrub figures in the list*
The Thymus serpyllum is the most ligneous plant, if we can call it an
" undershrub." Of the species enumerated 47 are annuals, 3 biennials, and
66 perennials ; 73 are dicotyledons, and 44 monocotyledons — that is, in
the proportion of 62 per cent, dicotyledons to 38 per cent, monocotyledons.

GEOGRAPHY OF PLANTS. 53

And as the proportions of these classes in the vegetable kingdom are as 83
to 1 7 per 1 00 species, the facts stated confirm the greater mean area of
monocotyledons over dicotyledons.

A much shorter list is given of species having a very limited area, not
because such plants are less numerous — for the contrary is unquestionably
the fact — but because it is difficult to ascertain the exact limits occupied by
such species, except when they occur in very remote islands, or in countries
thoroughly explored by botanists. The island of St. Helena contains
several species, and even arborescent genera (of Composite), which are not
only found nowhere else, but which are confined to very small areas on the
island. The noble tree-fern, Dicksonia arborescens, occurs only on
the summit of Diana's Peak, the crown of the island. Kerguelin's Land
is the only known habitat for the genus Pringlea (Capt. Cook's cabbage) ; the
Auckland Islands, Tristan Da Cunha, Juan Fernandez, Madeira, and other
small islands, all contain species or genera peculiar to themselves. The
famous Cocos de Mer, or Double Cocoa nut (Lodoicea secliellarum), a
most remarkable and distinct genus of Palms, is only found at the rocky
islets of the Sechelles, and only inhabits a few of the group. In like manner,
each of the Canary Islands has species peculiar to itself; and this is still
more remarkable at the Gallapagos, of which group Dr. Hooker has pub-
lished an excellent flora (in the 20th vol. of Linn. Trans.). But limited
dispersion of species is not confined to remote islets. It occurs in con-
tinents. Several instances of extremely small areas of well marked species
occurring in Europe are given by M. de Candolle. To these we may add
a few exotic examples : — Dionoea muscipula, certainly a very remarkable
plant, not likely to escape the notice of American botanists, is limited to a
very small area in North Carolina (where it abounds), and a single station
in South Carolina. In like manner, the curious Cephalotus follicularis,
the Australian Pitcher Plant, which abounds in all the bogs round King
George's Sound, has been found nowhere else. The species, too, of
Nepenthes appear to be very local, each tropical island in the area
occupied by the genus having its peculiar kind. Disa grandijlora, the
most showy of terrestrial Orchideae, having a flower sometimes five inches
in breadth, with crimson petals, is only known on the borders of a little
streamlet on the summit of Table Mountain, at the Cape ; but along that
streamlet the plant is abundant. But many Orchideae, we suspect, have a
very limited extension. It is well known that the Cape flora is peculiarly
rich in species of Erica, upwards of 300 having been described. Several
of these are extremely local, while others are found scattered over many

54 REVIEWS.

hundreds of square miles, from the western districts to Port Natal. The
same may be said of many of the Proteacese, both of the Cape and of
Australia. Every district, of no great extent, supplies its own peculiar
6pecies. Even some genera, such as Franklandia and Bettendena,
are confined to very small areas. Clianthus puniceus, so well known in
our gardens, is much more likely to be preserved in cultivation than in
New Zealand, its native country, where its range is very limited.

The causes operating on the natural extension of species are summed up
under three heads, namely : — transportation, more or less easy, or more or
less frequent, of seeds in a germinating state, such transportation being
effected either by currents, or incidentally through the agency of animals
or man ; connection or separation more or less real of countries having
more or less analogous climates ; and lastly (and, as we believe, chiefly'),
the physiological peculiarities of each individual species. Besides these
actually existing causes, others may have formerly operated ; for example,
there may have been different means of transport at another geological
epoch ; islands now widely separated from continents may have formerly
been connected ; some species, very widely dispersed, may have an earlier
date in creation than others ; or the original number of individuals of
different species may have been different ; for we need not necessarily
suppose, in the vegetable kingdom at least, that every species spring
from one or two individuals.

The changes which take place in the habitats of species form the sub-
ject of the eighth chapter. The question of naturalization* is largely dis-
cussed, and copious lists are given of species naturalized at short or at long
distances from their native localities. Some of these species, now widely
dispersed, are of recent introduction. Mimulus luteus, introduced from
North America to our gardens so lately as 1812, has been found "appa-
rently wild" in many parts of the Highlands of Scotland. We have also
seen it in the Wicklow mountains ; and M. de Candolle states that it has
spread along the streams in many valleys of the Vosges. Its American
habitat is extensive, reaching from Unalaschka, on the north, to Chili.
(Enothera biennis (the " evening primrose"), a native of North America,
introduced 1619, has become so disseminated over the greater part of

* At p. 714. the author makes a strange blunder in confounding Stratiotes aloi-
des, Z., with Pistia stratiotes, L. Which of these plants is naturalized in the tanks
at Marly, we cannot say; but it is Pistia stratiotes — not "Stratiotes aloides,"
as stated — which is a native of the Molluccas, Java, Malabar, and other intra-
tropical countries. Stratiotes aloides, we need hardly say, is a well-known European
plant, and a native of England.

GEOGRAPHY OF PLANTS. 55

Europe, that some modern botanists have questioned its exotic origin. It
is equally common, in the neighbourhood of cultivation, in South Africa, and
is spreading in Australia.

The recent appearance of Anacharis alsinastrum in English canals
and rivers is a remarkable instance of the rapid dissemination of mis-
chievous exotics. These and several other plants — some of them trouble-
some weeds — Europe owes to America ; but she has more than returned
the gift in the number of species she has transmitted, and the extent of
surface they cover. Whoever has travelled through the United States
must have been struck with familiar road- side, hedge, and field- weeds,
reminding him of home. Two species of mullein (Verbascum Thapsus and
V. Uattaria) are specially common by roadsides, and in recent clearings
and along the borders of railway cuttings, as if their seeds were widely and
abundantly dispersed in the soil ; yet they are unquestionably introduced
from Europe. The Leucanthemum vulgare (ox-eyed daisy) is a far more
troublesome weed in America, its adopted home, than it is in Europe ; and
so of many other European weeds, now rapidly extending with cultivation
over the whole surface of North America. In Australia there is no native
species of thistle ; but European thistles have become such pests, even in
the recently settled colony of Victoria, that the legislature has been obliged
to pass an Act, enforcing penalties on the farmer who shall not duly eradi-
cate the thistles on his ground. In Tasmania, the sweet briar (Rosa ru-
biginosa), though but a few years ago introduced to gardens as a memento
of home, has become wild, and in some districts already forms dense thickets
which extend rapidly year by year, the innumerable hips being dispersed
by birds. In many places already it must be regarded as a pernicious
weed. Vlex europceus (the furze-bush) has likewise escaped in Tasmania,
and, as on the highlands of St. Helena, flourishes abundantly. Anthem is
nobilis is also completely naturalized, and in some places we have seen
whole fields occupied with it, almost to the exclusion of other herbage.

To the chapter on naturalizations succeeds a history of cultivated plants,
tracing the origin of the species most notably cultivated for their roots,
tubers, bulbs, stems, leaves, flowers, fruits, or seeds. At the head of the list
stands the Potato (Solanum tuberosum), which is stated to have been
found in cultivation, at the time of the discovery of America, " in all tem-
perate regions from Chili to New Grenada, but not in Mexico." (Humb.)
The fact of its having been also cultivated by the aborigines of North
Carolina, from which place its roots were brought by Raleigh, is questioned,
and we think justly so, the authorities in support of the story being few

56 REVIEWS.

and vague ; while the evidence against its cultivation by the aborigines
appears strong, if not conclusive. If Raleigh found potatoes in North
Carolina, they were probably transposed thither by the Spaniards. The
potato has not been found wild in any part of the United States, nor was
it known to any of the aboriginal tribes before the settlement of Europeans.
Such is the joint opinion of Professor Asa Gray, the most competent botanist
of America, and of Dr. Harris, Librarian of Havard University, an equally
competent authority in questions affecting the early history of America.
The Manioc, Manihot, or Tapioca Root (Jatropa Manihot), so important
an article of food in the West Indies, is referred to, having been found
extensively cultivated at the time of the discovery. It had been erroneously
stated by the Abbe Raynal to have been introduced from Africa ; but
modern botanists have shown that the genus abounds in species in tropical
America, while none have been found wild in tropical Africa, a circum-
stance obviously in favour of the American origin of the cultivated kind.
Species of Dioscorea or Yam, wild and in cultivation, are found through-
out the tropics of both hemispheres, rendering it difficult at the present time
to determine what may have been the origin of the cultivated kinds. Not-
withstanding their extensive cultivation in India, they have no Sanscrit
name. It is disputed whether the name Yam or Igname be of African or
of American origin. On the whole, the author refers the probable original
centre of Yam -cultivation to the Indian Archipelago and the Southern
extremities of Continental Asia. The native country of our common Jeru-
salem Artichoke (Helianthus tuberosum) is unknown ; the species is nowhere
found in a wild state. It has been known in European gardens from the
beginning of the seventeenth century, and Columna, who saw it, in 1616,
in the gardens of Cardinal Farnese, names it Aster peruanus tuberosus.
Parkinson calls it Batatas canadensis; Bauhin, Chrysanthemum latifo-
lium brazilianum. All these names seem to betray an American origin,
and De Candolle fixes on the temperate parts of Peru as being the most
probable native soil. Hemp and Flax, the earliest cultivated of textile
materials, are both referred to the temperate parts of Asia, in the Caucasus,
and towards the borders of the Caspian Sea. Hemp is still found wild in
Northern India, and Flax in certain districts of Russia ; but it must be
extremely difficult to discriminate between the wild and naturalized condi-
tion of plants of such early and extensive cultivation. The Sugar Cane
is a native of tropical Asia, cultivated from very early times in China, but
not anywhere found in a state of nature. It was introduced from Arabia,
in the Middle Ages, into Egypt, and thence into Sicily and the South of

GEOGRAPHY OF PLANTS. 57

Spain. It was transported into the Canary Islands in 1 503, and soon
afterwards found its way to the West Indies and Brazil. Of plants culti-
vated for fruits (we omit tropical fruits) the several varieties of the Orange
and Lemon are traced to the warmer parts of Asia ; the Vine, to the Cauca-
sian region, where it is still found wild ; the Strawberry, Raspberry, Cherry,
and the many varieties of Plums are from temperate Europe and Asia ;
the Apricot from Armenia and the Caucasian region generally ; and so also
the Almond. Peaches first made their appearance in Europe a little before
the commencement of the Christian era, and their name, Persica, or
Malum persicum, indicates their Eastern origin. They have, however,
no Sanscrit name, and M. de Candolle supposes that they were originally
brought from China. At present the Peach tree exists, apparently wild,
in many parts of Asia: Koch affirms that it is abundant in the Cau-
casian provinces, but Ledebour doubts if it be spontaneous there.
Pears and Apples are of European or Caucasian origin ; the Quince is
wild in the South of Europe ; the Pomegranate, to which Northern Africa
is often assigned, is traced to Western Asia. The various Gourds, Melons,
the Water Melon, and the Cucumber, all of which are now only known in
cultivation, are traced to the East, whence they were introduced, at various
periods, into Europe. Currants and Gooseberries are from temperate
Europe. The Fig and the Olive, from early times naturalized throughout
the Mediterranean region, are supposed to have been primarily derived from
Asia Minor, or from that Caucasian district, the cradle of the human race,
so abundantly supplied with the best gifts of the earth. The origin of the
various species of grain, and of seeds used for other besides edible pur-
poses, is discussed at length. The history of many of the best known is
lost in antiquity. If they ever existed in a state of nature, they have long
6ince ceased to exist. The probability is that many of the so-called species
of cultivation are races which have originated under man's care and skill,
and which depend on his exertions for their continuance. If the experiments
of a modern observer are to be depended on, wheat itself is a cultivated
monstrosity of a miserable grass (JEgilops) of the South of Europe, which
is so different in its botanical structure from cultivated wheat that it has
been always supposed to be generically distinct. If such transformations
are possible, others, equally startling, may have occurred.

The subject of disjoined species, or those that are found scattered at
wide intervals, without any apparent physical connection between the seve-
ral localities where they occur, is next discussed at large. The origin of
existing spontaneous species is then speculated upon ; the geographic dis-

58 REVIEWS.

tribution of genera and of families is illustrated, and this division of the
subject concludes with some general remarks on the changes which take
place in the habitats of families, and the origin and derivation of these
groups. Our limits do not permit us to enter into these subjects, which
occupy ten chapters of the Essay.

Nor can we do more than indicate the subjects contained in the remain-
ing portion, called by the author Botanic Geography, in distinction to Geo-
graphic Botany. Seven chapters are devoted to this section, which com-
prises the following items : — General Characters of Vegetation ; Com-
parisons between different countries with respect to the proportion of
Dicotyledons to Monocotyledons, and a comparison with respect to the
families most numerous in species, and to the families most characteristic
of the country. Then follows a chapter on the variety of vegetable forms
in different countries and in the entire globe ; the division of the surface of
the globe into natural botanical regions ; and lastly, the vegetation of
different countries is considered in regard to the probable origin of their
species, genera, and families. In this last chapter the ingenious views of
Edward Forbes iu relation to the origin of the Mediterranean species, which
occur so abundantly in the West of Ireland, are favourably noticed.

We must now conclude our hasty sketch, warmly recommending these
volumes to the careful study of all persons interested in the subjects of
which they 1 real. From the imperfect abstract we have given it will be
evident that the questions of the climatical relations of plants are treated
with great minuteness, with much learning and research, and the material
ably and laboriously worked up. It is a work which will at once take
rank as a text-book, to be referred to, not as a complete essay, exhausting
the subject, but as a storehouse of information, uniting within a moderate
compass most of the observations yet recorded, and serving, therefore, as
a stable basis for further research. The subject of Botanic Geography, so
far from being exhausted, is only yet in its infancy, and no doubt many of
its facts will be read differently hereafter ; but we think that the principles
stated and advocated in the present treatise will, as a whole, stand the test
of time.

W. H. H,

59

" cours elementaire d'hlstoire naturelle, zoologie par m. mllne
Edwards, ouvrage adopte par le conseil de l'instruction publique,
etc. Septieme Edition avec 473 Figures.'1 Paris. 1855.

A Manual of Zoology, by M. Milne Edwards, Member of the •' Institut,"
adopted by the Council of Public Instruction of France. Translated by
E. Knox, M.D., F.R.S.E., Lecturer on Anatomy, and Corresponding
Member of the Imperial Academy of Medicine. Illustrated by 500
First-class Wood Engravings. London. 1856.

There are three works which, taken together, form the elementary course
of Natural History prescribed by the Council of Public Instruction in
France : — one on Botany, by the grandson of the celebrated Jussieu ; one
on Mineralogy and Geology, by Mons. Beudant ; and one on Zoology, by
M. Milne Edwards. We purpose directing the attention of our readers to
the last mentioned work, and to a translation of it by Dr. Knox, which has
recently been published.

The " Zoologie," in its original form, has already passed through seven
editions ; and a letter from its learned author, addressed to Dr. Knox,
states that above 30,000 copies have been sold. A sale so large as this
is no bad criterion of the merits of the book. By it the public has testified
its approval in the most unequivocal manner, and rendered eulogium on the
part of a reviewer unnecessary.

The first edition appeared in 1841. It had 572 pages, with 451 figures.
The seventh edition was published in 1855, containing 584 pages, and 473
figures. In point of size, and in regard to the number of illustrations, the
two editions are much alike, the principal difference consisting in some
additional figures, and a few pages of letter-press added to that part of the
book which treats of the Mammalia. We cannot but wish that a similar
addition had been made to the portion devoted to the other extremity of the
animal scale. The information there given is very scanty. Nine pages —
and only nine — are occupied with one of the four great groups into which
the animal world is divided — that to which M. Edwards gives the name
" Zoophytes." Under this term he includes the Echinodermata, Acalepha,
Polypes, Polygastric Infusoria, and Sponges. Yet within this humble group
occur some of the most interesting phenomena which modern research has
revealed, and others as yet but imperfectly seen, wherein the Naturalist has
caught glimpses of a truth which he has been unable to seize. No one can
be more fully aware of this than M. Edwards himself. Occupying the eminent
position he does, and having access to the best sources of information,
he must needs know what continental naturalists have been doing, and to

I

60 t REVIEWS. k

what extent their fellow-labourers in these kingdoms have aided in the
onward progress of science. We must conclude, therefore, that M. Edwards
has some good and sufficient reason for not treating more at length of those
lower tribes ; and we can think of none so probable as an unwillingness to
make much change in a book of which so many copies are in circulation.
In all schools and colleges, inconvenience is felt both by teachers and stu-
dents from discrepancies and differences in successive editions of the same
work. To avoid causing such annoyance, M. Edwards possibly has
allowed this part of the work to occupy now no greater space than it did
fourteen years ago, when the lower invetebrate animals were comparatively
but little regarded.

It must not, however, be supposed that all evidence of progress has been
suppressed. In some instances it has been indicated, though not fully dis-
played, as, for example, the connection between the Medusas and the Ser-
tularian zoophytes, opening up the debateable subject of the " alternation
of generations." This receives an illustration from the Biphora, marine
animals whose singular changes warrant the appellation happily bestowed
upon them, when M. Edwards tells us " ces animaux bizarres sont assez com-
muns dans la Me'diterranee." The affinity between the Polyzoa and the
tunicated molluscs is distinctly expressed, and both are grouped together
under the common term " Molluscoides."

There are, however, cases in which statements, now known to be erro-
neous, continue to be given, without even a foot-note to warn the reader
of the changes in opinion which are consequent upon the advance of zoolo-
gical knowledge. Thus, at page 569, we read of coral islands which
appear to be based on the craters of extinct volcanoes. Yet Darwin had
completed his voyage in the Beagle in 1836; he had communicated his
observations on coral islands, and the true theory of their formation, to the
Geological Society of London, in 1837; and Sir Charles Lyell, in his
" Principles of Geology," seventh edition, published in 1840, had renounced
the old hypothesis, adopting the satisfactory and philosophical explanation
of Darwin. The first edition, therefore, of the " Cours Elementaire" con-
tained on this point the idea still current, but even then known to be erro-
neous, and this statement remains unchanged.

We may adduce another example in corroboration of our remark. The
figure of the Argonaut appears with the expanded sails, and the " tiers of
oars on either side," according to poetic fable ; yet no information is given
regarding the habits of the animal, and the important functions performed
by the supposed sails ; and a doubt continues to be implied, if not expressed,

MANUAL OF ZOOLOGY. . 61

as to the true builder and owner of the graceful shell (p. 553), years after
all question on the matter has been set at rest by positive observation and
experiment.

While we think it right not to pass by unnoticed the omissions or defects
of this excellent manual, we most cordially concede to M. Milne Edwards
the rare honour of both advancing zoological knowledge by original re-
search, and diffusing it by the production of an elementary work, which has
been welcomed wherever it has appeared. In these countries it is well
known to every naturalist, and its beautiful illustrations, by means of casts
and electrotypes, supplied by the publisher, have been multiplied, and served
as illustrations for other works of a similar kind.

We are tempted to pause as we pass along, and meditate on the good
that this small volume may be expected to accomplish. It is widely spread
over France ; it has sailed along the Mediterranean, steamed on the Rhine,
climbed the Pyrenees, and nestled in quiet valleys amid the Alps. In every
place it has, doubtless, found some ardent inquirer, whose views have been
rendered clearer, and whose progress has been aided by the lore gleaned
from its pages. Who can venture to estimate the impetus given to the
onward march of Zoology by the ardour of youthful recruits thus enrolled
under her banner ?

From the original work we now turn to the u Translation" recently
published by Dr. Knox ; and we desire to know, in the first instance, in
what spirit, and for what objects, it has been undertaken ? And, next, to
what extent it has been successfully accomplished ? With regard to the
first point, Dr. Knox has afforded us the requisite information, in the
following words : —

" Thinking it would be but an act of justice, though tardy, to place
before the English reader a work of an esteemed friend, which, according
to the fashion of the day, has formed the stock in trade of so many
English, Scotch, Irish, and American literary contrabandists, I wrote M.
Edwards on the subject, and received from him the following letter — a
guarantee to the public that the translation has been undertaken with the
author's full approbation." The letter is then given, and the following
words are, we presume, to be regarded as the " guarantee" to which re-
ference has just been made : — " II ne peut m' <3tre que tres agreable de
voir paraitre sous vos auspices une traduction Anglaise de mon petit
ouvrage elementaire de Zoologie."

In the next paragraph of the prefatory notice Dr. Knox proceeds thus :
" As a scientific man, and a teacher of Anatomy and of the great prin-

G

62 REVIEWS.

ciples of Zoology to thousands, including the names of many of the most
celebrated scientific men of the day, I ought not, perhaps, to notice the
literary pirates to whom I have just alluded, were it not that, during the
last hundred years, they have, in despite of many excellent English writers,
greatly retarded the progress of Zoology in Britain and elsewhere, where-
ver, indeed, the English language is spoken."

We at first thought that the " contrabandists" denounced in the first
paragraph were the same as " the literary pirates" of the other, but as the
latter have been at work for " the last hundred years," this cannot be the
case. A general treatise, or a manual of Zoology, must, from its very na-
ture, be to a great extent a compilation. That, however, is no reason for
not acknowledging the sources whence the information is derived, and
quoting the authorities for facts but recently made known by other
writers. To do so seems to us to be an act of common honesty, and
nothing more. On this point, therefore, we would most probably agree
with Dr. Knox, though we might require additional evidence against the
compilers before assenting to the verdict : " Their views are anti-scien-
tific, anti-educational ; calculated, if not devised, to retard the progress of
the human mind."

Dr. Knox proceeds thus : —

" A single remark is required, and will, I trust, suffice to explain why
this translation of my esteemed friend's work occupies a considerably less
space than the original. The translation being addressed to Englishmen,
lovers of matters-of-fact in science as well as in other things, it became a
duty I owed the public and publisher to avoid all repetitions, all French
idioms, all lengthened treatment of physiological and metaphysical hypo-
theses ; but in doing so I have scrupulously avoided omitting any fact or
idea or opinion of the author. The curtailment has been in the language
alone."

In conclusion, he notices the " combinations of unclassical terms" which
" have greatly retarded, no doubt, the accomplishment of that object
which is the aim of this work — namely, the introduction in England of
Zoology as a branch of primary education."

It would appear from those words that Zoology had not yet been " in-
troduced" into England as a branch of primary education. This announce-
ment came upon us by surprise. We had seen, for years back, advertise-
ments of books avowedly for the purpose of teaching the elements of
Zoology to young people. We had understood that in many schools such
books were regularly used ; and that the use of them was gradually ex-

MANUAL OF ZOOLOGY. C3

tending. But as the remark might possibly be intended to apply to schools
under the superintendence of Government, and supported in part from the
public funds, we procured a list of the books supplied to schools by the
Committee of Council on Education in England, and sought for such evi-
dence as it might supply on the question. We found in the list books
treating of Quadrupeds, of Birds, of Reptiles, of Fishes, of Shells, &c. ;
Domesticated animals, Wild animals, and the justly popular work of the
late Bishop of Norwich, " Familiar History of British Birds." We found
also works of a wider range, as, the " Rudiments of Zoology," published
by Messrs. Chambers ; " Elements of Natural History," by Mrs. Lee ; a
Zoology written expressly for schools, by Gosse ; another by Patterson, &c.

The books supplied by the Commissioners of National Education in Ire-
land likewise afforded satisfactory evidence that the importance of Natural
History as a branch of primary education was fully recognised. We
learned also that it was, to some extent, a qualification for teachers, ai d
formed a part of the examinations to which those of a certain standi ng
were subjected. We must, therefore, suppose that Dr. Knox, at the time
he wrote this paragraph, was not aware of what had been going on in
these countries with reference to Zoology as a branch of school education.

Dr. Knox has told us, in a passage already quoted, that he has pur-
posely avoided " all French idioms." Yet the following phrases remind us
strongly of their Gallic origin : — " Some (fishes) lead a sedentary life" —
p. 351. "Strongest resemblance with those" — p. 449. "The narrow
limits of these lectures do not permit us to consecrate at this moment more
time to this subject" — p. 398. In the original the occurrence of warm
weather is spoken of in connection with the metamorphosis of certain in-
sects, the words employed being " si le temps est chaud" — p. 498 : in the
translation, " if the time be warm" — p. 398.

A more serious fault is, that the French terms are given when a very
moderate amount of trouble would have enabled Dr. Knox to give a well
known English word. Thus, we have " Manchat" instead of Penguin ;
" Echasse d'Europe" for " Stilt ;" " Canard Macreuse" for the " Common
Scoter," and " Butor" for " Bittern." All schoolboys are familiar with the
appearance of the boat-fly and the whirl-gig ; yet they would scarcely know
their old friends by the names Notonecte and Gyrin ; and if they read of
M the Courtiliere, which does such mischief," they would assuredly feel
puzzled, unless the figure made them understand that the mole cricket was
the insect referred to.

Some mistakes of the press have, unhappily, escaped correction, though

64 REVIEWS.

they are very apparent. ►Thus, the specific term " pervonia" is applied (p.
405) both to the sirex and the butterfly, which are figured on that page. The
printer of the French work has, at p. 240, given the figure of a breeze-fly,
instead of that of the carpenter-bee. The error has been faithfully copied
in the English translation : we are there presented with the nest of the
carpenter-bee ; but the two-winged insect is figured as its builder, with the
name " Xylocope" (carpenter-bee).

Dr. Knox has introduced — either in the text, or as foot-notes — various
extracts from, or references to, his own published works. There may be
a difference of opinion whether the book has been improved or not by these
additions. Into this question we do not propose to enter. We have
examined the work merely as a translation, and are sorry to say that as such
it does not do justice to the original, while it contains many blemishes
which a little research, and a very moderate amount of revision, would have
excluded. We doubt not that these amendments will be made accordingly ;
and the volume will then be an useful auxiliary to other books treating of
kindred subjects, which have been " introduced" years ago among our re-
cognized school-books. The careful translation of any foreign work of emi-
nence shall ever be regarded by us with favour ; and we hope to have many
of them communicating to us the facts observed by our continental brethren,
and the significance of those facts, as they appear to reflective and educated
minds.

R. P.

Wahre Parthenogenesis bei Schmetterlingen und Bienev

ein Beitrag zur Fortpflanzungsgeschichte der Thiere.

Von C. Th. E. von Siebold. 8vo. Leipzig. 1856.
On a true Parthenogenesis in Moths and Bees, a Contribution

to the History of Reproduction in Animals. By C. Th.

E. von Siebold ; translated by W. S. Dallas, F.L.S., &c. 8vo.

Van Voorst. London. 1857.

Professor Owen, the author of the term Parthenogenesis, has defined it as
procreation without the immediate influence of the male. The examples
given are spontaneous fission, gemmation, development from germ-cells and
germ-masses, or from unimpregnated ova. The term has been readily
adopted by other physiologists, and some have extended the application of
it to the analogous phenomena in the vegetable kingdom. Siebold, on the
other hand, proposes to confine it to the last-named of the above cases.

PARTHENOGENESIS. 65

His objections to the original use of it, indeed, appear to rest partly on
an untenable ground of etymology, partly on a misconception of Owen's
views, which the distinct statement given by the latter should have pre-
cluded. Owen, however, seems not indisposed to accept the limitation
proposed, and suggests the term Metagenesis, for the sum of those changes
which certain species undergo in the progress through successive indivi-
duals from the ovum to the perfect [impregnating and] egg-producing form,
or as it has been called the Alternation of generations. The term we have
enclosed in brackets seems to be redundant, and might, in fact, invalidate
the definition, according to the facts collected by Siebold in the little
volume which we are here to notice. The result of these would seem to
be, that the animal development from a perfect egg may take place without
impregnation, 1° exceptionally ; — 2° normally, the law prevailing either
partially, as subservient to definite purposes in the social economy of the
species, or cyclically through a limited number of successive generations, or
permanently and universally in regard to certain groups. The evidences
which Siebold has here collected are not absolutely new, but they had partly
been overlooked,* partly they seemed to demand that closer investigation,
anatomical and historical, with which he has here supplied us, so that we are
now in a condition to recognise a law of generation, of which the higher
forms of animal life in the vertebrate classes have afforded no unequivocal
example.

Various statements have appeared from time to time of fertile eggs
being laid by female Lepidoptera secluded from all access of the male. In
some of these cases the progeny has been reared to the perfect state, and
the experiment has even been continued through more than one generation
in succession. Indeed, the published instances are so many, and the autho-
rities so respectable, that the rather sceptical criticism which Siebold has
applied to them might appear overstrained. It has led him, however, to
institute fresh experiments, guarded with all the precautions the assurance
of which he misses in the previous documents, and these have obliged him
to admit the fact, in respect to the common silk worm, that the female
moth is capable of laying fertile eggs without impregnation. The propor-
tion of the eggs, however, which are capable of development in this case
is small, and, generally, it would appear that a natural limit is set in this
way to the propagation of the species in any but the ordinary mode of
generation. A very peculiar mode of limitation is indicated by an experi-
ment of Carlier, which Lacordaire has recorded in his Introduction. Three
successive generations of Liparis dispar were produced by secluded

QG REVIEWS.

females, but the last brood consisted entirely of males. We are led at
once to connect this observation with the normal mode of generation of
the drones of the hive bee. But that which appears as exceptional in the
history of some other Lepidoptera meets us as a regular provision of na-
ture in the economy of various sac-bearers of the families Psychidae and
Tineidse. Here the generations of wingless females succeed each other,
without access or production of the winged male except at distant periods.
How far these periods are subject to rule we have no satisfactory evidence,
or that there is any decline of the vitalizing energy of the female organiza-
tion in the course of generations. In the Psyche helix, as observed by
Siebold, the females alone have occurred during seven successive years,
and the male insect does not appear to be known with any certainty, if
that sex exist in nature. For here we may be approaching to the most
complete exemplification of Parthenogenesis, exhibited in the case of cer-
tain groups of insects, where the species is constituted, solely and at all
periods, by females producing perfect eggs, and undistinguished, as it seems,
by any visible peculiarity either of redundancy or defect in the reproduc-
tive organs. This is the case in all the true Gall-flies, — the genus Cynips
as restricted in recent times, — and a few more (Biorrhiza, &c), while the
rest of that family, and even genera approaching the gall-flies so closely in
structure and economy as the genus Teras for example, present both sexes,
and the males usually even in the greater numbers. This perfect type of
Parthenogenesis is, probably, not limited to the class of Insects, as there
is evidence of its prevalence in certain Entomostraca, at least.

No form of Parthenogenesis, however, seems more remarkable or in-
structive than that which is present in connection with the economy of
the common honey-bee. Many strange mistakes have prevailed from early
times as to the history of the perfect societies of these insects, ruled by
laws of instinct which have stimulated the curiosity of man, as much as
their productive industry has served his uses and attracted his observation.
But it has been only at a comparatively recent period that the true charac-
ters of the sexes have been anatomically fixed ; and these discoveries have
not yet succeeded in dispelling, among the practical bee-keepers in general,
either inveterate errors or wild conjectures. Yet it is to one of this class,
Dzierzon, pastor of Caiismarkt, in Silesia, that science ultimately owes the
discovery of the true physiological relations which rule the generation of
the race. The main facts are these : — the Queen bee, or perfect female,
before impregnation lays eggs which produce Males only. After impregna-
tion, which takes place but once in the course of her life time, the eggs pro-

PARTHENOGENESIS. 67

duce male or female larvae according to the sort of cells in which they are
laid. By a delicate and difficult microscopical examination Siebold has
proved that the eggs laid in the queens' and workers' cells have been pene-
trated by one or more Zoosperms, which, on the other hand, are never found
in the eggs deposited in drone cells. He concludes, with reason, that the
access of the impregnating fluid contained in the receptacle is cut off at
pleasure by an instinctive act of the female in oviposition. The worker-
bees, or females with undeveloped organs of generation, being incapable of
impregnation, in the rare cases in which their ovaries are sufficiently deve-
loped to mature a few eggs, these produce only male brood.

We have not space to do more than allude to various other interesting
topics which Siebold has linked to these inquiries ; the improved bee-
hives of Dzierzon, which allow every single comb to be removed at plea-
sure, inspected, and replaced ; the advantages arising from the introduction
into Germany of the Italian variety of the honey-bee, Apis ligustica,
and the results of the intermixture of the two races, as bearing on the
immediate subject of the essay ; as also the curious spiral cases of some
Lepidopterous and Neuropterous larvse represented in the plate, certain of
which have figured as shells in some recent treatises on Mollusca; the
illusory likeness being heightened, in this instance, by a sort of operculum,
with which the inmate, a Phryganidan, (Helicopsyche Siebold,) closes the
aperture of its case, before entering on its state of repose as a pupa.

The translation by Mr. Dallas acquires additional value from the notes
by Professor Owen inserted in it, especially those which recall attention to
the instances in which that truly wonderful man, John Hunter, has again
anticipated the discoveries of modern Physiologists in their own special
branches of research. The translation is made with great care and scru-
pulous fidelity. A sentence or two only have been omitted, which were
unnecessary in the context, or seemed out of place. In a very few
instances we think there is an alteration slightly affecting the sense.
Thus, for example, page 12 — Bombyces for Sjnders ; page 16 — Scheven
does not mean that the specimen he had is figured by Roesel, but has cited
the figure merely to determine the species ; page 17 — the prolixity of
Scheven is by no means commended, as the translation conveys ; page 21
— the import and value of Blancard and Audebert's observations is very
differently characterised in the original ; page 24 — it is not by means of the
laying-tube, which has a different office attributed to it, but by the feet,
that the female Fumea clings to the sac, as expressly stated in the original
concerning this and Solenobia a little further on, but omitted in the English,

68 REVIEWS.

page 25. Again, in the following page, Siebold by no means asserts,
as is implied in the translation, that the life of the female is shortened when
impregnation does not take place — a statement which is at variance with
the general result of observations on insects. Page 28 — the sac of Psyche
helix is described as having one whorl more than is correct, which the figure,
as well as the original text shows clearly enough ; page 40, near the foot —
stock should be hive, &c.

These criticisms are, indeed, so minute that we should scarcely have
particularized them, were it not that the interest in the subject, awakened
by the appearance of this translation into English, insures for it a large circu-
lation, as it deserves ; and as that may, and we hope will, lead to further
original investigations and fresh evidence of the law propounded, it would
not be well to have any pains wasted in controverting particular state-
ments with which the author is not, in fact, concerned. A. H. H.

The Marine Botanist ; an Introduction to the Study of the British
Seaweeds, containing descriptions of all the Species, and the best
methods of preserving them. By Isabella Gifford. Third Edition.
London : Longman and Co.

This third edition of Miss Gifford's introduction to marine botany is so
much enlarged and in every way improved as to deserve to be looked on
as a new work. A number of additional plates have been added, and an
introductory chapter ; while the systematic portion of the volume has
been rendered more valuable by fuller and more accurate descriptions, by
additional habitats of some of the rarer species, and by short notices of
certain little known species not likely to fall in the way of ordinary col-
lectors. The book, in its present form, will be acceptable to many young
collectors and amateurs who might be deterred from the study by more
formal treatises, and, equally with Dr. Landsborough's little volume, will
serve as a familiar introduction to the subject. It is very portable, written
generally in a clear style, and sufficiently systematic to answer the pur-
poses of system, without being overburdened with technical terms. We
heartily wish it the success which it so well merits. W. H. H.

GENERAL ZOOLOGY. 69

*

Zoonomische Briefe : Allgemeine Darstellung der thierischen Organi-
zation. Von Dr. Hermann Burmeister, Professor der Zoologie zu
Halle. Erster und Zweiter Theil. 8vo. Otto Wigand: Leipzig.
1856.

Not addressed directly to the professed Zoologist, these outlines of the
chief types of animal structure, and of the relation that they bear to the
general system of nature, are intended for a class — even now increasing in
number — who, prepared already by a certain amount of education, have
come to regard the observation of nature as a part of the habitual exer-
cise which conduces to the full development of the faculties, and are
willing to include the study of the laws of Life and Organization among
the acknowledged instruments of intellectual training. As to the epistolary
form into which they have been thrown, this appears to have scarcely any
object but that of interrupting the long-drawn chain of systematic analysis
by convenient pauses, and, perhaps, of occasionally relieving the monotony
of comparative descriptions, by falling into a tone more colloquial than
might have appeared to suit a formal lecture or a scientific essay. But the
work does not assume, or affect, the anecdotical character of some books
that are termed popular, by courtesy, we suppose, on the strength of being
only superficial. The writer's thorough acquaintance with his subject, at
once minute and comprehensive, his genuine — even passionate love of
nature, and his eminently happy style of painting in words, have qualified
him, without renouncing a scientific treatment of his materials, to make out
of them two very pleasant volumes, for those, at least, in whom a taste for
the exact observation of nature has been in some degree awakened, and
who do not feel it a painful stretch when they are obliged to concen-
trate their attention, and to reflect and compare, as well as perceive and
remember.

The author's design, not less than the compass of the work, has ex-
cluded, for the most part, those circumstantial examples among which
popular books of Natural History delight to revel ; but these have not
been superseded for the sake of introducing some questionable speculations,
or investigations of a difficult and slippery sort. If elsewhere Burmeister,
in the pursuit of a natural classification, may have appeared sometimes to
attach undue importance to the earlier stages of structural development, in
comparison with the finished type to which, in every instance, they may
be viewed as continually tending ; yet here, at least, his riper judgment
and experience has revolted against the fixed ideas of some extreme de-
votees of Embryological study ; and he appeals from their verdict, who

H

70 JKEWEW3.

can see nothing in animated "nature more profoundly significant than their
" ciliary epithelium" and the "segmentation process."

Whatever may be thought of the freaks of fancy that some of its
votaries have indulged in, however we may reprobate the perversions of
truth and common sense which have been engrafted on it in certain
quarters, this much is fairly to be said of the Transcendental school of
Natural History, that its original principles were calculated to suggest, to
a reverential spirit, some of the most striking arguments which Natural
Theology has to offer for the infinite wisdom and universal agency of one
God. Nay, they seem to be such as can scarcely fail to excite some
notions of this sort in any unprejudiced mind, even when the distinct
acknowledgment of that presiding intelligence is most studiously eschewed
by the teachers of natural science, and although " God," " Creation," and
" Providence" be set aside for such equivocal terms as " Nature," u Law,"
or " Necessity." It might appear, too, as if the systematic part of Natural
History were thus placed on a more unalterable base, in being referred to
certain principles exterior to and independent of the modes of operation of
the human intellect ; as a mere artificial instrument of which classification
has sometimes been regarded. It is all the more surprising to find Bur-
meister, who has laboured before so hard, and, as many may think, so
successfully — whatever he himself may judge of it now — to establish a
natural classification on philosophical grounds, in the present work almost
giving up the objective truth of natural groups in zoology, while he retains
them for a method of exposition. " The only real existence is the lowest
and last division, called Species ; this alone can be seen, felt, caught,
exhibited in collections; — all the other superior groups are mere con-
ceptions, framed according to the agreement of certain characters, but of
which the real existence must be denied. There exists neither Bird nor
Fish, but only a Sparrow, a Crow, a Hen ; or a Carp, a Pike, a Herring, &c.
— the first three are Birds, the others Fishes, but none of them a mere Bird,
or a mere Fish." The fallacy here is so palpable that it is hard to com-
prehend how it could for a moment have imposed upon a philosopher like
Burmeister. The argument — if it is good for anything, and not a mere play
upon words — goes equally to negative the real existence of species. After
he had said, a little way back, that in an army the individual soldier alone
has a real existence, why not affirm that individual animals alone exist,

and not species — that no one is a mere man, but also John, or James, &c

that is, distinguished by some marks — be they but particular existence in a
definite portion of space and time — from every other man. It is clear that

GENERAL ZOOLOGY. 71

he has mystified himself by an equivocal use of the term, " real existence."
He proceeds — u Such conceptions, which have no real existence, but can be
defined ideally by a certain collection of characters, are called Types of
Animal Organization. Accordingly, we speak of the types of Genus,
Family, Class, &c, and we endeavour to discover by observation the essen-
tial properties of each, and to express them in words. These words con-
stitute the character of the group ; they convey the definition of the idea,
and contain the marks by which the type may be known, and which, there-
fore, are considered as typical of the group." This, we see, is in allusion
to, but not quite in accordance with, the doctrine of Linnaeus, that the
character does not make the genus, but the converse. That very real
existence of species, to which Burmeister yet clings — as it seems, however,
not without a wavering faith even as to this — as the last floating straw of
a drowning system^ is just as truly an abstraction of the mind as any of
the higher groups. Define it as we will, the idea of species comprehends
some relation which cannot be seen, felt, or exhibited corporeally — such as
that of continuous generation from one stock ; or, if we admit that no irre-
fragable proof has yet been adduced of the necessary descent of all
the individuals of a species from one original pan-, or parent, then our
idea of species must differ still less in kind from that of any higher group.
We must be able to conceive, as possible at least, if we do not actually
assume as true, the original existence of several individuals and one species,
to which they are subordinated not by that peculiar relation of Generation,
but by other agreements, of the same sort, and only greater, in number
or degree, than, those we recognize among the higher groups, and in the
one case as in the other, coupled with Differences ; — whether these be
Specific, Generic, or simply Individual, does not materially affect the pre-
sent question. In this case, whether we trace these correspondences up
to Creative Design, or view them simply in reference to our own Modes
of Perception, the result is equally that those Relations and Agreements,
and, consequently, also^ the Groups connoted, or denoted, by the character,
have a Real existence as truly in the Higher (genus, &c), as in the Lower
(species) — yet not Lowest group so long as some individuals of the Species
present fewer differences and more points of agreement among themselves
(Races, Varieties, &c), than others. Again, whatever be our Idea of
" Species" abstractedly, the Character of any particular species is a collec-
tion of marks of a precisely similar nature with those which make up the
character of a Genus, or any higher group, differing only in being more
numerous and particular, inasmuch as the character of the Species includes

72 REVIEWS.

the complete character of the Genus, and of every higher group, in direct
ascending Series, and something more. In Direct ascending Series — we
repeat — for the Character of some genus, in another, i.e. Collateral series,
may embrace more numerous marks than that of a Species not subordinate
to it. Practically, too, it is the character that determines the idea of the
species, which is then of the same sort as that of genus, &c, and applied in
the same way, so that it is hard to tell why the one should be said to have
a real existence more than the other.

It is, of course, only in one point of view that Burmeister disputes the
existence of Natural groups. That there are natural groups, according to
the perceptions of our own minds, seems to need no further proof than the
universal method of human language (admissible evidence in a question of
this nature), and the fact of our being able to make any true general pro-
positions concerning the things we observe in nature, of such a sort as
form the basis of Burmeister's own graphic sketches, which, if sufficiently
divested of technical affectation to be both attractive and intelligible to all
who have availed themselves of the advantages of a liberal education, are,
at the same time, imbued with such intrinsic learning, that the most advanced
need not disdain to study them, for the sake of their own proficiency as
well as delight.

We fear our readers will think we have been prolix in this dry discussion
of the point on which we have ventured formally to dissent from the view
that Burmeister has taken here. We find a much more agreeable employ-
ment in turning to the body of the work, to which we can offer the meed of
almost unqualified commendation. The matter here is too condensed — the
phrase too pregnant — to admit of further abridgment for the purpose of a
review. As a specimen of the author's manner, we extract the concluding
section of the history of the Polyps : —

" The study of the formation of corals at the epochs anterior to history,
or, if another form of expression is preferred, in pre-Adamitic times, is a
subject of the deepest interest for the geologist. It shows him the won-
derful activity of these minute creatures on the largest scale, while it proves
the complete agreement of organization between the most ancient Polyps and
those in being at the present time. In all periods, going back to the most
remote antiquity of the globe, there have been Polyps in our terrestrial
seas, at least as long as organic life has existed on the earth at all. It is
corals that furnish the most ancient evidence that the earth was inhabited
long before the beasts came into existence. The organization of these
primitive corals agrees completely with those now living. We meet, indeed,

GENERAL ZOOLOGY. 73

in the oldest strata, with genera distinct from, yet closely resembling, those
of the present day ; but even at that period all the existing families were
represented. In general the oldest forms of corals appear as flatter, lower,
more solid stems, inhabiting the bare rocky coasts, in that period before a
strand was formed, where they multiplied to a vast extent ; but in conse-
quence of the disconnected form of the rocks to which they were affixed,
they formed, as we see, no such great mural reefs as in later times, when the
unbroken lines of coast descending sheer into the sea, with a rocky bottom,
afforded a more suitable foundation to build up their stony walls. Certain
members, however, of the oldest Silurian Calcareous rocks — as the lime-
stone of Dudley, Schonen, Reval, Eifel (at Bensberg in particular) — seem
to be chiefly formations of coral, which, if not constructed quite as solid
reefs, are yet principally composed of the fragments of polypidoms. It is
remarkable that the shells of the Polythalamia, so abundant in recent times,
are almost entirely wanting in the most ancient coralline limestones. The
most probable explanation is the absence of flat coasts at that remote date ;
since the Foraminifera occur only in such situations, and at the present day
inhabit in the greatest numbers the lagoons of the coral islands, or the
channel between the reefs and the land to which they form a barrier.
There do not seem at that early period to have been any shallows of this
sort."

" The coral formation shows itself in uncommon plenitude in the calcareous
rocks which constitute the base of the Carboniferous system. The Moun-
tain limestone, as well as the Dudley limestone, is at least partially, a vast
coral bank, to the formation of which the calcareous shells of Foraminifera
have largely contributed."

" Similar phenomena continue to occur in the calcareous formations of
later date, almost all the sedimentary rocks of this class presenting local
evidences of ancient coral formations, being composed chiefly of the stems
and not of mere debris of corals. We may cite, for instance, the remark-
able Dolomites of Lubenstein and Altenstein, Konitz and Posneck, at the
south-western extremity of the Thuringian forest, not far from Salzungen,
which are standing yet unmistakeable rocks of coral, the reefs that once
bordered the narrow island ridge of that district, like those of the south-
west coast of New Caledonia at the present day. This is another evidence
that the former temperature of those seas was much higher than that now
prevailing in the Temperate Zone; as the coral animalcules cannot live
below 20°-23° of heat by Keaumur's scale. None but warm seas have

74 REVIEWS.

coral reefs, and even there only in particular situations favourable to
their formation."

" The extensive system, denominated the Muschel-Kalk, is singularly
characterized by the scarcity of its corals ; in no portion of it is there
any unequivocal evidence of the existence of coral reefs. This formation
seems to have been a purely sedimentary deposit, the organic fossils of
which belong chiefly to the class Mollusca, as the name itself (shell lime-
stone) indicates."

" The coral banks of the Jura are developed in inverse proportion to this
last. No other formation affords such decisive evidence of the effective
part which the coral animals have taken in the formation of the upper
strata of the globe. The members of this group, in their protracted
parallel layers and defined terraces, exhibit, in unaltered position, walls of
rock built up entirely of coral, and, at the foot of these, huge masses of
coral debris which have been cemented by finely comminuted particles of
lime, telling of the raging surf that broke against those reefs in days of
old. These fragments are intermixed with other fossil remains varying
with the localities, and form united a motley conglomerate, which is known
under various names, but most commonly as Coral Breccia. Generally,
the coral reefs of the Jura have more the character of Barrier reefs, and
they seem to have extended parallel to the coast at a moderate distance
from it, as exemplified in the coral reef of New Caledonia. Such a reef
extended, during the Jurassic period, right through the south of Germany
and the west of Switzerland, from the neighbourhood of Geneva away to
Ratisbon, and thence northwards to the river Main, between Bamberg and
Baireuth."

"Not less extended was the system of coral reefs in the succeeding
Cretacean period, the greatest part of the chalk being derived from corals,
at least as a deposit. In the chalk period there existed already large
land-locked seas, such as the Red Sea at present ; and on the shores of
these the coral animalcules wrought in undisturbed tranquillity, and in
concert with innumerable Polythalamia, deposited the whole mass of the
white chalk, which is more than five hundred feet in thickness. The
effective part which the Polythalamia have had, ever since, in the formation
of the calcareous rocks, shows that flat tracts of coast have prevailed exten-
sively. We have compared the terraces of the Jura to Barrier reefs, in
the chalk we find more resemblance to the Lagoon reefs (" Atolls") ;
although the chalk basins were not, strictly speaking, Lagoon islands, but

GENERAL ZOOLOGY. 75

rather were formed as promontories of pre-existing higher lands, con-
tiguous to great bays of the ocean."

" Subsequent to this period, the formation of coral reefs took place only
in particular localities, as we find it at the present day. The Tertiary
period presents no more vast calcareous formations of coral purely ; the
function of the coral animals in depositing lime has become more of a local
nature, confined to some favourable situations ; while the secretion of lime
by the Polythalamia, an agency which was wholly unknown at the earliest
epoch, assumes a more and more predominant influence in the formation of
the surface of the globe, as we approach the present times. The Nummulite
limestone of the Mediterranean beach, the Calcaire Grossier of the Paris basin,
the Molasse of Switzerland, and the sub-Appenine limestones, are composed
almost entirely of the shells of these minute, but tough creatures, whose
indefatigable industry has furnished one of the best and most important of
building materials for the use of man. Almost the whole of Paris is con-
structed of the shells of Foraminifera, and the material of the Egyptian
pyramids themselves is a limestone, accumulated ages ago, of countless
millions of Nummulites."

" I have now, my friend, set before you, as I consider, the most essential
and interesting facts in the Natural History of the Polyps ; but you may
still be curious to know on what the little creatures live, as this has not
been mentioned yet, although their alimentary organs have been described
before. There can be no doubt that their chief food consists of living
animals, and that the Polyps, in general, swallow these whole, having
drawn them within their reach by means of the current created in the
water by their cilia, or having caught and benumbed them with their sting-
ing lines. This may be easily verified in the freshwater Hydra. The
stomach, in most of the marine Polyps, is generally found empty, and
seldom filled with any large bodies. They must be able to endure long
abstinence, and content with small particles of food. What means, indeed,
have they to master the larger animalcules ? The current which they
create, their chief means of obtaining aliment, is too feeble to overpower
those of any bulk, neither are their tentacles long enough to reach and
envelope such. Vegetable matter does not seem to enter into their alimen-
tary cavity, probably because it is not fit for their sustenance. There are,
indeed, plants floating freely in the sea, but this only in a few situations,
and these are far too bulky to be swallowed by a Polyp, while it has no
organs with which to detach from them smaller portions. A Polyp cannot

76 REVIEWS.

gnaw, but is obliged to wait till a piece comes adapted to his swallow ; and
that is much more likely to be an active moving animalcule than an alga
spore, the only vegetable substance to be had in any quantity in the sea.
I think we may safely conclude, therefore, that the food of all Polyps con-
sists chiefly of living animals of no considerable size, and that, in particular,
the small and partly even microscopical Tunicata, the fry of Mollusca, the
minute marine Annelids and Crustacea which illuminate the surface of the
ocean by night with innumerable sparkles of phosphorescent splendour, con-
stitute the principal substances which the Polyps assimilate for their suste-
nance and growth."

The arrangement of the Animal world, which Burmeister follows in the
present work, is, in a great measure, an amplification, and a more scientific
filling up of the sketch which forms the concluding portion of his " History
of the Creation," in the shape it wears in the latest edition. In the main,
he has not departed from the principles of the classification proposed, a
quarter of a century since, in his " Class-book of Natural History," and
which was exhibited more at large in the " Manual of Natural History,"
1837. The investigations of late years, so diligently pursued, and with
such fruitful results, regarding the structure and history of the lowest
classes of animals, it is true, have afforded much new materials, of which
he has not been slow to avail himself here ; but this has tended rather
to complete what remained imperfect, and to elucidate that which was
obscure heretofore, than to effect a revolution in the ground plan of
the system generally. Accordingly, we find the Bryozoa still ranked among
his Polyps, yet not without a distinct acknowledgment of the tendency
among them to bilateral symmetry, which, with certain other characters,
has induced some of the most accomplished zoologists of the present day
to place them rather in the Molluscan series, and next to the Tunicata.
The Rotifera are still arranged under Crustacea, and the Myriapoda
continue associated with the Arachnida. The Polypi and the Acalepha,
among the Regular animals, are treated with much particularity and some
apparent predilection ; all these, as well as the Irregular animals, in the
first of these two volumes. The Symmetrical animals commence with the
second volume. For the specialities in the class Mollusca, Burmeister has
availed himself of the able assistance of his former pupil, Dr. Giebel. The
classification of the Worms is, perhaps, the portion of the work which is
stamped most strongly with originality. Commencing, as is usual, with
the intestinal worms (Helminthes), the most simple of the class in their
organization, Burmeister adopts the conclusions of Lieberkuhn, assigning

GENERAL ZOOLOGY. 77

a place, the lowest, among them, to certain Unicellular animals (Mono-
cystis, &c.) ; the Gregarince following next, — while he disposes of the
Psorospermia in a somewhat different way, as merely embryo forms of
these. With the Trematodes and Planarise the Leeches also are asso-
ciated in one order (Platodes), Flat worms. The Round worms (Gymno-
dermi) include the families Siphunculini, Priapulidae, and Echiuridse, — all
comprehended under the common appellation of Mud worms (Gephyrei),
— as well as the proper Nematodes. In the remaining order, Annelides,
Burmeister's divisions do not vary materially from the views of Grube,
except as regards the removal of the Leeches from this order by the
former.

The two volumes published bring us as far as to the end of the
Arachnida. There remain, then, of Arthropoda the entire vast class
Insecta, and the sub-kingdom Vertebrata, for the subject matter of another
volume. Burmeister has briefly indicated here the mode of treatment he
contemplates in regard to these ; the space reserved for the Insects being
very strictly limited, in consideration of the length at which he has
handled them already in other works devoted to that class specifically.
The promised appearance of the concluding volume is postponed, however,
until the author's return from the second travels, which he has newly under-
taken, in South America. We will not here anticipate the criticisms we
may be again obliged to enter into, when Burmeister shall have reached
the culminant point in the scale of animal organization, at the deferred
conclusion of the " Zoonomic Letters f for he has betrayed, of late, a
wavering in his allegiance to the views he had embraced before, in common
with all the most eminent names in Zoological science, touching another
doctrine of not less interest than that agitated in the earlier letters, and on
which we have already remarked. Bather let us wish him, on his distant
pilgrimage, health and the bland favour of propitious elements ; along
with which, large gatherings of scientific fruit, for the materials of future
instruction and entertainment of many readers, and ourselves included.

A. H. H.

Manual of the Botany of the Northern United States. By Asa
Gray, Fisher Professor of Natural History in Harvard University. Second
Edition. New York. 1856.

This work, designed for the use of students and practical botanists in the
United States, will be found very useful to all persons in this country who
may have received collections of dried plants from transatlantic friends or

I

78 REVIEWS.

relatives, or who may cultivate North American shrubs or flowering plants.
It forms a complete flora of all the northern states east of the Mississippi, and
includes, to the south, the extensive territories of Virginia and Kentucky.
M This southern boundary," its author tells us, " coincides better than
any other geographical line with the natural division between the cooler
temperate and the warm-temperate vegetation of the United States ; very
few characteristically southern plants occurring north of it, and those only
in the low coast of Virginia, in the Dismal Swamp, &c. Our western limit,
also, while it includes a considerable prairie vegetation, excludes nearly all
the plants peculiar to the great western woodless plains which approach our
borders in Iowa and Missouri. Our northern boundary, being that of the
United States, varies through about five degrees of latitude, and nearly
embraces Canada proper on the east and on the west ; so that nearly all the
plants of Canada East on this side of the St. Lawrence, as well as of the deep
peninsula of Canada West, will be found described in this volume."

The number of species described is 2,928, divided as follows : — Dicoty-
ledons, 1,713 ; Monocotyledons, 638 ; Ferns and Filicoids, 75 ; Mosses and
Hepaticse, 502. The remaining Cryptogamous orders are omitted. The
descriptions, without being needlessly prolix, are sufficiently full to enable a
student readily to ascertain the name of a species ; and he is further assisted
by the arrangement of the type — the most important or striking feature of
each species being italicised, in the manner now so frequently and so use-
fully introduced into local floras. Synoptic tables of the genera are given
under each natural order, by which means the labour of ascertaining the
genus to which a plant belongs is greatly lessened ; and, for the use of
young botanists, an artificial key to the natural orders is prefixed. The
genera of the Cryptogamia are ably illustrated in fourteen excellent litho-
graph plates — a most important aid to the student unacquainted with the
systematic arrangement of these tribes. The descriptions of the Mosses
and Hepaticae are from the pen of Mr. Sullivant, one of the ablest of living
muscologists, " who has," says Dr. Gray, " included in this edition all the
species of Musci and Hepaticce known to him as natives of any part of the
United States east of the Mississippi, and has sedulously elaborated the whole
anew; not only laying a broad foundation for a knowledge of North
American Muscology, but furnishing botanical students with facilities for the
study of these two beautiful families of plants, such as have never before
anywhere been afforded in a book of this kind." We cordially endorse this
well-deserved encomium.

It is needless to speak of the manner in which Dr. Gray has executed

BOTANY OF THE UNITED STATES. 79

his own part of the book. Like all his other works, it shows the combi-
nation of skill in treating his subject with perfect familiarity with the
details. No living botanist is so competent to describe the plants of North
America ; and no one has done more than he to illustrate the flora of his
country ; nor is any one so unceasingly at work, and few so prolific with the
pen. Would that we could add that all the works of our excellent friend
were brought to a like happy terminus as the present ; and, specially, that
the " Flora of North America" (Torrey and Gray) were among the num-
ber. To the deep regret of all botanists, that invaluable work, commenced
in 1838, after reaching Composite in 1843, seems to have been cushioned
by its authors for the last thirteen years.

W.H.H.

Preliminary Notices of the Invertebrate Animals collected in the
United States Expedition under Captain John Rodgers to the
Southern Pacific Ocean. By W. Stimpson. Part I. (From the
Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
February, 1857.)

In the twelve pages before us we have, printed in small brevier type, a
list of all the species of the Turbellaria Dendroccela, which were taken in
the South Pacific Expedition sent out by the United States. This
class of animals is very nearly allied to the Annelida ; in fact, the one class
merges into the other by almost insensible gradations. We have but few
representatives of it in our British Isles, but the common Elasmodes
(Planaria) flexilis will serve as a good example. Mr. Stimpson applies
the name Dendroccela to the whole tribe, in this following Diesing. He
also divides it into two sub-tribes, Digonopora and Monogonopora. Ap-
pended to the list of species found we have descriptions of fifty-two new
ones ; many of them, we remark, taken " in portu, Hong Kong." The
genus Planaria Mull, is placed under the sub-tribe Monogonopora (apertura
genitalis unica), whereas the Planaria of Dalyell, Gosse, and others, repre-
sented by flexilis, stagnalis, &c, is merged into the genus Elasmodes of
LeConte, and placed under the sub-tribe Digonopora (aperturae genitales
dua3. We trust that we shall have the pleasure of noticing the various
parts of these most valuable Notices as they appear, and that when com-
plete we may be able to give our readers a critical review of them. The
author proves himself to be quite conversant with all our lately published
British works on this subject ; and we might, in conclusion, notice that the
Leptoplana tremellaris of Oersted is not thought by him to be identical with

80 REVIEWS.

the species figured in Gosse's Marine Zoology, Pt. I., fig. 125. This we
are not surprised at, as even with the aid of Oersted's Plattwlirmer, — an
admirable monograph as it is, — it is a most difficult task to identify the
species of the genera of this order.

Flora Vectensis ; being a systematic description of the Phasnogamous or
flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to the Isle of Wight. By the
late Wm. Arnold Bromfield, M.D., &c. Edited by Sir W. J. Hooker
M.D., &c.

From the early days of Johnson's " Itinera in agrum Cantianum," published
in 1629-1632, down to the present time, it has been a favourite practice
of British botanists to illustrate the vegetation of particular provinces or
counties, or even of isolated parishes, by writing special treatises on the
plants indigenous to them. The value of these district floras has been
generally admitted, and one after another has been hailed with interest by
the public, until at last it may be said that no country possesses an equal
number of such useful guides to the young botanist as England, notwith-
standing that there is much still to be done. We have our local floras of
Devonshire, of Shropshire, of the Malvern Hills, of Charnwood Forest, of
Yorkshire, of Poole, of Liverpool, of East Kent, of the Channel Islands, of
Keigate, Surrey ; of Bath, of Oxfordshire, and many of the English dis-
tricts ; of Edinburgh, of Glasgow, of Lanarkshire, of the Hebrides, and
others in Scotland ; and though district floras are yet nearly desiderata in
Ireland, we may at least mention two floras of the whole island, and a
sketch of the flora of Cork as a good commencement. Hitherto, no ade-
quate account of the vegetation of the Isle of Wight has been published,
and this is the more remarkable as there are few places more visited by
summer tourists, or so accessible from the metropolis, or that afford within
a moderate and strictly defined limit a more interesting field for the
botanical student. Situated on the southern coast, and diversified by hill
and dale, and with a considerably complex geological structure for so small
an island, it enjoys many privileges as a botanical province in miniature.
The work before us is, unfortunately, a posthumous one. It had been
long in preparation by its accomplished author ; but he was not spared to
complete it on the original design, and it is, therefore, notwithstanding the care
of the editors, but a fragment. Very properly, as we think, the editors have
preserved it as nearly as possible in the state in which it was left, merely
inserting between inverted commas and brackets such matter as was abso-

FLORA OF THE ISLE OF WIGHT. 81

lutely required to fill up the blanks in the descriptions. The author's

design in undertaking it is thus described in the editorial preface : —

" Dr. Bromfield became resident at Ryde, in the Isle of Wight, in the year
1830, and shortly afterwards conceived the idea of preparing a Flora of the
Island. He was not content to follow the usual practice in the making of local
Floras and Faunas, and to be satisfied by merely presenting a tolerably full list ;
but he determined that the investigation should be very complete, and that every
species should receive an original description. Nor was he satisfied with a mere
cursory research in the framing of these descriptions, or with copying any cha-
racter from other authors unverified by his own examinations. He was also
equally careful to avoid describing general characters from individuals or varie-
ties, and endeavoured with immense and most persevering care to select such
points as are really the permanent and essential characters of genera and species.
To ensure this result he was in the habit of obtaining a very great number of
specimens of each species, collected from various localities; and, whenever

{>racticable, he endeavoured to compare Isle of Wight specimens with those col-
ected at a distance. Having thus secured sufficient material for investigation,
his next aim was to consult every author within his reach for all the characters
which different observers had noticed. For this part of his plans he had collected
a very ample botanical library, especially of foreign authors. The characters,
however, observed by others were, for his own descriptions, merely suggestive,
none being recorded but such as, after careful examination, he himself found to
exist in nature. The results of these careful investigations were the most accu-
rate and elaborate descriptions that can be well imagined ; but such were the
time and labour bestowed on each species — as much as many authors would give
to a genus or family — that this circumstance very materially retarded the pro-
gress of the work."

It is a thousand pities that a design so well devised and so ably com-
menced should have been left incomplete. The usual fault of the writers
of local floras is, that their attention is so concentrated on the plants of
their own little district that they neglect the examination of kindred types
from distant localities, and so they are frequently induced to multiply false
species, by giving specific value to characters that depend on modifications
of soil or of climate. Dr. Bromfield took special pains to avoid this error
Indeed, in his many journeys, for he travelled extensively in America and
Europe (and at length ended his days in Syria), he must have seen the
same species putting on many forms, according to the locality in which it
grew ; and would thus be prepared for that careful enquiry into the value
of specific differences which his writings display. The detailed descrip-
tions of species, so far as they were finished, are models of careful descrip-
tion, and will be found well worth the study of the descriptive botanist.
The localities recorded under each species are, as might be expected, very
full; a topographical index to all the "villages, farms, seats, woods, &c,
mentioned as stations for plants, with their bearings and distance from the
nearest market town or place of note," concludes the volume, and a large
and carefully executed folding map of the island, mounted on linen and
furnished with a stout cover, accompanies the work.

OZ REVIEWS.

In a brief introduction of 14 pages, the climatical and geographical con-
ditions of the island are summed up, and a sketch given of the general
character and distribution of productions. We could have wished this
chapter had been extended. The opening sentences, which are as follows,
will serve as a sample of the author's manner and matter.

11 From the situation of the Isle of Wight on the southern boundary line of the
agricultural zone of Watson, we everywhere recognise the appropriate features
of the latter in the general aspect of vegetation, whether native or introduced.
We find the cultivation of wheat predominating over that of all other grain,
and producing as plentiful returns on the exposed crests of the loftiest cliffs, or
within a few yards of the sea beach, as in the sheltered vallies of the interior.
The Vine and the Fig are common, even in the cottager's garden, the latter
always, as a standard, bearing abundant and luscious fruit ; whilst, in addition
to the more ordinary orchard trees, the Quince, Walnut, and Mulberry ripen per-
fectly, and produce plentiful crops. Both the narrow and broad-leaved varieties
of the Myrtle (Myrtus communis) form stout bushes in the open air, and mature
their fruit in many places, even on the north side of the island and in the cold
soil of Ryde, suffering in very severe winters only, and are then seldom more
than partially killed back in exposed situations, as many very old and vigorous
trunks attest in various places. The sweet Bay (Laurus nobilis) attains the
dimensions of a tree, and ripens its berries in abundance, resisting our severest
frosts, as does the Laurustinus, which gives to our gardens and shrubberies at
mid-winter the verdure and bloom of summer, tbough its fruit is more sparingly
perfected. The Strawberry tree (Arbutus unedo) is equally common and hardy
with the two last, fruits pretty freely, and grows to a tree of respectable size,
though inferior to the timber-like dimensions it acquires on its native rocks in
the S. W. of Ireland, or even in the S. Western counties of England, where the
greater moisture of the atmosphere eminently favours the development of this,
as of most other evergreens. But if the greater cold of our climate in winter,
and the greater dryness at all seasons, tend to check the growth of these and
other sempervirent plants, the comparative absence of humidity and a less
clouded sky enables the increased heat of summer to ripen the wood, and so fit
it to endure a degree of frost it would else be unable to withstand. So happily
balanced, in the climate of the Isle of Wight, are the vicissitudes of heat and
cold to which it is occasionally subject from its proximity to the mainland and to
the continent of Europe, in a degree unusual to insular situations, that the for-
mer repairs, or rather counteracts, the destructive agency of the latter in vege-
tation."

A lithographed portrait of the author is prefixed to the volume, which
contains 678 closely printed pages, besides XXXV. of preface and intro-
duction.

W. H. H.

The Testimony of the Rocks ; or, Geology in its bearings on the two
Theologies, Natural and Revealed. By Hugh Miller, Author of " The
Old Red Sandstone," &c. Edinburgh : Thomas Constable and Co.
1857.

It would be difficult for any reader, even slightly acquainted with the cir-
cumstances attending the appearance of the work now open before us —
posthumous as it is, at least in its publication — to glance over its pages

TESTIMONY OF THE ROCKS. 83

unmoved ; while for any person who has become conversant with the mental
productions of its late lamented author, and acquainted with his autobiog-
raphy, to peruse the volume without the deepest emotion is impossible.
Hugh Miller was not only one of whom his country and his class were
justly proud, but a man whose wondrous natural endowments, as well as
dazzling scientific acquirements made under such peculiar difficulty, all
the educated and thinking portion of civilized mankind, his contemporaries,
regarded with well-merited admiration. Under the influence of such
feelings, deepened and heightened by a recollection of the awful circum-
stances under which the grave has so recently and so prematurely closed
over what was mortal of this extraordinary man, we address ourselves to
the task of reviewing this his last contribution to the science and literature
of his country. We may, at the outset of our remarks, state, that although
" The Testimony of the Rocks" might well demand a lengthened notice in
our pages, the space already assigned to other matter necessarily enjoins
brevity — a restriction in which we can acquiesce the more readily from the
conviction that not a few of our readers will, even before this review meets
their eye, have made themselves acquainted with the book itself ; and that
the great majority of those who have not already done so will ere long
follow their example. The largeness of demand for the volume at its first
appearance, and the rapid multiplication of its impressions already, fully
justify this anticipation.

The design of this remarkable treatise is stated by its author briefly in
the opening sentence of its graceful dedication to one of his justly valued
friends, wherein he writes that the " volume is chiefly taken up in answering,
to the best of its author's knowledge and ability, the various questions which
the old theology of Scotland has been asking for the last few years
of the newest of the sciences ;" or more definitely, as follows, in the opening
lecture of the series : —

" In an age in which a class of writers not without their influence in the world
of letters, would fain repudiate every argument derived from design, and denounce
all who hold with Paley and Chalmers as anthropomorphists. that labour to
create for themselves a god of their own type and form, it may he not altogether
unprofitable to contemplate the wonderful parallelism which exists between the
Divine and human systems of classification ; and remembering that the geologists
who have discovered the one had no hand in assisting the naturalists and phy to-
logists who framed the other, soberly to inquire whether we have not a new
argument in the fact for an identity in constitution and quality of the Divine and
human minds, not a mere fanciful identity, the result of a disposition on the
part of man to imagine to himself a God bearing his own likeness, but an identity
real and actual, and the result of that creative act by which God formed man in
his own image."

From the above extract it will at once be perceived that the treatise was

84 REVIEWS.

designed to be partly scientific and partly theological, and so it is. As
such it presents a just reflection of its author's gifted mind, viewing, as
was his wont, all subjects in the light of that revealed truth which he was
taught in childhood, and the reverence for which he carried to his myste-
riously premature grave. In making this statement we entertain no
scruples, nor yet any fear of raising an imputation on the Christian religion,
which the late Hugh Miller, in common with ourselves, professed. The
deep-toned manly piety which runs through this remarkable volume from
its commencement to its close, were there no other proof forthcoming,
would in itself be sufficient evidence that the sad act which terminated at
once life and his brilliant literary career, was not chargeable on his religious
opinions, but the result of an over- wrought brain, ending in bona fide phy-
sical derangement, and, therefore, the act of one who was at the time
morally not accountable.

While this characteristic of the volume, as we have said before, so
greatly adds, in one point of view, to its interest, we are free to confess
that we should have greatly preferred to see its elements separately handled
by its late gifted author. The circumstances under which it was composed
and given to the public may have rendered its present form necessary ; yet,
we cannot but regret that its distinctly scientific portions have not been
treated rather more apart from its theological views. And this leads us to
observe, on the character of the volume, generally, that it would, in our
judgment, have been much more effective, as regards its avowred objects,
had it been thrown into one condensed and continuous essay, instead of
being allowed to retain the form of so many distinct lectures. These
lectures are twelve, and the preface informs us that they were nearly all
composed and delivered during a period of about five years, and before
very different auditories. Four were read before " the Edinburgh Philoso-
phical Institution," one "at Exeter Hall" before "the Young Men's Chris-
tian Association," and the substance of two others before " the Geological
Section of the British Association" at Glasgow. Three of the remaining
five were also, we are informed, addressed viva voce to popular audiences,
so that but two appear in print, for the first time, in the volume before us.

Now, without saying a word to disparage the admirable tendency of the
whole, or to depreciate the valuable geological facts which abound in the
volume (especially in the two concluding lectures on the Fossil Flora of the
author's native land), we must, in candour, say that we have laid down the
work, as well on its first perusal, as after a second and more careful review,
with a feeling of regret, if not of disappointment, that the author's mag-

TESTIMONY OF THE ROCKS. 85

nificent design had not come before the world in a more concise and con-
centrated form.

Recollecting the delight with which, years ago, the stone mason of
Cromarty had introduced us to the marvellously beautiful and previously
all but unknown organisms of the old red sandstone formation, the power-
ful intellect, under the control of deep piety, with which the same hand had
" crumpled up" the audacious sciolist who anonymously ventured on the
" Vestiges of Creation," and further, the racy native eloquence with which,
in his beautiful autobiography, he had so modestly, yet so well schooled,
not only the class from which he sprang, but his fellow-countrymen of every
class, we must confess to the opinion that this great man, chiefly, perhaps,
owing to the form which his last work has been permitted to wear, has
done full justice to neither his subject nor himself.

As already remarked, the last two lectures are more strictly scientific^
and herein the student of Fossil Botany will find a rich treat. It is highly
interesting to observe how, in the lapse of comparatively few years, and
amidst the engrossing occupations, mercantile and literary, wherein their
lamented author was, of necessity, engaged, the few sparse and spare veget-
able organisms which he had noted, or figured, in his work on the Red
Sandstone had grown into the rich and beautiful Fossil Flora which is here
revealed. We cannot but again remark, that were the substance of these
last lectures embodied with, or supplemented to, that on " the Palseontolo-
gical History of Plants" in the first, and these followed in succession by
the sketch of Animal Palaeontology in the second, the lucidus ordo, so
necessary to the subject whose development is aimed at in the whole,,
would have been much better attained.

As regards the professed design of the entire volume, or of the greater
portion of it, namely, the harmonizing of the two records, Mosaic and
Geological, we thankfully acknowledge the obligation under which both
true science and genuine religion are laid by the writer. Hugh Miller
meets most of the objections raised by half-informed scepticism to the
Divine revelation in the true and only way in which such ever ought to be
met. He here assumes what he has elsewhere so abundantly evidenced,
that both volumes, nature and revelation, are from the same Author ; but,
as any really deep and clear thinker perceives and admits, on entirely dif-
ferent subjects. Armed with these undeniable first principles, he meets and
successfully foils his opponents. A specimen of the manner in which
some of the questions thus introduced are handled will not be unprofitable

K

86 REVIEWS.

to our readers. Thus, for example, he writes on the hitherto much debated
question of death in the inferior animals before the fall of man : —

11 It has been weakly and impiously urged — as if it were merely with the
geologist that men had to settle this matter — that such an economy of warfare
and suffering — of warring and of being warred upon — would be, in the words of
the infant Goethe, unworthy of an all-powerful and all-benevolent Providence,
and in effect a libel on his government and character. But that grave charge
we leave the objectors to settle with the great Creator himself. Be it theirs,
not ours, according to the poet, to

' Snatch from his hand the balance and the rod,
Kejudge his justice, be the god of God.'
Be it enough for the geologist rightly to interpret the record of creation — to
declare the truth as he finds it — to demonstrate, from evidence no clear intellect
ever yet resisted, that He, the Creator, from whom even the young lions seek
their food, and who giveth to all the beasts, great and small, their meat in due
season, ever wrought as He now works in his animal kingdom — that He gave to
the primaeval fishes their spines and their stings, to the primaeval reptiles their
trenchant teeth and their strong armour of bone, to the primaeval mammals
their great tusks and their sharp claws — that He of old divided all his creatures,
as now, into animals of prey and the animals preyed upon — that from the
beginning of things He inseparably established among his non -responsible
existences the twin laws of generation and of death ; nay, further, passing from
the established truths of Geologic to one of the best established truths of
Theologic science — God's eternal justice and truth — let us assert, that in the
Divine government the matter of fact always determines the question of right,
and that whatever has been done by Him who rendereth no account to man
of his matters, He had in all ages, and in all places, an unchallengeable
right to do."

And this, after all, is the only way to meet such a question. To doubt
the prevalence of death, among the lower creatures, in the pre-Adamitic
world, with the stereotyped records of geologic investigation laid before
us, would be, in our judgment, the act of perverse blindness. To assert
that such discovered facts are counter to the revealed history of our race
is most false and fatuitous theology. When, in the sacred volume, the
introduction of death is predicated of sin, as its consequence, it is
sufficiently plain, to any reasoning mind, un warped by prejudice, that both
this event and its results are limited to the human race. The pre-existent
state of consumption and death among the multitudinous occupants of sea
and land and air, so far from exhibiting to the imagination a reign of
terror, presents, when fairly viewed, merely a balanced state of momentary
extinction to the inferior creature, and of enjoyment to the higher and
more powerful. If left, then, to settle such a question, as Hugh Miller
leaves us, by reason, we feel that such a task may be performed without
any strife between the revealed and the discovered truths of Genesis and
geology. The distinct paths of these two great sources of our knowledge
are very beautifully marked out, in the Lecture on " The Discoverable and
the Revealed," and the conclusion arrived at is thus truly and tersely

TESTIMONY OF THE ROCKS. 87

stated (p. 376) : — " Scripture draws practically a broad line between the
two modes ; and while it tells man all that is necessary to his wants and
welfare as a religious creature, it does not communicate to him a single
scientific fact which he is competent to find out for himself."

Owing to the disjointed nature of the contents of this volume, already
indicated, we feel it impossible to give an accurately analytical survey of
the subjects handled. Among these, however, two stand out most
prominently, both on account of their inherent interest and the manner
in which we find them here dealt with. These are, "the Noachian Deluge ,"
treated of in two Lectures, the 7th and 8th, and the much debated question
of our planet's antiquity. As introductory to our author's discussion of
the theories held respecting both these questions, a highly interesting
Lecture, the fourth, is taken up with an investigation of the modus in
which the inspired historian of creation received his impressions and
knowledge of the facts recorded by him. This the author, following in
the wake of some continental writers, especially Dr. J. H. Kurtz, Pro-
fessor of Theology at Dorpat, as well as of some of his countrymen,
believes to have been by a vision, actually presented to Moses, in which
the scenes of creation, progressively, from its chaotic to its perfect con-
dition, passed before him, in a species of dramatic form. If such a
question be ranked by some among the curious, we see nothing in Mr.
Miller's determination of it to which, on the score of theological sound-
ness, objection can reasonably be made.

At page 258, and the following ones, the reader will find a singularly
striking exemplification of the versatility of talent which existed in the
mental constitution of the departed writer. He sketches out, with great
vigour and boldness of conception, what he terms " a possible poem" on
creation, wherein all the phases of that glorious work, as he supposes
them to have appeared to the inspired vision of Moses, are made to pass
before the reader's imagination. This sketch, in some of its details, recalls
to mind the lovely poem, on a kindred subject, of James Montgomery,
" The Pelican Island ;" but as beyond our province, we merely note this
very splendid and sparkling interlude, in a volume more strictly designed
to illustrate a scientific subject, as worthy of a passing comment.

As regards the extent of the Noachian Deluge, Mr. Miller takes the
view previously adopted and maintained by the able and pious American
writer, Hitchcock, namely, that its range was limited to the then humanly
peopled portion of the earth. His reasoning is grounded on the admitted
facts of physical geography and geology, as well as the still existing

88 REVIEWS.

conditions of animal life, while a scrupulous regard is paid, throughout,
to the statements of the Inspired Record, as well as the character and acts
of its Divine author.

We confess that our author's reasoning on this point appears to us un-
exceptionable ; as a specimen we present our readers with the following
summary : —

"The deluge was an event of the existing creation. Had it been universal,
it would either have broken up all the diverse centres, and substituted one great
general centre instead — that in which the ark rested ; or else, at an enormous ex-
pense of miracle, all the animals preserved by natural means by Noah would have
had to be returned by supernatural means to the regions whence by means
equally supernatural they had been brought. The sloths and armadilloes — little
fitted bv nature for long journeys — would have required to be ferried across the
Atlantic to the regions in which the remains of the megatherium and glyptodon
lie entombed ; the kangaroo and wombat, to the insulated continent that con-
tains the bones of the extinct macropus and phascolomys ; and the New
Zealand birds, including its heavy flying quails and its wingless wood-hen, to
those remote islands of the Pacific in which the skeletons of Palapteryx ingens and
Dinornus giganteus lie entombed. Nor will it avail aught to urge, with certain
assertors of an universal deluge, that during the cataclysm, sea and land changed
their places, and that what is now land had formed the bottom of the antedi-
luvian ocean, and vice versa, what is now sea had been the land on which the
first human inhabitants of the earth increased and multiplied. No geologist
who knows how very various the ages of the several table-lands and mountain-
chains in reality are could acquiesce in such an hypothesis ; our own Scottish
shores — if to the term of the existing we add that of the ancient coast -line —
must have formed the limits of the land from a time vastly more remote than
the age of the Deluge. But even supposing, for the argument's sake, the hypo-
thesis recognised as admissible, what, in the circumstances of the case, would
be gained by the admission ? A continuous tract of land would have stretched
— when all the oceans were continents aud all the continents oceans — between
the South American and the Asiatic coasts. And it is just possible that, during
the hundred and twenty years in which the ark was in building, a pair of sloths
might have crept by inches across this continuous tract, from where the skele-
tons of the great megatheria are buried, to where the great vessel stood. But
after the flood had subsided, and the change in sea and land had taken place,
there would remain for them no longer a roadway ; and so, though their journey
outwards might, in all save the impulse which led to it, have been altogether a
natural one, their voyage homewards could not be other than miraculous. Nor
would the exertion of miracle have had to be restricted to the transport of the
remoter travellers. How, we may well ask, had the Flood been universal, could
even such islands as Great Britain and Ireland have ever been replenished with
many of their original inhabitants ? Even supposing it possible that animals
such as the red deer and the native ox might have swam across the Straits of
Dover or the Irish Channel, to graze anew over deposits in which the bones and
horns of their remote ancestors had been entombed long ages before, the feat
would have been surely far beyond the power of such feeble natives of the soil
as the mole, the hedge-hog, the shrew, the dormouse, and the field vole.

Taking this ground, and successfully maintaining it, in such companion-
ship as the eminent American writer already mentioned, and the late learned
and devout Dr. J. Pye Smith, and others like them, Mr. Miller's views will»
we feel, commend themselves to most, if not all, who give them a fair
consideration.

TESTIMONY OF THE ROCKS. 89

As regards the other theologico-geological question, as it may be termed,
the age of our planet, Mr. Miller takes up, very decidedly, and expands
the theory suggested first by Chalmers, and adopted by Buckland, Cony-
beare, Sedgwick, and others, contending that the days of the Mosaic Record
are to be interpreted not of literal periods of time, of twenty-four hours
length, but of vastly prolonged measures of duration, extending, it
may be, to many millenaries each. In advocating this view our author,
as already intimated, goes farther than the illustrious Chalmers, in his
scheme for bringing into harmony the Mosaic narrative and the geologic
record. That scheme taught, as, possibly, most of our readers are aware,
that " between the first act of creation, which evoked out of the previous
nothing the matter of the heavens and earth, and the first act of the first
day's work recorded in Genesis, periods of vast duration may have inter-
vened ; but further, it insists that the days themselves were but natural
days of twenty-four hours each j and that ere they began, the earth, though
mayhap in the previous period a fair residence of life, had become void and
formless, and the sun, moon, and stars, though mayhap they had before
given light, had been, at least in relation to our planet, temporarily ex-
tinguished"— p. 117. This view, though he himself once also held it, our
author gives up, as but partially true, and he endeavours to show that
each of the Mosaic days was of the nature and length already described.
Most gladly would we enrich our pages with the reasons adduced in sup-
port of this view, but we must content ourselves with commending their
perusal, throughout, to our readers. We shall merely add, that, for our-
selves, we are strongly disposed to accept Hugh Miller's demonstration of
the harmony between Revelation and Fact on this point. These can never
disagree, and, in this case, instead of disparity he points at marvellous and
beautiful coincidence. Page after page in the past volume of geological
research is turned over, and imbedded in its rocks are seen the traces of
the great Creator's hand, to the same effect, and in precisely the same
order, as the Mosaic record indicates.

We take leave of this remarkable volume, if not with all the anticipa-
tions realized which the well earned reputation of its author had inspired,
yet with deepened admiration for his wonderful ability and laborious re-
search, and still deeper regret at the awfully mysterious event, in God's
permissive providence, which has bereft the sister country of one of its
most justly loved and admired sons, and modern science of one oflts
brightest ornaments.

90 REVIEWS.

Tenby : a Sea-side Holiday : 8vo. With coloured Plates. 1856.
London : J. Van Voorst. Price, 21s.

Manual of Marine Zoology for the British Isles. Fscap. 8vo. Part
II. 1856. Price, 7s. 6d. With numerous Woodcuts. London: J.
V. Voorst.

Life in its Lower, Intermediate, and Higher Forms. With Plates and
Woodcuts. 8vo. 1857. Price, 7s. 6d. London : James Nesbit and
Co. All by Philip Henry Gosse, F.R.S., &c, &c.

The first volume in the above list contains a detailed record of a summer
holiday spent in the lovely watering-place of Tenby, situated at the entrance
of Carmarthen Bay, South Wales. The information given is necessarily of
a varied character, and we find ourselves at one moment invading
Penally Bog in company with the fair botanists of Gumfreston, picking
our steps between masses of the panicled sedge and beside tufts of the
Osmund Royal. Next we enter upon a chapter that discusses a subject
not more interesting, perhaps, than a botanical excursion with ladies, but
still deeply fascinating as being one of those realms of cloud land that stud
the horizon of the Naturalist — we refer to the chapter on the Pedicellariae.
Here, amid the opinions of Sharpey, of Forbes, Agassiz, Valentin, Sars,
and many others, we fairly fear to form an opinion of our own ; or if we
do, we but throw a little more mist around the subject.

Such, too, is the chapter that treats about Sagitta bipunctata. Will a
master-mind ever arise that can grapple with all the difficulties of natural
science ? or must these gordian knots be untied by the slow, persevering
work of ages.

A striking feature in "Tenby" is the account of various microscopic
objects. We have a whole chapter on the Rotifera, another on dipping
for animalcules in Knightson Pond, and several devoted to the examination
of the various animals whose united brilliancies anon cause the very sea to
flash and sparkle like a lightning-lit sky.

While there is abundance of information in this volume to make it a
most desirable acquisition to the library of every lover of nature — some of
the chapters bearing evidence of the most painstaking research, others
adding a great deal to our knowledge of the metamorphosis of marine
animals — yet to the visitor to Tenby, or a naturalist living within or near
this wall-girt town, it must present most peculiar charms. Hardly a cave
or a fountain, not a pleasant walk or delightful old ruin, but is photo-
graphed in this volume ; pleasant memories revived within as we read the
pages ; there, as we looked towards the Bristol Channel, lay the mighty

TENBY. 91

sea, tranquil and quiet, sparkling amid the intense glare of a July sun ;
for a little while we see nothing but the glittering waters, — then the
pleased eye rests on the large safety buoy out on the very horizon — the
rescuer from a watery, wintry grave of many a poor fellow — then Caldy
Isle grows upon the view, and then the whole deep is alive with the snowy
plumaged gannets ; too far off, we hear not their discordant cry, but as
they quickly sweep along — now seen, now lost — they rather add to than
take from the impressive quietness of the scene.

St. Catherine's Rock, too, crowned with the ruins of an old chapel, now
grown hoary with the gray lichen that mantles its broken-down walls and
makes them look so venerable ; it was a pleasant place to resort to. A
winding stairs brings you to its summit, where you could lie down and
study man as many a variety of this one great species walked along the
yellow sands beneath you ; there were happy children digging with their
little spades moats and pits in the soft sand, as thoughtless of the next tide
which will sweep all their work away as their elders are of the scythe of
time. Or let the naturalist go beneath this rocky islet and he will find it
full of caves, and in them he will find — but we won't tell him, for the
volume before us does, and that in a manner beyond our pretensions.

The appendix is a great addition to this volume, especially the part that
treats of the sub-division of the Actinias, and there is a valuable systematic
index of the Invertebrata mentioned in the volume.

We must now pass on to notice the second part of the British Marine
Zoology. It contains the Sub-kingdoms, Mollusca (which takes up the
greater portion of the volume) and Vertebrata.

We think there cannot be a doubt but that Mr. Gosse's Manual, which
this part completes, is the most useful work that has been for a long time,
if ever, published. To think of bringing Mr. Van Voorst's series of works
on British Natural History to the sea -side with one was really quite enough
to keep one from the sea-side for ever. Why they would take up the room
of an adult passenger, or of a couple of children ; and then, supposing them
once there, who could carry " Forbes and Hanly" in their waistcoat or any
other pocket ? The thing was almost impossible ; but now, thanks to our
author, we have, by binding the two parts in one, a nice little volume quite
easily carried, quite easily referred to, and one that in future it will be quite
impossible to do without.

Mr. Gosse says that, by a most singular coincidence, the number of
genera in both parts — the first containing the Radiate and Annulose forms
— are both alike, namely 339. Now, we really think all this allusion about

92 REVIEWS.

" singular coincidences" might have been omitted. Nature is not ruled by
numbers ; and in the very next paragraph he tells us of a supplement in
which we find some nineteen or twenty genera added to the Annulose
forms.

We have a very high opinion of Mr. Gosse's powers as a draughtsman,
and the figures in the first part are indeed excellent ; but we regret that we
cannot speak as favourably for many of the sketches in the second part.
We know it is not so easy to give a characteristic sketch of a Mollusc as
it is of a sea anemone ; but we think a little more trouble might have been
profitably spent in delineating the first sub-kingdom in the part now under
notice. Some of them would better stand for Egyptian hieroglyphics than
for British shells — as, for instance, figures 71, 74, 99, 100, and 103.
Others again, while we might be able to identify them, give very erroneous
ideas of the shells, the outline being so imperfect — as 64, 73, 82, 90, 97,
104, 107, and others. We could give many more instances under both
lists, but forbear. One of the generic distinctions among the Cephalopoda
is one that admits of being given in a hasty sketch — viz., the arrangement of
the suckers — and we would have been glad to have seen the figures of them
given more in detail. The figures of the vertebrate animals are better,
some of them being excellent. Figure 240, a copy after Yarrell, faithfully
follows Yarrell's mistake about the caudal fin, which should have the first
and last rays nearly one-fourth as long as the centre ones.

We were sorry to see that the Sea Birds were not given among the
Vertebrates, as they form, in our opinion, a very essential portion of Marine
Zoology ; but Mr. Gosse seems to have forgotten the birds since his sojourn
in Jamaica. We seldom see even a reference to them in his lately
published works. Our Roseate Terns may not vie with the lovely Hum-
ming Birds of " Bluefields ;" still they and their brotherhood ought not to
be slighted.

Many additions have been made to our British Fauna, even since the
publication of this last part ; and we would suggest to Mr. Gosse that it
would be advisable to publish every two or three years a supplement to
these volumes, thus bringing them up to the standard of the day, and that he
should give us figures of all the new genera.

The last work on our list deserves a passing notice. It gives us a very
pleasing sketch of animal life from its lowest to its highest form. It is very
neatly printed, and nicely illustrated ; and we do not know of a better volume
on the subject. The language is simple, and yet the dignity of the science
is not lowered, and a pleasant, healthy tone pervades every page.

ZOOLOGICAL DIAGRAMS. $3

Ten Zoological Diagrams, Prepared for the Department of Science
and Art. By Robert Patterson, M.R.I.A., &c. Day and Son, Lon-
don. Price, fully coloured, £2 15 s.

Animals — How they are Classifkd. By Robert Patterson, M.R.I.A.,
&c, p. 50. Day and Son, London. Price Is.

Those who have had any experience in imparting to the young a know-
ledge of the various organised beings which inhabit our globe must have
long felt the need of a series of accurate representations illustrative of the
leading types of animal life. To supply this want, the above diagrams
have been prepared under the superintendence of Mr. Robert Patterson, the
well-known author of" Zoology for Schools," and the little tract, the name
of which we have also mentioned, has just been published, " as a key to
the classification" adopted in the diagrams, "in deference to a demand
made for such an explanation by many purchasers of the latter."

It is true that most professors of zoology are provided with diagrams of
their own, which are, and always will be, necessary to exhibit to the stu-
dent the many details of structure with which it is desirable that he should
be made acquainted. But such diagrams, from their very completeness,
fail in one important particular, which ought not to be overlooked — namely,
of exhibiting at a single view the relations which the several forms repre-
sented bear to one another.

The object, therefore, which the present series is intended to fulfil is
two-fold — 1st, To give accurate figures of the individual animals selected
for illustration ; and 2nd, To convey correct ideas of the general principles
of zoological classification.

It gives us much pleasure to state that in the first of these objects Mr.
Patterson has been signally successful. It matters not which of the sheets
we take up, we are sure to find in all faithful representations of the origi-
nal forms. One exception must be made. No mollusca ever had the
bad luck of being perpetuated in so many vile figures as that of Argonauta
argo, and we are sorry to see one more added to the list in Sheet F, and not
one word of correction, too, in the accompanying " Explanation." The ar-
gonaut sits in its boat, with its siphon turned towards the keel (so far Mr. Pat-
terson's figure is right), and its sail-shaped (dorsal) arms closely applied to
the sides of the shell (here the diagram is quite wrong, as they are quite
withdrawn) : this might have been to show the margin of the aperture ; if
so, why does not the explanation say so, as it is likely to confirm most

L

94 REVIEWS.

erroneous impressions ? In the grouping of the animals considerable taste
has been displayed.

In general, the selection of the species which are to serve as types
of the group or order to which they belong is judiciously performed.
This, however, is not always the case. Thus, of the numerous division of
Edriophthalmatous Crustacea no species is shown, while four figures of
Entomostraca are given.

But how has Mr. Patterson succeeded with regard to the second
object which he proposes to accomplish ? Has he been able to present the
student with a correct and characteristic outline of the animal kingdom, ac-
cording to the views of modern zoologists ? To perform this satisfactorily
is no easy task. Zoology is from its nature a progressive science, and
whatever arrangement may be determined on is liable to receive more or
less alteration from the new relations which some fresh discovery may
suggest to the philosophic naturalist. But let us inquire what are the ob-
jects which a well-devised system of zoological classification proposes to effect.
" The natural history of an animal (says Cuvier) is the knowledge of
the whole animal/' But such a knowledge, though most essential, is still
insufficient. It has been well said, that " in the several tribes of organised
beings we have not a mere aggregation of individuals, each formed upon
an independent model, and presenting a type of structure peculiar to itself;
but that we may trace through each assemblage a conformity to a general
plan, which may be expressed in an 'archetype' or ideal model, and of which
every modification has reference either to the peculiar conditions under
which the race is destined to exist, or to its relations to other beings. Of
these special modifications, again, the most important themselves present
a conformity to a plan of less generality ; those next in order to a plan of
still more limited extent, and so on, until we reach those which are pecu-
liar to the individual itself. This is, in fact, the philosophical expression
of the whole science of classification."*

The systems adopted in the present day are, more or less, modifications
of that of Cuvier. Since the time when that system was promulgated
very many discoveries have, however, been made, which must considerably
alter our views of the Cuvierian arrangement. Too^hastily to adopt all the
innovations which have been suggested would, indeed, be injudicious ; but,
still, we may regard one great fact as having been clearly established —
namely, that there exist five very distinct plans of structure, or " types,"
to some one of which any animal form (taking into account, likewise, its

* Carpenter's Comparative Physiology, p. 10.

ZOOLOGICAL DIAGRAMS. 95

grade of development) may be referred. The names of these types are as
follow : —

1st. Vertebrata — which may be divided into two sections, the first,
M Abranchiata," including mammals, birds, and reptiles ; the second,
" Branchiata" — amphibians and fishes.

2nd. Mollusca, divided into two groups — 1st, true mollusca, and
2nd, molluscoida. The last division includes the brachiopods (?), tuni-
cates, and polyzoa.

3rd. Annulosa, which also is separable into two groups — 1st, true
annulosa, which includes insects, myriapods, spiders, and crustaceans ;
2nd, annuloida, comprising echinoderms, annelids, rotifers, and the flat-
bodied and nematoid worms.

4th. Ccelenterata, including zoophitic and acalephoid forms.

5th. Protozoa. — In this division are placed the sponges, rhizopods, and
true infusoria.

In certain matters of detail this classification is, no doubt, imperfect.
Thus, the true position of the echinodermata is still a matter of uncertainty.
But, on the whole, it gives us the best general expression of the views of
modern zoologists which the present state of science is capable of afford-
ing.

We are now in a position to estimate the merits of the arrangement
which Mr. Patterson has adopted in his diagrams. The first great error
that we meet with is that Mr. Patterson completely ignores one of the
most important conclusions which the united labours of many recent
researches have established, namely, that two types of organization are
included under the radiata of Cuvier (i.e., the last two types in the classi-
fication above given).

At page 45 of the " Explanation" we are informed that the radiata are
arranged in six classes : Echinodermata, Acalepha, Zoophyta, Entozoa, In-
fusoria, Foraminifera, and Amorphozoa, are the names of the classes given.
Any child would say that seven classes are here mentioned ; but on turn-
ing to the diagrams themselves we find an explanation of this apparent
anomaly ; for the Echinoderms and Acalephs are included together under
one class, termed " Radiaria," a name which is employed with the same
signification in the " Zoology." We cannot congratulate Mr. Patterson
on this original arrangement. The slight external resemblance between
some of the medusa and star fishes is surely insufficient to justify any such
near association of these animals, as Mr. Patterson proposes.

The only allusion to the affinity of the zoophytes with the acalepha is a

96 REVIEWS.

scanty extract from Professor E. Forbes' monograph on the British naked-
eyed medusae, given at page 56 of the " Zoology." But the time relation
of these remarkable organisms to one another seems altogether to have
escaped the notice of Mr. Patterson.

The connection between the polyzoa and tunicata is regarded by Mr.
Patterson merely in the light of a close affinity, but he still thinks it pro-
per to rank the former as one of the orders of the zoophyta. The incor-
rectness of this has long since been shown by the researches of J. V.
Thompson, Milne Edwards, Professor Allman, and others.

The entozoa are classed among the radiata instead of among the annu-
loida. The correctness of this is, however, questioned at page 56 of the
"Zoology."

It would be doing injustice to the author were we to have it understood
that his classification is a mere copy of that of Cuvier. In more than one
instance the improvements of modern naturalists are adopted. Thus, the
arrangement of the mammalia is good, though the monotremes are not
regarded as a distinct order. Again, the cirripeda are removed from the
mollusca and placed among the articulata, next to the Crustacea. It
would, perhaps, have been better to have ranked them as a subdivision of
the latter. The myriapoda are not made into a separate class.

The importance of the study of development does not seem to be duly
recognised by Mr. Patterson. Our most eminent zoologists have long since
shown that the amphibia are distinguished by sufficient peculiarities to jus-
tify their separation from the reptilia (vide Bell's Reptiles, page 73). Mr.
Patterson still, however, regards them as constituting one of the orders of
the reptilia.

In his arrangement of the birds, Mr. Patterson reduces all known species
to five orders. The Scansores are by him included among the perching
birds. The Columbse are not distinguished from the Rasores ; and the
Cursores, which surely form a separate order, are by him placed among the
Grallatores. Our knowledge of the present group is, perhaps, still encum-
bered with too many difficulties to enable Mr. Patterson to have arrived at
a much more satisfactory arrangement.

The same excuse will, however, not serve with relation to Sheet H, in
which the order Aptera most unwelcomely makes its appearance. Who
does not know that the flea should be located among the Diptera, and the
spring-tail among the Neuroptera, and so on with the other genera (?) of
this order.

On the whole, it must be admitted that Mr. Patterson's classification

ZOOLOGICAL DIAGRAMS. 97

falls far short of that adopted by the majority of modern scientific natural-
ists. It is much to be regretted that in so excellent a series of diagrams
as the present, in which the figures of many of the animals are executed
with almost faultless accuracy, scarcely any use seems to have been made
of the advanced views propounded by our most distinguished zoologists.
One purpose of the diagrams as a most important educational instrument
is thu*s defeated. A high responsibility attaches itself to all who are in
any way concerned with the education of their younger or less enlightened
brethren ; much more to those who take a lead in devising those schemes of
education which are entrusted to others to be carried into execution. Their
very eminence causes their instructions to be listened to, when those of others
would be unheeded ; and if they convey false views of knowledge, or partial
notions of important truths, great, indeed, will be the injury thus inflicted
upon a large class of the community. With what difficulty are errors easily
implanted eradicated from the youthful mind ! How many have had to de-
vote a large portion of time and thought to unlearn what careless and in- "
competent teachers have but too successfully instilled.

We have been thus critical in noticing these diagrams, not because we
think that their defects wholly counterbalance their merits, or that the
author has not rendered real service to the cause of natural history. The
well-known and deserved success of Mr. Patterson's " Zoology for Schools" is
a sufficient reply to such an insinuation. Nor would we be willing to sur-
render this much-cherished little volume for other works of far less utility,
but of more pretence. But we trust that in a new edition the errors which
we have referred to, both in the " Zoology" and " Diagrams," will be
amended. A trifling expenditure of time and trouble will be able to effect
this desirable alteration. To use the words of a former reviewer — " State-
ments now known to be erroneous continue to be given, without even (in
many cases) a foot-note to warn the reader of the changes of opinion which
are consequent upon the advance of zoological knowledge." We wait, then,
in hope for a speedy correction of all these objectionable passages. We
feel assured that an author who has already accomplished so much for
zoology will not be tardy to avail himself of these friendly suggestions.
And among the honourable names of those naturalists who have generously
laboured widely to diffuse the truths of the great science which they have
so successfully cultivated, few will be entitled to more lasting praise than
that of Robert Patterson.

98 REVIEWS.

Atlas of British Sea Weeds. Drawn from Professor Harvey's

Phycologia Britannica. 4to, in numbers, 6s. each. Nos. I. II.
Synopsis of British Seaweeds. Compiled from Professor Harvey's

Phycologia Britannica. 8vo> Price 5 s. Lovell Reeve.
Seven years have now elapsed since the publication of Professor Harvey's
" Phycologia Britannica," a work which has long been considered indis-
pensable to all who desire information concerning the interesting groap of
plants which it professes to describe. But, owing to the care which has
been bestowed upon its numerous and beautiful coloured illustrations, its
price has necessarily been fixed at a rate which must have precluded many
from becoming its purchasers.

Desirous of obviating this, and thereby introducing Dr. Harvey's work
to a more numerous class of subscribers, Mr. Lovell Reeve has commenced
the publication of " The Atlas of British Seaweeds," which is simply a
reproduction of the plates of the Phycologia on a smaller scale.

The work of reduction has been, on the whole, well performed, although
some of the figures, as that of Cystoseira fceniculacea, show the charac-
teristics of the species represented less distinctly than they might have
been.

To accompany the Atlas, an abstract of the text of the Phycologia has
been published in a separate volume, under the title of the " Synopsis of
British Seaweeds." To purchasers of the Atlas, this Synopsis will, of
course, be indispensable, but we would also recommend it even to those
who possess the " Phycologia." Its small size renders it a convenient
pocket volume, and Dr. Harvey has given in the Appendix a new arrange-
ment of the British Rhodospermiae in accordance with the views of Pro-
fessor Agardh, together with the titles of those Rhodosperms whose names
have been altered.

Since the Phycologia was completed new species of British Algae have
been discovered, and an inventory of the latter is given at page 206 of
the Synopsis. Descriptions and figures of most of these (by Professor
Harvey) will be found in the present number of the Natural History
Review.* To the same paper we would also refer the reader for a descrip-
tion of Elachista Grevilli, a new species not mentioned in the Synopsis.

The Atlas is being published in ten monthly parts, two of which have
already appeared. When completed, its price (including the Synopsis) will
be less than half that of the original work. J. R. G.

* Natural History Review, Vol. IV., 1857— Proceedings of Societies, page 201 ;
plates xiv. and xv.

BRITISH CRUSTACEA. 99

Popular History of British Crustacea. By Adam White, F.L.S., &c.
Royal 16mo. Twenty Coloured Plates. By G. B. Sowerby. 358 pages.
10s. 6d. London. L. Reeve.

One of the most comprehensive of the many useful hand-books published in
this series ; short descriptions of four hundred species of Crustacea being
given, and figures, more or less characteristic, of ninety-six, some of them
now figured for the first time. No pains have been spared to render this
work as complete a manual as possible, and the author has, we must say,
succeeded in laying before the student an almost complete picture of the
Crustacea of the seas around Britain and the Channel Islands. When we
recollect that to this end he was compelled to wade through the natural
history magazines and transactions for the past fifteen or twenty years,
we can form some idea of the difficulties to be surmounted, and of the
valuable time which such a book as this will save to the enquirer. The
characters of the species are for the most part brief, but generally sufficiently
diagnostic to enable us to identify any species. In one or two instances
pleasant details of habits have been judiciously introduced. The number
of new species here incorporated in the British lists are many, but time
and want of means of comparison with published lists preclude our notic-
ing more than a few. In the decapods we have, Scyllarius arctus, Alpheus
affinis, Autonomea Olivii, Hippolyte fascigera, Grayana, Mitchelli, Whitei^
Yarrellii, Barleei, and pusiola (as H. Andre wsii), Crangon Allmanni, Mysis
Lamorna, productus, Oberon, and a new but unnamed species. Seven species
of Diastylidae are noticed, nearly all additional to the species in " Bell's
British Crustacea." Among the Amphipods we find the following, which
had escaped the notice of Spence Bate : — Opis typica, Anonyx elegans,
Unciola irrorata, Amphithoe obtusata. Among the Entomostraca many
additions will be found, but space forbids our noticing them. The only
fault we have to find consists in what we must (in the majority of cases)
look on as a needless change in the nomenclature generally adopted in this
country, and although this has arisen from a rigorous adherence to the
laws of priority, yet we cannot help thinking that such changes as Arc-
topsis for Pisa, Potamobius for Astacus, and, worse still, Astacus for Ho-
rn arus, are extremely injudicious.

Very few would recognise under the names of Astacus Gammarus and
Potamobius fluviatilis the Homaris vulgaris and Astacus fluviatilis of
most modem authors ; and surely the crayfish has as good a right to the
name Astacus as the lobster. There are, in our mind, just as many inju-
dicious changes among the specific names, but these we pass over. It is

100 REVIEWS.

more pleasant, however, to dwell on another, and as far as a British book
is concerned, a somewhat novel character — viz., the frequent mention of,
and reference to, Irish authorities and localities, this is as it ought to be,
although in one or two cases there are inaccuracies on this head — for
instance, M'Calla's discovery of Thia polita is here given to Dr. Scouler,
and, under Munida bamfica, we are incorrectly informed — " It is common
on the Irish coast." Yet, still, we must hail this as a step in the right direc-
tion. The usual inconvenient arrangement of the plates, which marks all
this series, prevails here, but for this the author is not responsible. We
think we cannot conclude better than by recommending this little book to
any one studying the subject, its size and conciseness suiting it alike for
the pocket and the sea-shore study, and though many additions will, doubt-
less, be annually made to our list, yet, for ordinary purposes, this book will
be found a sufficient guide to the student for many a long day.

Popular History of the Aquarium. By George Brettingham Sowerby,
F.L.S. 16mo. Twenty coloured Engravings. Price 10s. 6d. Loveli
Reeve. London. 1857.

The Common Objects of the Sea Shore. By Rev. J. G. Wood, M.A.y
F.L.S. 12mo. Thirteen Plates, Coloured. Routledge and Co. London.
1857. Price 3s. 6d. Coloured; Plain, Is.

Ocean Gardens. By H. Noel Humphreys. 12mo. Eight Coloured
Plates. Sampson, Low, and Co. London. 1857. Price 6s.

River Gardens. By H. Noel Humphreys. 12mo. Twelve Coloured
Plates. Sampson, Low, and Co. London. 1857. Price 6s.

To both Mr. Warrington and Mr. Gosse the credit of having discovered
the Aquarium may fairly be given, and to the works of the last mentioned
naturalist may be attributed the rapid spread of knowledge in connection
with its improvement and more universal application, which has recently
taken place. The charming volumes of this popular writer, together
with Dr. Harvey's Sea Side book, and Mr. Kingsley's Glaucus, contain all
necessary information concerning the history of marine animals which the
student requires, save in the more recondite matters of detail, for which
the various monographs and scientific journals must be consulted. But
certain obscure and ill informed persons, observing the popularity which
the above works had so deservedly obtained, and taking advantage of the
ignorance of the public, on a subject almost entirely new, have lately taken

THE AQUARIUM. 101

to publish books of their own, treating of the Aquarium ; a list of the more
recent of which productions we have placed at the head of the present
article. To Mr. Sowerby's volume we will first call the attention of our
readers. The book is for the most part made up of quotations selected
from the works of Bell, Baird, Forbes, Gosse, Harvey, Hugh Miller, Owen,
and others whose names have appeared to the author sufficiently eminent to
be deemed worthy of his patronage. At page 199 he tells us, when speak-
ing of the Entomostracea, " that, having had but little Opportunity of in-
vestigating these little creatures myself, this part of our book must take
the character of a compilation, more completely than some of the others ;"
and, accordingly, he proceeds to avail himself of Dr. Baird 's work on these
crustaceans. His opportunities of investigating in their native haunts the
animals which he professes to describe would not appear to have been
numerous. Frequent allusion is made to the marine animals at Mr. Lloyd's
establishment, and, at page 209, Mr. Sowerby confesses that "the only
opportunity I have had of observing a living specimen of the Entomos-
traceous division of crustaceans was that afforded me by the attendant at the
Zoological Society's Fish- house." But though our author's journeys to the sea
side are not very often performed, yet, when he does go there, it falls to
his lot to observe phenomena very different from those which are com-
monly noticed. Acute and original powers of observation are, to a naturalist,
desirable qualities, and these Mr. Sowerby possesses in a very eminent
degree. Thus, in the first paragraph of the book, he informs us that
" pebbles throw out their long arms, fringed with net work, in many a case,
for food." A mere observer of facts, however, Mr. Sowerby is not. On
more than one occasion the philosophic bent of his mind is shown by pecu-
liar and ingenious interpretations of the observations made by others. Thus,
after describing the habits of the hermit crab, he adds — " Might it not be
that the zoe or tadpole form of some common species, produced where
empty shells of different sorts and sizes lie strewn plentifully among pebbles
and sand, falling into some of the hollows and becoming confined or liking
the condition, remained in it through subsequent changes, and that thus
what is first an accident becomes a habit." We presume that the above
are some of the " original observations and opinions, many of which will
be new to the reader," which the author promises in the preface.

At page 1 8 we are told that Acephala (Acalepha? ?) will not live well in
confinement when full grown ; although some of them, in their early hydro id
stages, are interesting. To what hydroid forms does Mr. Sowerby allude.
Surely, if he has any notes of his own on those interesting " forms," he might

M

102 REVIEWS.

have made known some facts, which science is not yet in possession of ; or
is he aware what " hydroid forms" mean, and that the term " stages," as
applied to such organisms, is incorrect, since no metamorphosis, strictly
speaking, can be said to occur in these animals. In his account of
Laomedea geniculata, he says that " this Zoophyte has the power of throw-
ing off the polypi, or, rather, the little polypi are able to detach themselves
and still to dance merrily in the water." He makes some quotations from
Mr. Gosse, grievously, however, misrepresenting the statements of that
naturalist, and then remarks that the polypes " resemble an inverted
umbrella, with a nettled disk across its diameter ; on the converse side is
a central fleshy protuberance, forming the foot." We believe Mr. Sowerby
when he informs us, in the preface, that his " personal observations of
Hydroid Zoophytes are very limited." He here confounds the true polype
heads of the Laomedea with the medusoids generated in the interior of
the productive capsules. The former remain stationary at the top of the
stalk on which they were placed, and are the organs by which the Zoophyte
procures its nutriment ; the latter are reproductive zoids rendered locomotive,
whose functions is to produce ova, which may develope into the likeness of
the parent Zoophyte. What Mr. Sowerby calls the " foot" is in reality the
peduncle of the medusoid. But this is not all, for " Beroe ovata" is said
to have " two very long pendent tentacles, to which are attached, at regular
intervals, still more slender threads, which coil like the tendrils of a vine."
The truth is that Beroe ovata has no tentacles whatsoever, and that Mr.
Sowerby mistakes this ciliograde for Cydippe pomiformis.

The Zoophytes are described in an exceedingly confused manner, and a
definition of these animals is taken from the old edition of Dr. Johnston's
work, which is meant to include both Zoophytes and Polyzoa, " Eucratea
chelata," Anguinaria spatulata," and " Cellularia ciliata" are placed by Mr.
Sowerby among the Hydroid Zoophytes. At page 288 it is implied that
Pyrosoma (one of the compound Tunicata) is a veritable fish.

Many of the animals described are totally unfit for preservation in the
aquarium, being either very rare (in some cases not natives of the British
islands), or else unsuited to live in confinement. Who would think of
keeping a snapping turtle or a crocodile in one's drawing-room, to say
nothing of Euplectella Aspergillium, which we would have to send for to the
Philippine islands ? or how we are to procure Pavonaria quadrangularis,
Arachnactis albida, or Capnea sanguinea, one of which species has not yet
been captured on our coast, perhaps, half a dozen times. Mr. Sowerby
carries his zeal for rare animals so far as to describe Oculina prolifera, a

COMMON OBJECTS OF THE SEA SHORE. 103

species which he himself goes on to say is rare on British coasts, and has
not yet been taken in a living state. The aquarium is not, we submit,
to be used as a receptacle for dead animals. Typographical (?) errors
frequently occur, such as Luida for Luidia, Arachnitis for Arachnactis,
Chrysoaria for Chrysaora, Acephala for Acalephas, &c, &c. In many
cases the headings of the chapters and sections do not correspond with the
contents of the latter.

The figures, with one or two exceptions, are good, and constitute the
only redeeming feature about this otherwise good-for-nothing book. It is
not improbable that this work will meet with a better circulation than it
deserves, owing to its introduction among the hitherto excellent series of
popular Natural History works which Mr. Lovell Eeeve has published.
We make this observation, lest our readers, upon discovering the faults of
Mr. Sowerby's volume, might take it for granted that other works, pub-
lished in the same series and wearing externally the same appearance, are
intrinsically of the same inferior quality. This, we are happy to say, is not
the case.

"The Common Objects of the Sea Shore," by the Rev. J. G.
Wood, M.A., F.L.S., is provided with engravings of Mr. Sowerby's
execution. Mr. Wood had, however, sufficient good sense not * to
let Mr. Sowerby meddle with the text, and we may easily suppose
that the work which he has produced is, on the whole, superior to
that written by his accomplished draughtsman. Indeed, he does not
scruple to differ with Mr. Sowerby on certain points — thus, at page
51, he alludes to " those strange amphibious humanities who persist
in declaring that the hermit crab was the young of the common edible
crab, etc." This is a sad hit at Mr. Sowerby's peculiar views concerning
the true nature of that crustacean. Mr. Wood proposes to describe the
common objects of the sea shore only ; nevertheless, he selects, as an ex-
ample of a pulmonigrade acaleph, what he calls Egeria. We take it for
granted that the ^Equorea is here meant, a genus so rare on the British
shores that Professor Forbes met with no species of it until after he had
published his monograph on the naked eyed Medusae. The following
lucid directions for the capture of the Acalephaa are given : — " If a vessel is
filled with water, drawn from the surface of the sea on a calm day, there
are generally a few Medusas in it ; but if there should be none, a little work
with a gauze net will secure plenty," We would recommend Mr. Wood
to procure Professor Forbes' monograph, from which he will derive much
useful information.

104 REVIEWS.

The author is a clergyman, and, of course, writes with tolerable fluency ;
but he tells us nothing that is not far better told in other books. Errors,
as we have seen, his work contains : but we will not stay to notice them,
as we are desirous to make some observations on " Ocean Gardens," by
Mr. Noel Humphreys.

This book is divided into nine chapters. Chap. I. is a sort of preface,
written in a grandiloquent style, in which Mr. Humphreys tells us of the
sublime aspects of the ocean, the sound of its deep, ceaseless voice, the
eternal oncoming of its waves (we would remind Mr. Humphreys that the
tide occasionally goes out), those voices in the wind which ought to excite
strange sensations of admiration and curiosity and wonder. ** But, no ; to
most of the idle crowd those sights and sounds are invisible and unheard.
To appreciate nature as well as art, the mind requires a special education,
without which the eye and the ear perceive but little of the miracles pas-
sing before them." After a few brief allusions to Socrates, Apuleus, and
the Gymnosophists, Ray, Pulteney, Ellis, Linneus, Johnston, Harvey, John
Edward Gray, Gosse, Forbes, and Gilbert White, Mr. Humphreys adds,
'• Through the fascinating interpretation of the good Gilbert, many now
understand the attraction of those branches of natural history which he
so curiously investigated ; but few are willing to admit that it is as easy
to make the natural features of some obscure fishing village prove equally
interesting." Mr. Humphreys assures his readers that such is perfectly
possible, and then proceeds, in the following chapters, to give the special
education above alluded to, and to " lift the border of that dark green
curtain which conceals the wonders of the ocean floor from vulgar eyes."
His notion of a class is of a rather vicarious and uncertain character. The
" compound" zoophytes are made into a class by Mr. Humphrejs, but
the***, strange to say, include another class, the Pennatulidse. The Lucer-
nariadae also constitute a class ; and, at page 63, we are told that the
sponges form a curious class of zoophytes, which have, perhaps, a much
closer affinity to plants than any other class.

The author is in no way fettered by the ordinary views of naturalists.
He tells us that " the functions of the flower-like set of organs with which
the Holothuriadae are provided are probably the same as those of the
Nudibranch class of Mollusks, which, though generally considered as being
a breathing apparatus, are, probably, at the same time, food-collecting
organs, as all the creatures thus furnished are liquid feeders." Often as
Mr. Humphreys quotes the works of Gosse, he seems to have failed to
notice the passages in which the voracity of the Nudibranchs in devouring

OCEAN GARDENS. 105

zoophytes, etc. (which certainly cannot be regarded as liquid food), is
spoken of.

With a few exceptions, the names of none of the animals mentioned are
properly spelt. Thus, we have Geniaster for Goniaster, Dunicata for Tuni-
cata, Gastrophasna for Gastrochaena, Paguras for Pagurus, to say nothing
of Sepia vulgaris for Sepiola vulgaris, Egines punctiluceus for Egirus
punctilucens, with a host of others. " Stars of the class Luidia" are called
brittle stars, so that the student is led to suppose that this Echinoderm
belongs to the Ophiuridae. The Aplysia is described among the Nudi-
branchs and the Chiton is said to be a sort of sea woodlous,e. The figures
with which the work is illustrated are showy, but are executed, in general,
without much regard to accuracy.

The author takes a high stand upon a mound of his own erection, and
frequently denounces therefrom the " superficial knowledge," " imperfect
observations," which have become so injurious to science, and deplores the
state of u Egyptian darkness" in which so many are involved. Shakspeare
is held up as a deplorable example of an intellectual giant who could not
see nature, and two mistakes in the expression, " eyeless venomed worm,"
are pointed out.

Now, though we can show that three mistakes are here made (one of
which, and that the most striking, has escaped Mr. Humphreys), yet we
still think that Shakspeare could see nature a great deal better than Mr.
Humphreys, and those who have read Mr. Patterson's delightful little book
on the " Insects mentioned in Shakspeare's plays" will, probably, think
the same.

Mr. Humphreys concludes his work with a sublime apostrophe on the
possibility of a gigantic aquarium — " It only remained to the ancients to
have exhibited a Titanic Aquarium to render our triumph over their la-
bours in the field of popular natural history impossible. Had but a Eoman
Warrington or Gosse, &c, adopted the germ of such an idea, and an
Osier existed to furnish the glass, the Pompey, or Caesar, or Crassus would
not have been wanting to feast the eyes both of patrician and plebeian
Rome, with an aquarium measuring hundreds of feet in length, in which
the monsters of the deep would have been exhibited in deadly conflict, and
human divers, armed with net and trident, like the retiariae of their gladia-
torial combats, would have encountered beneath the waters the shark, the
whale, or the torpedo, to the shouts of crowded circuses, the centre of
which would have been a glass-walled aquarium. But a gigantic aquarium
is, fortunately, a feat that yet remains for modern science to achieve, and

106 REVIEWS.

which it will, doubtless, accomplish. The day shall arrive when we shall
see the living behemoth — the Titan of the deep — rolling majestic in waves
of his native element, perhaps pursued by his cruel enemy the sword-fish,
or harried by a shoal of herrings, graphically exemplifying to a London
crowd the origin of Yarmouth bloaters ; or we may see the dreaded shark
float round and round the vast glass prison seeking his prey, and the shark
hunter of the South Seas may be imported to exhibit his skill in a blood-
less conflict — mocking the attempts of the sea monster to seize him, as
the Spanish matador plays long with the infuriated bull, but without neces-
sitating the same catastrophe to the animal, defenceless against the specially
trained skill of his human antagonist. We have already had our crystal
palaces, covering their acres, and filled with objects of art and wealth from
every quarter of the globe ; it is not impossible, therefore, that we may
have crystal-walled seas, in which aquatic menageries will form the last
new object of fashion and wonder."

After this display of Mr. Humphrey's powers as a writer, any lengthened
notice of his other work, that on " River Gardens," must appear unneces-
sary. Like its companion volume, it abounds with erroneous notions and
unscientific explanations of vital phenomena. This, however, is the less to
be wondered at, for no good book has yet been written on the fresh water
aquarium.

Thus are the beautiful lessons which the study of nature unfolds misin-
terpreted by those who are incapable of understanding them, and the writ-
ings of really painstaking and observing naturalists made to furnish infor-
mation to greedy and ignorant compilers. But we live in expectation of
better times, when such spoilers will cease to be encouraged in their evil
ways, and science reap many fruits from the application of the beautiful
principle on which the adjustment between animal and vegetable life is
' known to depend.

NATURAL HISTORY REVIEW.

LIST OF

Srienttfit f eriflfcls, torartiMS jtf Sbtimtm, #£♦,

RECEIVED IN EXCHANGE

DURING 1857.

GREAT BRITAIN.

I. Zoologist. A Popular Monthly Magazine of Natural History. Published
monthly. London. J. Van Voorst.

II. Phytologist. A BotanicalJournal. New Series. Published monthly.
London. W. Pamplin.

III. Hooker's Journal of Botany. Published monthly. London. Lovell

Reeve.

IV. Naturalist. A Popular Monthly Magazine of Natural History. London.

Groombridge and Son.

V. Liverpool Natural History and Philosophical Society, Journal of. Pub-
lished annually.

VI. Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. New Series. Published quar-
terly. Edinburgh. A. and C. Black.

VII. Dublin Quarterly Journal of Medical and the Collateral Sciences. Pub-
lished quarterly. Dublin. Hodges, Smith, & Co.

VIII. Journal of the Royal Society of Dublin. Published quarterly, Dublin.
Hodges, Smith, and Co.

FOREIGN.

IX. Canadian Naturalist and Geologist.
X. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History.
XI. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
XII. Archiv fuer wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russland.

XIII. Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne. Af den physiographische Foren-

ing i Christiania.

XIV. Allgemeine deutsche naturhistorische Zeitung ; im Auftrag der Gesell-

schaft Isis in Dresden ; neue Folge.

SCIENTIFIC PERIODICALS, ETC.

XV. Abhandlungen des Zoologisch-mineralogischen Vereines in Regens-
burg.

XVI. Korrespondenz-Blatt des Zoologisch-mineralogischen Vereines in Re •

gensburg.

XVII. Abhandlungen der Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft

in Frankfurt.

XVIII. Jahrbuecher des Vereins fuer Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau.

XIX. Wuerttembergische naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte.

XX. Jahrbuch der K. K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt.

XXI. Sitzungsberichte der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, in
Wien.

XXII. Tageblatt der 32sten Versammlung deutscher Naturforscher und
Aerzte, in Wien, im Jahre 1856.

XXIII. Lotos : Zeitschrift fuer Naturwissenschaften.

XXIV. Naumannia : Journal fuer die Oraitholope, vorzugsvveise Europas.

Organ der Deutschen Ornithologen-Gesellschaft. Von E. Baldamus.

XXV. Flora. Allgemeine Botanische Zeitung : herausg. v. d. K. B<iyer-
schen Botanischen Gesellschaft zu Regensburg. Redigirt von Dr.
A. E. Furnrohr.

XXVI. Zeitschrift fuer Entomologie herausgegeben von dem Verein fuer
Schlesiche Insektenkunde zu Breslau.

XXVII. Neueste Schriften der naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Danzig.

XXVIII. Abhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Halle.

XXIX. Entomologische Zeitung: herausgegeben von dem Entomologischen
Vereine zu Stettin.

XXX. Verhandlungen des naturhistorischen Vereines der Preussischen
Rheinlande und Westphalens.

XXXI. Handelingen der Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging.

XXXII. Bouwstoffen voor eene Fauna van Nederland : bijeenverzameld door
Dr. J. A. Herklots.

XXXIII. Nederlandsche Insecten : door C. en J. C. Sepp. Voortgezett door

Dr. Snellen van Vollenhoren.

XXXIV. Bulletin de l'Academie Royale des Sciences, etc., de Belgique.

XXXV. Memoires de la Societe Royale des Sciences de Liege.

XXXVI. Memoires de la Societe Imperiale des Sciences, etc., de Lille ; Seconde
Serie.

XXXVII. Memoires de la Societe du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle de Strasbourg.

THE

NATURAL HISTORY REVIEW:*

VOLUME IV.-1857.

PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES:

CONTAINING

THE TRANSACTIONS OP

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN;

THE DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY;

THE DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL & BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION;

AND SOME OF

THE PAPERS READ BEFORE SECTIONS C & D OF THE BRITISH
ASSOCIATION, DUBLIN MEETLNG.

Wlify ifo-entg-to Jptjwgrapljs (some €abmxzb)t awfc Itoaottss.

LONDON:

WILLIAMS & NORGATE, HENRIETTA-ST., CO VENT- GARDEN.

DUBLIN: HODGES, SMITH, & CO.

EDINBURGH : WILLIAMS & NORGATE, SOUTH FREDERICK-ST.

1857.

DUBLIN :

^3rintcU at tl»c ©ntfoersite ^Press,

BY M. H. GILL.

INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Page.

Acalephje of the Dublin coast, 175

Actinococus Henneydi, new British Algae, 202

Address, anniversary, of President of Dublin University Zoological and Botanical

Association, 1

on closing the Session 1856-57 of the Dublin University Zoological and Bo-
tanical Association, 205

Adiantum capillus- Veneris in Leitrim, 69

iEquorea formosa, a species new to science, 245

Agalmopsis elegans, a new British Physograde, 175

Akera bullata, notes on, 74

Alpheus ruber, a new Irish species, . . 153

Amphipod, on a new, 229

Algae, short descriptions of new British, 201

Analysis of pitchstone, 90

of siliceo-felspathic rock of Vale of Ovoca, 211

of siliceo-felspathic rock of Knockmahon, 212

of siliceo-felspathic rock of Benaunmore, 213

Anatomy of larva of Nemotelus uliginosus, 194

of larva of Anthomyia riparia, 195

of larva of Oxycera Morrisii, 193

Andrews, William, M.R. I. A., notes on the zoology of west coast of Ireland, . . 61

on Thecla betulae in county of Kerry, 70

notes on the ornithology of Kerry, 162

Annelidoid tracks in the rocks of Bray Head, county of Dublin, 20

Annual address of President of Dublin Geological Society, 93

Anthomyia ripaiia, anatomy of larva of, 195

Atherix ibis, 32

Archer, William, a catalogue of Desmidiaceae found near Dublin, 36

Arklow Eock, composition and structure of, .222

Ball, Robert, LL. D., notice of death of, 146-176

President of Dublin University Zoological and Botanical Association ; anniver-
sary address, 1

Bate, W. Spence, F. L. S., on a new Irish Amphipod, 229

Botanical memoranda of an excursion to the Pyrenees, 12, 41, 196

Botany of the Feejees, 5

Bougainvillea dinfma, a species new to science, 246

Bray Head, annelidoid tracks in the rocks of, 20

Brongniart, M. Adolphe, letter from, on the fossil plants which have been discovered

in the rocks at the base of the Carboniferous System in Ireland, 214

Butcher-bird, song of, 57

Calathus nubigena, 34

Calp of Kilkenny and Limerick, notes on, 143

Carboniferous beds of Killybegs, county of Donegal, 1 7

formation in Ireland, remarks on the subdivisions of, 100

IV INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Page.
Carboniferous system in Ireland, letter from M. A. Brongniart about, . . . .214

system in Ireland, notes explanatory of the subdivisions of, 135

Carcinological notes, 151

Chalk, on Diatoms in, 256

Clermont, Lord, on the occurrence of the Eared Grebe, 72

Coal-bed of Leitrim, section across, 225

Coal-drift in sand near Newcastle, . . • 27

Colias edusa, occurrence of, in Waterford, 70

Couch, R. Q., on metamorphosis of Palinurus vulgaris, 250

Crangon Allmani, a species new to science, 80

bispinosus, a new Irish species, 153

Cruoria pellita, a new British Algae, 203

adhaerens, 203

Crustacea, distribution of, in Ireland, 62-153

. podophthalmia of the eastern district of Ireland, 80

podophthalmia of Gal way marine district, 151

Cryptogamic growths causing disease, 149

Descriptions of new genera and species of Naked -eyed Medusae, 242

Desmidiaceae, catalogue of, found near Dublin, 36

Diapridae, a new genus and species of, 166

Diatom aceous forms in chalk, 256

Diplonema islandica, a species new to science, 247

Diptera, blanks in the natural history of, 177

British, list of, of which the earlier stages are more or less perfectly known, 180

Supplementary note to list, 210

Dombrain, James R., on the occurrence of the Pastor roseus in Dublin, . . . . 69

Doyle, J. B., notes on rare Irish birds, 165

Dublin coast, description of Acalephae of, 175

Crustacea, supplemental list of, 156

Dublin Geological Society, accounts, 92

Anniversary meeting, 91

Election of members, 22, 89, 98

Election of Officers, 93

Ordinaiy meetings, 17, 22, 89, 98, 135, 210, 214

Members lost by death, 22, 93

Dublin, His Grace the Archbishop of, on the song of the Butcher-bird, .... 57

Dublin Natural History Society, accounts, 30

Anniversary meeting, 1856, 28

Election of members, 31,70,79,162,166,228

Election of officers, 31

Donations to Museum and Library, 73, 88, 230

Ordinary meetings, 57, 70, 73, 80, 146, 149, 162, 226

Popular meeting, 79

Dublin University Zoological and Botanical Association anniversary meeting,

1856, 1

Election of members, 11,17,40,56

Donations to library, 11, 41, 204

Ordinary meetings, 11,31,36,41,166,176,204

Members lost by death, 71, 176, 208

Microscopic conversazione, 40

Excursions of members, 209

Du Noyer, G. V., M. R. I. A., on a remarkable variety of Echinus lividus, . . . 227

Echinus lividus, remarkable variety of, 227

Elachista Grevillii, a new British Algae, 202

Embryo state of Palinurus vulgaris, 250

Entomological notes, ... 31

INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS OP SOCIETIES. V

Page

Farran, Charles, M. D., on the occurrence of Portunus marmoreus in Connemara, . 58

on Akera bullata, 74

Feejee Islands and their inhabitants, 5

Fossils, distorted, from the cleaved rocks of the south of Ireland, 98

Fossil plants in rocks at the base of Carboniferous System, 214

Frazer, William, M. D., remarks upon Fungi found adhering to old trees, under a

bog near Tralee, 87

on a disease in hyacinth roots, caused by cryptogamic growths, 149

Fusus antiquus, variety of, 250

Galathea Andrewsii, a species new to Ireland, '. 228

Galway, marine district, Crustacea podophthalmia of, 151

Geological Map of Ireland, explanation of colours of, 220

Geryonopsis delicatula, a new Irish species, 175

Green, J. R., on tbe Acalephse of the Dublin coast, being Part I. of a series of

Notes on Marine Zoology, 175

Description of new genera and species of Naked-eyed Medusa?, by, .... 242

Griffith, R., M. R. I. A., F. G. S. L. & D., Notes explanatory of the subdivisions
of the Carboniferous Svstem as laid down in his large " Geological Map of

Ireland," " 135

Explanation of the principle of colouring, as well as of reference to the compo-
sition of rocks by letters contained in the table appended to the last edition of

the " Geological* Map of Ireland," 220

on the Arklow Rock, composition and structure of, 222

Haliday, A. H., A. M., Entomological Notes, 31

Note on a peculiar form of the ovaries observed in an hymenopterous insect,

constituting a new genus and species of the family Diapridae, 166

on some remaining blanks in the natural history of the native Diptera, . . 177

List of the genera and species of British Dipteia, the earlier stages of which

are more or less perfectly known, with references to the principal authorities, . 180

additional note on the metamorphosis of some species of Diptera, .... 192

supplementary note to same, 210

Harvey, W. H., M. D., on the Feejee Islands, and their inhabitants, 5

on the Starfishes of Ireland, 79

Remarks on Irish Fungi, 151

Notice of the decease of R. Ball, LL. D. . 146

short descriptions of some new British Alga;, 201

Address on closing the Session of the Dublin University Zoological and Bo-
tanical Association, .. . • 205

on an addition to Irish Flora, 227

on Kingia Australis, 41

Haughton, James, Jun., on the webs wove by Tinea granella, 73

Haughton, Rev. Professor, F. T. C D., on the Pitchstone and Pitchstone Porphyry

of Barnesmore and Lough Eske, county of Donegal, 89

Notes to accompany figures of distorted fossils from the cleaved rocks of the

south of Ireland, 98

on the siliceo-felspathic rocks of the south of Ireland, 210

Hyppolyte Mitchelli, a new Irish species, 153

■ pusiola, a new Irish species, 159

Hyacinth roots, disease in, 149

Hyndman, George C, on a monstrosity of Fusus antiquus, 250

Iphimedia Eblanae, a species new to Ireland, 229

Isopoda, descriptions of new and rare, 258

Jukes, J. B., M. A., F. R. S., Notes on the Calp of Kilkenny and Limerick, . . 143

VI INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Page.
Kelly, John, on the subdivisions of the Carboniferous formation in Ireland, . . .100

Kenmare, on the geology of the neighbourhood of, 22

Kerry, ornithology of, 162

Killalla, notes on the Natatores of, 50

Killy begs, on the Carboniferous beds of, 17

Kinahan, J. R., M. B., M. R. I. A., Professor, on annelidoid tracks in the rocks of

Bray Head, county of Dublin, 20

analysis of genera of terrestrial Tsopoda — records British species and descrip-
tions of new genus and species, 258

on a Crangon new to science, and other nondescript Crustacea, and observa-
tions on their distribution in the eastern district of Ireland, 80

Description of Galathea Andrewsii, 228

Distribution of Irish Crustacea, not included in Dublin list, 153

Dublin Crustacea, supplemental list, 156

Notes on Echinus lividus, 227

on Xantho rivulosa, and other Decapodous Crustacea, occurring at Valentia,

Kerry 62

Kincaid, Jos., Jun., on a Section across the coal-beds of Leitrim, 225

Kingia Australis, 41

Lanius collurio, on the song of, 57

Labolips innupta, a new genus and species of Diapridae, . 173

Leathesia crispa, new British Algae, 201

Leitrim, coal-beds of, section across, .225

Lipura Stillicidii, a species new to Britain, 233

Lloyd, Rev. Dr., S. F. T. C. D., exhibited a Photograph of a lunar mountain, . .218

Lonicera xylosteum, an addition to the Irish Flora, 227

Malahide, Lord Talbot de, President of the Dublin Geological Society, Annual Ad-
dress of, 93

Malthinus biguttulus, . . 34

Manufactures of the Feejees, 10

Medusae, description of new genera and species, 242

Melville, A. G., M. D., Professor of Natural History, Queen's College, Galway,
Carcinological Notes, being a list of the Crustacea podophthalmia of Galway

marine districts, 151

Molony, C. P., Captain, Madras Army, M. R. I. A., on the occurrence of drift coal

in sand near Newcastle, 27

Morris, Rev. F. O., on Uria troile and U. lachrymans, 253

Natural history of native Diptera, blanks in, 177

Nemotelus uliginosus, anatomy of larva, 35, 194

O'Connell, Maurice, M. P., Notes on Woodcocks, 164

O'Kelly, John, Section 251

O'Meara, Rev. Eugene, on Diatomaceous forms in chalk, 256

Oniscus fossor, species new to Britain, 277

Ornithology, Notes of, in Kerry, 162

Ovaries, peculiar form of in an Hymenopterous insect, 166

Oxycera Morrisii, 1 93

Pagurus Eblanensis, a new species, 84

Forbesii, a new Irish species, 152

Palinurus vulgaris, on metamorphosis of, 250

Pastor roseus, occurrence of, in Dublin, 69

Philoueria, new genus, description of, 281

celer, a new species, 282

Pitchstone and Pitchstone Porphyry of Barnesmore and Lough Eske, .... 89 ,

INDEX TO PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES. Vll

Page.

Podiceps auritus, occurrence of, in Ireland, * . 72

Polyporus obtained adhering to old trees under a bog, 87

Porcellio armadilloides, species new to Britain, 279

cingendus, a new species, 279

dilatatus, species new to Britain, 278

pictus, species new to Britain, 278

Portunus carciuoides, a new species, 66

marmoreus, occurrence of, in Ireland, 58

Pyrenees, botanical excursion in, 12, 41, 196

Scott, Robert H., A.B., C.E., on the Carboniferous Beds of Killybegs to Donegal, 17
Smith, W., Prof, of Nat. Hist., Queen's College, Cork, F.L.S., Memoranda, chiefly
botanical, of an excursion to the Pyrenees in the summer of 1856, Part 1, . . 12

Part 2, 41

Part 3, ' .196

Steenstrupia Owenii, a species new to science, 248

Thaumantias inconspicua, 175

lineata, new Irish species, 243

lucifera, new Irish species, 175

neglecta, species new to science, 246

Pattersonii, species new to science, 245

typica, species new to science 246

Thiapolita, 58, 152, 154

Tinea granella, on webs wove by, 73

Trichomanes radicans, remarkable variety of, 226

Uraster glacialis, occurrence of, 228

Uria troile, 253

lachrymans, 253

Valentia, Crustacea, decapodous of, 62

Variety of Echinus lividus, 227

Fusus antiquus, 250

Trichomanes radicans, 226

Warren, Robert, Jun., Notes on the Natatores of Killalla, 50

Williams, R. P., M.R.I. A., on the occurrence of Colias edusa in Waterford, ... 70

Willson, W. L., on the Geology of the neighbourhood of Kenmare, 22

Wright, E. Percival, M.R.I.A., notes of a visit to Mitchelstown caves, . . . .231

discovery of Lipura stillicidii, 233

Entomological notes, 34-35

Wynne, Rt. Hon. John, M.P., on the occurrence in Leitrim of the Maiden-hair
fern, 69

Xantho rivulosa and other decapodous Crustacea occurring in county of Kerry, . . 62
tuberculata. new Irish species, 65

Zoe of Pirimela denticulata, 615

Zygoneura sciarina, 32

THE NATURAL HISTORY REVIEW.

I^watfcmrgs d S&aat&t*.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL
ASSOCIATION.

FRIDAY EVENING, NOVEMBER 21, 1856.
R. Ball, LL.D., President, in the Chair.
This being the first meeting of the Session, the President read his

ANNUAL ADDEESS.

When on Saturday last your Council told me it was my duty to address
you, it came on me quite by surprise : it seemed but as yesterday that I
had done so ; time passes so quickly to those who are fully employed.
Yet it is certainly a fact that a year has glided away — I trust not with-
out advantage to many of us — and that we shaU have in this Associa-
tion proof that good work has been done in the period, and that not a
few of you have been active in the pursuit of practical zoology, in some
of the departments to which I ventured to call your attention last year.

In noticing the occurrences of the past year, I have not to mourn the
loss of so many of our members and friends as on the former occasion ;
yet there is one loss which I deeply feel, that of my old and excellent
friend Yarrell, one of our Corresponding Members, whose kindness and
hospitality I often enjoyed. Eager to obtain information himself, he
was equally willing to give it. I may mention, as an instance, that he
placed at my disposal, during two days which I spent in his house, all
the materials in his possession which he thought could aid me in a
work on Fisheries, in which I had made considerable progress, but which
pressure of business and illness forced me to lay aside — I hope not for ever.

Since our Association was established (now but a brief period), we
have had a great loss of most valued members, men who loved natural
science for its own sake, and to whose exertions it mainly owes its pre-
sent rising position ; by being frequently associated with them, their loss
occasions in me a sense of loneliness which our junior members cannot
yet and probably will never know, — for this loss is likely to be replaced
by additions, from the numbers of persons now enlisting in the pursuit
of natural science. We must hope that the great majority of these

vol. rv. b

2 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

recruits will be equally truth-loving and pure-minded with those for
whose loss we grieve ; hut it is reasonable to fear that some few may be
led into the ranks in pursuit of the rewards and distinctions of which
the service now appears to hold out a promise. It is right to distin-
guish between these classes. The former, in seeking to elevate them-
selves, will endeavour to carry up with them all their truth-loving
brother workers. The latter will essay to be uppermost, by depressing
and depreciating all, but particularly those who do best and most truthful
service. A modern author has something allied to this feeling when he
says : — " The profoundly wise do not declaim against superficial know-
ledge in others so much as the profoundly ignorant ; on the contrary, they
would rather assist it with their advice than overwhelm it with their
contempt, for they know that there was a period when even a Bacon or
a Newton was superficial, and that he who has a little knowledge is far
more likely to get more than he that has none." Therefore, all you
who have knowledge, give of it freely to those who ask, and you who
have not knowledge, be not afraid to seek it where it may be found. No
one ever left our late friend Yarrell, feeling shame that he had asked
him a foolish question, but, on the contrary, feeling pleasure that he
had been kindly set right.

It is a matter for congratulation that during the past year the As-
sociation had no want of interesting business for each evening meeting.
Knowing that in older societies difficulty is often felt to provide the
necessary intellectual entertainment, we must take the fact I have stated
as an evidence that such an Association as ours is not superfluous.
Having now, with the kind approval of the Provost and Board (whose
patronage we have always enjoyed), united botany to our former pur-
suit of the kindred science, zoology, I cannot but look forward to a great
increase of interest in our meetings. We shall have our learned and
most excellent Yice-President to give us the aid of his great knowledge ;
we shall hope occasionally for some of the fruits of his adventurous
travels ; and we shall have displays of living exotics, of the rarest cha-
racter, through the kindness of Mr. Bain, the Director of the University
Gardens. While I look forward to a large increase of zoological contri-
butions consequent on the increase of our Association, for myself I hope
to bring before you, as they may be developed, the zoological collections
made by Professor Harvey, when, no doubt, he will add interest to
them, by details of how they were procured.

To-night Professor Harvey favours us with some remarks on the
inhabitants of the Fejee Islands, whose arms, &c, you see hung around
the room. Collections of this kind have been sneered at, but very
improperly, as a right knowledge of them is of great importance in that
very difficult and very high study, ethnology, a study in which the
utmost penetration of the zoologist should join with the most profound
knowledge of the philologist, as races of men are not less distinguished
by their physical form and language than by their arms and ornaments :
these things come to have a scientific use.

[Here follows a recapitulation of the principal original communica-
tions to the Association during the past Session (with other matter of

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 3

local interest), which we omit, as they have already appeared, mostly at
fall length, in the preceding volumes of this Journal.]

The worthy President of the Linnaean Society, my friend Professor
Bell, in an introductory lecture recently given at Guy's Hospital, has so
fully illustrated the necessity which exists for some intellectual resource
beyond the ordinary occupation of a man's life, that I venture to borrow
the passage from him, rather than to attempt to clothe his ideas in my
own words. I may remark that he furnishes in himself an admirable
example of what he urges, and when he retires from his laborious prac-
tice, finds in his retreat at Selborne (the Selborne of Gilbert White)
refreshment in the difficult zoological subjects which he so ably
pursues : —

" Every one who has experienced the tcedium vitce, the harass and fatigue of spirit
arising from the close application of the mental powers, for any lengthened time, to one
absorbing and anxious object, must have felt the craving of the mind for some new occu-
pation, which, by a healthful change in the direction of the intellectual force, might
relieve the fatigue and weariness of the over- wrought and over-excited sensorium. This
relief is not always to be obtained by abstract rest.

" The mere cessation of exertion does not satisfy or fill the void created by long and
tiring labour on one exclusive subject. As when the eye has long been gazing upon any
object of a bright and intense colour, the greatest relief that can be afforded to it is its
resting, not in darkness, but in some material of a hue complementary to that by which
it has been fatigued.

" Again, when from illness, distress, or any other disqualification, the laborious man
of business, or the diligent student, is incapacitated for his accustomed pursuits, how
depressing are the languor and inanity which attend him on his retirement, unless he
has some intellectual resource upon which to exercise his otherwise inert and useless
powers. Accustomed to active exertion, and possibly to experimental or abstruse inves-
tigation in his ordinary avocation, if he be deprived of these, and no substitute presents
itself to take their place, the mind becomes wearied and depressed, from the very absence
of healthful exercise and employment. And if, still further, through professional success,
or from any other source, the approach of age finds him retiring from his wonted stirring
occupation, and hoping, after a life spent in the exercise of active duties, to enjoy the
blessings of a competency in that rest from his labours which, to a mind well regulated
and stored with intellectual resources, constitutes the height of earthly enjoyment, and
a precious auxiliary means of preparation for the great change to which he is hastening, —
if there be no such store of intellectual treasure, no pursuit in literature, or science, or
philosophy, to occupy the leisure days and years that remain to him, how listless, at the
best, and, too often, how full of misery, is the interval allotted to him between the ces-
sation of his active employment and the end of his earthly career ! These considerations
have, at times, forced themselves upon me so powerfully, that I have, without hesitation,
embraced the present opportunity of showing how important it is to provide, by some
extra-professional pursuit — whether literary or scientific — a rational and intellectual
amusement, and relaxation to the intervals of business, — solace in time of illness or dis-
tress, and an unfailing resource in retirement, after the ordinary duties and avocations of
life are over."

Mr. Bell goes on to quote several instances of men who, having
amassed wealth in business, have retired to what they supposed rest,
and found it not ; he tells us of some who even committed suicide, and
of others who returned to perform gratuitously the duties of the voca*-
tion in which they had been brought up.

I may add, that it is from hard-working men that good extra scien-
tific work is generally to be obtained ; the man of leisure lacks energy

4 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

and method, and but rarely does much ; did he know how to be happy,
he would take up some scientific pursuit.

Professor Bell quotes Bacon, who says, " the most active and busy
men that hath been, or can be, hath, no question, many vacant times
of leisure." How should these times be passed? Professor Bell goes
on to show to what advantage they may be employed by the divine, the
physician, and the lawyer, and has given excellent examples.

During our recess I have received several communications on sub-
jects of natural history. A letter from our member, the Hon. G. S.
Gough, mentions, that his cousin, Mr. Percy Gough, shot a Pastor roseus
at Rathronan on the 27th of July last, and he wishes me, as I now do,
to communicate the fact to the Association.

Mr. Robert Hime, of Bally donaren House, presented to the Museum
the fine specimen now on the table, shot in July in Wicklow ; and Mr.
Bridgford, the eminent horticulturist, told me that he shot one near
Dublin about the same time.

To show you that it is not necessary to be technical to write intel-
ligibly on natural history subjects, I will read an extract of a letter from
Mr. R. Taylor of Kenmare : —

" I would beg to inquire what may be the name of a bird now before me, of which
the following, though an unscientific description, may, perhaps, be sufficiently distin-
guishing. It is in size and shape like the common wild duck, except that it is some-
thing smaller, the neck something shorter in proportion, and the breast rather flatter.
It has no brightness or beautiful colour whatever in any part of its plumage, which may,
perhaps, properly be compared to the colour of whalebone ; darkest on the upper part of
the head, brighter on the back, and lightest on the under parts of the bird ; on the breast
intermingled with dirty white. Its bill is that of the duck kind in form, its colour a
heavy black, but having two rows of remarkable serratures on each side of each man-
dible. On the underneath part of the lower mandible is a depressed mark of an arrow-
head. The tongue seems formed of two distinct and widely separated muscles, the skin
covering hardening towards the tip, and projecting thence, thin, flat, and sharp. The
tail is short and pointed. The legs are flatter than those of any of the duck kind that I
have observed, the better adapted for passing through the water; and the feet, when used
in passing forward, fold much flatter. It has a small toe behind, webbed, like the seed
of a plant. The colour of the legs are yellowish black, the claws are most yellow between
the joints, and the webbing of the foot is black.

" It was shot on the sea ; muscles were found in its throat ; how it had got these out
of the shells appeared surprising.

11 Should you not have seen this or other rare birds here, which, with your permission,
I would describe, it would stimulate me to use my best exertions to procure specimens."

In this he clearly expresses his meaning, and there can be no diffi-
culty in identifying his bird as a black scoter duck.

In my Address last year I spoke of a large number of subjects, and
though I did not exhaust any one of them, it would be rather tautolo-
gical to go over the same ground. I must, therefore, refer our young
members to the notes of this Address in the first Number of the " Natural
History Review" for this current year (Proceedings, vol. iii., p. 1, &c),
with a view that they may be informed of the constitution, objects, and
advantages of our Association. In mentioning the " Natural History
Review," the organ of the Association, edited by some of its officers, I
may state, that they have opened communication, and exchange publica-

DUBLIN T7NIVEBSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 5

tions, with the Imperial Academy of Sciences of Vienna ; the Imperial
Geological Institute ; the Zoological and Botanical Association of Yienna;
the Lotos, Natural History Society of Prague ; the Koyal Belgian Aca-
demy of Science ; the Scientific Society of Liege ; the Society of Sciences
and Arts of Lille; the Natural History Societies of Wirtemberg, of
Nassau, of Dresden, of Dantzig, of Westphalia, and the Bhenish pro-
vinces ; the German Ornithological Society ; the Entomological Associa-
tion of Stettin ; the Entomological Society of Silesia ; the Zoological and
Mineralogical Association of Ratisbon ; the Natural History Association
of Christiania ; the Editors of the Archives of Science in Russia ; and the
Imperial Society of Naturalists of Moskau. The desire expressed in a
recent letter of the Director of this last, Dr. Renard, Imperial Councillor
of State, for a very active literary intercourse between that Society and
your Association, will, doubtless, be received with gratification, and
readily reciprocated on our part.

I would further mention, that we contemplate having some meetings
specially for microscopical purposes ; these will, as we expect, not only
prove very interesting, but much will be gained in instruction, in the
example of microscopic manipulation, in comparison of instruments,
and other advantages so obvious, that I do not feel it necessary to dwell
on them, or to detain you further from Dr. Harvey's communication.

Pbofessob Habvey, Yice -President, then read some notes on the —

EEJEE ISLANDS AND THEIB INHABITANTS.

The vegetation is, of course, quite tropical in its type : the cocoa-
nut palm, the banana, and the breadfruit tree, with abundance of tree
ferns, giving a character to the landscape. Ground ferns are also abun-
dant, and the forest trees are frequently covered with Epiphytes, both
orchids and ferns. A climbing species of Pothos (one of the Arum
family), is also a very conspicuous ornament to the trees. Except on
the very small islands, the forest is not continuous ; but the plains and
hills are either covered with grass or small bushes, or dotted with scat-
tered trees. Here and there patches of dense wood are seen ; and gene-
rally the sides of the mountains are clothed with trees. Almost every
gulley has its stream, along the banks of which the tree ferns abound.
They are so common that the natives usually build their houses with
the trunks, as being more easily obtained than those of hardwood trees.
Some of the smaller islands are covered with forest, and uninhabited,
but resorted to by the natives for the purpose of cutting timber for their
canoes, which (like those of all the Pacific Islands) are made from the
hollowed trunks. The native timbers are of many kinds, some extremely
hard and heavy, — as in those of which the clubs are made. A species
of Casuarina furnishes the best club wood. There are two native pine
trees (a Dammara and an Araucaria), but neither appears to be much in
use.

The yam is grown in dry ground, generally on hill sides. It
requires a good deep soil, which must be well dug, and kept free of

6 PKOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

weeds during the growth of the crop. The root, when carefully culti-
vated, grows to 18 inches, or 2 feet in length, and weighs 10 to 20 or
30 lbs., or more. In shape and aspect it resembles a mangel wurzel, but
in its farinaceous property and taste it is more like the potatoe, though
botanically it is far removed from that plant. Yams are, perhaps, more
watery than the potatoe, but, if well baked, become dry, and are quite
as well tasted as ordinary potatoes. The Peejee yams are, however,
inferior to those grown in the Tonga groups, which may be owing to
difference of soil.

The sweet potato (as the edible root of a species of convolvulus is
termed) is grown occasionally, but does not constitute a staple crop.
Two kinds of arrow-root abound in the plains, and their roots are col-
lected by the natives, but I did not see them cultivated in gardens.

Almost every house has its patch of bananas, of which they cul-
tivate several varieties. These fruits are a very important element in
the food of the people, and are eaten both raw and roasted, or variously
dressed. The sugar cane is seen in a few places, and might be cultivated
to any extent. The breadfruit tree abounds, but its fruit was not in
season during my visit.

The cocoa-nut, which is generally so abundant on the shores of all
tropical islands of both hemispheres, does not seem to nourish in Feejee,
or at least is only abundant on some of the islands. In the neighbour-
hood of Bau cocoa-nuts are so scarce that they are Tabu to the common
people, being kept for the use of the chiefs. At Lakemba they abound,
and the natives manufacture a considerable quantity of oil. Where the
cocoa palm grows, its nuts, used when about half ripe, furnish the luxu-
ries of puddings and drinks ; and the husks supply fibre, of which the
natives make their very neatly plaited ropes. At dinner the milk of
the cocoa-nut is generally drunk hot, and the dessert closed by a cold nut.

The great luxury of the islands, in the way of drink, however, is
derived from the Piper methysticum, a specimen of which is on the table.
This is a large growing, shrubby pepper, which the Feejeeans call Yan-
gona, but which is elsewhere more commonly known under the name
Kcwa, or Ava. It is universally cultivated, and, on approaching a chief,
it is usual formally to present him with a piece. The method of pre-
paring a drink from this root has been often described.

[Professor Harvey next gave an account of the coral reefs and the
fisheries carried on about them, the navigation and harbours, the foreign
colonies settled in the islands, the state of the native population, their
government, ideas of religion, and superstitious practices.]

At Bau there was a celebrated large temple, before which, by
the command of its priests, many thousand victims have been killed
and eaten. As many as a hundred bodies were sometimes cooked at a single
feast. There is a stone in front of the temple against which the victim's
brains were generally dashed out as a coup de grace, before going to the
oven. It was described to me as being, in old times, rarely seen free
from blood or brains ; but when I visited it, it was overgrown with
weeds, as heathenism no longer exists at Bau. The great temple itself

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 7

has disappeared, with the exception of a double row of large upright
stones, like those of Stonehenge, which define the sacred mound on
which it stood. The ground in the centre is now converted into a burial
place for strangers, and all feeling of sanctity appears to have passed
away, not only from this, but from all the other temples, — those that
remain being used as dwelling-houses. It is remarkable, indeed, how
instantaneously the change from reverence to profanation takes place at
Feejee. A man will sell, for a couple of yards of calico, the sacred vessels
or images of a temple, which, up to the previous day, he would probably
have defended with his life, and certainly would not have profaned for
any consideration. So, too, with respect to cannibalism. The last feast
that took place in Eau occurred only ten days before the chief or king,
with 300 of his people, renounced heathenism. At this feast many
bodies were eaten, and it presented all the usual atrocities of old times.
It seemed to be a sort of farewell jollification, as well as a farewell offering
to the gods, — for all these temple feasts bear something of the character
of a religious observance.

I heard many stories of atrocities connected with cannibalism, but
they were not of very recent date ; it must not, however, be supposed
that cannibalism has ceased. On the contrary, it still prevails, and is
likely to continue, wherever it has not been overthrown by Christianity.
Whilst I was at JSTandy, in Yanna Leon, two instances occurred close to
the mission-house. I did not witness the fact, but the missionary
(according to his usual custom), went to the place to reason with the
natives, and to persuade them to give up the bodies for burial. In one
case he was partially successful, the remains of the feast having been
given up ; but in the other the savages laughed him to scorn, and con-
tinued eating the flesh in his presence. It is rarely, however, that a
Feejeean will be guilty of such rudeness. He knows our detestation of
the practice of eating human flesh, and he generally humours it by in-
dulging iu private. You would not suppose that the polite, jocose, and,
perhaps, hospitable native you were conversing with was a murderer
and man-eater, but it is often so. I paid a visit to Tui Wainunu, the
principal chief over a large district, and who is a noted cannibal, of whom
most appalling stories are told. I was anxious to procure specimens of
a tree which was only found on his property, and for this purpose paid
him a visit. I went with the captain in the ship's barge, the distance
from where we were lying at anchor being about twelve miles. We
found this petty prince residing in a large, well-built house, which may
have been 60 feet long by 30 wide, and was fully 30 feet high. It con-
sisted of a single apartment, but one end was shaded off with mats as
a sleeping-place. There was a suspended platform or loft, where his
store of cloth, &c, was kept. The cooking-place, well formed with
stones, was at one end, and at the other mats were spread, where the
chief and his family, and his guests, were seated. The humble re-
tainers crouched round the walls in the farther extremity. Eehind
where the chief sat, was a row of some fifteen well-cleaned muskets, of
which he seemed proud, for, on our departure, he fired some of them as

8 . PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

a salute. I approached him with a present of a hatchet and a large
butcher's knife, and the captain, who accompanied me, made a similar
offering. We then explained our business through an interpreter, and
he sent a pair of his gillies with me to find the trees. On my return I
found that dinner was served. To the captain and me taro-root and
water merely were supplied; but something was brought to the chief out
of a pot cooking on the fire. I thought, perhaps, it might be broth of
abominable things, and was not sorry that none was offered to us. The
chief's reception of us was most polite. To us he appeared most kind and
amiable, and when returning to the boat he helped to carry my speci-
mens, and seemed much amused with what I had been gathering. He
is a very fine-looking man, upwards of six feet high, and very well pro-
portioned, with powerful display of muscular strength. Except a very
small piece of cloth passed between his legs, he was quite naked. He
seemed to keep his people in great subjection. ."Whilst we were there
some petitioners came in, who humbly offered a gift, I suppose asking
a favour. It did not seem quite to please him, for he got up, walked
rapidly over the room and back again, slapping his thighs, and at the
same time uttering his orders in a loud tone. When thus excited, and
freely moving his limbs, he certainly had a most commanding presence.
I heard many stories of his doings, some showing great daring, and
others great cruelty. I will only mention one, which appeared to me
particularly cold-blooded and ferocious.

He had, in one of his forays, taken a village where many were
killed, and, of course, eaten ; only one little girl, of about twelve years
old, was spared, but brought away as a captive. This child lived for
several months in his house, playing with his children, and treated like
one of them. But at last, when he was going to pay a visit to a neigh-
bouring chief, he took this little girl in the canoe. Nothing passed till
they came near where they were to land, then, at a word or sign, the
girl was clubbed, her body taken on shore, and served the party and
their friends who joined them as the dainty dish of the pic-nic. The
fact of the poor little girl having lived on familiar terms in the house
for such a length of time, stamps her murder with peculiar atrocity, and
I own that, when I shook hands in parting with my polite entertainer,
I did not feel very amiably towards him. Much allowance must, how-
ever, be made for custom. To the untaught Feejeean human life has
no sanctity. It is no greater crime in his eyes to kill a man for food,
than it would be in ours to kill an ox or a sheep.

On the occurrence of the death of a chief it is customary to strangle
his women, often to the number, if he be a Turanga Leon, or noble, of
some ten to twenty. The duty is always undertaken by the next of
kin, the privilege belonging of right to the women's own children, who
generally perform the ceremony with the greatest coolness. The victims
are gaily dressed out, and the people collect from all parts to witness
the ceremony, and to admire. Some of the widows show a desire for
death, and almost all affect the wish to follow their lord and master to
the world of spirits. Occasionally a recusant occurs, but her prayers

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 9

are disregarded, and she is looked upon as a disgraced person. The mis-
sionaries have been at great pains to abolish this custom, but have
encountered much opposition. Even if the successor of the deceased
chief be disposed to acquiesce, his people, and often the brothers and
sisters of the women, interfere to require this compliance with the cus-
toms of the country. It is thought to be a dishonouring of the dead,
if companions be not sent with him to the grave. When the late king
of Bau died, it was thought a great condescension to missionary preju-
dices that only five of his fifteen wives were put to death. Mr. Calvert,
the missionary, interfered during the ceremony, and by his intercession
alone were the lives of the ten others saved. This was considered a
great victory over native customs, for similar intercession, even when
backed by the influence of captains of our vessels of war, had, on many
previous occasions, failed. Sometimes a woman of very high rank
escapes, because there is no person present who is of sufficient rank to act
as executioner. I saw a Queen Dowager of Eewa, who had escaped for
this reason. None of the surviving relations were near enough to the
throne to authorize them in strangling her. It is only as the chiefs
become converts to Christianity, that this custom— which has more hold
on the popular mind than cannibalism itself — is given up.

Propitiatory sacrifices of children are also, by the heathen Feejeeans,
frequently made to the gods, — particularly in cases of the illness of great
chiefs. The children are sometimes buried alive. Cutting and maiming
their bodies, as evidence of grief, is also common. The practice of cut-
ting off the two upper joints of the little finger, on occasion of the death
of a relative, is so common, that you rarely meet with a Eeejeean who
has not lost at least the little finger of one hand. "When the late king
of Somo Somo died, above an hundred fingers were cut off, and an eye-
witness counted seventy of them stuck in a split reed, and thrust into the
thatch of the house over the doorway.

Ethnologists class the Eeejeeans with the Papuan race, or that family
of mankind that has spread over New Guinea and several neighbouring
islands. It is obviously akin to the Australian, though superior to that
most degraded people. Dr. Ball will, I hope, state to you what pecu-
liarities are exhibited by a pair of skulls which I procured. I do not
know their history ; they were brought to me for sale the day we left
the islands.

The Eeejeeans are of moderate stature, and of a very dark brown or
blackish colour ; but some are pale, and such are called damu-damu, or
red, by their blacker countrymen. There is much more variety of
feature than we usually find in an unmixed and uncivilized race. Some
have the thick lips, broad nostrils, depressed noses, and high cheek-
bones properly characteristic of the Nigrite type; and others have
straight or even hooked noses, and lips not thicker than those of Cauca-
sians. Some of the men and women of rank are very handsome, with
good foreheads, and well-opened, expressive, black eyes. The face,
indeed, admits of a great display of expression. But there is great dif-
ference in physical development between the chiefs and the common

vol. iv. c

10 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

people. The former are generally men of stature, often six feet in
height, and proportionably muscular; the latter, in general slightly
made, and not more than five feet ten inches in height. The beard is
black, and frequently copious. The hair also black, or dark and frizzled,
but not woolly. It is worn in a variety of fashions. If a Eeejeean be
a dandy in anything, it is in the dressing of his head. There is a regular
guild of barbers, who dress hair professionally ; and this operation is as
lengthy and important as it was in the days of our great grandmothers.
The most usual fashion of wearing the hair is to comb the locks straight
out from the head, each lock, stiffened with some oily matter, being fre-
quently separately twisted. Thus the head appears about thrice its
proper diameter. Over the hair so dressed is commonly thrown a piece
of very fine white bark cloth, called a sala. This has the effect of a
turban, and certainly improves the appearance, besides protecting the
precious Avork of the barber from disarrangement. Frequently, several
of the locks behind the ear are plaited, and hang down like tassels on
the neck. Sometimes I have seen one side of the head cropped close,
whilst at the other the hair was allowed to grow into a great bush.
These were very fast men, apparently, who wore it in this fashion. Some-
times, instead of the sala, head-dresses of leaves and flowers are worn,
especially by the young ladies. I remember, in one of my rambles,
encountering a merry party of young girls with head-dresses made of
torn and crumpled leaves and flowers, very tastefully arranged. The
same parties had their ears bored, and the hole distended by large rolls
of leaves stuck in.

The sleeping-place is commonly separated by curtains formed of mats.
The beds are also of matting. But a wooden pillow is a necessary part
of the furniture. It is so contrived that the head, or rather the neck,
may rest on it without disarranging the elaborately dressed hair.

Manufactures of several kinds exist in different parts of the islands,
and specimens will now be exhibited of the native pottery, native cloth,
basket-work, &c. [Specimens of warlike implements, spears, war clubs,
hunting or birding clubs, &c, all elaborately carved, were hung round
the room.] It is surprising to think that most of these clubs and spears
were carved with implements no better than stone hatchets and chisels,
bits of shell, and such like rude tools. The natives are now well sup-
plied with European hatchets and knives ; and but few clubs are made.
In fact, these weapons have ceased to be valuable in native eyes, since
Europeans have made them acquainted with the use of fire-arms. In a
very few years neither club nor spear will be found in Eeejee, for, even
though they may not be beaten into ploughshares and pruning-hooks, they
will certainly be supplanted by rifles and revolvers. These implements
of a rude people have, therefore, their interest, and ought to find a place
in our Museum, which is designed to exhibit in epitome something illus-
trative of the history of the various races of men. It is curious, too, to
observe how similar patterns are reproduced in different ages of the world
and by the most distant peoples. Thus, one of the lamps on the table
might have been dug from an ancient Roman tumulus. Yet, what con-

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 1 1

nexion is there between the early inhabitants of Italy, and those island
savages of whom we have been speaking ? The reply is obvious : there
is just the connexion of a common origin of all mankind, and these
coincidences serve to remind us that of one blood all mankind were
made, and that all the varieties of our race make up but one species.
If one family be raised higher than another in civilization and know-
ledge, yet all are capable of being raised, as of being depressed, in the
scale. We of the white race must not pride ourselves on our superior
attainments, for our advantages have been immeasurably greater. "We
have been planted on the sunny side of the hedge. Bather let our for-
tunate lot impress on us the desire of extending the blessings of civili-
zation and true religion to these dark heathens ; and let us not withhold
our sympathy and assistance from those devoted men who have planted
the banner of the Cross in the Peejeean Archipelago. It is now twenty-
two years since Christian missionaries set foot in Peejee. During the
first fifteen years of the mission scarcely any progress was made. But
the spirit of faith and love persevered, until at last victory appears on
the side of truth. During the last few years rapid progress has been
making, and when I left the Archipelago this time twelve months, there
were nearly 30,000 natives of all grades receiving instruction, and every-
thing bore promise of a still more abundant success.

At the conclusion of this paper various objects, natural and artificial,
exhibited for its illustration, afforded matter for conversation which
occupied the rest of the evening.

The Secretary then announced, that at a meeting of the Council
held the 14th November, it had been proposed by Professor Harvey,
that the name of this Association should be changed from that of "Dublin
University Zoological Association" to that of " Dublin University Zoolo-
gical and Botanical Association." This change had been approved of
by the Board of Trinity College. The introduction of Botany, it was
hoped, would add a great deal of interest in future to the meetings of
the Association.

The Members then proceeded to ballot, when the following gentle-
men were elected : — As Honorary Member, W. Stokes, M. D. As Or-
dinary Members : — I. Bond; W. B. Brownrigg, sch. ; J". W.Warren, sch.;
P. C. Smyley ; K. Daniel, M.B. ; R P. M'Dermott, M.B., aU of Trinity
College.

FRIDAY EVENING, DECEMBER 19, 1856.

Bobert Ball, LL.D., President, in the Chair.

The Minutes of the last General Meeting having been read, were agreed
to, and signed by the Chairman.

Mr. E. Percival Wright acknowledged the receipt of the following
books: —

"Nereis Boreali-Americana." . By W. H. Harvey, M.D., V.P.
Parts I and II. 4to, coloured plates. Prom the author.

12 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

" Encyclopedic d'Histoire Naturelle," &c. Par Le Dr. Chenu.
" Coleopteres et Papillons." Royal 8vo, 2 vols., bound in one. Prom
A. H. Haliday, A.M., Y.P.

" Manual of Mollusca." By S. P. Woodward. " The Supplement."
From "W. R. Tagart, Esq., Hon. Sec.

" Entomologist's Annual for 1857." With coloured plates. Edited
by H. T. Stainton. From the Editor.

" Natural History Review for 1856." Yol. III. From the Editors.

" Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Science of Philadelphia."
Vol. YIIL, Nos. 1 and 2. And, " A Notice of the Origin, Progress, and
Present Condition of the Academy." By Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger.
1 852. From the Academy.

" Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History." Yol. V.,
Nos. 12 to 21. May, 1-855, to April, 1856. From the Society.

A. H. Haliday then read the following Paper from "W. Smith,
F.L.S., Professor of Nat. Hist. Q,. C. Cork, Corresponding Member: —

MEMORANDA, CHIEFLY BOTANICAL, OF AN EXCURSION TO THE PYRENEES IN
THE SUMMER OF 1856. PART I.

The completion of an uninterrupted railway communication between
Paris and Bordeaux, and the opening of the line between this last city
and Bayonne, have brought the magnificent scenery of the Pyrenees
within the reach of a class of travellers to whom the time, expense,
and fatigue, formerly required by a long and monotonous diligence route
of more than five hundred miles, presented insuperable difficulties. The
access to these interesting mountains will be further facilitated by the
completion, in about two years, of the railway now in progress between
Bayonne and Pau ; so that professional men and naturalists, most of
whom fall under the same category as the travellers I have just men-
tioned, will be able, during the few weeks of their annual vacation, and
at a comparatively small outlay of labour and money, to explore the
valleys and scale the heights of a district full of natural beauty, teeming
with objects interesting to the student of nature, and possessing, in com-
parison with other mountainous districts of western Europe, what to
many will be the greatest charm of all — the recommendation of novelty.
To such persons the casual notes of a confrere may possess some interest
and value. Having experienced the difficulty of obtaining precise
and reliable information with regard to the districts most likely to be
productive to the naturalist, I venture to hope that those under whose
notice these memoranda may fall may, to some extent, be saved the
trouble of inquiry, or spared the mortification of disappointment. I
may mention, as a hint to those who may be doubtful as to the nature
of the accommodation to be found in the mountains, that clean, if not
very comfortable, lodgings may be met with in most of the valleys of the
Hautes Pyrenees ; and that ladies who can ride on horseback may tra-
verse the principal passes, and ascend to the most remarkable mountain
sites, without fatigue or danger. I was accompanied in the present
excursion by my wife, and we found no difficulties in our rambles that

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 13

unduly taxed our courage or endurance. One point, however, requires
consideration, as regards lodgings in the chief watering-places of these
mountains. If the traveller visit them at the height of the season —
that is, during the month of July and the beginning of August — he may
often fail in procuring hotel accommodation, and may be obliged to pay
dearly for small and ill-furnished rooms in the private houses of the
inhabitants. This we found, to our cost, at Cauteretz, which on our
arrival was filled with a crowd of fashionable loungers from Bordeaux,
Lyons, and Paris, and could only afford us a comfortless apartment, at
the price of £2 per week. Happily, the arrangements for "boarding"
their numerous visitors are better cared for by their mountain hosts,
and traiteurs and table d'hotes supply excellent provisions, at a very
moderate cost.

We landed at Havre on the 14th of June, and having easily cleared
our baggage, with which, as it included a microscope and other appa-
ratus, I had anticipated some difficulty, we took up our quarters at
the Hotel Erascati, beautifully situated on the beach without the forti-
fications, and free from the various and noisy accompaniments of a flou-
rishing seaport. A few days were devoted to rambles in the immediate
neighbourhood, to collecting Algae on the shore, and plants on the heights
of Cap de la Heve and the pleasant promontory of " Les Phares." No
novelties were, however, detected, the vegetation and insect life being
that with which I had been long familiar on the opposite coasts. The
strangely bizarre form of the Centaur ea Calcitrapa (star thistle) fre-
quently met our regards, and the brilliant purple of the Echium vulgar*
(viper's bugloss), and deep blue of the Salvia pratensis (wild sage),
claimed our notice and admiration. Amidst these flitted in the sun-
beams the AnthroceraFilipendulce (scarlet burnet moth), and the cerulean-
winged Polyommatus Argiolus (azure-blue butterfly), both frequent on
the Sussex Downs, and favourites during my residence at Lewes.

A morning's excursion to Trouville, on the opposite shores of the
estuary of the Seine, here about seven miles wide, enabled me to collect
a few plants that proved interesting. The sandy hillocks were coloured
deep blue, with a profuse bloom of Veronica Teucrium, a species unknown
on the English coasts, and whose large and handsome corolla strongly
contrasts with its small, procumbent stems. The same locality supplied
me with numerous specimens of Bupleurum tenuissimum, a denizen of the
British isles, but very local in its distribution. Here it was growing on
the sand hills. Our English botanists describe it as an inhabitant of
muddy salt-marshes. I cannot account for this difference in its tastes
on the opposite sides of the Channel. Silene conica, another rarity in
Britain, was here abundant, together with a far more common plant,
Phleum arenarium; a brown and very active Cicindela and an Ichneumon
fly were also numerous ; but the species were not known to me*. We
returned from Trouville by Harfleur, descending into the latter town by
a long and handsome avenue of trees, forming a grand approach to a
dull and dilapidated town, of about 12,000 inhabitants, but beautifully
situated, and interesting from its historical associations.

14 ritOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Not being pressed for time, and being anxious to see my friend, M. de
Brebisson at Falaise, we determined to forego the advantages of the rail-
way to Paris, and, crossing Normandy, to take up the great southern line
at Tours. This we easily accomplished by passing, in a small river
steamer, from Havre to Caen, and thence, by diligence, to Falaise and
Alenqon. In the latter old and curious town we found comfortable
apartments in the " Grand Cerf," an hotel not commended by Murray.

From Alengon to Le Mans we availed ourselves of the branch of the
Paris and Brest Railroad, just completed between the former towns, and
passed by diligence from Le Mans to Tours. During this portion of our
journey I had no opportunity of herborizing, and could only note a few
incidents in passing through a country singularly like, in its hedgerows
and farm-yards, many of the agricultural districts of England. In the
corn-fields near Argenton and Seeze, a species of the grape hyacinth
(Muscari comosum), not found in Britain, together with the corn-cockle
(Agrostemma lithago), became notably conspicuous ; and as we ap-
proached the Chateau du Loir, half-way between Le Mans and Tours,
and descended into the valley of the Loire, the influence of a more
southern sun became obvious in the acacia hedges that lined the roads,
and the vineyards which occupied the fields. Mulberry trees were also
frequent ; but whether they were planted for ornament only, or for the
nourishment of the silkworms, I was not able to ascertain. One feature
in the home culture of the peasantry, so frequent in north Italy, struck me
as peculiar to this part of France, viz., the training of the vines on trellis-
work around the cottages and farm-yards. In districts more exclusively
devoted to the production of wine, this picturesque mode of growth is
rarely encouraged, the vine stalks being carefully pruned to the size of
low shrubs, and staked as raspberry bushes are in England : so that the
appearance of a wine country is formal and monotonous, and to the eye
of the traveller far inferior, in point of interest and beauty, to the hop
gardens of Kent and Sussex. We noticed throughout our journey across
Normandy that the orchards, so frequent in this district, were wholly
devoid of any promise of fruit. This failure of the apple crop excited
universal complaint, as cider, the common beverage of the people, had,
in consequence of the blight, become as dear as wine, and was quite
above the means of the ordinary purchaser. This blight of apples, and of
other pomaceous fruit, we afterwards found, had been general through-
out England and Ireland.

A delay of three days at Tours enabled us to form some estimate of the
extent of the injuries inflicted by the late inundations of the Loire. The
river was only just subsiding within its banks, and had left on either
side vast tracts of mud and sand, which concealed from view the rich
vegetation and luxuriant crops that had a few days before promised
abundance to the cultivators of the soil. By ascending to the turrets of
Plessis les Tours, " the castellated den of the tyrant Louis XL," we were
enabled to obtain a view, extending for many miles, along the valleys of
the Cher and the Loire, and, as far as the eye could reach, nothing was
to be seen in the lower grounds but a waste of sand. Many years must

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 15

be required to remedy the effects of such a desolation, as the depth of
the deposit, often from one to two feet in thickness, precludes the pos-
sibility of its removal. When it is remembered that the same scene of
destruction extended for nearly 200 miles along the banks of the Loire,
some idea may be formed of the amount of labour and the value of the
crops buried beneath the debris of this desolating flood.

One of our mornings at Tours was devoted to a visit to Mettray, and
spent in a most interesting examination of the Keformatory School, es-
tablished by the philanthropic efforts of M. deMetz and M. de Courteilles,
the former of whom still lives to witness and rejoice in the success of his
benevolent and holy labours. The mild and paternal, , but firm and
energetic, address of M. de Metz assures the stranger that he has before
him a man of exalted views and disinterested purpose, whose character
is sufficient to guarantee the success of any enterprise in which he might
engage ; and a careful scrutiny of the plans and labours of the Mettray
establishment shows that the undertaking is one of the noblest to which
such means can be devoted, and merits the success it has attained. Some
of the rewards applied to stimulate exertion, and the punishments to
repress idleness or vice, may appear too sentimental or theoretic to suit
the colder atmosphere of a more northern climate ; but the system, as a
whole, addresses the common affections and feelings of humanity, and
is capable of application to the criminal or neglected population of every
country ; and it is no small reflection upon the humanity and enlight-
enment of Britain that Mettray should have been working successfully
for sixteen years in a field of benevolent labour, that we are only begin-
ning to recognise as having claims upon the zeal and effort of every Chris-
tian philanthropist and enlightened politician.

The corn-fields in the neighbourhod of Mettray supplied me with
abundant specimens of Specularia Speculum (Yenus' looking-glass), and
Melampyrum cristatum — the first unknown in Britain, except as a garden
annual, and the second confined to a few of the eastern counties in Eng-
land, and not a denizen of our Irish soil.

On the 26th of June we left Tours for Bordeaux, and reached the
latter town, in about nine hours, by the Great Southern Railway. The
country passed through during 'the drive was monotonous and uninte-
resting, and as we approached Bordeaux became more so, from the vast
increase of vineyards. The weather also was becoming intolerably hot,
which rendered travelling by day fatiguing, and induced us to hasten
through Bordeaux, and locate ourselves 35 miles further on, at the
village of Arcachon, on the great salt-water lagoon of the same name,
where we hoped the heat of the sun might be tempered by the neigh-
bourhood of the sea. In this, however, we were disappointed — not a
breath of air disturbed the heated atmosphere, and the sandy hills of the
Landes, covered with forests of pines, and reeking with the odour of resin,
which exudes from the wounds with which the trunk of every tree is
gashed, did not contribute to mitigate the enervating influences of the
air, which maintained throughout our stay a temperature of from 78° to
86° Fahrenheit. Had herborizing been practicable, many novelties

1 6 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

would, no doubt, have rewarded the search. A short ramble into the
forest, accomplished during the brief twilight of one of the least oppres-
sive of our evenings, supplied me with magnificent specimens of Ileli-
anthemum guttatum (spotted rock rose), which is recorded in Power's
"Flora of the County of Cork" to have been found at Three-Castle-
Head, in the barony of West Carbery, and is said to have been collected
in the islands of Anglesea, Man, and jersey ; but which is, doubtless, in
every case, a wanderer from more southern habitats, and must be es-
teemed one of the rarest of British plants. Cistus salvifolius and Erica
arborea, the latter (not in flower) forming shrubs of 10 or 12 feet high,
were also plentiful.

Insect life was in great profusion, and during the hottest period
of the day the garden of our hotel was visited by hundreds of the
humming-bird moth, and other Lepidoptera by no means frequent in our
colder latitudes.

The marshes near Arcachon are numerous, and would, doubtless,
prove prolific of DiatomaceaB and other microscopic forms, both of vege-
table and animal life. The only gathering which I made contained
several interesting species ; but I forbear in this paper to mention my
collections in this department, having already communicated the detailed
results of my journey as regards the Diatomaceae to the editors of the
"Annals of Natural History."

On the 30th of June we proceeded by railway to Bayonne, and,
passing through this old and curious town, sought cooler quarters at
Biaritz, on the rocky shores of the Bay of Biscay, a village rapidly rising
into the importance of a town, and well deserving the patronage it re-
ceives from all ranks of the French people. Its situation is charming, and
its rocks — the only rocks on the west coast of France for many hundreds
of miles — are bold and imposing, and full of interest to the scientific
visitor. In many places they consist of a conglomerated mass of JVum-
mulites, whose forms stand out from the water- worn surface, and attract
the notice and wonder of the least geological observer.

The hotel accommodation at Biaritz is excellent, and (when the new
and handsome chateau of the Empress is not occupied by its illustrious
owners, and the town crowded by their suite) is amply sufficient for the
traveller's wants. We remained nearly a week at Biaritz, enjoying the
refreshing breezes of its noble bay, and admiring the abandon of its
numerous bathers, exploring its rocky pools, and rifling its flowery
fields, and only tore ourselves away from its numerous attractions in
obedience to a sense of duty which forbade us to linger amidst its softer
pleasures, while the sterner attractions of the Pyrenees, the goal of our
pilgrimage, lay within our view, and invited us to a wider, though more
laborious field of observation and research. The coast at Biaritz yielded
me a few interesting Nullipores, and Algae of the smaller sorts, and the
fields around added to my herbarium Erica vagam, the richly perfumed
Daphne Cneorum, Lithospermum purpuro-cceruleum, Ly thrum Thymifolia,
and L. Hyssopifolia, with other less uncommon plants.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 1 7

The ballot having been opened, the following were elected as Ordi-
nary Members : — W. J. Cooper, A.B., and "W. R. Reynall, Trin. Coll.

Capt. M'Clintock, R.N., was proposed by Mr. E. Percival Wright for
election as an Honorary Member.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OE DUBLIN.

WEDNESDAY EVENING, NOVEMBER 12, 1856.

The first meeting of the Society for the Session 1856-7 was held in
35, Trinity College, on the evening of the 12th November,

Gilbeet Sandebs, Esq., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the Minntes of the last meeting, which were
passed; and the following Paper was read by Robebt H. Scott, Esq.,
C. E. :—

ON THE CAEBONIFEEOIIS BEDS OE KILLYBEGS, CO. DONEGAL.

Having had occasion this summer to make a geological section, I,
in company with a fellow-student, Mr. J. A. Russell, selected Killy-
begs as a locality suitable for the purpose. The strata there are Silu-
rian, mainly converted into mica slate, with sandstone and carbonife-
rous shale appearing in two districts. One of these, which I shall first
describe, is the N. W. boundary of the central carboniferous basin of
Ireland.

In the Eox's Glen, the bed of a stream which flows into Inver
Bay, near St. John's Point, we came on black, shaly limestone, con-
taining a great profusion of fossils. Here we found encrinitic stems,
Atrypa fallax, Spirifer glaber, and Orthis filiaria, with several others.
These beds of shale, with some of sandstone interstratified with them,
occur along the whole of St. John's Point, as far as we went, which
was only to Ballyderlan. In Mr. Griffith's map the whole Point is of
the same colour, excepting a small belt at the extreme end, where the
lower limestone appears. This we were unable to verify, as the distance
by land was very great, and the weather did not suit for going there by
sea. Along the shore the most remarkable fossils were, a very large
Orthis, which I am told is 0. papilionacea, and Lithostration basalti-
forme. Plants have also been discovered in this shale.

We then crossed St. John's Point to a place near Riggagh Back,
where we found the same shales as at the other side. At the point of
Riggagh there is a small fault, very well marked. About 200 yards to
the west of this, we find the junction of the sandstone and shale, which
are perfectly conformable. When we passed M'Swyne's Castle we
began to find traces of plants in great abundance in this sandstone. At
one spot, about fifty yards east of a brook which comes down from
Spamount, we came on a lenticular mass of shaly limestone, similar to

VOL. IV. D

18 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

that which we had just left, and containing the same fossils. This
widens out as it goes inland : we traced it for some distance to the back
of the village of Dunkineely. It is sometimes very hard to find this bed
on the beach, as in some winds it is nearly covered by the shingle, so
that it might easily be overlooked. At the point of Darney we found
a trap dyke cutting across the bedding in a direction nearly perpendi-
cular to the strike. It is very clearly marked, and is the only place
where we observed trap penetrating the sandstone, although we found
a good many dykes through the mica slate. About this locality Stigma-
riae occur in the greatest abundance. The fossil tree which Mr. Byron
discovered last year, and which is in the Museum of the Dublin Society,
was found near this dyke. We also found Sigillarise and some leaves
in the shaly beds which occur through the sandstones ; however, the
species is not perceptible in any of the specimens which we were able
to obtain. At Bruckless Tannery the sandstone changes into a red
conglomerate ; however, the character of the shales is not altered. The
lowest beds of this conglomerate are exceedingly coarse ; they may be
observed very well in the bed of the river at Hollybrook, and in the
cutting for a new road opposite Killaghtee Chapel. The mica slate ap-
pears underlying the sandstone a little beyond the bridge at Holly-
brook. '

At Green Island, in M'Swyne's Bay, we have greenish slates with
trap overlying them This island can be reached by land at very low
tides. At the back of Carntullagh, the headland which divides
M'Swyne's and Killybegs Bays, we found reddish slates and sandstones,
of a character different from those at Bruckless, and dipping at a higher
angle. These appear to be the beds which are converted into mica slate
in other parts. The centre of this headland of Carntullagh, and of
that of Drimanoo, at the other side of Killybegs Bay, is occupied by
trap, flanked on either side by mica slate.

The constitution of the other district, which commences at Fin-
tragh, three miles west of Killybegs, is similar to that of the district
already described, but presents greater variety, in consequence of its
being intersected by faults, some of which are of importance. The
district is a complete basin, the beds dipping inwards all round. "We
commenced at Fintragh strand, where we found mica slate, and soon
came on the junction with the sandstone, the lowest beds of which
were not as coarse as in the other places where we observed the junc-
tion. The sandstone in this basin is not marked by such a profusion
of fossil plants as that under Dunkineely. In the overlying shale
in this place we observed plants in one or two places, very indis-
tinct. It is full of Turbinolia fungites and Encrinites, especially the
former. It seems to be a purer limestone than that at St. John's Point,
being harder, and of a bluish instead of a black colour. It has been
worn out into caves in several places. About a quarter of a mile beyond
the promontory of the Rinn we came on a fault in the limestone, and
further on, before we reached Shalwy, we found beds of black shale,
containing nodules, some of which appear to be impure ironstone. This

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OE DUBLIN. 19

shale has been sometimes used by the blacksmiths of the neighbourhood
in place of better fuel, and has been found to serve their purpose to a
certain extent. Immediately underlying this bed we met the sand-
stone again, with abundance of plants : in one locality, close to Shalwy
shore, we found a bed of yellowish shale at the bottom of the cliff, with
Stigmarise scattered through it : these are exposed by the action of the
sea, which removes the shale from around them, and leaves them pro-
truding from the face of the cliff. ~Not far from this spot, at the oppo-
site side of the beach, we found a coarse conglomerate, similar to that
which we had met with at Hollybrook, and the mica slate underlying
it. From this to Muckrossallagh we observed, in two isolated patches,
a skin of this red conglomerate, bleached white, resting on the mica
slate. This is further exemplified by the appearance of an outlier of
this same conglomerate, forming an island at a place where only mica
slate appears on the shore. Before we reached Muckross we saw the
Pigeon Caves, which have been excavated by the sea at the junction of
the slate and sandstone. Their appearance, owing to the light reflected
from their flooring of mica slate, is extremely beautiful.

From Muckrossallagh to the extreme end of the headland there is
shale similar to that at the Binn : however, its strike is different from
that of any of the other beds along the coast.

We were unable to trace the sandstone inland, owing to our having
but little time. Prom the appearance of the country it seems probable
that the mountain of Crownarad bounds it on the western side.

I may add, that we observed sandstone similar to that at Dunkineely,
and as full of fossils, at Mountcharles, near Donegal. This we did not
notice until we were leaving the country, when we walked into a quarry
on the hill, which leads up to the town on the west side, while our car
was going up the hill.

Professor Haughton expressed his pleasure at hearing Messrs.
Scott and Russell's paper. A controversy had arisen between Irish
geologists and some of their friends on the Geological Survey as to the
true age of the plant beds in the north and south of Ireland. Mr.
Haughton considered that Mr. Scott had clearly established the position
of the northern plant beds, as immediately overlying the Old Red Con-
glomerate ; and as there could be no doubt of the true carboniferous
character of the plants of Donegal, he thought they threw much light
on the corresponding beds of the south of Ireland, which, in his opinion,
could not be considered as anything but carboniferous.

Mr. Scott observed that the visitor to Killybegs would have other
geology besides that of the carboniferous beds, which would be well
worth investigation. There is also in that neighbourhood some of the
finest cliff scenery on the coast of Ireland, viz., the cliffs of Slieve
League and Glencolumkille, which are at present hardly known, in
consequence of the difficulty of communication which has hitherto ex-
isted, but which is now to a great extent removed.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

J. It. Kinahan, Esq., M.B., then read his paper —

ON ANNELIDOID TRACKS IN THE ROCKS OF BRAY HEAD, COUNTY OF WICKLOW.

All traces of animal remains, how indistinct soever, met with in
rocks so low down in the series as the Cambrian, mnst be looked on as
important. I have, therefore, ventured to bring before the Society-
to-night some unmistakeable animal traces which came under my no-
tice, during the past summer, in the Cambrian rocks of Bray Head,
county of Wicklow, and which, as far as I know, have been hitherto
undescribed, if not unnoticed. They occur in such abundance, and are
so unmistakeably marked, that there can be no difficulty in detecting
them. As to their nature, they would appear to be rather animal tracks
than the remains of animals, being the nlled-up burrows of some borer,
probably annelidan. They occur, for the most part, in company with
the beds of Oldhamia, although there would not appear to be any actual
connexion between the two. The chief beds of them occur on a small
cove situated on the N.E. side of Bray Head, immediately after round-
ing the hill from Bray. Here a number of low-lying, somewhat slant-
ing, beds of green and red slate occur, chiefly as detached rocks lying
off shore, but left dry by the tide at low water. The tracks are found
also in several places along the whole shore to Greystones, and also on
the top of the hill.*

They occur as rounded tubuli, running either vertical to or in the
same direction as the bedding ; in the former case they present a circu-
lar, in the latter an ellipsoidal section. They vary much in appearance,
and are of every length, from 1 inch to upwards of 2 feet ; and, in dia-
meter, from the thickness of common sewing-thread to 0*3 inch and
upwards. There appear to be at least two different kinds of them :
some of those running in the same plane as the bedding, differing
much from the vertical tracks. These latter are generally long, and
of nearly the same diameter throughout, except at their upper ex-
tremity, where they spread out into a rounded knob, as though the ex-
tremity of the tubes were cupped. This form occurs also running nearly
horizontally to the beds ; the thread- sized tubuli differ from them also
chiefly in the fact of their occurring in pairs. The other set of fossils
are seldom more than an inch in length, and taper away to each end. '
They occur best marked in a gritty red slate, with numerous shining
black particles through its substance. The thread worms occur, gene-
rally in the red beds, in immense profusion, closely resembling those
tracks detected by Mr. Salter in the Cambrian rocks of the Longmynd
(Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, London, 1856, p. 246); they are here associated
with Oldhamia antiqua ; they occur also, though rarely, in greenish-
gray beds of Oldhamia radiata, being then in the direction of the bedding.

* Since the above was read, the author, in company -with R. Scott, Esq., C.E., found,
in a compact green rock, traces of a different character from those here detailed, probably
molluscan, in company with remains similar to those fossils commonly called " Fucoids,"
which he hopes to describe at a future period.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 21

The commonest tracks, however, are those first mentioned, which are to be
found in the greatest numbers in the beds over and underlying beds of
Oldhamia radiata, though found even intersecting these beds themselves.
One track was found which could be traced from the red bed beneath the
Oldhamia, and through, or at least into, a red bed above the Oldhamia.
The system of beds in which they are most abundant, as seen here, is
generally 5 feet thick, and made up as follows : above and overlying
the system, a layer of green quartzose rocks of compact texture, having
its surface in parts ripple-marked, and overlaid by a layer of Oldhamia
radiata ; next a bed of red shaly slate, often much disintegrated, with
slight traces of Oldhamia and a few vertical tracks ; next, a red gritty
slate, with black points scattered through it, the tubuli few, and gene-
rally of the kind with tapering extremities ; next, a compact bed of red
slate, intersected in every direction with tracks ; the whole bed, as it
were, knit together by them ; next, a layer of Oldhamia radiata, pale-
grayish in its colour, from 0-25 inch to 3 inches in thickness ; tracks
generally few in number (this bed sometimes more or less stained with
red) ; next, a bed of red shaly slate or compact red slate; tracks in the
former case few and vertical ; in the latter numerous ; then a red fissile
slate bed, in which I did not detect any tracks (this bed often want-
ing) ; then the gritty red bed : — this system, with slight variations,
occurring three or four times over, and resting on the green quartzose
rocks.

In many places the red beds are much thinned out, and occur only
as veins three or four inches thick.

Short vertical tubuli (vide Plate I.) occur in nodules, which are abun-
dant in the green quartzose beds in parts. Mr. Salter, who accompanied
me here on one occasion, pointed out, on the lower face of one of the
beds, rounded knobs corresponding to the cupped termination of the
tubuli and rounded elevations, casts of trails of worms on the top of
the mud. He also obtained one or two imperfect specimens of these
last in the white quartz rocks, which here protrude. Though frequently
found crossing, on careful examination I was unable to detect any
branching among these tubuli. When closely examined they are found
to be made up of concentric lamina?, of about the thickness of ordinary
writing-paper, depressed in the centre, like a pile of watch-glasses. In
every instance the tubuli are found to be of a different colour and tex-
ture from the surrounding rocks, as though their contents had undergone
some chemical or other change, such as we know is communicated by
recent Annelidans to the sand which passes through their bodies. In
some instances the rock in immediate contact with the tubuli was found
to be stained of a darker colour, like that which is frequently found in
the circumference of the burrow of Arenicola ; this is chiefly seen in the
rounded, tapering tubuli.

The vertical tubuli found in the quartzose rock differ in shape from
the others here described, tapering gradually from above downwards.
Even after a very careful examination I could not satisfy myself as to
whether any of these animals possessed a tube or not ; if they did, it
must have been membranous, and many things about the tracks seem

22 PKOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

to point to its existence, at least in some cases. I think I am justified
in stating, that there is nothing more than an accidental connexion
between these tubuli and Oldhamia ; indeed, it appears nearly certain
that some, at least, of the animals, whether molluscan or annelidan, by
which these tubuli were made, must have lived not merely posterior to
the death of the Oldhamia, whose remains make up these layers, but
even after the deposition of a layer of mud on these remains. And I
cannot conclude without expressing my firm conviction that a careful
research, by other and more practised hands, cannot fail to bring to light
even more interesting remains than these here described ; for, as may
be gathered from the result of this hurried examination, every kind of
rock here furnishes us with some trace or other of animal life.

EXPLANATION OF ACCOMPANYING PLATE.

Fig. I. — Tracks in gray beds of Oldhamia radiata ; — showing (a) vertical tubes ; (6)

thread-like do. ; (c) laminated structure of tubuli.
Fig. II. — (a) Vertical tubes ; (6) thread-like parallel tubuli.
Fig. III. — Tracks from red bed, showing crossing tubuli.
Fig. IV. — Vertical tubulus from green quartzose rock.
Fig. V Tracks in red beds, showing Tubulus curved on itself in connexion with Oldhamia

antiqua.

Note. — The Oldhamia occurring in connexion with the tubuli is not shown in
Figures 1, 2, 3, and 5.

Dr. Kinahan exhibited numerous specimens in illustration of his
paper, which gave rise to an interesting discussion, in which many of
the members of the Society present joined.

WEDNESDAY EVENING, DECEMBER 10, 1856.

J. B. Jukes, Esq., F.B.S., in the Chair.

The Chairman announced that since their last meeting they had to
lament the death of their late Assistant Secretary, Mr. Hitchcock, an
event which no one regretted more than himself.

Mr. Hartstonge Robinson, and J. Maguire, C. E., being proposed and
seconded, were elected members of the Society.

Mr. W. L. "Willson then read his paper : —

ON THE GEOLOGY OF THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF KENMARE.

The valley of Kenmare is about one mile broad at the town, from
whence it extends eastwards, gradually becoming narrower for about
nine miles, to the village of Kilgarvan. The rock forming the bottom
of the valley is the lower carboniferous limestone, which consists of
beds of a pale gray crystalline limestone, much jointed and cleaved,
the latter giving a thinly laminated and platy structure to the rock. The
lowest beds are of a darker gray, and often deep blue colour, and are
seen to rest upon blue and black shales and gray grits, with purple slates
and sandstones, both upon the north and south of the valley. The
general strike of the limestone and other beds in the Kenmare Valley is
about 25° north of east ; this strike is very constant for miles over this
district.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 23

Some good sections of the lower beds of the limestone, and the rocks
immediately beneath, are seen here and there along both the northern and
southern boundaries, but particularly the latter. I shall notice two or
three of these sections proceeding from the town of Kenmare eastward
to Kilgarvan. At Eoughty Bridge, about two miles from Kenmare in
this direction, we have a section which, in descending order, consists
of the following rocks : — First, blue and gray thick-bedded limestone,
with crinoidal fragments ; then abed of pale purple crinoidal limestone,
which rests upon blue and black shales and slates, in the upper part of
which are thick calcareous bands abounding with fossils.* These beds
rest again upon hard gray and yellowish gray grits, with narrow beds of
gray gritty slates, also fossiliferous. The latter beds are particularly
well seen under the principal arch of Eoughty Bridge. And, finally,
these beds rest upon dull red and purple slates and grits, with occasional
green bands, the upper portion of which are often calcareous. The thick-
ness of these rocks here, between the limestone and the red slates, is
about seventy feet ; at the Bridge they all dip to the north at about 70°,
but become nearly flat and are much twisted immediately under the
Bridge to the south, both in the river and on the opposite side from this
spot. The black shales and slates on which the limestone rests are seen
to dip suddenly to the south and north again, thus forming a small basin
or trough of the lower beds of the carboniferous limestone at this place,
about a quarter of a mile west of Eoughty Bridge, and immediately south
of a place called White House on the map. The limestone is seen dip-
ping north at 80°, and a little north of this again, in an old quarry on
the edge of the Kenmare road, opposite Killowen House, the limestone
is seen to dip south at 70°. The dip here is well marked by a bed of soft
black shale, which divides the thick beds of gray crystalline limestone.

The next place where the dip is well seen in the limestone is in
crossing the valley to the north, in the Cleady river, close to Kilpatrick
grave-yard, where there is a well-marked dip of 55° to 70° to the south;
and further along the northern boundary of the limestone, at Ardtully
copper mine, where the limestone is well exposed and fossiliferous, the
dip is observed to be north at 80°. Thus it will be seen that the lime-
stone forming the valley of Kenmare does not dip uniformly to the north
from the southern boundary, or south from the northern boundary —
thus forming one simple synclinal trough of great thickness — but is

* Mr. Salter has been kind enough to give me the following list of fossils got near
Eoughty Bridge : —

Fossils of Carboniferous Slate overlying the thin beds of Argillaceous Sandstone.

Spirifer disjunctus. — Sow.
Strophomena crenistria. — Phill.
Orthis filiaria.— Phill.
Stems of Actinocrinus.

„ Poteriocrinus.

„ Rhodocrinus.
Fenestella, rare.

24 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

probably made up of a series of small contortions, from north to south,
across the valley, repeating the same beds over again, and thereby dimi-
nishing the apparent thickness we should otherwise have of these beds.
Along the northern side of the river Koughty the limestone is seen to
form rough mounds and rocky knolls here and there in the ground,
being quite massive in outward appearance, but still seen to retain the
usual laminated and slaty structure when fractured, and often contained
irregular bands of chert. I remarked that the dip surfaces of the rocks
which face the valley are much water- worn and rudely furrowed by
water-action in that direction. If we now trace this limestone from
Clontoo, a little south of Ardtully copper mine, eastwards, we see that
immediately east of this place it suddenly changes the hitherto constant
strike, and becomes much contorted on its northern boundary. Coming
round to the south to Ardtully House, close to which there is a quarry,
in which the limestone is seen to have a northerly strike, dipping south-
west at 70° north. Close to this quarry at Fassa Bridge the blue and
black slates and shales, similar to those beds noticed as the rocks on which
the limestone rested at Roughty Bridge, on its southern boundary, are
seen dipping under the limestone. From Ardtully House the limestone
forms an irregular boundary eastwards, and being contorted, and curving
round to the north by Fassa Bridge, is again seen, about 500 feet east of
the latter place, in a large quarry close to the old road to Kilgarvan,
dipping south at 60°, and resting upon the black and blue slates and
shales mentioned as occurring at Fassa Bridge. From this the northern
boundary of the limestone continues pretty steady in an easterly direc-
tion to the police barrack, situated at the west end of the village of Kil-
garvan, and is seen constantly in junction, or nearly so, with the black
and blue shales and slates which bound it on the north from Fassa
Bridge. But, before leaving Ardtully, I would beg to notice the sudden
manner in which this band of limestone, and the rocks southwards
(hitherto seen to form a broad band across the valley) narrow from
Clontoo to Ardtully. Between Ardtully and Roughty Bridge, on the
southern boundary of the limestone, immediately north of Kilgortaree
House, on the map, we see the same rocks as we have at Roughty
Bridge, viz., gray grit, slates, &c, dipping still north at 80° south of
Ardtully House, and in the bend of the river Roughty a good section of
the limestone is seen. The beds seem to dip south at 75°, consisting of
massive pale gray limestone, then thin beds of fine crystalline lime-
stone, with hard siliceous layers weathering out like chert bands, which
are succeeded by thin beds of white and greenish compact marble,
separated again by thin layers of pale greenish shale, which do not appear
to be calcareous. These beds are seen again in the line of strike, a little
to the east of Ardtully Old Bridge, about a quarter of a mile distant from
this spot, and appear to dip still south at 55° in the former section ;
south of Ardtully, immediately south of the chert and siliceous lime-
stones, we see dark red and purple slates and grits apparently dipping
north at 80°. If these dips be correct, there must necessarily be a fault
along the southern boundary of the limestone cutting off some of the

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 25

lower beds of the limestone, and the beds immediately beneath it, which
we have traced from Roughty Bridge to Kilgortaree House, a mile dis-
tant from this point. "We see no trace of these beds along here between
these points. The fact of a fault existing here along the southern
boundary of the limestone would account, in some measure, for the sudden
narrowing and apparent thinning of the limestone, as well as the absence
of the beds beneath it at this point. I shall now trace the limestone
eastwards to Kilgarvan village, where I think there is further evidence
of the existence of an east and west fault, which commences a little
south-east of the village, and follows nearly the course of the river
Roughty westwards, terminating nearly opposite Clantoo, where the
limestone suddenly becomes so narrow. Prom the river Roughty, south
of Kilgarvan, up to that village, we see a good section of the rocks.
In the river we have dull red and purple slates, parts of which are calca-
reous; these beds strike nearly east and west, and dip north at 85°; about
200 feet north of the spot, we find strong beds of limestone and black
shales striking south-east, and dipping south-west at 45°. Thus, these
beds, if prolonged in this strike, would abut against the red slates, which
are seen in the river to strike east and west, and dip north at 85°. There-
fore, there must be a fault here running nearly east and west down the
river Roughty, which cuts off the lowest beds of the limestone, as well
as the band of black and blue shales and grits, and the band represented
by No. 2 in the accompanying section, which is the upper part of the
Old Red Sandstone containing the yellow beds : —

Section across Kenmare Valley, half a mile west of Kilgarvan, on the scale, both vertical
and horizontal, of two inches to one mile.
a. Road. 4. Lower Limestone.

6. Road. 3. Carboniferous Slate.

c. Roughty river. 2. Yellow Sandstone.

d. Glebe-house. 1. Old Red Sandstone.

e. Kenmare road.
/. Stream.

g. Owbeg river.
h. New road.

I shall now draw your attention to the ground north and north-west
of Kilgarvan, through which this section is drawn. It is drawn from
Carrigagreenane Hill, about two miles and a half north-west of Kilgar-
van, to a stream south of Carrignagown Hill, about two miles south-
west of Kilgarvan. I shall commence at the river Roughty, and notice
the rocks seen in the section to the northern end. We see, first, this
band of limestone forming a band along the northern side of the river
Roughty ; the dip of the beds seem to be south from the road to Ken-

VOL. VT. v.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

marc, where a junction is seen between the limestone and the black
slates and shales beneath. Passing from thence, we cross over a low,
undulating country, formed by these contortions in the limestone and
the rocks immediately beneath them, till we come to this last undula-
tion, in which the limestone is seen to dip south at the Owbeg riverr
from thence we have an almost unbroken section of rocks seen up the
Owbeg river to Carrigagreenane, the northern end. Commencing at the
limestone at the Owbeg river, we find, in descending order, the following
thickness of rocks: — First, about 200 feet of blue and gray crystalline
limestone; then about 120 feet of blue and black shales and slates, the
upper portion being very calcareous or fossiliferous ; again, about 100
feet of gray and yellowish-gray grits, with gray gritty slates ; then about
3000 feet of dark purple slates and grits, alternating evenly, grits pre-
dominating ; then about 1800 feet of greenish- gray grits and slate
bands, with thin bands of purple slate and conglomerates in the lower
beds, pebbles of white quartz and jasper being common ; beneath these
again we have about 1400 feet here; but the thickness of these beds is
much greater, as on the southern side of the section, where they average
2100 feet; then we have here a tolerably clear section from the lime-
stone at the Owbeg river, where we start from carboniferous limestone,
to Carrigagreenane, two miles up northwards, showing a total thick-
ness of 6200 feet of rocks, which seem to be all conformable to the
limestone. This section can be checked over and over again north-east-
wards and westwards, and will be found to coincide with the others in
making this thickness; and I do not think this to be the total thickness
of the rocks beneath the limestone in this district, for further south
towards Slugmuffe Hills I found these lower beds of greenish-gray grits
to have beneath them again another band of purple slates and grits ;
but the rocks are so much contorted, that the same beds recur and dip
again into Eantry Bay.

The Rev. Professor Haughton said the survey of Mr. Willson had
been made in the same district which had been visited by him some years
ago, and that his sections, which had been published in the Journal of
the Society, were somewhat less detailed, in consequence of his survey
having been made more in reference to the metallurgical character of
the district. He had found that the copper was all confined to the slate,
and the lead to the limestone formation ; but in every case the lodes
coincided with the strike of the strata, as also with the dip. In this
they were similar to the Mansfield mines, which were worked like beds
of coal, the copper being found in horizontal beds instead of in fissures
and cracks, as was usually the case. He did not think these copper beds
were ever likely to prove remunerative in an industrial point of view,
but to a geologist they were highly interesting, and they were much
indebted to Mr. Willson for his valuable paper.

Captain C. P. Molony, Madras Army, then read the following
notice of —

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 27

THE OCCTJEEENCE OP DEIFT COAL IN SAND NEAE NEWCASTLE.

Dueing a tour in search of geological information, that I made last sum-
mer in England, I visited, amongst other places, Durham, near^Newcastle-
on-Tyne. About a mile and a half from the town is a famous coal-pit,
called Old Durham, which I went to see. On leaving it, happening to
inquire the shortest way back to Durham, I was told to take a road
leading through a wood, on the bank of the river, that was pointed out
to me a short distance off. The wood lies on the side of a low hill that
runs down to the water's edge. In the cuttings made to form the road
appeared several very thin beds of coal, which at first were not more
than a quarter of an inch thick ; but further on, the road winding down
the hill, and the cutting becoming deeper, fresh beds, thicker than those
first seen, were exposed to view, two of which are each from 12 to 14
inches 'deep. On examining the beds and digging out part of them, I
found them to be made up of sand and round pieces of coal, so unlike
in that respect the coal of our coal-pits, that I concluded that I had met
with drift coal. I took several pieces from different beds, and all showed
marks of having travelled from a distance. All the beds are in a yel-
lowish buff-coloured sand ; and immediately above this sand, where the
two thick beds are seen, occurs what is commonly called drift, with round
stones in it, as large as a child's head. [Captain Molony exhibited a
rough sketch, taken from memory, and said] — I regret I had not more
time at command to enable me to give a minuter and more satisfactory
representation of them, as I had only paid a flying visit to Durham, and
was obliged to hurry back to the station to catch the train that was to
take me on to Edinburgh that night. These beds are, to all appearance,
perfectly parallel, and you will perceive that the several specimens taken
from them, which I place before the meeting, are rounded on the edges,
and bear every appearance of being drift matter. Having never heard
or read in any book on geology, of drift coal that had actually been
seen — for I deny that beds containing minute stems and delicate leaves
are drift coal — I am anxious to bring the occurrence of these beds before
the meeting, in hopes that some member more talented and better
acquainted with geology than myself may find an opportunity some day
of visiting the place and favouring us with his views on the subject. I
beg you will not suppose that I attempt in any way to disprove the
theory of our coal-hills being formed of vegetable matter that grew on
the spot where it now lies. Such is not my intention, for I believe in
that theory myself, and bring forward this drift coal as a proof that the
coal we burn is not drift coal. The proofs I adduce in support of this
being drift coal are these : — Its being found in pieces, and not in a con-
tinuous mass orbed ; the rolled appearance of these pieces ; and the spaces
between them being filled up with sand ; and, lastly, the absence in the
beds of any trace of the fossil organic remains usually found in coal-beds,
such as Sigillaria, Stigmaria, &c, &c. ; in fact, that they are the denu-
dation of a bed of coal already formed, but, unlike their parent bed, they
contain neither leaves, stems, nor roots.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Mr. Kelly observed that at Lough Erne, and other places, lumps of
coal were frequently found before getting down to the cutting. It was
possible that ice might have been concerned in the transport of these
fragments.

The Rev. Dr. Lloyd, S.F.T.C.D., exhibited a photograph of one of
the lunar mountains, taken from a drawing by Father Secchi, of Rome,
of "Copernicus," one of the most interesting of these mountains. At
the meeting of the British Association in Belfast, a committee was formed
for the purpose of considering the appearance of the moon in relation to
the geology of the earth, and it was thought advisable that certain por-
tions of its physical structure should be very carefully examined, and
compared with corresponding elevations on the surface of the globe. It
was with the view of aiding the Committee in their labours that photo-
graphs had been taken of this celebrated drawing, which appeared to be
very elaborate. The distribution of the lines of elevation was very
systematic and regular, and the smaller craters surrounding the great
one, which was of a reticulated structure, were very curiously marked.
It seemed as if large rocks had been shot out of the larger orifice.

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, NOVEMBER 14, 1856.

Robert Callwell, M.R.I. A., in the Chair.

The Minutes of the preceding meeting having been read and con-
firmed,—

The Chairman stated that, before proceeding to ballot for the Officers
for the ensuing Session, it was necessary for the Society to decide on
the propriety of carrying out the suggestion of Council with regard to
the proposed alteration in the constitution of the Society. He would
call on the Honorary Secretary to read the rule and proposed alteration.

Dr. J. R. Kinahan, Honorary Secretary, read the rule and proposed
alteration, as follows : —

Rules, section 1, clause 3. — " The Officers of the Society shall be
chosen from the ordinary members, and shall consist [of a President,
two Secretaries, and a Treasurer; and that these, with fifteen other ordi-
nary members, constitute a Council."]

For the latter part of this it was proposed to substitute : —
" That the Officers of the Society shall consist of a President (to
hold office for one year only), four Vice-Presidents, two Secretaries, and
a Treasurer; and that these, with thirteen other ordinary Members, shall
constitute a Council." The only alterations proposed were the nomi-
nation of four Vice-Presidents, and the reduction of the number of ordi-
nary members of Council.

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 29

Mr. G. Sanders wished to know whether it was not irregular to
entertain this motion without further notice to the members ?

Dr. Kinahan read the Rules relating to this point, from which it ap-
peared that due notice had been given by the Council of the proposed
alteration in the Rules.

After some further discussion, it was proposed by the Rev. J. A.
Galbraith, and seconded by J. Kift, Esq., and —

Resolved — That the words "to hold office for one year only" be
omitted from the proposed alteration.

The Chairman then put the question — " That the Society do now
proceed to ballot according to the list of Officers prepared by the
Council," which passed unanimously.

The ballot for Officers was then opened, during which the Chairman
called on Dr. Kinahan (in the unavoidable absence of Mr. Andrews,
Honorary Secretary) for the

ANNUAL REPORT.

Gentlemen, — Your Council, in laying before you this, the seven-
teenth Annual Report, have to congratulate you on the steady progress
of your Society during the past year, as evidenced both by the accession
of new members, and the valuable communications read at the meet-
ings. During the past Session the following papers were read, the ma-
jority of which appear in extenso in the published Journal of the Society,
now ready for distribution among the Members : —

In Zoology — " On Enterolithes," and " On Malignant Disease of the
Rones in the Red Deer," Professor R.W. Smith ; "On the Genus Skua,"
Dr.Farran; "On the Occurrence of the Common Bittern in the Co.Carlow,"
and " On Lepidoptera injurious in Granaries," James Haughton, Jun.,
Esq. ; "On the Occurrence of the Egyptian Goose' ' ( Chenalopex vulgaris) ;
" On Edgemoulting," and " On Albinos," R. J. Montgomery, Esq. ;
"Rare Birds obtained in the Co. Louth," Lord Clermont (communi-
cated); "On Change of Colour in Common Fowl," R. P.Williams, Esq. ;
" On Occurrence of Thecla hetula} and Gonypteryx Rhamni, in Kerry,"
"William Andrews, Esq. ; "On Migration of Birds," Dr. Kinahan.

In Botany — " On Asplenium fallax of Lowe," and " On the Eungi
of the West Coast of Ireland" (two papers), W. Andrews, Esq. ; " On
the Natural Affinities of Botrychium and Ophioglossum," and " On
Botrychium lunaria and its Varieties," Dr. J. R. Kinahan; " On Sa-
prolegniaferox, and Disease caused thereby among Goldfish in Vivaria,"
Dr. Erazer.

In Mineralogy — " On the Analysis of Spodumene and Killinite,"
Rev. Professors Haughton and Galbraith.

The donations to your Library and Museum have been numerous.
Among those to the latter may be particularly noted fine Irish specimens
of the Egyptian goose, from Lord Clermont; and of the blackcap warbler,
brambling, and common crossbill, from Edward Dombrain, Esq.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Many new members have been added to your Society during the
past year, and several of the former members have rejoined, whilst but
one member has retired.

At the ordinary meeting held in January, 1856, your Society, at the
recommendation of Council, determined to hold a number of extra
meetings, of a more popular character than the ordinary meetings,
to which ladies should be admissible. Accordingly, three were held,
and the following papers read : — On April 23rd, * ' On the Perns of Ireland,
their Distribution and Mode of Cultivation," William Andrews, Esq.;
on May 21st, " On the Crustacea podophthalma of Ireland, their Habits
and Metamorphoses," Dr.Kinahan; and on June 25th, "On theMollusca
of Ireland," Dr. Earran. These meetings were numerously attended,
and were considered so satisfactory that your Council recommend the
repetition of the experiment during the ensuing Session, the time for
holding them to be fixed at the January meeting. Your Council have
also, in virtue of the power vested in them, to recommend that the con-
stitution of the Council be so far altered as to admit of the election of
four Vice-Presidents, in addition to the President, heretofore annually
chosen ; and have, accordingly, recommended the four gentlemen whose
names appear in the list for this office, by which arrangement they hope
to obviate the inconveniences which have occurred during former Ses-
sions, arising from the want of a fixed Chairman, especially at the po-
pular meetings.

It was proposed by the Rev. Professor Haughton, seconded by James
Haughton, Jun., Esq., and unanimously earned, that the Report now
read be adopted.

Mr. R. P. Williams next submitted the Treasurer's Report for the
past Session, from which it appeared there was a balance of 14s. 7d.
to be carried forward, and that £20 (subscriptions) was still due, and
that the reserve fund amounted to £58. Mr. Williams further stated
that thirteen new members had joined during the past session, and three
former members had rejoined, whilst but one member had retired from
the Society. The balance to their credit would have been much larger
but that a new item appeared in the account of this year, viz., that for
publication of the Society's "Proceedings." This additional outlay, he
hoped, would be met by the accession of new members. He might men-
tion that four gentlemen were to be balloted for that night, and notice
of three others had been given for the next — an evidence that the ensu-
ing Session would be equally successful. Another important matter was,
that the collection now contained so many rare specimens, that it was
considered advisable to insure it againt accidents, and the property had
accordingly been insured for £500, which would, no doubt, be deemed
satisfactory to the present, and encouraging to the future members.

The Report having been adopted, —

The Chairman declared the following members unanimously elected
as Officers of the Society for the Session of 1856-7 :

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 31

President — Professor "William H. Harvey, M.D., M.B.I.A.

Vice-Presidents — His Grace the Archbishop of Dublin ; Lord Talbot
de Malahide, M.E.I.A. ; Sir Edward E. Borough, Bart., M.B.I.A. ;
C. P. Croker, M.D., M.B.I.A.

Council — John Aldridge, M.D., M.B.I.A.; Bobert S.Barklie; Henry
M. Barton; E. W. Brady; Bobert Callwell, M.B.I.A. ; James B. Dom-
brain; Charles Earran, M.D. ; Samuel Gordon, M.D., M.B.I.A.; Bev.
S. Haughton, E.T.C.D., M.B.I.A. ; Bobert J. Montgomery ; George B.
Owens, M.D. ; Gilbert Sanders, M.B.I.A. ; Joseph Todhunter.

Treasurer — Bichard P. Williams, Esq., M.B.I.A.

Secretaries — William Andrews, M.B.I.A., and John B. Kinahan,
M.B.

The meeting was then made special, for the purpose of balloting for
members, and the following were declared duly elected: — Edwin
Birchall, Esq., Dublin ; J. Neligan, Esq., Tralee ; Bobert Boberts, Esq.,
Harcourt- terrace ; J. B. Doyle, Esq., Dublin.

The meeting then adjourned to the month of December.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL
ASSOCIATION.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTES. BY A. H. HALIDAY, A.M.

These notes, presented to the meeting of the Association on the 21st of
November, 1856, were referred to the Secretaries as a Committee of
Publication. As the Illustrations of new or little known British insects
forming part of them are intended to appear, accompanied by figures,
in a future Number, only the notices appended, of captures and obser-
vations during the past season, are given here.

I have very little to lay before the Association as the result of col-
lecting during the past season. Indeed, when I say that there were
barely ten days of the summer on which I was able to collect at all, and
this only in the neighbourhood of Dublin itself, or the adjoining county
of Wicklow, which is comparatively beaten ground for Irish entomo-
logists, it will not seem strange that the produce should be small, —
perhaps rather encouraging that I have been able, with so little op-
portunity, to add to the Irish Insect Eauna two genera of Diptera, and
to increase by one new species a group of this order, which has been
particularly attended to previously in our own islands, — the Ephydrini.

An excursion to Lough Bray by a small party of the members of this
Association, on the 4th of July, was not very productive. It was too
late iovEmpis borealis, which was common there the preceding year, when
a similar visit was made in May. Now, Rhagio scolopaceus instead was
the most conspicuous fly that hovered over the tufts of whortleberries

32 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

and the storm- bowed stunted ash- trees. The face of the hill towards
the upper lake lay black and desolate, the heather having been fired.
In the lake itself, however, the botanists of the party found attraction
enough to plunge, beyond their elbows, among the beds of Isoetes lacus-
tris in bloom. The entomologists were less fortunate. The only thing
worth recording by them is the capture of a second specimen of Pelina
(Bnescens, nearly in the exact same spot where the first was taken the pre-
ceding spring, viz., beside a little stream which brawls, half-hidden among
huge boulders of granite and deep beds of moss, as it descends from the
lower lake to swell the waters of Glencree river.

Later in July, I was staying a few days at Newrath Bridge, and my
walks were mostly, from that up the wooded valley of the Vartrey
river, to the romantic gorge called the "Devil's Glen." It was here
that the examples of the two genera referred to occurred. These were
Zygonema sciarina and Atherix ibis. Of the latter I found several
specimens, but was not so fortunate as to witness the singular assem-
blages of this species which a writer in the " Entomological Magazine"
has described. The females resort to trees overhanging the water, and
there deposit their eggs, in a cluster, on the under-side of a leaf, so
that the larvae, when hatched, may fall into the water ; after laying,
the parent fly dies, clinging to the leaf. Others associate themselves
there for the same purpose, till the leaves become loaded each with
a pendant pyramid of the dead flies, conspicuous by their prettily
banded wings. A German writer declares that he saw on one occasion
a beech- tree, nearly every leaf of which bore such a charnel heap. I
had an opportunity of observing the Cyphon deflexicollis, which abounded
in the Vartrey, in all stages of its growth. This species is almost as truly
a water-beetle as the Elmides, which often leave the water to climb up
the stems of plants, and sun themselves, or use their wings to seek new
quarters. The Cyphones were busy creeping among the wet gravel, or
at the bottom of little pools, to lay their eggs there ; while, on lifting up
stones, to procure the larvae and pupae from the under-side, the newly
disclosed beetles also came up abundantly to the surface, each enveloped
in its own silvery air-bubble. Their coat of down is quite impervious
to moisture, and, floating securely on the surface, they spread out their
long wings, and rise with ease from the water. Among the small Diptera
which swarmed about the river-bank, I found what may probably prove
a third British species of Corynoneura. In the window of my apart-
ment I observed daily some fresh specimens of the Tanypus pusillus and
a few of Pericoma bullata. In company with Mr. E. P. Wright, I vi-
sited the lagoon, fringed with bulrushes — the Broad Lough — which lies
between the Murrough of Wicklow and the main land. Unfortunately,
we had neither of us an insect-net, and so the rare Rhamphina longi-
rostris was seen only. Pcederus fuseipes was common on the mud, and
we succeeded in finding the larva also.

During the exceedingly hot weather which ushered in the month of
August, I was for three days at the southern extremity of the county
of "Wicklow. The burning sun seemed to have made the human popu-

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 33

lation half amphibious; and donkey-carts, which had conveyed the
inland dwellers to the arms of Neptune, were drawn up, about the
time of high water, along every sheltered cove and sandy bight of the
shore, relieved of their living freight now seeking coolness and comfort
amid the yielding waves. The undulating expanse of bleached sands,
which stretches away north and south of the frowning bluff of Arklow
Head, lay sweltering under the tremulous eddy of the heated air, in
dazzling uniformity, as wearisome to the eye as the too impressible soil
was to the feet, giving way under every tread. Numbers of the large -
headed black ant, Formica fuliginosa, were abroad. This species usually
makes its nest in rotten trunks of oak-trees : here they were far from
any site of that sort, but seemed quite busy and happy in the torrid
heat. Off the herbage in the hollows, consisting of dwarf willows and
other less shrubby plants, I swept a pretty — and, as far as I can make
out, undescribed — Gloliceps, which I had taken once before in this
county, at about 1800 feet of altitude, on Lugnaquilla. My walk over
the Head, from which a steep, rocky path leads down to the nooks,
fringed with Asplenium marinum, where Mr. Wright had discovered
JSfebria eomplanata abundant a month earlier in the season, did not pro-
cure for me a single specimen of this. In some hollows of the seaward
face of the cliffs, moistened by oozings of fresh water, soaking through
from the heights above, Machilis maritima was collected in troops, sip-
ping the clear lymph from the brim. Orphnephila testacea was there
also, and Hydrophorus virens gleaming like a beryl, as it rested, lightly
poised, on its slender legs. This species seems to occur, though but
sparingly, throughout the whole county of Wicklow wherever the per-
pendicular faces of rock, so common in the district, are shaded from the
direct sunbeam, and kept moist by the tricklings from above. Argyra
argentata also maybe observed in the like haunts, gleaming like a snow-
flake, as well as Anthomyia riparia and others of this family. More
common still, and this particularly in the darkest niches, was Clinocera
bipunctata, along with which C. unicolor also occurred, but much more
rarely. Against a sheer wall of rock, up the valley of the Aughrim
river, about a mile above the Wooden Bridge, under such circumstances,
and half immersed in the dripping bath, numerous slender larvae, of
various growth, were weltering, which glided rapidly away, when dis-
turbed, in serpentine tracks across the slippery precipice. I had no
convenient means for rearing any of these, and so can merely conjecture
that they belonged to Clinocerse, without being perfectly assured they
may not have been the progeny of some of the jSTemocera.

The low salt marsh which stretches away north of Arklow Harbour,
marked on the maps as the " Ferry Bank," afforded me a new species of
Scatella (or Caenia, since that other genus of Desvoidy's might better
be reunited to this), Limnophora, n. sp., Culex cardans, &c. In a rushy
hollow of the tongue of sand intercepted between the sea and the
shallow creek formed by the back-water of the river, I procured several
specimens of Thinophilus versutus, in both sexes, of which the male had
been previously known to me only by Bohemann's description.

VOL. IV. f

34 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Mr. E. Percival Wright (Honorary Secretary of the Association) hav-
ing placed at my disposal his Memoranda of the past season's entomolo-
gical collecting, I extract from them some notices which also relate to
the neighbourhood of Arklow : —

" In the middle of July many specimens of Nebria complanata were
obtained, lurking under the luxuriant fronds of Asplenium marinum,
at the foot of the rocks on the coast, about three miles south of the har-
bour. They were not easily distinguished by the eye from the white
sand and black stone which met here, and they seemed to seek conceal-
ment by thrusting their heads into the crevices of the rock, from which
it became necessary to dig them out with the point of a knife. The
admission of this species into the Irish Fauna previously rested on the
authority of a single specimen, found many years ago by Mr. Furlong,
in the same neighbourhood. On the verge of the sand-hills, which
bound the Wexford shore south of Arklow Head, Convolvulus soldanella
was growing in profusion. The blossoms, as they closed at sunset, im-
prisoned numbers of the pretty Basytes viridis. These insects, impatient
of the confinement, were observed to make their escape by gnawing a
small hole in the blossom, close to the calyx. The sands adjoining
Arklow Harbour on the north cease at a little stream, the same which
feeds the Tiknock corn-mills. This threads its way to the sea in a very
winding channel, among osier beds and tall thickets of Juncus acutus,
its bed at times nearly choked by masses of Alisma plantago, or by the
twining suckers of Rosa spinosissima and Rubus. Along the edge of the
stream Bembidium pallidipenne was common, and every now and then
Cicindela campestris took wing, quickly returning in a curve, like the
flight of the boomerang, nearly to the spot from which it had been
flushed at first. The woods of Shelton Abbey, which fringe the left
bank of the Avoca river, and climb the overhanging hills for miles above
the town of Arklow, afforded, as an addition to the Irish Fauna, Mal-
thinus biguttulus, beaten out of the oak."

Mr. "Wright notices also the occurrence of Strangalia elongata abun-
dantly on Umbelliferse in the Devil's Glen. I now turn again to my
own entomological diary.

An hour's delay one afternoon, awaiting a train at Delgany Station,
merely showed me that the shingly beach of Greystones had little to
invite the entomologist at that season. The clay cliffs, which rise up
directly from the beach north of the village, were baked almost as hard
as bricks. Only in one spot, where a trace of dribbling moisture remained,
I observed a few beetles, and among them a Bembidium, which seemed
to present most of the characters by which it has been sought to distin-
guish B. stomodes from B. rufipes, to which, as a variety, Mr. Jacquelin
Duval has reduced it.

The rest of my gatherings were made nearer to Dublin, and, that I
may not take up too much time, I shall allude to but one or two of
them. A very marked variety of Cercyon littorale, which I do not re-
member to have seen anywhere before, occurred this season, both on the
Portmarnock shore (to myself), and on the North Bull sands, where it

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 35

was found by Mr. Furlong. In this variety, although mature in the
black hue of the thorax, the elytra are pale -yellow, an oblong dark spot
on each standing out in strong contrast, placed nearly as in C. cerdri-
maculatum. On the sand-hills themselves Chrysopa abbreviata was more
common than I had ever before found it; and, along with it, the freckled,
sandy-coloured, stout larva, which, doubtless, feeds chiefly on the
Aphides that abound on the sea-reeds. The salt marsh along the shore
towards Baldoyle yielded Canace nasica pretty abundantly, the first time
I had observed the species here, though common on some of the western
coasts of Ireland ; with this was Glenanthe ripicola, not very numerous,
and a few of Atissa pygmcea.

In search of some coleopterous larvae, I examined the North Bull
sands more closely than I had done before. I was struck with the my-
riads of individuals belonging to a few species of Diptera which peopled
the flat salt marsh on the landward side, where the sea-lavender (Statice
limonium) grows in such profusion. Madiza albipalpis abounded in its
favourite haunt, the blossoms of the sea-pink (Armeria ma/ritima) ; in-
finitely more numerous, however, was Leptomyza cinerella, especially
along the line where the mud passes into sand, with a scanty herbage of
stone crop ; neither was L. gracilis rare in that situation. In some
dried- up rushy flats I met with Campsicnemus pusillus — by no means a
common species in the British Islands — in company with the more com-
mon sorts, 0. seambus, curvipes, armatus, &c.

On these sands I found, and have succeeded in rearing to the perfect
state, the larva ofJVemotelus uliginosus, of which I was enabled, by the
same experiment, to determine Alysia maritima as a parasite. This fills
up a gap in the natural history of the family Stratiomydse, of which
Nemotelus was the only indigenous genus the younger states of which
remained unknown, at least I am not aware of any published account
of it : yet it is singular if it be as I suppose, some of the species of this
genus being exceedingly common in the British islands, as well as else-
where.

In conclusion, I extract some further notes by Mr. Wright, made
during the autumn, in the neighbourhood of Newcastle, county of
Down : —

Notwithstanding the intense heat of the season, which, even tem-
pered by the sea breeze, at the lower level about the village was often
oppressive, the peak of Sliebh Donard, the highest of the Mourne moun-
tains, which towers directly from the sea to an elevation of 2789 feet,
was mostly wrapped in a fleecy mist; and on several occasions, when
the ascent was accomplished, the cold at that height was so severe as
speedily to cut short any attempt at collecting, and to compel a hasty
descent for shelter. One day, more favourable in this respect, permitted
a continuance for some hours on the summit, and rewarded the search
with several specimens of Calathus nubigena from beneath the stones,
which are strewed about the base of the great cairn, but only on the
southern side of this, and within a very narrow space. Arpedium bra-
chypterum was also found. The other Coleoptera observed were such as

36 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

commonly occur on all the Irish mountains: — Nebria brevicollis and
nivalis (of the latter, both the red- and the black-legged varieties),
Carabus catenulatus, Byrrhus pilula, Othius melanoeephalus, Homalota
bolitochara, &c. In the plantations about Newcastle Cyphon deflexi-
collis and C. griseus were abundant. A single specimen only of Cleonus
sulcirostris occurred upon the sands below, where Mr. Furlong had
previously found the species pretty numerous. The other Coleoptera
observed there were mostly such as are common on the sand-hills of our
coast, except one {Byrrhus dorsalis), which is an addition to the Irish
Fauna. Early in August the sands were traversed by hosts of the larvae
of Coccinellae ; later in the season these had taken up their quarters on
the thistles, where many of them fell victims to the attacks of the active
Ichneumonidae, which were continually running over those plants.

FRIDAY EVENING, JANUARY 16, 1857.
E. Ball, LL.D., President, in the Chair.

This meeting was specially directed to subjects connected with the
Microscope.

The Minutes of last General Meeting having been read, were agreed
to, and signed by the Chairman ; after which

"Wm. Archek, Esq., read the following —

CATALOGUE OF DESMTDIACEJE.

The following list of the Desmidiaceae which I have found about the
"Feather-bed" and "Seechon" mountains, near Dublin, is not, of
course, assumed to be a complete list. It is, however, a perfect one
(with, perhaps, the exception of the genus Pediastrum) of the species I
have met with in my limited experience ; and I have no doubt but sub-
sequent search will very much extend it. I have ventured to append to
each species an opinion as to its frequency or rarity, which, I need
hardly state, is to be interpreted as the result of my own experience only
in a limited district. ' Some of those I have marked as rare may ulti-
mately prove frequent. I am inclined to corroborate an observation
made in Mr. Ealfs' beautiful " Monograph," as to the non- occurrence of
the same species in the same pools from year to year. For instance, in
the year 1855, a certain pool produced Didymoprium Borreri in great
abundance. During 1856 I could not find a single specimen of that spe-
cies ; but its place was taken by a considerably less abundant develop-
ment of Hyalotheca mucosa.

The "swarming" movement of the contents of the fronds of many
species I have found to be very frequent. Mr. Half ssuggests these
moving granules may be analogous to the zoospores of other algae, and
perform a similar function. The movement resembles somewhat that
observable in the fovilla of pollen. If these granules be zoospores, and
even a moderate proportion of the same should prove productive, should

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 37

we not expect to find the Desmidiacese in greater myriads in the waters
they frequent than they really are? I have noticed the movement equally
active in both the old and newly formed segments, and while even yet
undergoing the process of division. I regret I have been only suffici-
ently fortunate to meet with the true reproduction of the Sporangia in
these species.

Perhaps it may not he out of place if I add, with regard to the col-
lection of the Desmidiaceae, that I have found the most expeditious
method of gathering the smaller species (which adhere, forming a cloud -
like mass round the leaves of plants or similar foreign objects) to be, to
bring a small phial under the water, gently to push the blade of grass
or sedge, or other such object, into it, snip it off, and thus retain the
Desmids adhering, rather than to strip the plant with the hands, fre-
quently rather a tedious and difficult process. The larger species I have
found more abundant, not in the deeper pools, but rather in shallow
water, an inch or two in depth, and in which there exists a very slight
trickle of water permanently throughout the summer.

In regard to precise localities for the species mentioned in the list,
I regret I cannot be more definite. Along the "Piperstown Eoad to
Glencree," there are a number of pools, as well as on each side of the
" Military Eoad" over the " Feather-bed Mountain," and these, with
the few exceptions mentioned in the list, produced all the species which
I have had the pleasure to meet with. Most ponds and streams pro-
duce some species, especially of the genera Closterium, Cosmarium,
Scenedesmus, Ankistrodesmus, and others.

LIST OF DESMIDIACE.a3 FOUND IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF DUBLIN.

Hyalotheca dissiliens {Smith), abundant.

,, mucosa {Mert.), „

Didymoprium Borreri (Ralfs), not uncommon.
Desmidium Swartzii (Ag.), rare.
Sphserozosma excavatum {Ralfs), rare.
Micrasterias denticulata (Breb.), common.

„ rotata (Grev.), „

,, papillifera (Breb.), not uncommon.

„ Americana /3 {Ehr.), rare.

,, oscitans (Ralfs), ,,

,, crenata (Breb.), not uncommon.

,, truncata {Cor da), „

Euastrum verrucosum {Ehr.), rare; base of " Seechon" Mountain.

,, crassum {Breb.), not uncommon.

,, oblongum {Grev.), common.

,, affine {Ralfs), not uncommon.

,, ampullaceum ( ), rare.

,, didelta (Turp.), frequent.

,, ansatum (E.), „

„ pectinatum {Breb.), not rare.

,, rostratum {Rolfs), rare.

38 PKOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Euastrum elegans a (Breb.), frequent.
„ binale (Turp.), not uncommon.
,, sublobatum (Breb.), rare.
Cosmarium cucumis ( Corda), not common.
„ pyramidatum (Breb.), „
,, biocu latum (Breb.), „
„ granatum (Breb.), rare.
,, Meneghinii (Breb.), not uncommon.
,, crenatum (Ralfs), rare.
,, tetraopthalmum (Kut%.), rare.

,, botrytis (Bory), not uncommon. [I met with in the canal
water a form, probably a variety of C. botrytis, which,
like it, is rough with pearly granules, but differing in
having the deep constriction not forming a linear notch on
each side in the front view ; but wider at the outside, caus-
ing the angles at the base of the segments to be more
rounded ; the segments broadest at the base, and gradually
narrowing towards the abruptly truncate ends in a concave
manner, thus somewhat pointing away from each other at
the lower angles of each, while the angles at the ends are
more acute and defined than in C. botrytis. The end view
is narrow elliptic]
,, margaritiferum u, & 0 (Turp.), frequent.
„ Brebissonii (Menegh.), not unfrequent.

,, cselatum ( ), rare.

,, cylindricum (Ralfs), rare.
„ cucurbita (Breb.), „
„ phaseolus (Breb.), ,,
Xanthidium armatum (Breb.), frequent.

,, t aculeatum (Ehr.) not uncommon.
„ cristatum ec & /3 (Breb.), rare.

,, fasciculatum u (Ehr.), „

„ octocorne u. (Ehr.), frequent. [My opinion is that Xanthi-

dium octocorne (var. u), so called, should more properly
come under the genus Arthrodesmus, slightly extending
the characters of the latter, so as to embrace the organism
in question. Xanthidium appears a very natural genus ;
but X octocorne seems out of place in it. Its affinity to
some forms of Arthrodesmus incus cannot but be apparent.
I have met with both species mixed in abundance.]
Arthrodesmus convergens (Ehr.), not uncommon.
,, incus u & /3 (Breb.), not uncommon.

Staurastrum dejectum, *, /3, & y (Breb.), frequent,
cuspidatum (Breb.), not unfrequent.
Dickiei (Ralfs), rare,
muticum (Breb.), not rare,
orbiculare (Ehr.), not uncommon,
tumidum (Breb.), rare ["Seechon" mountain.]

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 39

Staurastruni margaritaceum (E.), rare.

punctulatum {Br eh.), not uncommon,
hirsutum (Ehr.), common.

teliferum ( ), rare.

polymorphum (Breb.), not uncommon,
tricorne (Breb.), common,
controversum (Breb.), not uncommon,
paradoxum (Meyen), ,,

brachiatum ( ), rare.

alternans (Breb.), „
asperum /3 (Breb.), „

[I have met with a form of Staurastruni bearing some
resemblance to 8. spinosum, or rather between that spe-
cies and S. avicula. The spines at the angles are forked
to the base, and not merely at the extremities, and the
intermediate spines are smaller than S. spinosum. The
form agrees much better with the figure of S. avicula,
provided that species had intermediate spines, than with
that of S. spinosum. It is not uncommon, according to
my experience, in the district to which this list apper-
tains.]
Didymocladon furcigerus a, (Breb.), rare. [Slow stream between Round-
wood and Devil's Glen. May be more common, however.]
Tetmemorus Brebissonii (Menegh.), common.

,, granulatus (Breb.) very common.

Penium margaritaceum (Ehr.), not uncommon.
,, cylindrus (Ehr.), „

,, digitus (Ehr.), very common.
,, Erebissonii (Menegh.), „

,, closterioides ( ), rare.

Docidium nodulosum (Breb.), not uncommon.
,, truncatum (Breb.), ,,

,, clavatum (Kutz.), ,,

,, Ehrenbergii ( ), common.

,, asperum (Breb.), rare. [Should a master-hand ever propose

the erection of a new genus for the reception of this spe-
cies, or its removal from Docidium, the step would meet
with my approval. To my mind it is not a Docidium : it
entirely wants the characteristic constriction of that genus,
and I have looked carefully, but in vain, as Mr. Ealfs did,
for terminal moving globules. I have found occasionally
three or more individuals adhering end to end, like a fila-
mentous conferva, with extremely long cells. The speci-
mens I have met with were rather more dilated at the ends
than is represented in Ealfs' figures.]
Closterium lunula (Mutter), common. [This is a favourable species for
observing the circulation. It is not, however, like that
phenomenon in other vegetable cells, the current being

40 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

here of a very fitful and irregular character. It possibly
bears some relation to the movement of the free granules
at the ends of the frond. I have scarcely ever found any
difficulty in detecting it.]
Closterium lanceolatum (Kutz.), not common.
„ acerosum (Schrank), not uncommon.

turgidum (E.),
„ Leibleinii (Kutz.), common.
,, Dianae (Ehr.), „

„ didymotocum (Cor da), not uncommon.
,, striolatum (E.), very common.
,, attenuatum (12.), rare.

juncidum( ), „

„ rostratum (Ehr.), „
Spirotaenia condensata (Breb.), common.
Ankistrodesmus falcatus ( Cor da), very common.
Pediastrum tetras (Ehr.), not uncommon.
,, heptactis (Ehr.), ,,

„ Boryanum (Turp.) ,, [I have met (rarely) in two or

three of the cells the contents receded from the walls, and
massed together into a single, globular, green body in the
centre, so as to leave the remainder of the otherwise
normally formed cell quite empty. This took place in the
outside row of, and not in neighbouring, cells. This body
is possibly a gonidium destined for the propagation of the
organism. I have seen somewhat similar bodies in the
cells of a species of Spirogyra, not the result of conjuga-
tion.]
,, ellipticum (Ehr.), common.

Scenedesmus quadricauda (Turp.), very common.
,, obliquus (Turp.), not uncommon.

„ obtusus (Meyen.), „

The Members then proceeded to ballot, when the following were
elected : — As Honorary Member, Captain M'Clintock, B.N. ; as Corre-
sponding Members, C. C. Babington, F.R.S., and Professor the Rev. J. S.
Henslow ; as Ordinary Members, John Barker, M.D., Stephen Gwynne,
A.B., and John Irvine Whitty, LL.D. ; and as Associate Members, Wil-
liam Archer and Vere Webb M'Nally.

The President then left the Chair, and the meeting resolved itself
into a Conversazione.

Professor Harvey exhibited various vegetable organisms and tissues
under the microscope, and many interesting species of microscopic algae.
Mr. Callwell and Mr. Yeates exhibited specimens of the Botifera and
other animalcules, as also the circulation of the cell-sap in plants. Dr.
Barton exhibited the circulation of the blood corpuscles in the web of a
frog's foot. Dr. Carte, various sections of coal from the Arctic regions,
brought home by Captains Sir B. M'Clure and M'Clintock. Mr. A.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 41

Furlong, many interesting entomological preparations. Professor "W".
Smith, of Queen's College, Cork, sent for exhibition twenty-four slides
of Diatomaceae, collected on his recent tour to the Pyrenees, and also from
China, the Eed Sea, &c. Dr. Sawyer brought a series of objects for
exhibition with polarized light. Messrs. Burchall, Archer, and others,
also brought various microscopic subjects ; and, after some hours spent
in the investigation and examination of the numerous and beautiful ob-
jects exhibited, the meeting was adjourned to the 25th of February.

WEDNESDAY EVENING, FEBRUARY 25, 1857.

E. Ball, LL.D., President, in the Chair.

The Minutes of last General Meeting having been read, were signed
by the Chairman.

" The Entomologist's Annual for 1855," second edition, by H. T.
Stainton, from Lieutenant Crozier, E.E., was acknowledged, and thanks
ordered to be given to the donor.

KINGIA AUSTRALIS.

Dr. Harvey exhibited a trunk of Kingia Australis (E. Br.) which
had been presented to the College Herbarium by C. Moore, Esq., Director
of the Botanic Gardens at Sydney, and took occasion to make some re-
marks on the distribution and structure of this remarkable type, con-
trasting it with Xanthorrhcea, &c. The Kingia is found in Western
Australia, from King George's Sound to Cape Eiche, and in a few isolated
spots of the Darling Eange, and also on the sands in the plain, not far
from the Swan. It generally grows in clumps, and has a striking effect
in the landscape, particularly when in full foliage, if it have escaped
the annual bush-fires. The trunk in this case is cloaked with the de-
flexed persistent brown leaves of previous seasons ; while its head is
crowned with the silvery leaves of the current year, and the numerous
heads of flowers stand amid the foliage, in a circle, like the rays of a
crown. In botanical systems Kingia is either placed at the end of Jun-
cacese, or made the type of a small order, called Kingiacese, including
Baxteria and Dasypogon — two other genera, natives of Western Australia.
The growth of the trunk in Kingia is very slow, and the specimen ex-
hibited, which is about ten feet high, may probably be some hundreds
of years old.

After some conversation, A. H. Haliday, Esq., A.M., Y.P., read
from Professor "W. Smith, F.L.S., Corresponding Member —

MEMORANDA, CHIEFLY BOTANICAL, OF AN EXCURSION TO THE PYRENEES IN
THE SUMMER OF 1856. PART LT.
(Continued from p. 16.)

"We left Biarritz on the 3rd of July en route for Pau. A delay of a few
hours in Bayonne enabled me to take a short ramble in the environs.
A public promenade, handsomely planted and well kept, a luxury for
vol. rv. g

42 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

the pedestrian rarely wanting in a French town of any pretensions,
extends west of Bayonne for a mile or more along the banks of the Adour.
Its sandy sides were profusely covered with various Leguminosa?, and
supplied me with good specimens of Trifolium incarnatum, T. resupina-
tum, T. patens , Ononis natrix, and Melilotus arvensis.

Leaving Bayonne at 7 p.m., we reached Pau at 5 a.m. of the 4th
of July. The night was spent in such comfort as could be afforded by
the coupe of a diligence, a full half of which was occupied by smexigeante
Spanish signora on her way to the baths of Panticosa. The dawn
was watched with interest, bringing, as it happily did, relief from our
confined position, and a magnificent view of the snow-capped summits
of the Pyrenean range, gloriously filling up the landscape to the south
and east; the northern slopes lying in the deep shades of night,
while the stainless peaks glittered in the rosy light of the rising sun.

At the distance of more than ten leagues, the mountains appeared
to be within a few miles of our road, giving us a first example of the
deceptive nature of the impressions of magnitude and extent conveyed
to the eye by unaccustomed elevations, such as those now before us ;
indeed, it was some days before we could understand that what seems
a mile in these mountains must be taken as a league, and the hill of a
few hundred feet in apparent height was a mountain of as many thou-
sands !

The approach to Pau from Bayonne is interesting, notwithstanding
the monotonous nature of the road, which for the last six miles is a per-
fectly straight and level avenue of poplars.

The town is built upon a knoll of considerable elevation, embosomed
in trees, and crowned by its fine old chateau, venerable not merely from
its age, which dates from the beginning of the fourteenth century, but
from its associations as the birth-place of Henry IV., the refuge of
Calvin, and the stronghold of Protestantism on its first establishment in
France.

A couple of days sufficed to enable us to visit the chateau, and become
familiar with the chief objects of curiosity in this ancient capital of
Navarre.

The main interest of Pau lies in its situation, commanding as it does
a full view of the mountains, which stretch in an unbroken line of more
than sixty miles along the southern horizon.

This view is too distant — being upwards of twenty-five miles — to
give a very accurate idea of either the elevation or extent of the range,
but it gains rather than loses by familiarity, and the play of the lights
and shadows upon the summits, flanks, and valleys of the mountains se-
cures a perpetual change and variety of aspect, which presents fresh
charms and beauties upon every inspection. Unquestionably, the English
invalid, if not profiting by the proverbial calm of the mild and serene
atmosphere of Pau, may at least find materials for soothing contempla-
tion in the lovely landscape included in this magnificent panorama.

Our first close acquaintance with the mountains was made at Eaux
Bonnes, and Eaux Chaudes, the approach to which from Pau, though

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 43

not perhaps through the finest valley or deepest gorges of the range,
yields to none in many points of sublimity and interest, and, having
been the first seen, has left the deepest impressions of novelty and ad-
miration.

Many of the French watering-places of the Pyrenees lie in the re-
cesses of deep mountain valleys, opening to the north, and formed by
torrents which are fed by the snows or glaciers of the highest peaks.
These valleys often contract into mere gorges, deeply cleft in the moun-
tain's sides, which only afford a scanty water-course for the rushing
stream. The construction of roads passable for carriages to^the higher part
of such gorges, and the sources of the mineral springs,has taxed the skill
of the most eminent engineers, and the result has been the formation of
paths, often cut as mere shelves in the overhanging rocks, and offering
all the charms of wonder, fear, and sublimity.

The towns I have just mentioned lie in gorges of the Pic du Midi
d'Ossau, whose streams unite to form the Gave d'Ossau. The valley of
the Gave, up to the base of the mountain, is of considerable width, but
suddenly contracts at Laruns, near which is the confluence of the streams
which descend from Eaux Bonnes and Eaux Chaudes, and the ascent
from thence is only to be accomplished through the gorges leading to
these towns, each about three miles distant. Both gorges are fine, but
the features of the one leading to Eaux Chaudes are the more grand and
imposing, and the triumph of art and skill over the natural difficulties
of the route challenges the wonder of the most indifferent traveller. The
respective positions of the two towns render any direct intercourse
between them impossible, the crest of the intervening mountain being
only accessible on horseback or on foot. Carriage travellers must, there-
fore, retrace their way down one gorge, and ascend by the other, thus
more than doubling the distance to be traversed. This is the case with
many of the Pyrenean baths, the hardy pedestrian or bold horseman
being often able to save ten, fifteen, or even twenty miles, by passing
over the cols of the mountains ; while the more luxurious traveller has
to return to the plain, and make the circuit of their bases.

"We first mounted to Eaux Bonnes, whose waters deservedly main-
tain a high repute for the arrest or cure of incipient cases of pulmonary
consumption. The village is small, but most beautifully situated in a
perfect cul de sac, completely imbedded in a mountain recess, which
affords scanty room, for the bathing establishment and some half dozen
large and pretentious hotels. The walks and cascades in the vicinity
are numerous and romantic, and the thickets well stored with flowers
and ferns. Saxifraga aizoides, Oxalis corniculata, and Meconopsis cam-
Irica, were among the number I observed ; and I here, for the first
time, gathered in a living state, and in great profusion, Polypodium
phegopteris, and P. dryopteris. "The rarity" of Eaux Bonnes, Litho-
spermum Gastoni, Adolphe D. C, named in honour of Gaston Saccaze,
a local guide, who first detected it, escaped my search. It is a plant
allied to L. purptiro-cceruhum, but said by M. de Candolle to be per-

44 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

fectly distinct, and to have been found only in this spot. — (Geogr. Botan.
1855, page 587.)

A few hours having been devoted to Eaux Bonnes, whose hotels were
crowded with patients, and offered poor accommodation to the mere
passing traveller, we returned to the valley, and ascended the gorge
leading to Eaux Chaudes, finding at the Hotel Baudot a pleasant wel-
come and comfortable apartments. This small village, for it scarcely
deserves the name of town, is less romantically placed than Eaux Bonnes.
The gorge is narrow, but offers sufficient space along one of its borders
for a narrow street, which might, if required, be extended, a good car-
riage road having been formed on a gradual ascent towards Gabas, six
miles further up the mountains. This road, as a mule path, is further
continued over the mountains into Spain, and is much frequented during
the summer months, not merely by invalids en route for Panticosa, but
by thousands of muleteers, who carry on a legal or contraband trade in
French and Spanish merchandise.

"We rode up the next day to Gabas, at the base of the highest ridge
of the Pic du Midi d'Ossau, hoping to gain a near view of this, one of
the monarchs of the Pyrenean range ; but, to our great disappointment,
a dense fog enveloped the mountain summit, and refused to withdraw
its white veil of impenetrable gauze during our brief halt at its feet,
most provokingly uncovering the beauties it concealed when we had
again returned to our hotel, and could view them at the respectful dis-
tance of some eight or ten miles. The form of this mountain is that of
a cone, with a double or forked peak : its height is 7500 feet, and, with
its glistening snows, even at the distance of Eaux Chaudes, it forms a
very beautiful termination to the landscape.

For several miles the road towards Gabas skirted forests of pine, and
rocky knolls covered with thick shrubberies of box ; and while our
ponies were baited at this mountain hostelry, we wandered into the
woods, and collected a few interesting plants. Among these were ex-
cellent specimens of Asplenium septentrionale, a fern of rare occurrence
in the highest mountainous districts of Wales and Scotland, but which
here occupied every rocky crevice.

Before leaving Eaux Chaudes we noted the conspicuous manner in
which the abrupt sides of the gorge exhibited the line of junction be-
tween the limestone and the granite rocks of the higher ridges of the
mountain. At this line oiiginate the hot springs of the bathing estab-
lishment, which is well supplied by numerous sources, the temperature
of the principal being about 95° Fahrenheit. They are much resorted
to by those who find the stronger waters of Eaux Bonnes unnecessary
in mild cases of rheumatism or bronchitis.

From Eaux Chaudes it was possible to pass, on foot or horseback, by
a mountain path to Argelez, and thus reach Cauteretz, our next desti-
nation : the distance by this route is about twenty -five miles. To avoid
parting from our baggage, however, which we would have been obliged
to trust to the care of strangers, we preferred making the necessary

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 45

detour, and, by resting the night at Pau, accomplished the journey of
sixty-eight miles in two days, without fatigue or inconvenience.

The drive from Pau to Cauteretz is mostly through a level country,
producing rich crops of maize. It is not until approaching Argelez
that the proximity of the mountains gives the true Pyrenean character
to the landscape.

The valley of Argelez is highly extolled for its sylvan beauties, and
is, doubtless, a lovely spot in the eyes of the agriculturist, teeming, as
it does, with the richest products of his labour ; but, to the seeker for
mountain scenes, it offers little to arrest his steps, as the immediate
circle of hills are only outliers of the great chain, and are of compara-
tively slight elevation.

The valley is about ten miles in length, and two or three in width,
and is completely surrounded by grassy hills, which conceal from the
view all the higher peaks of the mountains.

Although 1600 feet above the level of the sea, the situation is so
sheltered that the climate in winter is as mild as that of the plain below,
while the heats of summer are tempered by the shadows and breezes of
the neighbouring hills. I should doubt, however, if these circumstances
were equally favourable to health as to vegetation ; for, amid all its floral
and cereal luxuriance, we noticed that the peasants of Argelez were
pallid and aguish-looking, and that the goitre was not unusual among
the older women.

At the southern extremity of the valley, near the village of Pirre-
fitte, I found growing in profusion the lovely A diantwni Camillas- Veneris,
vouching for the mildness of the air and equability of temperature. This
fern, which I have gathered in abundance on the shores of the Mediter-
ranean, and which is said to be widely distributed over the tropical
regions of the globe, is seen only sparingly in Britain, in the neighbour-
hood of the southern coasts ; and in Ireland it is almost confined to the
south Isles of Arran, where it finds a congenial atmosphere in the soft
mists and temperate winds that accompany the gulf-stream from the
shores of Mexico and Bermuda.

At Pirrefitte the valley of Argelez narrows into a bifurcated gorge,
one branch of which leads to Luz, and, again dividing, passes upwards
to St. Sauveur and Bareges ; the other branch ascends to Cauteretz, and
through this we mounted, at a very slow pace, to this little Pyrenean
metropolis, distant from Pirrefitte about seven miles, 1900 feet above
this village, and having 3300 feet of absolute elevation. It is placed in
a small but beautiful basin, closely hemmed in on all sides but the one
by which we entered, by lofty mountains that rise abruptly from the
very doors of the houses, and tower into the sky until their snowy peaks
are lost in the clouds.

The Peak of Monne, to the west, has an elevation of 9100 feet ; that
of Peguere, to the south, 7415 feet ; and that of Percante, to the east,
6500 feet. So completely is Cauteretz overhung by these lofty and
abrupt barriers, that, at the time of our arrival, not far from the longest
day of summer, the hour of sunrise to the valley was 8 a.m., and the hour

46 PROCEEDINGS 01 SOCIETIES.

of sunset half-past 4 ; and although the weather was unusually hot in the
south of France during our stay, yet the long, cool twilight, secured by
the shadows of its encircling hills, rendered the mornings and evenings
at Cauteretz most deliciously favourable for out-door occupations.

One of our excursions from Cauteretz, where we remained three
weeks, was to the Pont d'Espagne and Lac de Gaube, — visits quite, and
deservedly, the mode with all English visitors, and not a few French
ladies and gentlemen who can ride along the edge of precipices, or walk
twelve or fourteen miles over a path which mainly consists of pitfalls and
boulders. But it well repays the risk and exertion necessary. The
romantic beauty of the Pont, the wild solitude of the Lac, the depth
of the gorge, its irised cascades, with their reverberating echoes, and the
silvan beauty of the pine forests that line the route to those more ele-
vated spots, are beyond all praise, defy all description, and leave remi-
niscences that can never be forgotten.

The Lac de Gaube is a sheet of the purest snow-water, 270 feet deep,
and three miles in circumference, lying at the base of the Vignemale,
whose glaciered sides tower aloft to the height of 11,043 feet, while its
snows dip down to the very edge of the water. The lake itself is 5840
feet above the level of the sea. Its temperature, which I tested with a
portable thermometer, was 48° Fahr., the external air, under the in-
fluence of a brilliant sun, being 64° in the shade. The coldness of the
lake accounts for the absence of ordinary aquatic vegetation — no plants,
save a few Diatomacese, appearing to be able to flourish in the clear
depths of these mountain waters.

Within a few feet of the edge, I found magnificent plants of the
Gentiana lutea, with its rich pyramid of golden flowers; the rare Swertzia
perennis was not far distant ; and the beautiful parsley fern, Allosoros
crispus, was abundant on the rocky ground.

The tomb of a young English couple, who perished in the lake a few
days after their marriage, by the upsetting of the frail skiff of the pea-
sant who resides here during the summer, is erected upon a little island
close to the eastern shore, adding not a little to the sentimental charm
of this lonely spot. The real history of this disaster will, no doubt, one
day fade into a legend, to suggest a romance, or embellish a poem.

In returning from the Lac de Gaube we were overtaken by a thunder-
storm, accompanied by vivid flashes of lightning, and hailstones of an
extraordinary size and form : the latter were about an inch long, and
half an inch in diameter at one end, gradually narrowing to the other ;
they thus bore a close resemblance to an egg, though tapering more to
the smaller end, and were quite as large as those of a sparrow or chaf-
finch. This storm added not a little to the magnificence of the scenery
around, though not contributing to the comfort or security of the jour-
ney : we reached our hotel in safety, however, after a day of varied and
unalloyed enjoyment.

Another excursion from Cauteretz, presenting fewer attractions and
greater difficulties, is that to the Lac d'Estom, at the head of the valley
Lutour, about five miles to the east of Lac de Gaube, from which it is

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 47

separated by the lofty ridge of Mount Pechineya. The distance from
Cauteretz to the lake is about ten miles ; half of the way may be accom-
plished on horseback, the remainder must be performed on foot.

The gorge leading to Lac d'Estom is full of wild and romantic beau-
ties, its mountain boundaries on either side being often perpendicular,
and streaked with snow ; but the grand old pine forests which guard the
way leading to the Pont d'Espagne are almost entirely wanting here,
and the rude monotony of the scene becomes wearisome to the jaded
pedestrian. The lake itself has a somewhat higher elevation than the
Lac de Gaube, is smaller, and more closely hemmed in by the mountains,
but offers a scene of singular wildness, not without its charm. The
principal sheet of water is fed by a stream proceeding from a smaller
lake 2000 feet higher, and this one, lying among perpetual snow, pre-
sents the singular features of a smooth, frozen surface of ice even under
the heat of a July sun. It is only during the early days of August that
its icy covering fairly melts, to be renewed, for the next eleven months,
in the beginning of September.

The ascent to the smaller lake, known as Lac Soubiran, is difficult
and dangerous, and I did not attempt it ; but Dr. Taylor assured me
that he had verified the above account, and seen the lake completely
frozen over on the 6th July, 1843. The relative popularity of the ex-
cursions to the Lac d'Estom and Lac de Gaube may be judged of by the
fact that, on our excursion to the latter, we were joined by, or encoun-
tered on the way, some five-and-twenty co-excursionists, among whom
were nuns and priests, Spanish hidalgos and German burgomasters,
English dandies and Erench flaneurs ; while I performed the trip to
the Lac d'Estom accompanied only by my boy guide, and without meet-
ing a single person on the route. I was obliged to leave my guide with
the ponies at the termination of the last portion of the path passable for
an equestrian, and make my way alone, guided by the torrent to the
lake from which it issued. Here I was suddenly accosted, as I crept
round a jutting rock, by a mountain shepherd, whose wild dress and
wilder patois, however they harmonized with the scene around, at first
view inspired fear rather than satisfaction. He proved, however, a
very civil and intelligent companion, assisted me in collecting Diato-
maceae, by scraping off the scum which adhered to the surface of the
stones, no doubtvery much pitying my unaccountable pleasures in carefully
bottling such rubbish : afterwards took me to his hut or cave, and there
regaled me upon milk and brown bread, the first, fresh from his moun-
tain herd, and the second, though somewhat hard and stale, sufficiently
palatable after the toilsome march I had just accomplished. He told
me that he rarely saw a stranger in these mountain solitudes, where he
resided for about four months of the year, pasturing his cattle upon the
slopes around ; and that he went down once a fortnight to Pirrefitte, a
distance of sixteen miles, and 5000 feet below, to hear the news of the
world, and to bring up upon his back the bread and meat sufficient for
the consumption of himself and a fellow- shepherd.

The stones of the stream, as it issued from the Lac d'Estom, were

48 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

covered with the rich brown tufts of a Hy drums, one of the forms of
Palmellacean AlgaB, probably If. Vaucherii, Kuetz. The same species
occurs in the river Lea, as it issues from Gouganbarra Lake, in the west
of the county of Cork ; and I have noticed and collected it abundantly
in streams near Lenane, in Galway, at high elevations on the Tonabrick
mountains.

Singularly enough, the immediate neighbourhood of Lac d'Estom
also furnished me with specimens o£ Pinguicula grandiflora, another Irish
plant whose restricted distribution in the south-west of our island has
always attracted the notice of the botanist. Familiar as I have been with
its appearance in the neighbourhood of Cork, where it reaches its most
eastern British habitat, I was much gratified by detecting it in this re-
mote locality, probably near its original centre of creation. The theory
of Professor Forbes recurred to my recollection, and I recognised in
this lonely flower a satisfactory corroboration of his ingenious specula-
tions on the distribution of plant life, and the parentage of our British
Flora.

Close to Lac d'Estom I also obtained fine specimens of Aspidium lon-
eJtitis, a beautiful fern, only known to British botanists by rare specimens
occurring on the highest mountains of Scotland and Ireland, and in
England and Wales confined to one county in each. Of this species, and
AUosoros crispus, I here collected several roots, which have survived the
journey homewards, and are now alive in the garden of Queen's College,
Cork.

I must not forget to mention one redeeming feature in the rude
chaos of rocks and stones which surrounded the Lac d'Estom, — the nu-
merous little groves of Rhododendron ferrugineum, which formed little
•oases of green amidst the gray waste around. I was too late to see
this beautiful shrub in full perfection, but the brilliant crimson of the
few remaining flowers strikingly contrasted with the dull green of its
foliage, and told with what splendour it must, at an earlier season, have
decorated its desert home.

The immediate neighbourhood of Cauteretz furnished me with
valuable additions to my herbarium, too numerous to be here noted in
detail. I. may, however, mention a few of the more common and con-
spicuous plants, that must, from their home rarity and beauty, attract
the attention of any one accustomed only to the Flora of the British
Isles. Dianthus monspessulanus, with its pink circlet of fimbriated
petals, was everywhere abundant; the deep blue of Prunella grandiflora,
and the paler hue of Viola cornuta, adorned every little thicket, and the
membranous bracts of Astrantia major shone conspicuously in the mea-
dows. The campanulas were equally numerous in the woods; the
mountain denies were green with the singular Cynanchum vincetozicum,
while the rocks were profusely covered with Saxifrages and Sedums,
many of the species found only on our highest mountains, and rare even
there, or else quite unknown to our Flora.

Not being able to ascend to the loftier summits of the mountains
around, I sought for some local botanist who could aid me in procuring

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 49

the more Alpine plants of such localities, and was fortunate enough to
meet with an old shepherd who had sufficient knowledge of flowers and
interest in their study to assist me in my views. He obtained for me,
from the most elevated ridges of the Monne, a good-sized box of speci-
mens, that furnished me with many truly Alpine forms : — Ranunculus
Pyrenceus, Dry as octopetala, Hutchinsia Alpina, Gentiana acaulis, and G.
verna; Galium Pyrenaicum, Androsace villosa, and A. cornea; Primula
integrifolia, and JErinus Alpinus ; Paronychia serpyllifolia, with its cu-
riously silvered bracts, amid which nestled its half-concealed flowers.
These, together with superb pyramids of Saxifraga cotyledon, and many
other novelties, attested the diligence of my collector, and warrant my re-
commendation of his services to future travellers. His name is Michael
Lacarret ; he is well known in Cauteretz, and a good specimen of the
Pyrenean shepherd, with his stalwart frame, his flowery locks, and
characteristic berret. He is well to do in the world, and resides, with
his flock, in winter, at Coarraze, near Pau, accompanying them and his
servants, in the summer, to the lofty pasturage of the Monn6 and the
Maillardon.

The arable land around Cauteretz was chiefly devoted to the growth
of hay, and the numerous mountain streams were ingeniously applied to
purposes of irrigation. Two, three, or even four crops are not unusually
the results of the care bestowed upon the land.

At this high elevation meadows of maize, which equally profit by
frequent irrigation, were not unusual, indicating the high average tem-
perature of the summer, and the dryness of the air in this mountain
valley. Even in the milder atmosphere of the southern counties of Eng-
land and Ireland, possessing a far higher average temperature than
Cauteretz, the growth of this valuable grain is impossible, or unremu-
nerative, from the greater amount of moisture in the air, and less pow-
erful heat of the summer sun.

Of the animal productions in the environs of Cauteretz I can only
speak in general terms. Stuffed specimens of the chamois (here called
the izzard), and excellent venison furnished by its flesh — not an unfre-
quent dish at our table d'hote — were my only opportunities of forming
an acquaintance with this wary little antelope, that can only be seen
alive on the most inaccessible peaks of the Vignemale. The Mygale
Pyrenaica is an object of curiosity to the inhabitants themselves, and the
ibex and the bear, though undoubted natives of these mountains, are
fast approaching the fate of the wolf of Britain. Insect life was more
abundant and noticeable. The order Hemiptera seemed to have nume-
rous representatives; and Orthoptera, of the family of the Gryllidse, with
green, blue, and scarlet wings, flitted on every rock ; the stag-beetles
were frequent in the Pare ; and every sunny dell was enlivened by the
rich colours of numerous, and to the English collector rare, species of
the butterfly tribe. Of the latter I easily procured as many speci-
mens as I could conveniently and safely pack away of the Apollo, the
Machaon, the Morio, and other smaller, but not less beautiful, forms.

On the great source of repute to Cauteretz — its mineral springs — it

VOL. IV. h

50 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

is unnecessary to dilate : their curative virtues have deservedly elevated
this place from the position of a mountain village to a town, consisting,
during the season, of not less than 4000 inhabitants, and its increase is
still rapid and constant.

All the open sources here are prolific of that curious substance known
as "Barregene," which collects in a thick, unctuous stratum, variously
coloured — red, green, and yellow — along the sides of the little water-
courses that lead from the springs. The nature of this material has been
variously described as animal, vegetable, and mineral. It is only found
in water of a sulphurous character, and its organized constituents are
wholly microscopic. A careful examination of it, in a fresh state, con-
vinced me of its purely vegetable nature. I found it wholly composed
of minute algae, in various stages of growth or decay, and easily deter-
mined the species as belonging to the genera Leptothrix, Phormidium,
and Oscillatoria.

We left Cauteretz with regret on the 30th of July, intending to pro-
ceed, by way of St. Sauveur and Bagrees, to Bagneres de Bigorre and
Bagneres de Luchon, on the eastern Pyrenees.

Mr. E. Percival "Wright read, for Robert "Warren, Jun., Esq.,
Corresponding Member, the following —

NOTES ON THE NATATORES OF KILLALA.

"Wild Swan (Cy gnus ferns or BewicHi). — "Wild swans are frequently
seen on the wing, but I have never seen them alight in the bay or
river. On some of the Erris lakes it is said they are to be seen every
winter. In the winter of 1855-56 they were very abundant in Erris.
A party of gentlemen visiting that district in February, 1856, saw
upwards of forty in one day. A pair were shot there this winter, but
as I did not see them, I cannot say whether they were bewicks or
the wild swan.

Bean Goose {Anser segetum). — A fine bird of this species, wounded in
the wing, became quite domesticated in the poultry-yard of its owner
in the town of Ballina, where I often admired its elegant and graceful
carriage, showing such a contrast in appearance to the tame geese, its
companions in captivity.

"White-fronted Goose {Anser albifrons) Many large flocks of this

species frequent the extensive bogs in Mayo and Sligo ; when on their
flight across the Moy, I have often recognised them by their white fore-
heads and barred breasts, but I have never known any to alight on the
Moy, although I have sometimes seen them flying within a few yards
of the water.

Shelldrake "(Anas tadornd). — This fine bird may be seen during
winter on the sandy flats of the Moy that are bare at low water; a small
flock of eight or ten birds frequent the banks of the Sligo side of the
river, near Scurmore ; but it is impossible to shoot them, they are so
wary.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 51

Wild duck (Anas hoschas). — Is seen in very large numbers; during
winter they do not associate with the widgeon, but keep in large flocks
by day at the north side of Bartra, just outside the surf that is always
beating on that side of the island ; when the weather is stormy, they lie
on the sandy shore. At night they fly inland to the feeding -ground,
the various springs and wet bottoms, and at daybreak they may be seen
returning in little flocks to their resting-place. They suffered the most
of any of the duck tribe during the great frost of 1855, near the village
of Ballisokeery ; several were taken by boys when unable to fly, from
weakness occasioned by the long-continued frost. I once found two of
their nests, containing eight and nine eggs, on a little island in a bog
lake, the island was almost covered with nests of the black-headed
gull ; but although the ducks and gulls were both hatching, they did
not appear to molest each other.

Gadwall{Anas strepera). — This rare duck I have seen on two occasions :
first near Scurmore, on the sands at low water, I saw five feeding, when
I made an unsuccessful attempt at shooting them. I saw them again on
the 6th of March, 1856, when I shot an adult pair, out of a flock of
seven or eight birds, as they were feeding in company of some widgeon
on the Moyview strand ; the patch of buff on the tail-coverts of the male,
and the peculiar position in which they carried their flat bills, induced
me to aim at them rather than at the widgeon, of which two also were
killed by the same shot. There was but one other male gadwall in the
flock, showing the buff tail-covert.

Pintail {Anas acuta). — This elegant and graceful duck frequents
the river in limited numbers, and associates with the widgeon on their
feeding-grounds, where seven or eight adult males may be seen any day
during winter or early spring. I shot a very fine pair, male and female,
from amongst a flock of widgeon near Bartra last December.

Common Teal {Anas crecca). — Is seldom seen in any numbers, unless
when driven by frost from the bogs and inland waters, but the flocks
of fifty or a hundred birds may be seen on the tidal portion of the river,
where they remain until the frost disappears; but on the night succeed-
ing that event they all, with the exception of a few stragglers, depart
for their usual inland haunts. Although of comparative easy approach
when inland, it is one of the most difficult birds to shoot when on the
sea-shore.

, Widgeon {Anas Penelope). — In very large numbers frequent the sands
of the Moy during winter and spring ; some are seen as early as Sep-
tember, but the great body of them do not make their appearance before
the middle of October ; they take their departure some time in March,
but a few remain until the first or second week in April. . During winter
they feed on the zostera, called by the peasantry widgeon-grass, but the
supply of that being exhausted early in spring, they then feed chiefly
on the laver or sloke, which at that time of the year is exceedingly
abundant on all the stony and rocky shores.

Scaup {Fuligula marila). — I have occasionally seen a few stragglers
in winter, and shot a single specimen.

52 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Pochard (Fuligula ferina). — The foregoing remarks may also be ap-
plied to this species.

Black Scoter (Oidemia nigra). — One day last month, near Bartra, a
pair of black ducks flew close past me, and as they were all over of a
sooty blackness, without a. particle of white being visible, I am inclined
to consider them of this species.

Long- tailed Duck {Karelda glacialis). — This very beautiful bird may
be set down as a regular winter visitant to the Bay of Killala : it arrives
in October and November, and occasionally delays its departure in spring
as late as the first or second week in May. As they seldom come inside
of the Killala or the Moy Bar, but keep in the open bay, they are not
easily observed, and particularly as they often feed just outside and
partly in the surf that is continually rolling on the bay side of Bartra ;
however, although, when unseen, their peculiar cry will always direct
the attention of the observer towards them, for, when once heard, it can
never after be mistaken for that of any other bird. I have observed
them every winter or spring from 1851 to 1856, both included, except
the winter of 1853, during which they did not appear on the river, and
I had not the opportunity of searching their haunts in the bay. I shot
a young male on the river on the 25th of April, 1855; it is now in the
collection of my esteemed friend, Dr. Harvey of Cork. Is it not curious
that the greater part of the flocks seen here consist apparently of old
males? A flock containing upwards of fifty individuals, seen on the 31st
of October, 1856, showed the same disproportion of the sexes; fully
three-fourths appeared to be old males.

Golden-Eye (Clangula vulgaris). — Is seldom seen on the river before
February or March, when a few small flocks frequent the river, near
Belleek, about a mile from the town of Ballina ; they are not usually seen
farther down the river, unless when disturbed by the shipping or boats.

Bed-breasted Merganser (Mergus serrator). — This species is very nu-
merous during winter and spring on the bay and river; they were more
numerous than usual this season; on the 31st of last October, at the
north of Bartra, I saw a flock of upwards of 500 birds; during winter
they stay more in the bay than the river, but in spring they resort in
large numbers to the latter. In summer very few are seen, but not one
to fifty in winter ; I have seen them on Lough Conn in July, and was
informed that a few breed on some unfrequented islands there.

Eared Grebe (Podiceps auritus). — This rare bird has been occasionally
seen on the river. On the 6th of February, 1852, I observed a pair of
small grebes swimming in the small channel between Bartra and Moyne
Abbey; on shooting one, it proved to be of this species; and in winter
plumage showing very little colour on the ear- tufts. On another occasion,
in the winter of 1855, I observed for a long time a small grebe, and,
from the peculiar shape of its head and bill, I have no doubt but that it
was the P. auritus; it allowed of very close observation, as I brought
my boat within six or eight yards of where it was fishing.

Little Grebe (Podiceps minor). — Is seldom seen on the river unless
when driven by frost from the inland waters.

DUBLIN TJNIVEKSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 53

Great Northern Diver ( Colymbus glacialis). — This fine bird is a regular
winter visitant to the bay and river, but as it is of a quieter disposition
than the other Divers, it is not so often seen away from its usual fishing
haunts, and on that account it appears less common than it really is.
They occasionally remain until late in May before taking their departure
for their summer haunts, and sometimes assume their summer garb
before leaving. On the 24th of May, 1851, in the open bay near Kil-
cummin Head, I saw a flock of ten birds, nine of which appeared in full
summer plumage ; they looked very beautiful, and although I pursued
them in a boat for some time, I was unable to shoot any, or even to get
within shooting distance, owing to their immense swimming powers
when under water.

Eed- throated Diver (Colymbus septentrionalis). — This handsome Diver
is also a regular visiter to the bay and river; it is of a much more rest-
less nature than the Great Northern, and as it is oftener seen on the
wing, it comes more frequently under the notice of the observer than
the above-mentioned bird. They are also more easily driven to take
flight when pursued by a boat than the Great Northern. The Red-
throated Diver generally leaves for its summer haunts about the latter
end of April, though a few sometimes remain until the beginning of
May ; some always assume their summer dress before departing for the
north. I shot one in the adult plumage in May, 1851.

Black- throated Diver (Colymbus Arcticus). — One in the adult summer
plumage was seen near Bartra by my brother, Mr. E. H. Warren, in
April, 1851 ; he observed it for a long time with a glass, from a distance
of 100 yards.

Common Guillemot ( JJria troile). — Is seldom seen on the river, as its
breeding haunts are several miles west of the Bay. Some have been
occasionally washed ashore dead, after a gale of wind on the bay side of
Bartra.

Black Guillemot (JJria grylle) Is seldom seen on the river; I have

seen them in the Killala channel in summer.

Razorbill (Aha torda). — The foregoing remarks may be also applied
to this bird.

Puffin (Mormon fratercula) I shot a young bird as it was resting

on the shore, near Beserk Abbey, at the Mayo side of the river.

Great Cormorant ( Carlo cormoranus). — Of the two species of cormo-
rant, this is the most numerous. They fish very far up the river, and
even extend their fishing excursions to Lough Conn, where I have seen
them in summer. The seasonal moult commences in this species very
early : I have seen them exhibiting the white thigh marks the first week
in January.

Green Cormorant (Phalacrocorax graculus). — Is very numerous.
They appear to me to be strictly marine in their habits, for I have never
seen an individual in fresh water, or fishing any distance up the river ;
and, although the tidal part of the river extends about four miles from
the bay, they do not fish more than half that distance. A few pairs
build on Kilcummin Head, the western boundary of the bay.

54 PEOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Gannet {Sula bassana). — Is to be seen every summer fishing in the
bay ; they keep very far out, almost outside the limits of the bay. I
have never observed them fishing near the shore. On the 30th of Sep-
tember, 1851, I caught a young one, in its first year's plumage. It
was resting on the Bartra sands, and so exhausted as to be quite unable
to fly. It lived in captivity about a week. On being fed, and, after
satisfying its hunger, it had a very singular habit of concealing the re-
mainder of its food under its scapular feathers and wing-coverts, and
frequently, when it attempted to hide fish entrails, the long ends hang-
ing about its neck and shoulders gave it a most grotesque appearance.

Sandwich Tern {Sterna cantiaca). — This is a very beautiful bird;
frequenting the bay and river in considerable numbers during spring and
summer. I have not been able to ascertain where their breeding station
is situated, though it cannot be very far distant from Ballina, for during
the breeding season they may be seen daily flying inland in that direc-
tion, bearing sand-eels in their bills to their mates and young. They
differ so much from the other terns as to the time of their spring mi-
gration or return, that I was induced to note the dates of their arrival
since 1851. They are as follows: — April 5, 1851 ; March 23, 1852;
April 15, 1853; March 21, 1854; Aprill, 1855; and March 20, 1856.
Their arrival in the river is quickly announced by their peculiarly loud
screams, which can be instantly recognised by the observer who has
once heard them. On fine, bright days they have a curious habit of
mounting to an immense height in the air, frequently out of sight, and
all the while screaming incessantly.

Common Tern {Sterna hirundo). — This bird does not arrive in the
river before May. I have seldom seen them in any numbers until about
the middle of that month.

Arctic Tern {Sterna Arctica). — Is also late in its summer return.
This bird, or the common one, breeds on some of the small islets of
Lough Conn. I have not been able to determine the species with cer-
tainty, as I have never shot any on the lake ; though, from the great
length of the tail feathers and the darkness of their under plumage, I am
inclined to think them of the Arctic species.

Little Tern {Sterna minuta). — This elegant little tern is very rare
on this part of the coast. I have seen it only on three occasions ; once
near Kilcummin Head, when three appeared in company, and again near
Bartra and Scurmore. I shot a specimen on the 24th of May, 1851.

Black -headed Gu]l{Zaru8 ridibundus). — Is very numerous throughout
the year ; they breed in considerable numbers on the islands of various
small lakes in the county of Mayo. On the 21st of May, 1851, 1 visited
a small bog lake, situated midway between Killala and Ballina, and
found these gulls breeding in great numbers on a little island in the
centre of the lake. On landing on it, it was with the greatest difficulty
we could avoid trampling on the nests with eggs, so thickly were they
placed all over the island. I counted upwards of 200 nests, all con-
taining eggs ; but not a young bird was to be seen hatched on the island.
The eggs of the different nests varied considerably in colour and mark-

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 55

ings, the ground-colour of some being exceedingly dark, while others
were quite light.

Kittiwake Gull (Zarus tridactylus). — Is very abundant in the bay
during the summer ; they build in great numbers on the rocky cliffs of
Downpatrick Head, seven or eight miles west of Killala.

Common Gull (Zarus canus). — Is to be seen in considerable numbers,
and particularly so in winter. The greater part appear in the adult plu-
mage. I know of but one breeding station in this part of the country,
and that is at Lough Talt, a small lake in the Ox Mountains, situated
about twelve miles from the sea. Four or five pair bred there in 1855,
and, as the proprietor has them strictly protected from molestation, it is
to be hoped that they will increase in numbers each succeeding year.

Herring Gull {Zarus argentatus). — Is common and numerous through-
out the year ; they breed in considerable numbers on the precipitous
cliffs of Downpatrick Head.

Lesser Black-backed Gull (Zarus fuscus). — This bird is not common
on this part of the coast. I have seen but few individuals of the species,
and only single birds.

Great Black-backed Gull (Zarus marinus). — Is very common through-
out the year. They have a breeding station at Downpatrick Head.
Twelve or fourteen pairs rear their young on the flat, grassy summit of
the pillar- like rock near the Head. This gull is much more plentiful
here than I have ever observed them on the south coast, in the vicinity
of Cork Harbour.

Iceland Gull (Zarus islan&icus). — Is sometimes seen. On the 4th
of December, 1851, I shot an immature specimen, as it was flying with
some herring gulls over the sands at the north side of Bartra. I also
saw another, near Bartra, on the 9th of December, 1854, and a third
near Moyview, on the 7th of May, 1855. It flew within eighteen or
twenty yards of where I was sitting, and, from the whiteness of its plu-
mage, I should say that it was adult. Immature birds, when seen on
the wing, appear of a light-cream colour, and they fly more buoyantly
than any of our other large gulls.

. Richardson's Skua (Zestris Richardsonii). — Skuas are sometimes
seen in very large numbers in the month of October, on their passage
to the south-west. They were observed by my brother, Mr; Edward H.
Warren, to take the same course eveiy October, from 1851 to 1855,
during which years he resided at Bartra, and, as they always crossed the
island when coming from the sea, he had excellent opportunities for
observing the direction of their flight. Some years they appear in
greater numbers than in others ; but we never remarked them to be so
numerous as in October, 1851. "We first observed them on the 8th of
that month, when two flocks, of six and eight birds, were seen flying
towards the south-west; again, on the 15th, we counted seventy-two, as
they came from the open sea, in small, detached flocks, and at irregular
intervals, but all held steadily on the same course, right across the
country. On the following morning they appeared more numerous, and
I counted over 100 in a very short space of time. As I was only able to

56 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

observe them for about two hours each day, it is very probable that large
numbers passed unseen. Occasionally one would alight on the water, as
if fatigued, and, after resting for a minute or so, would resume its flight
after its distant comrades.

It is singular, that although there were hundreds of gulls on the
sands and river while the skuas were passing, they never chased any, or,
at least, none attempting to do so came under my observation. We saw
a good many adults, with long tails, some having light-coloured throats,
and others the belly also ; but fully three-fourths of the birds in each
flock were immature, short-tailed, dark-coloured birds. I shot one of
the latter, as a small flock flew over me on the 15th ; but as I felt some
doubt as to the species, on account of the resemblance between the
young of the Richardsonii and Longicaudatus, I forwarded the specimen
to Belfast, to get the opinion of my much esteemed and deeply regretted
friend, the late William Thompson, as to which of the two species it
belonged; and, in reply to my inquiry, he said that the bird in question
was undoubtedly the young of the Lestris Richardsonii.

On the 29th of September, 1855, I shot a young bird in its first
year's plumage. It frequented the river for nearly six weeks before,
and was a perfect torment to the sandwich terns in its vicinity.

The foregoing is all the information I can give regarding the appear-
ance of the skuas in such numbers ; but whether it was a regular mi-
gration, or only a change of feeding-ground from one part of the coast
to another, I must leave to some one more experienced on the subject
of migration to determine.

Fulmar Petrel {Procellaria glacialis). — An immature bird was found
dead on the Moyview strand, on the 24th of January, 1857 ; it was quite
fresh, and apparently died only six or eight hours before being found.
It was probably driven from the north by the very severe gale that was
blowing from the north-north-west for the two days and nights preced-
ing.

Stormy Petrel (Thalassidroma pelagicas). — Is very rare on the river ;
I once saw one near the quay of Ballrna.

After which the members proceeded to ballot, when the Rev. James
Mease was elected a Corresponding Member, and W. D. Babington and
J. Ellis, 8ch.t Ordinary Members.

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 57

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
FRIDAY, DECEMBER 12, 1856.
His Grace the Archbishop of Dublin, Y. P., in the Chair.
The Minutes of the previous Meeting were read and signed.
His Grace the Archbishop of Dublin read a paper on —

THE SONG OF THE BUTCHER-BIRD.

It is not my intention to-night to enter into the natural history of the
entire family of butcher-birds, or shrikes (Laniadge). I merely wish to
bring under the notice of the members of the Society a few notes which
were made during the month of July last, at Cheltenham, with regard
to the song properly so-called of the lesser, or, more properly speaking,
the red-backed shrike, or butcher-bird (Lanius collurio) ; and, although
I know that it is a rule of this Society that the communications read
before it shall be confined to Irish natural history, yet, as a congener of
this bird (Lanius excubitor) has occurred already, on one occasion at least,
in Ireland, I hope I may be allowed to infringe on this rule a little.

Although many authors mention the imitative faculties of the
butcher-birds, in respect to the cries of other birds, yet they all say that
this faculty is limited to the imitation of the cries and calls only. The
only naturalist who at all notices any other power of imitation is
Temminck, who, in his " History of Birds," enters fully into the sub-
ject. It is rather strange so remarkable a habit should have escaped
notice.

The following were the notes which I made on the subject : — Last
July, when riding along one of the roads near Cheltenham, I was sur-
prised by hearing, as I thought, a blackcap ( Curruca atricapilla) singing
in a thicket, and, struck with the strangeness of the circumstance, at
that season, when all birds are supposed to be mute, I cautiously ap-
proached the bird to make sure of its species : much to my astonish-
ment I found that the musician was the lesser shrike (Z. collurio). On
listening awhile, to my still greater astonishment, I heard this bird,
dropping the song of the blackcap, take up a most perfect imitation of
the song of the sedge-warbler {Curruca phrag mites) ; then, successively,
the songs of the thrush (Tardus musicus), skylark (Alauda arvensis),
and whitethroat ( Curruca cinerea), winding all up with the call-note of
the partridge {Perdix cinerea).

Nor was this the only occasion on which I was able to note this
curious trait in the bird's habits. On may subsequent occasions I
witnessed similar concerts, in every case being able to identify the bird,
thanks to its fearlessness, and thus verify my observation. The mere
fact of this bird's imitating the songs of its more favoured brothers of the

VOL. IV. I

58 Proceedings of societies.

grove is a remarkable point in its history, as well as the singularity of
the season chosen for the display of this faculty — to wit, a time when
all other birds have ceased their song. This songster may well deserve
the name of English mocking-bird, and it appears strange that so in-
teresting a habit should have escaped the observation of our English
ornithologists, or else have been deemed too unimportant for notice.

After some discussion, Dr. Charles Farran read a paper —

on the occurrence of the marbled swimming-crab (portunus marmo-
reus), at birterbie bay, connemara.

In bringing this beautiful species, the marbled swimming-crab (Por-
tunus marmoreus), under the consideration of the Society, I was nearly
placing myself in a very unenviable position — namely, that of appro-
priating to myself the credit of adding the species to the Eauna of Ireland
— this position resembling in every respect that of the jackdaw (as we
are told in ancient writing), who found himself, when the rightful
owners of the plumage with which he decked himself claimed their re-
spective properties, left naked and despised.

Most fortunately, a reference to the printed reports of the Proceedings
of the Society for the years 1844 and 1845 saved me from this galling
infliction, which would have been doubly painful to me, since it fell to
my lot to read a paper by the late Mr. William M'Calla, before the
Society, in January, 1845. By reading that portion of the report which
refers to Mr. M'Calla' s discoveries, the Society will be put in possession
of the fact that his was the undoubted credit of being the first to place
Portunus marmoreus on the list of Irish Crustacea.

The following is the extract : — " In the month of January, 1845, Dr.
Farran read a paper — Observations on the Productions of Eoundstone
and Birterbie Bays, Connemara, chiefly the Crustacea, Sponges, and Zoo-
phytes, by Mr. W. M'Calla, being a continuation of Dr. Farran' s paper
on the rare shells of that district. In that paper a well-arranged list
was given of Irish Brachyura, detailing twenty-seven species, and one
undetermined species and genus \_Thia polita]. By this list Mr. M'Calla
has added a species to the Fauna of Ireland — Portunus marmoreus — and
another not referable to any hitherto known genus of British Crustacea.
The additions to those already recorded make the Irish Brachyura to
amount to thirty- three species. Among the other sections of the Crus-
tacea he alluded to the occurrence of Niscea bidentata, particularly in
the button-like front of Himanthalia lorea, and also to that of the very
interesting species, Nebalia herbstii, found under stones and lumps of turf
at the head of the bays." I have given the extract in full, so far as re-
lates to the two bays, as it gives some slight insight into Mr. M'Calla' s labo-
rious investigations, which he conducted with great skill and tact. I
now return to the discovery of Portunus marmoreus, the merit of which
discovery has not been duly estimated. There is no difficulty in deter-
mining the species when brought under view, such as I now exhibit ;

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 59

but when it is stated that a strand- worn carapace, in which the beauteous
markings which characterize the species were almost obliterated — when
the species was not even suspected to exist, and when I am perfectly-
satisfied that M'Calla never saw the crab, not a specimen being in any-
Irish collection — under these circumstances, his detecting the species,
with such meagre materials to assist him, demonstrates his great dis-
criminating powers. The carapace is placed in the Museum of the Royal
Dublin Society, where it can be seen.

It may be held in remembrance that I read a paper before the Society
early in the session of 1854, giving an account of a dredging excursion
I made in that year to Eoundstone and Birterbie Bays. I detailed the
reasons which induced me to take the course which led to the discovery
of the locality where the magnificent specimens of Pectunculus glycimern
were obtained so abundantly. With those were associated Portunus
marmoreus, rivalling the Pectunculus in those exquisite markings which
so characterize that species, and excelling it by the graceful evolutions
and attitudes it assumed both in the water and on the deck of our ves-
sel. A more interesting object could not be witnessed. It was ob-
tained rather plentifully ; four or five specimens were captured in each
haul of the dredge, and as I was highly favoured that year by fine
weather, these were rather frequent ; and I should say that I obtained
above one hundred in the course of the day. It is not necessary to al-
lude to the reason why I did not preserve some specimens ; probably I
was so occupied with the Peetunculi, and other rarities that came under
my notice, that I passed them over. I was aware of the great difficulty
in preserving the colours of the shell, so as to render them worthy of a
a place in a museum, and this also tended to make me indifferent to
them.

On my return to town I mentioned to several naturalists the fact of
my having obtained this hitherto rare crustacean ; and, although I can-
not say that I was actually doubted by any, still there can be no hesita-
tion in saying that the production of some specimens would have
strengthened their faith exceedingly. I proceeded to Roundstone last
July, in order to obtain the Portunus, and to ascertain whence M'Alla
procured the carapace. Never was there a better exemplification or
fulfilment of the old adage —

" He who would not when he may,
When he would, he shall have nay."

The very first day I went out we were overtaken by a gale, indeed, the
men called it a hurricane, which compelled us to put into the first shelter
we could reach. The next day was a dead calm, and so on for a fort-
night alternate storm and calm. One day, for an hour or two, I was
fortunate in having a favourable breeze, when I reached the Pectunculus
ground. During that time I obtained three specimens, and it was sig-
nificantly observed by one of the men, that it required the boat to be
under good way to catch the crabs, as it was only then they were

60 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

brought up in the dredge ; for when the speed was slackened, we got
Pectunculus, but no crabs ; and this I suppose was the literal fact. The
depth of water was about twenty-two fathom, and the bottom a hard
yellow sand.

When I asked the men whether M'Calla had ever dredged there, they
said he never had ; and when I inquired where he could have obtained
the carapace, they at once replied at Grurteen strand, about two miles
from the spot, that being the only spot where debris was thrown up.
They also mentioned that the dredge he had was small, and would not
sink here, as the current was so strong, and this I found to be the case.
It is in vain to go with the current or against it — in the first case the
net is reversed and goes before the dredge ; in the latter case the dredge
floats, and, should it reach the bottom, it hops, and never lies permanently
on the ground ; the current must be crossed, and this requires a good
vessel, a heavy dredge, and good men to work it, and these M'Calla never
had, owing to the rather heavy expenses attending them, so that,
from this account, it would appear that the animal lived and died
on this bank, and was carried by the current and thrown on Gur-
teen Strand, and there found in its mutilated state by M'Calla, who had
thence determined the species. I have now given an account of the
capture of the crab, and its locality. It appears to me that a current
is its domicile — it is never found in the sluggish waters of either bays,
where Portunus corrugatus is found abundantly. It is a very active crab,
and it behoves it to be so, as the current which carries its prey runs at the
rate of seven or eight miles an hour. We have seen that it has activity
enough to avoid the dredge when the vessel was not under very rapid way.

I alluded to the difficulty of preserving the colours of the Crus-
tacea. I am happy to say that that is now removed, and henceforth
this class of animals will grace our museums in all their varied and
beautiful colours. I am indebted to Colonel Wegg for being in a posi-
tion to show the result of his scientific applications. Immediately on
getting those specimens, I packed them up in a small box, filling up
the remaining space with fresh chopped sea- weed (Fucus vesiculosus),
and forwarded them to him by mail. His success was far beyond my
most sanguine expectation. The specimens are in appearance this mo-
ment as fresh as when taken, nearly six months since.

Before I close, I may be permitted, in the words of Bell, to say — "that
the portion of the crab denominated the carapace is the outer shell or
the large enveloping buckler which covers the entire of the thorax ; and
even the abdomen itself is folded underneath it, so that the whole animal
is hidden by it. This remarkable buckler, covering as it does the whole
of the viscera, is found to be more or less divided distinctly into regions,
which are indicated by elevations separated from each other by grooves,
and to these regions have been given names derived from the different
organs which are immediately covered by them."

In the species Portunus marmoreus the abdomen in the male is five-
jointed ; in the female, seven -jointed.

DUBLIN NATTTEAL HISTOEY SOCIETY. 61

Mr. Andrews said that the thanks of the Society were due to Dr.
Farran for his perseverance in following out the important discovery of
the late William M'Calla, and for the very beautiful series of Portunus
marmoreus he had brought before the meeting. Mr. Andrews was not
at all surprised at Dr. Farran' s meeting with that beautiful crustacean
in such abundance on the west coast ; it was only confirmatory of the
identity of many other marine animals of that coast with those of the
shores of Spain and the Mediterranean. But a very superficial research
had as yet been made among the Crustacea of the coasts of Ireland, es-
pecially those of the west coast, where by far the greater proportion of
species of British marine animals were doubtless to be met. This dearth
of information was chiefly owing to the few trials of the dredge in deep
water ; for the rarer animals might be taken there, and, even at the
depths of eighty fathom, some of the most delicate crustaceans would
be found.

In eighty-four fathoms, off the Tiraght Rock, in fine gravelly
soundings, Pandalus annulicomis and Palcemon serratus had been taken ;
they were particularly abundant in the stomachs of the cod-fish; species
of Hippolyte and of Mysis, Pirimela denticulata and Hyas coarctatus,
were also taken. In Dingle Bay, in twenty-five fathoms, on the trawl-
ing ground, on fine sand, Corystes cassivelaunus and Maia squinado are
constantly taken up with the trawls. Mr. Andrews begged to present
to the Society some specimens of Portunus puber and Portunus holsatus,
taken in Dingle Bay. A specimen of the latter so closely approached
in distinctive characters P. marmoreus as scarcely to be distinguishable
from it. Associations ought to be formed for exploring more effectively
the marine productions of the west coast, as off the bays of Galway,
Dingle, Ballinskelligs, and Kenmare, in soundings of from forty to sixty
fathoms, good dredging ground would be met on fine gravelly bottoms,
fine sand, and soft sand and mud. It was in eighty-one fathoms he
had taken the living specimens of Eunice tubicola.

Dr. Kinahan stated that the addition of this species to the Irish
list was not the. least interesting among the many additions made by
the late M'Calla. It was most gratifying to have M'Calla' s locality for
this interesting species placed thus completely above suspicion, and Dr.
Farran doubtless deserved a great deal of credit for his perseverance in
endeavouring, in spite of unfavourable circumstances which he had de-
tailed, to prove this point.

From a careful examination of Dr. Farran' s beautiful series of spe-
cimens, he felt no hesitation in venturing to dissent altogether from
both Bell and Milne Edwardes as to the specific identity of P. mar-
moreus and P. hotsatus; no one who examined these beautiful specimens
could for one moment imagine that the species were identical. The
distribution of the species was distinct too, for P. holsatus was much
more generally diffused and more northerly in its distribution than P.
marmoreus, which as yet had been only found in the southern parts of
Britain.

62 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

After some further discussion, Dr. J. R. Kinahan read a paper —

ON XANTHO RIVULOSA AND OTHER DECAPODOUS CRUSTACEA OCCURRING AT
VALENTIA ISLAND, CO. KERRY.

In recording this, the second notice of the occurrence of Xantho rivulosa
on the Irish shores, I mean to take the same opportunity to submit to
your Society such notes with regard to some of the more remarkable
Crustacea which occur at Valentia Island, as a hurried visit to that loca-
lity last summer, under unfavourable circumstances, afforded me, com-
bining with them remarks on the distribution of the species around
Ireland generally, as far as the scanty materials at my command will
enable me to do. These, though imperfect, I am led to lay before
you, chiefly by the great lack of information on this subject which I
find pervades all our Natural Histories, even those very lately published.

It is a matter much to be deplored, that naturalists generally do not
oftener avail themselves of opportunities of compiling comparative tables
of the productions of the various districts they may examine; but, in-
stead thereof, sinking the naturalist in the mere collector, rush rather
after a multitude of specimens or species than a limited number of gene-
ral facts. I do not wish to undervalue the collector's labours, but rather
to prompt every collector to become a naturalist also, and by carefully
noting the special peculiarities of each district which he examines, to
enable himself and others thereby to arrive not only at particular con-
clusions as regards that locality, but also at general ones as regards the
Fauna of the entire country, and its bearings on the Fauna of the whole
world. That the importance of this matter is not overrated must be
apparent to any one who takes the trouble to examine even the best
arranged books of modern days, with regard to the distribution of our
marine animals, and (with, perhaps, the exception of the Molluscs) the
deficiency of authentic information will be apparent on even a super-
ficial examination, this deficiency in a great measure arising from
observers having sought and noted the rarest, or what they considered
the rarest species, only. »

The principal data on which the following remarks as to distribu-
tion are founded are as follow : — For the north of Ireland generally, the
specimens in what is commonly known as the Ordnance Survey collec-
tion, or Down Survey collection, — a collection made by the officers of
the Ordnance Survey of Ireland, under the direction of Captain, now
Colonel Portlock, during the years 1839, &c, in the counties of Done-
gal, Antrim, Down, and Londonderry, and which is at present in the
Museum of Irish Industry. Where this is referred to, the letters 0. C.
are placed after the locality.

For the east coast, my own experience of Dublin Bay, assisted, in a
very few instances, by the collections of Dr. Ball and other kind friends.

For the south, my own experience in Youghal and Ardmore, and
also J. V. Thompson's collection of Crustacea, now in the Royal Dublin
Society's Museum; and also the Catalogue prepared by the Cork Cu-

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 63

vierian Society in 1849. These two latter are referred to as J. V. T.
and C. C. S. My own notes are, in every case, unmarked, the locality
being given without any initial.

For the west, in addition to my own notes made at Yalentia Island,
in 1856, and at Kilkee, Galway, &c, in 1852, I have also made use of
a catalogue, supplied me some years since through the kindness of Dr.
Farran, of the principal species captured by W. M'Calla in Birterbie
and Eoundstone Bays, marked by the initials "W. M'C.

Correcting and adding to all these various sources from Bell's Bri-
tish Crustacea, and "William Thompson's Notes on the subject, as given
posthumously to the world in the fourth volume of the " Natural History
of Ireland." This last has been noticed as W. T.

The list by no means purports to be a complete distributional one ;
a task so comprehensive must be left for the future; but is merely
intended to notice such species as either came directly under my own
observation while living, or of which specimens, concerning whose au-
thenticity there could be no doubt, were seen by me.

So much has lately, that is to say, within the last few years, been
said and printed concerning the superior capabilities of the west of Ire-
land as a field for research, that naturalists have been insensibly led to
look on it as the El Dorado of Irish Natural History, where " monster
nuggets," in the shape of new species, and rare animals and plants, are
tossed up by every tide and breeze ; the usual answer of the old hands
and authorities to the anxious inquirer seeking information regarding
the locale of some rare species " Common in the west," helping to foster
this opinion, so that every naturalist could not but feel impatient for an
opportunity to examine into and revel amidst such treasures. Any one
who has felt the pleasure of breaking ground in a comparatively new
and seemingly rich field can quite appreciate the feelings with which
I gladly accepted an invitation to spend a few weeks at Yalentia Island,
which, embayed as it is in an inlet of the Co. Kerry, ought to furnish
the carcinologist with every species which frequents the coast.

Among the many species marked as Irish, on the authority of the
occurrence of a single specimen, none, with, perhaps, the exception of
Polybius Henslowii, possess more interest than the subject of this notice,
Xantho rivulosa, one of the types of a genus which, essentially subtro-
pical, reaches its northern limit on the British shores, itself an un-
doubted member of that Fauna whose scattered members, in characters
not to be mistaken, attest the probability, nay, almost the certainty, of
the truth of one of the most brilliant theories ever propounded, — that
of the lamented Edward Forbes, — surmising the union and inter-
mingling, at some period of the world's history, of the Fauna of the
west of Ireland and Mediterranean districts ; add to this the fact of its
having been detected hitherto in Ireland only at the extreme north, and
that, when then discovered, now fifteen years back, a second specimen
was sought in vain ; that during this long interval it has remained un-
detected, escaping the careful research of even W. M'Calla (at least, it
neither appears among his lists, nor can I find specimens of it in the

64 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

many collections supplied by him), and, therefore, evidently either very
rare or very local.

Taking these latter facts into consideration, it appeared to me, when
starting for Valentia Island, with the determination of seeking this spe-
cies, that it was rather a wild-goose chase, and the chances of success
but small; and my experience at Valentia Island would lead me to be-
lieve that either the species is everywhere scarce, or else, what is just as
probable, that it, in its habits, differs much from those of Xanthoflo-
rida, and that its scarcity in collections depends on the blundering of
the collectors. Although I assiduously sought for it, but one specimen
rewarded my labours, — that now before you, — sufficient, however, to
prove the existence of the species on the coast, and to stimulate a fur-
ther search at some future time.

The general aspect of the shores of Valentia Island needs little de-
scription : every form of beach, slob, shingle, sand, and rocks, and rock
pools occur, and a rapid and strong current sets in round the island, so
that there is no lack of fitting localities for every kind of Crustacea. My
researches were confined to the littoral zones chiefly, and hence this
list includes but few of the Macroura and Anomoura.

LIST OF SPECIES.

Hyas araneus, common, and a littoral species here. In Ireland it
has occurred all round the coast, as follows: — Carrickfergus (W. T.),
Dublin, Youghal, Valentia, Clew Bay (W. T.).

Hyas coarctatus, apparently rare. I saw but one specimen. This
may arise, however, from its being a frequenter of deeper water than
the last ; such, at least, I find to be its habits in Dublin. This species
has been selected by Dana as a type of his Caledonian group, and yet it
is recorded as occurring on the shores of La Manches. In Ireland it
has occurred at Giant's Causeway (0. C), Belfast (W. T.), Dublin, Cork
(J. V. T.), Valentia Island, Galway Bay, 1857. In Dublin Bay it is much
commoner than the last, being less local, but preferring deeper water.

Maia squinado, common, and deep sea, or, at least, laminarian;
taken in the lobster-pots; undoubtedly a southern species. Forbes
makes it one of his South British types. Information with regard to
the limits of its distribution is much wanted. It is recorded from Wex-
ford (W. T.), Cork (J. V. T.), and the west coast, as far north as Eound-
stone Bay (W. M'C).

Xantho Jlorida, very common under stones between tide-marks. Two
distinctly marked varieties occur, the one having the wrists quite
smooth, the other with the wrists picked out into irregular, confluent,
slightly raised ridges. This is probably only a variety of the smooth-
wristed form, as intermediate forms are common. There is great
variety in colour among the specimens, some being colourless, similar
to the specimen recorded in Thompson from Lahinch, and which, through
the kindness of Dr. Robert Ball, I have had an opportunity of examin-
ing.

The species appears to be southern and western in its distribution.

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 65

It has been recorded in the Dublin lists on the authority of Dr. Ball.
I find the observations of this gentleman with regard to our Dublin
species so correct, — in fact, in every instance but this having verified his
observations by specimens obtained by myself, — that, although a careful
search for this species in Dublin, on my own part, has been hitherto
unsuccessful, I yet feel great hesitation in contradicting the statement.
The fact of there being but a single specimen in his collection, so marked,
leaves room, however, for the surmise that there may have been some
mistake. In Ireland it has been recorded in Antrim (0. C), Dublin
Bay? (R. B.), vide ante, Hook Head (R.B.), Cork? (C. C. S.), Valen-
tia Island, Tory Island (W. T.) The specimen thus marked in J. V.
Thompson's collection is X tuberculata*

The fact of the species having occurred on the north-east coast does
not militate against its being regarded as southern. Several other seem-
ingly southern, or, more probably, western species, are found to occur
along the eastern coast of the north of Ireland. In England, as far as
I find it recorded, the distribution of this species is southern.

Xantko rivulosa. — Along with the last, a single specimen was found
under the stones near Renaune Point : it is a female, and half grown,
and exhibited the following distinctive characters, as contrasted with
Xantho jlorida, captured at the same place : — Pront produced, directed
forwards, lamellar, headed along its margin; pterygostomian regions
granulated (inX Jlorida, punctated); dentition of lateral edge. D. slightly
marked, yet distinct, E.N.T.S. ; (in X. jlorida D. nearly completely
obsolete) ; superior surface of carapace much flattened, posterior pairs of
legs hairy upon superior edges. The character of the double groove on
the movable finger is by no means a constant distinction, as it is found
in some young specimens of X jlorida.

This is undoubtedly a southern species. The only Irish specimen
heretofore known, and which I am, through the kindness of Gr. Y.
Du Noyer, Esq., enabled to figure from the original sketch made in 1839,
and which is itself here exhibited through the kindness of the authorities
of the Museum of Irish Industry, was obtained at Portrush, 1839 (O.C.),
Hook Head (B.B.),f Valentia Island, 1856, Galway (Prof. Melville).

* Xantho tuberculata. — Among the collection of Crustacea purchased from J. V.
Thompson by the Royal College of Surgeons, Ireland, and by them presented to the
Eoyal Dublin Society, there is a mutilated specimen— marked in the Catalogue
No. 23, " I. Xantho Jloridus, imperfect" — which is either this or some closely allied
species. The absence of the hindlegs prevent a positive opinion as to the species ;
but in the produced front and coarsely tuberculated hands, &c, it appears identical
with Bell's figure. I have noticed it here, as it appears to have escaped W. Thomp-
son's observation; and it were exceedingly desirable if the occurrence of this south
British type on the Irish shores could be confirmed. It is singular that there is no
specimen of Xantho Jlorida at all in the collection. I have been at pains to identify
this specimen as the actual specimen described in the Catalogue as above, and find
there cannot be any doubt as to its identity.

t X. rivulosa. — Since the above paper was read, Dr. Robert Ball kindly afforded
me an opportunity of examining the fine collection of Irish Xanthos in the Univer-
sity Museum, Trinity College, and among a number collected at Hook Head , county

VOL. IV. K

N PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Cancer pagurus. — Here, as all round Ireland, occurs abundantly, and
appears to be universal — in fact, no district is without it.

Carcinus mcenas. — Also abundant, varying much in colour, espe-
cially the young specimens which at Valentia Island are generally of
dark olives and grays, I did not meet any of the light-coloured varieties
which are common in the Dublin rock-pools. The amount of arcuation
of the front varies much in some of my specimens. This species appears
as widely distributed as the last.

Portunus puber. — Very abundant, littoral and laminarian. The
Valentia specimens are much more convex than Dublin coast specimens,
which are, many of them, nearly quite flat. The young of this species,
as well as those of the next two, might be easily confounded with those
of Carcinus mcenas, the only difference at first sight being a sparse pu-
bescence. The young specimens of this species are, many of them, most
beautiful in their colours : patches of rose-pink adorning the branchial
region, and a stripe of the same colour running down the median line.
The frontal teeth in young specimens appear as pearly granulations only.

Distribution. — Bangor, Co. Down (0. C), Dublin, Youghal, Valentia,
Lahinch, Tory Island (W.T).

Portunus corrugatus. — Rare ; small specimens occur in pools left in
the sands and among Zostera marina at Ringlass Point. It appears to
be generally distributed around Ireland, though there is no certain re-
cord of its having been found on the south coast. It is omitted in the
Cork Cuvierian Society's list. J. V. Thompson's specimens, marked
P. corrugatus, are uncorrectly named ; as it occurs in the Mediterranean
it may be a southern species, attaining its extreme limit in Dublin Bay,
but, more probably, further research will establish it around Ireland.
At present, the following comprises the districts in which it has been
found: — Larne (O.C.), Dublin Bay (R.B.), and also my own collect-
ing, Valentia Island, and the west coast generally, to Birterbie Bay
(W.M'C.).

Portunus arcuatus.* — Specimens occurred in the same locality as the
last ; this species is a most interesting example of representative form,
copying closely the outline of Portunus integrifrons of the Indian

of Wexford, by Doran, some years since, I had the pleasure of detecting a small spe-
cimen of this species — thus confirming its southern range. Although this collection
includes some dozen specimens, which I carefully examined, I could not find another
example of this species. These specimens, Dr. Ball informed me at the time, had
never been critically examined before.

* Portunus carcinoides (Mihi) — Along with the above species three specimens of
a Portunus occurred, which, though neighbouring to P. corrugatus, seem to belong to
some other species. I have, therefore, ventured to describe it provisionally, under the
name of P. carcinoides (from its resemblance to Carcinus mcenas), as follows : —

Carapace smooth, without raised ridges, regions marked out by rounded promi-
nences only, sparsely hirsute. Front three-lobed, middle lobe largest, edges of lobes
entire. Antero-lateraL margin of carapace five-toothed. First pair of legs equal, surface
nearly smooth, hirsute; two flattened, triangular teeth at anterior superior angles
of wrist; hand with two well-marked carinas on the upper sides, the inner terminating

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 67

Ocean, and even the habitat, — which appears to be erroneously given in
Bell as deep water, — at least in Valentia Island, I find P. arcuatus tole-
rably abundant under weed-covered stones, between tide-marks, pre-
cisely as Portunus integrifrons occurred to me in Port Philip Bay,
Australia. The young specimens of this species are, probably, often
passed over as Carcinus mcenas, from which it is often difficult to sepa-
rate them. It is, most probably, a southern species, that is to say, one
of Eorbes's Atlantic types.

In Ireland it has been recorded as occurring as follows : — Strangford
Lough (0. C), Portmarnock, Co. Dublin (P. B.), Dublin Bay, 1852,
Cork (J.Y.T.), Yalentia Island, Killeries (W.T.).

Portunus depurator occurs, but not common. This species has
been erroneously supposed to be rare in Ireland, probably from its being
generally an inhabitant of tolerably deep water : it is neither rare nor
yet local, as the following list shows : —

Belfast (0. C), Portmarnock, Dublin, Bray, Youghal (E. B.), Ya-
lentia, Dingle, (AY. Andrews, Esq.), Poundstone (W. M'C), Galway.

Portunus holsatus did not occur to me ; specimens of it were shown
me, and specimens from Dingle Bay, collected by Wm. Andrews, Esq., are
before you. This species is undoubtedly more northerly in its tendency
than the preceding; in Dublin Bay (where it is far the commonest spe-
cies) a wrinkled variety, hardly to be distinguished from P. depurator,
occurs especially in Dalkey Sound; it frequents sandy bottoms more
than that species.

Distribution:— Belfast (W. T.), Dublin, Cork (J. Y. T.), Dingle
(W. A.), Poundstone (W. M'C), Galway, 1857.

Portunus pusillus occurs rare ; a generally diffused species ; but
seemingly rarest on the western shores. In Dublin Bay it occurs
commonly in the extreme laminarian zones, as at Dalkey Sound,
where, nearly in every haul of the dredge, specimens may be captured.

Co. Down (O.C.), Dublin, Cork (J. Y. T.), Yalentia, Poundstone
(W. M'C), Killeries (W. T.)

The only other Portunus taken in Ireland (P. marmoreus) was, as
you have been already informed to-night, first captured by W. M'Calla,
in Poundstone Bay.* Into its history there is no necessity to go further,

in a very minute, obtuse tubercle. Upper edges of second, third, and fourth pair of legs
very sparsely hirsute; fourth joint broadly keeled above; fifth and sixth acutely
keeled; sixth joint slender, styliform ; terminal joint of posterior pair of legs nar-
nowly lanceolate, with a raised central line, hairy on the edges.

The specimens obtained were all young. I have, therefore, preferred inserting
the species in a note ; but it is probable it has been passed over as either P. arcuatus
or P. corrugatus. It might also be easily mistaken for young of G. mcenas. It occurred
in the rock-pools and also under stones on Binglass Point.

* The following are M'Calla's own words recording this discovery : —

" PORTUNUS MARMOREUS.

" A short time previous to leaving Connemara, I had the pleasure of finding, a
single individual of this species. This is the first instance of its occurrence as Irish.
Habitat : a sandy beach, at extreme low water ; locality, Island of Innislacken." —
Saunders's News-Letter, Jan. 9, 1845.

68 PBOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

as it has already formed the subject of an interesting paper from its re-
discoverer there, Dr. Earran. I will just state, that in Britain generally
it has been recorded as having been found at Edinburgh, by Dr. Howden,
there may be some mistake here, as P. holsatus does not occur in his
list at all, and it is also included in a list of Moray Firth Crustacea, but
P. holsatus is also omitted here, and all along the south coast of England;
it has not occurred as yet on the south coast of Ireand ; but I am sure,
if sought, it will be found there too. It is a Mediterranean species, and
very distinct from both P. holsatus and P. depurator. Galway, 1857.

Gonoplax angulatus. — A single specimen was shown me, obtained on
the shore, near the quay, living, after a heavy gale. I sought it myself
in vain.

This species is a most puzzling one in its distribution, and un-
doubtedly local where it does occur. It has occurred on the coast of
Dublin, as specimens, in the possession of Dr. C. Earran and Dr. R. Ball,
prove.

Distribution :— Bangor, Co. Down (0. ft), Dublin (E. B. and C. E.),
Cork (J. Y. T. andR. B.), Valentia Island, Roundstone (Prof. Melville).

It is possibly a southern species, following that peculiar line of dis-
tribution to which I have already alluded; that is to say, south, west, and
north of Ireland, and, for a limited distance, down the north-east coast.
However, further research may prove it be an inhabitant of the entire
eastern coast. It is a Mediterranean species.

Pagurus streblonyx. — General in its distribution round Ireland, occur-
ring north, south, east, and west.

Porcellana platycheles. — Exceedingly common under stones, the spe-
cimens varying much in colour.

Distribution : — Carrickfergus (W. T.), Portmarnock, Co. Dublin,
Yalentia Island, Kilkee, Tory Island (W. T.). A very local species on
the eastern coast, thoughjust as large as the northern specimens.

Porcellana longicornis. — Common in the deep rock-pools, among
Corallina officinalis.

Distribution: — Strangford(0. C), Dublin, Ardmore, Youghal, Valen-
tia, Lahinch, &c. A very common and very generally distributed species.

Galathea squamifera. — Rare among the deep rock-pools of rather
large size ; one specimen only obtained ; it appears to be generally dis-
tributed around Ireland. About Dublin, though small specimens are
common in the lobster-pots and the dredge in the laminarian and
coralline zones, adult specimens are seldom captured. It has occurred
as follows : — Portrush (0. ft), Dublin, Youghal (R. B.), Yalentia Island,
Birterbie Bay (W. M'C).

Palinurus vulgaris. — In lobster-pots. This is essentially a western
species, but obeys the same law of distribution as Portunus arcuatus,
Xantho fiorida, &c. It has occurred at Magilligan (0. ft), Youghal
(R. B.), Yalentia, and west coast generally. I can find no record of
its having occurred on the eastern coast. Though fishermen have told
me of its occurrence in Dublin Bay, I never succeeded in getting speci-
mens of it.

DUBLIN NATUEAL HISTOEY SOCIETY. 69

Homarus vulgaris. — All around the coast. Calls for no particular
remark.

Palcemon serratus. — Common on the zostera- covered banks, very
large in size. The distribution of this genus is rather confused. A
Pahemon under this name has been recorded as follows: — Portrush
(0. C), Dublin?? (W. T.), Youghal (KB.), Yalentia Island, Dingle
(W. Andrews), South Isles of Arran (R. B.), Galway.

The fact most worthy of notice suggested by this list is the occur-
rence of species, undoubtedly southern or western in their tendencies,
on the eastern coast. The most remarkable of these are Xantho florida,
Portunus corrugatus, P. arcuatus ; all common on the west, and
either rare or local on the east, at least in Dublin Bay, where I have
examined hundreds of localities similar to those in which these species
occur plentifully on the west, and have only found one or two speci-
mens. It would appear as though the tide of migration of these species
northwards sent off a small stream southwards round the north-east
coast of Ireland, which, probably, did not much extend beyond Dublin
Bay, as these western species are much more numerous to the north of
Howth than to the south of it. They will, probably, south of this point,
if occurring at all, be found to be inhabitants of the deeper zones, while,
as will be seen by reference to the lists above, on the western coast
they occur as littoral species.

In the above list I have purposely abstained from mentioning many
of the true western species, inhabitants mostly of the deeper water —
such as Achceus cranchii, taken by Professor Melville, of Galway Col-
lege ; Pisa tetraodon, by M'Calla, at Boundstone ; Thia polita, by
M'Calla, at Boundstone ; and also in Galway Bay by Professor Mel-
ville, who at the time was ignorant of its previous occurrence on the
British coasts, &c. ; because this is not by any means intended for a
perfect comparative list, but merely as a contribution to such a list. Had
I drawn on the experience of others, the number of species could have
been much augmented ; but, for the reasons stated above, it appeared
. preferable to record my own observations only. In conclusion, I may
observe, that of the most important species mentioned, specimens have
been placed by myself and others in your Society's Museum, where they
may be seen.

Mr. James B. Dombrain wished to notice the occurrence of the rose
ouzel {Pastor roseus) at the Ball's-bridge Nursery, in the neighbourhood
of this city, in the month of July last. He had much pleasure in pre-
senting the specimen (which was the only one seen) to the collection of
the Society. It is a bird of very rare occurrence in this country.

Mr. "W. Andrews, Hon. Secretary, read a communication from the
Bight Hon. John "Wynne, of Hazlewood, county of Sligo, recording
the interesting discovery of the true maiden-hair (Adiantum Capillus-
Veneris), in the valley of Glencar, county of Leitrim. This fern (one of ex -
treme rarity in Ireland, records of its occurrence being hitherto confined
to Tralee, Isles of Arran, Urrisbeg, and Co. Clare) was growing at a

70 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

considerable height, with a south-west exposure, in veins of shale which
run through the limestone. It attained considerable luxuriance. This
is the most northern locality known for the plant in Ireland.

The meeting then adjourned to the month of January, 1857.

After the ballot, the following were declared duly elected as Ordi-
nary Members : — Arthur Mitchell, M. D. ; John Hamilton, Esq.

FRIDAY EVENING, JANUARY 23, 1857.

Rev. Samuel Haughton, E.T.C.D., M.R.I. A., in the Chair.

The Minutes of previous meeting were read and confirmed.

Mr. "W. Andrews took the opportunity to correct a mistake which
had crept into the report of a paper read by him at the meeting of the
Society in June last, on the occurrence of the brown hairstreak (Thecla
letulaz) in Kerry. By some inadvertence he had been stated to have
only observed one specimen, whereas, on the contrary, this insect was
just as abundant in that locality as the brimstone butterfly ( Gonepteryx
rhamni). The hairstreak being considered a very rare insect in Ireland,
he thought it advisable to correct this error.

Me. R. P. Williams then read a paper —

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF COLIAS EDUSA IN THE COUNTY OF WATERFORD.

I have the pleasure of bringing before the notice of the Society, this
evening, specimens of one of the rarest of Irish butterflies, which I have
only seen recorded as such in the recent work of the Rev. P. 0. Morris,
on "British Butterflies," wherein he states that, on the 9th of Septem-
ber, 1844, two were seen, and one captured, by Mr. Joseph Poole, of
Grovetown, near Wexford. A much earlier instance (the precise time
of which I cannot supply, but certainly as early as 1820), however, oc-
curred, when Mr. Tardy was forming his collection — afterwards increased
by numerous additions, and classified by the late Dr. Thomas Coulter,
Mr. Tardy having died ere he completed his task. This collection may
now be seen in the Museum of Trinity College. Enthusiastic, however,
as Mr. Tardy was, I believe he was not able to secure an Irish specimen,
although two or three English, and marked as such, are in the collection.
A co-labourer in the field, the late Mr. Cooper Haflield, was more
fortunate. He was, at least, blessed with a sight of the insect, though
not doomed to be fortunate in capturing it. He is reported to have
chased it for a distance of three miles, when it fairly baffled him by
taking out to sea between Wicklow and Arklow Head. On return from
his excursion, Mr. Haflield was so excited by the chase, and by the
recollection of the insect vividly existing in his imagination, that, to
record the fact, he at once set to work, and made a fac-simile of the
butterfly he was not destined to capture. This he placed in his cabinet,
and it has been passed over many a time by inquisitive eyes without
detection, and duly acknowledged an Irish specimen. I had often heard
that story very amusingly told, but with some degree of scepticism, until

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 71

I read the history of the butterfly, and learned that its haunts are the
sea-shore, and its flight so rapid as to render its capture a matter of
considerable difficulty. I think it a matter to be regretted that the de-
rivation of names of genera is not generally explained in works of
natural history. Not rinding Colias explained, I have been guessing at
its derivation, and as I find Ko\id signifies a dance, I presume the name
of the genus to be derived from that word, expressive- of its mode of
flight. Colias, I find also, was one of the names of Venus, from a pro-
montory in Attica of that name, whence, possibly, the genus may have
been named.

The specimens presented this evening were collected by one of our
members, Mr. Eichard B. Ussher, a young gentleman from whose zeal
in the pursuit of natural history much good may be expected. He has
already presented a large number of insects (which I hold in trust for
the Society until proper cases shall be provided), besides other donations
to the Society. These specimens were obtained in the autumn of 1855,
and about the same time several other specimens were obtained by Mr.
Samuel "W. Tyndall, at Grlanmire, county of Cork. This insect, though
tolerably plentiful in England in some localities, is not to be counted
on as being sure to be found, so much so, that many have considered its
appearance triennial, quadriennial, and others septennial.

I shall proceed to read Mr. Ussher' s account of the capture of the
specimens presented by him. " In the autumn of 1855 I was staying
at Ardmore, a place situated in the county of Waterford, between the
towns of Dungarvan and Youghal ; and being out walking one day round
the cliffs, or rather in the fields above the cliffs, I was catching painted
ladies ( C. cardui), red admirals ( V. ammiralis), and other butterflies, which
occurred there in great abundance, when I observed a yellow butterfly
which came flying up over the cliff ; it flew very fast, and constantly
alighted on the yellow flowers of the dandelion, which it closely re-
sembled in colour, so that it could not be easily distinguished amongst
them when it was not flying about. As I had never seen such a creature
before, I pursued it, and easily captured it when it was feeding on a
flower, but I could not catch it on the wing, it was such a strong flier ;
it proved to be a male of the species mentioned. After this I saw several
others in the same locality ; I suppose I saw twenty in that season al-
together, but I never saw more than two in the same day : they always
seemed to prefer dandelion or some other yellow flower. In the end of
October I saw a male one day amongst the heath and furze on the side
of a hill near Cappagh, about six miles from Dungarvan Bay, which is
the nearest sea-coast. I succeeded in catching five of them that year at
Ardmore- — namely, three males and two females. I did not see any of
them in the same locality this summer, as this was an unusually bad
year for butterflies. I understand that others caught some near the same
place, and at the same time as I did. — R. J. Ussher."

Dr. Kinahan observed that it was most gratifying to find that the
country members of the Society were not altogether forgetful of its

72 PROCEEDINGS OJ SOCIETIES.

meetings, and hoped that this paper was only the forerunner of many
more, as interesting, from the same locality.

From his own experience of Ardmore, during 1852 and 1853, he had
little doubt that this insect, in common with many others rare else-
where, was to be met with during most years. "When in that neigh-
bourhood, in 1852, in company with a friend, the result of some of whose
labours in natural history he himself had had the honour to record in the
" Transactions" of the Society, but who was now, alas ! no more —
Edward Henry Sargint, Esq., he had met this butterfly in a narrow,
sandy field, at Whiting Bay, next the sea. Mr. Sargint, who had col-
lected the insect on the Continent, and was a keen lepidopterist, at once
pointed it out as a rarity. Three or four specimens were seen on that
occasion, but none were obtained, through want of a proper net.

On a subsequent occasion, Mr. Sargint captured several specimens,
which Dr. Kinahan afterwards saw. It was to be hoped Mr. Ussher
would follow up his investigations into the Lepidoptera, not merely of
Ardmore, but also of the lower valley of the Blackwater, where many
rare things might be expected to occur.

Mr. Gilbert Sanders had met the insect in Devonshire. His first
acquaintance with it was in 1844, on the glacis of Plymouth citadel, and
had nearly eventuated in an introduction to a more unpleasant acquaint-
ance— viz., a bayonet; as having, in the ardour of his pursuit, scaled
the ditch, he was arrested by the sentry for trespassing on forbidden
ground. This spot is facing the Sound, and, of course, near the sea.
He had, however, also met the insect in immense numbers at a great
distance inland — at Plymvale, at the foot of Dartmoor mountain, on
aquatic plants which fringed the " aits" here. They were here in such
numbers that he was always sure of capturing them, and often saw a
hundred specimens in an hour's walk. The capture in Ireland is curious,
as occurring in a district in which the geological features resemble
those of the districts in which he had captured it in England. Perhaps
this arose from some peculiarity in the plants of the district.

Me. William Andrews, Honorary Secretary, read a communication
from Lord Clermont —

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THE EARED GREBE.

" It may be interesting to the Society to know that either a female
or young male of the eared grebe (Podiceps auritus) was shot on my
estate at Blackrock, Dundalk, on the coast, on the 13th last December
(1856) : according to Thompson and Yarrell, it is of rare occurrence in
any part of the British Isles. The bird is now in my possession."

Mr. Andrews said this was an interesting addition to many impor-
tant and valuable communications of the kind already made by Lord
Clermont to the Society. Mr. Andrews had also heard of the capture of
the eared grebe, twelve months since, at Fethard, county of Wexford.
This last notice had not been, however, confirmed.

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 73

Mr. James Haughton exhibited some curious webs woven by Tinea
granella (?) over a quantity of Indian corn, and which, in the abundance
of the web, and its greater toughness of texture, differed from that
woven by similar, if not the same insect over heaps of wheat. The web
exhibited was of two kinds — the one occurred as a comparatively un-
broken sheet, of considerable size, of the consistency and thickness of
Chinese paper, in colour varying from a whity-brown to nearly pure white,
and of extreme toughness, though in parts no thicker than the finest
gauze. These specimens, Mr. Haughton stated, were obtained from the
side walls of the loft, to which they adhered, depending in long sheets,
and giving the walls the appearance of having been papered with a whity-
brown tissue paper, with a glistening surface. The ceilings, and other
portions of the loft which had been plastered, were covered with a similar
web, similarly adherent.

The other specimens were of a dirtier colour, more broken in tex-
ture, and covered over with cocoons of the moth. The sheets were
mostly double, and were found spread like a cloth over the entire surface
of a small loft of corn. The surface of the web was covered by myriads
of the larvae, crossing and recrossing in every direction. These larva?,
in many instances, had attached themselves to the web, and there, spin-
ning their cocoons, entered into the pupa state, the surface-web forming
the under side of the cocoon.

The rapidity with which the corn was covered was most remark-
ably seen whenever the heap was shifted or turned, a day or two
sufficing to allow of a large surface being covered. Mr. Haughton
thought it worth ascertaining (if possible) whether the nature of the
food of the larvae (Indian corn) had anything to say to the peculiarities
of the web mentioned — viz., its great toughness and abundance.

The meeting then adjourned to the month of February.

FRIDAY EVENING, FEBRUARY 13, 1857.

Samuel Gordon, M. D., M. E. I. A., in the Chair.

The Minutes of the previous meeting having been read and signed, —

Mr. W. Andrews, Honorary Secretary, read a communication from
Richard Griffith, Esq., LL. D., presenting to the Society a coloured copy
of his Geological Map of Ireland, and expressing his gratification at the
progress of the Society, and on the enlargement of its sphere of scientific
inquiry. Mr. Andrews said that it was very desirable that the Society
should possess a copy of this useful Map, and that he felt much pleasure in
moving a special vote of thanks to the donor for his exceedingly valu-
able present, which, having been duly seconded, was passed unanimously.

Mr. G. V. Du ISToyer, in presenting to the Society, on the part of
Major O'Connor, of Tralee, specimens of a fungus (Polyporus), stated
that these specimens were found fourteen feet under a bog near Tralee,
and were, in the first instance, mistaken by the peasantry for fossilized
" horses' hoofs," which they closely imitated. They had still attached to
them portions of oak-bark, and were evidently at one period of their exist-

VOL. IV. L

74 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

ence attached to timber. He was not aware that any similar remains had
been noticed, but thought records of such things might be of importance
in helping to clear up some of the difficulties at present confusing the
history of the growth of bogs.

Dr. Kinahan noticed a new species of Crangon, which he had
lately discovered on the Dublin coast, and which he proposed to
call C. Allmanni. The species is allied to Crangon vulgaris, the most
prominent distinction being that the superior surface of the terminal seg-
ments of the abdomen in C. Allmanni are sulcated. Pull details would
be laid before the Society at the March meeting.

Dr. Charles Farran read a paper

ON AKERA BULLATA.

It is more than probable that the question will be asked by some
of the members of this Society, why I should occupy its time in bringing
forward for discussion a mollusc so well known and so widely diffused
as Altera lullata. In answer to this question I reply, that I hold it to
be one of the pleasing duties imposed on each member to contribute his
mite of information to the fund now accumulating in the Transactions
of the Society, and which must ere long lead to a more accurate, if not
perfect, knowledge of the natural history of our own country. It is by
bringing forward a number of facts, and digesting and arranging them,
alone, we can hope to solve the anomalies which perplex the student in
his pursuit of this delightful science.

My last visit to Birterbie Bay has enabled me to bring before the
Society, in the case of Akera lullata, a most extraordinary aberration
from its normal condition, accompanied by a solution, which I trust
will prove satisfactory, of the cause which produced it. At the December
monthly meeting I had the honour of reading a paper, in which I de-
tailed the discovery of the locality of the marbled swimming crab, Por-
tunus marmoreus. I mentioned that the state of the weather was most
unpropitious, although it was July. In fact, after making two or three
hauls of the dredge, in which I captured that beautiful crustacean, we
were compelled to leave that spot and seek for shelter in Birterbie Bay,
and, carried on the top of a mountain wave, we ran down the bay until
we opened on Roundstone, and, altering our course, we got under shelter
of the highland of Innisnee, an island which, as I formerly explained
to the Society, divides Roundstone Bay from Birterbie Bay. Having
proceeded a considerable distance up this creek, we found water as still
as a mill-pond although a storm was raging above us, and as our speed
was slackened, I thought I might as well try the dredge, and accordingly
threw it overboard, and had it under weigh for two or three hundred
yards, when we found ourselves fixed between two ledges of rock, and
imbedded in a sludge of mud and decayed or decomposed Nullipore.

Having ascertained that no damage was done to the vessel, my first
care was to have the dredge brought on board, and my surprise was
great when fifteen egg-like substances, and fully as large, rolled on

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 75

the deck ; the resemblance to duck eggs, mottled with brown and purple
spots, as if incubated for some time, was most striking. At first sight
I took them for some undescribed species of Doris, but on keeping one
of them in my hand I found that it gradually elongated and exposed
the apex of the spire, but of such size that I entertained doubts as to
its identity with Akera. The measurement of the largest when first
taken was as follows, — three inches in length, and two and a half in
diameter, and the weight, when we reached Roundstone, one and a half
to two and a half ounces. When exposed for some short time they
gradually contracted their mantles, became more flattened, and thus
exposed their shell to some extent. In about an hour after their cap-
ture they began to throw out a considerable quantity of thick glairy
mucus, exhaling a smell resembling iodine mixed with violets ; after
this they diminished considerably in size, and still further laid bare
their shells, which I perceived were of gigantic size. When replaced
in the water they never recovered their full size, but completely covered
their shell with their mantle.

The men having extricated the vessel from her unpleasant position,
I prevailed on them to make several tacks, in hopes of securing more
specimens of this prize. This they did, but without success, having
kept close to, but outside, the rock, the water shoaling and the tide
receding, preventing us from keeping in our first course. Finding our
efforts vain, and the wind lulling, we took the opportunity, and returned
safely to Eoundstone. Here I had fresh water supplied to the prisoners,
and safely locked them up for the night. On giving the matter further
consideration, I came to the conclusion that the Akera lived here in
shallow water, for I had not more than two fathoms of rope when I first
threw out the dredge. I reflected that whatever power the wind exer-
cised, blowing as it did from the land, assisted by the receding of the
tide, tended to drive the vessel from the shore ; consequently, when we
reached the rock, we were considerably outside the line where Akera bul-
lata lived, and that we had but touched on them in a slanting or trans-
verse direction, and yet, in that spot of contact had captured fifteen ;
and further, that tacking outside the rock, we were going into deeper
water, and, consequently, further removed from their locality ; and, as I
observed before, the space between the rock and the shore had shoaled,
so that it was impossible for a vessel of our size to go over it.

Having this conviction in my mind, the next day I procured a boat
carrying a small lug-sail, and drawing less than eighteen inches of water,
and steering to the ground, I had the satisfaction to find that my calcu-
lation was correct ; for on dredging over the ground laid down in my
mind's eye, within the rock, and closer to the shore, the tide being full
in, I obtained as many of those magnificent specimens as I desired —
thus corroborating the conclusion I had drawn of their inhabiting shallow
water.

I shall now explain why I have been so particular in giving those
details as to locality and depth. It was in this creek — I might say this
very spot — where I obtained, in the year 1844, the rare Irish shell,

76 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Bulla hydatis, and where, in the year 1854, I sought in vain for it,
spending hours on hours in search of it, but failing ; I had some vain
hopes, when I threw out the dredge, I should again meet it ; but the
result proved I was wrong. In addition to all this, Mr. Barlee, who had
investigated most critically Birterbie Bay, surprised at the size of some
specimens which I had forwarded to him, expressed his astonishment
how it had fallen to my lot to discover such a treasure, after his having
ransacked every nook and corner of the bay.

I now exhibit specimens from the collection of my friend, T. W.
Warren, Esq., from the locality of Baldoyle, county of Dublin ; of course
they represent the shell of its average size and appearance ; one speci-
men from my own collection, from the same locality, designated by
Mr. Barlee and the late Professor Forbes asa " monster specimen;"
and specimens from Roundstone Bay, obtained exactly opposite the creek
in Birterbie Bay, and, in a right line, not more than a quarter of a mile
from it ; and also, the giants themselves. I exhibited to every natu-
ralist in Dublin, who wished to see them, those extraordinary shells.
Whether this discovery excited in their minds any interest, it is not for
me to determine ; but I can safely assert that it was received by my
friends elsewhere with something more than surprise.

I shall select from numerous communications the observations of
two of the most accomplished conchologists in England — Mr. William
Clark, of Bath, and Mr. Barlee, of Exmouth — to whom I had sent spe-
cimens, and those certainly not the very finest. Mr. Clark observes : —

"You have indeed favoured me with a most desirable addition to my
collection. Mr. Barlee mentions in a letter that you had met with some
Goliaths of the Bulla tribe ; but my imagination failed to represent spe-
cimens of such gigantic proportions. The animal of the Ahera bullata
is of so delicate a texture, that the character of the external and general
configuration escape correct observation from spirit specimens ; these
points can only be correctly observed by one who has the opportunity of
seeing the animal contract and display itself immediately on its capture.
The presence or absence of a gizzard, and others of the internal points,
would admit of a closer examination. If again these creatures should
come into your hands, notes bearing on these points would form a bright
page in the annals of Natural History."

And in another communication Mr. Clark says he feels great plea-
sure in contemplating the colossal molluscan growth of some of the spe-
cies of the Irish seas, which he apprehends results from the stimulus of
their being exposed without interruption to the pure Atlantic wave.

Mr. Barlee writes to me thus : —

" Your take of the Ahera lullata (which is fully three times as large
as I ever saw it), so near, I presume, from your account of the spot you
ran into for shelter, to the place where I took them the year before, is
remarkable — that is, remarkable that I did not fall in with some of those
monsters. I had two years' dredging all round that locality without
taking the species at all, although about five miles up the bay, in rather
shallow water. I once dredged several dozen of what I considered very

DUBLIN NATUBAL H1ST0EY SOCIETY. 77

fine specimens, being larger than any I had taken from the many loca-
lities I had found them in. I suppose it would be in vain to account for
the magnitude of your specimens — that is to say, whether it is from age
or from some fine fattening ground they are in — because, the species
being generally diffused over the bay, how is it, in the hundreds I have
taken, that mine are not one-third the size of yours ? In Roundstone
Bay I also found them abundant, but of the average size of my other
specimens. I find that every conchologist can boast of having some
species far superior to those in the best collections ; and you may rest
satisfied that no cabinet can show finer Peetunculus glycimeris, Akera
lullata, and Kellia suborbicularis, than your own. These three species I
now remember, and there may be others you have that may vie with
them."

You perceive Mr. Clark attributes the colossal growth of the molluscs
to the stimulus of their being exposed without interruption to the pure
Atlantic wave; Mr. Earlee, to age and the peculiar quality of the ground
on which the animals were placed. That none of these agencies are suffi-
cient to account for the monstrous growth of these specimens is shown
by the fact, that the animal, when exposed without interruption to the
Atlantic wave, never, at least so far as our investigation warrants us at
present in saying, attain such a size ; as is plainly seen in these spe-
cimens from Roundstone Bay, which is completely unprotected, or,
in other words, exposed to the open sea in that spot whence the speci-
mens were procured ; and the inference drawn by Mr. Barlee, as to
the fattening quality of the ground, cannot be maintained, inasmuch as
the composition of the soil is identical in every creek in both bays, con-
sisting of decayed or decomposed nullipore ; and this being a very light
substance, is wafted by the tide towards the shore, and forms the margin
of all the inlets, and it is on this Akera bullata is to be found.

I am sure both these gentlemen will agree with me, that there
is one essential condition, probably combined in a degree with each of
their suggestions, which should be present to account for this great growth,
and that is, perfect tranquillity, or freedom from disturbance ; and this
state is to be found in an eminent degree in the spot I obtained those spe-
cimens. You may recollect I mentioned that, on getting under the high
land of Innisnee, we passed from the agitated waters of the bay into water
as smooth as a mill-pond, although it was blowing a fearful gale overhead,
the wind veering from west to south-west. On carefully examining the
locality, I found it completely land-locked, sheltered on every side by
high land ; and it should be observed that the north and east winds,
which on the easterly side of our island produce such a rolling and
tumbling sea, on the west coast act in an opposite manner, stilling the
water, and not even producing a ruffle on the surface : so that, no matter
from what quarter the wind blows, here reigns perfect tranquillity, an
essential ingredient in producing great animal development. Another
physical fact is worth noticing — frost or snow, when they do occur,
seldom last longer than twenty-four hours, and they require to be severe
to continue so long ; and so very mild in general is the weather on this

78 PEOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

island, that fodder is never given in winter to the cattle placed on it, a
perennial vegetation amply supplying their wants. I have endeavoured
to give an account of this interesting occurrence as briefly as possible.

I should mention that the following morning, on examining the spe-
cimens I had placed in the bucket, I found them all dead, some of them
being separated from their shells, and floating. My time was so pressing
that I could make no anatomical examination of the others I obtained.
Some of these I hurriedly put into spirits, but found to my regret, on
my return to town, that they were in a state of decomposition. How-
ever, I trust at the beginning of our next session to lay, in accordance
with Mr. Clark's wishes, a full detail of their structure before the
Society, and conclude by stating, that the measurement given by the
best authorities of those shells, is generally from three-fourths to an
inch in length, while those I have the pleasure of exhibiting to the
Society are from two to two and a half, and, when recent, three inches
in length.

The paper was illustrated by a coloured tracing of the position and
bearings of Birterbie Bay, Connemara, and with numerous beautiful
specimens of large size of Altera lullata.

An animated discussion took place on Dr. Farran's paper, in the
course of which Dr. Farran stated that he had been unable to detect
any trace of a gizzard in his specimens.

Mr. E. Percival Wright stated that if Ahera lullata had not a gizzard,
it could not be included among the Bullidae ; for he agreed with Mr.
Clark, that the presence of this organ was an essential character of the
family.

In specimens examined by him, taken near Donabate and at the
mouth of the Boyne, a gizzard was always found, and he had little doubt
but that future investigation would also detect it in the Eoundstone ones.
Mr. Wright promised to ta*ke an early opportunity of presenting the So-
ciety with a detailed account of the anatomy of this species.

Dr. W. Frazer, who had dissected the animal under discussion,
could fully corroborate Mr. Wright's statement as to the presence of a
gizzard in the Malahide specimens. The species there occurred on
Zostera marina, yet he could not find any traces of the ravages of the
animal on the growing plants ; it was a point of great interest as to
whether these animals were zoophagous or phytophagous.

Mr. Andrews observed that the magnificent specimens exhibited this
evening by Dr. Farran were still further proofs of what was yet to be
accomplished on the west coast of this country, and were worthy addi-
tions to the valuable records he had already made in the Society, of
Gastrochcena pholadia, Pholas papyracea, Pectunculus glycimeris, Bulla
hydatis, Teredo norvagica, and Portunus marmoreus. A range of valuable
ground yet remained unexplored along the west coast from Blacksod
Bay to Kenmare River, especially in the deep-water soundings. Altera
bullata was very generally distributed around the coasts, and was the
favourite food offish, especially of the turbot. Many species of molluscs,

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 79

taken in shoal water and sheltered estuaries, were found of larger size
than the same species taken elsewhere, and it might be supposed that
the very sheltered position of the small bay described by Dr. Earran,
and the soft nature of the ground, probably encouraged the larger growth
of these specimens.

Professor Haughton wished to protest against an idea which seemed
to prevail in reference to these western rarities, viz., that they owed
their peculiarities of distribution, &c, to the influence of an exalted
temperature, due to the Gulf- stream. Experiments conducted by the
Meteorological Survey, under the Rev. Dr. Lloyd, had completely dis-
proved the existence of any such exalted temperature, the temperature
at Bunowen Harbour being found on experiment to be nearly the same
as that of Dublin Bay.

Rev. Professor Haughton made some remarks on Euomphalus and
Pleurotomaria, recording a new species of Euomphalus from Sheffield,
Queen's County, which he proposed to call E. regince. This paper will
appear in full as a monograph of the Irish species of Euomphalus, in
the Society's " Proceedings" in June.

The Chairman read a notice of the capture of the Death's-head Moth
(Acherontia Atropos) at Bandon, county of Cork, on the 6th of July, 1856,
communicated through the kindness of Joseph Ball Greene, Esq. This
specimen was captured in a loft, attention being drawn to it by its
cry, which was described as resembling that of a rat or weasel. The
species was stated to have occurred in the same neighbourhood on
a previous occasion. The specimen which was exhibited was a very
fine one.

After the ballot the following gentlemen were declared duly elected
as Ordinary Members : —

Richard Boyle, Esq. ; Yere Webb Macnally, Esq.

The meeting then adjourned till March.

EXTRA POPULAR MEETING, MARCH 2, 1857.
Rev. Professor Haughton, E. T. C. D., M. R. I. A., in the Chair.

Professor W. H. Harvey, President of the Society, gave an interesting
and lucid address on " The Starfishes of Ireland, and their Relations :"
enteringinto the connexionsbetween theirvarious groups, and illustrating
his remarks by diagrams and dried specimens from the Society's collec-
tions, and by living examples from Dalkey Sound of the genera Coma-
tnla, Ophiocoma, Ophiura, Uraster, Cribella, Solaster, Echinus, &c. In
the concluding part of his address he alluded to the relations between
British and foreign genera, illustrating his remarks by specimens ob-
tained by him in the Society, Eejee, and Australian Islands.

After a few remarks from the Chairman on the connexion between
the living groups and those met with among the fossil beds of the Old
Red Sandstone and elsewhere, the meeting separated.

80

PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

FRIDAY EVENING, MARCH 13, 1857.

Professor W. H. Harvey, M.D., M.R.I. A., in the Chair.

The Minutes of the previous meeting having been read and signed, —

Mr. R P. Williams exhibited a fine specimen of the Peregrine (Falco
peregrinus), killed in the county of Meath, and presented to the Society
by Henry Meredith, Esq., through George Annesley Pollock, Esq.

Dr. J. E. Kinahan read a paper —

ON A CRANGON NEW TO SCIENCE, WITH NOTICES OF OTHER NONDESCRIPT
CRUSTACEA, AND OBSERVATIONS ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE CRUSTACEA
rODOPHTHALMIA OF THE EASTERN, OR DUBLIN MARINE, DISTRICT OF IRE-
LAND.

Before proceeding, according to my promise at our last meeting, to
describe this hitherto unnoticed Crangon, it will be necessary to review,
in a cursory way, the species of this genus already described.

The genus Crangon is now generally restricted to those macrourous
Crustacea in which the first pair of legs are subcheliform, that is to say,
terminating in a movable hooked claw, articulated to the external
angle of the extremity of the terminal joint of the leg, and folding down
on a permanent fixed spine, arising from the internal angle of the same
joint ; the second pair of legs slender, minute, and didactyle, i. e. ter-
minating in a regular-formed hand, with a movable finger ; the remain-
ing pairs of legs acuminate and monodactyle ; the external maxillipeds
subpediform; the internal antennaB inserted on a line above the ex-
ternal, and the eyes free. Thus excluding certain species, which are
now grouped under the following genera : — Argis (Kroyer). [Eyes con-
cealed beneath the carapace ; fourth and fifth pair of legs dilated, nata-
torial: (C. Lar.) (Owen).'] Sabinea (Owen). [Second pair of legs very
short, not cheliform : C. septem carmatus (Sabine). ,] Paracrangon (Dana).
[Second pair of legs obsolete : Paracrangon echinatus (Dana).]

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 81

The species referred to this genus are as follow : —

Crangon vulgaris (Fabr.).
„ fasciatus (Risso).
„ spinosus (Leach).
„ sculp tus (Bell).
„ trispinosus (Hailstone).

Crangon bispinosus (Hailstone).
,, boreas (Phipps).
loricatus (Risso).
munitus (Band).
nanus (Kroger).

Of which the first six are recorded as Irish, the first five having occurred
in the eastern or Dublin district ; to these must be added the species to
be now described — C. Allmanni (mihi).

Leach and Risso divided the species then known into three genera —
Crangon, Pontophilus, and .ZEgeon ; of these the two latter have been,
by modern systematists, rejected as founded on insufficient characters,
and, therefore, not natural groups. There appear to be good grounds
for this opinion as regards JEgeon ; but it is probable that further study
of the homologies of those already known will lead to the re-establish-
ment of Leach's genus, Pontophilus.

This genus was founded for those species in which the second pair
of legs were much shorter than the first, the foot-jaws having their ter-
minal joints long and slender, and the carapace covered with spinous
lines. Of these characters the second is found to be inconstant; the first
liable to confusion; but the third will, I am led to believe, be found
constant, although in some species these spinous lines are reduced in
number, and even replaced either by single spines, as in C. trispinosus ,
or rows of notches, as in C. bispinosus. This division includes C. spi-
nosus, C. loricatus, C. sculptus, C. nanus (?), C. trispinosus (each row of
spines reduced to a single spine, those of branchial regions obsolete),
C. bispinosus, C. munitus.

In Crangon proper, the second pair of legs equal to the first and
third ; the foot-jaws have their terminal joints somewhat shortened,
and we find one median spine on gastric region, and the lateral spines,
when present, inserted on the branchial region. Under this section are
arranged C. vulgaris, C. fasciatus, C. boreas (? ), and the new species,
C. Allmanni. For the present it is, probably, best to unite these two
groups, as Bell and M. Edwards have done, into one group, under the
name of Crangon.

Crangon Allmanni

C. Crangone vulgari affinis. Rostrum frontale brevie. Carapax
laevis, spinis tribus armatus, una brevissima regione gastrica mediana,
duae regionibus branchialibus insitae. Abdominis articulus sextus supra,
canaliculars, ultimus supra- sulcatus, dentibus binis utrinque armatus,
infra dentibus minutis praetextus. Pedum par primum subcheliforme,
brachium lseve et inerme. Maribus spina sternale brevissima, faeminis
obsoleta. Colore albus-caerulescens runs et aureis punctis maculatus.

Habitat : "Zonam corallinam Maris Hibernici juxta ' Bray,' comitat :
'Wicklow.' Longit, uncise tres."

VOL. IV. m

82

PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Channel-tailed Shrimp.
Spec. Char. — Carapace smooth, excepting a small spine on the me-
dian line of gastric region, and one on each branchial ; second pair of
legs as long as third; sixth segment of abdomen deeply channelled
above ; channel continued as shallow sulcus on terminal segment ; third
joint of anterior pair of legs perfectly smooth ; a minute spine between
insertion of second pair of legs in males ; in the female spine, obsolete.

a, tail ; b, middle plate of ditto ; c, anterior leg ; d, rostrum.

This species is closely allied to Crangon vulgaris. The carapace is
large, rounded, depressed ; the rostral projection comparatively longer
and more acuminate ; the foot-jaws, antennae acute, and natatory plates
of the tail as in C. vulgaris ; the anterior pair of legs also similar, but
wanting the spine which adorns the arm of that species ; the spiny ar-
mature of the sternum differs strikingly. In C. Allmanni there is only
one very short spine between insertion of second pair of legs in the
male ; in females this is altogether wanting. In C. vulgaris I find two
spines present, one anterior and long, and the other posterior and
minute. Middle lamina of the tail is more blunted, and armed with
numerous teeth at the extremity, in addition to the four lateral teeth.

The colour is bluish gray, dotted over with brown, red, and gold ;
length of specimens, from 1-5 to 3 inches.

The channelled abdomen distinguishes it from C. vulgaris, fasciatus,
and nanus. The absence of sculpture on the abdomen, and of spinous
lines on the carapace, and the presence of the median spine, separate it
from C. spinosus, sculptus, loricatus, nanus, munitus, and hispinosus,
irrespective of other distinctive characters of less importance, as being
more or less comparative. The external characters of the shrimps would
enable us to separate them easily into various artificial groups, according
to arrangement of the spines in carapace, smoothness of abdomen, shape
of rostrum, &c.

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

83

The following analysis gives the external characters of the various
species as far as known. The species in italics are not British.

[M. g. = median gastric region $ 1. g. = lateral gastric ; br. = branchial.]

Rostrum.

Spines on Carapace.

Segments of
Abdomen.

Arm.

Crangon vulgaris (Fabr.) .

„ Allmanni (Kin.) .

„ fasciatus (Riss.) .
„ nanus (Kroyer) . .

„ boreas (Phipps) . .

„ bispinosus (Hailst.)

„ trispinosus (Hailst.)

„ sculptus (Bell) . .

„ spinosus (Leach) .

„ loricatus (Riss.)
„ munitus ^Dana.) .

triangulai',.
triangular, .

truncate, .

rounded, .
i obtusely
X triangular .

triangular .

truncate, .

( emarginate
(truncate, .

( truncately
\ triangular,

truncate, .
rounded, .

1 m. g., 2 br., . .

1 m. g., 2 br. . . j

lm. g., . . . .

2 m. g., . . . .

}3m.g., . . . .{
2 m. g., . . . .
lm.g.,21.g., .{

}3m.g.,161.g.,6br.-j

}4m.g.,81.g.,4br.j

7? m.g., 141.g., 14 br.,
2 m. g., 21. g., 2br.,

smooth, ....

6th bicarinated, .

7th channelled, .

smooth, ....

smooth ? . . . .

sculptured bicari- \
nated, . . . . )

smooth, ....

obsoletely carina- \
ted |

3rd— 5th sculptur- S
ed; 6th, 7th bi- \
carinated, . . J

3rd, 4th carinated; )
5th, 7th chan- S
nelled J

sculptured.

smooth, ....

spined.

smooth.

spined ?
smooth.

?

smooth,
smooth.

smooth,
smooth,
smooth ?

The first specimens of this species were obtained by me, Dec. 7, 1856.
from the fishermen's boats, along with the following other Crus-
tacea:— C. vulgaris (?), C. sculptus, Hippolyte varians, H. ihompsoni,
H. Cranchii(?)yPagurusHyndmanni, P. Cuanensis,JEurynome aspera, and
many zoophytes, inhabitants of the coralline zone. On a subsequent
occasion, in February, I dredged the species in 30 fathoms of water,
along with the following Echinodermes : — Ophiocoma neglecta, rosula,
bellis,granulata; Urasterglacialis, in great abundance; JJ. violacea, rubens,
rare ; Echinocyamus pusillus, Cueumaria Hyndmanni. The specimen of
C. Allmanni then obtained was in ova.

In characterizing this interesting new species, I have united to it
the name of one of our Irish naturalists, whose labours in every branch
of Irish zoology may be appreciated from the frequent occurrence of his
name in the late William Thompson's " Notes on Irish Natural His-
tory," and by the monographs published by himself in the Annals and
Transactions of many learned societies, — Professor George J. Allman,
now of Edinburgh, late Professor of Botany in our own University, and
the discoverer of Polybius Heftslowii on Irish shores.

Along with the species recorded above were specimens in abundance
of a Pagurus apparently specifically distinct from, though much resem-
bling the immature specimens of P. Bernhardus, but differing in being in
spawn much earlier in the year, and in its locality. This supposed spe-
cies occurs all over Dublin Bay, in 20-40 fathoms of water, but is most
common at Bray, where it is constantly brought ashore in the whelk-
pots. It almost always is found inhabiting the shells of either Natica
nitida or Turitella communis.

I hope before the close of your session to submit to your Society a

84 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

monograph of the Irish species of this genus, at present in preparation,
and, therefore, will not now notice it further than as follows : —

Pagitrtjs Eblanensis (mihi) (? Bernhardus).

Resembling young of P. Bernhardus. Hands more regularly globular,
very granular; a raised denticulate line marking exterior edge; terminal
extremities of posterior pairs of legs scarcely twisted ; colour, reddish-
white ; legs prettily banded with reddish pink.

Among the Crustacea obtained at Dalkey Sound, I find specimens
of a very remarkable form of Porcellana, exhibiting peculiarities hitherto
undescribed, and which appear specific, the same form having occurred
to me at Rush. It seems as well to notice it ; and I propose, should
it prove distinct, to call it Porcellana priocheles (mihi) (jrg**i #»*»)).

Serrate-clawed Porcelain Crab.

Allied to P. longicornis. The anterior pairs of legs nearly equal ;
both hands furrowed, scabrous ; exterior edges finely but distinctly ser-
rated denticulate in arm, with ternal margin produced ; broken up into
lobes ; front produced, finely denticulate, indistinctly four-lobed ; sides
of carapace armed with a number of teeth (?).

Colour : Pale-red, with blotches and patches of white.

Habitat : Rush ; Dalkey Sound.

I have great doubt whether this is not merely a young form of
P. longicornis.

In conclusion, I have to lay before your Society a list of species ob-
tained on the Dublin coasts, additional to those noted by me in a paper
on the "Crustacea of Yalentia Island" (p. 62), as in that paper it only
contains those noted by myself, with a single exception. Several more
Bpecies have occurred. The references used are the same as in my pre-
vious paper, and I have omitted the species there noticed.

LIST OF SPECIES.

W. T., Thompson's Irish Fauna; J. Y. T., J. V. Thompson's Collec-
tion; C. C.S., Catalogue of Cork Fauna; 0. C, Ordnance Survey Col-
lection ; W. M'C, collected by ¥m. M'Calla. The localities uninitialled
are on my own authority.

Stenorrhynchus phalangium. — Common laminarianto coralline zones;
sometimes thrown ashore ; specimens dredged in deep water agree with
the details of a form described by Wm. Thompson as a form of St. te-
nuirostris.

Belfast (W. T.), Dublin, Cove (J.Y. T.), Dingle (W. Andrews, Esq.),
Galway, Killeries (W.T.).

Inachus dorynchus. — Not uncommon; Malahide, Dalkey, same range
as last.

Belfast (0. C), Dublin, Galway, Roundstone (W. M'C).

Inachus Dorsettensis. — Rarer than I. dorynchus.

Belfast (W.T.), Dublin Bay, Cove (C.C.S.), Roundstone (W.M'C.),
Killeries (W. T.).

DUBLIN NATUBAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 85

Eurynome aspera. — Rare ; Bray, 25 fathoms.

Belfast (W. T.), Malahide (Dr. Lloyd), Cove (C. C. S.), Dingle (W.
Andrews), Roundstone (W. M'C).

Pilumnus hirtellus. — Rare ; occasionally washed ashore. A fine
specimen thus obtained on North Bull by V. W. Macnally, Esq., 1856 ;
South Bull, 1857. Dalkey, rock-pools.

Carnlough, Antrim (0. C), Dublin Bay, Youghal (W.T.), Court-
macsherry (Professor G. J. Allman), Lahinch (W. T.), Roundstone (W.
M'C.).

Portumnus variegatus. — Merrion strand, common after easterly gales.

Portrush ("W. T.), Dublin Bay (omitted in southern lists), Round-
stone (W. M'C.), Killala Bay (W. T.).

Pinnotheres pisum. — Common in Mytili and Modioli from deep
water.

Belfast (W. T.), Dublin, Cove (J. Y. T.), Galway (Prof. Melville).

Atelecyclus heterodon. — Rare. Merrion, under stones, 1854, young
specimens.

Co. Donegal (0. C), Portmarnock (R. B.), Dublin, Dingle (¥m.
Andrews, Esq.).

Corystes Cassivelaunus. — Sandy beaches after gales ; common.

Belfast (W. T.), Dublin, Cork (C. C. S.), Dingle Bay, 25 fathoms (W.
Andrews, Esq.), Roundstone (W. M'C).

The remainder of the species to be noted appear to have been ne-
glected. Information regarding their distribution is much wanted.

Pagurus Bernhardus, var. Eblanensis (mih) ; (? species). — Dalkey,
15-30 fathoms; Bray, 25 fathoms.

P. Prideauxii (?). — What appears to be this species occurs, though
rarely, along with P. Bernhardus, in whelk-pots at Dalkey and Bray;
also drift-weed, Merrion strand, in shells of Buccinum undatum, Fusus
propinquus and islandicus, Trochus magus, &c.

Strangford Lough (W. T.), Dublin Bay.

P. Cuanensis. — Dalkey Sound, 10-15 fathoms, rare; Bray, 15-30
fathoms, much more common. Shells in which it occurs coated with
Halichondria suberea ?

Portaferry (W. T.), Cork, as P. erinaceus* (J.Y. T.), Dublin, Galway
(Prof. Melville).

P. Hyndmanni. — Dalkey Sound, common ; Bray, ditto ; Merrion
strand, very rare (W. Y. Macnally, Esq.). Occurs generally in clean
shells of Trochus tumidus and Montagui and Nassa incrassata. In spawn
in February.

Portaferry (W. T.), Dublin Bay.

P. Thompsoni. — Same localities as last ; much rarer. In spawn in
March.

Belfast (W. T.), Dublin.

* The specimen thus marked is in the collection of the Royal Dublin Society.
It is too much damaged to judge of its identity. W. Thompson pronounced it
identical with the species described by him as above.

86 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Galaihea strigosa — Dalkey, whelk-pots ; rare.

'Belfast (0. C), Dublin Bay, Cork (J. Y. T.), Giant's Causeway
(W. T.).

G. nexa. — Merrion strand, 1854 ; a single specimen, Bray.

Antrim^ W. T.), Dublin (Bobert Ball) ; a most puzzling species.

Porcellana longicomis, var. priocheles (mihi) (? species). — Dalkey
Sound ; Bush.

Nephrops Norvegicus. — Dublin Bay.

Belfast (W. T.), Dublin Bay, Galway, Boundstone (W. M'C).

Crangon vulgaris. — In pools ; small in size. Merrion strand, Mala-
hide, Bray. In spawn in February.

Belfast (W. T.), Dublin, Youghal (W. T.), Galway, 1857.

C. sculptus. — 25 fathoms, Bray, rare.

Dublin, South Isle of Arran (Prof. Melville).

C. trispinosas. — Of this species, hitherto unnoticed as Irish, there are
specimens among a number of minute Crustacea, obtained by Dr. Ball
and Prof. E. Forbes, off the Skerries, in 5 fathoms of water, in 1845.

O. Allmanni (mihi). — Bray, 25 fathoms. Spawns in February.

Hippolyte varians. — Dalkey Sound, Bray, Merrion strand, in drift-
weed rare.

Belfast (W. T.), Dublin, Cork (C. C. S.), west coast, 84 fathoms (W.
Andrews, Esq.), Clew Bay (W. T.).

H. Cranchii. — With last, than which it appears more common; some
specimens have the apex of the rostrum simple (? species).

Dublin, Cork (C. C. S. and J. Y. T.), Galway (Prof. MelviUe).

H. Thompsoni. — Same localities as last ; rare.

North- west coast (W. T.), Dublin.

Pandalus annulicornis. — Yery common in rock-pools, and every depth
to 30 fathoms.

Co. Down (W. T.), Dublin, Ardmore, Tiraght Bock, west coast,
84 fathoms (W. Andrews, Esq.), Galway, 1857, Killeries (W. T.).

Palcemon varians. — Apparently rare, but probably only unnoticed.
Merrion strand, in sand-pools.

Belfast (W. T.), Dublin.

Mysis chamceleon. — Merrion strand, on drift- weed, rare. Malahide,
5 fathoms ; Dalkey.

Belfast (W. T.), Dublin, Cork (J. Y. T.), West Coast (W. T.).

M. vulgaris. — Merrion strand, pools, abundant.

Belfast (W. T.), Dublin, Cork (J. Y.T.), Lahinch (W. T.).

From this list it appears that the Crustacea are fully as well repre-
sented on the eastern as on the western shores. Want of sufficiently de-
tailed observations prevent any more particular conclusions being drawn;
but, though I have omitted one or two species, such as Ebalia Pennantii
and Cranchii, Crangon fasciatus, Palcemon Leachii, &c, of which Dublin
specimens are extant, the list is a fair average one of the district, and
exhibits the remarkable absence of the South British and Southern types,
and a great predominance of Celtic and European, just as might be ex-

LUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 87

pected from the position of Dublin, half-way between Ardglass Head and
Carnsore Point, between which two points the trne eastern marine district
of Ireland lies, the great southern province prevailing below the latter
point. The new Crangon most probably belongs to either the Celtic or
British types, as otherwise the absence from British lists of this con-p
spicuous species is not very creditable to the observative powers of our
collectors.

Numerous examples of the several species described illustrated
these remarks.

Bev. Professor Haughton corroborated from observation Dr. Kinahan's
surmise with regard to Carnsore Point. The shells to the south are very
distinct in their types, from those occurring even a very short distance
north of this point.

Dr. William Prazer next submitted the following, as the result of
his investigations regarding the Pungi presented at the former meeting
by Gr. Y. Du Noyer, Esq., from Major O'Connor, and which he had been
requested to examine and report on.

REMARKS UPON SPECIMENS OF FUNGI, OBTAINED ADHERING TO OLD TREES
UNDER A BOG NEAR TRALEE.

These specimens of fungi were, I understand, obtained adhering to oak
timber which lay upon gravelly clay, and was covered by about thirteen
feet of bog.

They are evidently specimens of "Polypoid," a class of fungi cha-
racterized by the presence of innumerable " subrotund pores separated
by their dissepiments, and having the hymenium concrete with the sub-
stance of the pileus;" and I have also no difficulty in referring them to the
second subdivision of this class, namely, those furnished with minute,
subrotund (not angular) , pores. That they were ' ' stemless and perennial, ' '
their numerous layers of growth, the results of successive seasons of
development, amply demonstrated. Thus, out of forty-five species of
Polyporus described in the Plora Britannica, I am restricted to about
thirteen, to which only do these specimens present any analogy, and of
these I have little difficulty in deciding that they most closely resemble
P. igniarus, or the hard Amadou, of which I exhibit a specimen which
had been growing for some years past on an old decaying plum tree, and
although at first sight it appears to be very different in external form
from the specimens from Tralee, I am pretty certain, at least, as to their
close relationship. The difference between them in form is easily explained
by the mode of attachment and development in both cases. The recent
ones adhering to a great trunk, and creeping along its side in successive
waves of growth; and the older ones closely resembling in shape a
" horse-hoof," to which Mr. Berkely compares them, and which was
probably due to their more erect growth on a fallen log of timber. The
detection of undoubted remains of fungi in a semi-fossilized state is, I
believe, extremely rare, and I am disposed to think that the fact is, as
has been stated by Lindley, not to be so much attributed to their positive

88 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

infrequency in ages past, as to their peculiar structure, which, being
altogether cellular, easily undergoes decay, their mushroom growth
being followed by as rapid a decline, and their tissues in but few in-
stances leaving the smallest trace behind by which they can be detected.
It is, however, very different in the case of the higher Cryptogamia,
which, having well-formed vascular structures, as woody fibre and scala-
riform vessels, are easily recognised by their fossil remains, minute frag-
ments of the latter tissue especially affording sufficient evidence of their
previous existence.

In the instance before us we have, from a fortunate combination of
circumstances, specimens of fungi preserved in all their integrity
through many ages — indeed, so perfectly, that they are almost as avail-
able for microscopic examination as if they grew but yesterday. The
circumstances which appear to have conduced to this end were — first,
their extremely hard texture, so unlike the majority of fungi, and which
rivals that of many kinds of wood ; their slow growth, and long per-
sistent vitality, years being passed in their development ; and, lastly,
their having been buried in Irish bog, which is well known to have such
remarkable powers of preserving objects of vegetable origin.

Microscopical sections of the fungi were exhibited.

After the ballot, the Chairman declared W. J. Sargint, Esq., duly
elected an Ordinary Member.

The meeting then adjourned till the month of April.

DONATIONS TO MUSEUM.
DECEMBER 12, 1856.

James R. Dombrain, Esq. — Pastor roseus, shot at Ball's Bridge.

JANUARY 23, 1857.

William Andrews, Esq. — Fuligula marila, breeding plumage, Co.
Kerry ; Pirimela denticulata, Ebcdia Cranchii, Ebcdia Bryerii, Atelecyclus
heterodon, Maia squinado, Portunus arcuatus, P. puber, P. depurator,
P. holsatus, from Dingle ; and some molluscs and birds' eggs.

Charles Earran, M.D. — Portunus marmoreus (male and female),
Roundstone.

Richard Ussher, Esq. — Colias JEdusa (male and female), from Ard-
more, Co. Waterford.

FEBRUARY 13, 1857.

Major O'Connor, Tralee, per G. V. DuNoyer, Esq. — Specimens of
Polyporus semi-fosilized.

Vere Webb Macnally, Esq. — Portunus holsatus (wrinkled variety),
Dalkey Sound.

John Robert Kinahan, M.B. — Vespertilio pipistrellus, Dublin;
Xantho rivulosa, Xantho florida (variety), Valentia Island; Inachus do-
rynchus, Portunus pusillus, Pinnotheres pisum, Pagurus streblonyx,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 89

Pagurus Cuanensis, P. Hyndmanni, P. Thompsonii, Crangon vulgaris,
C. sculptus, C. Allmanni (new species), Hippolyte varians, H. Cranchii,
H. Thompsoni, My sis chamceleon, from the Dublin coasts.

Mrs. I. Townsend, Rossbegh, per Dr. Kinahan. — Psammobia vesper-
Una, from Lough Ine, Co. Cork.

H. Meredith, Esq., per G. A. Pollock, Esq. — Falco peregrinus, Co.
Meath.

TO THE LIBRARY.

" Natural History Review," for July and October, 1856. Erom the
Editors.

"Transactions of the Natural History and Philosophical Society of
Liverpool." Vol. X. Erom the Society.

" On the Prevention of the Smoke Nuisance." A Prize Essay. By
C. W. Williams, Esq. Erom the Author.

" Geological Map of Ireland, geologically coloured, according to the
latest observations." From Eichard Griffith, Esq., LL. D.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OE DUBLIN.

WEDNESDAY EVENING, JANUARY 14, 1857.

The President, Lord Talbot de Malahide, in the Chair.

The following noblemen and gentlemen were admitted as Members : —
1. Lord Bandon, Castle Bernard, county of Cork; 2. Charles Earran,
Esq., M. D., Lower Mount-street; 3. Rev. James M'lvor, Ardstraw
Glebe, county of Tyrone ; 4. Marcus Keane, Esq., Beech Park, Ennis.
A resolution was passed unanimously, allowing the President to be
elected for five years in succession, instead of only two years, as at
present.

Rev. Professor Haughton then read the following paper : —

on the pitchstone and pitchstone porphyry of barnesmore and
lough eske, county of donegal.

During a visit to the county of Donegal in the summer of 1856, I ob-
served a remarkable series of dykes of felspathic trap and porphyry in-
tersecting the granite of Barnesmore Gap, exhibiting occasionally a
tendency to pass into a description of glossy pitchstone. Subsequently
I was favoured by James "Wood, Esq., of Castlegrove, with some spe-
cimens from the mountains beyond Lough Eske, in the same locality,
which are genuine pitchstone, passing into amygdaloidal, or rather oolitic
porphyry, the cavities being filled with a white mineral, which I consider
to be stilbite. As the locality is a new one for pitchstone, and the mine -
ralogical composition of the rock unusual, I thought it might not be
uninteresting to place on record its analysis, and the result of my discus-
sion of that analysis.

VOL. IV. x

90 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Analysis of Pitchstone from Lough Eshe, county of Donegal.

Per-centage. Atoms.

Silica, 64-04 1-423

Alumina, 10-40 0-204 \

Eeroxide of iron, .... 9-36 0-104) 6Wm

ime, 4-24 0-1511

Magnesia, none . . . I n.q99

Potash, 3-63 0-077 f ° 62Z

Soda, 2-91 0-094J

by ignition, . ... 5-13 0*570

99-71

Assuming this rock to be composed of quartz, felspar, and stilbite,
and writing Q, F, S for the number of atoms of each mineral respec-
tively, we find, since —

Quartz = Si O3,

Felspar - EO, Si O3 + E2 O3, 3Si O8,
Stilbite = EO, Si O3 + E2 O3, 3Si O3 + 6HO,
Q + 4F + 4S= 1-423,
F+ S = 0-315,
6S = 0-570.

From these equations we obtain readily,

Q = 0-163,
F = 0-220,
S = 0-095.

If we take 314 for the atomic weight of stilbite, which accords with
its usual composition, we find the following —

Miner alogical Composition.

Quartz, 7*33

Felspar, 62-55

Stilbite, 29-83

99-71

It would be very desirable that an investigation similar to the fore-
going were made into the composition of the different varieties of the
vast and heterogeneous family of trap rocks. The nomenclature of this
class of rocks is a reproach to geological science ; and no satisfactory
classification can ever be made of these rocks which is not based on their
chemical and mineralogical, as well as on their physical properties.
Why should not such a body as the British Association undertake the
task of reducing to order at least the British varieties of igneous rocks ?
The funds requisite for the investigation could easily be procured, and
the zeal of the members of the Association would supply specimens from
every locality of interest : and certainly an authorized nomenclature of

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 91

igneous rocks proceeding from such a source would carry with it a weight
which would go far to establish uniformity of language and precision
of ideas on this important, but neglected, subject among British geo-
logists.

Let us take, for an example, the term clinkstone. This is a name
given from a physical property common to it with many other rocks,
including even limestones. The term was one formed in the infancy
of geology, and has come to be used in a sense much more restricted
than its original application ; it now signifies a fine-grained felspathic
rock, of conchoidal fracture, generally of a grayish colour, and containing
zeolites as well as felspar. This is the correct meaning of the term
clinkstone ; and yet it is constantly applied to rocks which contain no
zeolites, and some of which are not even of eruptive origin. This con-
fusion as to the meaning of the term has led to the use of various syno-
nyms, or quasi synonyms, of which it is sufficient to mention felspathic
trap, hornstone, and felstone — the latter recently revived very usefully
by the Government geological surveyors. Why should not all these
terms, if retained at all, be used in definite senses ? The republic of
geologists is small, and many of its citizens are well educated ; surely
there could be no great difficulty in getting them all to use the same
language.

At the conclusion of Mr. Haughton's paper, Mr. Kelly commenced
the reading of his paper on the " Subdivisions of the Carboniferous For-
mation in Ireland." The concluding portion of Mr. Kelly's paper was
deferred until the second Wednesday in March.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING, WEDNESDAY EVENING,
FEBRUARY 11, 1857.

Rev. Htjmphkey Lloyd, D.D., in the Chair.

The following Report from the Council was read, and adopted : —

Your Council offers, as usual, the list of Members at present on the
books of the Society, with the corresponding list of last year, showing
that the present number of members is 164 ; while the number last year
was 165.

Jan. 31, 1857. Jan. 81, 1856.

Honorary Members, 4 5

Corresponding Members, 3 4

Resident Life Members, 17 15

Non-resident Life Members, .... 34 28

Annual Members, 85 82

Associates, 21 31

164 165

From this comparison it appears that we have lost one of our Hono-
rary Members, viz., the Very Rev. Dean Buckland; and one Correspond-

92 V-liOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

ing Member, viz., John S. Kennedy, Esq., C.E., who had been recently
appointed to a geological post in India, and died on his way to Singapore
to recruit his health ; we have also lost ten Associates, in consequence
of their having graduated in this University, or left Dublin. On the
other hand, we have gained eight Life Members and three Annual
Members, as compared with last year's list. On the whole, the position of
the Society appears to be very satisfactory, so far as numbers are con-
cerned, for the loss has principally fallen on those members — Honorary,
Corresponding, and Associate — who contribute little towards the funds of
the Society ; while our gain has been in Life and Annual Members,
who contribute most to the pecuniary welfare of our body.

Your Council have succeeded, by the aid of the sale of £50 stock, in
paying off all the debts which have so long impeded the progress of our
affairs ; and believe that, in a financial point of view, we are now in a
better position than we have been for many years, as the current expen-
diture is now placed on a scale strictly commensurate with the yearly
income ; and your Council confidently expect to make each year's income
in future pay the whole of the current expenses of the year.

The Council were enabled to bring about this satisfactory state of
things by means of their agreement, as to printing, with the Editor of
the "Natural History Review," which enabled them, in conjunction
with the liberal grant of £25 from the Board of Trinity College, to print,
during 1856, the large amount of 180 pages of your " Journal," at a cost
to the Society of only £30.

Your Council have made a new agreement with the "Natural His-
tory Review," for the year 1857, by which the Society will obtain 250
copies of 128 pages, for the sum of £25. This amount of printing in
the "Journal" will meet all the wants of the Society, and we shall obtain
the advantage of the additional circulation of 500 copies of the "Review"
for our papers, which your Council believe are looked upon as interest-
ing and valuable by an increasing circle of readers.

Among the Annual Members lost to the Society, your Council ha3 to
deplore the loss, by death, of Mr. Richard Hitchcock, who had served
the Society well and faithfully for many years. The Council has ap-
pointed Mr. Blackwood to succeed him — an appointment which they
have reason to believe will give satisfaction to the Society.

A change was proposed in the organic laws of the Society by
the Council, which was sanctioned at the January meeting by the
Society, to the effect that the President may, in future, be elected five
times in succession, instead of twice, which was formerly the rule
of the Society. It is hoped that this change will work well for the
Society.

The Appendix which accompanies this Report contains full informa-
tion relative to the names of the 164 members at present on the books
of the Society; the list of Societies entitled to receive the " Journal of
the Geological Society of Dublin ;" the names of the members gained
and lost during the year ; the donations made to the Society ; and the
audited accounts of the Society to the 31st December, 1856, — from

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 93

which latter it appears that the Society is in the Treasurer's debt to the
small amount of £4 19$. 2d.

H. Lloyd, Chairman.
February 11, 1857.

The ballot being closed, the following gentlemen were declared duly
elected upon the Council for the ensuing year : —

President — Lord Talbot de Malahide.

Vice-Presidents — Eobert Mallet, C.E., M.E.I.A. ; Edward Wright,
LL.D., M.E.I.A. ; James Apjohn, M.D., M.E.I.A. ; Professor Harvey,
M.D., M.E.I.A. ; Eev. Humphrey Lloyd, D.D., S.E.T.C.D.

Treasurers — Gilbert Sanders, Esq., M.E.I.A. ; F. J. Sidney, LL.D.,
M.E.I.A.

Secretaries — Eev. Professor Haughton, E.T.C.D. ; Joseph Beete
Jukes, Esq., M.E.I.A.

Council — Eobert Ball, LL. D. ; John Macdonnell, M.D. ; Eobert
CallweU, Esq.; Richard Griffith, LL.D.; Eev. J. A. Galbraith, E.T.C.D.;
John Kelly, Esq.; George M'Dowell, E.T.C.D. ; Samuel Downing, C.E.;
Eev. George Longfield, E.T.C.D. ; Samuel Gordon, MD.; John B. Doyle,
Esq. ; Dominick M'Causland, Esq. ; John E. Kinahan, M.B. ; G. Y. Du
Noyer, Esq.; Alexander H. Haliday, Esq., M.E.I.A.

At the adjourned Evening Meeting the following Address from the
President, Lord Talbot de Malahide, was read : —

Gentlemen, — In reviewing the state of our Society during the past
year, although it is satisfactory to find no retrogresion, I should have
wished to be able to congratulate you on a larger accession of new mem-
bers. Upon the whole, we have one member less than last year, though,
as the loss is principally in Honorary, Corresponding, and Associate
Members, we have in reality a gain of nine Ordinary Members. I trust
that at the meeting of the British Association in this city steps may be
taken to enable us to enlarge the sphere of our operations.

Among the losses we have sustained, that of our Assistant Secretary,
Mr. Eichard Hitchcock, is much to be deplored. You all know how
much we are indebted to his attention to the affairs of our Society, to
his punctuality and zeal in carrying out its objects. He was possessed
of a very refined mind, and had acquired a very considerable proficiency
in various branches of literature, particularly Archaeology, with which
our science is so nearly allied ; and, doubtless, if he had been spared, we
might have anticipated receiving many valuable contributions from his
pen.

We have also to deplore the loss, by death, of one of our Honorary
Corresponding Members, John S. Kennedy, Esq., C.E., who died in India,
when on his way to Singapore to recruit his failing health. This gentle-
man was a gold medallist of the University of Dublin, was subsequently
attached to the Irish Geological Survey, and afterwards to that of India,
which post, unfortunately, he did not live to enjoy for a length of time

94 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

sufficient to develop the results which his known zeal and skill in Geo-
logy would probably have led to.

Geological science has also to regret the removal by death of the Very
Rev. Dean Buckland, to whose exertions the early progress of English
Geology was so largely due. His loss is felt wherever the science of
Geology is cultivated, and the detailed account of his labours will natu-
rally be given by the President of the Geological Society of London, of
which he was so distinguished an ornament.

Our papers continue to be most valuable, and we have during the
past year published a larger amount of them than any previous year,
owing to the liberality of the Board of Trinity College, and other reasons
which have been adverted to in the Report of the Council. It is not my
intention to give a detailed summary of all the papers written by our mem-
bers and associates ; but there are some of so great importance that it is
due to the interests of Science not to pass them over in silence. In the first
place, our thanks are due to the patriarch of Irish Geology, Dr. Griffith,
for the new edition of his " Irish Geological Map," which has just issued
from the press. It would be presumption on my part to attempt an
eulogium on this great work, now in the possession of an European repu-
tation.

Mr. Kelly's paper on the Palaeozoic Rocks of Ireland is a most valu-
able one. With his accuracy and perseverance, great light must be
thrown on the relations of these difficult rocks. He states that the Irish
Old Red Sandstone is distinct from the Brownstone of the south (which
is, according to him, a member of the Silurian formation), and that it is
found always uncomformable to these underlying strata, but conformable
to the coal-measures above. The conclusions he draws, both from
stratigraphical grounds and from a comparison of the fossils contained in
it, are, that it is an integral part of the Carboniferous System, and does
not, as contended by Sir Charles Lyell, with regard to the British De-
vonian rocks, constitute a passage or gradual change from the Silurian
to the Carboniferous System, and partake of the nature of both in fossils
as well as rocks. Mr. Haughton's paper on the Lower Carboniferous Beds
of the Peninsula of Hook, in the county of Wexford, strongly confirms
Mr. Kelly's views. This is one of the most important questions affecting
Irish Geology, and one to which I request your continued and earnest
attention.

Dr. Kinahan has added considerably to our knowledge of the organic
remains contained in the Cambrian strata by his observations on the
Rocks of Bray Head, where he has discovered the traces or burrows of
some annelidan borer. This discovery is particularly interesting, as
these tracks are associated with the Oldhamia, which are found most
abundantly both above and below them. With this subject is most
closely connected the paper of Mr. Salter, who, in the Proceedings of
the London Geological Society, describes various fossils which have been
found by him in the Longmynd rocks of Shropshire. They consist of : —

1 . Markings resembling the holes of marine worms. They are very
numerous, and are always parallel in pairs ; also tracks of worms.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY 01 DUBLIN. 95

2. A new kind of Trilobite, by him named Palceopyge Ramsay i. This
appears tolerably well defined, and is the most interesting Cambrian
fossil yet discovered. He also found marks strongly resembling rain-
drops and ripple-marks, which point out to littoral action and exposure
to the atmosphere. These discoveries form a new era in the history of
the Cambrian formation.

There is also another subject which has been treated with his usual
ability by our Secretary, Mr. Haughton; and, although the detailed
results have been communicated directly to the London Society, they
are so important, and the manner in which he has conducted this latterly
much neglected branch of inquiry, Mineralogical Geology, reflects so
much credit on our Society, that I am sure you will be glad to hear
some of the conclusions to which his analysis leads. The title of his
paper is — " A Detailed Analysis of the Granites of the S.E. and K.E. of
Ireland." Prom this it appears that —

1. In the S.E. of Ireland the granites may be classified by the pre-
ponderance of potash over soda, and vice versa.

2. The granites of the main chain and of Carnsore are potash gra-
nites.

3. The granites of the intermediate groups are soda granites, and
reducible to two types —

a. The Croghan Kinshela granite.

b. The soda granite proper.

4. The potash and soda granites differ from each other in a regular
manner in respect to the other constituents, as well as in respect to the
alkalies, — the most striking difference being the deficiency of silica in
the soda granites, this deficiency being made up by the addition of per-
oxide of iron and lime ; and the increase of the specific gravity of the
soda granites.

The granites of the N.E. consist of the granites of the Mourne, Car-
lingford, and JSewry districts.

1. The Mourne granite, on being analyzed, shows a striking resem-
blance to the potash granite of Leinster, except in containing 3 per
cent, more quartz. This excess of silica is accompanied by a falling off
of the lime and magnesia.

2. The granites of the Carlingford district are of two varieties, both
containing a preponderance of potash. The first variety is very like
in composition to that of the main chain of Leinster. The second is
quite different, both physically and mineralogically. It contains anor-
thite and hornblende, but no mica. Indeed, it may be called a kind of
syenite.

3. Newry granite. There are in this vicinity two kinds of granite.
Taking a line nearly KS. through Newry from Goragh "Wood through
Wellington Inn on the south to Jonesborough, soda granite is found to
the north of Newry, and potash granite to the south.

I may add that, with reference to the age of these rocks, the reviewer
of Ansted's " Elementary Geology" (" Natural History Review," 1857,
p. 26) classifies the Irish granites as follows : —

96 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

1 . Granite of Leinster, post- Silurian, but ante-Carboniferous.

2. Granite of Down, post-Carboniferous.

3. Granite of Donegal, Carboniferous.

He also adds that the Cornish granite is also carboniferous.

The advance of foreign Geology continues progressive, although I am
not aware of any new fields having been lately opened. The survey of
India is going on satisfactorily, and, in unison with the railway system,
will do much to develop the immense natural resources of that rich
country. In Australia, also, much additional information is gradually
obtained. It may be said that the gold mines have acted in the most
powerful manner to stimulate the scientific tastes of our antipodean
countrymen. From the Cape, also, we are continually receiving in-
teresting details of the extensive chalk formation which runs through
the district of Port Natal. The beautiful and accurate Geological Map
of Europe, just published by Sir Roderick Murchison, is a great addition
to the obligations which we are under to that indefatigable philosopher,
and ought to be on the table of every student of Geology.

A remarkable paper has been read at the London Geological Society
by Mr. Sharpe, on the last elevation of the Alps. He contends that
there can be distinctly traced throughout the Alps three lines of erosion
on the sides of the mountains, viz. : —

1. At from 9000 feet to 9300 feet above the sea.

2. At about 7500 feet above the sea.

3. At about 4800 feet above the sea.

From the uniformity of these lines, he concludes that the action
must be due to the sea, and not to lakes.

In confirmation of these views, he examined the lines of watershed
traceable in the excavation of the valleys. He finds them to range
from 9000 feet (mer de glace) to from 2500 feet to 2600 feet above the
level of the sea. There is also a great amount of alluvium formed in the
Alpine valleys, and which has been excavated into terraces. These
range at a considerably lower level, from about 3190 feet to 1000 feet
above the sea.

The communications of Mr. Binney on the Permian Eocks of Scot-
land (to which formation he considers the red sandstones of the "West
of Scotland, with the exception of the Annandale beds, to belong) ; of
Messrs. Plant and Brodie, on the Keuper Beds of Leicestershire and
Warwickshire, — illustrate the connexion between the British and Con-
tinental formations. There has also been made an important discovery
in Aberdeenshire of neocomian fossils. It appears that flint and green-
sand, containing greensand fossils, have been found in that county, and,
what is still more remarkable, some of the fossils resemble more those of
Scandinavia than of Great Britain. This points to a connexion between
the northern cretaceous system and that of Scotland.

A further attempt at subdivision of the Oolite formation has been
made by Dr. "Wright, who contends, on very good grounds, that the
lower oolite sands, which reach a considerable thickness in the south
and midland districts of England, really belong to the upper lias. He

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 97

comes to these conclusions chiefly on comparison of the fossils with those
of Belgium, France, and Germany. Immediately above these sands
there is a very remarkable bed, called the Cephalopoda bed, which has
a considerable persistence through the district, and whose fossils have
decidedly a Liassic character.

With respect to Palaeontology, I have already alluded to the most
important discoveries of new fossils in the Cambrian strata of England
and Ireland, by Messrs. Salter and Kinahan.

Professor Owen, in the twelfth volume of the "Proceedings of the Lon-
don Geological Society," describes a skull of the musk ox, found in a
gravel quarry near Maidenhead, and the original fossil is now preserved
in the Museum of the College of Surgeons. It does not appear to differ
very much from the living variety of the musk buffalo.

The same distinguished naturalist describes the tibia of a very re-
markable gigantic bird, nearly the size of the ostrich, found in the lowest
bed of the Paris Calcaire grossier, resembling the Dinornis Gassuarinus
and other extinct birds in some respects, the gallinaceous birds in
others — a new distinct genus. He gives it the name of Gastomis Pa-
risiensis.

He also describes, in the same volume, a remarkable collection of
mammalian remains, from the red clay of Suffolk, which he pronounces
to be, for the most part, of Miocene date. Among these are extinct spe-
cies of Ehinoceros, Tapir, Wild Boar, Horse, Mastodon, Decranoceros
(an extinct deer), Felis, Canis, Bear, and several genera of Cetacea.
However, the most interesting discovery to us is that of a bone of the
left antler of a deer, resembling the Megaceros Hibernicus. This would
give the animal an immense range, from the Miocene almost to our
times. Professor Owen also mentions that this animal has been found
in the Pleistocene brick-earth of Essex.

I cannot conclude without drawing your attention to a most valua-
ble treatise by Mr. Dominick M'Causland, which has been published
during the year, and is entitled " Sermons on Stones." I have perused it
with great interest ; and, although he does not profess to have made any
discoveries of new facts, the views he adopts are original, and illustrated
in a clear and eloquent style.

Starting from the proposition that — " Whatever has been written
under the Divine inspiration cannot be inconsistent with anything
created by the Divine Hand — God is truth, and His Word cannot be re-
futed by His works," — the chief difficulty is the precise meaning of the
word "Day."

Buckland and Chalmers have taken it in a natural sense, and have,
therefore, contended that Moses' narrative was not an account of the
events which occurred from the beginning of the Creation, but only of
certain events which occupied the period of the six natural days which
preceded the birth of Adam.

Mr. M'Causland explains it as a period of indefinite duration, in
which sense it appears to be frequently used in the sacred volume.

VOL. iv. o

98 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

He details accurately the different steps of the Creation (except that
he could not be aware of the important recent discoveries in the Cam-
brian strata), and shows how everything came in its regular order until
the creation of man. It is a most valuable addition to our works on
Natural Theology ; and I trust that so much progress has been made in
our science, that neither the enemies of Revealed Religion, nor the almost
equally dangerous advocates of untenable interpretations of the Bible,
will be able to rest their arguments on the unsoundness or contradictions
of geological theories.

WEDNESDAY EVENING, MARCH 11, 1857.

Dr. Croker in the Chair.

The Society met on the above evening, when the following gentlemen
were elected members r —

L Alexander Tate, Esq., C.E., Santry; 2. Geo. Phayre, Esq., C.E.,
Sandymount.

The reading of Mr. John Kelly's paper on the Subdivision of the
Carboniferous Eormation in Ireland was continued, and the discussion to
which it gave rise was postponed until the meeting in the month of
ApriL

The Rev. Professor Haughton also communicated the following —

NOTES TO ACCOMPANY FIGURES OF SOME DISTORTED FOSSILS FROM THE
CLEAVED ROCKS OF THE SOUTH OF IRELAND.

In a short paper published by me in the "Philosophical Magazine" for
December, 1856, on Slaty Cleavage and Distortion of Fossils, I have es-
tablished the following laws from measurements made on fossils dis-
torted by cleavage : —

1st Law. — If the trace or intersection of the plane of cleavage and
plane of bedding be drawn, the greatest distortion or elongation of the fossils
lying in the plane of bedding is parallel to this intersection. (Page 410.)

2nd Law. — The distortion of fossils produced by cleavage, estimated in
a given direction, such as parallel to the intersection of the planes of clea-
vage and bedding, varies with the angle between these planes, being greatest
when the angle is greatest, and least when the angle is least. (Page 411.)

3rd Law. — The compression in a cleaved rock is greatest in a direction
perpendicular to the planes of cleavage.

As many persons, not familiar with the appearance of fossils distorted
by cleavage, have felt some difficulty in following the argument of that
paper, I have thought it desirable to give to this Society a few illustra-
tions of the distorted fossils of the south of Ireland.

I should first premise that in the two plates containing the figures
of the fossils the horizontal line is supposed to be the intersection of the
planes of cleavage and bedding, and the vertical line is the dip of the
bedding in most instances, and never deviates far from that line.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETT OF DUBLIN. 99

What I call the Distortion of a fossil is the quantity —

m N
P = nXM' <!)

In this expression the fraction m : n represents the ratio of the hori-
zontal and vertical measurements of the figures as actually observed in
their distorted condition ; and the fraction M;N represents the ratio of
the same lines when the fossil is in its natural or undisturbed form.

In Plate VI. the Figures 1, 1a, 1b, lc, represent fossils distorted by

Fig. 1 is Orthis crenistria from the Carboniferous Slate of Ardo-
ginna, Co. Waterford, with its hinge-line perpendicular to the in-
tersection of cleavage and bedding.
Fig. 1a represents the same fossil from the Carboniferous Slate of
Carrigaline, Co. Cork, with its hinge-line drawn out in the line of
intersection of cleavage and bedding.
Fig. 1b is a fossil from the same locality as the last, viz., Carriga-
line ; but so changed by cleavage, both in and perpendicular to
the plane of bedding, as to be hardly recognisable. I name it,
with considerable hesitation, Productus caperatus.
Fig. lc is a beautiful specimen of Euomphalus pentangulatus, distorted
by cleavage, from Little Island, Co. Cork, where these distorted
fossils occur in great abundance in limestone, and have been fre-
quently, from their form, described asEllipsolithes, and considered
as quite distinct from Euomphalus.
In the Figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, the artist has reduced the distortion in the
proportion of 5:4. In Plate VII., Figs. 3, 3a, 3b, 3c, the distortion is
reduced in the proportion of 5 : 3 ; and it is evident to geologists ac-
quainted with these fossils that this reduction of their distortion has
nearly restored them to their natural shape. In Figs. 4, 4a, 4b, 4c, the
reduction of the distortion is continued in the proportion of 5 : 2 ; and it
is very instructive to observe that it has now become a distortion in the
perpendicular direction, causing Figs. 1 and 1a to change characters in
becoming 4 and 4a.

It is to be remembered that such specimens as 4, 4a, 4c, could not
occur in practice, with the intersection of the planes of cleavage and
bedding in the horizontal line. In fact, in the figs. 1 and 2, the line of
intersection of planes of cleavage and bedding is horizontal ; in Fig. 3
there is either no cleavage, or its plane coincides, or nearly coincides,
with that of bedding ; and in Fig. 4, the line of intersection of planes of
cleavage and bedding must have become at right angles to its former po-
sition, and be supposed vertical

Since publishing the paper alluded to above, I have read with care
the various papers published on the subject of cleavage by Mr. Sorby,
and feel most happy to bear my testimony to their great value. His
methods of research are quite different from my own ; and I am glad to
learn that the few results I have obtained independently, from the con-

100 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

sideration of the distortion of fossils, confirm several of his results, which
were obtained principally from microscopic examinations of cleaved
rocks. One of the most interesting of our agreements relates to the
great amount of compression occasionally occurring in cleaved rocks,
which I have shown to amount to 1 0 and 1 1 degrees of relative com-
pression at Tintagel and Garth — an amount of relative compression con-
sistent with Mr. Sorby' s observations, who has commonly observed 6 de-
grees of compression in well-cleaved rocks. There are several points of
difference between my results and those of both Mr. Sharpe and Mr.
Sorby, which will, no doubt, be cleared up by further research. The
chief discrepancy between us is the following: — Both Mr. Sorby and Mr.
Sharpe have observed an elongation in the line of dip (of cleavage ?) ;
an appearance which I have not found in any case, except that of South
Petherwin, where it exists, but to a very small extent, and can only be
discovered by calculation, as it is not sufficiently decided to be very sensi-
ble by direct observations.

- ON THE SUBDIVISION OF THE CARBONIFEROUS FORMATION OF IRELAND.
BY JOHN KELLY, ESQ.

In the present paper I mean to treat of the several subdivisions of
the Carboniferous formation in Ireland. While my chief object is to draw
attention to one or two of those subdivisions, especially the supposed
calp of Dr. Griffith, and in this case having, according to my views, to
deal with an imaginary band of rock, I must be more particular than if
I had a real tangible subject, which, in one part of the country, could be
compared with other parts of the system. I mean to show that every-
where in Ireland this rock is mentioned as existing, it is a group of an-
other part of the formation that is mistaken, and introduced into that
place.

Before I proceed further, I will here observe, that it is not without
some reluctance I stand up in this place in opposition to the views of Dr.
Griffith— a gentleman with whom, I may say, I spent my whole life,
and with whom I gained my own geological experience. He would be
one of the first himself to join in correcting an error, if he were convinced
of that error. From the great desire there appears to exist among geo-
logists of eminence, within the last dozen years, to have the honour of
founding new systems, and the confusion and drawback to the progress
of the science consequent upon it, I believe there is no really good, un-
exceptionable system of the classification of rocks yet arrived at in Geo-
logy. It is a new science with us all ; and many of its facts are capable
of two or more interpretations. One man may account for a fact dif-
ferently from another ; and it is from conclusions drawn from the expe-
rience and views of different persons, in several countries, that we may
expect to arrive at a satisfactory settlement of opinions on the subject.
My convictions happen to be different from those of Dr. Griffith on the
subject of his calp ; and, however unwilling I may be to differ from
him, it appears to me to be the duty of every member of this Society,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 101

when he examines a district, to give to the Society the result of his own
experience, no matter with whom he may differ or agree.

This calp is a new subject in Geology. It was not known in any
other part of Europe, until it got " a local habitation and a name" from
Dr. Griffith in Ireland. Yet, it has not been questioned by any geologist,
but accepted at his word, apparently because he was the most eminent
teacher of the science in the country, at a time when it was in its in-
fancy. The opinion regarding it was formed almost in the first days of
geological knowledge, about the years 1810 to 1813, and before organic
remains had been applied to the identification of strata, and, therefore,
cannot be supposed to be above suspicion. It appears to me to be a very
important subject, as it involves the great question — whether above 1 700
square miles of country, coloured on the Geological Map as calp, be not
the rocks of the Coal formation, as I believe them to be, and may not
have, in some places, a sufficient accumulation of the strata to contain
coal ? At all events, inquiry regarding it will be useful to the science
we have joined together to cultivate, either in getting altered what may
be erroneous, or in establishing the views already entertained.

Mr. Kirwan, a man of some repute in science in Dublin about the
year 1 800, was the first who gave any account of a black argillaceous lime-
stone, got at Donnybrook, Rathgar, and other places in the vicinity of
Dublin, to which he gave the name of Calp. His, however, was a mi-
neralogical notice, and bore no reference to any geological group.

Dr. Griffith adopted the name, and gave the rock an important po-
sition in Geology, by making it a subdivision of the Carboniferous for-
mation. He divided the mountain limestone into three parts — the lower
limestone, the calp, and the upper limestone. The localities where these
subdivisions occur are shown on the several successive issues of his Geo-
logical Map, and its position in the Carboniferous formation may be seen
in the explanatory section at the bottom of the Map.

In the Report of the Railway Commissioners for Ireland, 1838, there
are several Appendices. The first of these is an " Outline of the Geo-
logy of Ireland," written by Dr. Griffith, who was one of the Commis-
sioners. In this document we have his matured views of the calp de-
scribed ; but, as it is not in the hands of many, and may not ever be re-
printed, I shall make a few quotations, to show on what data those views
are founded. As I shall have occasion to reply to some of the paragraphs
of the " Outline" which I will quote, I think it well to number the ex-
tracts as I proceed, for sake of reference. At page 8, and a few of the
succeeding pages of this Outline, is given his subdivision of the Carbo-
niferous formation, in substance as follows : —

1. " Of the Secondary Rocks. — We next proceed to the consideration
of the great interior valley, which is entirely composed of secondary
rocks, consisting of the Old Red Sandstone, Carboniferous Limestone, and
Coal, and its accompanying strata."

2. " As far as our present knowledge extends, the following, in an
ascending series, appears to be the order of succession of the different
groups or assemblages of rocks belonging to each period of deposition: —

102 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

" i. Yellow sandstone, limestone, and shale,
"n. Lower limestone.

"in. Impure argillaceous limestone, called calp, black shale, and
sandstone.

" iv. Upper limestone.' '

3. " Lower Limestone. — This division forms by much the most ex-
tensive portion of the series in Ireland. In the northern counties of
Fermanagh, Cavan, Leitrim, and Roscommon, it is in part covered by
the upper division of the series, but in the midland and southern coun-
ties, with the exception of the calp valley of the counties of Dublin,
Meath, and "Westmeath, it forms the surface rock throughout the greater
portion of the limestone country."

4. "Calp, or black shale series. — The name 'calp' was given by
Mr. Kirwan'to the black argillaceous limestone of the neighbourhood of
Dublin, which alternates with black shale, and contains flattened sphe-
roids of pyritous clay ironstone. In some districts the lower beds of
this series consist of alternations of sandstone, shale, and limestone,
more or less pure ; in others, the sandstone is wanting, but the upper
beds in all consist of thin, alternating beds of impure limestone and
shale. In some localities the lower beds, in addition to the sandstone
and shale, contain indications of carbonaceous matter ; and impure beds
of coal, varying in thickness from half an inch to two inches, have been
observed : which circumstance, as in the case of the yellow sandstone,
has led to so many fruitless trials for coal."

5. Page 10. — " The thickness of the calp series, where fully deve-
loped, is very considerable. On the north-west coast of the county of
Leitrim it exceeds 1700 feet ; though in the county of Cavan, between
Belturbet and Ballyconnell, it is not more than 400 feet."

6. Page 11. — "This division is much more fully developed in the
northern districts of the Carboniferous Limestone than in the midland or
southern ; and it was solely from the clear exhibition of their strata, as
seen in the precipitous cliffs of the remarkable Carboniferous mountain
district of the counties of Sligo, Fermanagh, Cavan, Leitrim, and Eos-
common, that the subdivision of the series has been attempted."

7. Page 11. — "The calp and shale division is, perhaps, best deve-
loped on the west coast of the counties of Leitrim and Sligo, between
Ballyshannon and Benbulben. In this line of section, the strata dip to
the southward at an angle of from 2° to 5° from the horizon. The lower
limestone of Ballyshannon is succeeded by beds of black shale, contain-
ing balls of clay ironstone interstratified with impure argillaceous lime-
stone. These beds continue as far as the parallel of Bundoran, where
they are succeeded by a series of alternations of gray, and occasionally
reddish-gray sandstone and black shale, with argillaceous limestone.
Some of the sandstone beds contain casts of Calamites enveloped in
coaly matter ; and some thin but irregular beds of coal have been ob-
served, though none worth working have been discovered ; and from
the nature of the country it is improbable that any such do exist.
These beds are succeeded by alternations of black shale, with impure

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 103

argillaceous limestone or calp, which form the precipitous cliffs of
Dartry mountain facing the west, and which near the summit are
capped by the upper or splintery limestone."

8. Again, at page 10. — " Excepting in the northern counties, where
the succession of the limestone series is fully and clearly developed, it
is almost impossible to determine with any precision on the point where
the lower limestone may be said to terminate, and the calp or the upper
limestone to commence. In many localities of the midland and southern
counties, the black sliale or calp series is altogether wanting, or it occurs
so sparingly that without a laborious and minute examination it will
not be detected."

9. Page 11. — "It would be tedious, and almost endless, to enter
into a particular description of the numerous localities in which the
calp series occurs in the north of Ireland : at present we need only ob-
serve, that the shale district, extending from Emyvale in the county of
Monaghan, to Brookborough in the county of Fermanagh, known by
the name of the Slieve-Beagh Mountains, has long been considered to
be the true Coal formation, and sanguine expectations have been enter-
tained of the discovery of workable beds of coal ; but having ascertained
that in the order of succession it forms a portion of the calp series, it
appears very improbable that these expectations will be realized."

10. Page 11. — "Upper or Splintery Limestone. This rock is of
comparatively rare occurrence in Ireland, and its superficial extent is
insignificant. Owing to its containing the greater number of the fossil
organic remains which occur in the lower limestone, it is difficult in
some localities to distinguish between them, particularly where the calp
series is wanting, which frequently happens."

11. Page 12. — " In the valley of the Barrow at Carlow, where the
whole Carboniferous Limestone series of the south is clearly developed,
it would appear that the calp or black shale division is wanting ; and
that the upper limestone rests directly on the black marble beds of the
lower."

12. Page 12. — " In Belmore mountain, the thickness of the upper
limestone amounts to 650 feet. In Benbulben, it is 500 feet ; and at
the eastern base of Culkagh mountain, in the county of Cavan, it is
600 feet."

13. Page 13. — "Millstone Grit. Eocks decidedly belonging to
this series are only to be met with in the mountain district surrounding
Lough Allen, in the counties of Roscommon, Leitrim, Cavan, and Fer-
managh, hitherto known by the name of the Connaught coal district ;
and in the shale district extending from Drumquin, in the county of
Tyrone, to the neighbourhood of Pettigo, in the county of Fermanagh."

I have now come to an end of those paragraphs of the " Outline" to
which I mean to have reference ; they are thirteen in number.

As the subdivision of the Carboniferous formation stands arranged
in this " Outline of the Geology of Ireland," I object to it, and am pre-
pared to maintain that a great part of it is visionary. The subdivision
of the limestone, as given at the quotation No. 2, and the descriptions

104 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

which explain and accompany it, are not borne out by the facts, as I shall
endeavour to show. The geological phenomena which are visible in the
counties of Cavan, Fermanagh, Leitrim, and Sligo, may be interpreted,
without any difficulty, by means of the three members of the Carboni-
ferous formation set forth in No. 1, the Old Red Sandstone, Mountain
Limestone, and Coal Rocks ; and these afford a reference for every rock
in the localities, described in the most simple manner.

In proceeding to show my reasons for the statements I have made,
and my views on the subject generally, I shall notice the quotations
from the " Outline" as nearly in consecutive order as I can.

In quotation No. 1, the author says : — " The secondary rocks are di-
vided into Old Red Sandstone, Carboniferous Limestone, and Coal, and
its accompanying strata."

It is remarkable that the Carboniferous Slate, that is, a slaty band
which lies between the Old Red Sandstone and the Limestone, has not
been noticed at all in this " Outline." Mr. Griffith subsequently intro-
duced this member into his classification, as shown upon his recent
Maps, and it is a good and true member. It is well developed on the
shore at Poulscadden, near Howth ; also on the shore near the Martello
Tower at Portmarnock, in the county of Dublin ; and many other parts
of Ireland. With this subdivision, the natural succession in the Carbo-
niferous formation is —

1. Old Red Sandstone.

2. Carboniferous slate.

3. Limestone.

4. The Coal series.

Each of those subdivisions is composed of a different mineral sub-
stance from the others. The bulk of the Old Red Sandstone is composed
of red sand ; the Limestone of lime ; and the Coal shales of argillaceous
or clayey matter. There are, however, modifications in the subdivisions
which require some explanation, into which I shall enter in detail as I
proceed.

Athough those subdivisions differ so widely from each other in mi-
neral character, yet, as a whole, the system exhibits the remarkable cir-
cumstances : — 1. That the beds of which it is composed are parallel to
one another. 2. That they rest unconformably on the inferior or under-
lying rock. 3. That they are covered unconformably by the superior
or overlying rock. 4. That this parallelism of the strata clearly points
to one great geological epoch, in which the whole suite, from beginning
to end, was deposited, without any great catastrophe in the succession.

The Old Red Sandstone is the lowest of those subdivisions. It may it-
self be divided into three parts : — First, or bottom layer. Red conglome-
rate, composed of rounded pebbles of white quartz, brown quartz, jasper,
and fragments of other rocks, united by a mineral paste. In some lo-
calities the conglomerate is composed of flattish, rounded stones of mica
slate, as at Cushendall, in Antrim ; sometimes of green chloritic slate,
or green grit, as at Lane, and at Shenick Island, near Skerries, in Dublin.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 105

Its thickness varies from 20 to 60 or 80 feet in different places. 2. Next
is a series of beds of red sandstones and red shales, from 200 to 600 feet
thick. 3. The upper part exhibits thick beds of sandstone, of a whitish
or yellowish colour. This upper part is the yellow sandstone, which
sometimes contains a band or two near the top of black shale, interstra-
tified with thin beds of limestone, full of the fossils of the limestone.
This yellow part of the Old Eed varies from 50 to 200 feet in thickness.
The whole thickness of the Old Red Sandstone in Ireland averages about
1000 feet.

I am aware that this subdivision, which, in former times, was in-
cluded in the Carboniferous formation, has been recently cut away from
it, and joined with another rock, which lies below it, sometimes directly
in contact with it, and both together now called Old Red Sandstone. I
could wish this separation had never been made, for it blots out a great
line of demarcation which nature has made, and which ought not to
have been blotted out. Botanists and zoologists, in devising their sub-
divisions, seek for the strongest lines of demarcation between the groups
of their several orders and classes. This golden rule seems to have been
totally overlooked in our science. The strongest and most prominent
boundary line made by nature in Geology is a sedimentary unconfor-
mability. It is the chasm between two formations. It marks the time
of a change, sometimes of a great catastrophe, which occurred at the end
of one formation, and before the commencement of depositing materials
for another. At the end of the Silurian period, and immediately before
the Carboniferous formation, there appears to have been a time of un-
usual convulsive movement in the system of rocks which had then been
formed. By this movement the beds were made into great, folds, the
tops of those folds often broken and carried away, leaving those beds
turned up on their edges. This period of time coincides with one of the
chasms I have been describing, in which no rock appears to have been
deposited.

The conglomerate of the Old Red Sandstone, which forms the base
of the Carboniferous system, was the first or lowest deposit laid down
on the older beds after the period of disturbance just described. It is
spread out, in all places I know, upon the upturned edges of the sup-
porting rocks, in beds varying but little from the horizontal — thus
forming the foundation of a new system. Those supporting rocks are
different in different places : sometimes mica slate, more generally clay
slate, or gray grit, sometimes brownstone, sometimes quartz rock, or
porphyry, or greenstone, or granite. I look upon this conglomerate as
a most important index in geology. Besides being the beginning of
a new system of rocks, it is the boundary between two distinct periods
of organic life ; the fossils below it differ in genera and species from
those above, and, besides this, there is a well-marked difference in the
lithological character of the rocks also, the lower and older being much
harder and more quartzose ; the upper, softer.

The fossil evidence, so far as it goes, supports this view, and forms
a link to tie this Old Red Sandstone inseparably into the Carboniferous

VOL. IV. p

106 PEOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

formation. Near Cookstown, in Tyrone, there are beds of Red Sand-
stone near the base of this group, and beds of red limestone, both of
which contain fossils common in the mountain limestone. There is now
in the Museum of Irish Industry, at Stephen' s-green, Dublin, collected
by Colonel Portlock, from the river at Kildress, from Red Sandstone in
the very lower beds of this group —

Productus fimbriatus,

,, semireticulatus,

„ Martini,
Leptaena crenistria,
,, Sharpei,
-nine species ; all common in the limestone.

Spirifer laevicosta,
Retzia ferita,
Rhynconella ventilabrum,
Cnathopsis fungites,

In beds of red limestone, at Castle Espie, in the county of Down,
which occur in the lowest beds of the Old Red Sandstone, there are —

Actinoceras giganteum, Orthis cylindrica,

and some- species of Rhynconellidae, common in the mountain limestone.
Professor Haughton of Trinity College, has in his Museum the fol-
lowing fossils, got in whitish-brown sandstone, near the top of the Old
Red, at Porter's Gate, Hook Point, "Wexford —

Productus caperatus.
„ setosus.

concinnus.

Leptaena crenistria.
Lithodomus dactyloides.
Sanguinolites sulcatus.

These are all common in the mountain limestone and in the Carbo-
niferous Slate.

Besides the foregoing, which are in pure sandstone rock, there are
others got in shale and limestone beds, which are interstratified with
the yellow part of the sandstone near the top, and in this shale are
found fifty or sixty species of the common fossils of the Carboniferous
Limestone at Porter's Gate, near Hook Point, and in many other places.

I look upon those fossils got in the Old Red Sandstone — some of
them in the bottom beds of it at Kildress and at Castle Espie, some in
the middle at Kildress also, and some in the upper part at Hook Point,
in "Wexford — as a link made by Nature to tie this Old Red Sandstone
group up into the Carboniferous formation; and this fossil evidence,
together with the physical considerations before mentioned, to be con-
clusive as to the propriety of leaving the Old Red Sandstone according
to the arrangement in which it stood twenty years ago ; and, further, I
consider the modern mutilation of cutting away this Old Red Sandstone
with its conglomerate base, parallel beds, and fossils, from the Carbo-
niferous formation, into which it is tied by nature, as I have described,
and joining it to a rock which belongs to an older epoch in the Earth's
history, and calling the two distinct things by one name, as has been
recently done, as a most injurious infringement on proper classification,
and calculated to retard the progress of the science.

The Carboniferous system has thus suffered by recent changes. The

'GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 107

Old Red Sandstone of former days, as just stated, has been cnt away
from its lower part, and a slice of the New Red Sandstone stuck upon it
above. In this change two of the greatest chasms, the most striking
boundaries that Nature made between her groups are totally disre-
garded, that is, the sedimentary unconformability at the bottom of the
Old Red conglomerate, and the sedimentary unconformability at the top
of the Coal-measures. The old natural Carboniferous system is broken
up, and now forms parts of two new unnatural systems. Any of the
three new lines made by this change, as boundaries of formations, does
not agree with the boundaries made by nature. They are all artificial.
Other sciences are improving every day. Geology appears to be retro-
grading. It is to be hoped still that the Carboniferous system will be
restored to what it was before the recent alterations, and that it will
recover this fit of illness, brought upon it by too much attention from
over-zealous doctors.

I have before alluded to the desire that exists among geologists of
eminence to have the honour of founding new systems. The Devonian
system, and the Old Red Sandstone (in Herefordshire, in England), are
two of those ; the Calp, and the Yellow Sandstone (in Ireland), two
others ; and those new systems, or subdivisions, are some of the results
of the recent alterations.

Of the Devonian system I expressed my views in a paper read in
this Society last year. I endeavoured on that occasion to show that
there is no Devonian system in Ireland — no intermediate group between
the Carboniferous and Silurian systems. Every rock and band of rock
about the position where that system might be expected falls easily
into either the Carboniferous system above, including, of course, its Old
Red Sandstone, or the Silurian below.

I find that my views, derived wholly from Irish data, agree with
those of Professor Sedgwick, himself one of the authors of the Devonian
System, and above whom no one stands higher in this science. He says,
in the Introduction to the " British Paleozoic Fossils," p. 23, in speaking
of the Devonian : — "In Devon and Cornwall the above series has no
base ; aud we are without any evidence as to the beds which are below
the lowest Devonian group." He is right. It is no doubt the same in
England and Ireland. Here we have it not at all ; it is a thing of the
imagination ; there it is a baseless fabric. It is to be regretted that so
much pains were expended by two of the most able of British geologists
on a country penetrated with granite protrusions, and broken up by the
faults and dislocations consequent on them. Had half the pains been
bestowed on a good paleozoic country, such as Ireland, every fragment
of the earth's crust in Devon and Cornwall could afterwards, by com-
bining lithological character and fossils, be put into its proper place
without confusion or difficulty.

The Old Red Sandstone of Herefordshire, though not in Ireland, is
too closely allied to my subject to be passed over unnoticed. It is a
matter on which I have often thought ; but, for want of opportunity of
such examinations as would be satisfactory to myself, I can only speak

108 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

with diffidence. It appears to me that the chief part of the Old Red
Sandstone of Herefordshire, described in " Siluria," p. 242, as 8000 or
10,000 feet thick, is a Silurian rock, and the equivalent of the brown
rocks between Trillick and Pomeroy, in Tyrone, and the lower rocks
about Dingle, in Kerry. In both places in Ireland the underlying fos-
siliferous Silurian rocks are conformable with the brown grits, which I
have in another place called brownstone. So they are in Brecknock
and Herefordshire, on the line from Llandeilo by Kingston to Aymestry .
In physical characters, too, they agree. For a few days last autumn I ex-
amined the country between Abergavenny and Brecon, in Wales, and
along the road for several miles south of the latter place I saw those
brown, gray, and green grits and slates, and the best eye could not dis-
tinguish them from the Dingle grits or slates in grain or colour.

But it is stated that there is a regular passage from the Old Red
Sandstone of Herefordshire downwards into the Silurian, and upwards
into the Carboniferous system of South Wales. We have the passage
downwards from our brownstone into the Silurian fossiliferous bands ;
but we have no such passage as that described upwards in either the
Dingle or the Tyrone district, and it appears to me very doubtful that
such a passage exists even about the Yans of Brecon : for it must be
there, if anywhere.

Sir Henry de la Beche seems to have recognised an unconformabi-
lity in this district ; for, in the " Memoir of the Geological Survey of
Great Britain," vol. i., p. 59, he says : — " On the north of the great
coal-fields of South Wales and its supporting limestone the upper part
of the Old Red Sandstone forms a range of lofty land, of which the Yans
of Brecon attain the highest elevation (2682 feet). From the small
angle of the dip the continuation of the beds forming the summits of the
Vans is only a few feet beneath the Carboniferous Limestone, near
Merthyr Tydvil." Again, at p. 60, he says : — " Proceeding towards
Carmarthen, not only do we appear to find a mingling of sand more, at
the same geological time, westward than eastward, but also an overlap of
the higher arenaceous and conglomerate series upon the lower and marly ac-
cumulations of the Old Red Sandstone ; the Carboniferous Limestone
and Coal-measures over the Silurian rocks."

What is this overlap of the higher arenaceous and conglomerate se-
ries, and the rest, over the Silurian rocks ? It appears to me to be
this : — That the conglomerate of the Yans of Brecon, or its equivalent,
lies unconformably on the Silurian rocks near Llandeilo, and, of course,
also on the Old Red Sandstone of Brecknock and Herefordshire ; for, be
it remembered, that the two are conformable.

This leads to the conclusion that this Old Red Sandstone is divisible
into two parts, the conglomerate and sandstone of the upper part at the
Yans of Brecon being the base of the Carboniferous system, and there
lying unconformably on the lower or supporting Old Red Sandstone, as
it does at Dingle in Kerry, and at Clogher in Tyrone.

As well as Sir Henry de la Beche, already quoted, Professor Sedg-
wick appears to entertain the same views that I do — mine taken, as before,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 109

from Irish data. He says, in the work already quoted, Introduction,

p. 28 : " Though the Devonian series of the Herefordshire type seems

to pass downwards into the upper Silurian groups, it does not appear to
pass upwards into the Carboniferous. There is generally a paheontolo-
gical and physical gap between them, which is in many places obscurely
indicated by the upper conglomerates of the Old Red Sandstone."

His upper conglomerates of the Old Red Sandstone of Herefordshire
appear to me to be the same as my lower conglomerates of the Carboni-
ferous. His physical and palseontological gap I take to be the uncon-
formability at this point, and the difference of fossil genera and species
above and below, of which I have already spoken. Two coincidences of
opinion more close than these could scarcely be met with on a subject of
this kind.

I have been told that cases occur on the north border of the coal-field
of South Wales where the coal rocks, limestone, conglomerate, and all,
could be shown lying conformably on the Old Red Sandstone of Breck-
nock and Monmouth. This, in a few local cases, I can easily believe ;
for, in the rolls that occur in the older strata in so large an extent, it is
very probable that the base of the Carboniferous formation, which has a
remarkable persistence here on the great scale, may coincide now and
then with the underlying undulations at an anticlinal or synclinal point,
though three-fourths of the observed cases along the junction be posi-
tively unconformable.

Indeed, the general unconformability of those two may be inferred
from a mere inspection of the Map of Siluria itself, with the dips marked
on it from the new one-inch Map of England. In Herefordshire and in
Brecknock the general strike of the so-called Old Red Sandstone is S.W.,
and the dip S.E. The strike of the Carboniferous rocks of South Wales
may be taken in a general way, in the vicinity of the Yans of Brecon,
by the outcrop of the limestone along its northern escarpment between
Abergavenny and Llandeilo, and this is east and west. Here the two
strikes clash ; they do not coincide, but make an angle with one another
of about forty or fifty degrees. This shows that the upper or Carboni-
ferous beds must lie unconformably on the lower brown beds, otherwise
the strikes of the two groups should be parallel.

The Old Red Sandstone of Scotland, being a part of the subject, calls
for an observation. I cannot speak of this except from analogy. It is
said to be nearly 2000 feet thick in three mountains in Rosshire — Coul-
more, Coulbeg, and Suilvein ; and it is reported to be several thousand
feet in thickness in Caithness and other places, and to consist of both
red and gray grits. So far it resembles the Tyrone brownstone, and the
lower rocks of the Dingle district also, which are of Silurian age.

In 1855 I saw a little of the Old Red Sandstone on the north side of
the valley of the Forth and Clyde, in Scotland. I believe the conglo-
merate at Callander to be the base of the Old Red of the Carboniferous
formation, and the equivalent of that rock in Ireland.

From what I have just stated, it will be understood that there is a
strong conviction on my mind that the Old Red Sandstone of modern

110 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

times, as I said before, consists of two parts : the upper, which is clearly
tied into and inseparable from the Carboniferous system ; and the lower,
which is as clearly associated with the Silurian ; and as Nature separated
them by one of her greatest chasms, so they ought to be separated by
man. The name should undoubtedly be retained for one of them ; but
whether should it be the upper or the lower ? My views lead me to
prefer keeping the name to the upper, and I shall state why.

In the early days of Geology the division above alluded to was not
recognised in England, and the two were packed together where they
happened to be in contact, and said to be 10,000 feet thick. Indeed,
this may be said to be the case up to the present time. The carboni-
ferous part, however, is far more general in the British Islands than
the brownstone, which was included with it in certain districts by mis-
take or oversight, for want of being recognised. So far, then, as prece-
dence goes, I should say the upper or the base of the Carboniferous
should retain the name, and let the Silurian, or lower part, be provided
with a new name. I have called it brownstone, to distinguish it from
the upper band of rock, but I shall be happy to adopt a better name
with the majority of geologists, when it may be found. I do, how-
ever, think it highly objectionable to call the two upper and lower
Old Red Sandstone, as I have lately heard them called, because
the upper is the base of the Carboniferous formation ; it lies, as
before stated, indiscriminately upon mica slate, clay slate, gray or
green grit, primary limestone, quartz rock, porphyry, greenstone or
granite, in all which cases, though there is an upper, there is no
lower sandstone in contact to keep it company as a counterpart. The
Cambrian rocks have been made upper and lower, but they are one
great group divided. It is so also in the Silurian. There are upper and
lower oolite, and lias, and chalk, and tertiary, but they are always parts
of the same group. To make these two sandstones upper and lower,
where the lower is absent in nine cases out of ten, and when it is always
a rock of another geological epoch, does not appear to me to be either an
eligible association or nomenclature.

About Dingle and other parts of the south of Ireland the green,
gray, and brown grits, and similarly coloured slates, are so intimately
associated by interstratification with each other in thick and thin bands
and beds, as to form one inseparable group. The rocks about Brecon in
"Wales are exactly similar. It therefore appears that the old name
graywacke would not be still unsuitable for this group. It would have
the merit of keeping out novelty, and abiding by the first name given to
those rocks — a thing much to be desired in Geology as well as in Pa-
laeontology.

Regarding the arrangements made in pars. 1 and 4, the Old Red Sand-
stone is in its proper place. The Yellow Sandstone is a part of the same,
that ought not to be made a separate subdivision. The Lower Limestone
is the lower part of the Limestone. The Calp, I believe, is a pure fiction.
The author himself, at the quotations No. 8, 10, and 11, admits it does not
exist in the south of Ireland. I expect to be able to show that it is

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. Ill

not in the middle or the north. The Upper Limestone is the upper part
of the Limestone, the whole of it being one mass, and undivided, with
only trifling exceptions, which I shall particularize ; and the millstone
grit is the base of the Coal-rocks.

It is remarkable that the Carboniferous Slate, that is, a slaty band,
which lies between the Old Eed Sandstone and the Limestone, has not
been noticed at all in this " Outline." Dr. Griffith subsequently intro-
duced this member into his classification, as shown upon his recent Map,
and it is a good and true member. It is well developed on the shore at
Poulscadden, near Howth, about Portmarnock Martello Tower, and
thence to Malahide in the county of Dublin, and a hundred other places.

At par. No. 2 the Carboniferous Limestone has been divided into
four parts : —

1. Yellow Sandstone, which is stated, at page 9 of the " Outline,' '
to be 600 to 1000 feet in thickness.

2. Lower Limestone ; thickness not given.

3. Calp, alternating with black shale and sandstone, which is stated,
at par. 5, to be, at Bundoran, 1700 feet in thickness.

4. Upper Limestone, which at par. 9 is given as 500 to 650 feet
thick.

Besides the Yellow Sandstone, which may be the subject of a future
paper in this Society, there are three other divisions made of the lime-
stone in this passage of the " Outline," of which the middle one is the
Calp, which is further described at par. 7.

There are four large calp districts in Ireland, shown on the latest
issue of Mr. Griffith's " Geological Map."

1. The Bundoran district, which occupies parts of the counties of Fer-
managh, Leitrim, and Sligo. It extends from Lough Erne to Bundoran,
and thence along the sea-shore to Grange in Sligo. This district
occupies about seventy -five square miles.

2. The Slievebeagh district, which lies between Lough Neagh and
Lough Erne, extending from Dungannon to Brookborough, thirty miles,
and about eight miles wide, or 240 square miles.

3. The Dublin district, which occupies a great part of the counties
of Dublin, Meath, and Westmeath, comprising more than 1000 square
miles.

4. The Galway district, which lies chiefly between Banagher and
Athenry, above 450 square miles.

I shall make observations on each of those districts, beginning with
that of Bundoran.

Bundoran is situated on the south coast of Donegal Bay, about three
miles to the west of Ballyshannon. It will be seen by a glance at the
" Geological Map of Ireland," that, a few miles inland from the northern
shore of Donegal Bay, there is a broad, well-developed band of Old Bed
Sandstone, extending fromDunkineely to Lough Esk, crosses the London-
derry road three miles east of the town of Donegal, and continues for three
miles south of it, where it ends abruptly, apparently cut off by a fault.
Three miles farther on, and a mile east of the village of Laghy, it appears

112 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

again, and in a narrow band proceeds to a mile south of the parallel of
Ballintra, where it disappears; and from this to Ballyshannon, five or six
miles, the mica slate and limestone are in contact, without the usual in-
tervening Old Red, which is not at the surface at Ballyshannon, nor
round thence by Lough Erne to near Pettigo. At this place it again ap-
pears, and continues five miles farther north-east to Grouse Lodge. It
is there well developed. From this place it curves to the north towards
Killeter, and then eastward it extends, in a broad expanse, toMountjoy
Forest, north of Omagh.

I have been thus particular in describing the appearance and the
absence of this band at intervals along the mica slate border, to show a
reason for what I believe, but cannot see, and that is, that the disap-
pearance of the Old Red at Ballyshannon does not arise from its being
absent from its position under the Carboniferous Limestone along the
shores of Donegal Bay, but from being buried in a fault along the junc-
tion of the mica slate and limestone. It is not going too far to assume
that it underlies the whole of the Carboniferous Limestone round the
bay.

At par. 7 it is stated that the Calp and Shale division is best deve-
loped on the west coast of the counties of Leitrim and Sligo ; and more
in detail Mr. Griffith describes a section from Ballyshannon to Benbulben.
He says : — " In this line of section the strata dip to the southward, at
an angle of 2° to 5° from the horizon. The lower limestone of Bally-
shannon is succeeded by beds of black shale, containing balls of clay iron-
stone, interstratified with impure argillaceous limestone. These beds
continue as far as the parallel of Bundoran, where they are succeeded by
a series of alternations of gray, and occasionally reddish-gray, sandstone
and black shale, with argillaceous limestone. These beds are succeeded
by alternations of black shale with impure argillaceous limestone, or
calp, which form the precipitous cliffs of Dartry mountain, facing the
west, and which near the summit are capped by the upper or splintery
limestone."

Putting this succession into something of a tabular form, it is —

1 . Lower Limestone at Ballyshannon.

2. Black shale, with impure argillaceous limestone.

3. Gray and reddish-gray sandstone, with black shale.

4. Black shale and impure limestone.

5. Upper limestone.

I object to this arrangement and succession for many reasons, which
I shall endeavour to explain.

1 . I think the sandstone about Bundoran is the Old Red Sandstone,
and not calp sandstone, or any other imaginary band of rock.

2. I think the description given of the shales in Bundoran Bay, at
the quotation No. 7r is not correct, nor the succession stated in the same
paragraph.

3. I think the great wedge-shaped mass of calp about Bundoran,
partly described and partly inferred, is a fiction.

4. I think the appearance of Lower and Upper Limestone, described

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 113

in quotation No. 2, attributable to a great fault that exists in the vici-
nity of Lough Erne and Bundoran, and not that there are two separate
bands of limestone.

First. Immediately to the west of Bundoran, on the shore, there is
a ravine, several yards long and a few feet wide, with perpendicular faces,
worn out by the action of the tide. A man can go through this ravine
at low water, and lay his hand, on the north side of it, on sandstone
rOck ; and, on the same level, on the south side, he has the black shale
and limestone of Bundoran Bay (see Plate VI., Tig. 1). The ravine ap-
pears to be on a perpendicular fault, in which the one rock is thrown up
to the surface, or the other let down, so as to be brought into juxta-
position with each other.

There is another, a clear case of a similar fault on the north side of
Ballyshannon Harbour, at Kildoney, between two groups of rock sand-
stone and limestone, the beds of both being nearly level, as at Bundoran.
By this fault they are brought into juxtaposition with each other. There
is no trace of superposition, but only simple contact. The whitish sand-
stone at Kildoney Point, and that at Bundoran, are both insulated ; and
this circumstance, with the faults, renders positive proof of sedimentary
succession at the junction unattainable. Here, however, are two rocks
of different kinds in contact: sandstone and limestone at Kildoney;
sandstone and black shale at Bundoran ; not one over the other, but
one beside the other, separated by a vertical fault ; clearly showing the
one thrown up, or the other down from its original position (see Plate
VI., Fig. 2). Under such circumstances, it is no great wonder that a
mistake might be made by a hurried observer who travelled over the
country from Ballyshannon to Bundoran, and that he adopted the geo-
graphical instead of the geological succession.

I believe similar cases to be numerous in the neighbourhood. The
country about Ballyshannon, and the valley of Lough Erne, is beset
with faults : some of them are of unusual magnitude, to one of which
I shall allude presently.

I consider it more rational to suppose that those sandstones are the
top of the Old Bed, which we know exists a short way below, and
which have been moved relatively upwards out of their original position
by means of faults, than to imagine them, and call them calp sand-
stones, slipped down from a higher place, and resting in juxtaposition
with the limestone at Kildoney, or the black shale at Bundoran ; this
calp sandstone being a rock which was not known in any part of the
world before this idea was suggested to Mr. Griffith's mind.

As at Ballyshannon, so in other districts, rocks of different kinds
are frequently brought together at the surface by means of faults. A
good example of this kind occurs on the shore at Cultra, near Belfast,
between high and low water-marks. At this place there are four or
five whin-dykes, all cutting through strata which are nearly level, in a
direction nearly at right angles to the line of shore (see Plate VI., Fig. 3).
The little quay at Cultra is built on one of them. Each dyke is the
boundary between two compartments of rock of different kinds : one of

VOL. IV. Q

114 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

them is red sandstone ; another is black shale, of the Coal series ; a
third, yellow magnesian limestone ; a fourth, thin beds of red compact
limestone, interstratified with red sandstone and red shale ; a fifth,
red sandstone again, and so on. Each compartment between the dykes
is, say, a block of rock. Some of those have been pushed up, some let
down, and, as the strata are nearly level, what was once one continued
bed is now broken up, and in position on different levels between the
dykes. The surface of the whole group was afterwards worn down to
one general plane by denudation. In such a locality a man, stepping
across one of the whin-dykes, may get on higher or lower strata by 20,
50, or 100 feet, at one side of the dyke than on the other.

2. My second objection to this classification is this —

The succession at Bally shannon begins with the Lower Limestone, and
is in ascending order, as described in quotation No. 7. This section I
interpret in another way. Instead of an ascending succession, I take it
to be that the case is reversed, and that, proceeding from Ballyshannon
to Bundoran, the geologist, travelling over the strata westwards, is de-
scending, instead of ascending, in the series. The black shales and
interlaminated limestones, both in Abbey Bay, near Ballyshannon, and
Bundoran Bay, contain a profusion of those fossils, both shells and corals,
which abound in the Carboniferous Limestone ; and the whole character
of this band — limestones, shales, and fossils — accords with the Carboni-
ferous Slate of other places, or that band which lies next below the Car-
boniferous Limestone almost everywhere in Ireland, and is especially
similar in character to the Carboniferous Slate, where the succession
admits of no doubt, about Bruckless and Dunkineely, north of Donegal
Bay, and in three or four places on the coast of Sligo and Mayo, Where
Old Bed Sandstone, Carboniferous Slate, and Limestone are all clearly
visible in succession.

I shall more particularly point out a means of identifying this fossili-
ferous shale and limestone group when I come to discuss two black shale
bands in the Dublin district, the upper one of which, called the Calp
of Dublin, is almost destitute of fossils, and such as it does contain are
peculiar to itself.

The description of the second member of this succession appears to
me to be inaccurate, as if it had been copied from some wrong page of a
note-book by mistake. Balls of clay-ironstone have been described in
it. In searching for the fossils of the Carboniferous Limestone I exa-
mined carefully the cliffs and the northern shore of the river Erne, from
Ballyshannon downwards towards the sea, at low water. I also exa-
mined in Bundoran Bay almost every bed of rock. The black shale,
interstratified with impure argillaceous limestone, is tljere ; but I saw
neither beds nor balls of clay-ironstone. Beds and balls of clay-ironstone
are usually met with in the coal- shales, and not elsewhere. They abound
in the millstone grit district between Pettigo and Drumquin, and in all
the coal- shales round Lough Allen ; but they do not occur in any Car-
boniferous Slate that I know. This division is well developed on the
sea-shore between Portmarnock and Malahide, in the county of Dublin,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 115

and the geologist may look in vain there, as well as in Abbey Bay or
Bundoran Bay, for a bed or a ball of clay-ironstone.

The third member of the succession, the gray and reddish-gray sand-
stone at Bundoran (which to my eye seems yellow), is not Calp Sand-
stone, but Old Bed Sandstone, which, according to the views I entertain,
lies under the Carboniferous Limestone of Donegal Bay, and is thrown
up here by a fault. Prom Bundoran it continues along the shore by
Mullaghmore to the base of Benbulben, near Sligo, a limestone moun-
tain with precipitous escarpments and level beds. The fossiliferous shale
and limestone in Abbey Bay, close to Ballyshannon and Bundoran, is
the Carboniferous Slate, and the limestone at Ballyshannon the ordinary
Carboniferous Limestone, being on a low level here, as compared to what
it stands in at Dartree and Benbulben mountains, the cause of which I
shall presently explain.

Leaving Bundoran again, and travelling southward, there is no doubt
at all of the succession. The Old Eed Sandstone of that place is covered
by Carboniferous Slate, having the same dip and strike. Some of this
slate or shale is fine-grained, some coarse-grained, all fossiliferous and
interstratified with beds of dark-coloured, impure limestone, which in
this district increase in number and thickness in ascending, until they
are covered by the gray limestone of Dartree mountain, which crowns
the precipice, without any apparent interruption of the succession.

Third objection. — The sandstone at Mullaghmore, west of Bundo-
ran, on the sea- shore, is 209 feet above low water, and dips and accu-
mulates southward, till it forms a band four miles wide, and several
hundred feet in thickness. The Calp, which is stated at quotation
"No. 5 to be 1700 feet thick at Bundoran, including these several
hundred feet in thickness of sandstone, is at Drumah#ire, twelve miles
to the south, diminished, as may be seen on the Map, to a band of in-
significant thickness, without any sandstone at all; thus forming a
wedge-shaped mass twelve miles long, 1700 feet thick at the north end,
and, say, thirty or twenty feet at the south. Can it be believed that such
a wedge as this exists in the Carboniferous formation — one of the most
remarkable for the persistence and parallel arrangement of its groups —
One in which a bed of coal, or a bed of fireclay, two or three feet thick,
has often been identified through a district for ten, twenty, or thirty
miles ?

Fourth objection. — Since the limestone at Ballyshannon, and the
sandstone at Bundoran, may be matter of dispute, let us leave this de-
bateable ground, and take the millstone grit. The base of this rock is as
easily determined, and as certain as any boundary line between different
rocks in geology. I may say it is particularly so in the west of Ireland,
because the rocks are well exposed in precipices and high hills, and at
this base form a junction of black shale and gray limestone — two rocks
so entirely different in colour and mineral character as to be in no way
likely to be mistaken for one another, or the line between them for any
other line.

At par. 13 it is stated that "the shale district, extending from Drum-

116 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

quin, in the county of Tyrone, to the neighbourhood of Pettigo, in the
county of Fermanagh, decidedly belongs to the millstone grit." This
rock occurs also on the high mountain group south-west of Lough Erne,
as shown on the " Geological Map." The base of this millstone grit, at
Portinode, between Kesh and Pettigo, on the north shore of Lough Erne,
stands at the level of the water, or about 150 feet above the sea. At
Shean Hill, west of Churchhill, on the south side of the lough opposite,
it stands at 1135 feet, that being the height of the trigonometrical point
on the top of the hill, on limestone, near the base of the millstone grit.
Here is a difference of 985 feet between two localities in the base of the
same group, showing the base of the millstone grit to be lower on the
north shore of Lough Erne than on the south by 985 feet, or, say, about
1000 feet; and the fact proves that a fault of great magnitude exists
between them, as there is no curvature of the strata, and the rock in
both places has a persistent dip southwards.

The seat of this fault, as I interpret it, lies on the northern boun-
dary of a sandstone belt, seen on the "Map," which runs from the
north-west corner of Lough Erne to Bundoran, where it enters the sea.
In estimating the amount of the fault, these 985 feet of horizontal diffe-
rence would make half as much more, or about 1500 feet, if the dip at
Portinode be persistent under the lough southwards as far as the fault,
which is very probable, as the rocks visible in both places have the same
low, general dip to the south, as just mentioned.

This fault I look upon to be the key to the geology of the district
round it. By means of it, all the phenomena in its vicinity can be ex-
plained. With the millstone grit, of course, go up or down all the sub-
divisions of the Caboniferous formation, at one side or the other, of a
fault which passes through them, and all the Carboniferous rocks north
of the line of fault are, therefore, on a lower level than on the south of
it by about 1500 feet (see Plate YL, Eig. 4).

Again, the surface of the limestone country at Ashbrook, near Bally-
shannon, on the north side of the fault, stands at 150 feet above
the sea, and on the south side of it, the trigonometrical point on the
" Ordnance Map" is 1712 feet on Dartry mountain, making here,
near the meridian of Bundoran, a horizontal difference of 1562 feet,
or a real difference in the amount of the fault of more ; taking into
account the amount gained by the dip, which, as at Lough Erne, is
southward all through. This fact between Ashbrook and Dartry, on
the upper surface of the limestone, affords a corroboration as to the
amount of the fault, of the case, at Portinode and Shean Hill, both on
the millstone grit.

In this particular fault, because it cuts through a formation, the
beds of which, are all parallel, there is provided at one side of it a du-
plicate for every band of rock on the other, though those duplicates
occur on levels far different ; and since there are in the district four
distinct bands of the Carboniferous formation, that is, millstone grit,
limestone, Carboniferous Slate, and Old Eed Sandstone, so there are in
the vicinity of the fault two millstone grits, two limestones, two Car-

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 117

boniferous Slates, and two Old Bed Sandstones ; but I need scarcely
repeat that every duplicate band on the low, is also an equivalent of
the corresponding band on the high, side.

Although there is no geological fact in the west of Ireland more pal-
pable than this, that the base of the millstone grit to the north of Lough
Erne, near Pettigo, stands on a level 1000 feet lower than at Shean
Hill, on the south of it, yet this fact seems altogether to have escaped
Mr. Griffith's observation. Had he noticed this feature, he would have
been able to account in another way for limestone occurring on a low
level at Ballyshannon, and high at Dartry mountain, without calling the
first lower limestone, and the second upper ; thus making two bands
where there is actually but one, and, filling up the intermediate space
with an imaginary creation, a band of calp 1 700 feet thick, giving it a
false position and a technical name. He would have seen that there is no
more reason for those upper and lower limestones than there is for the
millstone grit at Pettigo and that on Shean Hill being called lower and
upper millstone grits. In both cases they are geological equivalents,
or dislocated portions of the same groups of beds.

It so happens in the vicinity of Bundoran that the two Carbonife-
rous Slates, with the upper part of the Old Eed Sandstone between them,
come in contact at the surface, partly by ordinary succession, and partly
by juxtaposition (see Plate VI., Pig. 5). These three bands, in the po-
sition in which they occur, appear to have suggested the origin of the
calp, that is, two bands of black shale with a band of sandstone between
them, as described at the quotation No. 7, and shown on the explanatory
sections on the large and small " Geological Maps." Be it remembered
that those three bands do not occur in any vertical section. They are
spread out over about two miles of ground. The two upper bands are
in succession, as in all other places. The eastern band of Carboniferous
Slate is not another band, but the equivalent of the western, separated
by dislocation.

Prom these statements it will be seen that by my interpretation of
the facts visible about Ballyshannon and Bundoran, Mr. Griffith has
mistaken the succession in the stronghold of his calp ; and, if my views
be correct, the whole band of 1 700 feet in thickness must vanish, and
be distributed to other divisions of the formation.

It might be supposed that nothing but the most undeniable testi-
mony would be put forward as a basis for a new band or subdivision of
a rock formation, and that when this band of Calp, which was not
known in the world before, was stated to exist between two limestones,
there ought to be a reference made to some place where such band might
be seen in its natural position, with the limestone above and below it in
direct contact, and in a section which could not be disputed. Such a
sight is nowhere in Ireland to be found, — where there is lower lime-
stone, there is no upper in the same section; where there is upper,
there is no lower. There is no lithological mark in colour or texture
by which the volume of the lower can be known from the upper. The
fossils are the same in both. In fact, the two are similar in every

118 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

respect, and were once joined and continuous in the same band, though
now separated from each other in some localities by dislocation, to
the amount of 1500 or 1800 feet in difference of level.

If geologists who may hereafter examine this district should think
my views correct, I need say no more about the calp, as this is the loca-
lity in which the idea of its existence, as a geological subdivision of the
Limestone originated, as stated in the quotation JSio. 7 ; and if it be not
here, it is not anywhere. The sandstone at Bundoran I take to be the
Old Bed, and the black slate, on both sides of it, the Carboniferous Slate
in position, as I have described, and the geological place of all below the
limestone.*

The sandstones of the other calp districts of Ireland are not Old Eed
Sandstone, but the sandstones of the Coal series. As, to show this, de-
pends on arguments which constitute a different kind of proof from those
just advanced of the truth of the views I take, I shall, therefore, pro-
ceed to notice them.

To the west of Lough Erne a calp sandstone is shown on the " Map"
in a band of irregular breadth, from Churchhill, by Derrygonnelly, to
Lisbofin, near Enniskillen. This is Old Red Sandstone, the equivalent,
and in exactly similar circumstances, with that at Bundoran, being

* Strangers reading this paper may ask, who is this that has written a paper
against Mr. Griffith's views on the Geology of Ireland? Some obscure individual
against a man of European reputation! For the information of such, I shall state a
few facts : — I spent nearly the whole of the business-part of my life in Mr. Griffith's
employment. I engaged with him in the spring of 1814. He was then Mining En-
gineer to the Dublin Society. The first work I did for him was to copy the manu-
script and assist in making the map and sections of the Leinster coal district, his own
first " Geological Essay," which was then preparing for the Dublin Society for pub-
lication. For eight years afterwards I accompanied him, a part of eacb year, in his
geological excursions, surveying, drawing maps, and tracing rock boundaries, drawing
diagrams, and making mining models for his lectures. We began, in 1816, a section
across Ireland, beginning with the Mourne mountains, and ending at the sea near
Sligo. The heights were measured with barometers. He met with an accident,
which disabled him, about the middle of this journey, and had to stop at Castle-
saunderson, and I continued the section alone. In 1822, when he was appointed, by
the Lord Lieutenant, Civil Engineer over the south of Ireland, I assisted — surveying,
estimating, and marking out new lines of road, then completing some of them, and
building the bridges.; and here the knowledge I had acquired of Geology was important,
enabling me, by following the strike and outcrop of the bed of rock, to discover many
useful quarries, in places covered with bog or drift, where they were not known be-
fore. In 1830 I was transferred to the General Valuation of Ireland, then com-
mencing. In this work I was every day on strange ground ; marked the kinds and
dips of the rocks on the maps I was using; and from this to 1850 I visited every
barony in the three northern provinces of Ireland ; I collected fossils in about 300
localities ; I was at Bundoran, a place which is the subject of dispute in this paper,
for several days. Mr. Griffith and I were there together one day. I showed him much
of what I had previously observed ; but he had not time to see all. If experience be
useful, I had the best of it here, for I was as many days in it as he was hours; and so
in most other places in the north. My opportunity there was good, and my attention
unremitting. To the Geological Society of Dublin is now due the credit of raking
up errors that might have gone on to posterity uncorrected, or even unnoticed, but
for them.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 119

thrown up by dislocation, or the adjacent limestone let down, and the
two put in juxtaposition with each other by a fault along the eastern
border of the sandstone, which has an approximate parallelism with the
adjacent shore of Lough Erne.

Knockninny, a high, insulated, limestone hill, on the west side of
Upper Lough Erne, rests also on calp sandstone, which appears at its
western base, as shown on the " Geological Map." This is probably a
continuation of the Derrygonnelly band, and, like that, the equivalent of
the Bundoran sandstone.

Although these three sandstones are. detached, the limestone which
lies above them forms to the eye a continuous range of precipices, be-
ginning at Knockninny, and proceeding by Ben Naghlin, Elorence Court,
Belmore mountain, Knockmore, Shean, Dartrey, and Truskmore moun-
tains, to Benbulben and the vicinity of Sligo. There is no mistaking
the limestone in this mountain group, for it may be traced by the eye
for miles before the traveller in the precipitous cliffs which abound along
this line, almost without interruption. The sandstones just alluded to,
though detached from each other, being at a fixed distance below the
limestone, the strata of both being parallel, their true relative position
also becomes known.

From much experience and observation, I have come to the conclu-
sion that there is but one great group of beds of Limestone in Ireland.
There are intercalations in it below of thin beds of shale and thin beds
of limestone in the passage from the underlying Carboniferous Slate
into the Limestone mass ; and there are intercalations of a similar kind
in the passage upwards from the Limestone into the Coal rocks in certain
localities. But, as a general rule, I say, that in Monaghan, Cavan,
Leitrim, and Sligo, in Clare, Kerry, and Cork, in Tipperary, Kilkenny,
and Queen's County, there is but one band of Limestone.

The second district, marked on the "Map" as calp, has been called
the Slievebeagh district. It is a band about eight miles wide, stretching
in a south-western direction between Lough Neagh and Lough Erne, by
Dungannon, Caledon, and Aughnacloy to Brookborough. On looking
over a " General Geological Map of Great Britain and Ireland," it will be
seen that this band is a continuation of the Carboniferous valley of the
Forth and Clyde, in Scotland. A district of graywacke slate and grit
bounds them on the south in both countries ; and, though there are
some exceptions, mica slate is the prevailing rock on the north all the
way from Aberdeen to Ballyshannon.

This valley appears to have existed before the deposition of the Carbo-
niferous formation, and was a natural depression, in which that formation
was deposited. The S. W. strike of the valley of the Clyde is fair across
the channel to the county of Antrim, where the Coal rocks reappear,
and, no doubt, are under the Permian and chalk formations below the
great basin of Lough Neagh. They emerge again at Coal Island, in
Tyrone, and are produced thence in the same direction to Brookborough,
filling up the hollow between Monaghan and Clogher. It would not
require any great stretch of the imagination to follow this line to the black

120 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

shales and sandstones of Slieve Rushen, near Swanlinbar, and the
country about Lough Allen, called the Connaught Coal district, and to
imagine them all at one time connected. No one will deny that the Coal
districts of Great Britain — perhaps of Europe — were deposited at the
same geological period, and under the same conditions.

On this account I may here observe, that it appears to me inconsistent
with geological reasoning to suppose that any such great wedge of calp
as that described between Bundoran and Drumahaire could have been
deposited in one place, and no calp at all in another place, the two only
a few miles distant, in any such general system of deposition.

From several considerations, I am of opinion that the Slievebeagh
mountains, shown on the " Map" to represent calp, are of the Coal for-
mation. The limestone at Monaghan dips north-west and at Clogher
south-east under them (see Plate VI., Fig. 6) ; thus showing that the
shales, sandstones, and ironstones of the Slievebeagh district rest on
limestone in the same way as the shales, sandstones, and ironstones of
the Castlecomer district does, or as the Munster and Connaught Coal
districts do, or, as apart of the same band does, the Coal Island district
near Dungannon.

Mr. Griffith says of this locality, at par. 9, that " the district of the
Slievebeagh mountains has long been considered to belong to the true
Coal formation, and sanguine expectations have been entertained of the
discovery of workable beds of coal ; but having ascertained that, in the
order of succession, it forms a portion of the calp series, it appears very
improbable that these expectations will be realized." Having a theory
fixed in his mind that there must be a Lower and an Upper Limestone,
with a band of calp between them, and finding in the Slievebeagh
mountains that there is but one limestone, or that there is no Upper
Limestone, he concludes, of course, consistently with his theory, that
there was no coal which in position could only be found overlying that
Upper Limestone.

It will be seen by reference to his " Report of the Tyrone Coal Dis-
trict," in the Table of '* Strata," at p. 16, that the first bed of coal is 211
yards above the limestone at Drumglass, near Dungannon; and he shows,
at p. 39, that in the immediate vicinity of Coal Island there are seven
workable beds of coal, amounting to 34 feet in the aggregate thickness,
and that all these beds are in 196 yards of thickness of the strata, from
the lower bed of coal to the upper, or 407 yards from the limestone to
the upper bed, including them all.

At Dungannon Mr. Griffith has drawn a line across the country to
the north-west, marking the eastern boundary of the calp of the Slieve-
beagh district. On the east side of this line are limestones, shales, and
sandstones ; on the west side of it are similar limestones, shales, and
sandstones. Thus the rocks are the same on both sides of the line, and
there is no reason why a boundary line should be made at this point,
only that coal has been worked on the east side, and no coal yet disco-
vered on the west.

On this part of the subject it appears to me that the limestone at

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 121

Drumglass and the limestone at Monaghan are geological equivalents,
and that the group of shales and sandstones which overlies the Drumglass
limestone, and which contains the coal-beds, is the equivalent of the
shales and sandstones of the Slievebeagh group, which may also contain
coal. If there be 211 yards in thickness of shale and sandstone strata
over the limestone in the Slievebeagh mountains, there should be as
good a chance of getting the first or lowest bed of coal there as at Drum-
glass. I never examined the country in detail with a view to determine
this thickness, and am, therefore, not competent to say whether coal is
likely to be found there or not ; but it depends on the thickness of the
strata of this group existing above the limestone.

In corroboration of this view, I will state that Colonel Portlock, in his
"Geological Survey of Tyrone," &c, made a large collection of fossils.
A part of the collection is deposited in the Museum of Irish Industry at
Stephen' s-green. Among the plants are Stigmaria, Sigillaria, Lepido-
dendron, &c, from the coal districts of Ballycastle and Coal Island.
Specimens of Stigmaria, as good as any of those, are to be seen there,
from the sandstone of Carnteel, near Monaghan, eight miles to the south-
west of Dungannon, in the middle of the country, coloured on the
" Map" as calp. Colonel Portlock' s survey appears to have ended before
he got so far south as the Slievebeagh mountains. However, in spite
of the boundary line drawn at Dungannon, coal plants have been found
at both sides of it alike.

Mr. Griffith in his early life got imbued with a horror of the calp
phantom, and in the reports he wrote on the subject of mining he
warned proprietors to beware of trying for coal in the calp. In the
Report of the Cohnaught Coal District, in a note at bottom of page 9, he
says : — "Many fruitless trials have been made in search of coal in dif-
ferent parts of the calp country by ignorant miners, who mistook the
black slate clay, with which it is interstratified, for the slate clay which
forms a principal member in the coal series."

When a theorist once takes a certain view of a subject in geology, and
wishes to make out something new, every fact that appears to support
that view is greedily adopted and enlisted into the service, while the
facts which tell against it are rejected. Since the period of the disco-
very of the calp sandstone at Bundoran by Mr. Griffith, every insulated
patch of sandstone in Ireland associated with black shale, which is not
clearly below the bottom or above the top of the limestone, has been
called calp sandstone.

The two other calp districts alluded to, with this, comprise together
between 1700 and 1800 square miles. This, instead of a barren calp,
may possibly, at least a part of it, turn out to be a fertile coal district. I
am not, however, so sanguine as to hope there may be coal in all this area :
on the contrary, I know there is not ; that a great part of it is the shale
which forms the base of the Coal series, and has not sufficient thickness
over the limestone to come up to the coal-beds ; but, even if there were
coal in one-tenth of the area, see what an effect it would have on the

VOL. IV. e

122 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

prosperity of Ireland. A square mile of coal, a yard thick, would yield
above three millions of cubic yards.

At all events, the Slievebeagh district, being the geological conti-
nuation of the Glasgow valley, where thick and numerous beds of coal
are worked, and those beds repeated in the small but rich colliery at
Coal Island, in Tyrone, afford strong grounds to presume that there may
be coal here, though not yet discovered. Whether or not, Mr. Griffith's
opinion, as given above, and also at par. 9 of the quotations, emanating
from so high an authority, if allowed to go forward to posterity without
being contradicted or corrected, would be so far mischievous that it
would have the effect, in all future time, of preventing any proprietor
or geologist from even examining the district with a view to discover
coal.

The Dublin calp district is the third in the list I have made ; but,
before entering into details regarding this, I shall make a few observa-
tions relating to the black shales which are associated with the Carbo-
niferous rocks.

The Carboniferous Limestone of Ireland, in almost all places, has a
blackish, shaly band immediately under it, which has been called Car-
boniferous Slate. It has also a black shale over it, called millstone grit,
or the base of the coal shales. Those two black shales are different in
character, and require each a short description, because, in the Dublin
district especially, both of them occasionally take an important part in
the supposed calp.

The lower shale, or Carboniferous Slate, consists of alternate beds of
black shale and dark-gray limestone, the shale prevailing towards the
base, and the limestone prevailing upwards, where the shaly beds
become mere thin partings between the limestone beds, and then dis-
appear altogether, the rock becoming a pure limestone. The limestone
beds of this group are generally of a dark-gray colour, composed often of
pure limestone, and filled with stems of Encrinites and other fossils.
This whole band is generally highly fossiliferous, having corals and shells
both in the limestone and in the shale or mud beds. This group is well
exposed about the Martello ToWer at Portmarnock, and thence along the
shore to Malahide ; also at Abbey Bay and Bundoran Bay, near Bally-
shannon, as already noticed, and many other places. This description
applies to the Carboniferous Slate almost everywhere.

The upper shale, or that which overlies the limestone, is not like the
lower. Of this band there are three different types : one in the south of
Ireland, in Munster, and Leinster; a second in the middle district, lying
between Dublin and Galway, and a third in the north, in tho province
of Ulster.

In the southern type the black shale lies directly and abruptly on
the gray limestone, without any passage from one into the other. It is
well seen at Old Leighlin, near Carlow ; at Abbeyleix ; near Cashel and
Killenaule, in Tipperary ; at Kilfenora, in Clare ; at Ballybunnion, in
Kerry ; at Foynes, in Limerick ; and between Buttevant and Mallow,
in Cork.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY 01 LUBLIN. 123

The second type is to be seen about Dublin, where there is a series
of beds of two kinds of rock, alternating with each other — one a black,
impure, argillaceous limestone; the other a black shale, — those alterna-
tions forming a passage from the gray, pure limestone into the coal shales
above. This is well exhibited in the railway cutting between Inchicore
and Hazelhatch, and also at Clontarf, both near Dublin ; it is seen in a
quarry at Malahow, two miles south-west of the Naul, in the north of
the county ; it is visible also, on the road side, one mile east of Balla, in
the county of Mayo, where there is a similar passage from the limestone
into the overlying coal shales of Slieve Corran, a millstone grit moun-
tain.

In the northern type there are alternations of three kinds of rock, —
limestone, shale, and sandstone, — and each of the three occurs both in
the Old Eed Sandstone and in the limestone. There is a good section
in the cutting of the canal at Benburb, six miles north-west of Armagh,
where there are three or four bands of sandstone, and as many of lime-
stone and shale, in the passage from the main body of the limestone
upwards.

In fossils there is a strongly marked difference between those two
shales. In the lower group, or Carboniferous Slate, as said before, the
thin beds of limestone are generally pure, and in both the limestone and
the shale corals and shells are abundant, and of the kinds found in the
limestone above ; whereas, in the upper passage, in the middle district
of Ireland especially, the beds of limestone are black, argillaceous, and
impure, and neither those beds nor the shales, with which they are asso-
ciated, contain any fossils, so far as I know. Above the passage, how-
ever, in the coal shales, fossils appear ; but the fossil mollusca of those
black mud beds are different from those that occur in the limestone. A
few species of Posidonomya, of Goniatites, and of certain Pectens, all
with wonderfully thin shells, as if they had lived in fresh water, are the
prevailing kinds, and they are not abundant, except in the beds a short
way above the limestone. They are found in the black shales on the
shore of Lough Shinny, near Skerries ; in the railway cutting at Bal-
dongan, near Lusk ; at Garristown, and at AValterstown, in Meath ; and
they are very fine at Corry, at the north end of Lough Allen, where the
Shannon comes into it ; also to the west of Inchiquin Lake, in Clare. I
may add, that I never found a Posidonomya Becheri, nor a Pecten papy-
raceus in the Carboniferous Slate, though I searched that band well for
fossils in above 150 localities in Ireland.

Of the three foregoing types of the passage from the limestone into
the upper or coal shale, that one about Dublin is that with which I have
most to do at present, because the typical rock is one of the members of
the supposed calp.

It may be interesting to remark, that in England, at the passage from
the limestone into the overlying coal rocks, there are three types corre-
sponding to those in Ireland. In Derbyshire it is the same as in Kil-
kenny ; in Lancashire, the same as in Dublin and Meath ; and in the
north of England and Scotland, the same as in Antrim, Tyrone, Mo-

124 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

naghan, and Fermanagh. Those three types happen also, on both sides
of the Irish Channel, to correspond in the general geological strike, and
the rocks of Dublin are a continuation of the rocks of Lancashire, con-
nected, too, by a link in the Isle of Man, all of the same type. These
three English types are well described in Phillips's " Geology of York;"
and in the middle type he not only describes accurately the passage from
the limestone into the overlying coal shales, but the country afforded
him opportunities of giving actual measurements of the thicknesses of the
alternating bands of shale and black limestone in several sections. Such
opportunities, however, do not offer in Dublin, as the country is low,
flat, much broken up by faults, and covered with drift.

With the Dublin district I begin by stating that there is a detached
patch of the bottom of the coal shales at Kiltegan, about a mile north-
wards from Clonmel. To the south and south-west of Fethard, at Bar-
retstown and Gurrane, there are two of the same kind ; east of Cashel
are two more of a similar kind ; then comes the Killenaule coal district
and the Castlecomer coal district. All these belong to the Coal series,
and rest directly upon gray limestone. I refer to them for the purpose
of showing that, with the exception of the passage beds at the top of the
limestone, the upper shales of Dublin are precisely similar in position,
as they are in character, with those coal shales in the south ; and the
shales in the counties of Kildare, Meath, and Westmeath, coloured on the
"Map" as calp, the same. /

Those detached patches in Tipperary bear evidence that denudation
to a great amount took place over the face of the country, for, being next
over the limestone, they are, of course, as just stated, belonging to the
very bottom of the coal shales, the upper part having been carried away.
In the north of the county of Dublin there is still a good thickness of
those shales remaining — I should say, south of the Naul, 1100 or 1200
feet — and ironstones and sandstones, similar to those at Killenaule and
Castlecomer accompany them. At Balrickard a gray sandstone was
worked for the railway viaduct at Balbriggan. Sandstone occurs at
Garristown; to the south-east of Slane is a band, coloured on the "Map"
as calp sandstone, and another, similar, near Navan, and many smaller
ones, as may be seen by reference to the " Geological Map."

While on this part of the subject I may mention that, when employed
on public works in the south of Ireland, I opened dozens of quarries in
the coal country about Abbeyfeale, to get sandstone for the bridges and
retaining walls. I am well acquainted with their appearance. Some
time ago I visited a sandstone quarry near Navan, opened for the use of a
railway bridge at Beauparc, and there, at a glance, recognised the litho-
logical character of the quarries at Abbeyfeale : the same in colour, in
hardness, in black shale partings, and alternating beds — the same in
everything.

For those who may wish to see a clear distinction between those
lower and upper shales there is a good opportunity near Malahide. The
Carboniferous Slate is seen dipping under the gray limestone, and both
in contact at the Martello Tower of Portmarnoek, proving it to be the

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 125

band below the gray limestone of Dublin, which comes to the surface
in many places. From Portmarnock to Malahide, on the sea-shore, is
an excellent typical section of this band.

The upper or millstone grit band is seen in the railway cutting near
Malahide, at the second viaduct south of the town, adjoining the demesne.
About forty yards to the north of this viaduct there is a fault, visible in
the cutting, on the north side of which is gray, hard limestone ; on the
south, black, soft shale (now called Calp), belonging to the coal shales.
From the angle of the slope of this fault the geologist will infer that
the black rock slipped down from a higher level. Here an instructive
comparison may be made between the Carboniferous Slate at Portmarnock
Martello Tower and the black shale at the viaduct. The rocks at this
break are unconformable, for they dip nearly in opposite directions from
the line of fracture. The Carboniferous Slate at the Tower contains beds of
crystalline encrinital limestone, amounting in volume to about half the
mass. The shale (Calp) at the viaduct has no limestone beds at all —
not, I suppose, an ounce in a thousand tons of the mass. The contrast in
fossils is this, that out of the 1050 species, exclusive of plants, got in the
Carboniferous formations, the Carboniferous Slate contains nearly all the
shells and corals found fossil in the limestone ; while the shales above
contain only from 3 to 4 per cent, of the entire number of the shells, and
none at all of the corals.

I have just said that the coal shales contain about 3 or 4 per cent,
of the fossils common to the limestone. This makes a pretty large
number. I stated before, that there were but very few species common
to the two. To explain this apparent discrepancy I will state, that in
a ravine at Cahernanalt, two miles north-east of Keadue, in Roscommon,
and about 150 feet above a bed of coal, I found a bed of black, calca-
reous shaly rock, about three feet thick, and in it I got a bag of fossils.
These were examined by Mr. M'Coy, and he stated that out of 35 species
obtained, 26 were common to the mountain limestone, and 9 either
peculiar to the coal shales or new. I would enumerate them here ; but
my paper is getting long, and I may make them the subject of a future
communication to this Society.

While on this point, I will further add, that those fossils found high
up in the coal rocks, and the fossils before enumerated, found below in
the Old Red Sandstone, which are in both cases common with those of
the middle part (the limestone), show two strong links, made by nature,
connecting the coal rocks, the limestone, and the Old Red Sandstone
with one another into one formation inseparably, and putting them in
the position in which they were placed by geologists about the year
1835.

If the rock called Calp of the Dublin district were a band made up of
shale and sandstone, between two limestones, as represented in quotation
No. 4, the Upper Limestone might be expected to appear in some part
of this extensive district overlying the Calp band ; but no limestone
exists over this peculiar black shale anywhere in Dublin, Meath, or
"Westmeath. I have no doubt whatever that this whole district, coloured

126 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

on the " Map" as calp, is of the Coal series. Every variety of sandstone,
ironstone, shale, and fossil to be met with in it is identical with a variety
to be seen in some or all of the coal-fields of Leinster, Munster, and Con-
naught.

The fourth Calp district shown on the " Map" is in the county of Gal-
way. A straight line fromBanagher to Monivea would pass nearly through
the middle of it. This district occupies nearly 500 square miles. It is,
like Dublin, low and flat, and mostly covered with drift. The substra-
tum of the soil is formed mostly of strong clayey gravel, with pebbles
of limestone. There is much bog, which lies on similar drift, in this
district. Like that near Dublin, there is no section anywhere showing
that any limestone overlies the black shale. In Galway it is the same
as in Dublin — the base of the Coal series.

The question may naturally be asked here, — Is there any chance of
finding coal in Galway ? No one can answer this. While the Calp held its
sway in the country, this idea could not be entertained ; but if this myth
should give way, men would begin to think about it. We find in Tip-
perary, about Fethard and Cashel, detached patches of the base of the
coal shales, left on hills or on high grounds, where the limestone attains
a good elevation, and it appears that on those high grounds denudation
has swept away the greater part of those shales, but not the whole, as
the Killenaule coal district, on high ground, still remains to testify. The
land of the black shale in Galway is for the greater part in a low posi-
tion, and now covered over with bog. It may have had more shelter
or a greater depth of sea over it at the time the denuding agency was in
operation, which would leave it less exposed to the action of that agency
than the hills about Cashel, and, therefore, a chance that a considerable
thickness of the strata may remain untouched, — thus affording grounds
to suppose that coal may be found in Galway, in a low country at least,
as well as at Killenaule on a high one.

I have thus noticed the four principal Calp districts, and shown,
according to my interpretation, how they ought to be apportioned on the
" Geological Map," or at least an approximation to it.

In addition to the objections already urged, it may be stated that
there are many clear and satisfactory sections across the whole of the
limestone in Ireland, from the Old Red Sandstone at its base to the coal
shales above it, in which there is no trace of calp. I shall enumerate a
few of the localities where those sections occur.

1. In the county of Clare, on the parallel of Corofin, the Old Red
Sandstone occurs on the west side oftheDerrybrian mountains; proceeding
westwards from those mountains, the limestone is surmounted by the
coal shales near Corofin. Here the succession is clear, the dip constant
to the west, and the rock visible, indeed quite bare of drift in most part
of the section, and there is no calp.

2. A similar section occurs near Ennis, some miles farther south, in
which there is no calp.

3. In Limerick, from the Old Red Sandstone at Knockaderry, to the
coal shales near Ardagh, there is no calp. In this part there appears

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 127

on the " Geological Map" a narrow band of calp ; but there is no sand-
stone in it, which is the main feature of the Calp district at Bundoran,
as well as at Slievebeagh. This band vanishes on the " Map" towards
Charleville.

4. In Kerry, from the Old Red Sandstone near the Causeway, by
Lixnaw, to the coal shales on the south-east, at Crotto, there is no calp.

5. There is no calp near Tralee in the section from the Old Eed Sand-
stone of Slievemish at Ballyseedy, across the limestone to the millstone
grit, or rather the coal shales, near Oakpark.

6. In Cork, from the Old Eed, at the south-west end of the Galtees,
near Buttevant, to the coal shales near Mallow, there is no calp.

7. In Tipperary, in a section from the Old Eed at Cahir to the mill-
stone grit near Cashel, none.

8. In Wexford, though the coal shales do not appear at Hook Head,
there is reason to believe that the limestone is visible, at least to very
near its whole thickness. There is not any calp in the middle of it,
that is, if calp consists of black shale and sandstone of the type ima-
gined at Bundoran.

9. At Carlow, as stated by Mr. Griffith, at quotation No. 11, where
there is a good section, the calp is wanting. In the Geological
Survey, on the "Map" of Carlow, a thin band is shown as calp; but
then it must be the black Carlow limestone flags, got a mile from the
town, that are turned into calp. This band is one of the varieties
of the limestone of which I mean to speak in the latter end of this
paper.

10. From the Old Eed Sandstone near Mountrath, in the Queen's
County, to the coal shales at Ballyroan, there is no calp in the section.

Mr. Griffith himself may remember a time when he considered the
shore all the way from Portmarnock to Malahide, in the county of Dublin,
to have belonged to his calp. Such was the case when the " Synopsis
of the Fossils of the Carboniferous Limestone of Ireland" was written
by Mr. M'Coy ; and it was a difference of opinion on this point that
caused the localities of the fossils to be omitted in the printing of that
work. He afterwards became convinced that that opinion was not te-
nable, and he put the Malahide shore into his Carboniferous Slate. I
merely mention this to show that there did not from the beginning ap-
pear to be any certain marks by which the calp could be identified. The
black shales below of the Carboniferous Slate were frequently confounded
with the black shales above the limestone, and the sandstones below, of
the Old Eed, and the sandstones above, of the Coal series, when found in
insulated patches, were often confounded with one another, and all those
confounded shales and sandstones got the name of Calp.

Besides the four great Calp districts, there are some smaller ones shown
on the " Map" of Ireland; but those are founded on the occurrence of some
of the kinds of limestone, than which, perhaps, there is no rock which
presents a greater variety of lithological character. In colour it is gray,
of every shade, from nearly black to nearly white ; it is sometimes quite
black ; it is blue, red, brown, mottled on a red or brown ground, with

128 PBOCEEMNGS OF SOCIETIES.

black spots; on a gray ground with largo black or white spots,
those spots sometimes hard at the edges, and sometimes softened. In
grain it is very compact, with a conchoidal fracture. It is arenaceous,
siliceous, argillaceous, splintery, crystalline. There are three or four
varieties of grain and colour in one quarry at Merlin Park, near Galway.

I was at intervals, for many years, employed by Mr. Griffith at the
" Geological Map." The Calp was always a special object of inquiry.
About the middle of the limestone close search was made for a little
black shale, or a few layers of flint, or a few beds of black or dull
earthy limestone, which ought, according to the fixed notion, to be
found thereabouts. Any little change of lithological character from the
usual light gray type was welcome, and made a foundation for the band
of Calp. In this way all the narrow bands were determined upon.

I shall consider one or two of those bands as examples : — say, first, that
at the thin end of the great calp wedge already mentioned, a mile south
of Drumahaire, in Leitrim. It proceeds from this place and passes im-
mediately to the south of Markree Observatory ; then gets very narrow
at Killoran church, and continues on to the west of Tobercurry ; from
this place it turns eastward, by Carrowilkin, to Gorteen, and ends in a
pretty broad expanse about Battlefield, to the west of Keshcorran
mountain. I believe that in this whole dark-coloured band there is
nothing but solid beds of limestone, and they are visible in it where the
rock is not covered with drift, which is generally the case. Advantage
appears to have been taken of the low situation and the covering of drift
to introduce the Calp band along here, to give colour to the theory. The
sandstone, which is so thick at Bundoran, is wholly absent, and the re-
presentation of the whole band here, fifty miles in length, as it appears
on the " Map," is I believe a geological romance.

There is a band of Calp shown surrounding Slievecorran, to the
east of Castlebar, which has a ramification to the east of Hollymount,
and thence towards Mountbellew Bridge. This is another case founded
upon change of lithological character in the limestone. But I need
not further particularize those bands. If the Calp be not at Bundoran,
as I said before, it is not anywhere, and all those small bands shown
upon the "Map" must be swept away.

I have stated that there is a great variation in the lithological cha-
racter of different parts of the Carboniferous Limestone. In the north
of Ireland, about Cookstown and Stewartstown, and in the country on
to Clogher, it is, perhaps, not more than from 100 to 200 feet thick. At
Blackhead, in the county of Clare, immediately south of Galway Bay,
there is a well developed and undisturbed section. Here there is about
1200 feet in thickness of it over water, and some more, buried in Galway
Bay, not visible.

The general colour of the mass of the limestone is gray ; towards
the base it is dark-coloured ; towards the top it is of a light-smoke gray.
It may be of interest to notice some of the variations of character, and
in doing so I shall take them in geographical order, beginning at Dublin,
and proceed thence to the north, west, and south.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 129

The county of Dublin is much broken up by faults, and it is impos-
sible to trace the continuity of any band of rock for any considerable
distance. One of those faults is visible in the railway cutting at Mala-
hide, between the two bridges next the town. This fault has been
already described. A similar fault occurs at Kennon Bridge, near
Blanchardstown, in the cutting of the Royal Canal ; but I need not enu-
merate more of them.

1. By means of those faults a certain band of light gray limestone
comes to the surface in many detached places. In this the beds are
thick and massive, and the stratification obscure. It is at Howth, Ra-
heny, Coolock, St. Doulough's, Portmarnock Church, Carrick Hill, be-
hind Malahide Castle, at Feltrim Hill, Clogran, Cappagh, in the cutting
of the Royal Canal near Blanchardstown, at Castleknock, Woodlands,
Hermitage, Curkeen, Milverton, Salmon, Oldtown, the Naul, and other
places. The country generally between those quarries or hills of pure
light gray limestone is covered by black shale, of which, in describing
the upper shale connected with the limestone, I have spoken already.

2. Another type is seen in the dark gray and rather argillaceous
thick beds, with partings of black shale, on the sea-shore near Malahide
and at Swords. This is near the base, and associated with the Carbo-
niferous Slate.

3. The dark gray, compact, close-grained limestone of Aclogh, near
Hazelhatch, in Kildare, which is brought to Dublin to be burned, is a
third type.

4. The light gray fossiliferous limestone at Millecent, near Sallins,
in Kildare. This is much burned for lime in Dublin also. It is re-
markable for the abundance of fossils, and particularly of Fenestella, it
yields. It might be called the Fenestella limestone.

5. The limestone at Ardbraccan, in the County of Meath ; altoge-
ther a crystalline gray mass, composed apparently of fragments of En-
crinites. This type may be seen in the front of the Royal Dublin So-
ciety House, Kildare- street, Dublin, and it appears remarkable when
viewed with a magnifier.

6. The red limestone at Castle Espie, near Comber, in the county of
Down, is of another type. This band is low down in the Old Red Sand-
stone, but of course is a band of Carboniferous Limestone, since the Old
Red itself in Ireland is a division of the Carboniferous formation ; and
to back this, the limestone contains some of the peculiar fossils.

7. At Armagh is a mottled marble, with a ground of brownish-red,
with dark brown spots softened round the edges.

8. At Armagh there is also a brownish-gray marble, mottled with
black spots.

The limestone of Armagh generally is of a yellowish-gray colour,
with a tint of pink through it; and this colour prevails also about Cooks-
town, in Tyrone.

9. In the vicinity of Cookstown there is a peculiarity worthy of
notice. The whole of the limestone at this place and on to Dungannon
and Clogher, is much thinner than in the South of Ireland, as stated

VOL. iv. s

130 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

before. The old red sandstone near Cookstown contains thin bands of
limestone, and the gray limestone in the country southwards, contains
thin bands of whitish sandstone, as seen at the Rock quarries near
Pomeroy, at Donaghrisk, and other places.

10. At Killymeal, near Dungannon, the limestone is of a dull dark
gray colour, and argillaceous. The fossil shells it yields are generally
of a pure white colour, and very perfect. It is one of the best loca-
lities in Ireland for getting Eenestella and other delicately marked
corals.

11. At Monaghan the colour of the limestone is of light gray, and it
is very siliceous. The Court-house stands on a band of this.

12. At Colooney, near Sligo, is a limestone nearly black; it is very
fine-grained, compact, and has a conchoidal fracture. It appears as if
it would yield a good hydraulic lime, or give a good polish as a marble.

13. There is a black oolitic limestone at Crosspatrick, near Killala,
in Mayo. The old Abbey at Moyne is built of it.

14. There is black marble at Westport.

15. A very light gray oolitic limestone occurs in thin beds atBalla,
in Mayo, near the top of the limestone, being covered there by the Coal
series of Slievecorran : the thin flags of this limestone give a ringing
metallic sound when struck with a hammer.

16. Dark gray marble, nearly black, with a few small white spots,
is at Angliham, near Galway. Some slabs are got here with a black
ground, having white corals (Syringopora) in radiating lines, which
make a very pretty appearance when polished.

17. There is a gray marble at Merlin Park, near Galway, exactly
similar to that called the half-moon beds at Raheendoran, near Carlow.

18. There is a light gray oolitic limestone at Toberory, near Tulsk in
Roscommon, differing from the gray oolite at Balla in Mayo, in having
thicker beds. This oolite contains the usual fossils of the limestone.

19. A grey oolite occurs at Edenderry, in the King's County, which
is very massive, and in the quarries assumes a columnar aspect. A
similar grey oolite is at Donaghmore, near Rathdowney, Queen's County.
It is also at Doon, and at Rushhall, both in the neighbourhood of Bor-
ris-in-Ossory ; but in those two latter localities it occurs in ordinary beds
— the massive columnar appearance is wanting.

20. A light gray, thick-bedded, brittle limestone occurs at Moore,
near Ballinasloe in Roscommon, almost composed of a minute coral
like Stromatopora, which I think is undescribed. I distinguished this
by the name of the Stromatopora limestone, and it occurs in many places
in Ireland.

21. A brownish-red marble, mixed with gray spots, occurs atBally-
mahon, in Westmeath.

22. At Clonmacnois, King's County, the marble has a gray ground
with small white spots, the whole being a mass of Encrinite stems.
Marble exactly similar in appearance and colour is got at Palliskenry
in Limerick, and at Carrigaline in Cork.

23. At Clonony, near Ferbane, the marble is yellowish-brown, mot-

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 131

tied with large gray brecciated spots, and mixed with small gray spots,
fragments of Encrinites. Another variety at Clonony has a ground mot-
tled gray and white, with large brecciated brown spots.

24. At Castletown, in Lower Ormond, Tipperary, is a marble mottled
red and white ; and one something similar occurs at Killarney, in which
the red and white occur in stripes. The latter in a cross section resem-
bles a fresh-cut slice of bacon.

25. A gray limestone occurs near Borrisokane in Tipperary, which,
when struck, yields a metallic sound. A large piece gives out a deep
tone, and a small piece a high note ; a musical instrument might be
made out of this. A similar limestone occurs in many other places.

26. Light gray limestone, with nodules and layers of chert, occurs
near Abbeyleix, Queen's County, and generally round the Coal series of
Castlecomer. Of this character are the upper beds of the limestone near
the passage into the coal shales almost everywhere they occur along
this junction.

27. The black marble near Kilkenny has white marks of fossils,
Rhynconella, Cyathophyllum, &c.

28. Another variety at Kilkenny is black, with a few large white
crescents. The workmen call this band the half-moon beds. The white
crescent is a section of a Productus filled inside with calcareous spar.

29. To the west of the river Barrow, near Bagenalstown, in the
railway cutting, there is black shale, interstratified with beds of en-
crinital crystalline limestone. This type is common near the bottom of
the limestone. It is similar on the shore near Malahide ; but this type
must not be confounded with the passage above from the limestone
into the coal rocks (the Calp of Dublin), the black limestone of which
has neither crystal nor Encrinite.

30. At Bagenalstown, in the street, the limestone quarried for
building is a dolomite nearly black.

31. At Limerick there is very black marble, with a few pure white
spots. At Doneraile, a band exactly similar in appearance occurs.
Black marble is also got at Tralee.

32. At Palliskenry, in Limerick, there is a reddish-brown marble,
with small white spots, remains of Encrinites, in calcareous spar.

33. At Ballymacelligot, near Tralee, a hard, brittle, flinty slate is
found, of peculiar type. It is quarried for repairing the roads.

34. At Churchtown, in Cork, the ground of the marble is brownish-
red, of various shades, mottled with large, white, brecciated spots, and
sprinkled with small ones. Here also is a gray marble, with large
white brecciated spots.

35. At Mitchelstown is a marble with a black ground, and large
white brecciated spots.

36. At Cork there is a marble having a red ground, with large white
spots. Here also is another, mottled gray and white.

37. At Monkstown, near Cork, the marble has a brown ground,
mottled with gray and white spots.

Dolomite, a variety of limestone, is only a condition of it induced

132 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

by metamorphic action. It can scarcely be ranked among the va-
rieties, for every part of the limestone has been alike affected by
it In the bottom, the calciferous slate on the shore immediately
west of the pier at Howth is changed into a dolomitic condition. At
the top, the limestone at the summit of Belmore mountain, in Ferma-
nagh, is a Dolomite. The general colour of it is a yellowish-brown,
but it varies. At Bagenalstown in Carlow it is quite black. It is
extensive about Ballyshannon, in the vicinity of the hill of mica slate,
which appears to have been protruded through the limestone there. It
is usually found in connexion with, or in the vicinity of, great faults in
the strata, and sometimes it is the matter which fills up a dyke. A case
of this latter kind is observed on the shore, about a furlong north of the
Martello Tower at Portmarnock, in the county of Dublin, where a dis-
tinct vertical dyke of this substance is protruded through ordinary lime-
stone strata. Another appears at Dangan, on the shore a mile north of
Eush, in this county also.

I have now brought my subject to a conclusion, and will only fur-
ther say, that to Mr. Griffith we owe much. If another man had been
employed in the public capacity that he filled in this country, we proba-
bly never would have the " Geological Map" of Ireland now before us;
and though it has some faults to be corrected, yet it exists a monument
of a great love for his favourite pursuit, joined to a good opportunity of
carrying it into effect; and though I differ with him on the subject of
this paper, we know that the education of men, and the means by which
they attain their knowledge, are so very different that it is impossible
they could all think alike.

On the Calp as a geological subdivision, or band of rock, I have not
any of the writings of Professor Sedgwick or Sir Henry de la Beche,
to quote in corroboration of my views, as I had when treating of the
Devonian System, or the Old Eed Sandstone of Herefordshire. The Calp
has been written upon only by Mr. Griffith, and no views but his are
yet published on the subject. There are, however, a few sentences in
Professor Sedgwick's Introduction, already mentioned, which are so ap-
plicable to the present case that I shall quote them. He says : —

" In the progress of a rapidly advancing science, a great and good
workman may make a great mistake ; and if that mistake be largely
adopted under the sanction of his name, so much the worse for himself.
A bold generalization, ratified by a technical name, may have the pro-
mise of some endurance ; for men hate to be dangling in doubt, and one
who offers to the inquiring mind an apparent resting-place is sure of
immediate favour. When a man has accepted a technical name, he never
readily submits to the humiliation of parting with it ; and he will often
cling to names with more tenacity than he clings to principles, which
he never, perhaps, examined for himself, or, it may be, never thoroughly
comprehended.

" The truths of nature, however, are not things mutable, and depen-
dent on popular voice ; they are eternal. Physical mistakes, whether
of classification and nomenclature, or of a false induction from facts im-

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 133

perfectly observed, may last their day, but that day cannot be long
while the spirit of inquiry is alive among mankind, and they are awake
to the power and sanctity of philosophic truth.

" The higher the authority from which an error is promulgated, the
greater is the danger to science. If I differ from a fellow-labourer, the
greatest respect I can pay him is to tell him, plainly and honestly,
where I differ from him, and it is no mark of respect to merge plain
truth in mealy-mouthed words of stupid and unmeaning courtesy."

"With these views, though I undertook the task of writing this paper
with reluctance, I thought it a duty to put forward the views I enter-
tain on the subject of it ; to record the convictions resulting from an
amount of experience that falls to the lot of few ; and to try to get cor-
rected what I believe to be an error, by laying before this Society my
reasons for that belief.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. a, a strong conglomerate at Sybil Head, about 60 feet thick;
the base of the Carboniferous formation dipping N. W. 60° into the
Atlantic, and lying unconformably on the ends of the brownstone
strata from a to b.

g, my n, h, i, supposed the original surface of the land.

m, n, 0, p, a fossiliferous band of rock.

h, h, a supposed line of fault or slip.

c, k, a greenstone protrusion at Clogher Head.

b, k, the white part a fossiliferous band at Ferriter's Cove, sup-
posed to have slipped down from the position m, n, on the line h, 1c,
and to be the equivalent of c, p, o, d: a similar fossiliferous band at
Doonquin Old Church ; each band a part of the original m, p, o, n.
See pp. 15, 16.

At d the lithograph is defective : the white between d and the line
n, o should be shown as grit and slate, the same as between d and e.
Fig. 2. A, B, represents the Old Red Sandstone conglomerate ; over it
is the Old Red Sandstone, shown as dotted; next the Limestone,
white; and lastly, the Coal Rocks, shaded with close horizontal
lines.

a, Granite.

by Stratified quartz rock.

c, Mica slate.

d, Primary crystalline lime-

stone.

e, Greenstone.

/, Amorphous quartz rock.

g, Gray clay slate.

h, Gray grit.

i, Red clay slate.

h, Green grit.

I, Green chloritic slate.

m, Rrownstone.

This plate is' illustrative of a paper entitled " Researches among
the Paleozoic Rocks of Ireland," by Mr. Kelly, for which see " Natural
History Review," vol. iii., p. 115.

134 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Sketch on the shore at Bundoran, at low water : b, c, d, a ra-
vine ; c, e, a vertical fault, having the dotted part d, Old Red Sand-
stone, on one side of it ; the shaded part b, Carboniferous Slate, with
fossils, on the other.

Fig. 2. Sketch of section at Kildoney, near Ballyshannon : the dotted
part Old Red Sandstone, the other part limestone ; b, d, a vertical fault
between them, which brings the two rocks into juxtaposition at the
surface.

Fig. 3. Sketch of section on the shore at Cultra, four miles 1ST; E. of
Belfast : from a to b red sandstone ; from b to c gray and black shale,
containing scales of Holoptychius and Paleoniscus, with Modiola, and
others ; c, d, red sandstone ; d, e, yellow magnesian limestone ; e, ft
red sandstone ; /, g, thin beds of bluish-gray limestone and red sand-
stone alternating ; g, h, red sandstone. At c, d, e, f, g, whin dykes,
generally vertical.

Fig. 4. Sketch section from Shean Hill, on the south, across a part of
Lough Erne to Portinode, on the north : A, a, bands of millstone grit
on the different sides of the fault e, /, and geological equivalents;
B, b, limestone groups, and equivalents also ; C, e, Carboniferous Slate,
same ; D, d. Old Red Sandstone, same ; g, a talus of debris at base of
cliff adjoining the fault; h, a part of Lough Erne.

Fig. 5. Sketch section near Bundoran, looking IS". W. : a, band of mill-
stone grit ; b, limestone in Dartry mountain ; c, Carboniferous slate,
which lies in conformable succession on d, the upper part of the Old
Red Sandstone, which here, as in most other places, is yellowish ; e,
Carboniferous Slate, separated from d by a fault ; /, limestone at Fin-
ner Point, the junction with e, not clear, being covered with sand.

Fig. 6. Sketch section through the Slievebeagh mountains, from Mo-
nagh to near Clogher, looking westward : a, b, sandstones and shales
of the Coal series alternating ; c, Carboniferous Limestone ; d, Car-
boniferous Slate ; e, Old Red Sandstone ; /, Graywacke, or gray clay-
slate and grit alternating ; g, brown grit, with red and purple shales
alternating, the grits resembling those near Ferriter's Cove, Dingle.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN.

135

WEDNESDAY EVENING, APRIL 8, 1857.
D. M'Causland, Esq., in the Chair.
Mr. R. Geiffiths read the following —

NOTES EXPLANATORY OF THE SUBDIVISIONS OF THE CAEBONIFEEOUS SYSTEM,
AS LAID DOWN ON HIS LAEGE " GEOLOGICAL MAP OF IEELAND," AND
EXEMPLIFIED IN THE SECTIONS ENGEAVED ON THE MAEGIN OF THAT MAP,
AS ALSO IN OTHEES EXHIBITED AT SEVEEAL MEETINGS OF THE BEITISH
ASSOCIATION FOE THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE, DUEING THE LAST
TWENTY YEAES.

In the infancy of the science of Geology geologists were in the habit of
grouping rocks which presented some character or characters which were
common to all the members of a general system. Thus my lamented
friend, Greenough, in the first edition of his " Geological Map of Eng-
land," coloured the entire Carboniferous System of England with a light
shade of black ; but as careful and minute observation extended, he found
it necessary to subdivide the system into four members, namely, Lower
Limestone, Upper Limestone, Millstone Grit, and Coal.

A similar process gradually took place in the colouring of my "Geo-
logical Map of Ireland," the first outline of which was exhibited by me
in the year 1813 ; and these gradual changes have not been confined to
the Carboniferous, but extended gradually to the older sedimentary as
well as the igneous rocks, each being introduced so as to correspond with
the development of geological science, much exertion having been made
by me to keep pace with modern discoveries and views, and with subdi-
visions based as well on stratigraphical as on palseontological data ; and
although in some localities the accuracy of the lines of division adopted by
me, particularly those between the Old Eed Sandstone and the Yellow
Sandstone in the north, and between the Silurian and the Old Red Sand-
stone in the counties of Cork and Kerry, may be liable to further consi-
deration, and perhaps may still admit of modifications in doubtful cases,
I have yet the satisfaction of believing that the last edition of my
" Geological Map" corresponds with the views generally entertained by
our most accomplished and experienced practical geologists.

This short history of my geological proceedings is made at the present
time in consequence of the paper read by Mr. John Kelly at the meet-
ings of the Society for the months of January and March, in which he
endeavours to impugn the accuracy of the subdivision of the Carbonife-
rous System of Ireland which has been adopted by me for upwards of
twenty years.

Previously to that period, in conformity with the principle adopted
by Mr. Greenough and others, the Carboniferous System of Ireland was
represented on my " Geological Map" by two colours, — blue and black, —
the first representing the limestone, and the black the Coal series ; but
during the progress of my geological observations, made as opportunity
offered in every part of the country, I found that, although my original

136 rilOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

views were correct in the gross, they were liable to objection in detail,
inasmuch as many localities, represented by the blue colour as limestone,
rarely contained any calcareous rocks sufficiently pure to produce caustic
lime when burned, which is the agricultural test of limestone ; and, as
several landed proprietors complained of my want of accuracy in this
respect, I determined to subdivide the System, so as to distinguish the
shales and sandstones where each occur ; and I have in consequence in-
troduced the Yellow Sandstone and Carboniferous Slate, forming the
lowest members of the series, and the Calp, which is interposed between
the Lower and Upper Limestone.

In the paper just alluded to Mr. Kelly gives it as his opinion, that
the Carboniferous Limestone of Ireland consists of one uninterrupted
accumulation of limestone beds, interposed between the Carboniferous
Slate at the base and the Millstone Grit at the top, and that my subdi-
visions of the Limestone series into three, viz., the Upper and Lower
Limestone, with an intermediate series, consisting of dark-gray shale,
impure limestone, and occasionally sandstone, called Calp, is erroneous; and
that no such middle term exists in Ireland or elsewhere. This is a bold
assertion ; but by reference to plans and sections, carefully made, I have
no doubt of being able to prove that Mr. Kelly is in error, and that my
views, as shown in the last edition of my large " Geological Map of Ire-
land," are correct.

This triple division of the Carboniferous Limestone was first published
by me at the meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of
Science, held at Liverpool, in the year 1837; and an abstract of my
paper on the subject is contained in the proceedings of the Geological
Section C, page 88, of that year, to which I beg to refer. I have for-
tunately preserved the section exhibited at the meeting, which shows
the grounds on which my subdivisions of the Carboniferous System, as
regards Ireland, were based.

This section exhibits the geological structure of the Carboniferous
System for a distance of fifty miles, in an east and west direction, com-
mencing in the Silurian strata near Butler's Bridge, in the county of
Cavan, and extending westward by Belturbet to Slieve Rushen moun-
tain, crossing Cuilcagh mountain, the valley of the Shannon, Lackagh,
and Benbo mountains, and terminating on the sea-shore at the western
base of Benbulben mountain.

In the neighbourhood of Butler's Bridge the Silurian strata are
covered unconformably by strata of yellow sandstone, which are succeeded
by a band of Carboniferous Slate, and afterwards by the Lower Limestone,
which near Drummany Lough, two miles west of Belturbet, is succeeded
by alternating beds of shale and impure limestone of the Calp series,
together with gray and occasionally reddish sandstone. These strata
extend westward from Drummany Lough, by Ballyconnell, to the base of
Slieve Rushen, for a distance of about four miles, where they are succeeded
by the gray splintery limestone (Upper Limestone) of Slieve Rushen,
which in this locality is upwards of 400 feet in thickness. This lime-
stone is capped on the summit of the mountain by sandstone belonging

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OP DUBLIN. 137

to the Millstone Grit series ; descending to the westward, we lose the
Millstone Grit, and the Upper Limestone appears again at the surface in
the line of section ; and further west we find the calp and shale cropping
out from beneath it, and forming the valley of Swanlinbar, which is alto-
gether composed of the Calp series ; from whence it extends northward
to Florence-court, where it terminates, and the subjacent Lower Lime-
stone commences, and continues to Enniskillen. In a south-western
direction from Swanlinbar the Calp extends to Ballinamore, in the county
of Leitrim, where we again find the Lower Limestone cropping out from
beneath it.

Here let us pause to consider the result of what has been shown.
We find that to the east of Slieve Eushen the Calp series rests on the
Lower Limestone at Drummany, and is covered by the Upper Limestone
at Ballyconnell ; again, in a north and south direction, at right angles to
the section, we find that the Lower Limestone, extending southward
from Enniskillen, is covered by calp and shale near Florence- court, from
whence it continues, in a southward direction, to Ballinamore, where it
rests on the Lower Limestone of the valley of Leitrim. In fact, the
Upper Limestone of Slieve Eushen is entirely surrounded by the Calp
series, which is itself surrounded by subjacent Lower Limestone, for a
circumference of thirty-six miles : and thus in this case we have a suc-
cession of concentric circles, each surrounding the other, in an ascending
order from the Lower Limestone by the Calp to the Upper Limestone,
proving the triple subdivision of the Carboniferous Limestone System, as
originally described by me, to be correct ; and consequently Mr. Kelly's
view that the Carboniferous Limestone of Ireland consists of one undivided
series, based as it is on the occurrence of supposed faults, is erroneous
and untenable. Continuing the section westward, the Calp of the valley
of Swanlinbar is succeeded by the Upper Limestone of Cuilcagh moun-
tain, which, as at Slieve Eushen, is capped by the Millstone Grit ; and,
still proceeding westward, the same series crosses the valley of Lough
Allen by the source of the Shannon, and thence by Lugnaquilla and
Lackagh mountains, each of which contains a bed of coal near the summit.
To the west of Lackagh mountain the Upper Limestone crops out from
beneath the Millstone Grit, and descends into the valley of Manorhamilton,
where the Calp series is again well exposed, as well as a portion of the
Lower Limestone, the remainder having been cut off by the protrusion
of the granite ridge of Benbo mountain, but which, in continuation in a
south-western direction, extends to Collooney, &c, in the county of
Sligo, where it is fully developed.

To the westward of the Benbo ridge we have again the Upper Lime-
stone, and beneath it, in the remarkable valley of Glencar, there is a fine
exhibition of the calp and calp shale, which on the west side is again
succeeded by the Upper (or splintery) Limestone of Benbulben. This
rock forms the upper portion of this lofty mountain, the table summit of
which is characteristic of the district.

Descending westward from Benbulben, we find the strata beneath the
Upper Limestone to consist — first, of a series of beds of calp and shale,

VOL. IV. t

138 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

800 feet in thickness, under which, for the first time in this line of section,
we have a considerable development of gray sandstone, which in this loca-
lity extends down to the sea-shore, and beneath which, to the northward,
there is a considerable thickness of beds, consisting of alternations of calp
and shale, similar to those which lie above it. These strata are well
exposed to view on the west coast of the counties of Sligo and Leitrim,
extending northward for upwards of sixteen miles from Glencar, by Ben-
bulben, to Dartree mountain, near Bundoran ; thence for fifteen miles,
in an eastern direction, by Garrison and Belleek, to Lower Lough Erne,
and afterwards in a southern direction, for fourteen miles, from Churchill,
by Derrygonnelly and Belmore mountain, to the Arney river, near Flo-
rence-court, where it gradually thins out. And thus we have a total
length of thirty-five miles, in a northern, eastern, and southern direc-
tion, in which these remarkable sandstone and shale beds are fully
exposed for examination to the geological observer.

In the line of section engraved on the western margin of the " Geo-
logical Map," which passes over the summit of Dartree mountain, at an
elevation of 1 712 feet above the level of the sea, and which extends north-
ward to Ballyshannon, &c, we find that the Upper or splintery Limestone
gives a thickness of 500 feet ; the Upper Calp Shale beneath it, 500
feet ; the subjacent sandstone beds, 800 feet ; the Lower Calp Shale,
500 feet; and the Lower Limestone, extending northward from Bun-
doran to Ballyshannon, 600 feet, making a total thickness in this
locality of 2900 feet, of which 1800 feet belong to the Calp series. But
this is an unusual development, as in other cases the thickness does
not exceed half that amount, the variation in this respect being caused
by the gradual thinning out of one or more of the members, particularly
of the sandstone, which at the opening of Glencar, at the southern base
of Benbulben, commences in the form of a wedge, having shale and
impure limestone beds both above and below, and gradually thickens as
it extends northward ; and a similar occurrence takes place near the
southern termination of the Arney River. Thus the eastern escarpment
of Glenkeel mountain, south of Derrygonnelly, and ten miles north of the
Arney River, gives nearly a similar section to that of Dartree mountain,
presenting the Upper Limestone, the Upper Calp, the Sandstone beds, the
Lower Calp, and subjacent Lower Limestone at Ely Lodge, on Lough Erne.
Here the Sandstone beds are of considerable thickness ; but to the south-
ward they gradually diminish, and, after passing the Arney River are
no longer visible, having thinned out, as at Glencar, and are lost in the
union of the Upper and Lower Calp series; and these united beds continue
thence through Elorence-court to the valley of Swanlinbar, in which no
beds of sandstone have been observed.

The variable thickness of the sandstone beds and their general fugi-
tive character are familiar to geological observers ; but the facts here
related afford a remarkable example.

On the margin of the last edition of my large " Geological Map of
Ireland" I have given a section which exhibits the entire suite of the
Carboniferous System of Ireland, and which passes through the larger

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 139

portion of the same district, but nearly at right angles to that exhibited
at Liverpool, which I have just described. This section was exhibited
at the meeting of the British Association held at Manchester in the year
1842, and it clearly shows the relative positions of the different members
of the series; and it is the accuracy of this section which is endeavoured
to be impugned by Mr. John Kelly, who conceives that the shales and
sandstones, as there represented by me as belonging to the Calp series,
really belong to the Old Eed Sandstone, and the equivocal position in
which the strata occur is accounted for by him by a great east and west
fault, extending from the north-west end of Lough Erne to the sea- coast
south of Bundoran, in the county of Donegal. But there are no grounds
for this supposition. No doubt there is a fault, of trifling character,
having a north and south direction, visible near the coast south of Bun-
doran ; but in this case the strata, on both sides, belong to the same Calp
series, as described by me, while its north and south direction contri-
butes nothing towards sustaining Mr. Kelly's assumption of the great
fault extending westward from Lough Erne to the sea-coast near Bun-
doran ; and the only argument he has brought forward in support of his
opinion is, that the level of the millstone grit at Shean Hill, on the
south side of Lough Erne, is 1135 feet above the sea, while the mill-
stone grit on the north shore of Lough Erne is only 150 feet above the
sea; and, arguing on this difference of 985 feet, he assumes that a down-
throw of about 1000 feet has taken place between the north and south
shores of Lower Lough Erne. But Mr. Kelly's basis for the argument has
no foundation, because the strata on the north shore of Lough Erne consist
of yellow sandstone, and not of millstone grit. If Mr. Kelly has not
himself examined this district with a view of ascertaining whether his
fabric of faults was well founded, and if, in default of his own observa-
tions, he depended on published data supplied by me, he should have
referred to the latest edition of my " Geological Map," or, indeed, to
any publication of that document, even to the comparatively imperfect
small one first published in the "Atlas" attached to the " Irish Railway
Commissioners' Report," in which the country forming the north shore
of Lower Lough Erne is represented as belonging to the Carboniferous
Limestone series, and not to the millstone grit. No doubt in the printed
geological "Outline" itself, owing to a want of accurate information at the
time, and basing the supposition on the occurrence of a thin bed of coal,
it is mentioned that a millstone grit district extended from Druniquin
"towards" Lough Erne ; but no just conclusion can be drawn that the
expression " towards Lough Erne" has the signification of the expression
"to Lough Erne;" and had Mr. Kelly examined any of my published
Maps, he could not have fallen into error in this respect. But I must
confess that it appears to me to be unusual as well as unaccountable that
the data used by Mr. Kelly, in his endeavour to overthrow the system
of geological classification adopted by me, should have been derived, not
from any of my more recent publications, but from a hasty " Outline,"
written nearly twenty years ago. Should he not in such case have inves-

140 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

tigated in the field the grounds on which his theory of gigantic faults is
based ?

I will now refer to a paper read by me at the meeting of the British
Association held at Cork in the year 1843, in which I described in detail
the strata which occur on the north shore of Lower Lough Erne, extend-
ing in an eastern direction, an abstract of which Will be found in the
" Proceedings" of that year, Section C, page 42, from which I may
quote the following : —

" Mr. Griffith next described the district situated to the north-east of
Lough Erne, which contains a great variety of strata, belonging to the
Carboniferous, the Silurian, and the Mica Schist Systems. The suc-
cession of the strata as they occur in this interesting district was exhi-
bited in two sections, one of which extended from the Mica Schist
District of the county of Donegal, north of Pettigo, across the limestone
and sandstone valley of Pettigo, Kesh, and Ederney ; it afterwards tra-
verses the brownish-red conglomerate and sandstone district of Lisnarick
and Irvinestown, and, in continuation, the dark-gray slate district of
Lisbellaw, which contains Silurian fossils ; from whence it is continued
across the limestone valley of Brookborough, thence over the Slievebeagh
mountains, and terminates in the graywacke slate district of the county
ofMonaghan, — thus exhibiting the structure of the country for a length
of forty- two miles.

" Commencing at the northern extremity of this, the most southerly of
these sections, — that near Pettigo, — we find the mica schist covered in
an unconformable position by a bed of red conglomerate, about fifty feet
in thickness, which is succeeded by beds of yellow sandstone, alternating
with dark-gray shale, and occasional beds of dolomitic limestone. The
shale contains the casts of plants, and also in abundance JModiolaMacadami.
These strata are about 150 feet in thickness. Above we have alterna-
nations of dark gray shale with occasional beds of gray sandstone, and a
few beds of calcareous clay ironstone, sixty feet thick. This mass of
shale and sandstone is succeeded by a series of beds of blue limestone,
occasionally alternating with dark gray shale and yellowish-gray sand-
stone, 500 feet in thickness. It is remarkable that a thin bed of coal,
half an inch thick, is included between two of the limestone beds at the
base of this division. The limestone is frequently dolomitic, and, as is
usual in such cases, fossils are of rare occurrence. Above, we have a
succession of beds, consisting of alternations of limestone and dolomite,
about 100 feet in thickness, followed by alternations of dark gray, im-
pure limestone, and black and gray shale, 300 feet thick, on the top of
which we have beds of gray siliceous limestone, about sixty feet in
thickness. These calcareous strata are succeeded by a great accumulation
of beds, consisting of gray sandstone and shale ; in some places the sand-
stone, and in others the shale, predominates, the whole being interspersed
with occasional beds of impure limestone, amounting altogether to a
thickness of about 700 feet. The shale contains in abundance Modiola
Macadami, and the usual fossils belonging to the shale beds.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 141

"These strata are followed by others very similar in character,
excepting that the sandstone rather predominates. In the lands of
Formil, close to the village of Tubbermore, a bed of highly carbonaceous
shale, with two inches of bituminous coal, occurs in the sandstone. The
shales produce the same Modiolas, Pectens, &c, as those lower in the
series ; but on the lands of Drumcurren, on the left bank of the river
Banagh, numerous casts of the scales of Holoptychius Portlockii, accom-
panied by a single specimen of Pcecilodus, occur ) also plants identical
with those of Kilcummin Head, particularly the Sphenopteris linearis, and
a small-leaved plant, apparently a fucoid.

Above the fish-scales, and approaching the great or Lower Limestone,
the shales were found to contain fossils indicative of the Carboniferous
Slate ; but owing to the unusual abundance of sandstone which accom-
panies the shale, it is difficult in this locality to draw with certainty the
line of separation between the Carboniferous Slate, or Lower Limestone
shale, and the Yellow Sandstone. The thickness of this upper portion of
the series may be about 1200 feet: thus making the whole series, in-
cluding the Yellow Sandstone and Carboniferous Slate, about 2900 feet
in thickness. To the east of the village of Kesh and Ederny, Carboni-
ferous Slate is succeeded by the Lower Limestone, the thickness being
about 700 feet, and this again by the calp shale and calp sandstone."

I shall not dwell longer on this part of the subject, further than to
state, that in no part of Ireland is the entire suite of the Carboniferous
system so well or so clearly developed as in the formation surrounding
the Connaught millstone grit district, situated in the counties of Leitrim,
Roscommon, Sligo, and Fermanagh ; and, as a convincing proof of the
accuracy of my section through this district, as shown in the section
engraved in the margin of my " Geological Map," I shall now exhibit a
section on a larger scale, carefully made, in which the succession is
perfect, and where the actual contacts have been carefully observed,
and in which line no important fault has been discovered, nor can such
exist. This section, in fact, forms a portion, though it has not been
taken in the precise line, of that engraved on the margin of the " Map."
Commencing in the Millstone Grit series of Dartree mountain, it extends,
in a north-western direction, to the metamorphic Mica Schist, situate to
the east of Ballyshannon, and in continuation still in a north-western
direction; leaving the Mica Schist, the section crosses the Lower Lime-
stone, which is again succeeded by the lower calp shale, which in this
case, as at the base of Dartree mountain, is followed by the calp sand-
stone of Kilbarron, the contacts of the different series of rocks having
been in each case accurately observed.

Mr. Kelly in his paper describes the Slievebeagh mountains, which
occupy the northern portion of the county of Monaghan, and south of the
county of Tyrone, as belonging to the Millstone Grit series, in conse-
quence of the strata resting on limestone, and consisting at the base of
alternations of impure limestone, succeeded by beds of sandstone j and
he supports his view by the statement that the strike of this mountain
ridge is parallel to the strike of the Coal series of the west of Scotland ;

142 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

but he appears never to have reflected that the Lower Limestone, which
supports his supposed millstone grit to the south of Lisnaskea, in the
county of Fermanagh, also supports similar strata to the west of Lough
Erne, which, as already mentioned, are succeeded by the Upper Lime-
stone and the Millstone Grit of Slieve Rushen mountain, — the breadth of
the subjacent Lower Limestone between the calp of Lisnaskea and that
at the base of Slieve Rushen being but three miles, as may be seen by
reference to the " Geological Map." But I feel certain that no geologist,
who has examined the country, will agree with Mr. John Kelly in regard
to the geological position of the Slievebeagh mountains, but will decide
with me that it is rightly referred to the Calp series.

I shall now exhibit a section extending, in a south-eastern direction,
from the Silurian strata at Lisbellaw, in the county of Fermanagh, across
the Lower Limestone valley of Clogher, thence over the Slievebeagh moun-
tains, which, in continuation, crossing the Lower Limestone valley of
Monaghan, terminates in the Silurian strata of Scot's-house, west of the
town of Monaghan.

This section, in fact, forms the continuation of the section already
described at the meeting of the British Association held at Cork in the
year 1842 ; and I shall quote from the abstract of my paper which refers
to the Slievebeagh section : —

" At Lisbellaw the Silurian rocks are succeeded unconformably by
strata belonging to the Yellow Sandstone series, which is here very im-
perfectly developed, owing probably to its being cut through by the
projection through it of the Silurian series. The Yellow Sandstone is
followed by the Carboniferous Slate, and this again by the Lower Lime-
stone, and, in continuation, by the calp and calp sandstone of the Slieve-
beagh mountains, from beneath which, in an eastern direction, we find
the Lower Limestone and Carboniferous Slate appearing at the surface in
the valley of Monaghan, and terminating unconformably on the gray-
wacke slate, which bounds that valley to the south-east."

I shall not enter into any description in regard to the several other
Calp districts laid down in my " Geological Map," as I know that the
greater number of them have been examined by several distinguished
geologists belonging to our Society ; and I shall leave it in their hands
to decide between Mr. Kelly and myself. But as I am not aware that
any of them have as yet had an opportunity of examining in any detail
the Carboniferous System of the counties of Donegal, Cavan, Fermanagh,
Leitrim, Sligo, and Roscommon, I thought it desirable to make this
short communication in reference to that district.

I shall only further remark, in regard to the Carboniferous System of
the south of Ireland, where the Calp is frequently wanting, that it is well
developed in the county of Limerick, along the eastern boundary of the
great Millstone Grit district of Munster, and I have prepared a section of
the series, extending from the Old lied Sandstone of Pallaskenry, on the
south side of the river Shannon, in a western direction, to the anthracite
beds south of Loughill, in which the entire suite of rocks into which I
have subdivided the Carboniferous System are clearly exhibited, namely,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 143

the Yellow Sandstone resting conformably on the Old Bed Sandstone, the
Carboniferous Slate, or Lower Limestone shale, the Lower Limestone, the
Calp, and the Upper Limestone, the last being again succeeded by the
Millstone Grit, which in this locality contains thin beds of anthracite ;
and I may mention, that in this section the Calp series consists, as usual,
of alternations of blackish-gray, impure siliceo-argillaceous limestone, and
dark gray shale, the thickness being about 800 feet.

For the Sections referred to in this Paper vide Plate VII.

NOTES ON THE CALP OF KILKENNY AND LIMEBJCK. BY J. BEETE JUKES,
M. A., F. K. S.

My friend, Mr. Kelly, having in his paper lately read before this
Society thrown some doubts on the existence of the group of rocks
known as the Calp, which occupies a conspicuous place in Mr. Griffith's
Map, and is shown as a distinct division on the lately published Maps
of the Geological Survey, — I feel compelled to offer a few observations
respecting it. I do this the more readily as Mr. Kelly endeavoured to
prove that what was called Calp was in reality Coal-measures, — an
assertion which would have such mischievous practical consequences
that it is necessary its error should be immediately pointed out.

The lower part of the great Carboniferous formation has several dif-
ferent types in different parts of the British Islands. In Ireland these
different types are three, that, namely, of the south, that of the north,
and that of the centre. In the extreme south, namely, in Waterford,
Cork, and Kerry, the Carboniferous Limestone forms one group, having
underneath it a set of rocks which have two very different types in two
different districts, and over it a set of dark shales and olive- coloured
sandstones, containing some thin beds of coal, and therefore called Coal-
measures. In coming towards the north, namely, into Limerick on the
one side, and Kilkenny on the other, it becomes possible to subdivide
this single group of Carboniferous Limestone into three sub-groups, lower,
middle, and upper, — the middle receiving the provincial term of Calp.

The sole invariable distinction on which this subdivision rests is one
of colour, — the Calp in the districts above named being invariably dark-
coloured, generally nearly or quite black ; while the upper and lower
limestones are commonly gray, sometimes dark gray, sometimes nearly
white. This Calp, then, is a mere local subdivision depending on litho-
logical distinctions, and is not to be looked at as a geological formation,
the equivalents of which are to be sought in other localities, or to be
determined by separate suites of fossils. Its dark colour seems to be
the result chiefly of earthy, more or less carbonaceous, matter being
mingled with the limestone, sometimes in such proportion as to prepon-
derate over the calcareous matter, so much that the stone would be no
longer fit for burning into lime; sometimes to such an extent as to
become mere shale, and beds of dark shale are generally found in greater
or less thickness alternating with the limestones throughout the Calp
districts of Kilkenny and Limerick.

144

PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

The occurrence of so much earthy sediment in
the old seas, of course, was unfavourable to the life
of the clear-sea-living animals, whose remains are
found in the pure limestones ; while other creatures
who preferred a muddy sea, such as Posidonia, &c,
inhabited it instead. Generally, however, the Calp is
poor in fossils, though locally they do occur; and where
the Calp is merely a dark limestone, I am not aware
of its having any essential palseontological peculiari-
ties— except paucity of fossils — different from those of
the upper and lower limestones.

In the second Part of the sixth volume of our
Journal, my former colleague, Mr. Andrew Wyley, has
described the constitution of the Carboniferous for-
mation of Kilkenny so accurately and well as to ren-
der it unnecessary for me to go over the same ground.
I have only to say, that the one-inch maps of the dis-
trict are now published, and to be had at Messrs.
Hodges and Smith's; and to point to those on the
wall, as presented to this Society by Sir R. I. Mur-
chison on the part of her Majesty's Government ;
and also to the section through Gowran, which Mr. ,
Du Noyer has constructed for me, from the six-inch
data maps preserved in our office, in support of Mr.
Wyley's conclusions. This section, however, would
induce me to diminish the thickness assigned to the
groups by Mr. Wyley, and to give the following as
more probable : —

Feet.
7. Coal-measures, . . upwards of 1000

6. Upper Limestone, 1000

5. Middle (or Calp) Limestone, . . 600

4. Lower Limestone, 1000

3. Lower Limestone Shale, or Carbo-
niferous Slate, 150

2 . Upper Old Red Sandstone, or Yellow

Sandstone, 250

1. Lower Old Red Sandstone, ... 300

Total thickness, 4300

This thickness is one-third less than that given
by Mr. Wyley in Nos. 4, 5, and 6, and two-thirds less
in No. 3. As groups 1 and 2 are evidently thinning
out towards the north, it is possible that group 3
is thinner in the above section than it is further south,
where Mr. "Wyley took his data from.

About eighty miles due west of Gowran is the vil-
lage of Foynes, on the south bank of the Shannon, and

0L O

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 145

in that neighbourhood the constitution of the Carboniferous formation is
very similar to that of Kilkenny. The district is now being surveyed by
Mr. G. H. Kinahan, and, although not yet complete, yet from an inspec-
tion of his work last week, and going over the ground together, we
arrived at the following conclusions: —

The Carboniferous formation on the south side of the Shannon, be-
tween Pallaskenry and Foynes, is composed as follows : —

Feet.

6. Coal-measures, upwards of 1000

5. Upper Limestone, 250

4. Middle dark Limestone and Shale (Calp), . . . 1400

3. Lower Limestone, gray, 1 500

2. Lower Limestone Shale (Carboniferous Slate), . . 350

1. Yellow Sandstone, 100

Total thickness, 4600

1. Base not seen; yellowish grits and sandstones ; sometimes calci-
ferous, with a few reddish beds below : ascending, they alternate with
beds of dark shale and compact limestone. Fossils, plant stems and
fragments, Encrinite stems, Modiola Macadami, and other bivalves.

2. Black shales, sometimes calciferous, passing up into alternations
of shale and argillaceous limestone ; flaggy, and often nodular and con-
cretionary. Fossils, fucoid beds, Michelinia and other corals, Encri-
nites, Fenestella, annelid tracks, Pecten, Spirifer, Producta, &c.

3. Lower Limestone. — Massive light-gray limestone, with, both at
top and bottom, a purple band having red shale partings. The lime-
stone much jointed; stratification often obliterated ; bands of grey chert
at base of group. Fossils very abundant ; beautiful cephalopodous and
other univalves in upper portions.

4. Calp Limestone. — Dark blue, sometimes black, compact limestone,
with partings of dark shale, and thick beds of dark gray shale in lower
portion ; chert abundant throughout ; bands and nodules of white chert
at base ; bands of black chert in other portions. Fossils, a few Productae
and Spirifers ; Encrinite stems abundant in patches, occasionally Euom-
phalus, &c.

5. Upper Limestone. — Thin, flaggy, light-coloured limestones, no-
dular, and full of concretions of gray chert, on which rest a few very
thick beds of massive pale-gray limestone, capped by thinner beds,
which, near the top, are separated by seams of black shale, sometimes
sandy, the limestones themselves becoming darker in colour. Fossils,
Encrinites very abundant ; Productae, Spirifers, and some univalves.

6. Coal-measures. — Black indurated shale, passing up into alterna-
tions of dark shale with brown and olive-green fine-grained grits, the
shale sometimes becoming purple. Fossils, Pecten papyraceus, Gonia-
tites, &c, with coal plants higher up.

In one locality — townland of Lisgordan, N. of Cahermoyle — we
vol. iv. u

146 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

procured beautiful seams of Wavellite in the shales near the base of
No. 6.

Near Limerick, the beds of No. 4 greatly resemble those about
Dublin ordinarily known as Calp. Towards the west these seem to be-
come more purely calcareous, as they probably do also towards the
south, so that, eventually, their distinctive characters become oblite-
rated. Between Shanagolden and Foynes they may be distinctly seen
to pass^ under the comparatively thin group of the upper Limestone, as
in section No. 2.

UPPER LIMESTONE ' CALP, OR MIDDLE LIMESTONE

Section No. 2.
Scale, vertical and horizontal, = 6 in. : 1 mile.

The thinning out of the Upper Limestone on the west side of the
county of Limerick is very instructive, as suggesting the possibility of
its thinning out altogether in some localities. Possibly this may be the
true interpretation of the great thickness of the Calp of Dublin. It
may be, that all the upper portion of the Carboniferous Limestone here
assumes the Calp character, and that the Coal-measure shales would
rest upon the Calp of the central counties of Ireland, without the inter-
vention of any upper Limestone ; or the upper Limestone may come in
its true character, as a light-gray fossiliferous limestone, only in local
patches, as suggested in the County or Index Geological Map of the
county of Dublin.

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

FRIDAY, APRIL 3, 1857,

Professor W. H. Harvey, M.D., M.R.I.A., F.L.S., President,
in the Chair.

The Minutes of the previous Meeting having been read and signed, —

The President rose, and made the following remarks —

We had been summoned to meet to-night, a week in advance of our
usual time, in consequence of the second Friday of the month falling on
Good Friday ; but instead of proceeding with the essays of the evening
it becomes my unexpected and painful duty — in compliance with the
unanimous wish of your Council — to move that this meeting adjourn to

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 147

Friday, the 17th instant. The cause need scarcely be stated, so general
throughout Dublin has been the shock felt at the sudden decease of Dr.
Robert Ball, Director of the University Museum, and President of a So-
ciety kindred to our own. Of my private feelings on this occasion I
will not speak. Every one knows how intimately we have been con-
nected together for a very long time. Our friendship commenced two and
thirty years ago, when I was a schoolboy, and closes, leaving me a gray-
haired man ; and throughout the whole of that period we have had nei-
ther quarrel, nor jealousy, nor severance of feeling any kind. I always
found him the same — lull of zoological information, most ready to
impart it, and taking special pleasure in seeing other students of nature
entering the field which he had so well trodden. I well remember how
proud I was, as a boy, to find myself on terms of intimacy with a grown
man who was so fully informed on the subjects which were mysteries
to me. My favourite pursuit at that time was the Mollusca (I had not
then commenced Botany), and during a summer spent at Youghal I pro-
fited largely from Dr. Ball's experience of the localities, and intimate
knowledge of the habits of the animals we were seeking for.

It is not in Dublin that I need speak of Dr. Ball's subsequent ca-
reer. There is no scientific body in this city with which he was not
more or less connected or identified ; and the high position to which he
had just been named, as President to Section D in the coming Meeting
of the British Association, shows the esteem in which he was held by
those best competent to form an estimate of his character. It is said you
may know a man's character by his friends. Who were Robert Ball's
most intimate friends in his own particular branch of study? Forbes,
Thompson, Yarrell, Owen, Bell, Johnston, Allman, Patterson — names
well known to you all, and some of them of world-wide celebrity ;' and
I might add to these almost every zoologist of note in this country, and
England, and many of the brightest ornaments of zoological science in
the continents of Europe and America. How the blank which has been
left by his death can be filled up, I know not. He has fallen in the very
prime of his age, and in the full career of his usefulness, and there is
no one equally qualified as he was to fill the many duties to which his
time was devoted. As Secretary of the Eoyal Zoological Society in par-
ticular, his loss will be keenly felt, for it is not too much to say that it was
by his exertions mainly — I may almost say wholly — that the Zoological
Society was kept alive during the long period of national distress, and
to him, in a great measure, is to be attributed its present prosperous
condition. It was his favourite care — for he saw in it a great popular
instructor — an engine for diffusing a knowledge of animals, their forms
and habits, among the masses of the people. That it has largely an-
swered this purpose, so far as the very limited funds at its disposal have
allowed, will readily be granted; and those who have sat long on its Coun-
cil will agree with me that without Dr. Ball's constant and unremitting
oversight, that end could not have been attained. His ingenuity was
great ; he was constantly devising ingenious contrivances for insuring
either the comfort or the better exhibition of the animals under his care ;

148 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

and in the aeration and general management of the fish- tanks — the
latest attraction of the Garden — he made many improvements.

But it would be endless to speak of the many ways in which he
made his talents useful on every subject that engaged his attention —
whether it were devising tanks, dredges, and nets for the zoologist ;
fern-cases for the botanist; rapid diagram paintings for the lecturer; or
in arrangements for facilitating the dispatch of the official business in
which he was so much engaged. I would rather dwell for a moment on
that feature of his character which attracted and fixed the friendship of
so many distinguished men, I mean his perfect openness and truthful-
ness, and the pleasure he took in imparting to any sincere inquirer
whatever information was in his power on subjects connected with his
favourite science.

He has not published much, but he has communicated much valua-
ble and original information to others, by whom it has been made pub-
lic. It is only necessary to turn to the works of Yarrell on Birds and
Fishes, of Bell on Quadrupeds and Crustacea, of Forbes on the Starfishes
andMollusca, not to speak of Thompson's " Natural History of Ireland," to
see that Robert Ball's researches in British Zoology very largely enriched
those works with materials. Besides work in the field, he had read much
on his favourite science. His zoological library was large, and he was
well acquainted with the contents of his books, which were equally at the
service of his friends and fellow- students as were the resources of his
own mind. In a word, he lived for others more than for himself. Had he
been as studious of fame as he was anxious to diffuse knowledge, his
name might have been more widely known to those who were personally
strangers to him ; but he could not have been more beloved or more
worthy of our love. I speak not of the esteem in which he was held
by the public ; the unsolicited cortege that followed his remains to the
grave renders such eulogy needless.

It was moved by "W. Andrews, Esq., seconded by Dr. Kinahan,
and unanimously resolved —

" That this Meeting fully concurring in these statements, the Presi-
sident be requested to allow the Address just read to be inserted on the
Minutes, and published in the Transactions of the Society."

The question of adjournment having been put, was carried unani-
mously, and the Meeting adjourned to the 17th of April.

DUBLIN NATUBAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 149

ADJOURNED MEETING, APRIL 17, 1857.

Peofessoe "W. H. Haevey, M.D., M.R.I.A., F.L.S., President,
in the Chair.

The Minutes having heen read and signed, —

De. William Feazee read the following —

on a disease in hyacinth eoots, caused by ceyptogamic geowths.

Pew subjects are more difficult to follow satisfactorily than the de-
velopment of the minuter forms of cryptogamic plants, and few, therefore,
are enveloped in greater obscurity ; unlike the sea- weed or the fern,
which, from their gracefulness and beauty, at once attract our attention,
the subject of my present remarks are by many considered to be pecu-
liarly repulsive, and are associated in the mind with ideas of disease
and decay ; and although I must in fairness claim for some of them as
full a share of beauty in external form as has, perhaps, been granted to
any class of plants, still I cannot deny their frequent connexion with
putrescent changes.

The exact nature of this connexion has been made the subject of
many inquiries. Some have altogether denied that there was any real
sequence between the development of these fungi and the disintegration
of the organized tissues upon which they are found, considering their
presence merely accidental, or at best of secondary importance, perhaps
even useful in consuming the decaying particles ; whilst others have at-
tributed the changes which ensue in the rotting mass exclusively to
their agency.

Much of the writings on this subject can be of little or no value, be-
ing mere theoretic ideas, without sufficient facts to warrant their recep-
tion ; still, after laying these aside, we have a number of positive
observations to aid us in determining the truth of those extreme opi-
nions, and, as in many other matters, it appears to lie midway between
both. To the microscope we owe much of what has already been
accomplished in the investigation of these interesting growths and the
study of their development, and amongst other remarkable advances in
our knowledge we have ascertained by its agency that those lower forms
of vegetable life, unlike the higher plants, may have, instead of a single
kind of fructification, two, three, four, or even five different modes of
reproduction ; and also that, in place of a uniform manner of develop-
ing their structure, they may assume various states under different con-
ditions, so unlike each other that nothing but the most ample evidence
would enable us to connect them.

To illustrate my meaning I would merely mention the common and
worthless blue mould, Penicillium glaucum, which is considered by our
best observers to constitute in another form the well-known yeast plant,
or barm, Torula cerevisice, so important in the process of fermentation
and in making bread; and in still another state it develops into the

1 50 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

thick-matted masses of the so-named vinegar plant, which has attracted
so much attention in the last few years.

To prepare for the statements I am about briefly making as to a very
common mould producing a diseased state of the hyacinth roots, I may
remind you that the silkworm dies of a similar disease (the muscardine,
and from a similar cause) abotrytis spreading its mycelium throughout
its body, and when it reaches the surface, then alone developing its per-
fect fruit, by which time, however, the caterpillar is either dead or its
tissues wasted by its parasitic enemy, and its vitality almost gone. The
following, too, is the opinion of the Eev. Mr. Berkeley, who holds, per-
haps, the foremost rank amongst British authorities on these pests of
vegetation, as to the cause of our disastrous potato rot, in his recently
published work on Cryptogamic Botany: — "Unwilling as the scientific
world has been to allow the agency of fungi in the potato murrain, as
regards that, as well as the grape mildew, there are few dissentient voices
now amongst those who understand the subject. The mycelium flou-
rishes in the large intercellular spaces of the leaves, but penetrates also
into stem and tubers, and at length makes its way either to the external
surface or some free cavity, where it fructifies. In a damp warm day
the progress of the disease may be watched with ease, and the parasite
{Botrytis infestans) may be seen spreading rapidly in a circle, convert-
ing all in its way into a mass of decay." He admits, however, that
other fungi contribute to the same end.

I shall now very briefly detail my own observations. I had last
year some remarkably fine hyacinths growing ; they had formed their
leaves well and were commencing to bloom, when, after a time, I no-
ticed that the expansion of the flowers had been completely checked ;
they dried up, and, becoming withered, my hopes of having flowers were
thus ended. On examining the roots of the plants, I found them
to be diseased ; they had a very offensive odour, had assumed a pale-
brown colour, and those which were farthest advanced in decay con-
tained numerous bubbles of fetid gas, which I may state was not sul-
phuretted hydrogen. The decay appeared to me usually to commence
from below, and to spread upwards in the roots, the epidermis still re-
maining firm after the interior was decayed. The microscope showed that
the cells of the plant were separated from each other by lines of small
dark dots which formed continuous chains ; when these dots first ap-
peared, the cells were healthy-looking, then became darker coloured,
their contents broken up, and finally the cells themselves seemed to be-
come isolated and detached, and to soften down.

Placed in fluid and carefully watched, I saw a small tuft of vegetation
gradually arise from the side of some of the root, and after a few days
its fibres crept beyond the fluid and developed into an Aspergillus (pro-
bably A. candidus). I may state that, on examining them, I found
moulds developed on the hyacinth bulbs ; I believe it is very common
for them to be injured from this cause, the mould acting as a canker,
and the part requiring removal with a knife. I had purposed repeat-
ing my investigations this spring, but was unable to do so from other

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 151

occupations. I would, in conclusion, merely remind you that this plant,
or its close relative (A. glaucus), is the mould the presence of which
is so highly prized in cheese that it is, I believe, often inoculated with
it to produce an article fit for the epicure.

A series of microscopic drawings illustrated these remarks.

The President remarked that many other fungi, during the progress
of their development, take on most dissimilar forms. Old botanists,
hence, have often referred to distinct genera forms which have now
been proved to be specifically identical. One genus, for instance, Sclero-
tium, of which some twenty or thirty species have been described, is
found to be really made up of the young states of the genera Agaricus
and Pezziza, so that Sclerotium is now nearly blotted out from our lists.
Among the drawings exhibited to-night we see that a plant which we
would be led to call Leptomitus, when traced to its full development,
turns out to be Aspergillus. When in North America he was shown a
number of so-called species of this false genus, at that time placed
among the sea- weeds, which had developed themselves among the sul-
phate of copper solutions used in the electrotyping processes of the United
States Survey. The plant had caused much annoyance and damage
to the service, decomposing the solution, and throwing down the cop-
per to such an extent as to render it nearly impossible to carry on the
various processes required. He hoped Dr. Prazer would follow up this
subject; the Irish fungi were nearly unknown, and a fine field was
open for any one who would pursue the subject of the metamorphoses
of these interesting plants.

The following communication was next read by Dr. Kinahan, Hon.
Secretary : —

CARCTNOLOGICAL NOTES : BEING A LIST OF THE CRUSTACEA PODOPHTHALM1A
OF GALWAY MARINE DISTRICTS, CHIEFLY MADE DURING THE SUMMER OF
1850. BY A. G. MELVILLE, M.D., M.R.I. A., PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY,
QUEEN'S COLLEGE, GALWAY, ETC.

The district in which the subjoined species were captured extends
from Loop Head to Slyne Head; including the bays of Gal way, Bound -
stone, and Birterbie, and the channels and seas adjacent to the isles of
Arran ; many of the species from this latter locality were dredged from
a depth of sixty fathoms. To the species of but local occurrence the name
of the precise locality is appended ; with but very few exceptions, the
specimens were obtained in 1850, and specimens of most of the species
are to be seen in the Museum of the Queen's College, Galway.

LIST OF SPECIES.

Stenorrhynchus phalangium. — Very common.

Achceus Cranchii. — A single specimen was obtained at Antrim,
1850; the only previous record of it as Irish was a specimen formerly
in the collection of J. V. Thompson, but for some years past lost.

152 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Inachus Dorsettensis. — Common. s

Inachus dorynehus. — Common.

Pisa tetraodon. — Roundstone.

Jlyas araneus. — Very common, littoral.

Hyas coarctatus. — Common, a deep-sea species, occurs from ten fa-
thoms downwards.

Maia squinado. — Yery common, deep sea.

Eurynome aspera. — Common in suitable localities.

Xantha florida. — Yery common ; the unicoloured variety just as com-
mon as that with black-tipped claws.

Xantho rivulosa. — Rare, two specimens only have occurred among
dozens of X. florida, Galway Bay.

Cancer pagurus. — Common, but does not attain anything like the
same dimensions here as on the eastern coasts, and is also much inferior
as an article of food.

Pilumnus hirtellus. — Common.

Pirimela denticulata. — Rare. Roundstone.

Carcinus mcenas. — Common.

Portumnus variegatus. — Carapaces of this species occur, rarely, in
Galway Bay ; — I have not succeeded in finding the animal itself.

Portunus puber. — Common.

P. corrugatus. — Common.

P. arcuatus. — Very common.

P. depurator. — Very common.

P. marmoreus. — Roundstone, 1850.

P. pusillus. — Common.

Pinnotheres pisum. — Very common in Mytili and Cardium edule.

Gonoplax angulatus. — Rare. Roundstone, 1850.

Ebalia Pennantii. — Common.

E. Bryerii. — Common.

E. Cranchii. — Common.

Atelecyclus heterodon. — Common.

Corystes Cassivelaunus. — Common.

Thia polita. — Galway Bay, by digging; of this interesting species
I have obtained specimens each year since my first discovery of it here
in 1850; three were obtained in March last (1857), two of which are
at present alive with me. It is exceedingly local.

Pagurus Bernhardus. — Very common.

P. Cuanensis. — Common.

P. Ulidianus. — Common.

P. Hyndmanni. — Common.

P. Icevis. — Common.

P. Forbesii. — Rare. This species was obtained in 60 fathoms water
off the south isle of Arran, its first record on the Irish shores.

Porcellana platycheles. — Yery common.

P. longicornis. — Very common.

Galathea squamifera. — Rare.

O. strigosa — Rare.

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 153

Munida Rondeletii. — Galway, rare.

Palinurus vulgaris. — My experience of the occurrence of this species
would lead me to believe it rare here.

Astaeus fluviatilis. — Rivers, common.

Homarus vulgaris. — Yery common.

Nephrops Norvegicus. — Rare.

Crangon vulgaris. — Common, local.

C. faseiatus. — Isle of Arran, rare.

C. spinosus. — Isle of Arran, rare.

C. sculptus. — Isle of Arran, rare.

C. bispinosus. — Arran. This species, now first added to the Irish
list, and of extreme rarity in Britain, was established by Hailstone on
the authority of a single specimen ; several specimens occurred to me,
and there can be no doubt of its specific distinction from C. trispinosus.

Alpheus ruber. — Isle of Arran, 60 fathoms. This species is now
first added to the Irish list ; the specimen is particularly interesting as
having been obtained in dredging. British specimens heretofore recorded
were all obtained from the stomachs of fishes.

JVika edulis. — Roundstone, rare.

Athanas nitescens, — Ballyvaughan, county of Clare. Under stones
between tide-marks ; common, but local.

Hippolyte varians. — Rare.

IT. Cranchii. — Common.

H. Mitchelli. — Rare ; its first record as Irish ; this specimen was
obtained by me in 1850, and then laid aside as nondescript; it has
since been described from Weymouth under the above name by W.
Thompson.

Palmmon serratus. — Very common.

P. squilla. — Yery common.

P. Leachii. — Common in autumn.

Mysis vulgaris. — Common.

Besides these, numerous specimens of the genera Alauna, Bodotria,
and Cuma have been met with. These genera, or at least Bodotria, are
synonymous with Scorpionura of J. Yaughan Thompson, as may be seen
by examination of the specimens under that name in his collection in
the Royal Dublin Society's Museum.

Professor Kjnahan next submitted the following —

NOTES ON THE FOREGOING PAPER, WITH A SUPPLEMENT TO HIS LIST OF
DUBLIN CRUSTACEA.

The interesting paper just read contains several species not included in
either of the papers on this subject which I have had the honour to
submit to your Society during the present session. In order that our
Transactions for this year may contain all that is known of the distribu-
tion of this family of Crustacea in Ireland, I have supplied the distri-
bution of these species, taking the opportunity of adding, at the same

VOL. IV. x

154 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

time, a supplement of those eastern species (some of them of extreme
interest, and one of H. pusiola, not previously here recorded), which
have occurred to me since.

Although such a large number of Crustacea (sixty-three out of
eighty-seven species) are recorded in this paper, yet, during a day's
dredging in Galway Bay on the 27th of March last, when in company
with Professor Melville, among twenty- two species which rewarded our
labours, three occurred which had not been previously met with there
by him, viz., Portunus holsatus, and Pandalus annulicomis, and a
young specimen of Portunus marmoreus, a species hitherto unrecorded
save in Birterbie Bay.

DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES NOT INCLUDED IN DUBLIN LISTS.

References as in former paper — A. G. M., Professor Melville.

Achceus Cranchii. — The only Irish specimen on record, formerly in
J. V. Thompson's collection, was lost previous to the transfer of that col-
lection to the Royal Dublin Society.

Pisa tetraodon. — First discovered by W. M'Calla.

" I am the only person who as yet has found this species in Ireland ;
its habitat is within two miles of Roundstone, in a pool at about half tide-
mark. As particular situations are distinguished by algae growing in
the pools, it may, therefore, be well to state the plants in that under consi-
deration : — Gelidium corneum, Polys, fruticosa, and Cystos. ericoides.
Owing to changes in the pools, I have not lately obtained this species ;
I have not found it in lobster-pots, and rarely under stones." — Saunders1
News-Letter, January 9, 1845.

Xantho rivulosa. — I find I was in error in stating this crab had not
occurred to M'Calla. At least, a card has lately turned up in the Royal
Dublin Society's collection, labelled " Xantho florida, Roundstone,"
which was most probably part of the collection purchased from M'Calla ;
on this, undistinguished by any mark from numerous specimens of
X. florida, is a fine male specimen of X rivulosa, which must have
escaped M'Calla's notice. It would then appear to be generally dis-
tributed along the south and western coast.

HookHead (R.B.) — Valentia Island, Galway Bay (A. G. M.), Round-
stone Bay (W. M'C), Portrush (0. C.)

Portunus marmoreus. — Galway, Roundstone (W. M'C.)

JEbalia Bryerii. — Belfast (0. C.), Galway (A. G. M.), Roundstone
(W. M'C.)

JSbalia Cranchii. — Belfast (0. C), Portmarnock, Co. Dublin, q. v.
(R. Ball), Roundstone Bay (W. T.)

Thia polita.

I had the pleasure of seeing this crab dug out of its sandy home.
Professor Melville having kindly accompanied me to the station where,
in 1850, he first met the species, — a fine female specimen, that now
before your Society, was the only one met with. It bore the journey to

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTOBY SOCIETY. 155

Dublin in a small tin box packed in wet sand remarkably well, and has
since been kept in a small vivarium.*

This crab has given rise to some discussion as to whom the priority
of its discovery in Ireland is due. Having been lately looking over the
back Transactions of this and other Societies, I find myself in a position
to clear up much of the mystery of this " knotty" point. I hope, there-
fore, it will not be considered to be trifling with the time of the Society
if I lay before them the results of these investigations,

Thia polita was first detected by that indefatigable collector, "W.
M'Calla, in Eoundstone, in 1845 ; he failed in identifying it, as the fol-
lowing extract from a paper read by Dr. Charles Earran before your
Society, January, 1845, proves : —

" This winter I have added two species, Portunus marmoreus, I have
not been able to determine the genus of the other : one thing is certain,
it is new to Britain, if not to science. The undetermined species was
found in shallow water, at extreme low water-mark ; I obtained five
specimens. Having paid considerable attention to the Crustacea, I had
no hesitation in writing to Dr. Scouler that I had been so fortunate
as to have added a new genus to this department." — Saunders' News-
letter, January 9, 1845. ( Vide also Report of Dublin Natural History
Society for 1844-45, p. 17.)

The species was subsequently identified, and published by Pro-
fessor Scouler, in a paper laid before this Society in January, 1846,
as the following shows : — "Dr. Scouler then brought forward the dis-
covery of, and addition to, the British Crustacea of Thia polita. This
remarkable and beautiful little crab was found near Roundstone, Conne-
mara, by Mr. M'Calla, where it burrows in sand ; only one species of the
genus is described as European, and this discovery is an important ad-
dition to the Crustacea of Britain. A very fine female specimen was
exhibited from the Museum of the Society ; a smaller one, a male, is in
the collection of the Dublin Society." — Saunders' Newsletter, January 9,
1846. Vide also Eighth Report of Dublin Natural History Society, p. 8.

M'Calla himself also brought the discovery before one of the Evening
Meetings of the Royal Dublin Society, held 28th of February, 1846.
( Vide Proceedings, Royal Dublin Society, vol. lxxxiii., Appendix xv.,
p. cxiii. ; and vol. lxxxii., Appendix v., p. xlv.) This last paper purports
to have been read on the 10th of January, 1846, but must have been
corrected subsequent to this date. Professor Scouler, furthermore, pre-
sented specimens to the British Museum, as appears by reference to their
Catalogue published in 1847.

By some mischance or other, however, it escaped the notice of English
naturalists, and when in 1850 Professor Melville, ignorant of its previous
occurrence on our shores, met with the species in Galway, he, having
first identified it from the description given by Milne Edwards, for-
warded specimens to Professor Bell, by whom it was published as an

* Still alive and healthy, although now three months in confinement — June 28,
1857.

156 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

addition to the British Fauna in the Supplement to his British Stalk-
eyed Crustacea. Professor Melville himself was one of the first to point
out the apparent injustice done to M'Calla.

The species, from my experience of it in confinement, is sluggish,
but a determined animal feeder, destroying even large bivalves, Actinise
and Palaemons, some 2 inches long; it is also apparently a night-
feeder. Galway Bay, Roundstone (W. M'C).

MunidaRondeletii— Belfast(W.T.), Youghal(R.B.),Cove(J.V.T.),
Galway (A. G. M.), Roundstone (?) (C. P.).

Crangon spinosus. — Cove (J. V. T.), -Galway (A. G. M.).

Niha edulis. — Cove (J. V. T.), Roundstone (A. G. M.).

Athanas nitescens. — Lahinch (W. T.), Ballyvaughan (A. G. M.),
Roundstone (W. M'C.).

Supplemental Dublin species, pp. 80-87.

Pirimela denticulata. — Dalkey Sound; dredged a single female spe-
cimen, May, 1857, loaded with ova. After it had been kept in a tank
for three weeks, the ova changed their colour from a bright salmon- red
to a dirty brown : this change examination with the microscope showed
to be dependent on the development of the zoes in the ova, their black
eyes showing plainly through the integuments. I was unable at the
time to examine them further ; and the following day, to my great re-
gret, I found that the ova were all shed, and the tank filled with zoes.

These were extremely active, tumbling about in all directions,
swimming by alternately rolling up and unclosing their jointed bodies,
and throwing complete summersaults ; when they rested, it was on their
backs, the body supported on the dorsal spine. I do not know whether
this is the normal position for them or not. The abdominal false feet
were kept in perpetual motion.

In figure (Plate IX., Pigs. 4, 5) they appear identical with zoes
bred by J. Y. Thompson from Cane, pagurus (Zoological Researches,
Plate VIII. , Pig. 1), as might have been expected from the close rela-
tionship of the genera ; indeed, I am inclined to think that the zoes of
the Brachyura, at least, will be found to be nearly undistinguishable,
the apparent difference in the figures published arising from the diffi-
culty of making perfect microscopic observations, arising from the
transparency of the various parts. If we compare the figures here
given with Thompson's figure of zoea of Pinnotheres pisum (Ent. Mag.,
vol. iii., p. 85; Bell's British Crustaceae, p. 125), we will at once
perceive their strong similarity. Although I examined twenty or thirty
specimens of this zoe, I only succeeded twice in getting the lateral
spines in full view : they are represented rather too long in my figures.

The spiny curvature was as follows : — Arising out of the centre of
the carapace a long, curved horn ; between the eyes a curved rostrum ;
on each branchial region a short scimitar-shaped horn ; and lastly, a very
short, slender, hollow horn, arising from the posterior edge of the cara-
pace at its junction with the abdomen. Three fine hairs, also, are found
arranged in a line along the median line of the carapace posteriorly.

DUBLIN NATTJEAL HISTOEY SOCIETY. 157

The abdomen consists of five segments. The first, or that nearest
the cephalo-thorax, with a protuberance about half-way down, and fur-
nished with a hair (represented as a spine by the artist) at its inferior
external angle; this joint is somewhat quadrilateral. The second,
third, and fourth decrease gradually in size, and the terminal joint ends
in a semilunar tail (Fig. 6, back view, magnified 350 diameters) fur-
nished with six tubular spines, each distinctly articulated to a jointed
peduncle ; the edges of these spines are finely serrately ciliate, and the
internal pairs furnished internally each with three hollow spines com-
municating with the cavity of the primary spine ; a short spine is also
found at the origin of each semilunar arm ; a plate of very peculiar
form arises from the articulation of the fourth and fifth joint posteriorly,
and projects below the termination of the tail ; in other particulars my
specimens agree with J. V. Thompson's descriptions.

The circulation, as seen under a power of 350 diameters, is ex-
tremely curious : a closed (?) pulsatile vessel running down the back,
with dilatations at each articulation ; in this a regular flux and reflux of
fluid might be seen, accompanied by dilatations and contractions of the
dilated portions. Besides this, a regular circulation, whose course was
not easy to make out, was to be seen passing along the sides and through
the horns, and even into the three little hollow spines with which the
caudal primary spines were furnished. ,

Antrim (W. T.), Dublin, Dingle (W. Andrews), Lahinch (W. T.),
Galway (A. G. M.), Eoundstone (W. M'C.)

Ehalia Pennantii. — Bray, May, 1857, Scallop bed. The late Robert
Ball, LL. D., showed me a specimen from Dalkey.

Belfast (0. C), Dublin, Cork (C. C. S., J. V. T.), Galway (A. G. M.),
Eoundstone (W, M'C).

Pagurus Icevis. — "What I take to be this species has occurred to me
both in Dalkey and also at Bray ; it differs from P. Hyndmanni chiefly
in the comparative length of chelae.

Portaferry (W. T.), Dublin (?), Galway (A. G. M.).

Galathea nexa. — A small species, which I take to be this, occurs
pretty plentifully in Dalkey Sound and Bray, in 12-30 fathoms; it
spawns in March, April, and May.

As contrasted with Galathea squamifera, the following points call
for notice : —

Bostrum short, furnished with four flattened, hollowed teeth on
each side; the hindmost pair situated on the orbit. (In Gal. squa-
mifera, five spines, the hindmost two as G. nexa). Anterior pair of legs
narrowed, elongate, covered with a few tubercles, terminating, for the
most part, in a single spine ; some, however, pass into denticulate squa-
ma? : these tubercles are arranged on the hands in nearly parallel longi-
tudinal lines, contrasting with the densely squamiferous anterior limbs
of G. squamifera. The hands are narrow and elongate, the fingers nearly
'parallel, finely denticulate, scarcely hairy, terminating in a fine nail ;
they are slightly spinous on the exterior. External foot-jaws, second
joint equalling third. The description of G. nexa, in Bell, is so sue-

158 TBOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

cinct that I am not quite sure whether this may not be a nondescript
species.

Antrim (W. T.), Dublin (?)

Palinuru8 vulgaris. — Although rare, there can be no doubt this spe-
cies has occurred in Dalkey Sound, and of large size.

Astacus fluviatilis. — Once, at least, in Bray River ; common in
streams about Maynooth, and also formerly taken in the LifTey. I have
seen specimens from the following counties : — Longford, Cavan, Tippe-
rary, Kildare, Dublin, Kilkenny, Meath. It is probably to be found
nearly all through Ireland.

Crangon fasciatus Of this rare species I met with specimens at

Sandycove, in the sandy pools, in a zostera bank at extreme low water.
Spawns in May. Every one of my specimens shows the broad black
band most distinctly.

Dublin. Bray (R. B.), Galway (A. G. It)

Hippolyte varians. — This species occurs in great numbers in the
sand-pools among the zostera banks at Sandycove, near Kingstown;
spawns in May. The specimens vary remarkably and beautifully in
colour: pink, red, salmon, emerald-green, cobalt-blue, gray, chocolate-
brown, opal white, are among the prevailing tints ; the ova of a choco-
late brown.

It is remarkably sensitive of handling ; in no case could I succeed
in keeping it for over forty-eight hours in a tank, although specimens
of Crangon fasciatus and My sis chameleon, from the same locality, lived
with me for days. A volume might be written on the forms of the beak
of this species. I have figured (Plate X.) the best-marked varieties,
which occurred in the following proportions : —

Plate X., Pig. 1 . — a, Normal type ; rostrum nearly straight ; apex
bidentate, directed upwards, upper tooth shortest; below two teeth,
the anterior much posterior to the upper tooth of apex ; proportional
frequency of occurrence, 63 per cent.

Fig. 2. — I, Rostrum straight ; apex tridentate, teeth directed for-
wards, upper and lower teeth nearly equal in length ; below, one tooth
only ; proportional frequency, 25 per cent.

Fig. 3. — c, Rostrum strongly curved upwards, scimitar-shaped;
apex tridentate, upper tooth slightly longer than lower ; below, a single
tooth ; proportion, 8 per cent. IS. B. The whole animal is much slen-
derer than the normal type : query, a species f

Fig. 4. — d, Rostrum straight ; apex broadly truncated, directed for-
wards, quadridentate, apical teeth very minute ; below, two teeth ; pro-
portion, 2 per cent.

Fig. 6. — e, Rostrum straight; apex acuminate, simple, directed
upwards ; rostrum with two teeth below. One specimen out of 300
examined.

Fig. 5.—/, Rostrum straight; apex bifid; rostrum with three teeth
below, viz., one beneath apex and two closely approximated in the
broadest portion of the rostrum. One specimen.

All these specimens, in addition, have the basal superior tooth (cha-

DUBLIN NATUBAL HISTOBY SOCIETY. 159

racteristic of the species). Another curious form had the the rostrum
very much curved upwards, apex simple, and teeth below absent. These
all were from the same pools, in company with the next species, Mysis
chameleon, Carcinus mcenas, Cancer pagurus, and that strange edrioph-
thalmous Crustacea, Apseudes talpa, its first record, I believe, on the
Irish coasts.

For distribution, see Paper read in April.

H. Cranchii (Plate X., Figs. 7 and 8). — In the same pools with last,
but rarer ; in spawn in May ; spawn of a chocolate-brown colour ; va-
rieties with three and four teeth on the rostrum occur.

H. pusiola {Kroyer) (Plate IX., Fig. 2, a, b, c; and Plate X.,
Figs. 9, 10). — I first met this species, in 1854, in Dalkey Sound, when
I laid it aside as a variety of IT. Cranchii. The constancy of its charac-
ters have since caused me to alter this opinion, and, not finding it de-
scribed in any of the English or French authorities, I was led to de-
scribe it as new, under the name of J?". Andrewsii. Since then, however,
a paper of Kroyer' s on the Hippolytes of the North, published in the
"Boyal Danish Society's Transactions," has come into my hands, in
which I find a species described as H. pusiola, which I must look on
as identical with that under consideration : I, therefore, feel compelled
to adopt Kroyer' s name, for the present, or until better informed on the
subject.

The species is known to the English naturalists, by whom it is looked
on as — that zoological conveniency — a "mere variety" of H. Cranchii;
but the characters which mark it out are so constant and trenchant,
that I feel no hesitation in asserting its claims to specific distinction, and
most probably it will be found to be one of our best-marked northern
types, as I have not seen any specimens of it in southern or western
collections, and the only notice I find of it in English works is by Dr.
Howden, Scotland.

Hippolyte pusiola {Kroyer).

Rostrum short, curved upwards; apex acuminate, 3-4 dentate above ;
below unarmed; a strong tooth arising from carapace immediately over
eye ; median plate of tail 4 pairs of spines ; wrist of second pair of legs
4-jointed.

The whole animal is much larger and more truncate than H. Cranchii;
the rostrum narrower ; apex slightly curved upwards, simple ; the ros-
trum armed with 3-4 curved teeth above ; external antenna as long as the
entire body ; the antennal scale rounded at its inner superior extremity ;
the lateral tooth terminal and its peduncle strongly toothed externally ;
internal antennae hairy, the inferior external angle of the articulation
prolonged into a curved scimitar- shaped lobe, the superior angle pro-
longed into a tooth ; second and third articulations also toothed ; ante-
rior feet slightly shorter than antennal scale, stout.

Second pair of feet, — wrists made up of four articulations, the total
number in the whole limb being eleven, including the hand ; the first,
second, and third very short and somewhat triangular; the fourth,
fifth, and sixth long, slender, and equal among themselves ; seventh,

160 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

slightly shorter, cylindrical, slender, a few scattered hairs over its ex-
ternal surface ; eighth and ninth very short, scarcely conjoined equalling
seventh, equal and globular ; tenth, equalling seventh. A strong tooth
over each eye at base of rostrum, and a small tooth over origin of
antennas.

Colour, rose-pink or green, though there is much variety in this ;
one specimen (a female), taken in May, was coloured as follows : —
Carapace, a transparent clear pink, with which the emerald-green
masses of extruded ova contrasted most vividly, tail and segments of legs
being banded with white and rose colour. Another specimen was even
more vividly coloured : — Carapace clear cobalt-blue, through which the
emerald-green masses of ova shone, the remainder of the body a clear
pink ; the legs prettily banded with a darker red.

It has only occurred to me in comparatively deeper water, as at Bray
and in Dalkey, where it is frequent in the lobster and crab pots. Of its
distribution nothing is known : it has been recorded in Scotland by Dr.
Howden, from Frith of Forth and Orkney.

The characters of the rostrum and carapace; second pair of legs,
median plate of tail ; size ; and difference of locality separate it markedly
from H. Cranehii (vide Plate X., Figs. 7, 8, 9, 10, and Plate IX., Pigs.
2a, 2b).

Palcemon squilla. — Extremely common in rock-pools, especially
among Enteromorpha intestinalis. In ova in May, April, and June. Of
one remarkable form of this species (?) I have figured the beak (Plate X.,
Figs. 11, 12, 13, 14); it is invariably much smaller than the normal
type, and frequents pools which are less frequently visited by the tides.
In colour and other characteristics I find such a close accordance, I must
look on the characters drawn from the beak as not of specific importance,
the only other difference being in the comparative weakness of the di-
dactyle hands. The following are the varieties in the number of teeth
of the rostrum met with: — Apex bidentate, above 7-10, below 2-4;
apex simple, above 7-9, below 2-3 ; the commonest form being 7 or 8
above, apex bidentated, and 3 below.

Belfast (W. T.), Dublin, Galway; doubtless confounded with P.
serratus in lists.

P. Leachii. — I have seen no authentic Dublin specimens of this spe-
cies; all those shown me either preceding species, or P. varians. I have
collected specimens in Galway, and Professor Melville showed me nu-
merous specimens collected there by him. The specimen thus named in
J. V. Thompson's collection is not this species, but the variety (?) of P.
squilla, described above.

Dublin (?), Galway.

My sis chameleon. — Much commoner than I formerly stated; very
abundant in sand-pools ; in ova in March, April, and May. The ova
are easily hatched, and the young are similar to the parent when ex-
truded.

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTOEY. 161

Before concluding, it may be interesting to compare the relative dis-
tribution of the genera and species in the east and west, when we arrive
at the following results, excluding from our comparison those strange
forms, Bodotria, Alauna, &c.

Beachyuea.

Common to both districts, 23

Unrecorded in east, made up as follows : — Achaeus,
Pisa, Maia, Xantho (3 ?), Portunus (2), Ebalia (?),

Thia. Those genera peculiarly typical italicized, . 10

Unrecorded in west, 0

Brachyuri, — 33
Anomouea.

Common to both, 11

Unrecorded in east, viz., Pagurus (1), Munida (?), . 2

Unrecorded in west, viz., Pagurus (1), Galathea (1), 2

Anomoura, — 15
Maceottea.

Common to both, .11

Unrecorded in east, viz., Crangon (2), Alphceus,

JSfika, Athanas, Palsemon (1), Hippolyte (1), . . 7
Unrecorded in west, viz., Hippolyte (1), Crangon (2),

Palsemon, 4

Macroura, — 22

Stomapoda, common to both, ........ 2

Omitted in above list, 8

— 10

Total Crustacea podophthalmia, 80

The Irish species unnoticed in these lists are —

Inachus leptocheirus.

Belfast (0. C), Clifden (W. T.)

Xantho tuberculata, Polybius Henslowii, Pinnotheres pinnae. — Ob-
tained once in the south.

Gebia deltura, Callianassa subterranea, Calocaris Mac Ancfo-ece. — Ob-
tained once in the north.

Pasiphcea sivado. — A single specimen in Dublin Bay.

Careful research will, doubtless, disturb these conclusions slightly ;
and I am sure that many unrecorded species, especially among the
Anomoura and Macroura, yet remain to reward the labourer in these
prolific fields of watery research.

In conclusion, with regard to the provisional species recorded in my
last paper, as I suspected, Porcellana priocheles appears to be one of the
young states of P. longicornis ; Pagurus Eblanensis I strongly suspect
is the true P. Ulidianus of W. Thompson ; and Portunus carcinoides
(Plate IX., Fig. 3, a, b, c) is a good species ; it comes very close, how-
ever, to Otto's P. infr actus, which is included by Bell among the syno-

VOL. IV. Y

162 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

nyms of P. longipes, Bisso, from which the trilohed front and length of
legs would separate my specimen.

I would also correct an error in my description of C. Allmanni
(pp. 81, 82), in describing the arm of that species as smooth in many spe-
cimens : it is distinctly spined.

After the conclusion of Dr. Kinahan's paper, the Chairman declared
Alexander Henry Haliday, Esq., E.L. S., M. K. LA., duly elected an
Ordinary Member.

The meeting was then adjourned till May.

FRIDAY EVENING, MAY 1, 1857.
Charles P. Croker, M. D., M. R. I. A., V. P., in the Chair.
The Minutes having been read and confirmed, —
Mr. "W. Andrews read the following —

NOTES ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE COUNTY OF KERRY.

It has always been my opinion, that the zoology of the western por-
tions of this country, embracing the whole range from north to south,
had yet to be developed, and that it may be said that scarcely two-
thirds of the species have as yet been recorded. Our knowledge of the
marine zoology of the western coasts is still very imperfect, especially
as regards the deep-water species. Thus, it were an interesting in-
quiry to trace the peculiarity of habits of those species which, though
common on our shores, and animals of the most delicate and fragile
texture, are yet found of frequent occurrence in deep-water soundings.

My chief business this evening is with reference to notes on the
birds of this country that are considered " occasional or very rare visi-
tants." These expressions frequently appear in works on British orni-
thology, and I am satisfied must be considered as owing to the want of
proper information, arising from a lack of observation throughout each
season of the year, and especially from ignorance of the characteristics
and habits of birds in the immature states.

There are several of the gentry whose tastes lead them to make col-
lections of the birds of their immediate neighbourhood, and others who
occasionally note occurrences that appear singular or strange to them ;
but still there is a general dearth of knowledge of seasonal records
throughout the country. The collections of my friend, R. Chute, Esq.,
of Chute Hall, near Tralee, testify, by the great amount of interesting
objects he has obtained, what individual zeal can accomplish. The sub-
alpine districts of Kerry, with their numerous lakes, estuaries, extensive
marshes, and wooded glens, still afford ample fields for observation;
and we shall yet learn, through well-directed and continued observa-
tions, that the records of — " must only be considered of extremely rare
occurrence," should be, "by no means uncommon."

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 163

Thus, the immature Iceland Gull (Lams Islandicus), I am sure, is,
at certain seasons, frequent on the west coast. It has been shot near
Tralee, and the immature bird has been seen in numbers.

In the Transactions of this Society are recorded the immense flocks
of the Greater Shearwater (Puffinus major) seen in Dingle Bay, and also
notes of the Bridled and Brunnich's Guillemots (Uria lacrymans and
Brunnichii), having been observed breeding on the Tiraght Kock. The
former bird, with the eggs, have been obtained at the entrance of the
Shannon, by Henry Burton, Esq., of Carrigaholt Castle. The King Eider
Duck (Somateria spectaoilis), and several rare species of Tringa, have
also been captured in Kerry.

The Martinique Gallinule (Gallinula Martinico), which was cap-
tured in the living state in a drain at Clehane, Brandon, county of
Kerry, was at first by Mr. W. Thompson supposed to be, and described
as, the Sicilian Gallinule (Porphyri'o hyacinthinus), from the supposed
impossibility of a bird of the United States of America being met with
in Ireland. An examination of its characters satisfied me it must be
the Martinique Gallinule, and I wrote so to Mr. "W". Thompson, who
afterwards admitted that my views were correct.

The Dusky Petrel (Puffinus obscurus), a bird of Australia, was also
obtained alive off Yalentia Island, and was exhibited in this Society in
1854.

The Bohemian "Waxwing (Bombycilla garrula) has several times
been noticed in Kerry. A very beautiful specimen is in the Museum of
the Society, taken near Miltown, county of Kerry, and presented through
the kindness of one of the Members, Joseph Anderson, Esq.

You have already had recorded the Membranaceous Duck (Mala-
corynchus membranaceus), which was shot in Castlemaine Bay, where
six were observed together, and supposed by the sportsman to have been
teal. It has been remarked, that this bird " could not have occurred in
Kerry except as one escaped from confinement." I believe in no Bri-
tish collection has this species existed but in that of the late Earl of
Derby, and I have been informed that none were lost from that collec-
tion. It might just as well be imagined that the Great Spotted Cuckoo
(Cuculus glandarius) and the Belted Kingfisher (Alcedo alcyon) were
escapes from confinement.

The two very fine specimens of the Crane ( Grus cinerea) which are
in our Museum, were shot the same season in this county, one of them
near Ballinskelligs Bay, county of Kerry, out of a flock of five. It was sent
to me by my esteemed friend, the late Maurice O'Connell, Esq., of Derry-
nane Abbey, supposing it to be the Great American Heron (Ardea He-
rodias), which, with the exception of its great size, is similar to the
Common Heron of Europe. The former bird averages 4 ft. 7 in. in
height, and weighs 7 lbs., while the latter but 3 ft. 3 in., and weighing
4 lbs. Ardea Herodias frequents the gloomy solitudes of the tallest
cedar swamps of New Jersey ; the Common Heron (A. cinerea) is not an
inhabitant of the United States. The extreme length of the crane ob-
tained in Kerry was 4 ft. 7 in., and its weight was 12 lbs. Mr. O'Con-

164 PBOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

nell was led to suppose the bird American from numerous incidents he
had noticed : he was an admirable shot and sportsman, and a great
admirer of the writings of " glorious old White of Selborne," as he
termed him.

Thus in one of his numerous communications he remarks with regard
to the woodcocks : —

11 My observations lead me to suppose that we have two immigra-
tions— one from the northern parts of Europe, the other from America.
I have shot what certainly appeared to be two varieties, if not distinct
species : one much smaller than the ordinary woodcock, more of a rufous
colour, and destitute of the varied markings which distinguish the
latter. I have met male and female of both kinds, and have shot both
kinds late in the season when paired, each with a mate of its own de-
scription. A friend who was with me in the winter of 1840 (Captain
Broderick, 34th Regt.), and who had just returned from Canada, where
he had shot many dozen braces of woodcocks, -was at first incredulous as
to the fact of the immigration from America. On going out with me it
happened that the first couple of birds we flushed were of the smaller
kind. "We met them at some hundred yards' distance from each other,
and at an interval of a quarter of an hour on an open mountain, where we
had a full opportunity of observing them. He appeared surprised on
seeing the first ; but when the second rose he turned to me and said,
* You are right — these are exactly the American birds, wherever they
came from.' Unfortunately we did not get shots at either of these birds,
and killed but one of the kind after, as the day became bad; but he ad-
mitted, on examining that closely, that it was, as he called it, ' a Yankee
bird.' "

The American woodcock differs much in size from that of Europe,
the male bird scarcely averaging six ounces, and the female eight ounces;
while the European birds exceed twelve ounces. The lower parts and
breast of the European woodcock are marked with large spots and zig-
zag transverse lines and bars of black on a pale dull yellow and gray
ground. These marks are altogether absent in the American bird, whose
colour on the breast is bright ferruginous ; the back and scapulars are of
a lighter colour, and not so deeply marked. The small specimen which
is now exhibited was obtained from Nova Scotia.

One of the Mr. O'Connells, of Grena, near Killarney, informed me
that some years since he had seen nailed on a door by one of the game-
keepers a jay, identical with the American blue jay (Garrulus cris-
tatus).

In the month of June, 1855, when for a few days at Killarney, I met
on the grounds of the Lakeview Hotel a man with a young bird of the
spotted eagle (Aquila ncevia). I was anxious to obtain it, but he said
that he had promised it for sale to a gentleman whose return he was
waiting from boating on the lake ; his price was £1. On the following
morning he called to leave the bird with me ; but both at the Hotel and
at Mr. Boy Ian' s (Lord Kenmare's steward), in whose charge he wished
to leave it, it was refused, as I was absent. I could obtain no trace of

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 1 65

the bird, as the man had to return to his home westward in the Reeks,
in which part of the country, in a mountain towards Cahirciveen, he had
taken the bird from the nest. Its much smaller size, and the peculiar
spotted markings which characterize the young state and bird of the first
year left no doubt on my mind as to the species.

The Mergansers have been noticed to remain in Kerry throughout
the year ; and the Scaup Duck (Anas marila), with the eggs and the
young, has been taken in an inland lake.

The bird which I now present to the Society, the Horned or Sclavo-
nian Grebe (Podiceps cornutus, P. obscurus, in the young state), and
which, in Thompson's Birds of Ireland, is quoted — " can be positively
announced only as an occasional visitant," was lately obtained at the
mouth of one of the streams near Lough Caragh, county of Kerry, where,
no doubt, others will be met.

Through Europe this has the widest range of all the Grebes ; but it has
been considered as extremely rare in the British Isles. The markings
are very perfect in this specimen; but the dark frill and the bright
chestnut- coloured feathers or horns, which characterize the species, are
not shown except in the breeding season. It is distinguished by its
bright chestnut rufous-coloured neck, and by the rufous- coloured marks
passing from the base of the bill to and through the eye to the occiput.
This at once distinguishes it from the rare species, the Eared Grebe, P. au-
ritus, which has not the rufous-coloured neck ; the markings of the bill
are also characteristic, the bill of P. cornutus being black, tipped with
yellow, and the lower mandible marked with yellow, the belly silvery,
and of a soft, silky texture.

Mr. J. B. Doyle remarked on the extreme interest of these observa-
tions. He thought it evident that, if we had more certain records of
this kind, many birds at present marked in our list as rare stragglers
would be found to be more frequent visitors, especially in the west.
There were many gentlemen resident in that part of Ireland who pos-
sessed interesting collections of birds captured in that district. He
might mention one. In the collection of Edward Burton Eyre, of Clif-
den, the following rare birds, all captured about the Burren, were to be
seen: — The Glossy Ibis (Ibis falcinellus), Bohemian "Waxwing (B. gar-
rula\ Siskin (Carduelis spinus), Sabine's Snipe (G. Sabini). He had
himself had the good fortune to have seen alive the specimen of the
Martinique Gallinule to which Mr. Andrews referred, and there could
be no doubt as to the circumstances connected with its capture. It was
found alive, but exhausted, in Brandon, in a creek, but died not long
after its capture.

The Rev. Professor Haughton brought forward a motion by which
a new class of Members, to be called Associates, should be formed (vide
end of Transactions). Undergraduates of the University to be especi-
ally eligible for this class of Membership. The Associates to have pri-
vileges of Members, to be resident in or about Dublin, and to be elected

166 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

by a vote of the Society, on the previous recommendation of Council.
The subscription for this class to be limited to 5s. a year, to cover ex-
penses.

This was seconded by Dr. G. B. Owens, and, after having been fully
discussed, was passed unanimously.

By a resolution of the Society it was also determined that Corre-
sponding Members, paying 5s. annually in advance to the Treasurer,
should be entitled to the Monthly Report of the Society's meetings, and
a copy of the Society's Proceedings.

After due ballot, Edward Hamilton, M. D., 8, Stephen's-green, was
declared duly elected an Ordinary Member.

The meeting then adjourned till June.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL
ASSOCIATION.

FRIDAY EVENING, MARCH 20, 1857.

R. Ball, LL.D., President, in the Chair.

The Minutes of last General Meeting having been read, were signed by
the Chairman.

Mr. A. H. Haliday, V.P., read the following —

NOTE ON A PECULIAR FORM OF THE OVARIES OBSERVED IN A HYMENOPTEROUS
INSECT, CONSTITUTING A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF THE FAMILY DIA-
PRID^J.

The perusal of Siebold's book on Parthenogenesis, which lies on the
table, along with Mr. Dallas's translation of it into English, has served
to remind me of an observation, made many years since, upon a species
of the family DiapridaB, which was not infrequent in one spot near the
house in the country where I then resided, and of which none of the
specimens appeared to differ from the rest in any of the external cha-
racters by which the sexes are generally distinguishable in this family.
I considered all those I had found to be females ; but for the sake of
greater certainty I proceeded to dissect two specimens, paying particu-
lar attention to the evidence on that point. While the result confirmed
my first impression, it also brought to light a very unusual form of the
ovaries, drawings of which I now lay before the Association. I will
not presume to say that the phenomena are sufficient to verify the con-
jecture which they suggested to me at the time, that a physiological
arrangement was presented here, such as is established by abundant
evidence in the case of the Gallflies ( Cynips, &c). On this supposition,
the presence of females only would be explained as being something
more than a contingency depending upon circumstances of time and
place.

DUBLIN UNIVEKSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 167

I propose at the same time, with your permission, to characterize
this very distinct and hitherto undescribed form in the family by the
generic and trivial name under which I have formerly communicated
specimens to some of my entomological correspondents in these countries
and abroad.

The family Diapridae is undoubtedly closely allied to the Proctotru-
pidae {Proctotrupes, Monomachus, Pelecinus), of which, indeed, the older
authors considered it as forming part. If it is thought better not to
multiply families, the two may still be kept united under the latter
name, provided that the nature and distinctions of the two subordinate
groups, they will in that case constitute, be kept in view not the less.
For our immediate object, it will be enough to mention the difference
in the form of the metathorax, which in the genuine Proctotrupidae is
prolonged beyond the insertion of the hind coxae in an attenuated pro-
cess, while in the Diapridae it terminates rather abruptly behind the
sockets of these. The singular structure also of the Ovipositor (the
Spicula seemingly coalescing with the Calamus), which I detected in
Proctotrupes, and have described elsewhere (" Hymenoptera Britannica
Oxyura," p. 7 ; H. Bailliere : London, 1839), has not occurred among
the Diapridae, the composition of it being as usual, even in the remark-
able insect which forms the more especial subject of the present Note. To
the description of this I prefix a slight summary of the chief indigenous
groups of the family, for the sake of exhibiting the essential characters
of this genus more distinctly by comparison. At some future time I
may perhaps be permitted to lay before this Association some other
illustrations of the native species, at greater length than I can venture to
encroach on your attention at present.

Of this family, Diapridae, in the British Fauna, five principal groups
have been established, — Helorus, Ismarus, Belita, Diapria, Platymis-
chus, — most of them requiring some further subdivision, especially the
fourth, the more numerous species of which have already afforded seve-
ral dismemberments, which may hereafter prove actually entitled to
generic rank, — Paramesius, Spilomicrus, Basalys, Aneurrhynchus, "West-
wood, and Galesus n. To those first five, which I have recognised as
established genera, it is proposed here to add another, co-ordinate in
character, though limited as yet, in its contents, to one known species.

Fam. DiAPKiD^;.

Tibiae anticae calcari unico, posteriores binis. Antennae articulis 12,
superque. Mandibulae dentatae. Metathorax coxarum posticarum
insertionem parum superans. Abdomen segmento primo petiolum fin-
gente, secundo amplissimo.

Very little is known of the early states of the insects of this family;
the few whose history has been traced are mostly parasites in the larvae
of Coleoptera and Diptera. Hot a single species is to be found described
in any of the works of Linnaeus, who would doubtless have ranked them
among his Ichneumones minuti.

168 PEOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Generum Synopsis.
Ungues

pectinati 1. Helorus.

integrae: Antenna?

prope epistoma insertae 2. Ismarus.

ab epistoraate distantes : Palpi maxillares
5-articulati mala longiores : Labiales

3-articulati 3. Belita.

2-articulati 4. Diapria.

3-articulati mala breviores 5. Platymisciids.

obsoleti 6. Laboiips.

Genus 1. HELORUS Latreille.

Antennae 15-articulatae, filiformes, porrectae, in utroque sexu. Alae
anticae areolis etiam mediis et stigmate. Ungues pectinati.

Palpi maxillares 5-articulati, labiales 3-articulati. Mandibula utraque intus biden-
tata. Labrum angustissimum, lineare. Alarum anticarum areola radialis 1 , cubitales
2, discales 2, brachiales 2. Metathorax obtusus. Abdomen apice incurvum.

1 . coruscus : niger, antennis subtus pedibusque testaceis, femoribus
posticis infuscatis, scutello medio laevigata, pterostigmate subtri-
gono: mas.

Sequente gracilior ; petiolus longior, subcylindriacus ; prothoracis latera media laevi-
gata ; pterostigma latius. Vena recurrens disci posterior apice subarcuata.

Not nearly so common in England as the following species. I have
found both species in "Westphalia also.

2. anomalipes Pz. : niger, tibiis tarsisque anticis vel omnibus tes-
taceis, scutello ubique punctato, pterostigmate lanceolato : m. f.

Abdominis petiolus basi incrassatus. Vena recurrens disci posterior recta obliquata.
Vertex punctatus. Scutellum rud6 punctatum, 'margine crenatum.

Sufficiently common in some parts of England and Ireland.

A third species, larger than either of the two preceding, taken near
Aix-la-Chapelle, is in the collection of Mr. A. Eorster of that city. If
Jurine's figure is correct, we have represented in it a fourth European
species of this genus, — H. ater : totus niger, areola cubitali interiore
semi-divisa.

Genus 2. ISMAEUS Hal.

Antennae prope epistoma insertae, filiformes, scapo vix frontis alti-
tudine; maris 14-articulatae, articulo tertio integro; feminae 15-articu-
latae. Mandibula bicuspis. Alae anticae areola radiali parva et brachiali
unica, Mesonoti scutum aequatum.

Labrum transversum. Palpi labiales 3-articulatL Metathorax brevissimus. Ab-
domen apice incurvum.

Subgenus 1. Ismaeijs.
Palpi maxillares 4-articulati. Petiolus longior quam latior.
1. dorsiger Curtis B. E. (CSnetus) 380,—neesii YoTster—Belyta
anomala Nees: abdominis petiolo oblongo, apico attenuate, segmenti

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 169

secundi sulco quadrantali ; — niger pruinosus, antennis basi squamulis
pedibusque flavis: mas; — silaceus subdiaphanus, oculis ocellis thora-
cisque dorso medio fuscis : femina.

Subgenus 2. Entomtus Herrich-Schaeffer.

Palpi maxillares 5-articulati. Petiolus latior quam longior, vel sub-
aequidiameter.

2. campanulatus Herrich-Schaeffer, — halidaji Forster : nigerisqua-
mulis pedibus antennarumque basi {maris subtus, femina undiique)
ferrugineis, scutello laevi, petiolo subquadrato. %

3. rugulosus Forster : niger, femoribus tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis,
scutello apice emarginato abdomineque scabriculis, petiolo oblato :
femina.

Genus 3. BELITA Jurine.

Antennae in fronte porrecta insertae, ab epistomate distantes, scapo
frontis altitudinem superante ; maris 14-articulatae, articulo tertio ex-
ciso, rarissime subintegro; feminae 15-articulata3, rarissime 14-articu-
latae. Alae anticae areola radiali parva, rarius subobsoleta, et brachiali
unica. Mesonoti scutum bisulcum.

Mandibular impares, intus unidentatse. Palpi maxillares 5-articulati, articulo tertio
dilatato, labiales 3-articulati. Labrum transversum, margine rotundatum. Scutellum
fovea basali, puncto laterali perforato vel fenestrato in pluribus. Metathorax cancella-
tus, apice truncatus aut emarginatus. Abdomen segmentis octo, ultimo excepto spira-
culiferis, at nonnullis saepe retractis in femina. Alae nonnunquam brevissimae vel fere
obsolete.

Subgenus 1. Acoretus n.
Mandibular decussatae longiores falcata3.
Belyta rufopetiolata Nees, and half a dozen British species more.

Subgenus 2. Cinetijs.

Mandibular decussatae breviores cultratae. Abdominis segmenta
nonulla in feminis abscondita.

Belyta petiolaris Nees, Cinetus gracilipes Curtis ; etc., about ten Bri-
tish species in all.

Subgenus 3. Belita.

Mandibular decussatae breviores cultratae. Abdominis segmenta octo,
omnia conspicua.

Belyta bicolor Jurine ; B. sanguinolenta Nees ; B, breviventris H.-
Schaeffer ; and many more British species. Cinetus armatus Curtis, —
picipes SLR&jurinei Nees, — with the metathoracic scutellum elevated into
a spine, and the base of the second abdominal segment surrounded by a
beaded edge, may perhaps afford grounds for another subgenus to be
detached from this. B. heterocera, with 14-jointed antennae in the
female, and the radial vein perpendicular and contracted into a dot,
may possibly be considered as the type of yet another.

vol. iv. ^ z

170 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Subgenus 4. Opazon n.

Mandibulae deflexae rostriformes.

A single species, B. parvula, somewhat like a Biapria.

Genus 4. DIAPEIA Latreille, — Psilm Jurine.

Antennae in fronte porrecta insertae, ab epistomate distantes ; maris
13-, vel 14-articulat83, articulo tertio integro, quarto difformi; feminae
12-, vel 13-articulatae, apice crassiores. Palpi maxillares mala longiores,
5-articulati ; labiales 2-articulati. Alae fere exareolatae, aut nulla?.
Mandibula intra apicem unidentata.

Synopsis of the Subgenera.

Antennae of the male

13-jointed: of the female

12-jointed 7. Mionopria.

13-jointed: base of second abdominal segment

channeled « -6. Glyphidopria.

smooth: petiole

covered at the tip by the base of the second

segment, 4. Spilomicrus.

uncovered above and beneath equally. ... 5. Paramesius.
14-jointed : of the female

13-jointed 1. Corynopria.

12-jointed: base of second abdominal segment
smooth : subcostal vein

simple, 2. Diapria.

with a transverse branch before the end. . . 3. Basalys.
impressed: first joint of antennae

angular. . 9. Galesus.

linear. 8. Aneurhynchus.

Subgenus 1. Corynopria n.

Antennas maris articulis 14, quarto integro; feminae articulis 13,
ultimo longe maximo. Alae vena unica capitata. Abdominis segmen-
tum secundum laeve, summa basi leviter tomentosum.

1. petiolaris ETees, — parvula H.-Schaeffer: nigra, pedibus ferrugi-
neis, petiolo rufo-piceo membrana crispa involuto; — antennis articulo
primo longissimo, articulis nagelli ovatis : mas ; — antennis ferrugineis,
capitulo fusco articulis tribus, ultimo penultimum sextuplo superante : ,
femina.

Alae hyalinae, vena humerali ferruginea, lineola transversa infumata hujus apieem
transcurrente, aream basalem subglabram definiente ; alae maris apice saepius leviter re-
tusae aut fere emarginatae ; in femina vix ita.

2. cincta n. : nigra, antennis basi pedibus petioloque villoso testa-
ceis, antennis ferrugineis, articulo ultimo penultimum decuplo super-
ante: femina.

Alae totae microscopic^ pubescentes, apice rotundatae, vena ferrnginea, lineola sub ejus
apice obsoletiore. Caput subglobosnm.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 171

Subgenus 2. Diapeia Latr.

Antennae maris articulis 14, quarto tuberculato; feminae articulis
12. Alae vena simplici capitata. Abdominis segmentum secundum
laeve. Metathorax subtruncatus.

Sectio 1. Abdominis segmentum secundum basi incisum.
Biapria cornea Fb., femina, — mas, B. rufipes Latr., — B. spectabilis
Nees, — D.filicornis H.-Schaeffer.

Sectio 2. Abdominis segmentum secundum basi integerrima.
Biapria verticillata Latr., — Psilus elegans Jurine ; B. nigra Wees, —
conica Spinola ; B. fucicola Walker, — parvula Nees ; B. picipes Nees ;
B. perelegans Curtis, — suspecta Nees, etc. ; in all about a dozen British
species of this section.

Subgenus 3. Basalts Wwd., — Rhacodia Herrich-Schaeffer.

Antennae maris articulis 14, quarto inaequali; feminae 12, capitatae.
Vena quasi unica exiens in punctum stigmaticale appendiculatum,
venulae recurrentis vestigio ante apicem aucta. Abdominis segmentum
secundum basi aequatum. Metathorax postice excavatus.

Six British species, including Basalys fumipennis "Wwd., — Biapria
striolata Nees, — Rhacodia id. H.-Schaeffer; B. dispar~Nee&, femina tan-
tum, Psilus antennatus Jurine ? — mas, Rhacodia picipes H.-Schaeffer;
Biapria rufiscapa Nees, — Rhacodia id. H.-Schaeffer.

Subgenus 4. Spilomiceus Wwd., — Chlidonia spp. H.-Schaeffer.
Antennae 13-articulatae ; maris articulo tertio secundum plus duplo
superante. Vena subcostalis concurrens cum costali in punctum stig-
maticale appendiculatum. Abdominis segmentum secundum laeve, su-
perne retroproductum, petioli apicem imbricatim obtegens.

Spilomicrus stigmaticalis Wwd., — femina, Chlidonia varipes H.-
Schaeffer ; in this species and B. proeera, the costal vein is tolerably
distinct ; but fainter in the remaining four or five British species, as
Chlidonia radialis and obtusa H.-Schaeffer.

Subgenus 5. Paramesius Wwd., — Chlidonia spp. H.-Schaeffer.
Antennae 13-articulatae; maris articulis secundo et tertio minutis.
Vena subcostalis cum costali concurrens in lineolam stigmaticalem cum
ramulo radiali brevissimo. Abdominis segmentum secundum laeve, basi
supera et infera contermina.

Antennae feminae subclavatae, articulo ultimo penultimum superante. Mesonoti scu-
tum bisulcum ; scutelli fovea in fundo crenata. Abdomen feminae apice acuminatum.

Paramesius rufipes Wwd., — Biapria nervosa Nees, — mas, Chlidonia
id., — femina, CM. acuminata H.-Schaeffer, a species that varies greatly in
size and in the colour of the limbs.

172 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Subgenus 6. Glyphidopria n.

Antennae 13-articulatae ; maris articulo secundo minuto. Vena
subcostalis qua marginem alae attingit angulatim reflexa in ramulum
radialem. Abdominis segmentum secundum basi media breviter cana-
liculatum.

1. platyptera n. : nigro-picea, petiolo (maris etiam thorace) rufes-
cente, antennis basi et pedibus ferrugineis, alis apice emarginatis, me-
sonoto subtiliter bisulco, abdominis striola basali minutissima; — antennis
corpore longioribus, articulis tertio et sequentibus subaequaHbus : mas ;
— antennis corporis longitudine, articulis secundo et sequentibus sub-
aequalibus : femina.

2. perplexa n. : nigra, antennis basi et pedibus ferrugineis, femo-
ribus infuscatis, alis obtusis, venulae brachialis recurrentis vestigio,
mesonoti sulcis ante scutellum inchoatis ;— -antennis corporis longitu-
dine, articulo tertio sequentibus paulo longiore, mas; — antennis corpore
brevioribus apice incrassatis, articulis a tertio inde sensim curtescentibus
et latescentibus : femina.

Subgenus 7. Mionopria n.

Antennae maris 13-articulatae; feminae 12-articulatae. Vena sub-
costalis cum costali concurrens in lineolam stigmaticalem medio appen-
diculatam. Abdominis segmentum secundum basi impressum. Mesonoti
scutum bisulcum.

One British species, Diapria maritima n.

Subgenus 8. Aneitrhynchus Wwd.
Antennae maris 14-articulatae; feminae 12-articulatae; scapo tereti.
Vena subcostalis anastomosi libera transiens in radium, areolam radia-
lem elongatam adumbrans. Abdominis segmentum secundum basi im-
pressum.

A. galesiformis Wwd., — Diapria radialis Nees; and three other Bri-
tish species.

Subgenus 9. Galesus Curtis, — Copter a Say.
Antennae maris 14-articulatae; feminae 12-articulatae; scapo oblique
truncato angulato. Vena subcostalis libera, parum distincta, anastomosi
punctiformi. Mandibulae deflexae, rostriformes, postice dentatae. Ab-
dominis segmentum secundum basi impressum.

Sectio 1. Antennae maris articulo tertio minuto, quarto mediocri.
Galesus fuseipennis Curtis ; Psilus comutus Pz., — Diapria brunnipes
Nees ; and three other British species.

Sectio 2. Antennae maris articulis tertio quartoque minutis.
No British species of this section yet detected; I am acquainted
with three German species, and one American. In some of these the
fore- wings are deeply slit at the tip, as in that one Say has figured.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 173

Genus 5. PLATYMISCHUS.

Palpi maxillares 3-articulati, mala breviores; labiales obsoleti. Man-
dibula intra apicem unidentata. Antennae in fronte porrecta insertae,
ab epistomate distantes; maris articulis 14, tertio emarginato; feminae
1 2-articulata3. Alee fere exareolatae, vel nulla3.

Subgenus 1. Platymischus Wwd.

Ocelli nulli, nee alas. Antennas maris scapo dilatato fornicato. Mala
brevis dilatata. Mandibulae adstrictae, postice edentulae. Protboracis
et mesothoracis segmenta penitus coalita. Scutellum basi efoveolatum.
Abdominis petiolus incrassatus. Metatarsus anticus dilatatus, in mare
fortius, cujus etiam intermedins aliquantum.

One British species, Platymischus dilatatus Wwd., common upon
seaweeds drying on the shore.

Subgenus 2. Artiboltjs n. — Chlidonia spp. H.-SchaefTer.

Ocelli tres. Mala atque ligula elongata membranaceae. Mandibulae
denexae rostriform.es, margine postico denticulato. Yena subcostalis
exiens in lineolam stigmaticalem appendiculatam.

One species, Diapria brachialis Nees, — Chlidonia uncinata Herrich-
SchaefTer. Kesembles a Belita in its general aspect ; and the base of
the second segment of the abdomen, in the female, is gibbous beneath,
as in some species of that genus. The form of the mandibles, on the
other hand, is more like that of the Diaprice which constitute the sub-
genus Galesus.

Genus 6. LABOLIPS n.

Antennae (feminae) in fronte porrecta insertae, 1 2-articulatae. Mala
atque ligula retractae. Palpi maxillares obsoleti; labiales minuti ex-
articulati. Alae fere aveniae.

Ocelli tres. Mandibula intra apicem unidentata. Antennae scapo elongato, flagello
perfoliate Abdominis segmentum secundum basi excavatum.

1. Labolips innijpta n. Plate X.

Length 2 lines, antennae l£, spread of wings 2|.

Black, shining, abdomen pitchy, with ferruginous tip. Antenna? dusky-ferruginous, with
blackish scape. Legs and squamulaa ferruginous, coxae darker. Wings with a smoky
tinge. Head subglobose, a little longer than broad, from the bilobed protuberance of the front,
which bears the antennae. Eyes rather small, protuberant, hairy. Ocelli 3 in a triangle,
Parts of the mouth ferruginous, not prominent, the palpi not visible externally. Mandibulae
forcipate, stout, bidentate at the tip. Labrum transverse, the margin rounded. Maxillae
oblong, the tip rounded without a distinct mala or any trace of palpus. Labium stout,
obconic, a little retuse at the tip ; with a pair of palpi, distant at their insertion, and very
short, consisting of a single obovate joint, crowned with two fine hairs. Peristoma pro-
duced into a curved spine-like process at each side. Antennae as long as the head and
thorax nearly ; the scape cylindric, composing about i of the entire length ; the second
and third joints obovate ; the following ones oblate, perfoliate, and gradually increasing
in both diameters towards the end ; the last joint as long as the preceding two together,
rounded at the tip. Thorax oblong, depressed, and rather flat on the back ; prothorax
coarsely punctured, attenuated into a neck ; mesothorax smooth above ; the scutum with

174 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

two sulci, which are curved in front and abbreviated behind ; scutellum transverse-subqua-
drate, smooth, the arched basal suture dividing it from the short axillae (which are nearly
confluent in the middle), and the straight posterior one, crenate ; scutellum of metathorax
transverse-linear, punctured ; the rest of metathorax coarsely punctured, the apex trun-
cated, with the angles a little prominent ; the pleurae rugose-punctate, but smooth under
the wings. Legs ferruginous, coxae darker. Femora stout, subclavate. Fore tibiae
clavate ; the spur curved, nearly as long as metatarsus, the tip incised, the inner point
longer. Fore tarsus a little longer than the tibia; metatarsus as long as the following
three joints together, curved; the strigil dense, gradually diminishing to the end of the
joint; the following three joints subovate, gradually shortened; the last joint (with the
simple curved claws) as long as the first. Posterior tibia straight, slightly clavate.
Tarsus about as long as tibia, ratio of joints 5, 1, 2, 3, 4. Squamulae ample. Wings
pubescent, narrow, with a simple vein at the base, soon becoming obsolete ; under this,
in the fore wing, is a narrow triangular space, marked out by cloudy lines ; in the outer
region of the wing is an insulated longitudinal glabrous streak or spurious vein, placed
rather nearest to the hinder margin. Lower wings very narrow, with three hamuli.
Abdomen nearly as long and broad as thorax, spatulate, moderately convex, of six seg-
ments. Petiole rather longer than broad, rugose-punctate, with some longitudinal ele-
vated lines, the base truncated, with a definite annular edge ; the apex rounded, attenu-
ated, received in a deep excavation of the following segment ; rest of abdomen obovate; the
third, fourth, and fifth segments very short, linear- transverse; the last semicircular, ending
with a short deflected tube, composed of the exserted part of the valvulae enclosing the
ovipositor, the perforated apex of this surrounded with a whorl of fine hairs ; under side
of abdomen with some scattered hairs; the second segment with a faint oval fovea at each
side of the base.

The ovipositor is retracted, except the little terminal tube, mentioned in the descrip-
tion already, but the parts clearly developed ; the valvulae linear, the exserted apex co-
loured, a little dilated, rounded, fringed with radiating hairs ; the calamus tapering to a
point, half as long as the spicula, which are strongly recurved inwardly. The ovaries
form each an oblate spheroid, entirely covered with regular small protuberances, as if
they were composed of an agglomeration of globular cells ; the separate oviducts, in the
short axis of the ovary, of considerable volume, and nearly as long as the transverse dia-
meter of the ovary, united into a short common excretory canal. No seminal receptacle
discovered. The alimentary canal presents nothing very peculiar ; as usual in this family,
it is short in proportion to the diameter ; in both the specimens examined there appears
to be a malformation of the Malpighian vessels, so that I could not determine the number
of them with absolute certainty, but I suppose it to be five.

When the ovaries were crushed, a multitude of oblong-oval, nucleated vesicles
(or eggs?) escaped, all apparently in an equal stage of development, and completely de-
tached. The form of the ovaries themselves is without a parallel among the rest of the
Hymenoptera, as far as I know. The most anomalous structure among these is that of
Chelonus, as described and figured by Dufour (Anatomie des Orthopteres, &c.) ; but
this has no resemblance to the structure observed in Labolips. The absence of a seminal
receptacle in this insect, if the observation could be depended on as exact, would be the
more singular, as this appendage is found in form even in the agamous Cynipid^e.

Pound not uncommon, in autumn (but females only), in a field laid
down in grass after a corn crop. The exact locality, a field adjoining
the rere of the kitchen-garden of a country house called Clifden, in the
townland of Knocknagoney, between Belfast and Holywood, and about
a quarter of a mile from the main road between these towns, along a
by-road leading up to Knocknagoney National School-house. I have
not met with the species elsewhere, nor seen it in any other collection,
except as derived from the same source; neither was it previously
known to any of the correspondents to whom I have communicated spe-
cimens.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 175

J. R. Geeene, Hon. Sec, read a paper —

ON THE ACALEPH^) OP THE DUBLIN COAST J BEING PAET I. OF A SEEIES OP
" NOTES ON MARINE ZOOLOGY."

The following is a list of the Acalephae hitherto observed by me on the
Dublin coast. They have all been taken in Kingstown harbour during
the summer of 1856. They may be thus arranged : —

1. Physogeada.
Agalmopsis elegans.

2. Ciliogeada.
Cydippe pomiformis.
Cydippe pileus.
Beroe ovata.
Mnemia [Norvegica.

3. Discophoea.
oedee i. steganophthalmata.

Aurelia aurita.
Aurelia campanulata.
Cyanea capillata.
Cyanea Lamarckii.
Rhizostoma pulmo.

OEDEE II. GYMNOPHTHALMATA.

Geryonopsis delicatula.
Thaumantias lucifera.
Thaumantias Thompsoni.
Thaumantias inconspicua.
Sarsia tubulosa.
Bougainvillia Brittanica.

It is not my object at present to enter into any details concerning
the structure or habits of the Acalephs just mentioned.

With regard to Agalmopsis elegans, I may state that the species so
named coincides in all respects with the figure and description of Sars
{Fauna littoralis Norvegice) . As to the Ciliograda (Ctenophorae), Cydippe
pomiformis and Cpileusweiehoth. abundant, as was also Mnemia JVbrvegm.
For an interesting account of these three Ciliogrades I may refer you
to Mr. Patterson's papers, published in the " Transactions of the Royal
Irish Academy :" the last-mentioned animal is by him described under
the name of Bolina Hihernica. I have frequently obtained specimens
of it which were fully 2 inches in length; it is, however, a very
fragile animal. Beroe ovata is much rarer than any of the preceding ;
I have in all taken but four specimens. Of the larger Pulmograde Me-
dusa (Steganophthalmata), both species of Cyanea occurred in great num-
bers during the months of July and August, as did also Aurelia aurita.

176 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Aurelia eampanulata was much rarer; and of Rhizostoma pulmo, so
frequently mentioned in educational works on Zoology (where it is
generally made the representative of its class), I have seen but one in-
dividual ; this was of large size, measuring 15 inches in diameter.

Of the naked-eyed Medusae above mentioned, Sarsia tubulosa was
most abundant; it is also one of the most beautiful of our British Gymn-
ophthalmata. Thaumantias Thompsoni has been previously taken on
the coast of Cornwall, and at Clifden, county of Galway. Thaumantias
lucifera was very plentiful ; this is (I believe) an addition to our Irish
Fauna, as are also Thaumantias inconspicua and Geryonopsis delicatula.
Bougainvillia Britannica is mentioned in Thompson's " Natural History
of Ireland" (vol. x.), under the name of Hippocrene Britannica.

Other Acalephs were observed, but I have refrained from mention-
ing any save those which I had carefully examined and identified. No
class of animals require more careful research than the present. Brief
though the above list may seem, it contains three species not previously
found on the Irish shores, and one (Agalmopsis elegans) which has not
yet been recorded as British. This must serve as an apology for detain-
ing you with these hasty and incomplete memoranda. During the
summer of the present year (1857) I trust to pursue, more in earnest,
the study of this highly interesting, but most neglected, group of ani-
mals.

Professor Harvey read a Paper on some new species of British Algae
(for which see Proceedings of May 15, 1857).
After which the Meeting adjourned.

FRIDAY EVENING, APRIL 17, 1857.

W. H. Harvey, M.D., V.P., in the Chair.

The Minutes of last General Meeting having been read by the Secretary,
were approved of, and signed by the Chairman.

The Chairman then announced to the Members the much lamented
decease of their President, Robert Ball, LL. D.

The following Resolution was proposed by A. H. Haliday, A.M., V.P.,
and seconded by G. F. Shaw, LL. D., F.T.C.D., and passed unani-
mously : —

" That in consequence of the melancholy event just communicated
to us by Professor Harvey, this Meeting do at once adjourn, without pro-
ceeding to the transaction of any business."

The Meeting accordingly adjourned to the 15th of May next.

FRIDAY EVENING, MAY 15, 1857.

W. H. Harvey, M. D., V. P., in the Chair.

The Minutes of last Meeting having been signed by the Chairman,
the Secretary announced that a Library Fund had been opened, to enable

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 177

the Librarian to purchase some books at the auction of their late Presi-
dent's library. That a sum of £10 10s. had been received; and several
very important works obtained : among others, De Blainville's u Manuel
d'Actinologie ou de Zoophytologie," 2 vols.; and "De Malacologie, et
des Conchyliologie," 2 vols.; Schlegel, "Essai sur les Serpens," with
4to atlas; Balfour's "Botany;" &c. &c.

A. H. Haliday, A.M., V. P., read a paper, accompanied with figures —

ON SOME REMAINING BLANKS IN THE NATURAL HISTORY OP THE NATIVE

DIPTERA.

The natural history of the Diptera, in particular, as I understand it, is
the history of the changes through which they pass, and the manner of
life of the larva. Arrived at the perfect state, the winged insect is
usually content with light nourishment, such as the nectar drops from
the chalice of a flower, the golden dust of the anthers, or the honey-dew
with which the leaves are besmeared by colonies of Aphides. Some
tribes, indeed, make an exception to this general rule, preying on their
weaker kindred with carnivorous appetite, or assailing the larger ani-
mals, and man himself, to drain their blood with keen though tiny lan-
cets. But the majority, in this stage of their existence, give themselves
either to the offices of parentage, as the selection of a proper nidus for
their eggs, or to the delights of aerial dances, now associated in the full
refulgence of the midday sun, now under the shadow of the forest
canopy, suspended over the liquid mirror of the pool, or towering high,
in spiral columns, above the summits of the tallest trees, when the
lengthening shadows are beginning to invite the cool dews of twilight
to descend and refresh the earth again. Far different is the history of
that protracted period during which the wingless, legless, wormlike
progeny has played its obscure but not unimportant part, unconscious of
the more brilliant sphere of life for which it is growing up. Various
and widely dissimilar are the situations in which those ' grubs' and
' maggots' obtain, consume, and assimilate the aliment, which is to fur-
nish materials for the sinewy muscles and burnished armour, the legs
and wings, and the ample and complex eyes of the two- winged fly.
But their office in the economy of Nature is no trivial one, and they are
fitted to fulfil it by their exceeding fecundity, voracity, and rapidity of
growth in general. Linnaeus has said — and it is, perhaps, scarcely an
exaggeration — that a couple of flesh-flies will dispose of a bullock as
quickly as a single lion could devour the same. In that case and in many
others, the part assigned to this order, above all other insects, seems to
be that of the scavengers of Nature ; in which capacity, if in some
minor instances troublesome to man, they are, to an extent almost in-
calculable, conducive to the salubrity and purity of the air he breathes,
and the soil he treads on ; however unobservant, in most cases, he may be
of the agents or their benefits, or only conscious of disgust when they
are forced upon his notice. Many other kinds, however, appear to work

VOL. IV. 2 A

178 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

him injury, decimating his most precious crops, or deforming the pro-
duce of the orchard and the garden.

Apart from its Economical bearing, the history of the development
of the Diptera has a further interest, as it exemplifies nearly the most
complete type of metamorphosis among the insect race, whether the
change of habits, or of form, be considered, with all the new organs and
faculties finally acquired, and the death-like slumber, — coffined, as it
were, in many instances, in the spoils of the gross body that existed
before that change, the last but one, — awaiting the moment when the
imprisoned tenant, ripe for new life, shall burst from its cerements, to
taste the freshness of a purer air, and revel in the untried delights of a
higher existence.

If enough has been ascertained of the transformations of the Diptera,
to afford such a general sketch of the aspect in which it meets our ob-
servation, yet we know too little, as yet, to satisfy either the purposes
of System, or the requisitions of Natural History in its larger sense.
The caterpillars of the Lepidoptera live comparatively in public ; even
the minute, hidden leaf-miners have been drawn out to light, for the
sake of their great relations, or for the beauty of their own last, perfect
garb. The Ephemera, the Mayflies, the Dragonnies, have early found
their historian. More slowly and laboriously the materials have been
accumulated for a history of Coleopterous larvae also, which Chapuis and
Candeze have condensed and methodized in their useful Catalogue ; while
we are yet far indeed from the prospect of a similar acquisition to the
study of the Diptera. That minimum development of specific organs of
sense or motion, which characterizes the larvae of this order generally,
seems to narrow the base on which a systematic arrangement of them
may be reared ; and their most conspicuous outward differences of general
form and peculiar appendages stand in a more intimate relation to the
particular mode of life and medium of habitation, than to the zoological
characters which determine the systematic place of the perfect insect.
A closer study will doubtless guide us hereafter to the appreciation of
other external marks of distinction and affinity, at present overlooked
or not understood. Still it seems probable that, for a long time, we
shall not be able to dispense with considerations of the internal anatomy
and physiological functions in the characteristic and arrangement of the
Dipterous larvae. In the list I have compiled of British species, the
earlier history of which is known in some degree (with other European
species which may serve to illustrate the indigenous genera), I have
aspired to nothing more than to furnish an index, carried forward by
additions subsequent to the date of Mr. Westwood's " Modern Classifi-
cation of Insects," but without the aid of descriptions and figures, such
as he has given in that very useful work, — a collection which is indeed
indispensable to the student of the Diptera, as I know of no other work
in which he can look, with any hope of satisfaction, for similar condensed
and digested information. Much less shall I attempt to follow the prece-
dent of the excellent " Catalogue of Coleopterous Larvae" above referred to,
by extracting the full descriptions, or the essence of them, from the best

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY BOTANICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION. 1 79

authorities. My object has not been to compile even a complete list of
references, but to select such as would be most practically useful, by
their intrinsic completeness and accuracy, or as supplemental to one
another, paying, in most instances, so much deference to the earliest
observers as to cite them, — except when their accounts were so vague
as to be quite insignificant, — even though they may have been since
almost superseded by more recent and complete observations. As to
classification and description, I have gone no further than, following
Bouche, to indicate under each family, in a general way, the few broad
characters which seem to distribute the larvae into their primary large
groups. These characters are partly drawn from the disposition of the
Inspiratory system, — the Spiracles being either distributed one at each
side of several of the intermediate segments also (Peripneustic), — or
limited to the pair of anterior openings in the first segment after the
head, and another terminal pair frequently compound (Amphipneustic),
— or finally, these last alone remaining (Metapneustic). Next in impor-
tance to this we consider the development of a distinct Head, strength-
ened by a horny integument, affording a fulcrum for strong muscles
which move biting or grinding jaws (Eucephalous) ; — while in a great
number the head, or first segment, differs from the following segments
not by texture, but merely by its terminal position, and as the seat of
the antennae and organs of the mouth; the jaws, in this case, being
usually metamorphosed into hooks, with long internal roots, having an
alternate motion, and mutually parallel (Acephalous). Such an imper-
fect head is usually capable of being wholly withdrawn and concealed
within the following segments, whence Bouche has applied to this last
description generally the term " Leech-like." Finally, we admit a
character of a different nature, and which we may be able to dispense
with hereafter, when the organization of the larvae shall have been
more closely studied, and comes to be better understood; that is the
circumstance, that in many instances tfre skin of the larva is not cast,
but contracted and hardened into a case to protect the included pupa
(Obtected); while in other instances, as is usual in most orders of insects,
the larva-skin splits and shrivels up, the pupa being stripped either
partially or completely (Extricated). The spines and other processes
found in certain larvae — those being the most remarkable which are
subservient to the peculiar economy of the aquatic kinds — appear to be
of a slighter systematic moment than the other characters we have spe-
cified ; and even the presence of eyes, rare and almost exceptional as
it seems to be among the larvae of this order, has not afforded any clue
but what is also deducible, simultaneously, from other more obvious
appearances.

For the references to authorities compiled in the following list, I
have adopted the same abbreviations, in general, as Mr. Walker has
employed in his " Insecta Britannica Diptera," as that work will be
almost necessarily in the hands of all who study this order in our own
country ; but for the sake of beginners who may not possess the book,
I have subjoined the explanation of such references as I have had occa-

180 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

sion to use abbreviated, as this may tend to the convenience of the
reader, without adding much to the bulk of the list : —

LIST OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES OF BRITISH DIPTERA, THE EARLIER STAGES
OF WHICH ARE MORE OR LESS PERFECTLY KNOWN, WITH REFERENCES TO
THE PRINCIPAL AUTHORITIES.

N. B. — The genera and species known as British are in capitals; the
other European species introduced into this list, for illustration, in de-
fault of indigenous examples, are in Italics ; as are also the Synonyms
and Subgenera.

Earn, i. Pitlicid.e. Larva of thirteen segments, peripneustic, euce-
phalous, sanguisugous. Pupa extricated, commonly folliculate.

Pulex, (B. D. rv 1.) Cestoni, Philosophical Transactions, 1699.
Esl., Ins. B. ii. Dg., M. vii. Wwd., G. Chr. 1848. Hal., N. H. It.
1855.

Earn, ii. MYCETOPHILIDiE. Larva peripneustic,* eucephalous,
vermiform ; fungivorous or saprophagous. Pupa extricated, often folli-
culate.

Bolitophila fusca, (B. D. iv. 71.) Grn., A. S. IS", x. 1827. Df.,
(if. hylrida) A. S. X. xii. 1839.

Mtcetobia pallipes, (B. D. iv. 50.) Lyonnet, 0. P. PI. xvii. f. 20,
etc. Df., A. S. E. E. vii. 1849.

Ditomyia fasciata, (B. D. iv. 63.) Mg., Zw. i. "Wz. (trifasciata,)
E. Z. 1846. Plesiastina holeti, Kit, A. N. H. ii. 1848.

Ceroplatus tipuloides, Df., A. S. K". xi. 1839. C. sesioides, Wlbg.,
A. Holm. 1848. See Em., M. v.

Platyttra margin ata, (B. D. iv. 64.) Mg., Zw. i. P. laticornis, (B.
D. iv. 65.) Schil., V. Schl. G. 1837.

Asindulum flavtjm, (B. D. iv. 47.) Wz., (Macrorrhyncha id.) E. Z.
vii. 1846.

Cordyla (B. D. iv. 24.) crassicornis, Df., A. S. JS". xii. 1839. C.
fusca, Br., Isis 1846.

Sciophlla margin ata, (B. D. iv. 36.) Roser, W. Zw. S. mehnoeephala,
Df., A. S. 1ST. xii. 1839. S. unimaculata, striata, Per., A. S. E. E. vii.
1849.

Tetragoneura hirta, (B. D. iv. 44.) Wz., E. Z. 1846.

Leja (B. D. iv. 26) fasciata, Roser, W. Zw.

Mycetophila ltjnata, (B. D. iv. 13.) Hg., Sb. W. A. vii. 1851. M.
arcuata, etc. Df., A. S. Is, xii. 1839. M. scatophora, lycogalce, Per.,
A. S. E. E. viii. 1839, vii. 1849. See also, Em., M. iv. Dg., M. vi.
Mg., Zw. i. Bou., Ng. Stn., Isis 1830. Br., Isis 1846. Eoser, "W.
Zw. Scholz, S. E. Z. 1849.

* According to Dufour, the larva of My cetobia pallipes is amphipneustic. Although
the larva has been noticed by other observers also, we have no means of either con-
firming or refuting this statement.

DUBLIN UNIVEESITY BOTANICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION. 181

Sciaka viteipennis, (B. D. iv. 53.) Bou., ~Ng. S. THOM^l (B. D.
iv. 52.) Berthold, D. ST. H. Z. i. 1846. S. fttscipes (B. D. iv. 52.) Hg.,
Sb. W. A. xi. 1853. S. fttcata, (B. D. iv. 54 ) Ct., G. Chr. 1845. See
also, Mg., Zw. i. Olivier, Memoire etc. 1813. Schilling, V. Schl.
G. 1831. Df., A. S. IS", xii. 1839. Lw., E. Z. 1843. M*erkel, Grm.
Z. E. v. 1844. Gim., A. N. V. Eiga, i. 1847. Kollar, SchaedL Ins.
Scholz, S. E. Z. 1849.

Earn. iii. CECIDOMYZID^E. Larva peripneustic,* acephalous, f
phytophagous, mostly enclosed in galls of plants. Pupa extricated,
sometimes folliculate.

Cecxdomyia teitici, (B. D. iv. 103.)Kby., Linn. S. Tr. iv., v. "Wwd.,
G. Chr. 1847. C. tjbthle, (B. D. iv. 89.) Per., A. S. E. E. ix. 1840.

C. entomophila, Per., M. S. Liege, x. 1855. See also, Dg., M. vi.
Vallot, A. S. N. 1833. Bou., JSg.— E. Z. 1847. Mcq., D. K. E.
Gene, Memorie del 1' Accademia di Torino : xxxvi. Df., A. S. E. E. vi.
1837.— vii. 1838.— A. S. K xvi. 18. Boje, Kr. 1ST. H. T. ii. 1838. Lw.,

D. B". H. Z. ii. 1847. Bzbg., E. I. iii Boser, W. Zw. Ct., G. Chr.
1845. Hardy, A. "N. H. vi. 1849. Harris, Insects of Massachusetts.
Eitch, A. J". A. 1847. But more especially Br., M. K", S. H. ix. 1847.
Lw., D. Btr. iv. 1850. ¥z., L. E. viii. 1853.

Lasiopteea etjbi, (B. D. iv. 133.) Hg., Sb. W. A. vii. 1851. L.
aeundinis, Hg., Sb. W. A. xx. 1856. See also, Df., A. S. K xvi. 1851.
Lw., E. Z. 1843. Kollar, Sb. W. A. 1849. Passerini, Acta Nova Aca-
demic Scientiarum Bononiensis : 1850. Lw., D. Btr. iv. Wz., Linn.
Ent. viii. 1853.

Earn. iv. BIBIOJSTDJE. Larva peripneustic, J eucephalous, often
spiny, rhizophagous or saprophagous. Pupa extricated.

Penthetria holosericea, Zlr., Isis: 1842.

Dilophus spinattts, (B. D. iv. 140.) Ct., G. Chr. 1844. D. femoea-
tus, (B. D. iv. 140.) Schleck, Isis 1838. Biittner, Grm. M. iv. 1821.

Bibio hoetttlantjs, (B. D. iv. 136.) Bou., Hg. B. maeci, (B. D. iv.
136.) Hg., Sb. W. A. ix. 1852. See also Km., M. iv., v. Dg., M. vi.
BsL, Ins. B. ii. Lyonnet, O. P. Ct., G. Chr.

Scatopse notata, (B. D. iv. 141.) Bou., Hg. Df., A. S. K vi. 1846.
Per., A. S. E. E. v. 1847. Ct., J. K. A. S. x. 1850.

Earn. v. SIMULIDJE. Larva amphipneustic, eucephalous, appen-
diculate, aquatic, predaceous. Pupa folliculate, appendiculate, fixed
under water.

Simiilia eeptans, (B. D. iv. 147.) Yerdat, Haturwissenschaftliche
Anzeigen der Schweizerischen Gesellschaft, 1 822. Eries, Observationes
Entomologies, 1824. Kollar, Sb. W. A. 1848. Wwd., G. Chr. 1848.

* According to both Dufour and Bouche, the larvae of certain species of Cecxdo-
myia present the anomaly of spiracles in the third and fourth segments also.

f According to Dufour, the larva of Lasioptera should be eucephalous.

% According to both Dufour and Perris, the larva of Scatopse is amphipneustic,
while Bouche attributes to it the normal distribution of spiracles.

182 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Fam. vi. CHIBONONOMID^E. Larva amphipneustic, eucepha-
lous, usually aquatic and appendiculate, sometimes entomostraciform.
Pupa extricated, free, floating, or folliculate.

Ceratopogon bipunctatijs, (B. D. iv. 210.) Grn., A. S. E. F. ii. 1833.
Df. A. S. E. F. iii. 1845. Lw., E. Z. 1843. C. varius, Hg., Sb. W. A.
xx. 1856. See also, Bou., Ng. Per. A. S. E. F. v. 1847. Scholz,
S. E. Z. 1849.

Tanyfus monilis, (B. D. iv. 202.) Dg., M. vi. T. varius, (B. D. iv.
199.) Fries, Monographia Tanypodum Sueciae. T. plumipes, (B. D. iv.
202.) Mg., Zw. i. See also Lyonnet, 0. P. PI. xvii. f. 1, etc.

Chironomus plumosus, (B. D. iv. 171.) Em., M. iv. v. C. sterco-
rarius, (B. D. iv. 186.) Dg. M. vi. Diamesa culicoides, Hg., Sb. W. A.
x. 1853. Hy&rohaenm lugabris, (B. D. iv. 193.) Fries, A. Holm. 1829.
See also Br., Isis : 1846. Ellenberger, Lotos : 1851.

Fam. vii. CTTLICIDiE. Larva amphipneustic, eucephalous, aquatic,
appendiculate, entomostraciform. Pupa extricated, floating.

Corethra culiciformis, (B. D. iv. 251.) Em., M. v. Lyonnet, 0. P.
pi. vii. fig. 3, etc.

Cijlex ciliaris, (B. D. iv. 247.) Em., M. iv. Swam., B. K Dg.,
M. vi.

Anopheles biftjrcattjs, (B. D. iv. 249.) Fischer, M. S. N. Mosq. iv.
1813.

Fam. viii. PHLEB0T0MID.$3. Larva amphipneustic, eucepha-
ous, saprophagous, often sub-aquatic. Pupa extricated.

Psychoda sexpijnctata, B. D. iv. 255. Bou., (phalcsnoides) Ng.
P. phal^noides,* B. D. iv. 255. Ct., (nervosa) J. E. A. S. x. 1850.

Pericoma nubila, B. D. iv. 254, 260. P. paltjstris, (B. D. iv. 259.)
Eoser, W. Zw. Scholz, S. E. Z. 1 849. P. humeralis, Gim., A. K*. H. V.
Eiga: i. 1847.

IIlomyia hirta, B. D. iv. 254, 261.

Fam. ix. HETEEOCLITiE. Larva (amphipneustic ?) eucephalous,
aquatic. Pupa extricated.

Dlxa (B. D. v. 266) nigra, Stg., Kr. K. H. T. iv. 1842.

Fam. x. TIPULIDiE. Larva metapneustic or amphipneustic, euce-
phalous, phytophagous, saprophagous, sometimes aquatic. Pupa extri-
cated.

Trichocera hyemalis, (B. D. iv. 271.) Ct, J. E. A. S. T. regela-
tionis, (B. D. iv. 271.) Df., A. S. N". xiii. 1840. T. annulata, Df., ib.
Per., A. S. E. F. vi. 1847.

Anisomera nigra, (B. D. iv. 272.) Eoser, W. Zw.

Erioptera (B. D. iv. 273) Dg., M. vi. PI. xxiv. f. 1-14.

* Ferris (A. S. N. xiii. 1840) has figured a larva, which undoubtedly belongs to
some other family of Diptera, as that of P. phaltenoides.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY BOTANICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION. 183

Limnobia BiFASciATA, (B. D. iv. 293, 342.) Schum., (xanthoptera)
Schl. Btr. i. 1 829. L. clavata, Br., Isis : 1 842. L. annulus, Eoser, W. Zw.
L. platyptera, Hg., Sb. W. A. xi. 1853. L. replicata, Dg., M. vi.

Limnophila dispae, (B. D. iv. 286) Per., A. S. E. F. vii. 1849.

Ula pilosa, (B. D. iv. 308.) Schum., Schl. Btr. i. 1829. Per., (ma-
croptera,) A. S. E. F. viii. 1849.

Cylindeotoma disttnctissima, (B. D. iv. 313.) Boje, Kr. K. H. T.
ii. 1838. Zlr., Isis: 1852.

TiruLA oleeacea, (B. D. iv. 325.) Ct., Gr. Chr. 1845. (Pachyrrhina)
maculosa, Ct., J. B. A. S. vi. 1846. For other species, see Em., M. v.
Dg., M. vi. BsL, Ins. B. ii. Bouche, ]STg. Scholz, S. E. Z. 1849.

JSTepheotoma, (B. D. iv. 316.) Br., Isis: 1846.

Ctenophoea ateata, (B. D. iv. 336.) Em., M. v. Per., A. S. 1ST. xiv.
1840. Nordlinger, E. Z. ix. 1848. For other species, see Scholz,
S. E. Z. 1850.

Ptychopteea fasciata, (B. D. iv. 339.) Em., M. v. Lyonnet, 0. P.
PL xviii. f. 1-7.

?, Brauer, Y. Z. B. Y. W. iv. 1854.

Fam. xi. BHYPHID^E. Larva amphipneustic, eucephalous, ser-
pentiform, saprophagous. Pupa extricated.

Bhyphus fenestealis, (cinctus, B. D. iv. 341.) Em., M. v. Df.,
A. S. E. F. vii. 1 848. Bou., ~Ng. Grn., Iconographie du Eegne Animal.
E. nigricans, (B. D. iv. 341.) Ct, (fuscatus), GK Chr.

Fam. xii. STBATIOMYDiE. Larva peripneustic, eucephalous,
with distinct eyes, coriaceous, depressed, saprophagous, sometimes aqua-
tic. Pupa obtected.

Steatiomys chameleon, (B. D. i. 15.) Em., M. iv. and for other
references see Wwd., M. C. S. ii. S. oenata, (B. D. i. 17.) Em., M.
iv. S. aegentata, (B. D. i. 17.) Zlr., Isis: 1842. S. hydeoleon,
(B. D. i. 19.) Dg., M. vi.

Oxyceea, (B. D. i. 19.) Br., Isis : 1846. 0. meigenii, 0. teilineata,
Hg., Sb. W. A. xx. 1856. 0. moeeisii, Hal., N. H. E. 1857.

Clitellaeia ephippium, (B. D. i. 24.) Eoser, W. Zw. Zlr., Isis :
1842. Markel, Grm., Z. E. Y. 1844.

Kemotelus uliginosus Hal., N. H. E. Proceedings of D. U. Zool.
Botan. Association, 1857.

Pachygastee atee, (B. D. i. 27.) Carcel, E. M. x. Mcq., D. K F.
Df., A. S. K xvi. 1841. SchiUing, Schl. Btr. i. 1829. Hg., Sb. W. A.
x. 1853.

Cheysomyia polita, (B. D. i. 28.) Eoser, W. Zw.

Saegus cupeaeius, (B. D. i. 30.) Lyonnet, 0. P. PI. xvii. f. 21, etc.
Bou. Ng. S. bipunctatus, (B. D. i. 32.) Em., M. iv. PL xxii. f. 5-8.

Fam. xiii. XYLOPHAGIDiE. Larva amphipneustic, eucephalous.
Pupa obtected.

Subula vaeia, (B. D. i. 34.) Eoser, W. Zw. S. maculata, (B. D.

184 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

i. 34.) Wwd., M. C. I. ii. See also Wesmael, A. S. E. F. vi. 1837.
Df., A. S. N. vii. 1847.

Xylophagus ater, (B. D. i. 33.) Drewsen, Kr. N. H. T. iv. 1842.
Wwd., M. C. I. ii.

Fam. xiv. TABANIDA Larva amphipneustic, eucephalous, sa-
prophagous. Pupa extricated.

Tabanus bovinus, (B. D. i. 37.) Dg., M. vi. T. atjttjmnalis, tropi-
cus, (B. D. i. 37. 39.) Schok, S. E. Z. 1849. T. quadrinotatus, Kollar,
Sb. W. A. xiii. 1854.

Hjematopota pluvialis, (B. D. i. 42.) Fb., S. E. Scholz, S. E. Z.
1849.

Chrtsops c^ictjtiens, (B. D. i. 43.) Fb., S. E.

Fam. xv. ACROCERID^E. Transformation unknown. See, how-
ever, Gerstaecker, E. Z. 1856.

Fam. xvi. ASILID^E. Larva amphipneustic, eucephalous, thale-
rophagous. Pupa extricated.

Laphria, (B. D. i. 47.) Lucas, A. S. E. F. vi. 1848. Df., A. S. N.
xiii. 1849. Zlr., Isis: 1842.

Asilus crabroniformis, (B. D. i. 55.) Frisch, Insekten Deutsch-
lands. A. forcipattts, (B. D. i. 52.) Dg., M. vi. Df., A. S. If. xiii.
1850. A. germanicus, (B. D. i. 55.) Bzbg., F. I. iii. A. ^istivus,
(B. D. i. 51.) Harris, Exposition of English Insects.

Fam. xvii. LEPTID-33. Larva amphipneustic, eucephalous. Pupa
extricated.

Leptis scolopacea, (B. D. i. 65.) Bou., Ng.
Atherix ibis, (B. D. i. 69.) Ent. Mag. iv. 1837.

Fam. xviii. BOMBYLID^E. Larva amphipneustic, eucephalous,
entomobious. Pupa extricated.

Anthrax hottentotta, (B. D. i. 78.) Schseffer, Abhandlungen : ii.
Wlbg., A. Holm. 1838. Mulsant, M. A. Lyon: ii. 1853. See also
Dg., M. vi. Eoser, W. Zw. Wwd., M. C. I. ii.

BoMBYiius, (B. D. i. 80.) Imhoff, Isis: 1834. Wwd., M. C. I. ii.
Lucas, A. S. E. F. x. 1852.

Fam. xix. THEREVID.J2. Larva amphipneustic, eucephalous,
(serpentiform, with abdominal segments bisected,) saprophagous. Pupa
extricated.

Thereva plebeja, (B. D. i. 76.) Frisch, Insecten Deutschlands.
Bou., Ng. T. anilis, (B. D. i. 76.) Bou., Kg. T. nolilitata, Mg.,
Zw. ii.

Fam. xx. Scenopinid^:. Larva amphipneustic, eucephalous, ser-
pentiform, saprophagous. Pupa extricated.

Scenoptnus fenestralis, (B. D. i. 85.) Bou., Ng. Df., A. S. E. F.
vii 1849.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY BOTANICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION. 185

Fam, xxi. EMPID^E. Larva amphipneustic, eucephalous(?), sa-
prophagous. Pupa extricated.

Empis opaca, (B. D. i. 91.) Mcq., D. K. F.
Ehamphomyia spinipes, (B. D. i. 109.) Bou., Kg.
Platypalpus, (B. D. i. 121.) Boje, in Scholz, S. E. Z. 1849.

Fam. xxii. DOLICHOPID-iE. Larva amphipneustic, eucephalous,
saprophagous. Pupa extricated.

Dolichopus ^neus, (B. D. i. 59.) Dg., M. vi.

Ehaphium fascipes, (B. D. l 203.) Hg., Sb. W. A. ix. 1852.

Fam. xxiii. LOKCHOPTEBIDJ3. Transformation unknown.

Fam. xxiv. PLATYPEZIDJE. Larva amphipneustic, acephalous,
fungivorous. Pupa obtected.

Platypeza boletina, (B. D. i. 225.) Roser, W. Zw. P. holoseeicea,
(B. D. i. 227.) Df., A. S. IT. xiii. 1840. P. fuecata, (B. D. i. 225.)
Ztt., D. S. p. 3199.

Fam. xxv. PIPUKCULIDJE. Larva amphipneustic, acephalous,
entomobious. Pupa obtected.

Pipunculus (B. D. i. 231.) fascipes, Boh., Ofw. Sw. A. 1854.

Fam. xxvi. SYEPHIDiE. Larva amphipneustic, acephalous ; form
and economy various. Pupa obtected.

Ceeia conopsoides, (B. D. i. 238.) Roser, W. Zw. Df., A. S. E. F.
v. 1847.

Miceodon mutabilis, (B. D. i. 240.) Schottlauber, Isis: 1840.
Elditt, E. Z. 1845. M. apifoemis, (B. D. i. 240.) Wissman, E. Z.
1848.

Eumeeus ^neus, (B. D. i. 244.) Bou., Kg. Ct., G. Chr. 1842.
E. steigatus, Bou., Kg.

Eeistalis, (B. D. i. 242.) Em., M. iv. Swam., B. K. Br., Isis :
1846. Ztt., D. S. p. 666.

Helophtlus, (B. D. i. 247.) Em., M. iv.

Meeobon clavipes (B. D. i. 252.) Em., M. iv. St. Fargeau, E. M.
x. Bou., Kg. Ct., G. Chr. 1842. Roser, W. Zw.

Syeitta pipiens, (B. D. i. 253.) Dg., M. vi.

Xylota (B. D. i. 254.) florum, Roser, "W. Zw. X valgus, Br., Isis :
1846.

Milesia (B. D. i. 256.) vespiformis, Mg., Zw. iii.

Ceioeehina oxyacanth^}, (B. D. i. 259.) Roser, "W. Zw. C. api-
cata, Schranck, (apiformis,) Enumeratio Insectorum Austria?.

Volucella bombylans, (B. D. i. 261.) Em., M. iv. Dg., M. vi.
Boje, Kr. K. H. T. ii. 1838. V. inflata, (B. D. i. 261.) Br., Isis:
1846. Y. inanis, (B. D. i. 261.) Schmitt, Isis: 1842. Ztt., D. S.
p. 310. Y. zonata, Em., M. iv.

Cheysotoxum festivum, (B. D. i. 264.) Eoser, (arcuatum,) W. Zw.

vol. iv. 2 B

1 86 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Brachyopa bicolor, (B. D. i. 277.) Df., A. S. N. ix. 1848. B. co-
nica (B. D. i. 278.) Koser, W. Zw. B. ferruginea, Ztt., D. S. p. 686.

Rhingia rostrata, (B. D. i. 279.) Em., M. iv.

Chilosia sctttellata, (B. D. i. 283.) Df., A. S. N. xiii. 1840, ix.
1848. Koser, W. Zw. See also Boje, E. Z. xi. 1850. Per., A. S. E. F.

Syrphus pyrastri, (B. D. i. 287.) Rm., M. iii. Rzbg., F. I. iii.
S. RiBEsn, (B. D. i. 287.) Dg., M. vi. S. balteatus, (B. D. i. 289.)
Bou., Ng. Ztt., D. S. p. 3139. S. albostriatus, (B. D. i. 291.) Zlr.,
Isis : 1842. See also, for other references, Wwd., M. C. I. ii.

Doros conopseus, B. D. i. 297.) Br., Isis: 1846.

Fam. xxvii. CONOPID.ZE. Larva entomobious. Pupa obtected.

Conops quadrifasciatus, (B. D. i. 306.) Br., Isis: 1846. See also
Latreille, Histoire Naturelle Generale et Particuliere des Insectes.
Audouin, Memoires de la Societe d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris : i. 1823.
Df., A. S. K vii. 1837. Boh., Ofw. Sw. A. 1851. Kirschbaum,
Jahrbucher des Yereines fiir Naturkunde im Herzogthum Nassau : ix.
1853.

Myopa, (B. D. ii. 4) Heyden, Isis : 1842. A. S. E. F. Bulletin : iv.
1856.

Fam. xxviii. MUSCIDiE. Larva amphipneustic or metapneustic,
acephalous ; various in form and economy. Pupa obtected.

See the Rev. F. Hope's Memoir on Insects inhabiting the Human
Body; in the Transactions of the Entomological Society of London,
vol. ii.

Phasia (B. D. ii. 7.) crassipennis, Df., A. S. E. F. vi. 1848. By-
alomyia dispar, Df., A. S. E. F. ix. 1851, x. 1852.

Phania, (B. D. ii. 10.) Ztt., D. S. p. 1218.

Ocyptera (B. D. ii. 8.) bicolor, Df., A. S. N. x. 1827.

Gymnosoma rotundata, (B. D. ii. 11) Heyden, Amtliches Bericht,
1842.

Gonia capitata, (B. D. ii. 13.) Htg., F. J". B. ii. 1838. G. fasciata,
(B. D. ii. 13.) Ztt., D. S. p. 3252.

Tacbxn-a grossa, (B. D. ii. 19.) Dg., M. vi. Krause, Y. Schl. G.
1832. T. tessellata, (B. D. ii. 20) Boje, E. Z. 1848. T. viridis,
(B. D. ii. 26.) Boje, Kr., K H. T. ii. 1838. T. pacta (B. D. ii. 52.)
"Winthem, Isis: 1831. Boje, Kr. K". H. T. ii. 1838. T. conciknata,
(B. D. ii. 88.) Bou., Kg. Rzbg., E. Z. viii. 1849. T. setipennis,
(B. D. ii. 298.) Boh., Ofw. Sw. A. 1850. T. nitidula (B. D. ii. 298.)
Smith, Tr. E. S. ii. 1852. T. erinacea, Ztt., D. S. p. 107. T.flavoscu-
tellata, Ztt., D. S. p. 926. T. inflexa, Bou.,- Kg. See also Desv.,

Myod A. S. E. F. viii. 1849,— R. M. Z. 1851. Rzbg., F. I. iii.

Htg., F.J". B.ii. 1838. Df., A. S.E. F. iii. 1845. Lambert, A. S. E. F.
ix. 1851. Gim., B. S. K". Mosc. i. 1829. Lacaze-Duthiers, A. S. N".
xix. 1853. Mcq., D. N. F. Yerloren, in Brant, Tijdsschrift voor na-
tuurkundige Wetenschappen : i. 1848. Siebold, A. N. G. i. 1838.
Goureau, A. S. E. F. i. 1843. "Wwd., M. C. I. ii.

LUBLIN UNIVEESITY BOTANICAL ANB ZOOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION. 187

Dexia nigeipes, (B. D. ii. 96.) Scholz, S. E. Z. 1849. L. leucozona,
Ztt., D. S. p. 1267.

Tbixa, (B. D. ii. 100.) Desv., A. S. E. E. viii. 1850. Bulletin, p.ix.

Saecophaga caenaeia, (B. D. ii. 102). Bou., Kg. Fin., D. S. Ct.,
G. Chr. 1844. S. albiceps, (B. D. ii. 103.) Htg., F. J. B. ii. 1838.
S. HiEMORRHoiDALis, (B. D. ii. 104.) Bou., Kg. Desv., A. S. E. E. vii.
1849, Bull. p. xviii. S. quadrata, Bou., Ng. 8. muscaria, Per., M. S.
Lille: 1851. See also Siebold, A. K. G. i. 1838.

Miltogeamma punctata, Siebold, Observationes Entomological, 1 841 .
Ct., B. E. 529. M. cesteacea, Ztt., D. 8. p. 3254. M. conica, Siebold,
Obs. Ent. ibid.

Musca c^sae, (B. D. ii. 111.) Dg., M. vi. Bou., Kg. M. coevina,
(B. D. ii. 111.) Bou., Kg. M. maculata, (B. D. ii. 114.) Mg., Zw. iv.
M. hoetoeum, (B. D. ii. 113.) Bou., Kg. M. pascuorum, Br., Isis:
1846. M. stabtjlans, (B. D. ii. 113.) Htg., E. J. B. ii. 1838. Df.,
A. S. N. xiii. 1840. Ct., J. R. A. S. x. 1850. M. assimilis, Df., (fun-
gwora,) A. S. N. xiii. 1840.

Mesembeina meeidiana, (B. D., ii. 115.) Dg., M. vi. M. mtstacea,
Dg., ib. Rm., M. iv.

Stomoxys calciteans, (B. D. ii. 116.) Bou., Ng.

Anthomyia (B. D. ii. 117.) Macrosoma laebaeia, (B. D. ii. 119.)
Desv., Myod. Hyckotcea bentipes, (B. D. ii. 145.) Bou., Kg. H. ae-
mipes, (B. D. ii. 145.) Bou., Ng. H. meteoeica, (B. D. ii. 145.) Spar-
mann, A. Holm. 1778. Ophyra leucostoma, (B. D. ii. 145.) Bou., Ng.
Homalomyia scalaeis, (B. D. ii. 1845.) Swamm., B. K- Bou., JS"g.
Ztt., D. S. p. 1575. H. manicata, (B. D. ii. 145.) Df., A. S. N. xiii.
1840. H. paradoxalis (monilis?) Df., ib. H. melania, Df., A. S. ~N.
xii. 1839. H. canicttlaeis, (B. D. ii. 136.) Bou., Kg. H. tubeeosa,
Ct., G. Chr. 1845. Aricia testacea, (B. D. ii. 125.) Df., A. S. HI xii.
1839. Hylemyia steigosa, (B. D. ii. 145.) Scholz, S. E. Z. 1849.
Pegomyia bicoloe, (B. D. ii. 146.) Ztt., D. S. p. 1774. P. hyoscyami,
Ztt., D. S. p. 1792. P. solennis, (B. D. ii. 146.) Bou., (rumicis,) Kg.
Boje, Kr. N. H. T. iii. 1841. Goureau, A. S. E. E. ix. 1851. Desv.,
R. M. Z. 1851. P. fulgens, (B. D. ii. 144.) Scholz, S. E. Z. 1849.
P. versicolor, Br., Isis: 1846. P. betje, Ct., J. R. A. S. viii. 1848.
Scholz, S. E. Z. 1849. Goureau, (atriplicis,) A. S. E. F. 1851. Desv.,
R. M. Z. 1851. A. lactucje, Bou., Kg. Kollar, (lactucarum,) Schad-
liche Insekten. A. vaeicoloe, eabicum, (B. D. ii. 137.) Scholz, E. S. Z.
1849. A. antiqtja, (B. D. ii. 1845.) Bou., (ceparum,) Kg. Wwd., G.
Chr. Ztt, D. S. p. 3297. A. plattjea, (B. D. ii. 145.) Goureau,
A. S. E. E. vii. 1848. Bou., Kg. A. strigata, Scholz., S. E. Z. 1849.
Ztt., D. S. p. 1655. A. gnava, Ct., J. R. A. S. viii. 1849. A. Triangula,
(B. D. ii. 145.) Roser, W. Zw. A. albescens, Ztt., D. S. p. 1521.
A. eipaeia, Hal., K. H. R. 1857. And for other species see Bou., Kg.
Mcq., A. S. E. E. i. 1853. Goureau, A. S. E. F. vii. 1848. Desv.,
R. M. Z. 1851. Htg., E. J. B. ii. 1838. Ztt., D. S.

Ccenosia tigeina, (B. D. ii. 132.) Bou., (vaccarum,) Kg. C. fun-
goeum (B. D. ii. 143.) Mg., Zw. v. Wwd., G. Chr. 1853.

188 PBOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Lispe tentaculata, (B. D. ii. 147.) Bou., Ng. Desv., Myod,
Scholz, S. E. Z. 1850.

Cobdyltjea spinimana, (B. D. ii. 151.) Br., Isis: 1846. C. apica-
lis, Boje, Kr. N. H. T. ii. 1838.

SCATOPHAGA STEBCOBAEIA, (B. D. ii. 158.) Em., M. iv. S. MEEDA-

bia, B. D. ii. 154.) Bou., Ng. S. sebotina, Per., A. S. E. F. viii.
1840.

Thyeeophoea cynopbtla, Desv., A. S. E. E. x. 1841. T. anthro-
pophaga, Desv., Myod.

Speleroceba subsultans, (B. D. ii. 173.) Br., Isis: 1846.

Boeboetts EQTJiNTis, (B. D. ii. 175.) Hal., Ent Mag. iv. B. nitidus,
(B. D. ii. 174.) Mcq., H. N. D. ii. B. stercorarius, Br., Isis: 1846.

Limosixa limosa, (B. D. ii. 178.) Br., Isis: 1846. L. ocheipes,
(B. D. ii. 179.) Scholz, S. E. Z. 1850. L. lugulris, Df., A. S. K xii.
1839. L. salina, Heyden, E. Z. 1848.

Heteeopteea pusilla, (B. D. ii. 184.) Br., Isis: 1846.

Helomyza pallida, (B. D. ii. 162.) ustulata, Km., M. iv. Lucas,
A. S. E. F. vii. 1849. Df., A. S. ST. xii. 1839. Desv., Myod.

Leeia seeeata, (B. D. ii. 162.) Bou., Eg. Df., A. S. N. xii. 1839,

Tetanoceea feeeuginea, (B. D. ii. 168.) Df., A. S. E. E. vii.
1849.

DOEYCEEA GBAMLNT7M, (B. D. ii. 171.) Mg., Zw. V.

Lucina easciata, (B. D. ii. 171.) Per., M. S. Lille: 1851.

Chyliza ateiseta, (B. D. ii. 219.) Per., M. S. Lille, 1851. C. scu-
tellata, (B. D. ii. 219.) Scholz, (leptog aster,) S. E. Z. 1849.

Psila EOSiE (B. D. ii. 221.) Kollar, Schadliche Insekten. Ct.,
J. E. A. S. ix. 1850. P. nigkicoenis, Ct., Morton's Cyclopaedia of
Agriculture.

Platycephala umbbaculata, (B. D. ii. 224.) Boje, Kr. K* H. T. ii.
1838.

Chloeops lineata, (B. D. ii. 228.) Grn., E. Z. 1844. Wwd., G.
Chr. 1848. C. glabea, (B. D. ii. 228.) Wwd., G. Mag.xiii. C. t^nio-
pus, (B. D. ii. 228.) Ct, G. Chr. 1846. Grn., M. S. E. A. 1842.

Lipaea lucens, similis, Hg., Sb. W. A. xx. 1856. Per., M. S. Lille :
1851, (Gymnopo&a tomentosa, et Var.)

Oscinis felt, (B. D. ii. 231.) Bjerkander, A. Holm. 1778. Ct,
(granaria, vastator,) J. E. A. S. vi. 1846. 0. nigeeeima (B. D. ii. 231.)
Goureau, A. S. E. F. iv. 1847.

Madiza nucis, Per., A. S. E. F. viii. 1839.

Piophlla casei, (B. D. ii. 222 ) Swamm., B. N. Bou., Ng. Grin,,
E. Z. ii. 1841. P. ltjteata, (B. D. ii. 222.) Df., (petasionis,) A. S. N.
i. 1844. P. apii, Wwd., G. Chr. 1848.

DicmajTA caudata (B. D. ii. 251.) Br. Isis: 1846.

Notlphila (B. D. ii. 250.) Br., Isis: 1846. Ztt, D. S.

Psilopa, (B. D. iv. 324.) Ztt. D. S. p. 132.

Ephydea halophila, (B. D. iv. 346.) Heyden, E. Z. 1844. Diruf,
E. Z. 1847.

Halmopota salinaeia, (B. D. iv. 346.) Bou., Ng.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 189

Tichomyza fusca (B. D. ii. 267.) Desv., (urinaria,) A. S. E. F. vi.
1847.

AlTLACIGASTER RUFITARSIS, Df., A. S. E. E. iv. 1845.

Heteromyza flava, (B. D. ii. 163.) Boje, E. Z. 1847.

Heteroneijra albimana, Boje, E. Z. 1847.

Opomyza gracilis, (B. D. ii. 239.) Per., M. S. Lille: 1851. Ztt.,
D. S. p. 3360.

Drosophila cellaris, (B. D. ii. 237.) Em., M. v. Ct., B. E. 473.
D. aceti, Hg., Sb. W. A. vii. 1851. D. fasciata, macttlata, Df., A. S. H".
xii. 1839. xiii. 1840. D. pattipes, Df., A. S. E. E. iv. 1846. D. varie-
gata, Hg., Sb. W. A. ix. 1852. D. flaveola, Hg., Sb. W. A. ix. 1852.
Per., A. S. E. E. ix. 1850. Hardy, (apicalis,) Proceedings of Berwick-
shire Naturalists' Club: 1849. D. gramintjm, (B. D. ii. 238.) Hardy,
ibid.

Sapromyza obsoleta, (B. D. ii. 188.) Bou., Ng. S. 4-pttnctata,
(B. D. ii. 190.) Per., A. S. E. E. ix. 1851. See also Ezbg., E. I. iii.
Ztt, D. S. p. 3267.

LoNCHiEA CHOREA, (B. D. ii. 187.) Bou., Kg. L. NIGRA, (B. D. ii.
187.) Per., A. S. E. F. vii. 1849. Z.. parvicornis, Per., A. S. E. E. viii.
1840. L. palposa, Scholz, S. E. Z. 1850. Teremyia laticomis, Per.,
A. S. E. F. viii. 1840.

Milichia maculata, reared by Miss Knight from fungivorous larvae ;
J. Curtis.

Leucopis puncticornis, (B. D. ii. 240.) Bou., Kg. L. obscura,
(B. D. ii. 240.) Htg., (griseola,) F. J. B. ii. 1838. L. albipennis, Br.,
Isis: 1838. L. annulipes, Boh., A. Holm. 1848. L. argentata, Hg.,
Isis: 1848.

Gitona distigma, Lw., D. N. H. Z. ii. 1847.

Agromyza ^ineiventris, Rdn., A. S. E. F. iii. 1845. Kylander,
JNotitiae pro Fauna et Flora Fennica: 1847. Scholz, S. E. Z. 1849,
A. lappce, Lw., E. Z. 1849. A. nigripes, (B. D. ii. 242.) Goureau.
A. S. E. F. viii. 1850. A. ornata, B. D. ii. 243. A. viol,e, Ct., G.
Chr. 1844. See for other species, Bou., E. Z. 1847. Lw., E. Z. 1849.
Goureau, A. S. E. F. viii. 1850. Kit., A. K H. ii. 1848. Hardy,
A. N. H. iv. 1850. Scholz, S. E. Z. 1850.

Phytomyza affinis, (B. D. ii. 246.) Boje, Kr. K H. T. ii 1838. P.
obsctjrella, (B. D. ii. 245.) Goureau, A. S. E. F. iv. 1846. P. aquifolii,
(B. D. ii. 245.) Desv., R. M. Z. 1851. P. flava, (B. D. ii. 247.) Double-
day, Ent. Mag. iv. 1837. P. flaviceps, Desv., R. M. Z. 1850. P. ni-
gra, Hardy, A. K H. iv. 1850. P. nigricornis, Ct., G. Chr. 1845.
P. albiceps, Hg., Sb. ~W. A. ix. 1852. And for other species see Kit.,
A. 1ST. H. ii. 1848. Goureau, A. S. E. F. viii. 1850. Desv., R. M. Z.
1851.

Tephritis cognata, (B. D. ii. 199.) Boje, Kr. K H. T. ii. 1838.
T. signata, (B. D. ii. 207.) Bach, E. Z. 1842. T. Artemisia, (B. D. ii.
199.) Bou., E. Z., 1848. Wwd., M. C. I. ii. Roser, W. Zw. T. gjedii,
(B. D. ii. 198.) Boje, E. Z. 1848. Ztt., D. S. p. 3344. T. zoe, (B. D.
ii. 200) Lw., E. Z. 1847. T. heraclei, (B. D. ii. 199.) Boje, E. Z. 1847.
Ct., J. R. A. S. ix. 1850. T. parietina, (B. D. ii. 203.) Wissmann,

190 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

E. Z. 1848. T. wikdemannii, (B. D. ii. 207.) Lw., D. N. H. Z. ii. 1847.
T. CAEDiJi, (B. D. ii. 206.) Lw., ib. Wwd., G. Chr. 1847. T. stylata,
solstitialis, (B. D. ii. 205.) Boje, E. Z. 1848. T. westermanni, (B. D.
ii. 207.) T. leontodontis, (B. D. ii. 204.) T. article, (B. D. ii. 201.)
T. bardan^:, (B. D. ii. 204.) T. arctii, (B. D. ii. 205.) T. florescenti^:,
(B. D. ii. 201.) T. marginata, (B. D. iL 202.) T. absynthii, (B. D. ii.
202.) T. stellata, (B. D. ii. 204.) T. colon, (B. D. ii. 207.) T. serra-
tul^, (B. D. ii. 201.) T. sonchi, (B. D. ii. 200.) T. spoliata, (stigma,)
Lw. D. N. H. Z. ii. 1847, which consult for the fullest information
on the species in general. See also Scholz, S. E. Z. 1849. Swamm.,
B. K Em., M. iii. Dg., M. vi. Eosenhauer, E. Z. 1847.

Ortalis yibrans, (B. D. ii. 197.) Scholz, S. E. Z. 1849. O. fulmi-
nans, Bou., E. Z. viii. 1847.

Platystoma (B. D. ii. 193.) umhmrum, Per., M. S. Liege, x. 1855

Ulidia demandata, (B. D. ii. 193.) Bou., Ng.

Sepsis cynipsea (B. D. ii. 208.) Wwd., M. C. I. ii

Nemopoda cylindrica, (B. D. ii. 211.) Bou. Ng.

Themira leachii, (B. D. ii. 212.) Bou., Kg.

Fam. xxix. (ESTEIDiE. Larva metapneustic (?), acephalous, en-
tozoic. Pupa obtected.

(Estrtjs bovis, B. D. ii. 270. Joly, A. S. Lyon : ix. 1846. O. U-
neatus, Yillars, (elaphi Schranck,) Kellner, E. Z. 1847.

Cephalemyia ovis, B. D. ii. 272. Joly, A. S. Lyon: ix. 1846.
Hennig, D. N. H. Z. 1855. Newport, Cyclopaedia of Anatomy. C. picta,
B. D. ii. 272. Eedi, Opera : i. Kellner, E. Z. 1 847. Clark, Zoologist :
v. 1847. Hennig, {capreoli?) D. N. H. Z. 1855.

Cephenemyia trompe, Ezbg., F. I. iii. Kellner, E. Z. 1847.

Gasterophiltjs eqtji, (B. D. ii. 274.) Joly, A. S. Lyon: ix. 1846.
Hennig, D. % H. Z. 1855.

See Schroder van der Kolk, Mewe Yerhandelingen v. h. Koninkl.
Nederlandsche Institut: xi. 1845. Schwab, (Estraciden; Miinchen,
1840, and the references collected by "Wwd., M. C. I. ii. p. 575.

Earn. xxx. PHOBIDiE. Larva amphipneustic, acephalous, (cnto-
mobious ?). Pupa obtected.

Phora rtjfipes, (B. D. ii. 280.) Bou., Kg. Df., (pattipes,) A. S. N.
xii. 1839. Ezbg., E. I. iii. Hg., Sb. W. A. x. 1853. Ztt, D. S. p.
2858. P. atra, (B. D. ii. 281.) etc. Bou., (dauci) Kg. P. annhlata,
etc. Htg., E. J. B. ii. 1838. Gim., Y. K. H. Y. Eiga : i. 1847. P. caligi-
nosa, Br., Isis : 1846. For other species see Ct., B. E. 437. Df., M. S.
Lille : 1840. Coquerel, A. S. E. F. vi. 1848. Scholz, S. E. Z. 1850.

Fam. xxxi. HIPPOBOSCID^]. Larva metapneustic, acephalous,
development uterine. Pupa obtected. Df., A. S. N. iii. 1845. Blanch -
ard, Institut : 1846. Leucksert, Bulletin de l'Academie E. des Sciences
deBelgique: xxi 1854.*

* There are considerable discrepancies among the authorities cited. The repre-
sentation given by Leuckart, which is the latest and seems the most probable, is that
which I am disposed to follow.

DUBLIN TJNIVEKSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION.

191

Fam. xxxii. NYCTEEIBID^E. Larva uterine. Pupa obtected.
Nycteribia Sykesii, "Wwd., Transactions of the Zoological Society
of London: i. 1835.

The abbreviations of the references in the foregoing list are the same,
in general, as those employed in Walker's "Insecta Britannica, Di})-
tera" (Lo veil Reeve ; London: 3 vols. 8vo., 1851-1856). For the sake of
those who may not possess that work, and for the convenience of readers
generally, a Table, in alphabetical order, is subjoined, of such abbrevia-
tions as there has been occasion to use here.

A. Holm Kongliga Swenska Veten-

skaps Akaderaiens Handlingar.

A. J. A. — American Journal of Agriculture.

A. N. G — Archiv fur Naturgeschichte.

A. N. H. — Annals of Natural History.

A. N. V. Riga Archiv des Naturhisto-

rischen Vereines zu Riga.

A. S. E. F. — Annales de la Societe Ento-
mologique de France.

A. S. N. — Annales des Sciences Natu-
relles.

B. D. — Insecta Britannica Diptera, by
F. Walker, F. L. S.

Boh Bohemann.

Bou , (Ng.) — Bouche, Naturgeschichte der

Insekten.
Br. — Bremi.
Ct— Curtis, J.

D. N. H. Z. — Allgemeine Deutsche Na-
turhistorische Zeitung.

Desv., (Myod.) — Robineau-Desvoidy, Les

Myodaires de France.
Dg., M. — Degeer, Memoires pour servir a,

Fhistoire des Insectes.

E. M. — Encyclopedic Methodique.

E. Z. — Entomologische Zeitung, herausge-

geben v. d. Eutomologischen Vereine

zu Stettin.
Ent. Mag. — Entomological Magazine,

London: 1833-1838.
Fb., S. E.— Fabricius, J. C, Systema En-

tomologiae.
Fin., D. S. — Fallen, Diptera Sueciae.
G. Chr. — Gardiner's Chronicle, edited by

Lindley.
Gim. — Gimmerthal.
Grm. M. — Germar, Magazin fur Insekten-

kunde.

Z. E. — Zeitschrift fiir Entomologie.

Guer. — Guerin-Meneville.

Hal.— Haliday.

Hg. — Heeger.

Htg., (F. J. B.)— Hartig, Forstliches

Jahresbericht.

Isis. — Isis von Oken, Encyclopaadische

Zeitschrift.
J. R. A. S. — Journal of the Royal Agri-
cultural Society of England.
Kit.— Kaltenbach.
Kr., N. H. T. — Krceyer, Naturkistorisk

Tidsskrift.
L. — Linnaeus.

Linn. Ent Linnaea Entomologica, Zeit-
schrift herausg. v. d. Entomologischen

Vereine zu Stettin.
Linn. S. Tr. — Transactions of the Linnean

Society of London.
Lw., D. Btr. — Loew, H. Dipterologische

Beitrage.
M. A. Lyon Memoires de la Societe

d Agriculture, etc. de Lyon.
M. N. S. H. — Memoires de la Society

Helvetique des Sciences Naturelles.
M. S. Liege. — Memoires de la Societe des

Sciences de Liege.
M. S. Lille. — Memoires de la Societe des

Sciences de Lille.
M. S. N. Mosq — Memoires de la Societe

Imperiale des Naturalistes de Moscou.
M. S. R. A. — Memoires de la Societe

Roy ale d Agriculture de France.
Mcq., D. N. F. — Macquart, Dipteres du

Nord de France.
H. N. D.— Histoire Naturelle des

Insectes Dipteres.
Mg., Zw. — Meigen, Systematische Be-

schreibung der bekannten Europaischen

Zweyfliigligen Insekten.
N. H. R Natural History Review (this

Journal).
Ofw. Sw. A. — Ofversigt af Kongliga

Swenska Vetenskaps Akademiens For-

handlingar.
O. P. — Oeuvres posthumes.
Per.— Perris, E.
R. M. Z. — Revue et Magazin de Zoologie,

par Guerin-Meneville.
Rdn. — Rondani, C.

192 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Rm., M. —Reaumur, Memoires pour servir Tr. E. S. — Transactions of the Entomolo-

a 1' Histoire des Insectes. gical Society of London.

Rsl., Ins^ B. — Roesel, Insekten Belusti- V. Schl.G Arbeiten und Veranderungen

gungen. der Schlesiche Gesellschaft fiir vater-

Rzbg., (F.I.) — Ratzeburg, Forst-Insekten. landische Kultur, u. s. w.

S. E. Z.— Zeitschrift fur Entomologie, im V. Z. B. V. W.— Verhandlungen des Zoo -

Auftrage des Vereines fiir Schlesische logisch-botanischen Vereines zu Wien.

Insektenkunde. W. Zw. — Verzeichniss der Wiirttemberg-

Sb. W. A. — Sitzungsberichte der K. K. ischen Zweyfliigligen Insekten, von

Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Wien ; C. L. F. v. Roser.

Math. Nat. Hist. Klasse. Wlbg.— Wahlberg.

Schl. Btr. — Beitrage zur Entomologie, be- Wwd., (M. C. I.) — Westwood, Introduc-

sonders im Bezug auf die Schlesische tion to the Modern Classification of In-

Fauna. sects.

Schiim. — Schummel. Wz. — Winnertz, J.

Stg.— Staeger. Zlr.— Zeller.

Swam., B. N. — Swammerdam, Biblia Na- Ztt., D. S Zetterstedt, Diptera Scandi-

turae. naviae.

In conclusion, it appears from this list that while the history of
many of the families is inferred only from the knowledge of that of a
few genera in their earlier stages — sometimes from a single example, —
and though the extent of that knowledge, in many cases, is very trifling,
or little more than sufficient to guide us to further investigation, on the
other hand there remain hut three of the families in which we are abso-
lutely without anything to be called information in regard to this part of
their natural history ; these are, Orphnephilid^: (if, with Professor Eon-
dani, we admit the family founded for the single genus Orphnephila),
Acrocerid^:, and Lonchopterid^:. As no species of the second of these
has been discovered in Ireland as yet, it would be hopeless to expect any
elucidation regarding it from observations here. The case is different
with respect to the other two, which are comparatively within our
reach. The last-named family, in particular, — comprising the single
genus Lonchoptera, — seems to present no particular difficulty in the
way of the study of its history, as the individuals of various species of
the genus are common enough, throughout almost the whole year,
among moss, about roots of trees, &c, appearing even in the windows
of houses in the town. With a view to excite some of our young and
zealous students to observations which may dispel part of the obscurity
yet resting upon these subjects, I have laid the preceding list before the
Association, along with these cursory remarks.

additional note on the metamorphosis of some species of diptera,
hitherto tjndescribed, or known but imperfectly. by a. h. hali-

DAY, A. M.

The larvae of the Stratiomyd^: may be considered as about the most
perfectly organized among the Diptera. The well- characterized head,
with distinct eyes, and the several parts of the mouth developed in
pretty equal proportion, the configuration of the body, with its well-
marked segments and firm and elegantly reticulated integument, and

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 193

the complexity of the respiratory apparatus, superadding the series of
lateral spiracles to the curious fringed bell for air, which usually sur-
rounds the posterior opening, — all concur to give them this rank. The
larva of Stratiomys, both by its bulk and form, and the perfect develop-
ment of that respiratory star, has attracted the attention of many obser-
vers ; and has been repeatedly figured and described. Concerning the al-
lied genus Oxyceea, we had but some scanty indications, until lately that
Heeger has figured and described in much detail the larvae of two of the
species, 0. meigenii and 0. trilineata. In a larva of the same genus, which
I lately examined, I find several characters not noticed by him in either
of those ; and I am thence led to conclude that it may be progeny of a
third species, O.morrisii, which I have repeatedly taken on the river-bank
not far from the spot where the larva occurred among the Confervae and
Marchantia on the face of a dam serving for an outlet to the superfluous
water of a mill-race, and continually moistened by a shallow but rapid
fall of running water. This larva (Plate XL, Fig. 1) is four lines
long, of a dingy yellow, with light brownish marblings above, especially
a pair of jagged lines down the back, dividing it into three portions, the
lateral portion of each segment chiefly occupied by a rounded yellowish
patch truncated in front, and including an arched line of black dots ;
while the middle space of each segment presents a trapeziform pale patch,
broadest behind, and including various markings : the third segment and
the fifth have each a slender brown line bisecting them transversely,
these two being connected in the middle by a similar longitudinal line ;
the posterior portion of the fifth contains two dark dots ; the pale dorsal
patch in the following segments is more or less clouded in the middle
with brown, enclosing two pale dots, and before them two minute, de-
fined black ones ; the last segment has four longitudinal rows of black
dots. The pale ciliated hairs which fringe the posterior opening are as
long as the last segment. Besides the pale, curved, minutely pubescent
bristles, placed chiefly in a whorl on each segment, there are above seve-
ral clusters of shorter white cylindrical vesicles on each segment, except
the first and last, which are probably modifications of hairs, but with-
out any transition. The second segment has four dark dots in a square,
and some more outside these ; the dark internal termination of the spiracle
appears as a blackish spot towards the angles of the segment. The parts
of the mouth I have not examined, as Heeger has given figures of them
in detail, which have a close analogy to the forms observed in the larva
of Nemotelus. The general form of the larva agrees so well also with
his figures that I have omitted many other details as unnecessary. The
under side of the body is pale-yellow, and without markings, the whorl
of curved, pointed bristles completed below, preceded by a line of shorter
ones, seeming each to be enveloped in a membranous sheath. The pen-
ultimate segment is armed at the end with a pair of sharp, curved,
spine-like horns : the last segment has a deep furrow down the middle,
and one along each side. The head is darker-yellowish, with three deep-
brown bands down the front, and some dark markings round the mouth ;
the eyes crystalline ; the very minute antennae dusky.

• vol. iv. 2 c

194 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

KEMOTELUS ULIGINOSUS.

This larva, about four lines long when full grown, is depressed and ob-
long, more equal in breadth than that of Oxycera, the sides more strongly
lobed, the head narrower, the last segment cut into four marginal teeth,
the respiratory cleft being not terminal, but placed above, in front of the
two intermediate teeth ; it is surrounded by a fringe of pale ciliated hairs,
but these are not so conspicuous, being too short to pass beyond the margin
of the segment, and closely incumbent on it; the four £eeth are crowned
with longer bristles than those on the resjt of the body. The colour above is
dingy yeUo wish-green, clouded with dark spots, a broader pale band down
the middle, which includes two black dots in the anterior half of each seg-
ment from the fifth to the eleventh, and a brownish spot in the posterior,
the segments being bisected transversely by an impressed line. Almost
concealed in the incisures of the segments is a double transverse line of
very minute black dots ; some larger ones are placed in the lateral spaces,
the largest of all being outermost, usually two others in a triangle with
this, and some more in a waved line within these. The last segment
has only five dots in a sinuous line at each side. The second segment
shows the spiracles as oblique blackish spots, an appearance produced by
the internal tapering process of the spiracles, which is entirely black, ap-
pearing through the skin. The pale, rather obtuse bristles of the body
are arranged on the second segment, four in a whorl, in front of these
six smaller ones, and one at each angle outside the spiracle; the other seg-
ments have mostly two whorls of eight in each above. The segments
are generally a little dilated behind and rounded off, the lateral spiracles,
which are placed far back, projecting in the hollow between the segments :
there are a pair of such small spiracles in each segment from the third
to the tenth, those of the third segment being the least. The under-
side of the body is paler, and nearly spotless, marked only with very
minute black dots, disposed somewhat in the same manner as above ;
the bristles are placed more towards the side. The last segment be-
neath has a longitudinal furrow bounded by two ridges. The head is
long and narrow, dark chestnut, smooth and shining; a ridge runs
lengthwise to the insertion of each antenna, and between these a middle
one continued to the mouth, where it divides into three branches, the
lateral ones bounding the oral cavity, the middle one curving down into
the spiny upper lip. The eyes are crystalline ; the antennae, seated in
front of these and nearer to each other, are composed of a cylindric joint
springing from an imbedded root, and crowned with a much more mi-
nute joint of like form, and beside it a longer bristle curved at the tip.
The end of the ridged epistoma descends in a hook armed externally
with several teeth crowned by spines, and a tuft of finer hairs incurved
under its tip ; the parts of the mouth are mostly dark-red ; the labium
strongly compressed, terminated by a broad, rounded, fan-like lobe,
traversed by numerous radiating striae (tracheae), and thickly fringed
below with soft hairs. The mandibles are oblong, the apex obliquely
rounded off, and edged with a defined fringe of fine felted hairs. The

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 195

maxillse are broad, composed of several pieces united, the internal lobe
striated, and with a fringe of long hairs, the apex furnished with a
jagged hairy process, probably representing a palpus. These maxillae
are frequently in lively, oscillating, parallel and alternate motion.

The pupa, much contracted in length, retains otherwise the general
form of the larva.

The alimentary canal of the larva is more than three times the
length of the body, and much convoluted ; the ventricle, which occu-
pies fully two-thirds of the whole, is attenuated at the points of flexure ;
anteriorly it expands into two pear-shaped chambers in contiguous suc-
cession, the first opening into the slender oesophagus. The four long
and slender Malphigian vessels, with free ends, unite into a short but
ample common duct before their insertion at the pylorus ; the small
intestine is slender, and only twice as long as that duct ; the colon is
abruptly enlarged into a pear-shaped muscular pouch, of a blackish co-
lour, traversed lengthwise by pale fibres ; the rectum, which returns
on this at first in a contiguous curve, is hot greatly shorter than the
body, and expands behind into a pretty ample cloaca.

The coat of the larva, except the smooth head, is entirely and ele-
gantly reticulated with cells nearly hexagonal, only a little transverse
on the anterior segments ; the black dots, which are regular in form
and imbedded in the substance so as to appear on both sides alike, are
in like manner surrounded with their own distinct annulus, and do not
break the regularity of the reticulations, but these radiate from them
as centres ; so also the circular spaces formed by the origin of the bris-
tles. On the other hand, the cloudy markings are equally indistinct
on each side of the skin, and appear to be due to a pigment interposed
between its layers.

This larva is common under dried-up Cohfervae and other vegetable
matter strewed on the ground, especially in marshy spots on the shore.
Having placed some of them in a box with such food, and filled it up
with flowers of Seapink as an elastic packing, I found several of the
larvae, soon after, feeding very busily, with their heads immersed in the
flowers.

Alysia mwritima (Ent. Mag., vol. v. p. 230) is a parasite of these
larvae.

Anthomyia eipaeia Fallen.

The fly, which will form the type of a genus allied to Limnophora
and Lispe, abounds about the mill-dam where I found the larva of
Oxycera. Mr. E. P. Wright, having observed a maggot common amon£
the Confervae on the face of the fall, suggested that it might be the
progeny of this fly; which conjecture I have been enabled to verify by
rearing it. The larva, which is exposed to a strong current in that
situation, nestles deep among the vegetable matter, and is well armed
for holding fast. At the end of May I could find very few of them,
but the pupae were abundant in the same situation.

The larva is about 4 lines long when extended, yellowish-white,
tolerably transparent, tapering gently in front, obliquely truncated be-

196 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

hind, the projecting upper margin of the truncature ending in two
short horns, curving out and backwards, and ending each in a simple
spiracle of a black colour ; the under side, more in advance, is furnished
with two larger recurved horns, or false feet, beset, especially at the
tip, with microscopic prickles. The base of the spiracular processes is
also beset with smaller prickles inclining backwards. Immediately in
front of the lower horns is a single prickly papilla in the middle line,
and at each side of the preceding segments, about the incisures, there
is a limited space furnished also with prickles. The first two (oral) seg-
ments are very small and retractile, blackish and transversely wrinkled ;
the mandibles blackish, linear, slightly curved ; the fourth segment (pro-
thorax) has a small spiracle at each side close to the anterior margin.

The pupa case, 3 lines long, and of a dark chestnut colour, is fusiform,
the greatest breadth before the middle, the sides a little crenated, the
surface entirely reticulated with concave dots, most regularly on the
posterior segments ; the two small anterior segments still marked with
transverse wrinkles, the two pair of curved horns behind also remaining
nearly as in the larva.

The flies that I reared came out in the middle of June, but the
greatest number of the pupae remained unchanged at that time.

Mr. Hallday read also, from Professor W. Smith, F.L.S., Correspond-
ing Member —

MEMORANDA, CHIEFLY BOTANICAL, OF AN EXCURSION TO THE PYRENEES IN
THE SUMMER OF 1856. PART III.

(Concluded from p. 50.)

The route from Cauteretz to St. Sauveur, which follows the Gave de
Cauteretz in its descent to Pierrefitte, and the Gave de Bareges in as-
cending to Luz, presents a constant succession of fine mountain views.
At Luz the gorge expands into a valley, and a bifurcation of the stream
takes place, which, here separating, leads by its principal branch, under
the name of the Gave de Gavarnie, to the romantic village of St. Sauveur,
and the great "sight" of the Pyrenees — the Cirque of Gavarnie. We
followed the stream to St. Sauveur, and found comfortable rooms in the
Hotel de France, commanding an excellent view of the Pic de Bergons,
which rises to the height of 7080 feet. The view from the summit of this
mountain is said to be one of the finest in the Pyrenees, and the ascent may
be made on horseback ; but unfortunately the weather during our stay
was uncertain, and the sky obscured with clouds, so that the labour of as-
cending would have been thrown away as far as the view was concerned,
and we were obliged to content ourselves with rambling in the gorge,
on the edge of which the village is most picturesquely situated, raised
about 150 feet above the torrent that roars below.

The season was getting too late for general Botany, and the neigh-
bourhood of St. Sauveur did not supply me with many novelties. One
species of fern, however, the Asplenium fontanum, grew in abundance

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 197

within a few hundred yards of the Hotel; and the beauty and rarity of
this elegant cryptogam would well repay the collector who visited St.
Sauveur with no other object than to procure it from its native haunts.
It is a doubtful native of Britain, and is omitted by Newman in his last
edition of the British Perns. Other authors have admitted it, but with
hesitation, into the British Plora ; and young specimens of several of
our ordinary Asplenia bear so close a resemblance in general form to
the present plant, which in its native state fruits in profusion, and has
a very characteristic habit, that it is probable that the specimens said to
be collected in a few English and Irish localities were only immature
fronds of larger species. Specimens thus referred to, A. fontanum, have
been collected in the immediate neighbourhood of Cork, but, not pre-
senting any appearance of fructification their claim to be admitted
under this species must, for the present, be rejected.

We availed ourselves of a fine morning, promising a favourable day,
to accomplish a visit to Gavarnie. This excursion, "en rigeur," with
all strangers is certainly the finest in the more accessible parts of the
Pyrenean range, and should on no account be omitted by those who de-
sire to obtain a correct idea of their peculiarities of scenery. Nothing
can be finer of its kind than the entire route from St. Sauveur ; and the
sublime grandeur of the Cirque at its termination makes the traveller
forget the toil of the ascent which he has been making for fifteen miles.
The road is a narrow but well-kept pathway, practicable for horses to the
very entrance of the Cirque, though in many parts cut out of the moun-
tain sides, and rather trying to the nervous equestrian, who can look
down from his horse into a precipitous defile whose depth is often con-
cealed by overhanging brushwood, and can only be guessed at from the
noise of the rushing torrent that reaches the ear in a faint murmur from
below. At about eight miles from St. Sauveur we caught a momentary
sight of the highest ridge of the mountains to the south, and remarked
a curious gap at the summit of the crest, appearing like a gateway in
the snowy line ; this was the Breche de Poland, which owes its exist-
ence, as the legend affirms, to the strength of arm and powerful sword of
this redoubtable hero. Though an opening 300 feet high and 350* feet
wide, it seemed at the distance at which we viewed it not larger than an
ordinary doorway. The ascent to the Breche is a most difficult and some-
what dangerous undertaking, and is only attempted by the more hardy
and adventurous pedestrian, yet the gap is used by the peasantry as a
pass into Spain, and often serves as a means of eluding pursuit to the
athletic smuggler. Its absolute elevation is about 10,000 feet. The
Breche is lost sight of as the half-way village of Gedre is approached,
the intervening ridges shutting out the view of the higher mountains.

At this village I made the acquaintance of a native botanist, M.
Bourdell ; he is schoolmaster of the commune, and occupies his leisure
in collecting and drying the plants of the surrounding mountains. I
obtained from him, for the small sum of about twenty shillings, 250 care-
fully preserved and correctly named specimens ; he seems well deserv-

yol. iv. 2d

198 PROCEEDINGS OP SOCIETIES.

ing of encouragement, and will, I hope, be visited by any naturalist who
may pass his door.

Between Gedre and Gavarnie the path is carried through a valley,
which in one spot is thickly strewed with immense fragments of rock,
fallen from the mountains above : the zig-zag windings of the route
through this valley of debris is extremely curious; and the entire scene
is of an aspect so singular and wild, that the place has rightly been
named Chaos. Soon after escaping from the intricacies of this labyrinth,
We reached the village of Gavarnie ; and three miles further on arrived
at the Cirque, where a rude cabin affords refreshment both for the
traveller and his wearied steed.

Of the Cirque itself it is impossible to convey an accurate idea by
mere description; indeed, it requires a considerable time before the spec-
tator can realize its true character and extent, or fully appreciate its
sublime proportions. It forms a perfect cul de sac, resembling a vast
amphitheatre, cut out of the very bosom of the mountains, open to the
north, by which access is gained to the interior, but closed in on every
other side by a perfectly perpendicular wall of rock, from 1000 to 1500
feet in height. Overhanging the edge of this wall is suspended a line
of snow, and down its sides pour numerous cascades : one, fed by the
largest of the superincumbent glaciers, is of considerable volume, but
the waters are so dissipated by the fall that they reach the floor of the
Cirque in a cloud of foam, spanned by a glorious rainbow, in beautiful
contrast to the dark rock and glistening snows of the background.

The width of the amphitheatre appears to be a few hundred feet, —
it is really upwards of two miles, — and requires more than an hour to
cross from the entrance to the foot of the grand Cascade.

Misled by appearances, we determined to scramble over the inequa-
lities of the path ; but, on approaching the cascade, found that the rush
of wind produced by the fall of water, and the thick cloud of vapour
that it spread to a considerable extent around, forbade all near access,
except at the expense of a thorough wetting, and its probable result, a
severe cold. The floor of the Cirque is occupied by the debris that has
fallen from above, and by vast beds of snow that accumulate during the
winter months, and rarely disappear until the very close of summer.
Under these the streams from the cascades make their way, and the
snow-beds have hence received the name of " Les Ponts de Neige."
Over these we passed in perfect security, the heat of the sun having
firmly consolidated the snow into a hard causeway.

"We noticed that the cattle took advantage of these snow-beds to
employ them as refrigerators, being stretched at full length upon their
surface, the burning sun above and the icy ground below giving them a
contrast of sensations which afforded them supreme enjoyment. We did
not quiter relish the same luxury, as the cold which penetrated our
shoes was so intense as to be painful and distressing. The floor of the
Cirque has an elevation above the sea of 6200 feet.

The botany of the Cirque and its neighbourhood appeared to be rich
and varied. At the period of our visit many of the spring flowers were.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 199

over; but there still remained a few of great beauty and interest. The
Aconitum napellus, of a deeper blue than the variety usually cultivated in
our gardens, was everywhere abundant, and the Iris zyphioides coloured
vast spaces with its large cerulean blossoms ; the lovely Qentiana verna
grew at the very edge of the glacier, and the curious Soldanella Alpina,
not waiting for the melting of its winter covering, pushed its brilliant
buds through the snowy ridges. The botanist wishing to see thePyrenean
flowers in full variety and beauty should visit this locality in the be-
ginning of July, and take up his quarters at Gedre, or Gavarnie. At
either village he will find accommodation of a homely but sufficient
kind.

*****

A day's rest at St. Sauveur after the return from Gavarnie prepared
us for the comparatively easy excursion to Bareges, which, however, we
found more difficult than we had anticipated from the damage caused
by the storm that had deluged the hills around. A vast avalanche of
stones and soil had swept across the road from Luz to Bareges, and ren-
dered the route impassable for carriages. So great was the force of the
torrent that immense rocks were lodged in the middle of the highway,
and workmen were engaged in blasting them with gunpowder to effect
their removal. The waters had, however, partly subsided, and we ef-
fected our passage with the aid of guides, who led our ponies through
the stream. These accidents are so frequent on this route that it some-
times happens that Bareges and its numerous visitors are reduced to
considerable straits for fresh provisions by the interruption of all direct
communication with the villages of the plain from which they derive
supplies. Bareges itself is a mean street, principally of wooden houses,
inhabited during the summer and autumn, and abandoned in the winter
to the wolves and to a few peasants, who gather into the Bath-house,
and find shelter and warmth in the vacant baths and saloons of the esta-
blishment.

Its situation is wild and desolate in the extreme, and nothing but
the great efficacy of its mineral waters could induce its numerous visitors
to tolerate its sombre and melancholy influence. Their sources, which,
owing to the civility of the superintendent, I had an opportunity of mi-
nutely examining, abound in Barregine, indicating the presence of
sulphur and other ingredients which confer upon them their wonderful
efficacy in cases of cutaneous and ulcerous affections. They are also
most abundant, affording a stream sufficient to supply 500 baths ; but
the edge of the Gave, near which they originate, allows room only for a
limited establishment and the necessary lodgings for patients, and every
winter numerous houses are swept into the flood by the violent inunda-
tions to which the stream is subject.

The Government has an hospital here for soldiers suffering from
indolent sores produced by gunshot wounds, and at the time of our visit
this hospital was crowded with Crimean heroes, objects of great interest
and attention to the other visitors.

200 PBOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

August 4th. We left St. Sauveur for Bagneres-de-Bigorre, passing
again by Pierrefitte through the valley of Argelez and the towns of
Lourdes and Tarbes. The greater part of the route was flat and unin-
teresting, and the heat in the plain insufferable ; but at Tarbes, where
we again turned our faces towards the mountains, the views, though
distant, were fine and varied.

At this time the corn harvest was over, and the peasantry were busy
threshing out the grain on open floors in the streets of Lourdes and
in the farm-yards of the country districts. The maize, however, was
not yet ripe, and the rich green of its foliage and silken tassels of its
flowers relieved the dry and barren aspect of the fields from which the
corn crops had been removed.

As we again approached the mountains and the town of Bagneres
another storm of wind and rain swept over the outlying hills. In this
case we saw, but did not feel, its effects. The narrow and well-defined
limits of the storm were marked with great precision, and we could dis-
tinctly trace the line of the wind and rain as they coursed along the
base of the ridge before us. Indeed, as we continued to advance, we
came upon the path of the storm, so accurately marked that we noticed
one-half of the road in puddle and the other in dust. Numerous trees
had been broken or prostrated in the immediate suburbs of the town, and
yet at less than two miles distant we had a brilliant sun and perfect calm.

Bagneres de Bigorre is delightfully situated at the entrance of a
valley leading into the mountains, but rather too distant for pedestrian
excursions. The neighbourhood is well wooded, and the country walks
numerous and shady. The town itself has a rus-in-urbe appearance,
very different from most French cities, and contains several good hotels.
The Hotel de Paris, at which we took up our quarters, was by far the
best we had met with in our present journey, and left nothing to desire
on the score of civility, cleanliness, and comfort.

•r* TflT %fc •& K*

The mineral springs at Bagneres are very numerous, but few of them
of great strength : they are chiefly valuable as forming a good prepara-
tion for the more powerful sources of Cauteretz or Bareges. The Salut
source, about a mile from the town, is the most frequented, and is plea-
santly situated at the end of an umbrageous avenue, the early morning's
walk to this source being probably the secret of much of its efficacy. It
is saline to the taste, and far from unpleasant, having a brisk refreshing
effect ; but neither this nor any of the other springs appears to have
much sulphur in its composition, if I may judge from the absence of
Barregine, which I could nowhere detect in the waters at Bagneres.

The Flora of the country around Bagneres is said to be rich in species,
the Pic du Midi and Mont Hyeris being especially productive in rare and
beautiful plants. The season was, however, too advanced for successful
herborization, and I was forced to content myself with noting the few
flowers in the hedgerows and banks around. Saponaria officinalis was
conspicuous everywhere, and Erica vagam might be found in great abun-

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 201

dance on the slopes of Mount Olivet, that overhung the town. The path
from the Salut through the woods, at the base of Mount Olivet, was lined
with a profusion of Wdhlenbergia hederacea, a delicate little campanula,
not uncommon in our Irish hogs, hut which here occurred on dry clayey
banks.

The court-yard of the Thermal establishment supplied me with spe-
cimens of Adiantum capillus- Veneris, which I have noted as growing
at Pierrefitte, more than twelve miles distant in a direct line.

M. Phillipe, the well-known and able botanist of Bagneres, informed
me that he had in vain sought for this fern in the neighbourhood of
Bagneres, and accounted for its presence in this singular locality from
the warm and moist exhalations of the springs, supplying an atmosphere
congenial to its growth, but of the manner in which the spores had been
conveyed he could give no satisfactory explanation.

M. Phillipe is a zoologist and geologist as well as a botanist, and has
good collections in each department, specimens from which he disposes
of to naturalists at a very moderate price. I had from him excellent
series of Pyrenean mosses and lichens for our College Herbarium.

The uncertainty of the weather and lateness of season determined us
to abandon our design of visiting Bagneres-de-Luchon and the eastern
Pyrenees, and to reserve these for some future opportunity. We, there-
fore, left Bagneres-de-Bigorre on the 9th of August, and, proceeding by
Pau and Dax, took the railway to Bourdeaux and Paris, visiting en route
the fine old towns of Angouleme and Blois, reaching London on the 16th,
and Cork on the 24th of August.

Dr. Harvey read the following —

SHORT DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW BRITISH ALG^E, WITH TWO PLATES.
(TAB. XII. AND XIII.)

1. Leathesia crispa. — Frond subglobose or irregularly tubercular,
small, olivaceous, firm, and solid; medullary threads very densely
crowded, empty, dichotomous, with very long articulations ; peripheric
ramelli club-shaped, incurved or arcuated, submoniliform ; the articula-
tions about as long as broad, unequally constricted at the nodes ; spores
pyriform. — Tab. XII. A.

Growing on Chondrus crispus in the Clyde, at Cumbrae, April, May,
and June, 1853. (Mr. Roger Hennedy.)

Pronds 1-4 lines in diameter, globose, at length irregularly shaped
and confluent, of a very firm and dense substance, always perfectly so-
lid. Mr. Hennedy, who watched the plant carefully for a period of
three months from its first discovery, remarks that he can always dis-
tinguish it from the young of L. tubenformis by its firm and solid charac-
ter, by merely applying a finger and thumb to the little frond. Under
the microscope it is readily known by its curled apical filaments, or pe-
ripheric ramelli, which are unequally constricted at the nodes, being
crenate along the outer edge of the filament, and even along the inner ;

202 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

but are not regularly moniliform as they are in L. tuberiformis and L.
umbellata.

At first I was disposed to think this the same as L. umbellata, Ag.,
but on comparing them together under the microscope the difference in
the peripheric ramelli, added to the different habitat, appears to forbid
their being united. I have received Z, umbellata from Kiltzing, Zanar-
dini, and Lenormand, in all. cases growing on the receptacles of Cystoseira
granulata.

Plate XII. A, Fig. 1, Leathesia crispa growing on Chondrus crispus,
the natural size. Fig. 2, part of a filament, with its curled apical ra-
melli, magnified. Fig. 3, ramellus and spore, more highly magnified.

2. Elachista Grevillii (Am.) — Tufts pencilled; filaments somewhat
rigid, elongate, slender, cylindrical, slightly narrowed at the base, and
scarcely attenuate at the apex; lower articulations shorter than their dia-
meter, upper as long as broad ; tubercle minute. — Tab. XII. B.

On Cladophora rupestris, at Largs (Dr. Greville), July, 1852; and
at Corrighills, Arran (Professor Walker Arnott), the same year.

Similar in many respects to E. fueicola, but smaller, with shorter
joints, and arising from a much smaller tubercle. It is remarkable, too,
for its habitat, growing on one of the Chlorospermatous Algae, whose
fronds it infests often as densely as C. fueicola does those of the Fuci.
The habitat of this species seems sufficiently to refute an opinion which
has sometimes been maintained, that the Elachistae are merely abnor-
mal cellular growths of the plants on which they are found. Such an
inference might appear plausible in the case of species growing on the
Fuci or the Dictyotece, whose cells are of a similar character ; but the
differences between the cells of Cladophora rupestris and those of the
parasite are too great to allow of their being confounded. Other cha-
racters apart, then, the habitat of the present little Alga induces me to
give it a local habitation and a name.

Plate XII. B, Fig. 1, Elachista Grevillii growing on Clad, rupestris,
the natural size. Fig. 2, portion of the tuft magnified. Fig. 3, apex
and base of a filament more highly magnified.

3. Actinococctjs Hennedyi. — Frond effused, indefinite in outline ;
filaments simple, or slightly branched, attenuated upwards ; articula-
tions once and a half as long as broad ; tetraspores large, cruciate, qua-
drate.—PL XIII. A.

On an old root of Laminaria digilata, at Cunibrae (Mr. lloger Hen-
nedy), 1852.

I should have supposed this to be A. simplicifilum (J. Ag.), bat that
the frond or crust is indefinitely extended, and the filaments are fre-
quently once or twice branched ; the articulations are nearly similar.
The tetraspores in our plant are very large, forming beautiful necklace-
like strings of deep-red beads.

The specific name is given in honour of its discoverer, Mr. Roger
Hennedy of Glasgow, a most acute and successful explorer of the minute
Algae.

Plate XIII. A, Fig. 1, magnified view of a portion of the crust of Acti-

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY BOTANICAL AND ZOOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION. 203

nococcus Hennedyi. Fig. 2, fertile and barren filaments separated.
Fig. 3, a tetraspora

4. Cruoria pellita (Fries.). — Crust of indefinite extent, dark-red
brown ; filaments much branched below, dichotomous, and somewhat
corymbose above, attenuated upwards ; tetraspores lateral, zonate, fusi-
form, J". Ag., Sp. Alg., vol. ii. p. 491 ; Aresch. in Linnsea, xvii. p. 267,
Tab. 9, Figs. 7, 8; Chcetoderma pellitum, Kiitz., Phyc. Gen., p. 326;
not C. pellita of Harv., Phyc, t. 117.— Tab. XIII. B.

On rocks, &c, between tide-marks, on several parts of the coast ;
Miltown Malbay, 1831 (W. H. H.) ; Sound of Jura (Professor Walker
Arnott) ; Cumbrae (Mr. Roger Hennedy).

This forms a scab -like, tough, dark-brown, or reddish crust, on the
surface of rocks, to which it adheres very closely. The crust is wholly
composed of vertical filaments, which are much branched, and robust
at the base, and gradually taper upwards, becoming less frequently di-
vided, and more regularly dichotomous. Large zonate spores of dark-
red colour, ellipsoid or fusiform, often much pointed, are found hidden
among the filaments, and are formed by the transformation of one of the
branches. I am indebted to Professor Walker Arnott and Mr. Hennedy
for specimens in fruit.

In the " Phycologia Britannica" I have figured a very different
plant, namely, Petrocelis cruenta {J. Ag.), under the name Cruoria pel-
lita ; a mistake into which I ought not to have fallen, as I appear to
have had both plants for many years in the Herbarium. Both form
crusts on rocks, and to the naked eye are undistinguishable. Under the
microscope, however, the Petrocelis is seen to be formed of simple fila-
ments, having when in fruit a single cruciate tetraspore formed in the
middle of each filament ; while the Cruoria, now described, consists of
much branched filaments, bearing zonate tetraspores. The figure given
in Phyc. Brit., 1. 117, represents the half-ripe state of the Petrocelis; in
ripe specimens the large central cell becomes a tetraspore.

Plate XIII. B, Fig. 1, part of the crust of Cruoria pellita, magnified.
Fig. 2, portion of a filament. Fig. 3, a tetraspore.

5. Cruoria adherens (J. Ag.). — Crust of indefinite extent, brown-red
or olivaceous ; filaments parallel, sparingly dichotomous, attenuated
upwards ; tetraspores lateral, zonate (J. Ag., Sp. Alg., vol. ii. p. 491).

On rocks between tide-marks, in various places : Kilruggan, oppo-
site Gouroch (Professor Walker Arnott) ; Aberdeen (Dr. Drickie) ; Pen-
zance (Mr. Ralfs) ; Kilkee, 1844 ; Cushendall, Co. Antrim, 1850
(W. H. H.).

Yery similar to the preceding, but with less branched threads.
Professor Arnott communicates specimens with tetraspores. I have also
received from the same liberal correspondent mounted specimens of a Cru-
oria (?) which is figured in our Plate XIII. C, but which I am uncertain
whether to describe as a new species, or, perhaps, the type of a separate
genus, under the name C. Arnottii, or to regard as the cystocarpal state
of C. adhcerens. The filaments are subsimple, or sparingly dichotomous,
as in C. adherens, but are of a smaller diameter, with snorter articula-

204 PBOCEEDINGS OP SOCIETIES. '

tions. But the remarkable character consists in the fructification, which
is a large, terminal, pyriform, green (!) spore, surrounded by a wide
gelatinous limbus. In Plate XIII. C, Fig. 1, are represented some of the
threads as they lie in the stratum, and Fig. 2, some separated, with a
spore more highly magnified.

It is hoped that this short notice may direct the attention of obser-
vers to these curious littoral Algae, one or other of which, and, perhaps,
some new species not yet noticed, may be found on most of our rocky
shores. The cystocarpic fruit of all the genera of the group, namely,
Actinococcus, Petrocelis, Cruoria, and Contarinia, which differ from each
other in the evolution of their tetraspores, remains to be discovered. I
collected a species in Australia, which I have called Cruoria (?) australis,
and which has cystocarps ; but until the cystocarps be found in the ori-
ginally described Cruoriae, as well as in the allied genera, it would be
premature to say whether the Australian species be a congener or not,
as unfortunately its tetraspores are desiderata.

FRIDAY EVENING, JUNE 19, 1857.

W. H. Haevey, M. D., V. P., in the Chair.

The Minutes of the previous Meeting having been read, were approved
of, and signed by the Chairman.

The following Donations were acknowledged, and the best thanks of
the Association ordered to be given to the donors : —

" Dipterologiae Italicae Prodromus." Vol. I. By C. Rondani.

Other Essays on Dipterous and other Insects. By the same.

" Flora dei Foraggi Spontanei e Coltivati, dei Stati Parmensi."
Fascicoli 1° e 2°. By Dr. G. Cocconi.

" Delectus seminium in Horto Botanico R. Univ. Parmensis," A. D.
1856.

" Cenni sul Muses Civico de Milano, ed Indice sistematico dei Bettili
ed Amfibi esposti nel Medesimo." By Prof. G. Jan.

" Pallavicinia, Nuovo Genere di Piante Crocifere." By Dr. G.
Cocconi.

"La Saggnia da Zucehero." By Prof. G. Passerine.

The above presented by Dr. Camillo Rondani, Professor in the Royal
Athenaeum, Parma.

"Linna3iSystema Naturae." EditiolOma. From A. H. Haliday, V.P.

" The Natural History Review" for January and April, 1857. From
the Editors.

"A Catalogue of the Zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham."
By Joshua Alder, Corresponding Member.

" Proceedings of the Dublin Geological Society." A complete set of
the seven volumes. From the Council of the Society.

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 205

This being the last meeting for the Session 1856-57 —

The Chairman, W. H. Harvey, M.D., F.L.S., Vice-President, read
the following

ADDRESS.

"With: this evening's meeting the present Session terminates. We sepa-
rate, each to his home, to occupy ourselves in various ways until October
shall bring us once more within these walls to resume our winter stu-
dies. In dismissing you now, I wish to make a few observations con-
nected with our future progress ; and here I would first observe that the
advancement of this Association mainly depends on the way in which
its members employ their vacations. It is at this season of the year
that Nature presents us with the greatest number of objects, whether in
the animal or vegetable kingdom, in their greatest state of activity, and
most accessible for examination. At this season, also, you have much
more leisure for pursuits of this kind, — longer days and finer weather, —
uninterrupted by the College studies which occupy so much of your time
in the short days and long nights of winter. This, then, is the proper
season for making observations in the field, which shall furnish us with
subjects for interesting discussion when we next meet; or for those dis-
coveries which shall advance our knowledge of the natural productions
of Ireland.

When this Association was first established, it was proposed that it
should consist of thirty-two members, one for each of the Irish coun-
ties, and each to be considered as the representative of some particular
county, to the exploration of which he should particularly direct his
attention. Could this plan have been carried out as far as its originators
designed, and had our representative naturalists been duly attentive to
their duties, we should have rapidly got together material on which to
base a Natural History of the whole island. The plan was excellent on
paper, but has not been found as yet very applicable in practice. Many
of the counties continue unrepresented, and information from others
comes in slowly and in a very desultory manner.

How can this be remedied ? How can we best carry out the objects
for which we enjoy possession of this room, and the other privileges al-
lowed us by the University ? It is vain to prescribe exact districts to
the members ; and we must only hope that chance or inclination will
disperse them, and that, when so scattered over the country, they will
not neglect the opportunities at their command. There is much still to
be done in every department of Natural History in Ireland ; many of
our most interesting districts have only been partially explored by the
botanist. In the West and South I have no doubt that new plants will
yet reward a careful research ; while several midland districts, and some
of the northern, particularly the county of Donegal, remain almost un-
noticed. I speak chiefly now of phaenogamous botany ; if we turn to
the Cryptogamia, every district will supply abundant work to the stu-
dent, and particularly among the Fungi, a vast class that has scarcely
yet begun to be studied in Ireland.

vol. rv. 2 e

206 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

But it is in Zoology that we particularly require new labourers in a
prolific field which has as yet lain almost uncultivated, notwithstanding
the labours of the distinguished men who have passed away from us,
and those who yet remain zealously working here and there in their own
localities. Our coasts have been very partially examined, except in the
most cursory manner. The neighbourhoods of Dublin, of Belfast, of
Youghal, of Cork, of Galway and Roundstone, and of parts of the coast
of Clare, have yielded the great proportion of the observations yet made
in marine zoology : because each of these has had its representative na-
turalist or naturalists who have patiently, from year to year, worked
out its Fauna. Cursory visits to other parts of the coast have shown that
excellent localities remain almost unnoticed, and particularly along the
western shores. It is very desirable that the exact ranges of all the spe-
cies found in the west, which are regarded as southern types, should be
ascertained. Many of these are known to go as far north as Galway and
Mayo ; but it is uncertain at what point of the coast they cease in a
northern direction. Even among the commoner of these Asturian types,
such as JEchinus lividus, exact geographical information is still required:
as, where is this species (or such other) most abundant ? — and how far
does it extend, with what varying abundance, either to the north or
south of its supposed centre ? The tidal limits inhabited by each spe-
cies should also be carefully noted, as was first systematically done by
Professor Edward Forbes, when he divided the coast-line into zones of
depth, each characterized by peculiar zoological or botanical features.
Some species, it is true, inhabit more than one of his zones, but many,
perhaps most, are strictly limited to particular depths of water ; never
straying much beyond a well-marked region. The relation between the
nature of the locality — as respects soil and exposure, and that of the
animals that inhabit it — often yields curious as well as important mat-
ter for observation. It is well known, for instance, that particular
species of fish are of finer flavour and of larger size in one place than
another ; probably from differences in the nature of their feeding-ground.
The same is true of the Mollusca : oysters from different localities vary
enormously in size ; and I suppose an epicure would distinguish by its
flavour only, and with his eyes shut, a Carlingford from a Cork Harbour
or a Burren oyster. So, also, there has recently been a discussion on
Ahera bullata : whether the specimens brought by Dr. Farran from Bir-
terbui Bay be identical with those found in Dublin Bay, and which are
of so much inferior size and fatness. I am not at all disposed to regard
mere size, in such a case, as an evidence of difference of species ; and I
hope that some more exact characters may be ascertained, on re-inspec-
tion of the animal in its living state, than have yet been made out from
the preserved specimens. As to she, the locality may very much effect
it in Alcera bullata, as well as in the common oyster. Birterbui Bay is
peculiarly fitted to foster animal and vegetable life in luxuriance ; and
I can bear witness to the large size which many of the Algae attain to in
it, owing, as I believe, partly to its situation, for it forms a quiet reser-
voir of uniform depth, land-locked, and running a considerable way in-

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 207

land ; and partly to the nature of the bottom, which in many places is
muddy, the soil being very deep, and filled with much animal and ve-
getable matter. I believe the Akerae in question were obtained on this
rich feeding-ground, where they had opportunities of leading an indo-
lent life in the midst of plenty. Hence, possibly, their peculiar cha-
racter. But on this question it is premature to decide without more
information than we possess at present ; and I wish some of our mem-
bers who have leisure, in the coming season, may visit Birterbui and
Round stone Bays, which were once so well known to us by the labours
of the late Mr. M'Calla ; and which, no doubt, will yet yield much
more to the naturalist than has yet been got from them. I never re-
member to have visited any locality, in this or any other country,
where dredging could be so profitably, so easily, and so pleasantly pur-
sued. The bays are so much sheltered that boating in one or other may
almost always be enjoyed ; and there is much variety in the nature of
the bottom. The water is as clear as crystal in Roundstone Bay, and
objects at the bottom may be seen, in calm weather, at a great depth ;
so that the naturalist may often judge, by personal inspection, where to
drop his dredge with the certainty of bringing up the objects he is
looking for.

(Speaking of clear water and quiet bays reminds me that I ought
more particularly to direct the attention of our marine zoologists to the
exquisitely beautiful and curious, but evanescent creatures, which have
furnished us with this evening's paper. Mr. Greene has shown us, by the
living specimens on the table, and by those which he has described in
his essay, what a single hour's work in Kingstown Harbour on a calm
summer's morning may furnish. The naked-eyed Medusae lead a most
luxurious life, basking in the upper strata of sunny waters, or quietly
swimming near the surface, to which they rise chiefly when all is calm
and pleasant ; retiring to greater depths in rough weather. They are
so much the colour of the water that they can scarcely be detected, save
by their movements, or by the rainbow tints reflected from their crystal-
line bodies as they catch a ray of light in varying positions. Their
forms are endlessly varied, yet within definite limits ; and Professor
Forbes, in his admirable memoir on the subject, has shown us how they
may be scientifically studied, and also what kinds the British naturalist
may encounter in his researches. But Forbes' s memoir must be taken
merely as a commencement from which researches are to proceed. The
species described in it were chiefly procured in summer yachting ex-
cursions to the Orkney and Shetland Islands. Very many favourable
localities are either nearly or altogether unsearched, and Dublin Bay is
probably one of these. But Roundstone Bay, of which I have already
spoken, Cork Harbour, and Bantry Bay, would probably still more
richly repay an exploration. The only hindrance to the study of these
creatures is their perishable nature. It is difficult to preserve them for
the museum ; they must be studied on the spot where they are collected,
and within a few hours after capture, for they soon melt away into
colourless jelly. But, to a naturalist who has leisure to devote a few

208 PEOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

summer holidays to marine excursions, they offer one of the most at-
tractive objects of study — if beauty of form, delicacy of structure, and
singular transmutations can arrest his notice. If they be naked and
naked-eyed, there is nothing repulsive in their nakedness. It is
" nature's dress," which (as the poet tells us) is "loveliness." Their
movements, too, whether they proceed by muscular contractions and ex-
pansions of the disc, or by the aid of minute paddles, are singularly
graceful. It is a pleasure peculiarly adapted for a sultry day's enjoy-
ment merely to sit and watch them pulsating through the water. Nor
is the interest confined to daylight, for many are highly luminous, and
much of the luminosity of the sea is caused by creatures of this kind;
so that, though among the least complex and humblest of nature's pro-
ductions, they still have a history which is worth knowing.

But what is there of nature's workmanship that is not worth know-
ing ? We may begin with Diatoms and Desmids, intending to proceed
further when we have mastered these. But, if we once get into that
subject thoroughly, even this small branch of natural history will afford
pleasant occupation for years, or for a lifetime, as the case may be. I
do not wish to advocate such exclusive studies. It is much more pro-
fitable to mind and body to affect variety in Natural History pursuits,
so as to have an equal acquaintance with as many groups as possible.
Too much devotion to any one class of objects, to the exclusion of others,
is to be discouraged, especially in a young naturalist. Yet it is also
well to have a definite object for study, one which may be taken up
from time to time, and be kept constantly before the mind, but not
allowed to absorb more than a due proportion of time and attention.
It is very difiicult, however, to preserve a happy mean in such cases.
Thus we have botanists divided into phaenogamists and cryptogamists ;
and the latter subdivided into filicologists, muscologists, fungists, licheno-
logists, algologists, and we may add desmidiologists and diatomists.
Zoology is equally split up into minor sects, each assuming more or less
the characters of a distinct science, and with a distinct nomenclature.
So that it is rare, in modern times, to find a general naturalist whose
studies comprehend those of all his fellow-students, and who can turn
with equal zest from a Desmid and Diatom to an eagle or an elephant ;
and be prepared to answer a question addressed to him by a student in
any department of Natural History. Such a naturalist was Edward
Forbes, — and such, to a great extent, was the late President of this As-
sociation, whose loss is still fresh in all our minds. 'If there were
branches of Natural History which he had not himself studied, he yet
knew who had studied them, and where the best information was to be
obtained respecting them. And in this way he often assisted the re-
searches of men working at a particular group, and who were not as
familiar as he was with the literature of their subjects. Few men were
better qualified than Dr. Ball to have the direction of the studies of
others, and it is a thousand pities that his talents were, in this respect,
so little employed. For, though his influence in furthering Natural His-
tory studies in Ireland was great, and the work which he thus effected,

DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION. 209

such as few others have done so extensively, yet those who knew him
best were conscious that he scarcely accomplished a tithe of what he was
capable of doing, and what he had designed to do. His conceptions of
most subjects were full and just,] and, if wrought out at the time, his
objects were generally effected ; but interruptions too frequently dis-
turbed him — procrastination followed — and thus, from one cause or
another, much for which he had made large preparation, was left un-
done. And thus his memory may suffer with the world, which judges
men frequently not by what they really were, but by what accidental
circumstances have made them.

We, who knew Dr. Ball intimately, will judge him differently, and
must continue to cherish his memory with warmer feelings. He was the
founder and first President of this Association. To him it owes the po*
sition it holds in College, and to his influence with the Board are we
indebted for most of the privileges we enjoy. His attendance at our
meetings was constant ; and he was ever most anxious to extend our
studies, and make them useful to ourselves as students, and to science
in general. We shall, therefore, best fulfil our duty to his memory, if,
as members of an Association for the promotion of Natural History, we
endeavour, each in his several department, to keep up the spirit of our
meetings by bringing forward records of observations and discoveries,
and making our proceedings, annually printed, the receptacle of new
and useful information.

To such of our Members who have quitted our College t walls, and
flown to distant regions of this world, a wide field is open. Let them
but spend a few minutes of their leisure in following up the pursuits
that they loved here ; let them send home specimens to fill up the many
blanks in our University collection, and notes on these specimens to in-
terest and instruct us at our Evening Meetings ; and they will add their
knowledge, like gentle tributaries, to swell the rapidly increasing river
of Natural Science. Canada and Ceylon, St. Helena, and many other
places, number among their inhabitants members of our Alma Mater,
who might do great things for us.

I would for one moment revert to a new feature in our proceedings
for this year. I allude to our open-air meetings. The first of these
consisted of a visit to Powerscourt Demesne, which was liberally thrown
open to us by the courtesy of Lord Eoden. Not a cloud came to cast a
shadow over our sky, and we spent the day right pleasantly.*

The next excursion was to Howth, and, although the day was not
as fine as on the previous excursion, yet it passed off most agreeably too.

* We would except the ignorant and stupid conduct of Thomas, the gate-keeper of the
entrance to the Waterfall, who insisted that his Lordship's order to admit the Members
of the Association to the whole of the demesne did not allow us the privilege of entering
the Deer Park, and obstinately refused to listen to any reason ; nor would he admit us
until, after the lapse of some hours, an order happily obtained from a head official proved
more potent than the one we possessed from the noble Lord. — Hon. Srccs., D.U.Z. & B.A.

210 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

The number who attended the first excursion was twenty-four, and the
second, fourteen.

And now, gentlemen, trusting that the vacation will not be spent
by any of us in idleness, but in field or open-air studies, let us adjourn
until October next.

A. H. Haliday, A.M., communicated a note supplementary to the list
of the genera Diptera the earlier stages of which are known (see " Pro-
ceedings," p. 180 of this volume).

At the time this list was drawn up I had not seen a paper by Pro-
fessor Eondani ("Osservazionisopraparecchie specie di esapode afidieidi
etc." nei Nuovi Anali delle Scienze Naturali de Bologna, A. D. 1847),
in which two more genera of the Syrphidae are illustrated by the follow-
ing examples : —

Pipiza varians Edn.

Paragus bicolor Ltr. P. quadrifasciatus Mg. P. coaduna-
tus Rdn.

In the same paper Eondani has given the history also of another
Cecidomyia, the larva of which feeds on Aphides, and of Leucopis ltj-
soria, and of four other (new) species of that genus.

In the " Transactions of the Zoological and Botanical Association of
Vienna," vol. v., A.D. 1855, Frauenfeld has traced the history of some
species of Diptera, here enumerated according to the determination by
Schiner in, the sixth volume of the same " Transactions," A.D. 1856 : —

Cecidomyia (Asphondyla) scrophttlaria Sch. Asph. sarothamni
Lw.

Tephritis mamttljE Fr. (T. terminata Mg. not Fin.) T. femo-

ralis Desv. (Aciura). T. longirostris Lw.

AGROMYZA MAURA Mg.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN.
WEDNESDAY EVENING, MAY 13, 1857.
Professor Apjohn, M.D., F.E. S., M.E.I. A., in the Chair.
Eev. Professor Haughton read the following paper —

ON THE SILICEO-FELSPATHIC ROCKS OF THE SOUTH OF IRELAND.

It is well known that siliceo-felspathic trap rocks of a peculiar kind are
found in the mining district of the Ovoca, county of Wicklow, and in the
mining district of Bonmahon, in the south of the county of Waterford ;
and the recent investigations of the Geological Survey in the west of
Kerry and Cork have brought to light the existence of great quantities
of similar rocks in the neighbourhood of Killarncy, and in the moun-

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 211

tains to the westward stretching to the south of Kenmare Bay ; and it
is not at all improhable hut that these remarkable felspathic rocks may
in this district be associated with the copper lodes, which have proved
so productive in the Berehaven or Allihies Mine. These rocks have a
general resemblance to each other in all these districts, and when once
seen and recognised, cannot be easily mistaken for any other description
of rock ; they are of a pale-bluish or greenish- gray colour, weathering
white to the depth of several inches, slightly translucent on the edges,
of conchoidal fracture, and sharp metallic ring under the hammer.

The Cornish miners who are acquainted with the mining districts of
Wicklow and Waterford consider these rocks as the equivalents of their
own Elvans, to which they bear no external resemblance, though it
cannot be denied that they appear to exert an equally favourable influ-
ence on the productiveness of the metallic lodes with which they are
associated; and the results of my analyses prove that they have an inti-
mate relation to the granitic rocks in their chemical and mineralogical
composition. The resemblance in composition to some varieties of gra-
nite is, indeed, so striking, that it requires but a slight effort of the
imagination to conceive them as granites cooled under peculiar circum-
stances, which prevented the development of the usual crystalline
structure.

In some cases, however, these siliceo-felspathic rocks appear to be ,
deposited in stratified beds, conformable to the slates and felspathic ash-
beds with which they are found associated. This is particularly the
case in the Ovoca district, where the mass of felspathic rock is found to
lie between dark soft slates of the Silurian age, and has never been ob-
served to penetrate these slates in dykes.

I shall now proceed to the discussion of the analyses of these rocks
from the Wicklow, Waterford, and Killarney districts respectively : —

1. Siliceo-felspathic Rocks of the Vale of Ovoca, county of Wicklow.

The cupriferous and pyritous lodes of this district have aN.E. and
S. W. bearing, and an underlay to the S. E. They appear to be nearly
conformable to the planes of bedding of the slate in which they occur ;
and they are overlaid to the S. E. by a thick mass of siliceo-felspathic
rock, which rises into the remarkable hill called the Bell Bock, on the
west side of the Ovoca. The lodes are all dislocated by a left-handed
heave, coinciding apparently with the direction of the Ovoca Valley,
and the felspathic rock partakes of this movement of the lodes. It has
a stratified character throughout, and in places, as near the Tigroney
Mine, it assumes completely the character of an ashy-slate, weathering
perfectly white.

I obtained specimens of the Bell Bock from Mr. Edward Barnes,
Besident Director of the "Wicklow Copper-Mine Company, which were
procured by blasting two or three feet into the rock, so as to obtain a
portion quite free from the action of the weather. The specimens are

212 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

of a palc-greenish colour, exceedingly hard, striking fire freely under
the hammer ; but, when subjected to long-continued action of the re-
ducing flame of the blow-pipe, melting slightly on the edges, particu-
larly in the neighbourhood of the minute specks of silicate of iron which
appear here and there through the body of the rock.

The following analysis will serve to give an, exact idea of the com-
position of this rock, which is more siliceous than the felstones of Wa-
terford and Killarney : —

Per cent. Atoms.

Silica, 81-36 . . 1-808

Alumina, 7'86 0-151) ft 1Q9

Peroxide of iron, . . . 3-32 0-041 j U'iyJ

.Lime, 0-99 0-035 \

Magnesia, 0-45 0-022 ( ft on

Potash, 3-09 0-065 ( U'^Ut>

Soda, 2-63 0-084/

99-70

It is evident, from this analysis, that the atoms of protoxides and
peroxides are about equal in quantity, and that the rock may be repre-
sented by a mixture of felspar and quartz : —

Q + F = 1*808,
P = 0-199.

Prom these equations we find, that its mineralogical' composition is
as follows : —

Per cent.

Quartz, 45*54

Orthoclase felspar, 54-16

99-70
2. Siliceo-felspathic Mocks of Knockmahon, county of Waterford.

The felspathic rocks of Knockmahon are intimately associated with
the copper lodes which have rendered, that locality famous, and occur
abundantly on the shore below the village of Bonmahon, in prismatic
masses of a columnar structure, which have received the name of the
Bishop's Library. These rocks occur also, and are well shown, in a
cutting for a tram-road connecting Tankardstown with Knockmahon
Mine. In this latter locality they occur stratified conformably with
the brown fossiliferous Silurian slates which are found at the Tank-
ardstown Mine. The following analysis is of a specimen taken from
the stratified siliceo- felspathic rocks of the cutting of the tram-road : —

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 213

Per cent. Atoms.

Silica, 77-20 . . 1-715

Alumina, 6-54 0-126 \0 lqq

Peroxide of iron, . . . 5-82 0-073 J Uiyy
Lime (carbonate), . . . 1*81

Magnesia, 0-60 0-030 )

Potash, 3-69 0-078 ! 0-206

Soda, 3-03 0-098 J

Water, 112

99-81

This rock, like that at Ballymurtagh, county of Wieklow, is a com-
pound of quartz and felspar. If it be regarded as a sedimentary rock,
it must be considered as a trappean ash, composed of felspar and fine
quartzose mud, with a slight admixture of carbonate of lime. Its mi-
neralogical composition is as follows : —

Per cent.

Quartz, 40-81

Orthoclase felspar, 57*19

Carbonate of lime, 1*81

99-81

3. Silieeo-felspathic Traps of Benaunmore, county of Kerry.

The hornstones, or silieeo-felspathic rocks of Benaunmore, occur in
splendid columns, many of which, as described by Mr. Foot, of the Geo-
logical survey, are 200 feet in length. The rock is more translucent
than the felspathic traps of "Wicklow or "Waterford already described,
and presents more of the character of a truly igneous product. Its
analysis gave the following results : —

} 0-277

Per cent Atoms.

Silica, 71-52 . . 1-554

Alumina, 12*24 0-238

Peroxide of iron, . . . 3-16 0-039

Lime, 0*84 0*030

Magnesia, 0-39 0*019 .

Potash, 5-65 0-120 l

Soda, 3-36 0-109

Loss by ignition, . . . 1-20

98-36

This rock, like the others already discussed, is a compound of quartz
and felspar ; and it is easy to calculate the proportions of the two mine-
rals as follows : —

VOL. IV. 2 F

214 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Per cent.

Quartz, 20*51

Orthoclase felspar, . . . . . 77*85

98*36

From the fact, that the felspathic trap of Benaunmore occurs in
columnar masses, it may be inferred to be probably of igneous origin :
it is massive, fine-grained, with rounded specks of quartz (globuliferous),
and small occasional facets of felspar ; brittle, of conchoidal fracture,
somewhat lamellar, and translucent on the edges, with a ringing clink,
and striking fire freely when struck with the hammer.

I have lately had an opportunity, in conjunction with Dr. "Wilde of
Dublin, of examining a very large number of stone implements found
in various parts of Ireland, and I find that the different varieties of
siliceo-felspathic rocks were carefully sought out by the makers of these
implements. Among the most common varieties so used are the pure
pale-green felstone, and a mottled porphyritic variety of the same kind
of rock, streaked with pink felspar and dark-coloured metallic horn-
blende.

In the collection of stone implements preserved in the Museum of
the Royal Irish Academy, there are also a number of stone implements
from Jamaica, formed of the same kind of felstone, which would appear
to have been particularly well suited to the purposes to which such im-
plements are supposed to have been applied.

The felstones and siliceo-felspathic rocks of Ireland are only locally
abundant, and as the weapons made from this kind of rock are found in
all parts of Ireland, it is conjectured by antiquarians that an extensive
trade in, and manufacture of, these felstone celts and weapons must
have existed in former times in Ireland. This trade, if such existed,
must have been confined to Ireland itself, as there is scarcely a single
stone implement in the collection of the Irish Academy which cannot
be readily identified as made of an Irish rock ; and in many instances
the locality from which it was obtained can be assigned with tolerable
accuracy.

WEDNESDAY, JUNE 10, 1857.
Edwaed "Weight, LL.D., M.R.I. A., in the Chair.
De. Geiffith read the following —

LETTEE FEOM M. ADOLPHE BBONGNIABT TO ME. GEIFFITH, ON THE FOSSIL
PLANTS WHICH HAVE BEEN DISCOVEEED IN THE EOCKS AT THE BASE OF
THE CABBONIFEBOTJS SYSTEM IN IEELAND : COMMUNICATED TO THE SOCIETY
BY THE LATTEE.

Paris, 5 Fevrier, 1857.
Monsietje, — J'ai recu dans le courant du mois de Decembre les
echantillons de plantes fossiles que vous avez bien voulu m'addresser,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 215

ainsi que les lettres et les dessins qui les accompagnaient. Je les ai
immediatement examines avec beaucoup d' attention, et je vous prie
d'agreer tous mes remerciments pour cet envoi et ces renseignements
pleins d'interet pour moi.

Je vais vous communiquer le resultat de cet examen, en regrettant
qu'il ne me conduise pas a, des conclusions positives relativement a la
position geologique du terrain, qui renferme ces echantillons.

1°. Echantillons de Kiltorcan.

No. 11, 12, 6, 9, 2. Sont tous des echantillons bien mieux conserves
et plus complets que ceux que j'avais vus precedemment de la fougere
nominee Cyclopteris* Hibemica, et que j'avais era d'apres les premiers
echantillons appartenir au genre Odontopteris — ceux ci me font bien
mieux concevoir qu'ils eussent ete classes parmi les Cyclopteris, cependant
ce n'est nullement le genre naturel qui a recu ce nom, il n' y'a qu* une
analogie dans la nervation — la forme des folioles et leur disposition est
bien plutot celle des Sphenopteris, les nervures flabelliformes rapportent
cette fougere a ce genre et surtout a, la section ou genre nomme Adian-
tites qui a des pinnules entieres, non lobees, ou a peine lobees.

Mais je ne connais aucune espece reellement voisine de celle ci, et
peut-etre devra-t-elle former un genre particulier.

Par son port elle se rapproche du Sphenopteris lolata du terrain Per-
mien, mais celle ci a les pinnules profondement divisees. II y'a encore
des recherches a faire sur cette plante, qui est certainement differente
de toutes celles que je connais dans les couches carboniferes.

Sur les echantillons No. 12 et 9. Je remarque un caractere rare
dans les fougeres, quoiqu' il y en ait quelques examples dans les JVeuro-
pteris, e'est la presence de pinnules naissant directement sur le rachis
principal entre les grandes pennes laterales.

La foliole isolee du No. 2 me parait une de ces pinnules.

No. 3, 15, 19, tiges tres remarquables tout a fait nouvelles pour moi,
le No. 3 est le mieux conserve et le plus caracterise il presente deux
tiges semblables qui se croisent.

Ce sont bien des tiges quoique tres applaties et ressemblant a, des
feuilles lineaires, car elles portent des cicatrices d' insertion d'organes
appendiculaires tres regulieres, disposees en spirale et en quinconce.

L'intervalle des cicatrices est lisse sans cannelure, stries, ni areoles,
comme on le voit dans quelques especes de Sigillaria figurees dans mon
Histoire des Vegetaux Fossiles ; mais les cicatrices tres petites ont une
forme tres differente, elles representent un petit disqne ovale presque
rond, dont la surface est finement granulie et sans cicatrice vasculaire bien
distincte; ily a cependant un indice d'unfaisceau transversal tres vague-

* The fossil above alluded to was referred provisionally to the genus Cyclopteris by
the late Professor Edward Forbes, at the Meeting of the British Association held at Bel-
fast in the year 1852.

216 PEOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

ment marque. La tige No. 3 qui n'est pas tres grosse moins d'un pouce
en diametre, presente ces cicatrices en spirale, tres reguliere au noinbre
de 4 ou 5 sur la demi circonference, soit de 9 environ sur la circonfer-
ence entiere, et comme la serie superieure alterne avec la serie inferieure,
deux tours de spires doivent comprendre 1 7 cicatrices, disposition qui
se rapporterait a la spire T^, et qui est analogue a cette de certains
Lycopodes.

Mais les autres echantillons annoncent des tiges plus grosses. Sur
le No. 15, la tige ne paraitpas cependant comprendre plus de cicatrices,
seulement elles sont plus espacees, quoi que de meme dimension cha-
cune, comme cela a bien sur une tige plus vigoreuse ou les feuilles,
sans avoir leurs insertions plus grosses, les ont plus espacees.

Le No. 19 presente une tige encore plus grosse et a cicatrices plu3
nombreuses dans la circonference, environ 7 ou 8 dans une demi circon-
ference.

Je ne connais aucune tige semblable a l'etat fossile, et ne puis la
rapporter avec certitude a une famille connue — c'est un des fossiles les
plus interessants a rechercher et a tacher de completer.

Ces tiges sont elles simples ou dichotomes ? quels sont les organes
inseris sur les cicatrices, sont ce des feuilles lineaires comme celles des
Lepidodendron t les feuilles lineaires contenues dans les memes echan-
tillons feraient elles partie de la meme plante ? Serait ce des racines
comme les Stigmaria? je ne le pense pas, mais il y a beaucoup d' incerti-
tude a ce sujet.

No. 1, 5, 8. Lepidophylltjm.

J'ai design e sous ce nom des feuilles qui en general appartiennent
aux lepidodendron, mais qui proviennent peut-etre aussi de plantes
d'autres genres tels que les Sigillaria, ce sont de feuilles lineaires,
etroites, uninerviees, et ordinairement carenees.

Celles de ces echantillons presentent ces caracteres, mais aucune
n'est assez entiere, pour qu'on puisse appreeier leur longueur totale, et
la forme de leur extremite.

Elles ressemblent beaucoup a celles qui paraissent de la tige No. 1 4,
et qui sont representees sur le dessin que vous m'avez envoye, mais
elles sont je crois beaucoup plus longues, et pourraient appartenir aux
tiges precedentes.

Dans des feuilles d'une forme aussi simple, il peut y avoir une tres
grande analogie entre des organes appartenant a des especes, a des
genres, et meme a des families differentes, les differences seraient pro-
bablement dans la structure, ainsi actuellement il y a sou vent dans les
formes seules, une grande analogie entre les feuilles de plusieurs genres
diffe rents de conifere, et entre des coniferes et des Lycopodiacees.

La dimension de ces feuilles s'accorderait assez bien avec celle des
cicatrices des tiges precedentes, et la forme arrondie de ces cicatrices ne
serait pas un obstacle, car on en observe d' assez semblables sur des coni-
feres a feuilles planes lineaires.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 217

No. 14 cet echantillon joint au beau dessin que vous m'avez addresse
de la part du Professeur Haughton, donne une idee assez complette de
cette plante remarquable.

La forme generale, celle des feuilles, et la disposition de ces organes
sur la tige est celle des Lepidodendron. Mais les cicatrices d'insertion
de ces feuilles, telles que je puis les observer sur une partie de 1' echan-
tillon No. 14, different beaucoup de la forme ordinaire de celles des
Lepidodendron.

Cependant en considerant qu'elles correspondent a des rameaux
jeunes, encore couverts de leur feuilles, etne sont pas de vraies cicatrices
laissees sur la tige apres la chute des feuilles, on peut je crois regarder
cette plante comme appartenant au grand genre Lepidodendron.

La difference entre les insertions des feuilles par les jeunes rameaux,
les cicatrices des feuilles recemment tombees sur des rameaux plus
ages, et celles des grosses tiges est tres grande, comme on le voit par les
especes abondantes dans certains terrains houillers.

Les feuilles resemblent beaucoup a celles des No. 1, 5, 8, mais elles
sont beaucoup moins longues, et un peu plus etroites.

Je ne pense pas que ce puissent etre des rameaux du Lepidodendron
minutum, dont les cicatrices paraissent plus courtes et plus rhomboidales.
Je crois qu'on doit en faire une espece speciale que je vous demande la
permission d'appeler Lepidodendron Grijfiithii*

J'ai un echantillon d'Ecosse de But -die-house, qui se rapproche plus
qu' aucun autre de cette plante, mais les feuilles sont tombees, et la
forme des cicatrices un peu differente.

Le dessin d'un fragment de Lepidodendron minutum , que comprend
le grand dessin de M. Haughton, ne suffit pas pour determiner les formes
precises de cette espece, et ce serait un de mes principaux desiderata
d' avoir un bon echantillon de cette plante, dont les caracteres fussent
bien appreciables.

Les echantillons No. 4, 7, 17, 18, renferment des sortes de tiges
sans aucunes cicatrices, qui paraissent avoir ete epaisses et cylindriques
et lisses a leur surface. Je presume que ce sont des petioles de fougeres,
et probablement d' apres leur grosseur du Sphenopteris Hibernica.

Dans les echantillons 1 et 10, il y a dans chacun un fragment de
feuilles larges lineaires striees, qui paraissent analogues a cette du Nog-
gerathia ou Pychnophyllum {Flabellaria borassifolia, Sternb.) mais lLs
sont trop imparfaitspour avoir une opinion positive a, leur egard.

Le No. 16 m'est tout a fait inconnu, et sa nature est tres difficile a
apprecier — serait ce un rhizome comprime de fougere ?

Je n'ose avoir aucune opinion sur un seul echantillon, qui offre aussi
peu de caracteres particuliers.

Cette revue des echantillons de Kiltorcan est, comme on le voit, tres

* The fossil above named was discovered by Dr. Carte, and is in the Museum of the
Royal Dublin Society, as are also all those from Kiltorcan, under the several Nos. re-
ferred to: specimens of which, bearing similar numbers, are in the possession of M. Brong-
niart.

218 PHOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

peu propre a decider la question de la nature Devonienne ou carbonifere
de ce terrain.

Specifiquement ces plantes sont difierentes de celles du terrain car-
bonifere. Generiquement elles rentrent dans la meme nature de vege-
tation ; mais c'est aussi ce qui parait avoir lieu pour le petit nombre
d'especes connues du terrain Devonien.

II parait qu'on a trouve, il y a deux ans, en Allemagne a Saalfield
en Thuringe un gisement de plantes fossiles Devoniennes, mais M.
TJnger qui a annonce ce fait, n'a pas encore, que je sache, decrit et
figure ces plantes ; il en a seulement donne une liste dans le Bulletin de
l'Academie des sciences de Vienne, et com me presque toutes sont d'apres
lui nouvelles, il est impossible de les comparer avec vos plantes d'lr-
lande, il faut attendre pour resoudre cette question interessante : mais
il serait a desirer que vous puissiez reunir le plus grande nombre possi-
ble d'echantillons de ce terrain, etsurtout de cette localite de Kiltorcan,
qui les presente dans un bon etat de conservation.

Je serai toujours a votre disposition pour les etudier, etles comparer
avec ceux d'autres localites, que j'ai reuni dans les collections du museum
de Paris.

J'ajouterai quelques mots relatifs aux echantillons des autres localites.

1°. Tallow Bridge.

Ces echantillons sont si imparfaits, qu'il est bien difficile de se
former une opinion a, leur egard.

Je doute beaucoup que le Sigillaria dichotoma soit une vraie Sigillaria,
l'ecorce manque partout, ainsi que des cicatrices nettes, c'est seulement
le moule de l'axe ligneux, ou de la partie sous-corticale, et je croirais
plutot qu'il appartient a un Zepidodendron, dont les vieilles tiges de-
pouillees de leur partie corticale presentent souvent le meme aspect.

Ce serait peut etre les tiges de la meme plante dont le Zepidodendron
minutum* JSTo. 3 serait les rameaux, le No. 4 presente une dimension et
une forme intermediaire.

2°. Environs de Bally castle.

1. Fragments indeterminables, l'etiquette porte 'ferns' mais je n'en
vois pas de traces.

2. Doonadoba. — Portion de fronde dichotome resemblant beaucoup
au Fucoides antiquus des terrains de transition de Norvege. Je doute
cependant qu' il y ait identite, la forme est un peu difierente et on y
remarque la trace d'une nervure mediane qui manque dans ce Fucoides.

3 et 4. Indeterminables.

5. Tissu ligneux assez bien conserve d'une dicotyledone gymno-
sperme conifere? ou peut-etre sigillaree? les fibres au microscope
paraissent rayees.

* This fossil was described and figured in a former Number of this Journal.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 219

3°. Killaghtee.

1 et 2. Rien 6V appreciable.

3. Stigmwia ficoides — echantillon tres imparfait mais certainement
de ce genre.

Je voudrais pouvoir me former une opinion exacte, des diverses sortes
de tiges representees sur le beau dessin de M. Haughton avec le grand
Lepidodendron, mais les dessins les plus parfaits laissent toujours des
points d' organization obscurs, car on ne peut pas y appliquer la loupe
pour en juger les details, des echantillons de ces diverses tiges auraient
pour moi beaucoup d'interet. Je remarque seulement que la Pig. 2
indiqu^e comme Sigillaria dichotoma differe beaucoup des echantillons de
Tallow Bridge envoyes sur ce nom, et ressemble d'avantage aux tiges
No. 3, 15, 19 ci dessus decrites, seulement les cicatrices sont figurees
en lignes transversales, et non pas en lignes obliques.

Le dessin de tige* avec des racines en Stigmaria m'a font grand
plaisir, c'est une nouvelle confirmation des faits deja observees qui
etablissent que les stigmaria ne sont que des racines de grand vege-
taux arborescents, qu'on a generalement reconnus pour des Sigillaria, —
il est a regretter qu'ici la tige ne soit pas conservee, dans une etendue
suffisante pour que la forme de sa surface puisse etre etudiee : si on en
retrouvait de semblables, il serait bien a desirer qu'on peut recueillir
une portion de la surface de la tige, et un morceau des racines, en
choisissant les parties les mieux conservees.

Je vous renouvelle Monsieur, en terminant cette longue lettre, 1' assur-
ance de l'interet avec lequel je recevrai toutes les communications, que
vous voudrez bien me faire relativement a vos plantes fossiles, et des
efforts que je ferai pour vous addresser quelques renseignements satis-
faisants a leur egard.

Je regrette beaucoup d' avoir dans le cas actuel ete oblige d'exprimer
plus souvent des doutes que des affirmations; le sujet est si difficile, et
nos moyens d' investigation si imparfaits, que cela me servir a d' excuse.

Veuillez agreer Monsieur 1' expression de mes sentiments les plus
distingue s.

Ad. Bhongniaet.

P. S. Veuillez avoir la bonte d'exprimer a M. Haughton tous mes
remerciments, pour le beau dessin qu' il m'a addresse, et que je conser-
verai precieusement.

* The fossil referred to by M. Brongniart was obtained in the gray sandstone at Mac
Swyne's Bay, near Dunkineely, in the county of Donegal, and is at present in the court-
yard of the Royal Dublin Society ; and a translation of this communication was read
before that Society in connexion with a paper on the Plants of the Yellow Sandstone, by
Mr. Griffith, on March 27, 1857.

220 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Dr. Griffith read the following —

EXPLANATION OF THE PRINCIPLE OF COLOURING, AS WELL AS OF REFERENCE
TO THE COMPOSITION OF ROCKS BY LETTERS CONTAINED IN THE TABLE
APPENDED TO THE LAST EDITION OF THE " GEOLOGICAL MAP OF IRELAND;"
TOGETHER WITH THE ORIGINAL NOTES MADE IN THE YEAR 1847, RELA-
TIVE TO THE COMPOSITION AND STRUCTURE OF ARKLOW ROCK AND OTHER
IGNEOUS PROTRUSIONS OF THE COUNTIES OF WICKLOW AND WEXFORD.
BY RICHARD GRIFFITH, LL. D., F. G. S. LONDON AND DUBLIN.

In preparing the last edition of my " Geological Map of Ireland," dated
April, 1855, I appended a Table explanatory of the colours and letters
adopted by me to indicate the character and composition of the several
rocks which occur throughout the country, as far as my examination
enabled me to do so ; but as it would appear from several sheets of the
Government Geological Survey of Ireland, lately published, on the scale
of one inch to a mile, that differences occur in the views entertained
by my friend Mr. Jukes and myself, in regard to certain portions of
the numerous insulated patches of rock of an igneous character, which
occur in certain continuous lines or chains throughout the lower Silu-
rian schistose district of the counties of Wicklow, Wexford, and Water-
ford, I think it desirable at the present time to explain to the Society
what is intended to be represented by the shades of red and purple
which distinguish those patches from the general tint of gray, which
indicates the position of the strata belonging to the lower Silurian
period.

The different districts and insulated patches throughout Ireland
which are tinted with carmine indicate the areas which, in my opinion,
should be classed as granite ; and the difference in the composition and
ages of those rocks in different localities are shown by the letter IT, and
its adjuncts, as ITa, Ub, &c. The igneous protrusions, whether in
the form of mountain masses, hummocks, bosses, or dykes, composed
essentially of the minerals felspar and hornblende (the latter usually
predominating), generally known by the name of greenstone and green-
stone porphyry, are represented by a shade of deep-red and their varieties,
by the letter X and its adjuncts, as Xa, Xb, Xf, &c. ; while the several
protruded masses composed chiefly of felspar, with occasional horn-
blende and quartz, varying from sub-crystalline to compact (for one
variety of the latter of which (Xd) I have adopted Kirwan's term
'felsite' in my map), and which in Wicklow, Wexford, &c, are fre-
quently associated with protruded greenstones and greenstone porphyries,
are distinguished from them by the letters, though not by colour ; but
it should be mentioned that, partly owing to the smallness of the scale,
four miles to one inch, on which my Geological Map has been published,
and partly from want of sufficient leisure to make in detail all the ne-
cessary observations, I have been unable to distinguish on the Map nu-
merous comparatively small ramifications, whether of the compact
felspathic rock or of greenstone, which occur in the rocks which adjoin

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 221

the great protrusions of compact felspathic rock or of greenstone ; hence
all su.ch have merged in the general purple tint, lettered Ya, Yb, Yc,
Yd, Yf, &c, which indicates the rocks that, as a class, I have included
under the term " metamorphic."

My opinion, when the examination of the districts was made, being that
many of the more minute strings or irregular beds of imperfectly deve-
loped felspathic porphyry, or even hornblendic rocks, originated in the
fusion or semi-fusion of a portion of the original schistose rock, during
the period of igneous action, when the great protrusions of the green-
stone and felspathic rocks took place ; and it is solely in regard to the
origin and nomenclature of a portion of the rocks tinted purple on my
Map, in which any important difference occurs between my views as
given on the Geological Map, and those of the Government geological
surveyors as represented on their maps ; and my opinions and doubts
on this subject are contained in my original notes, written in the year
1847, relating to Arklow Rock, and the igneous protrusions of the
country generally; and, indeed, at the present time, I entertain the
same doubts of the propriety of classing and uniting certain sub-crys-
talline felspathic rocks with metamorphic strata. But still I apprehend,
that too great an extension may be given by the geological surveyors
to a class of rocks called volcanic ash, conceived by them to have
been deposited contemporaneously with the formation of the rocks of
the Silurian period, — as I possess many specimens of apparently schis-
tose rocks collected within the limits of these tracts of volcanic ash,
which appear to me to exhibit decided indications of a sedimentary
arrangement, though altered in external appearance, and presenting the
ordinary character of metamorphic schist ; and it was this circumstance
which induced me to describe the districts referred to as metamorphic ;
many of which cannot be distinguished from the admitted metamorphic
schist which occurs in the vicinity of the granite boundaries of the
counties of Wicklow and Wexford.

This is a subject well worthy of discussion in the field, where alone
a satisfactory conclusion can be arrived at. We are all searching for
truth, to arrive at which we have only to observe with care, and decide
without prejudice.

In illustration of the foregoing observations I may mention, that
during the last month (May), while looking over the rock specimens
collected in the counties of Wicklow and Wexford during my last hasty
geological examination of those counties just ten years ago, and also
consulting my note-book, as well as the observations laid down on the
Ordnance Maps, for the purpose of refreshing my memory preparatory
to accompanying my friends, Mr. Jukes and Professor Haughton, on a
contemplated excursion to a portion of that district, — I discovered, among
other matters, a short note of my views relating to the composition and
structure of Arklow Rock, with the opinions I entertained at the time
respecting the igneous origin of the white felspathic rock, so prevalent
in the counties of Wicklow, Wexford, and Waterford, called by me

vol. iv. 2 G

222 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

compact felspar, but to which Professor Sedgwick's appropriate name
of felstone has lately been applied by Mr. Jukes.

In the present state of the geological examination of the country, I
think it desirable, however crude, to bring these notes, as made on the
spot, before the Society, with a view to future discussion.

In the last edition of my Geological Map of Ireland I have not made
any change in the divisions which, in 1847, I thought it best to adopt
between the rocks which I believed to be undoubtedly of igneous
origin, and those which presented a kind of mean between igneous
and schistose metamorphic rocks, the greater portion of which are
now classed by the geological surveyors as volcanic ash. And, although
I do not mean on the present occasion to dispute this view, still, on look-
ing over my notes and specimens, I am not yet quite a convert to it, at
least to the full extent of the views entertained by Mr. Jukes, and his
excellent corps of field observers.

The following are the notes written at Arklow, dated June 26,
1847:—

The most satisfactory and characteristic example of the igneous pro-
trusions of the counties of Wicklow and Wexford is exhibited at the
hills called generally Arklow Hock, situate about two miles to the south
of the town of Arklow. At this place there are two abrupt hills
which rise precipitously, one out of the sea on the east side, and the
other from the schistose plain on the west.

If we commence our examination from the south-western point of
the western hill called Eock Little, we find a remarkable though irregular
vein of white or grayish- white porphyritic felspathic rock, traversing
the slate rock in a north-east and south-west direction, where it crosses
the road at the south end of Eock Little, and where it has been
quarried ; its breadth is about 80 feet, having metamorphic schist on the
west side, and a protrusion of greenstone on the east : proceeding north-
wards, the vein expands, and is there quarried extensively, and when
broken is used for repairing the roads. In some places the rock in-
cludes thick elongated masses of schist, which are highly metamorphic,
and sometimes present the character of semi-porphyry.

About 300 feet northward from the first opening of the vein at the
road, it presents the appearance of three distinct veins, each having
vertical sides, separated from each other by interposed masses of meta-
morphic schist, which are stratified horizontally, and have a vertical
cleavage. If in this place we make a section across the vein from west
to east, we find first a vertical vein consisting of white felspathic rock,
having a porphyritic structure, from its containing occasionally imper-
fect crystals of felspar, a few crystals of hornblende, and grains of gray
quartz ; this vein or branch is 1 6 feet in breadth ; beyond it to the east
is a rib of metamorphic schist, presenting the usual cleavage 14 feet
broad ; then a second vein of felspathic rock, similar to the first, 50 feet
in breadth, again a second mass of metamorphic schist, 70 feet broad,
beyond which is a vein of coarse-grained felspathic rock, 70 feet broad
at the least, but to the north-eastward it may be considerably more ;

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 223

this rock in hand specimens presents the appearance and structure of a
rather fine-grained granite, being composed of grayish- white felspar,
white mica, some crystals of hornblende, and some quartz ; the blocks
which have been quarried present large cubical or rather slightly rhom-
boidal masses, many of which would weigh upwards of a ton, some
upwards of two tons. Notwithstanding the difference in the structure,
it is probable that the three apparently distinct veins are the produce
of one common root, and that the difference in the veins has resulted
from the slower cooling of the large mass giving time before consolida-
tion for the more perfect development of the crystals of felspar, &c.

Continuing our general section to the eastward, we find schistose
rock dipping to the south-east, at an angle of 15 degrees, having a
nearly vertical cleavage; it is highly metamorphic near its contact
with the felspathic vein, but becomes gradually less so at a distance
from it.

Continuing the section to the east, at a distance of about 200 feet
from the last-mentioned granular branch of the felspathic vein, we come
in contact with and cross the direction of the greenstone protrusion
already mentioned, which at the road forms the eastern boundary of
the felspathic vein, but which, taking a north-easterly course, cuts ob-
liquely across the strike of the schistose rock. This greenstone con-
tinues in the same direction, forming the summit and eastern declivity
of the hill of Rock Little. But before reaching the farm-house of Rock
Little it descends into the earth and is lost.

At the house of Rock Little, unaltered schistose rocks are visible, dip-
ping south-east at angles varying from 10 to 20 degrees, and I have no
doubt that this schistose rock forms the base of the valley which inter-
venes between Rock Little and Rock Big.

The protruded mass of greenstone just mentioned is highly crys-
talline ; it is composed of oblong crystals of white felspar, with a pro-
fusion of imperfect crystals of black shining hornblende, forming a very
hard and beautiful rock.

At the forge which stands at the forking of the road at the southern
end of the valley, between Rock Little and Rock Big, is a second protrusion
of greenstone, which extends uninterruptedly along the line of the old
Arklow road, in a north-easterly direction to the sea below the grave-
yard. ' This rock is not so coarse-grained as that first described; the
felspar is visible, but crystals of hornblende are rarely fully developed.
Ascending Rock Big to the eastward, we find a close-grained felspathic
mass, similar to that which occurs in the protrusion already mentioned ;
but in this case it presents a rude columnar structure, the columns
being four, five, or six-sided, inclining towards the IS". E. at an angle
of about 30°. Still continuing to ascend Rock Big to the eastward, the
rock graduates into rather coarse-grained greenstone, the crystals of fels-
par and hornblende being tolerably well developed, but not so perfectly
as that first-mentioned. Still continuing to ascend, the crystalline and
unstratified rock presents a nearly horizontal tabular structure, and the
different tables exhibit different characters: in some it is felspathic

224 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

bluish-gray, with crystals of hornblende, in others, dark bluish-gray,
compact or splintery felspar without quartz. At the summit the rock
is composed of a base of dark-gray compact felspar, with disseminated
imperfect crystals of white felspar. Descending the declivity to the
eastward, the base of the rock still preserves its dark-gray colour, but
it becomes very fine-grained, and presents the character of clinkstone
porphyry, being translucent at the edges.

This rock has been much quarried ; it very much resembles the fels-
pathic porphyry of Penmonmawr in Carnarvonshire, used for the pave-
ment of London. Continuing to descend to the eastward, the same
rock continues to the base of the steep declivity, where the surface rock
presents a white colour, and is similar to that of the vein first-men-
tioned, but on this mass being quarried beyond the weathered surface,
it presents the dark bluish-gray colour of the sub- crystalline felspar
porphyry of the summit of the hill. Still continuing to descend to the
eastward, the rock, which presents a white felspathic mass at the sur-
face, is followed by dark bluish-gray compact felspathic porphyry,
which extends nearly to the coast.

The cliff immediately above the strand is composed of a brown and
apparently irregularly stratified mass of rock, dipping S. W., angle 80°,
and presents a very doubtful character. At the base close to the
shore, near the old mine adit, the rock consists of thin beds of black
Lydian stone, passing into flint slate, in which graptolites have been
discovered. At the adit a bed of breccia occurs, having a close-grained
quartzose or hornstone base, with angular fragments of white quartz and
some Lydian stone ; but time did not admit of these rocks being examined
with sufficient care. Leaving the section, and proceeding in a "S. E.
direction towards Arklow and the sea, we find the greenstone and
columnar felspathic rock extends uninterruptedly from the forge in a
north-easterly direction to the sea-shore, at the northern extremity of
Rock Big, varying frequently from ordinary greenstone to the dark
gray compact felspathic rock. On the sea-shore there is a rude facade
of basaltic columns similar to, but more perfect than, those already
mentioned, which are being quarried for the pier at Arklow ; and the
columnar structure is in consequence far less striking than it has for-
merly been, but it is still sufficiently visible. The most remarkable cir-
cumstance is, that these columns sometimes consist of a porphyritic
felspathic rock, composed of dark-gray compact felspar, containing
imperfect crystals of hornblende ; while other portions of the mass are
composed of splintery, fine-grained, dark-gray compact felspar, having a
conchoidal fracture translucent at the edges, and in hand specimens
resembles fine-grained quartzite.

The coast south of this columnar rock is composed of the ordinary
amorphous unstratified rock, varying in character and colour, as already
mentioned ; but it is remarkable that the dark-gray rock is in one in-
stance at least traversed by a vertical vein of white compact felspar
rock, about 9 inches in thickness, exactly similar in structure to that
first described.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF DUBLIN. 225

On the whole, Arklow Rock consisting of Hills Big and Little, pre-
sents a fine example of an igneous protrusion, or perhaps succession of
protrusions through the slate rocks ; and the frequent variation in the
structure and composition of the rock in different parts proves that
similar rocks which occur in various parts of Wicklow and Wexford,
intermixed with slate rock, are also igneous protrusions, though in
many cases, owing to their ambiguous character and schistose structure,
I have classed them with, and called them, metamorphic slates.

The quarry at Gorey may he instanced as an example, also Ask Hill,
north of Gorey, where the porphyry and felspathic rocks are associated
with greenstone, similar to that on Rock Little.

On the whole, the results of the examination of Arklow Rock leave
no doubt on my mind as to the igneous origin of Tara Hill, and other
hills and ridges of that district ; but still there are several localities in
which both porphyritic and felspathic rocks occur, so intimately associ-
ated with rock presenting a schistose structure as to render it doubtful
whether they should be classed with igneous or with schistose meta-
morphic rocks, and I may mention Rennogue Hill, near Gorey, as an
example.

Me. Joseph Kincaid, Jun., exhibited, and read the following remarks
on, —

A SECTION ACROSS THE COAL BEDS OF LEITBIM.

The paper which I have the honour to lay before the Society has refe-
rence to a section made through the Coal district of the county of Leitrim.
It was taken in a direction nearly north and south across Lough Allen.
The beds south of that Lake are almost horizontal, and north dip about
10°. Starting from the hills above the Creaghan Company's Iron Works,
near the small Lake Lackagh, we pass over the red and white sandstone,
or greenstone, in which occur thin seams of coal. These were formerly
worked, but have been abandoned for some time. Descending then by
the river that runs by the Company's furnaces, we have exposed a thick
bed of shale, in which are the workings for ironstone. This is found in
balls, and in the bed, the former uppermost, about five or six feet thick,
and of great richness, and the latter immediately below, not so rich, but
also very valuable. Beneath this, at the furnaces, occurs a seam of ex-
cellent fire-clay, which lies at the bottom of the shale. It is from eigh-
teen inches to five feet thick, and the specimens of alum are from this
seam. I also found some well-preserved Orthoceratites in the limestone
nodules that surrounded this. These nodules are formed of thin coats
or layers, and are generally of large size ; but those I was able to split
open generally contained these fossils. Below this occurs an impure
limestone, called Calp, — this being, I suppose, a mere lithological dis-
tinction. In this I found many traces of Posidonomya.

Further to the west we come upon the limestone that is worked for
the Company's furnaces. This is very hard and compact, and contains
few fossils. I was only able to obtain a few small specimens of
Atrypa.

226 PROCEEDINGS OP SOCIETIES.

On the other side of Lough Allen we again come upon the impure
limestone, dipping in the same direction. This would seem to indicate
a considerable fault in the Lake, — one, I should think, of six or seven
hundred feet.

I have now to point out the principal peculiarity in the section,
which is the occurrence here of a bed of gypsum, about five or six feet
thick. It is of peculiar appearance, being thickly interspersed with
crystals of Selenite, and lies on the impure limestone at the edge of the
Lake. I do not know that the occurrence of a bed of gypsum in carbo-
nate of lime has been noticed before ; but Professor Jukes informs me
that he has seen fossils converted into sulphate of lime, and full of Sele-
nite, imbedded in the tertiary limestone of South Australia, and also
in the recent limestone of the coral reefs.

The remainder of the section shows the shale, which is about 120
feet thick, and the sandstone which contains the seams of coal worked
by the Crevylea Company for their Iron Works. The seat- rock, which
corresponds with the under-clay of the English coal-measures, is here a
hard, fine-grained sandstone.

DUBLIN NATUEAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

FRIDAY EVENING, JUNE 12, 1857.

Professor W. H. Harvey, M.D., M.R.I.A., F.L.S., President,
in the Chair.

The Minutes having been read and signed, —

Propessor Kinahan read some notes —

ON A REMARKABLE VARIETY OF TRICHOMANES RADICANS (KILLARNEY FERn).

The form of this beautiful and well-known fern, which I lay before your
Society to-night, was first brought under my notice by Mr. John Bain,
the Curator of the University Botanic Gardens, and is peculiarly inter-
esting, as affording an example, among the " Muscoid" ferns, of that
form of monstrosity which is met with rather commonly in some genera
of our native ferns, and for which I proposed the name of Laciniatum
in a paper read before your Society in 1853. The departure from the
normal form consists, as there stated, in a depauperation of the mem-
branous portions of the frond, the more vascular portions remaining
unaltered, and the frond being in consequence generally either scalloped
at its edges, or reduced to a linear condition. The fructification is gene-
rally absent in this form.

The causes or conditions which give rise to it are extremely obscure.
In Scolopendrium it is generally most prevalent in plants from a dry
station, but in Trichomanes I find it prevails in plants from the very

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 227

wettest localities ; for, since my attention was called to the form, I found,
on examining a case of ferns, put up four years ago, that plants from
a station of this kind, which I had then laid aside as young plants, have
preserved their characters unchanged up to the present, nor do they
show any appearance of fructification, though plants in the same case
and from the same localities are loaded with fruit. These characters
are permanent.

The plants exhibited were obtained by Professor Harvey some years
back at Killarney, and have preserved their characters unchanged ever
since. I may add, before concluding, that a careful examination of this
fern, in its Killarney stations, has led me to conclude that the plants
there are, so to speak, drawn up, and that the fact of the difference be-
tween them and those from Waterford and Glouin Caragh, as regards
fructification and form of frond, are altogether dependent on a law which
prevails among the ferns, that when the membranous portion of a frond
is developed more than normally, it is so at the expense of the fructifi-
cation. I may also add, that an examination of the Valentia Island
station of this fern has convinced me that the plant has been introduced
there.

The Chairman read a communication —

ON LONICERA XYLOSTETJM, AN ADDITION TO THE IRISH FLORA.

That well-known garden plant, which has been recorded as yet in
only a few stations in England, Lonicera xylosteum, was found in 1852,
in an undoubtedly wild state, at a great distance from cultivation, on the
Kippard Mountain, in a copse near the Cabhole, about six miles from
Mountmellick, by Mr. John Jessop, who forwarded this notice of its
discovery.

Professor Kinahan read the following letter from Mr. G. V.
Du Noyer, M. E. I. A., Associate Member : —

ON A REMARKABLE FORM OF ECHINUS LIVIDUS.

"Dingle, Trdlee, May 21, 1857.
" My dear Kinahan, — The rough outline on the opposite page may
give you some idea of an Echinus I found the other day on the rocks
among seaweed, at the Coastguard station, Minard. I have taken pos-
session of it, and intend giving it to the Natural History Society. As
well as my memory serves me, I have not before remarked an Echinus
of this particular shape ; many of the creatures are four or five inches
across, and proportionally high.

" Yours sincerely,

" George V. Du Noyer."

The specimen referred to was exhibited ; its most remarkable cha-
racters were : the base, pentangular in outline ; the summit, instead of
being flattened, as in all the typical forms of Echinus lividus, is produced

228 PBOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

to a point, so that its height nearly equals its transverse diameter.
The arrangement of the pores and tubercles of the ambulacral plates are
identical with that in specimens of E. lividus from Valentia Island, but
the ovarian plates and nucleus differ from those of Echinus lividus, and
are, on the other hand, identical with the form of these parts in Echinus
sphwra ; in fact, in many of its characters this specimen is intermediate
between these two species.

The specimen sent up unfortunately wants the spines, so that it is
doubtful whether it may not be a species distinct from either E. lividus
or 22 sphcera. An Echinus lividus, pentangular in form, is recorded in
Forbes' s "British Starfishes," page 168, but no details are given, and
the pentangular E. sphwra is well known.

Professor Kinahan also exhibited a very fine living specimen of the
spiny crossfish, Uraster glacialis (Link.), from Dalkey Sound, which had
been sent to him by D. J. Corrigan, M. D., M. E. I. A. This specimen
was remarkable for its colour, the species is common in Dublin Bay, in
from 10-30 fathoms ; its occurrence there was first recorded from a spe-
cimen presented to this Society by Dr. Corrigan in 1853. There is a
very remarkable variety (?) of Uraster rubens, which occurs abundantly
when dredging on the Kish Bank, which may be mistaken for this spe-
cies, and which suggests the question whether two species have not been
confounded under the name of Uraster glacialis in our lists. The cha-
racters of the papillae around the spines at once marks out the true
U. glacialis; in the variety spoken of the spines" are perfectly naked,
whilst in U. glacialis they are surrounded by a fleshy mass, crowded at
its summit with numerous small spinules.

The Chairman, under the new rules, declared the following duly
elected : —

Joseph Eees Greene, Associate Member.

William Kennedy, Limerick, Corresponding Member.

W. Lecky, Yalentia, Corresponding Member.

The Session was then declared closed, and the Society adjourned till
November.

ADDENDUM TO SUPPLEMENTAL DUBLIN LIST OF CKUSTACEA (SEE MEETING,
APRIL 17, 1857). BY JOHN B. KINAHAN, M. B.

The Galathea referred to in the above list as G. nexa proves to be an un-
named species ; it is therefore figured, and a further description of the
species is appended ; also a description of the new Iphimedia figured in
the same plate, from a drawing furnished me by C. Spence Bate, Esq.,
P. L. S., who has kindly described the species, though too late for in-
sertion in its"proper place.

Galathea A^dbewslt (mihi). Plate XVI., Fig. 8, a, b, c, d.
G. rostro brevi, 3-5 dentibus utrinque ornatis. Pedibus anticis
rotundatis elongatis, angustis sparse tuberculatis, tuberculis spinos

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 229

ssepissime terminantibus. Chelis digitis parallelis, elongatis angustis ricto
minute denticulato, apice adunco ; maxillepedibus externis articulo se-
cundo tertium Eequante.

Habitat : " Sinum Maris Hibernicae, * Dublin Bay,' dictum."
This species combines the characters of the genera Munida and Ga-
lathea to a great extent : it manifestly belongs, however, to the latter
genus. I have named it after William Andrews, M. R. I. A., whose re-
searches into our native zoology and botany have so often been laid be-
fore this Society.

The characters of the narrowed, elongated hands, their comparative
freedom from spines, the small size of the species, and the character of
the beak, separate it from all described species. For further particulars
concerning it, see Supplemental List : it is extremely common.

ON A NEW AMrHIPOD. BY SPENCE BATE, F. L. S.
PLATE XVI.

Iphimedia {Rathhe, n. a. xx.). I. Eblan^: (mihi).

Head produced into a rostrum ; antennae unfurnished with secon-
dary appendage, subequal ; the last segment of the pereion and each of
the three anterior segments of the pleon armed, lateral to the dorsal
ridge, with two parallel rows of teeth.

The three anterior segments of the pleon each armed with a well-de-
tooth in the median dorsal line.

[I. capite rostrato. Antennis simplicibus subaequalibus. Corporis
segmentis 8-11, duabus dentium parallelium seriebus, lateraliter arma-
tis, 9-11, forte dente medio dorsi, ornatis.]

This species differs from I. obesa, on which Rathke founded the
genus, in several very important points. The rostrum is more incurved ;
the infero-posterior edge of each segment is more pointedly produced ;
but that which most strongly strikes the notice is the elevation of a
well- developed tooth on the centre of the dorsal surface of each of the
three anterior segments of the pleon ; whilst on the next succeeding
there is a prominence as if a tooth had been arrested in the course of
development.

On each side of the dorsal centre there exists a tooth, formed by the
projection of the posterior margin, of each of the three segments that
carries a central tooth, as also the last segment of the pereion, on which
a central tooth does not exist.

Lower down on each of the three anterior segments of the pleon a
second row of similar teeth exists on the posterior margin, and the two
posterior of these same have each the infero-posterior point produced
into a tooth ; those upon the third segment are all curved upwards.

The anterior pair of Gnathapoda (Fig. 5) are simple ; the dactylos
in this species is either rudimentary or fused with the preceding joint ;
the extremity of the leg is tipped with six strong hairs, curved and re-
versely ciliated (Fig. 5a).

vol. rv. 2 h

230 PROCEEDINGS OP SOCIETIES.

The second pair (Fig. 6), as also the mandibles (Fig. 3), and other
appendages of the mouth, offer no great difference from the same organs
in I. obesa.

Telson (Fig. 7) single, notched at the apex. I have named it after
the place of its discovery.

This crustacean was taken by Professor Kinahan from the gill cavi-
ties of Rhizo&toma Cuvieri in Dublin Bay.

There is undoubtedly much to be learned of the habits of animals
that are taken from deep water by the aid of the dredge ; yet from what
we do know I am inclined to think that the position in which Iphime-
dia Eblance was taken must have been 'one of accident rather than its
natural habitat. I have never taken Iscea Montagui except on the back
of a crab {Maia squinado) ; and the Isopod Astacella longicorne infests
the spines of Echinus sphcera. But these are not parasitic in their ha-
bits, such as I. EblancB we must suppose to be, if its natural abode is
within the walls of the gill cavities.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1 , lateral view ; Fig. 2, dorsal ; Fig. 3, mandible ; Fig. 4, max-
illiped; Figs. 5 and 5a, first gnathopod; Fig. 6, second gnathopod.
Fig. 7, telson.*

DONATIONS TO MUSEUM, MAY 1, 1857.

Vere Webb Macnally, Esq. — One hundred specimens of native Le-
pidoptera. JVephrops Norvegicus, Dublin Bay.

William Andrews, Esq., M. R. I. A. — Podiceps cornutus, Lough Ca-
ragh, county of Kerry ; eggs of Sula bassana and Ardea cinerea, county
of Kerry ; and breast-bone of Grus cinerea, shot in county of Kerry, and
presented to this Society some time since by the late M. O'Connell,
Esq., M. P.

JUNE 12, 1867.

George "Victor Du Noyer, Esq., M. R. I. A. — Echinus lividus (a va-
riety), Minard, county of Kerry.

Richard J.TJssher, Esq., Cappoquin. — Eggs of Fregilus graculus, Otus
vulgaris, and Coturnix dactylisonans, county of Waterford.

W. M'Dougall, Esq. — A black egg of the black East India duck.

John Robert Kinahan, M. B. — Portunus carcinoides (new species),
Valentia ; Pagurus Eblaniensis (new species [?]) ; Porcellana longicor-
nis, P. platycheles, Galathea Andrewsii (new species) ; Homarus vul-
garis, Crangon fasciatus, Hippolyte pusiola, Pandalus annulicornis,
Palcemon squilla, P. varians, Jfgsis vulgaris, Dublin ; Palcemon serra-
tus, Palcemon Leachii, Galway.

* Eight specimens of this species were found by me swimming merrily in the gill
cavities of a Rhizostoma, which had been driven ashore, after a high gale, at Merrion,
county of Dublin, in the autumn of 1854. The specimens have been unfortunately mis-
laid, except that figured above, which is now imperfect — J. R. K.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 231

TO THE LIBRARY.

"Reminiscences of Ice Travels," by Captain M'Clintock, R.N., &c;
from Rev. Professor Haughton. "Canadian Journal of Industry,"
jNos. I. to VIII. ; from the Canadian Institute, Toronto. " Transactions
of Geological Society of Dublin," complete; from the Society. "Journal
of the Royal Dublin Society," Nos. I. to VI. ; from the Society.

The Rev. Professor Haughton' s paper on " Pleurotomaria" has not
been furnished to us in^time for'this Number. — Hon. Secs. D/N.H.S.

NOTES OF A VISIT TO MITCHELSTOWN CAVES.* BY E. PERCIVAL WRIGHT,
A. B., M.R.I. A., DIRECTOR OF THE DUBLIN UNIVERSITY MUSEUM; HON.
SEC. DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION.
WITH SUPPLEMENTAL NOTES ON THE BLIND FAUNA OF EUROPE, BY A. H.
HALIDAY, A.M., M.R.I. A., F.L.S., VICE-PRESIDENT OF THE DUBLIN UNI-
VERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION.
PLATE XVIII.

In the early part of August, 1857, Mr. Haliday and myself, when re-
turning from an entomological tour in the south and south-east of
Ireland, paid a short visit to the extensive limestone caverns near
Mitchelstown, county of Cork, hoping to find them inhabited by some in-
sect life. It is pretty generally known that various living animals have
been discovered in the deep recesses of caves, and it is now nearly a
century since the Hypochthon {Proteus) anguinus was found in the caves
of Carniola, and since that time various insects have been discovered
both in European and American caves. A list of the European species,
through the kindness of Mr. Haliday, is appended to these Notes.

The large majority of these animals are found very far in the inte-
rior of the caves ; in those of Carniola none were found within two
miles from the mouth of the cave, far beyond the confines of light.
Under such circumstances eyes would be quite useless to them, and,
therefore, we find them absent, the animals being quite blind ; to them
the broad daylight acts like another ocean, and they keep themselves
shut up in their mountain prisons, towards which the waves of light
never roll. Though blind, they would never appear to stumble into this
upper world, but, impelled by some controlling sense, they keep them
in their native darkness, each cave having its own peculiar species,
which, except there be some internal means of communication, never
obtrudes itself into even the neighbouring caves.

This is a deeply interesting fact in connexion with the theory of
single centres of creation, as here we have a species, its centre of crea-

* Read before Section D at the Meeting of the British Association, Dublin, August 26,
1857.

232 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

tion, and the extent of its wanderings, all within the limits of one small
district, resembling in this respect some of those plants and animals
found on St. Helena and other islands, and nowhere in the world beside.
The caves of Carniola were visited in 1851 by Schiodte, and he has
subsequently published a very interesting account of his researches, and
of the animals which he found in them, in the " Transactions of the
Royal Danish Society of Science."* Other caves have also helped to
swell the already large list of blind animals.

Mr. Murray, in a paper read before the Eoyal Society of Edinburgh,
in April of this year,f quite commiserates with these poor creatures,
and, writing of one of them, says: — " To our finite perception this
insect's existence in its sphere of life would almost seem to be a
mistake. It is one of the predaceous carnivorous Coleoptera, and unless
we assume that it is provided with some special sense which compen-
sates for the want of light and want of sight, it does not need much
consideration to satisfy us that its hunt after its prey will be the pursuit
of food under difficulties ; and that it does not live on very full com-
mons may be inferred from the state in which we find it, — the whole
of the inside in any I have seen being shrivelled up into almost nothing.
Still they live, therefore must be fed, and must, I think, be possessed of
some special instinct or increased power in the other senses to enable
them to procure the wherewithal." This subject is an interesting one,
but one that, I fear, must always be involved in obscurity.

Mr. Murray, being anxious to find out whether any of these animals
inhabited England, visited the extensive caves of Derbyshire, but, after
a very painstaking exploration, informs us he found nothing blind but
the Alleys.

Hoping better things of our Irish caves, Mr. Haliday and myself
arrived at the entrance of the Mitchelstown Caverns on the 4th of August;
they are distant from Cahir about an hour and an half's drive. The
townland, Coolnagarranroe, lies in the valley which separates the Galtee
and Enockmildown chains of mountains, the former constituting its
northern, the latter its southern boundary. The prevailing rock at this
extremity of the Galtees is conglomerate, which occasionally passes into
sandstone, while that which composes the opposite chain of hills pos-
sesses a structure intermediate between that of sandstone and schist.
The material of the interposed valley is compact gray limestone, and
this rock in the townland just mentioned forms two small rounded
hills, within both of which cavities of considerable magnitude exist ;
one has been known from the remotest antiquity, the other, which we
were to explore, was discovered about four-and-twenty years ago by a
man while engaged in quarrying for stones. A very interesting ac-

* " Transactions of the Royal Danish Society of Science," class of Natural and Ma-
thematical Science. Fifth Series. Vol. ii. Copenhagen: 1851.

t See "Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal" for July, 1857. Edinburgh: A. and
C. Black.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 233

count of this cave, accompanied by maps and sections, will be found
in the " Journal of the Dublin Geological Society," written by Professor
Apjohn.*

We were not long in obtaining guides, who brought with them a
large supply of candles, matches, &c. The extreme narrowness of some
of the passages in the caves renders the presence of torches quite un-
bearable. Following the guides, who lived in a small cottage by the
road- side, we proceeded for a short distance through a recently cut
meadow, and by the side of a thorn hedge, profusely covered over with
wild flowers, and then in a moment we found ourselves at the cave's
mouth. A small iron grating, which closed the entrance, was soon
opened, and for a season we bade farewell to the day.

Once within, we found ourselves in a narrow passage, about four
feet wide, and thirty-three in length, and which gradually sloped till it
ended in a vertical precipice many feet deep, down which we descended
by means of a ladder. Advancing on, we arrived at the lower middle
cave, upwards of thirty-five feet high; the roof was covered with small
stalactites, the floor being strewed with large tetrahedral blocks of
limestone ; about the entrance of this cave some specimens of a Macro-
toma (Podura, Linnaeus) were running over the rocks ; they appeared to
be bewildered by the light when it approached, standing still, so that a
quill was applied over the spot so as to catch one or two, but if this
was not done dexterously, they quickly showed their powers of leaping.
Only one specimen was brought home, more having been put into the
pockets than came out, after the variety of creeping, stooping, and
wriggling gone through. This specimen was too much rubbed to pro-
nounce on the species with certainty ; but if not M. plumbea, for which
the size is perhaps too small, and the colour of the scales too bright,
it may be one of the allied species which Gervais has enumerated.

The distance from the entrance in this cave was so small, and the
numbers of the insect so limited, that it is not at all improbable that
they had strayed in hither from the outer world ; the species of the
genus Macrotoma, and M. plumbea in particular, haunting rather dark,
damp situations, under stones among moss at the roots of trees.

Going on still farther, we explored almost all the recesses of the
cavern ; at one time down precipices dangerous even to look at, then
creeping for many yards along the ground, which was covered with a
most delightful red clay, so very fine as to be like red paint ; then along
places where we could neither walk nor creep, but, lying quite flat, just
manage to wriggle through, at which, if the guides saw one, from want
of practice, not expert, they would kindly give you a slight pull, and
make you feel all the horrors of being metamorphosed into a wedge.

However, the hope of seeing some fine Anophthalmus, and the pos-
sibility of finding some blind Mphargus when we reached the river,
tempted us on, and we passed along some sloping precipices, that even

* "Journal of the Dublin Geological Society" for 1885.

234 PROCEEDINGS OE SOCIETIES.

the memory of being once over them is not pleasant. At the farthest
end of the long cave we discovered a species of the same group as the
one just mentioned, but one that was a true denizen of darkness, and a
veritable inhabitant of these caves. This was a Lipura, somewhat larger
than L. fimetaria, which abounded on the surface of some little pools
formed by the drippings from the roof collected in hollows of the bot-
tom. They clustered especially on floating lumps of soft calcareous
concretions, and were also abundant on the moist rocks of the sides of
the caves, especially about some dusky stains of the encrusted rock.
The surface of these stains was scraped, but after being dried the matter
appeared to consist chiefly of fine earth, with a smaller proportion of
vegetable granular matter, apparently the first stage of some algoid
growth, presenting no filaments or other trace of regular organization.

This Lipura is almost identical with the species which Schiodte
found in the Adelsberg Grotto on clumps, especially of Byssus fulvus, L.
(Azonium fulvum). There are, however, some points in which his de-
scription does not exactly agree with the specimens from the Mitchels-
town Caves, and, as mentioned before, different caverns in the Carniola
and Hungarian series afford distinct species of such coleopterous genera,
as Anophthalmus, Leptodirus, and Adelops; so it is by no means im-
probable that the only known inhabitant of our caves may be peculiar
to our own country.

The true specific distinctions, however, in this long neglected group
of insects, are scarcely so well understood as to induce us to propose a
new specific name for it on the ground of the apparent difference be-
tween our Lipura and Schiodte' s. I now give Schiodte' s brief descrip-
tion of his Anurophorus stillicidii, and of the circumstances under which
he found it.

"In the clumps of Byssus fulvus, which grow in the interior space
of the Adelsberg Grotto, I found a remarkable new species of the order
Thysanura. It is snow-white (Plate XYIIL, Fig. 2, a), of pretty consi-
derable size, and by the absence of a coat of scales, by the rudimentary
leaping apparatus, and the structure of the antennae and limbs, as well
as by the number and position of the eyes, is allied to the genus Anuro-
phorus of Mcolet. The Grotto species is distinguished very strikingly
from the few others of this genus that are known, by the antennae, which
are longer than the head, as well as by the longer and more slender legs,
but especially by the structure of the thoracic segments, which are di-
vided into two parts of unequal dimensions.* The eyes are extremely
difficult to discover ; and it was not until after many vain endeavours
that I succeeded in ascertaining the presence of them, their number,
form, and position, by means of a Lieberkiihn's speculum and a strong
reflected lamp- light. They are snow-white (see Plate XYIIL, Fig. 2, d),
fourteen on each side, and disposed nearly as in Anurophorus fimetarius.
— (Nicolet, 'Recherches, pour servir a l'Histoire des Podurelles,'

* Vide " Transactions of the Royal Danish Society of Science," as before.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 235

Plate II., Fig. 10.) The colour evidently proves them rudimentary, and
unsuited for the function of the sense. Along with the larger specimens,
others were found in company (Plate XYIIL, Fig. 2, 1), which, besides
their inferior size, differed by having shorter antennae, with a stout ter-
minal joint, and the thoracic rings less strongly divided : these I take
to be younger specimens. Along with these two kinds was found also
a third (Fig. 2, c), much smaller, of linear figure, with very short an-
tennae, but faint traces of a division of the thoracic segments, and having
the end of the abdomen armed with two small hooks. I think it pro-
bable that this small kind are the larvae."*

Of the specimens brought home from the Mitchelstown Caverns, a
good number were in excellent preservation, and some were yet alive
when brought to Dublin. It was unfortunately found impossible to
pay any attention to them until a fortnight had almost passed ; and by
that time their bodies were completely dissolved away. A few speci-
mens, preserved in alcohol, were therefore all that remained, and these
were very carefully examined by Mr. Haliday, who obligingly gave me
the following particulars : —

" The specimens being preserved in alcohol, those who know the
fragile and wratery consistence of insects of this group must be aware
that some of the characters of external form, and all those of internal
organization, are liable to be somewhat altered or effaced by keeping.
Of those few preserved, only one specimenf appeared to be quite mature ;
that is, having the antennae nearly as long as the head, and with the
last joint longer, indeed, but not thicker than the rest. The majority
were in the penultimate state, when the antennae are shorter, with the
last joint stouter, and the subdivision of the thoracic segments, as
Schiodte states, is less marked. The length of limbs suited his descrip-
tion pretty well, but the thoracic segments presented no such strong
stricture across the middle (dividing the portions representing scutum
and scutellum of each dorsal plate) as Schiodte has described and
figured. The anterior part of the mesothorax and metathorax did ap-
pear, as in his, broader than the posterior ; but this arose rather from the
prominence of the episternal region than from any extraordinary ine-
quality in the development of the dorsal region.

1 ' Accurate as Schiodte has proved himself in regard to those branches
of which he has made a particular study, it may be pardonable, in the
present instance, to suggest a possibility of error, if not in his observa-
tions, yet in the interpretation of them, as affecting the limits of the
several thoracic segments, which he seems to have thrown too far back
by half a segment in each instance ; at least, such a comparative deve-
lopment of the prothorax as he attributes to his Anurophorus is at
variance with the usual structure in this family.

"Another important and more unequivocal difference is that in our

* "Contribution to the Subterranean Fauna." By J. C. Schiodte. P. 1-39, Plates I.-IV.
fVide Plate XVIII., Fig. 1.

236 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

specimens, whether examined by reflected light, or by transmitted
light, after cutting out the lateral portion of the integuments of the
head, and clearing it of its internal contents, not the least trace of eyes
could be discovered, whereas, Schiodte detected in his fourteen ocelli at
each side arranged as in Lipura fimetaria, but quite white, from which
he concludes that they are useless for vision. It seems singular to find,
in that case, a perfect and normal development of cornea, such as he
represents, without any formation of pigment behind it ; but as Schiodte
has stated the many fruitless endeavours he had first made to discover
these organs, and the manner in which he at last succeeded, I am pre-
cluded from supposing any error of observation on his part, and am com-
pelled to consider the difference a strong argument for the specific dis-
tinction of the Lipura of the Irish caves from that of Adelsberg. While
in the former not the least evidence of the presence of eyes could be
detected, the Macrotoma found in the same caves, nearer the entrance,
had these organs quite distinct, so that it could by no means be con-
founded with the allied genus Tritomurus of the Austrian caves, which
is destitute of eyes, and presents a different form of the saltatory fork.
In the Lipura the saltatory apparatus is quite obsolete, as Schiodte has
described it (except in the youngest form, where two small crooked
spines appear as a rudimentary trace of the posterior fork) ; and the man-
dibles are sufficiently apparent to exclude it from Achorutes. As usual,
the foot consists of a single claw, but inside this is a stout curved bristle
of about equal length, which doubtless co-operates with the claw, and
supplies, in some measure, the want of a second claw. The usual ma-
milla, or tube, under the first neutral segment is well developed, pro-
jecting backwards under the base of the second. The colour of the in-
sect is a uniform opaque white, the length little more than a line."

The reasons for altering the generic name from Anurophorus, under
which Schiodte characterized it first, to Lipura, will be found in
Gervais' '. Insectes Apteres,' who has justly remarked that Anuro-
phorus of Nicolet (" Recherches pour servir a l'Histoire Naturelle des
Podurelles") is equivalent to, and later in date than, Lipura Burmeister
("Handbuch der Entomologie," vol. ii.).

"We have in this country two other white species of Lipura ; the
common Lipura fimetaria (L.)f which is found under stones in damp
places, common enough ; and another which lives under stones in the
bed of the sea, uncovered at low water, in company with, but very much
rarer than, Achorutes maritimus.

Mr. Haliday informs me of several errors into which Gervais has
fallen as to the synonyms of the former of these species, either from
negligence or want of judgment. " In the first place he has chosen the
trivial name of amhulans, identifying it with Podura ambulans of Linnaeus,
which, from the express character given, lfurca extensa? can hardly be
anything else than the Campodea staphylinus of Westwood. The binary
number of appendages to the tail doubtless determined Linnaeus to refer
this insect to Podura, while Otho Miiller, with a juster appreciation of
affinities, made of it a Lepisma (Z. minuta, 'Zoologicae Danicae Prodomus'

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 237

No. 2160), although he has also a Podura ambulans, a circumstance
which may seem to throw Some doubt on the application I have made
of the other. Had Gervais taken the trouble to examine the description
of Linnaeus, with this result he would, perhaps, scarcely have thought
it worth while to provoke a controversy with Mr. Westwood in print
about priority of nomenclature in this case.

" Secondly, he cites as another synonym Podura alba, Linnaeus (a
name not to be found in the 'Systema Naturae'), instead of P.fimetaria,
giving to Schranck the paternity of the trivial name Jimetaria, which
would thus appear to be comparatively of late date, instead of being,
as it is in fact, the earliest trivial name, dating from A. D. 1758, and
the tenth edition of the * Systema Naturae.' "

Near the Garret Cave, while engaged in turning over some stones, I
found the skeletons of several bats. I think it possible they may be those
of our common Plecotus auritus. The skeletons do not appear to be of very
ancient date, and as this portion of the cavern is the nearest to the sur-
face, it is quite possible that there may be some slight communications
with the open air.

In conclusion, I would hope that at some future time both these
caves and the similar ones of Dunmore will be examined with still
greater care than has yet been bestowed upon them. Even in the
Mitchelstown Caves there are numerous spots quite unexplored, and,
perhaps, the river, which in all probability could be approached from
both sides of the cavern, might, if carefully examined throughout its en-
tire length, yield some blind Crustacea. I attempted to wade it, but
its icy coldness and the rapid deepening of its stalagmitic strand pre-
vented me going in far.

Mr. Haliday remarked that while some species of cave insects ap-
peared to be peculiar to separate caverns, or only in common to those
which were so situated that an unexplored communication between them
seems not improbable, there were others, and among them the Lipura
stillicidii, which had a wider range, having been observed in most of
the caves of the Austrian territory that have been investigated. It was,
therefore, not so improbable as it might at first appear, that the same
species should be found in the caves of the British islands. Mr. A. Murray
had attempted to explain the absence of a subterranean Fauna in the
Derbyshire Caves which he had searched, by their inferior depth ; but
this alone would scarcely be a sufficient reason why we should not look
for some more discoveries in them by a closer examination. Though we
have no subterranean passages to compete with the famous Mammoth
Cave of Kentucky, or even with the Baradla Cave in Hungary, which
is nearly four English miles in length (only a third of that extent, how-
ever, being accessible except in particularly dry seasons), yet some of
the Derbyshire Caves exceed in length the celebrated grotto of Adelsberg,
the best known and richest locality of the subterranean Fauna. Some
of the Austrian cave insects, too, occur in caves of but a few yards in

VOL. IV. 2 I

238 PROCEEDINGS OP SOCIETIES.

depth. The list which Mr. Murray has given in his paper on " Insect-
Vision and Blind Insects" admits of being now enlarged by various ad-
ditions made since it was written. The following list, in like manner,
is sure to be soon antiquated by the results of the investigations so dili-
gently prosecuted by the Austrian naturalists. In this list the letters
H. and M., affixed to some of the localities, denote respectively, Hungary
and Moravia, provinces which have been but recently investigated in
this point of view. The asterisk prefixed to a genus denotes that it
comprises other species not exclusively subterranean ; the like before
the trivial name, that the species has occurred in other dark situations
out of the caves, though it must be considered as properly belonging to
these. It is to be remembered that the caves also contain an immigrant
Fauna, still more numerous than the aboriginal (which latter alone is
regarded in this list), composed of species which stray into them from
the outer world, or which are transported thither by the rivers that
traverse some of them. This nomade population is rarely absent, and
in many cases penetrates into the deepest recesses. Several species of
bats (fespertilio murinus, jRhinolophus ferrum-equinum, Miniopterus
Schreibersii, &c.) and pigeons find a retreat in these gloomy halls, often
in countless multitudes. Frogs {Rana alpina, Pelolates fuscus) and
newts {Triton cristatus) also occur. But the insects are much the most
numerous, and even winged kinds {Anthomyia, &c.) penetrate the
murky depths far beyond the last glimmerings of shadowy twilight.

LIST OP THE RECORDED SUBTERRANEAN PAUNA OF THE EUROPEAN CAVES.

VERTEBBATA.

Amphibia.

SIRENIDjE.

Hypochthon Merrem.

anguinus Laurent. Magdalena Grotto, near Adelsberg.

ANNULATA.

Insecta.

COLEOPTERA.

CARABIDAE.

Anophthalmus Sturm.

schmidtii St. Luegg. Pasiza.
bilimekii St. Sele; Adelsberg; Gottschee.
scopolii St. Setz, near Adelsberg.
hacquetii St. Krimberg.
hirtus St. Erimberg; Podlas.
redtenbacheri FrivaldsJcy. Igritz etc. (H.)
*Pristonychus Dejean.

schmidtii Miller. Luegg and other caves of Carniola,
Illyria, etc.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 239

SILPHIDAE.

Leptoderus Schmidt.

hohenwartii Schm. Adelsberg; Karst; Merzla

jama,
angustatus Schm. Goba.
sericeus Schm. Volcja-jama.
(fourth species) Schmidt. .....

Pholeuon Hampe.

angusticolle H. Yuntsassze (H.)
leptodirum Frivaldsky. Funacza (H.)
Oryotus Miller.

schmidtii M. Volcja-jama.
Drimeotus Miller.

kovacsi M. Igritz (H.)
kraatzii Frivaldsky. Bone cave of Fericse.
*Adelops Tellkampf.

milleri Schmidt. Passica Grotto ; Mokritz Berg.
*khevenhylleri Miller. Adelsberg ; Gabrovica ; Fer-

nece; Dolga-jama.
freyeri Schm. Dolga-jama; Ihausca; Postovka.
globosus M. Ledenica.
byssinus Schm. Adelsberg; Yolcja-jama.
acuminatus M. Treffen.
*montanus Schioedte. Luegg.

PSELAPHIDAE.

Machaerites Miller.

spelaeus M Struge.

STAPHYLINIDAE.

*Homalota Erichson.

spelaea Erichson. Adelsberg.
Glyptomerus Mueller.

cavicola M. Cave near Aich.
Typhlobium Kraat%.

*stagophilum Kr. Gross Kahlenberg.

CURCVLIONIDAE.

Troglorrhynchus Mueller.

*anophthalmus M. Gross Kahlenberg ; Mokritzberg.

NEUROPTERA.

GRYLLIDAE.

Phalangopsis Serville.

cavicola Kollar. Luegg.

240 PROCEEDINGS OE SOCIETIES.

PODURIDJE.

Tritomurus Frauenfeld.

scutellatus Fr. Caves of Carniola and Illyria.
Lipura Burmeister.

stillicidii Schioedte. Caves of Carniola, Illyria, (and
Ireland?)

(Another species of Podura) Wankel. Slauper (M.)

DIPTEBA.

PHORIDAE.
Phora.

aptina Schiner, Adelsberg.

Aeachneda.
acapj.

1XODIDAE.

*Haemalastor Koch.

gracilipes Frauenfeld. Skednenza in Mokritzberg.
Baradla (H.)
Eschatocephalus Frauenfeld.

gracilipes Fr, Adelsberg; Schischka. Agdelek.
Catherine cave (M.) Saradla (H.)

OPILIONES.

PHALANGIDAE.
Phalangium.

cancroides Schmidt. Siavka.

SOLIFUGA.

OBISIDAE.
*Obisium.

longimamrm Kollar, Adelsberg ; Pasiza.
Blothrus Schioedte.

spelaeus Schioedte. Adelsberg ; Voleja-jama.
(second species) Schmidt. Yolcja-jama ; Krimberg.

ARANEAE.

DYSDERIDAE.
Stalita Schioedte.

taenaria Sch. Adelsberg. Beziskala (M.)

Mtbiapoda.

chilognatha.

POLYDESMIDAE.
*Polydesmus.

subterraneus Kollar. Adelsberg. Stauper (M.)

beitish association. 241

Ckustacea.

ISOPODA.

ONISCIDAE.

Titanethes Schioedte.

albus Koch. Caves of Carniola, Illyria, etc., common.
Two species more of this Family, unnamed.

AMPHIPODA.

GAMMARIDAE.

Niphargus Schioedte.

stygius Sch. Caves of Carniola, Illyria, &c.
aquilex Sch. Deep wells in England.

Annelida,
chaetopoba.

HIRUDINIDAE.

Typhlobdella Diesing.

kovaczi Diesing. Baradla (H.)

Mollttsca.
gastropoda.

AURIC ULIDAE.

Zospeum Bourguignat.

spelaeum Rossmassler. Adelsberg.

lantum Frauenfeld. Krimberg ; Glaven ; Pasiza.

aglenum Bourg. Pasiza, etc.

obesum Frau. Obergurk.

nyctenm Bourg. Pasiza.

schmidtii Frau. Pasiza ; Globok potok ; St. George.

pulchellum Freyer. Krimberg.

costatum Fr. Goricana.

alpestre Fr. Dioja grica; Veternica; Dolga-jama;

Skedenza.
nyctozoilum Bourg. Do. Do.
frauenfeldii Freyer. Podpec. Skedenza near Eein-

turnam, etc.
amoenum Frau. Pasiza.
freyeri Schmidt. Bratenea, etc.
reticulatum LTauffen. Bidou sturm ; cave near Laak.

PAL UDINIDAE.
*Paludina Lam.

pellucida LTauffen. Glaven ; Goerzah grotto.
*Valvata Mueller.

erythropomatia LTauffen. Goeritza grotto.

HELICIDAE.
*Helix.

hauffeni Schmidt. Duplice j Jelince ; Malbukuje ;
Obergurk; Podpec.

242 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

ON THE ACALEPH^J OP DUBLIN COAST, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OP SEVEN NEW
NAKED-EYED FORMS. BY JOSEPH R. GREEN, HON. SEC. DUBLIN UNIVER-
SITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSOCIATION; ASSIS. SEC. ROYAL ZOOLO-
GICAL SOCIETY, IRELAND.*

If we take any group of living beings and carefully observe the several
species which are found in any given locality, considerable service will
be rendered to science. This more especially applies to the Acalephae,
the distribution! of which interesting class has hardly received from na-
turalists the attention which it deserves. " Pelagic as these animals
are, there is reason to believe that the range of the species is extremely
limited, and that they afford a valuable means of denning zoological pro-
vinces in the open sea." — (Professor E. Forbes' s " Keport on Egean In-
vertebrata," 1843.)

The Acalephae of the Irish shores have as yet been but little inves-
tigated, and it is highly probable that many rare and beautiful forms
yet await the notice of some patient observer.

* Read before Section D at the Meeting of the British Association, Dublin, August 26,
1857.

f Many details, too, in connexion with the development of several of these forms have
only recently been brought to light, and our knowledge of their history is still incom-
plete. Any classification of them in accordance with their real nature would probably
be considered premature. I, however, wish it to be understood that I agree entirely
with the views of Dr. Carpenter and others as to the true position which the Discoid
Medusae ought to occupy, and that they are not to be regarded as distinct animals, but
rather as the reproductive zoids of certain zoophytic structures. The discovery of the
beautiful analogy which exists between the flower-bud of a plant and the Medusoid of a
Zoophyte may justly be regarded as one of the most important steps which zoological
science has recently made. A modification of the above view is proposed by some natu-
ralists, who consider the Gymnophthalmata as divisible into two groups, namely —
1. True Naked-eyed Medusae, as Willsia, Thaumantias, which produce ova, to be deve-
loped into the likeness of their parents by continuous reproduction. 2. Medusoids, which
are merely generative zoids, as Steenstrupia, Cladonema, &c. But such a separation is
unsupported by facts, for no instance of a Discoid Medusae having been produced without
the intervention of a Zoophyte has yet been established. Moreover, the figures of the
Medusoids developed from some of the Campanularidae, as observed by Van Beneden on
the coast of 03tend, are stated by Professor Forbes to bear a striking resemblance to Tima
and Geryonia, which, certainly, cannot be ranked among the lower forms of the group;
nor can any essential difference be shown to exist between the forms thus widely sepa-
rated from one another. It is true that many observations are still wanting before the
evidence in favour of the necessity of entirely altering the present system of classification
can be considered complete; and the abolition of a large group of animals is a step of too
serious a nature to be carried into execution without much careful consideration. But
there can be little doubt that the researches of future observers, if properly conducted, will
ultimately show the necessity of such an alteration. Meanwhile, we are not to refrain
from recording the forms which present themselves to our view, nor even to give those a
name, even though we should feel sure that the latter must eventually be done away with.
These remarks are appended lest it might be supposed that I attach a false value to the
description of species as given in the text. With regard to the Ctenophora, there can be
little doubt as to their affinity with the Actinozoa ; not only their development, but also
their anatomical structure, entitle them to be ranked as a distinct class parallel with the
Actiniadae.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 243

The following is a list of the species which I have hitherto obtained
on the Dublin coast : —

ORDER DISCOPHORA

STTB-OEDEE I. STEGANOPHTHALMATA.

Rhizostoma pulmo.
Cassiopcea lunulata.
Aurelia aurita.
Anrelia campannlata.

Cyanea capillata.
Cyanea Lamarckii.
Chrysaora hyoscella.

STTB-OEDEE II. GYMNOPHTHALMATA.

Stomobrachium octocostatum. | Equorea formosa (n. «.).
Family Geryoniadce.

Thanmantias typica (n. s.).

Geryonopsis delicatula.
Thamnantias neglecta (w. s.).
Thanmantias Thompsoni.

Thanmantias inconspicna.
Thaumantias lucifera.

Family Sarsiadce.

Sarsia tubulosa.
Bougainvillea Britannica.
Bougainvillea dinema (n. s.).

Diplonema Islandica (n. g. and «.).
StCenstrupia Owenii (n. s.).

ORDER SIPHOSTOPHORA.

Agalmopsis elegans.

ORDER CTENOPHORA.

Beroe cncumis.
Cydippe pomiformis.

Cydippe pileus.
Knemia ]S"orvegica.

Twenty-five species are here enumerated. The above, for a local
list, can by no means be regarded as scanty, for Professor E. Eorbes,
after careful exploration of the Egean, observed but eighteen species in
that region. Every British species of Steganophthalmata, except Pelagia,
is here mentioned. The Cassiopcea lunulata is given on the authority of
my friend, Mr. E. Percival "Wright ; with this exception all the species
enumerated in the above list have been observed by myself. I have
captured, in Belfast Bay, two species of Thaumantias not found on the
Dublin coast, namely, T. lineata, and a new species, T. Pattersonii.

I shall reserve my remarks on the Steganophthalmata for a future
occasion, and for the present confine myself to the naked-eyed forms
alone. Since the publication of Professor E. Eorbes' s monograph, about
twenty additional species of these beautiful animals have been found on
the British shores. Agassiz has studied their distribution on the coast

244 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

of North America, while the Mediterranean seas have yielded valuable
results to more than one able observer. To the researches of Leuckhart
and Gegenbaur we are particularly indebted. The former, in his
" Notes on the Medusae of the Seas of Nice" ("Wiegmann's "Archiv,"
1856), describes ten new naked- eyed species, six of which belong to
established genera, and are named as follows : — Thaumantias corollata,
Oceania coccinea, JEuphysa globator, Steenstrupia lineata, Cunina moneta,
and Cunina costata. The four remaining species are made into as many
new genera : namely, Phialidium viridicans (which bears some resem-
blance to Thaumantias), Calyptra umbilicata, Pyxidium truncatum, and
Paryphasma planiusculum ; all four presenting novel and remarkable va-
rieties of structure. Gegenbaur' s paper (" Zeitschrift filer Wissenschaft-
liche Zoologie ;" Siebold and Kolliker: Leipzic. Yol. viii. 1856) is,
if possible, still more interesting, containing not merely an account of
several new species, but also an original method of classifying these
animals. His arrangement of the families and genera differs from that
of Professor Forbes ; and there can be no doubt that the discovery of
many additional forms must materially alter our views of the classifica-
tion of the present group. For the name Gymnophthalmata, employed
by Forbes, the term Craspedota is substituted. A reference to both of
these papers will well repay perusal.

To revert to the British species : Forbes, in his description of the
Stomobrachium octocostatum, states his regret at not being able to submit
the specimens which he captured in 1839 to a sufficiently careful exami-
nation. Since that period he had never again met with it. In the summer
of the present year I was so fortunate as to procure a specimen of this beau-
tiful Acalepha. The umbrella is campanulate and convex, more pointed
than in Professor Forbes' figure, and so transparent that to all appearance
the sub-umbrella seems to form the true outline of the animal. The sub-
umbrella is about half the length of the umbrella, but is more depressed
than the latter, so as not to correspond with it in shape : it is bordered
by a marginal vessel and veil. The vessels are eight in number, simple,
of a pale-yellow tint. The ovaries were leaf-like, furbelowed, short
and broad, not so linear, as in Professor Forbes' s figure ; of a bright golden
yellow hue, very conspicuous. They were situated along the course of
the radiating canals, near the peduncle. This last was yellowish, nearly
circular, very simple, short and fimbriated. Eound the margin were
40 (8 x 4 + 8) tentacles, highly contracted, presenting a pilose appear-
ance under the microscope, springing from rather large, though not very
conspicuous bulbs. Between each of these was a smaller tentacle, at
the base of which an otolitic vesicle seemed to be placed. This Medusa
was nearly half an inch in length. Its favourite position seemed to be
when it balanced itself in the water by means of its smaller tentacles, and
then curved backwards, and extended the larger ones. Nothing can be
conceived more elegant and graceful than this posture : the tentacles
reached upwards to more than five times the height of the umbrella, be-
coming finally so delicate as to be completely invisible.

I have no special remarks to make on the other naked-eyed Medusae ^

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 245

above mentioned, save with regard to the seven new species, which I
shall now proceed to describe.

Equorea Formosa, n. s. (mihi). Plate XI Y., Fig. 2, a.

Subsequent to the publication of his monograph (in which no species
of Equorea is mentioned), Professor Forbes, in Nov., 1851, read a paper
before the Zoological Society of London (vide "Proceedings" for 1851),
"Ona new species of Equorea inhabiting the British Seas." This he
termed M Forshalii. It differed from all other British naked-eyed
Medusae, both by its large size (6 inches in diameter) and also the
great number (136) of its radiating canals. Mr. Gosse, in his "Devon-
shire Coast," describes two other species, in which the vessels were not
quite so numerous ; and I have now to add a fourth, in which their
number is reduced to ten.

The umbrella of this Medusa is slightly convex, depressed, smooth,
and beautifully transparent, from one-third to half an inch in length, and
the same in diameter at its orifice ; sub-umbrella occupying nearly half
the length of umbrella, traversed by ten simple vessels, which though
colourless, are easily recognisable by the naked eye. A marginal vessel
and veil border the sub -umbrella. Peduncle short and wide, of a very
pale-brown colour, fringed at its edge, ten-lobed, and nearly circular ;
the stomach in this animal was in fact almost an open cavity, sixty
tentacles surrounded the margin, each springing from a minute bulb.
Two only of the vessels were provided with ovaries. These were leaf-
like, of a pale-brown hue, placed very near the base of the stomach.
When living, this Medusa formed a most beautiful and attractive object.
To the naked eye it seemed almost perfectly colourless ; its tentacles were
exceedingly elastic, at one moment extending to two inches in length,
the next contracted into little wart-like nobs. Its movements were
active and vigorous. At first I was of opinion it might be the young
of some larger species of Equorea, but an examination of many speci-
mens has now convinced me that it is worthy of being ranked as a
separate species*

Thaumantias Pattersonii, n. s. (mihi). Plate XI Y., Pig. 3, a.

I have named this species after Mr. Robert Patterson, of Belfast,
whose book on " Zoology for Schools" has so largely contributed to the
extension of zoological science, and whose papers on Cydippe and
Bolina form so valuable a contribution to the history of our native -
Ciliogradae.

The present animal is allied to T. melanops, corresponding with it
in the general shape of its umbrella, &c. The margin was bordered
by 208 tentacles. At eight equidistant points these were interrupted
by as many abortive bulbs, each containing a conspicuous black ocellus,
reminding one of the cysticles in Aurelia aurita. The peduncle was
long, terminating rather abruptly in four broad lips. The ovaries were
very linear, of a pale-brown hue. Parasitic on these was a small species

vol. rv. 2 k

246 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

of leech, agreeing in all respects with the Monopus medusicola found by-
Mr. Gosse on Willsia stellata {vide "Ann. Nat. Hist." for 1855). Two
or three of these leeches occurred on each ovary. This was a hardy-
species of Thaumantias : five out of seven specimens captured in Belfast
docks lived in captivity for a fortnight, having in the meantime borne
a journey from that city to Dublin. They were gregarious, great num-
bers occurring in the above locality, so that I was thereby enabled to
subject several individuals to examination. This Medusa varies from
one-third to two-thirds of an inch in length.

Thaumantias typica, n. s. (miki). Plate XIY., Pig. 4, a.

The umbrella of this species is very conical, smooth, and exceed-
ingly transparent. The sub-umbrella is much more depressed than the
umbrella; a marginal vessel and veil surround its opening. The ten-
tacles are twenty-four in number (5x4 + 4), very elastic, springing from
yellowish bulbs containing an otolitic vesicle, distinctly marked. These
tentacles were pilose and granular. The stomach is short and broad,
terminating in four fimbriated lips. Radiating vessels, four simple,
interrupted by four ovaries, short, leaf-shaped, of a pale yellowish-green
tint ; when magnified, exhibiting a cellular structure. I obtained this
Medusa on August 21, 1857. Its length was two-thirds of an inch.

Thaumantias neglecta, n. s. (mihi). Plate XY., Pig. 5, a.

Umbrella strictly hemispherical, transparent, colourless, and smooth,
of rather large size, measuring from a half to one and a half inches in
diameter ; sub-umbrella corresponding in shape with umbrella, but rather
more depressed, occupying not quite two-thirds of its length. A mar-
ginal vessel and veil surround the opening of the umbrella, which is bor-
dered by thirty- two (7x4 + 4) very contractile tentaculae. These
spring from as many colourless though distinct ocelli. The sub-umbrella
is traversed by four radiating vessels. The ovaries are four in number,
of a faint blue tinge, and an elongated ovate form. They were very
conspicuous when the animal was in motion. Peduncle of a pale-yellow
colour, wide at its base, then narrowing, and terminating rather sud-
denly in four long, slightly fimbriated lips.

This Thaumantias resembled T. hemispheriea, differing in the colour
of most of its organs, which in that species is pretty constant ; also in
the shape of its peduncle and general appearance. The present Medusa
is gregarious. I have met with it in considerable numbers on more
than one occasion in the same locality (Kingstown Harbour). It is
rather a delicate animal.

Bougainvillea dinema n. 8. {mihi). Plate XY., Pig. 6, a.

The umbrella of this species is globose, but rather elongated, con-
tracted at its opening. In shape it bears some resemblance to the Bou-
gainvillea nigritella. Its margin is bordered by four groups of tentacle
bulbs, somewhat similar to those in B. Britannica, but the tentacles, in-

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 247

stead of being as many as the bulbs, as in that species, were only two
to each group, one being placed at each extremity of the latter. These
tentacles were not apparently possessed of much contractile power, dif-
fering in this respect from B. Britannica, the tentacles of which are
exceedingly elastic. They were generally carried (in the present species)
in a stiff, extended position. The sub-umbrella is about two-thirds the
length of the body, and is slightly truncated at its summit. Peduncle,
four-lobed, yellow ; viewed from above, it presents an appearance as of
four leaves placed with their bases opposite to one another. The lip
characteristic of the genus is in this species very complicated, dividing
and subdividing a number of times. The animal is rather larger than
B. Britannica, but is much less lively and interesting in its motions.

At the time of capturing this species, I also procured several indivi-
duals of B. Britannica. The difference between the two animals, which
were confined in the same vessel, was thus very readily observable.

DIPLONEMA, nov. gen. (mihi).

Umbrella globose, radiating vessels four simple, four conspicuous
ocelli opposite the four simple vessels. From one of the ocelli spring
two long tentacles ; peduncle cylindrical, slightly contracted near its
orifice, and terminating in four indistinctly lanceolate lips.

D. Islandica, n. s. Plate XV., Fig. 7, a.

The umbrella of this Acaleph is slightly inflated, globose, interme-
diate in form between that of Euphysa and Modeeria. Its length is
one-fourth of an inch ; the opening is surrounded by a marginal vessel
and veil. The ocelli are four in number, very conspicuous, of a brilliant
crimson colour. Three of these are destitute even of rudimentary tenta-
cles. From the fourth, however, two long translucent tentacles originate.
These are nearly colourless, slightly widening near their bases, and curled
as in Modeeria, when the animal is in motion. The sub-umbrella oc-
cupies about two- thirds of the length of the umbrella. Prom its centre
depends a cylindrical peduncle of a pale-yellowish fawn colour, slightly
contracted near the opening of the stomach, which is bordered by four
not very well-marked lanceolate lips. There is nothing remarkable in
the appearance of the four simple vessels. Prom the base of each of the
two long tentacles there sprouted a wart-like body, strongly resembling
those observed by Professor E. Porbes in the Sarsia prolifera. On one
of the tentacles themselves, at some distance from its junction with the
body, a third gemmule was observable. This was in a more advanced
condition, the ocelli being perceptible. As reproduction by gemmation
has been previously observed to take place from the peduncle and ten-
tacular bulbs, and in the present instance from the tentacles themselves,
the statement of Professor E. Porbes is fully verified, that gemmation
may occur anywhere in the course of the granular tissues. The habits
of this animal were lively and active, while its jerking movements,
when confined in a vessel of sea- water, rendered it an interesting and

248 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

attractive object. Its true position is evidently between the genera
Modeeria and Euphysa, since it possesses characters common to each,
though at the same time its own peculiarities are sufficiently well
marked to entitle it to rank as a distinct genus. But, though now first
described as a British Acaleph, it is doubtful whether it has not already
been observed elsewhere. Steenstrup, when treating of the development
of the claviform polypes, in the second chapter of his essay on the " Alter-
nation of Generation," describes a species of coryne, which he met with in
Iceland, in the year 1840, from the base of the head of which certain
bell -shaped bodies depended. Prom this circumstance he denominated
the zoophyte * Coryne fritillwria." These bell-shaped bodies were
furnished with ocelli, and after undergoing certain changes became de-
tached from the body of the parent ahimal, and swam about in the water
as free Medusa-like creatures. On a subsequent occasion, and in the
same locality, he met with a free Medusa closely resembling the detached
campanulate bodies just mentioned, differing from these last only in size,
and by the presence of a lobate organ attached to the base of the ten-
tacles. On comparing the representation of my Medusa with the figure
and description of Steenstrup, the resemblance between the two will be
found sufficiently striking. I think it probable that this Acaleph,
though not, perhaps, identical with that described by the Danish Profes-
sor, is so closely allied that we may consider it the Medusoid of some
species of Coryne. It is distinct from the Medusoid of the Syneoryne
sarsii described in 1843 by Dujardin, under the name of Cladonema,
which agreed with the Medusoids obtained lately at Bamborough by
Mr. Alder, and " referred by him to the Coryne Listeria We cannot,
in all cases, be acquainted with the zoophyte to which certain Medu-
soids should be referred; this should not hinder us from describing and re-
cording any of the latter animals with which we come in contact
(see Forbes, page 72). It is much to be regretted that the develop-
ment of our native Tubulariadse has as yet been insufficiently studied.

Steenstrtjpia Owenh, n. s. {mild). Plate XV., Fig. 8, a.
This Medusa is y'^th of an inch in length; umbrella nearly globular,
slightly contracted near its orifice; the sub-umbrella occupies rather more
than two-thirds the length of the umbrella, with which it is connected by
a cord. Bound the margin are four elongated ocelli or tentacular bulbs,
of a pale-yellow fawn colour, very similar to those in S. flaveola ; only
one of those is furnished with a tentacle. The latter is five and a half
times the length of the umbrella, of a moniliform and granular struc-
ture. Bound the base of this tentacle three tubercular bodies had their
origin, evidently the granules of future Medusae ; two of these were in
a low state of advancement ; the third presented distinct traces of an in-
terior cavity. The radiating canals were four in number, very conspicu-
ous and broad. From the centre of the sub-umbrella depended a short,
broad peduncle, of the same colour as the vessels and tentacular bulbs.
"Within the peduncle at its base was a cluster of cells forming the ovary.
Except in the form of its umbrella the present differs little from the pre-

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 249

viously described species of Steenstrupia : there can, therefore, be no
doubt that it is rightly referrible to that genus. I have taken the liberty
of naming this species after the distinguished author of " Parthenoge-
nesis."

Concerning the development of these animals, our knowledge is still
insufficient. The production of Medusoids from hydraform zoophytes
has been ably investigated by Dr. T. Strethill Wright {vide his papers
in the " Edinb. New Phil. Journal"). To Mr. Peach we are indebted
for an interesting account of the curious metamorphosis of a zoophyte-
like animal, which he obtained in March, 1855, on an old valve of
Psammobia ferroensis. These creatures were of a hydra-like form, at-
tached to the shell by a short footstalk. The upper part was rather
inflated, and furnished with a slightly raised and rounded centre, from
which extended four long and four short leaf-like arms, each granulated
down the centre. The description of these anomalous animals can
hardly be reconciled with that of any known species of zoophyte.

After a few days the form of the animals began to change, and they
subsequently became transformed into true naked-eyed Medusae : for a
full account of these changes, see Mr. Peach's paper and figures pub-
lished in the "Ann. JNat. Hist." for 1856. The Medusoids showed
some resemblance to Lizzia and Sarsia. The production of fixed po-
lypes from the ova of Tunis has been observed by Gegenbaur (" Compt.
Rendus," Sept. 1853). Mr. Hincks ("Ann. K H.," 1852) has described
the Medusoids of Campanularia volubilis.

During the past summer I have repeatedly submitted living speci-
mens of Laomedeae to examination. The Medusoids of L. geniculates are
generated in the same manner as those of L. gelatinosa, observed by
Yan Beneden, namely, in the interior of the so-called ovarian capsules.
The Medusoids so produced speedily detached themselves, and moved
rapidly through the water. This is at variance with the account given
of the development of L. geniculates by Loven, who affirmed (" Wieg.,
Archiv," 1857) that the Medusae-like bodies in this species never be-
come detached, but merely expanded at the summit of the ovigerous
capsules discharged ever in the form of ciliated gemmules, which sub-
sequently attached themselves, and developed into hydraform Zoophytes.
The researches of Loven are detailed with considerable accuracy, so
that there arises a difficulty as to the manner in which we are to explain
the occurrence of the reproductive zooids, under a twofold aspect, in the
same species. Perhaps it is due to difference of sex. The Medusoids of
L. dichotoma, as observed by Mr. Peach and the late Sir J. S. Dalyell,
were free and detached ; and the figure of Mr. Peach (in Johnston's
" Brit. Zoophytes," vol. i. p. 119) exactly coincides with the Medusoids
of Laomedea above noticed. It will be remembered that Sir J. S. Dal-
yell bestowed on these animals, the extraordinary name of Animalculum
tintinnabulum. In describing the development of any of the Campanu-
lariadae, writers should carefully note the specific characters of the Zoo-
phyte observed, as the British species of this group are not yet suffici-
ently known. Much yet remains to be done before our knowledge of

250 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

this interesting subject can be considered as even approaching comple-
tion ; of the reproduction of several forms we may be said to know
nothing. Were it not for this comparatively backward state of our
knowledge, I would not have ventured to bring forward these meagre
and incomplete researches. On a future occasion I trust to have the
pleasure of laying before you a more full and ample account of the pre-
sent state of our knowledge of these strange and beautiful organisms.

NOTE ON A CURIOUS MONSTROSITY OF THE COMMON SHELL (FUSUS ANTIQUUs).*
BY G. C. HYNDMAN, BELFAST.

PLATE VIII.

The specimen exhibited was obtained by dredging off Groomsport, in
the county of Down, by Mr. Samuel Yance, along with Mr. Murray.
Unfortunately, the animal was not preserved, as the shell was boiled along
with a number of others before its singular form attracted notice. I have
no hesitation, however, in referring to it as a curious and interesting mon-
strosity of the Fusus antiquus, although its convolute form more nearly
resembles that of the foreign genus, Delphinula. The colour and struc-
ture of the shell, together with the projection of two or three turns of
the original apex from the centre of the coil, confirm my view, and, no
doubt, the abnormal form has been occasioned by some accident befalling
the animal whilst in the young state, which obliged it to change the
usual angle of the body whorl with the central spire, and thus the shell
has become convolute, as we see.

ON THE EMRYYO STATE OF PALINURUS VULGARIS.* BY R. Q. COUCH,
M.R.CS. ENG., ETC. ETC., NORTH PENZANCE.

PLATE XVII.

At the time of the publication of Professor Bell's admirable work on
British Crustacea, by some inadvertency the particulars respecting the
embryo condition of Palinurus vulgaris were overlooked, and up to the
present time have not been published. As several years have now
passed, and the subject has not hitherto attracted the attention of any
other observer, I would wish to publish the following observations : —

The metamorphoses of the Decapod Crustacea may now be considered
as established by observations made in every part of the world. The first
announcement of the discovery came from Ireland, from experiments
made near Cork by the late J. V. Thompson.

The form under which the young Decapods first appeared was an-
nounced as belonging to the genus Zoea, and all subsequently published

* Read before Section D at the Meeting of the British Asssociation, Dublin, August 26,
1857.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 251

observations have confirmed this. But in the species to which I now refer
there is an important exception. Lest there should he any error on the
matter, I have during the past summer (1857) again investigated the
point, and have bred many thousands in confinement, and under the
microscope have seen them escaping. So that there can in my own
mind be but little doubt on the matter.

The young of Palinurus vulgaris differ from every other species with
which I am acquainted. On escaping ex ovo, the different parts are very
obscure, being very closely folded together ; but in a few minutes they
spread out sufficiently to become recognisable under a very moderate
magnifying power. The carapace is globular, oval, slightly pointed or
produced both at the anterior and posterior margin, and also slightly
contracted anteriorly, so as to give the appearance of a rostrum. The
abdomen is moderately long, and from four of the six annulations of
which it is composed arise eight pairs of tendril-like appendages. The
lateral margin of each ring is expanded into a thin, projecting process,
from which the articulated appendages arise. These tendrils are long,
slender, and dichotomous. Their double character commences at the
third joint; for the remainder of their length they are nearly equal, and
are covered with strongly marked spines ; their termination is pointed.
The caudal extremity is simple, contracted, pointed, and somewhat oval;
on the centre of the rostrum is a dark spot ; the eyes are placed on
enormously long and stoutly club-shaped peduncles, which are attached
by very narrow and slender points. The pedunculated eyes are about
two-thirds as long as the carapace.

This concise description, with the figures accompanying it, will suf-
ficiently explain the great differences between this and the young of all
other species hitherto described.

So general is the Zoe form, that it has even passed into an expres-
sion with investigators of this branch of Natural History ; and " the Zoe
condition" has been considered equivalent to "the embryo state" in
speaking of these creatures.

The contrast between that of the present species and others is very
great. In them, the eyes are sessile ; in this, enormously pedunculated.
In them the limbs are beneath the carapace ; in this they are attached
to what, for clearness, I have called the abdominal rings.

Instead, therefore, of belonging to the genus Zoe, this would be
placed in Phyllosoim of Milne-Edwards, as belonging to the Stomapodes.

ON A SECTION ACROSS SLIEVENAMUCK, COUNTY OF TIPPERARY.*
BY JOHN O' KELLY, ESQ.

The Slievenamuck range is separated from the Galtees by the vale of
Aherlow. It commences about ten miles south-west of the town of Tip-

* Read before Section C at the Meeting of the British Association, Dublin, August 26,

1857.

252 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

perary, and ends at Bansha, four miles south-east of Tipperary. It
varies in height, but averages 1000 feet, seldom exceeding 1200 feet
above the sea.

Commencing at the south end of the section, limestone is seen in the
vale of Aherlow, to which succeed the Yellow Sandstone and Old Red,
which have been described by my colleague, Mr. Wynne, and with a de-
scription of which I shall not detain you. On following up the section,
the dip is steady to the south, the angle becoming less towards the top
of the hill, and for some distance down on the northern slope, till you
come to the conglomerates at the base of the Old Red, which crop out,
forming escarpments in many places along the north side of the range.
Under the basal bed of the Old Red, gray and red Silurian rocks occur
for about 200 feet. It is very much cleaved, and the bedding is uncer-
tain. Abutting against the Silurian, and a little farther north, as if
dipping under it, the black shales of the coal-measures occur, brought
down by a great fault. This fault is extremely well marked, and can
be traced running nearly in a straight line E. by N". The fault produces
a marked feature along the north side of Slievenamuck range, which
contrasts very strongly with the gentle slope of the south side.

I have estimated the throw of this fault, " supposing the Old Red to
have been the same thickness on the north as on the south side." At
5000 feet of a downthrow, the coal-measures only occur on the west end
of Slievenamuck, and appear to be cut off by a cross-fault. A short dis-
tance east of this section they dip steadily south, the angle increasing as
you approach the fault. Thin beds of culm are to be found in the black
shales, and there is a long range of quarries of flagstones, similar to the
flagstones of Carlow and Kilkee. In the county of Clare these flagstones
are marked by annelid tracks, and there are vegetable impressions in the
shales.

From underneath the coal-measures the limestone rises to the surface
of the fertile place extending from Tipperary to Charleville, in the
county of Cork. The limestone is covered with a large deposit of drift,
and is only seen in an occasional quarry. It is generally compact, of a
bluish-gray colour, containing corals and other fossils. It is often very
difficult to discern the bedding ; but whenever the stratification is seen,
it dips to the south at angles from 10° to 20°.

SOUTH

VALE OF
AHERLOW

SLIEVE.NA.
MUCK

1 4-

Scale, rertical and horizontal, 1 inch to 1 mile.

4. Coal-measures. 2. Old Red Sandstone.

3. Carboniferous Limestone. 1. Lower Silurian.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 253

ON- THE SPECIFIC DISTINCTION OF THE BRIDLED GUILLEMOT (lIRIA LACHRY-
MANS, TEMMINCK). BY THE REV. F. 0. MORRIS, A. M., ETC.*

In the study of the science of Natural History, the very first lesson the
student has to learn is to attempt to establish no conclusion upon a mere
opinion, his own, or that of any other person, but to let facts themselves
alone guide him to the result. This is plainly the case with regard to
questions of specific identity, and naturalists must reverse the analogous
motto "Ubi Scriptura silet, ibi Ecclesia loquitur," and speak alone
with confidence where Nature herself speaks with the eternal and un-
erring truth of the God of Nature. This remark applies to the subject
on which I propose to offer some observations to you to-day — a question
in itself of some interest to those who are studious in such matters, and
especially so when viewed in reference to one or two other kindred
cases, with which it has not, so far I am aware, been hitherto compared.
(Since making the above remark, I must here observe that M. Temminck
has pointed out, in a pass'age I shall have occasion to refer to by-and-by,
one of the parallel cases to which I refer, but in ambiguous words, which
may intend a contrary conclusion.)

There are four species of the present restricted genus, Uria. I say
four, not as defining the number myself, but as stating the generally
received opinion, with which, however, as I shall presently have to
state, I myself coincide, though some, with what has appeared to them
sufiicient reason, have thought differently. As to two of these species
there is no manner of doubt on any side ; on these, therefore, I shall
offer no remarks. Neither is there any doubt that there is another, a
third, British species ; the question is, whether there are two other ones
— whether three, or four, in all, or not.

Now, excepting in one main particular, the two species, Uria troile,
and Uria lachrymans, have been described to be exactly alike, or as
nearly so as possible. There are, however, some minor differences
which, equally occurring in many other species, may, in such cases, be
real specific distinctions, and that, although allied species may possibly
at times exhibit the like, as variations from the usual type, — perhaps
even exhibit them in these exceptional instances more decisively marked.
I allude, with reference to the species before us, to the particulars of
size and colour, the common species, Uria troile, being by some said to
be, if anything, rather larger and rather darker, while by others the
Uria lachrymans is so described, and the bill rather stouter. This last,
though perhaps not a common variation, is certainly a mere variation,
as in the instance of the Crossbill, and perhaps in the Nutcracker. And
so also with regard to size ; the fact is, there are found larger and smaller,
and heavier and lighter birds in each case. In addition, however, to
these, there is another, which maybe called an " ocular demonstration"

* Kead before Section D at the Meeting of the British Association, Dublin, August 26,
1857.

VOL. IV. 2 L

254 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

of the specific difference between the two species. The eye in this
Guillemot (Urialachrymans) has been noticed by John Gatcombe, Esq.,
ofWyndham-place, Plymouth, a very exact and accurate ornithologist, as
mentioned in a letter to me, as being considerably larger than that in the
other. It is encircled by a narrow white band or rim, from which the
white line extends backwards and downwards for about an inch and
a half. This line, from which the bird derives its name, in the Latin,
French, and English languages, is the chief apparent mark of difference,
the main feature on which its specific distinction has been contended for.
It has never, I believe, been imagined to be a characteristic of either
sex of the common species, but, on the cdntrary, is seen in the male as
well as the female, in both old and young birds, and that in spring,
summer, autumn, and winter.

The question then is, is this a real specific distinction, or is it merely
an occasional though perpetually recurring variety, — a variety whose
range would appear to be defined, the chief station of the bird bearing
it being Spitzbergen ; while, as regards the British coasts, individuals
have occurred in every, or almost every, place where the Uria troile is
commonly seen.

Now, with regard to colour, it will, I believe, be found that, as
already briefly mentioned, this species is specifically darker, that is, in
old and mature specimens, than Uria troile. Old birds of the latter
species would seem to become lighter than the young ones ; while with
the present species, so to call it, the case is reversed, old birds becoming
almost black.

Again, the white circle round the eye, and the line of extension
from it, has nothing to do with age, for, as remarked in a letter to me
from Mr. Gatcombe, the white line is quite distinct in a young bird of
the year, in its first winter plumage. Now, in the first place, I do not
think that in the case of birds, varieties occur in perpetuity with such
exactitude as in the present case, or as they certainly do in insects.
Prima facie, if the mark at the back of the head may be spoken of, it is
naturally to be judged that the two birds, the one with it, the other
without it, are distinct. In some species every possible variation of colour
and marking exists, as for instance in the Buzzard and the Crossbill,
the Ruff and others. Great, too, are the differences in very many spe-
cies in the summer and the winter plumage ; manifold also the shades of
pied varieties, from the perfect albino down to the unfortunate bird,
sure to be shot, that shows a single " white feather." But I repeat,
such variations are of a totally different character from that of the case
before us. Here we have a permanent, distinctive, and always uniform
mark of difference — " Quod semper, quod ubique, quod in omnibus," —
" semper idem." And, to come to the point to which I have already
briefly adverted, we have instances of a precisely similar kind in other
species where no possible doubt is or can be, at least none is, entertained.
One of these, that to which I have already more particularly alluded,
as having occurred to me, is that of the Crow ( Corvus corone), and the
Hooded Crow {Corvus cornix), which two birds are so exactly or so

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 255

closely alike in all but the colour of parts of the plumage, that it would
be impossible, or next to impossible, to distinguish them by any other
than that external mark. True, indeed, their habits are different, the
crow (C. corone) being a solitary bird, only few being at times collected
together to feed on a common carrion, while the Hooded Crow (C. cor-
nix) is decidedly gregarious ; but not only in an inquiry into specific
distinctions do we look first to external or internal marks, and postpone
the consideration of the habits, but even these last, if mainly considered
(even though there should be a close resemblance), might very likely
lead us astray, as in the case of the Black-backed Gull (Zarus marinus),
where we find the young bird, the Wagel, collecting together in num-
bers, but the old birds keeping aloof, singly, or at most generally, in
pairs, seldom more than a pair being seen together. And it is not
merely that it is the young birds that thus keep together as the members
of a family, for we see many more than these in a flock, the eggs being
only three in number, and that without the presence of the parents, as
is the case in other continuances of the family union, and, moreover,
I believe, until the full assumption of the adult plumage, probably the
third year.

In a paper, entitled, " Remarks upon the Ringed Guillemot," read
before the Natural History Society of Glasgow by Robert Gray, Esq.,
and forwarded to me by that gentleman for insertion in " The Natura-
list," he quotes from a statement made by J. Wolley, Esq., to the British
Association in the year 1850, that in the Ferroe Islands the two species
troile and lachrymans breed together promiscuously, in the proportion
of 1 to 10 ; on which a writer, E. K. B., in a subsequent letter to me
as the editor, observes, that it is left doubtful whether it is meant that
the two species breed together actually, or merely in the same situations,
a decision of which question would appear to decide the fact, pro or con the
specific identity or difference of the two species at once — " pares cum
paribus." It is, however, not said which is meant. But, on the other
hand, Mr. Proctor, Sub-Curator of the Durham University Museum, found,
during a visit at Grimsey, an island north of Iceland, all three species,
JBrunnichii, troile, and lachrymans, on separate rocks, the eggs being
distinguished by the natives, and each of the birds known by them under
different names. This latter statement, I may here observe, is corrobo-
rated by Mr. Arthur Strickland, who asserts that at Flamborough a few
of the Jlria lachrymans breed, but in places more difficult of access than
TJria troile, and that the egg is invariably white. Mr. Wolley, on the
contrary, has stated that the eggs of the two species, the present and
the common one, are not distinguishable.

The late Mr. Macgillivray, in his " Manual of British Birds," speaks
of the ring as occurring on TJria lachrymans only in summer, and then
only in some individuals; but in his subsequent work, the " History of
British Birds," he seems anxious to make a species of it. He, however,
asserts that the angle of the lower mandible is farther from the base than
in the common species, and more prominent ; whereas it has been other-
wise described (by Sir William Jardine) as near to the base, and very

256 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

slightly developed. Mr. Macgillivray also points out what he considers
a difference in the feet, hut this is a mere difference in different indivi-
duals of different sizes.

On the whole, then, the conclusion, I think, to he arrived at is, that
neither in the size, shape of bill, nor of feet, is there any other but an
accidental, or rather temporary, difference between a specimen of the one
species and a specimen of the other, these differences existing invicem
first in one and then in the other, but that the larger eye, and the
distinct line from the eye, joined to the wider and distinct rim round
the eye, are actual and permanent differences, and mark the species as
distinct

DIATOMACE^J OCCURRING IN CHALK.* BY THE EEV. EUGENE o'MEARA, A.M.,
MEMBER OF THE DUBLIN UNIVERSITY ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL ASSO-
CIATION.

On the occasion of a recent journey along the coast of the county of
Antrim I visited an extensive quarry of white limestone, or chalk, at a
place called Ballyleg, on the road between Carrickfergus and Larne. As
I gazed upon the numerous strata, piled one upon the other to the height
of more than 100 feet, I thought how many myriads of diatomaceous
forms may have lain buried in these rocky sepulchres for thousands of
years, and felt a determination to try if I could disinter them. Accord-
ingly, I procured a specimen of the chalk from a depth of about 120 feet
below the summit of the cliff. A second specimen I took from the cliffs
at Glenarm; a third from Garron Point; and a fourth from the white
cliffs between the Giant's Causeway and the village of Portrush.

Having in the first instance washed the specimens well for the pur-
pose of removing such forms as might have been attached to the surface,
I dissolved them separately in hydrochloric acid, the vessels used in the
process having been carefully rinsed.

The chalk from the Ballyleg Quarry, having been so dissolved, was
boiled over a spirit-lamp, in dilute sulphuric acid, for about half-an-
hour, and the acid having been removed by repeated washings with
water taken directly from the pipe, and allowed to settle for some time
before it was used, a small portion of the sediment was mounted in the
usual way with Canada balsam.

The other specimens having been dissolved in hydrochloric acid, and
washed in distilled water, were mounted in balsam, without any further
preparation.

Having described the process, I come now to speak of the result.

* Read before Section D at the Meeting of the British Association, Dublin, August 26,
1857.

BEITISH ASSOCIATION. 257

In all the preparations diatomaceous forms were fonnd. Some few
were unknown to me, and all the rest were discovered to be identical
with existing forms, described by Mr. Smith in his work on the Diato-
macese.

The following is a Table of the species which I found on the slides.
I have marked in parentheses whether the species is found in the recent
state, in marine, fresh, or brackish water, and this on the authority of
Professor Smith's " History of British Diatomaceae."

Achnanthidium lanceolatum (fresh water) ; Glenarm and Portrush.
„ linear e (fresh water) ; Garron Tower and Portrush.

„ microcephalism (fresh water); Ballyleg Quarry, Glenarm,

and Portrush.
Achnanthes brevipes (fragment), (marine) ; Glenarm.
Actinocyclus sedenarius (marine) ; Portrush.

Amphora minutissima (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry, Glenarm, and
Portrush.
„ ovalis (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry.

Biddulpha (?) (fragment), (marine) ; Ballyleg Quarry.

Cocconeis pediculus (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry, Glenarm, and Port-
rush.
,, scutellum (marine) ; Glenarm.
Cocconema parvum (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry, Glenarm, and Garron

Tower.
Coscinodiscus radiatus (fragment), (marine) ; Portrush.
Cyclotella Kut%ingiana (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry and Glenarm.
Diatoma vulgar e (fresh water); Ballyleg Quarry and Glenarm.
,, elongatum (fresh water) ; Glenarm and Garron Tower.
Denticula tenuis (fresh water); Glenarm, Garron Tower, and Portrush.
Epithemia sorex (fresh or brackish water) ; Glenarm.
„ gibba (fresh water) ; Glenarm.

„ granulata (fresh water) ; Glenarm.

Gomphonema constrictum (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry and Glenarm.
„ dichotomum (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry and Glenarm.
„ , , /3 (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry and Glenarm.

,, acuminatum (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry.
Grammatophora marina (marine) ; Ballyleg Quarry.
Himantidium pectinate (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry and Glenarm.
Melosira variant (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry, Glenarm, and Gar-
ron Tower.
,, nummuloides (marine); Ballyleg Quarry.
Meridion constrictum (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry.
JYavicula crassinervia (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry and Portrush.

,, didyma (marine) ; Glenarm.
Nitzschia minutissima (fresh water) ; Garron Tower.

„ sigma (fragment) (marine or brackish water) ; Portrush.
,, tenuis (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry and Portrush.
Odontidium mutabile (fresh water) ; Glenarm and Garron Tower.

258 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Pinnularia radiosa (fragment), (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry.
Surirella minuta (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry and Glenarm.

„ subsaUa (fresh or brackish water) ; Ballyleg Quarry.
Synedra capitata (fresh water) ; Glenarm.

„ radians (fresh water) ; Ballyleg Quarry and Portrush.
Tabellaria flocculosa, (fresh water); Ballyleg Quarry.

„ fenestrata (fresh water); Ballyleg Quarry.
Tryhlionella marginata (fresh and brackish water) ; Ballyleg Quarry.

In all, 42 different species, which may be distributed in the three
following classes : —

Species found in fresh or brackish water, ... 4

Marine species, 7

Fresh- water species, 31

Total, ... 42

From this summary it appears that, as regards the number of spe-
cies found in these four specimens of chalk, there was a great preponde-
rance of fresh- water forms ; and the same observation applies to the
number of specimens belonging to each species.

These facts I thought might possibly possess some interest, and,
therefore, I have not hesitated to submit them to the consideration of
the Section. I purpose following up this subject, and will publish any
further results in the " Transactions of the Dublin University Zoological
and Botanical Association."

ANALYSIS OF CERTAIN ALLIED GENERA OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA ; WITH DE-
SCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS, AND A DETAILED LIST OF THE BRITISH
SPECIES OF LIGIA, PHILOUGRIA, PHILOSCIA, PORCELLIO, ONISCTJS, AND
ARMADILLIUM. BY PROFESSOR JOHN ROBERT KINAHAN, DEPARTMENT OF
SCIENCE AND ART, M.B.T.C.D., M.R.I. A., HON. SEC. DUBLIN NATURAL
HISTORY SOCIETY, ETC. ETC.*

Having been during the past summer engaged in researches among the
Irish Isopoda, I am induced to lay before your Association the results
to which I have been led by an examination of the above genera, —
the rather, as from authors this interesting family has received but little
attention, and in consequence but little is known with certainty con-
cerning the habits, species, and distribution of the group. This is the
more remarkable, as of the fourteen species now to be noticed, all, with
the exception of two, are of extremely common occurrence, and their
study, owing to their size, comparatively easy. In proof of this state-

* Read before Section D at the Meeting of the British Association, Dublin, August 26,
1857.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION-. 259

ment I may mention that all except two (one a marine species) have
occurred to me in a garden not sixty yards square, and nearly all in
abundance.

It would appear to have been the fashion with carcinologists (pro-
bably on account of the terrestrial habits of most of the genera), to nearly
ignore their existence, and hence the mistakes with which the authori-
ties abound. This renders a brief sketch of the bibliography of the group
necessary.

Historical Bibliography.

Although a host of writers have from the earliest days of science
noticed these animals, yet the true nature of their generic, specific,
and familiar relations have been so totally misunderstood, and the cha-
racters drawn on for diagnosis are of so little real value, that we may
pass over the labours of the majority of authors, and come at once to the
works published within the last twenty years, the rather as this part of
the subject has been so ably treated of by Professor A. Lereboullet in the
" Transactions of the Strasbourg Society," just now to be referred to.

Passing, therefore, over the writings of Linnaeus, Geoffroy, Fabri-
cius, De Greer, Cuvier, Leach, Dunieril, Latreille, Risso, Savigny, and
a host of others, whose characters, drawn from colour chiefly, render
their descriptions worse than useless, we will come to Brandt, who ap-
pears to have caught at the true distinctive characters of form, and may
be said to have laid the first foundation of a perfectly natural system, in
his " Conspectus Monographic Crustaceorum Oniscodorum," published
in Moscow in 1833 , and although in some instances he has stopped short
in his analysis, and has even mistaken the true import of some of the
characters, yet it must be a matter of regret that this naturalist has
not yet fulfilled his promise by giving to the world a full history of the
group.

Milne-Edwards, who comes next in order of time, has scarcely in
this sustained his well-deserved reputation in other groups, as this part
of his work is replete with errors of a serious nature, and the descrip-
tions, many of them copied verbatim from the earlier writers, and mere
accounts of colours, are useless. Witness the description of Philoscia
museorum, a genus which he can scarcely have examined, or he would
not have proposed that it should be reunited to Oniscus, a genus from
which, as we shall see, it differs widely.

In the fourth volume of the " Memoirs of the Natural History Society
of Strasbourg," published in 1853, appears a paper from the pen of Pro-
fessor A. Lereboullet, M. D., Director of the Museum at Strasbourg,
entitled, " Sur les Crustaces de la Eamille des Cloportides qui habitent
les Environs de Strasbourg," of which it is impossible to speak in too
high terms, whether we regard the minuteness of details, or the author's
patient investigations into the labours of others, and although in one or
two points he has evidently fallen into error, yet, as a whole, this little
work must be long looked on as a standard on the subject.

I must here also notice an excellent, but scarce little work, which

260 PEOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

has but recently come into my hands, and for the perusal of which I
have to thank the kindness of A. H. Haliday, Esq., entitled, "Prodro-
mus Synopseos Crustaceorum Prussicorum," published at Konigsburg,
1834, from the pen of E. G. Zaddach, Ph. D., which contains much
useful matter; among other things, M. Edward's error concerning Phi-
loscia is noticed.

Dana in his splendid work on the Crustacea, has proposed in some
respects a new arrangement of the group, but has, as I think, mistaken
in some cases the bearings of the characters, as will be shown further
on.

Valuable notices of separate genera and species have appeared as
detached papers in some of the journals, chiefly German (as, for instance,
the description of the curious genus, Titanethes albus of Schiodte (Phce-
rusa alba, Koch), in Schiodte' s interesting account of the subterranean
Eauna of Carniola), which have thrown much light on the true affinities
of these animals, and render a revision of our classification necessary.

It will be necessary to glance at the systems of classifications adopted
by the several authors mentioned ; but first I must notice a most elabo-
rate, as far as illustrations go at least, work by Henrich Schaeffer, intended
as a supplement to Koch's " Eauna Germanica." In this work we have
spurious species multiplied to a most inconvenient extent, and his ge-
nera are most of them too large : thus, under Ligia he includes Philoscia
muscorum (figured as Ligia melanocephala, a more natural alliance, by the
way, than M. Edwards, of Oniscus). Itea includes Itea proper and
Platyarthus {Br.), and probably a third form. He has changed Brandt's
name, Ligidium, for Zia, and his Armadillo into Pentheus, whilst Arma-
dillium {Br.) figures here as Armadillo, Latr. The other genera described
by him are Phserusa, Oniscus, and Porcellio, the two latter including
as species many which can scarcely be looked on as even varieties.

On Classification.

Brandt, taking as familiar characters the number of joints in the termi-
nal appendages of the antennae and the number of pairs of caudal append-
ages (i. e. the last pair of false feet), has divided the genera known to
him into two sections, viz., Ligiea (Ligia and Ligidium) and Oniscinea,
subdivided according to the length, form, and insertion of the exterior
caudal appendages, into (1) Porcellionea (Trichoniscus, Platyarthus,
Porcellio, Philoscia) ; and (2) Armadillinea (Armadillidium, Cubaris,
Armadillo, and Diploexochus).

Although these generic groups are natural enough, he appears to
have mistaken the true nature of the caudal appendages, which in all
the genera belonging to this group consists truly of two pairs, as we
hope to show when we come to treat more in detail of them, although
in all the groups except Ligiea their true nature is somewhat obscured
by the truncation of the margin of the peduncle. In Ligidium, included
by him among the Ligiea, but which, as will be seen, we propose to
place in a separate division, the appendages are really two pairs.

His lesser divisions and species are many of them faulty, being

BEITISH ASSOCIATION* 261

governed nearly entirely by considerations of number and colour, charac-
ters of a very minor importance in classification, though oftentimes con-
venient when conjoined with the more permanent characters, of form,
position, and structure. Some of his genera probably must fall, at least
in their present shape, their descriptions being so imperfect as to render
them unrecognisable, owing to his imperfect means of observation: \thus,
Trichoniscus may possibly turn out to be Itea, Zia, or some of their allied
genera, more fully described by later writers. $

Milne-Edwards has for the most part copied Brandt, but has pro-
posed new primary divisions, in the naming of which he has been sin-
gularly infelicitous. He has drawn his familiar characters from the
comparative length or brevity of the last false feet, as compared with
the terminal segment of the abdomen, and thus makes two primary
groups, Cloportides maritimes (Ligia and Ligidium) : and Cloportides
terrestres, subdivided, according to the form and length of the last pairs
of false feet and their appendages, intoPorcellioniens (Oniscus, Philoscia,
Deto, Porcellio, Trichoniscus, Platyarthus), Armadilliens (Armadilli-
dium, Armadillo (includes Cubans), Diploexochus), and Tylosiens
(Tylus).

The names of his primary divisions show us the danger of naming
groups from habits. Ligidium, although included among the Maritime
woodlice, is as truly a terrestrial species, and found at as great a dis-
tance from sea, as Porcellio itself. Most of his descriptions of genera
are avowedly mere transcripts from previous authors, even those which
one would suppose ought to have come under his own notice, being in-
digenous, as in the case of Philoscia, which he allies to Oniscus, whereas
in truth it is much more closely allied to Ligia in all its characters. His
specific descriptions are almost all mere details of colour, without one
truly distinctive character.

Dana has much extended the group, uniting, however, to the genera
already mentioned others, whose claim to the alliance appears but slight,
viz., the Limnoriae and Asellidse, on account of the characters of the
posterior pair of abdominal appendages. He has thus made one large
group, Oniscoidea, and in his definitions has largely entered into cha-
racters which may be generic.

He divides the Oniscoidea into three groups, according to the mode
of articulation of the body; the number of articulations of the abdomen ;
the size of the last abdominal segment ; the length of the caudal appen-
dages (i. e. the last false feet) ; the absence or presence of a palp to the
mandibles; and the number of articulations and size of the internal
antennae. (Of these, the characters of the number of articulations in
the abdomen and internal antennae, the size of last abdominal segment,
presence of a palp to the mandibles, have reference solely to his last family
(Asellidse), a group which had been probably better omitted.) 1. Ar-
madillidae, according to arrangement of caudal appendages, divided into
Tylinae (Tylus), and Armadillina3 (Armadillo, Sphaerillo, Armadillidrum,
Diploexochus). 2. Oniscidse, according to number and form of articu-
lations of maxilliped, form of articulation of fifth joint of external an-

VOL. iv. 2 M

262 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

tenure, and form of peduncle and styles of caudal appendages, divided
into Oniscinae, Oniscus (including as sub-genera Trichoniscus, Porcellio,
Oniscus). Philoscia; Platyarthus; Deto. Scyphacinas (Scyphax, Stylo-
niscus). Liginae (Ligia, Ligidium). 3. Asellidae, including Limnorinas
(Limnoria). Asellinas (Jasra, Jasridina, Asellus, Janira, Henopomus,
Munna). As I believe these last do not really belong to this group, I
omit their characters.

Although this classification contains some new characters, many
genera are omitted, which naturally belong to the group, and many of
the characters are too artificial to be taken into account. The innova-
tion of considering Porcellio, Oniscus, and Trichoniscus as sub-genera
is highly objectionable (indeed it will be well when the term sub-genus
is banished altogether from our nomenclature), as these divisions do not
depend, as he seems to assert, on the mere number of joints in the ter-
minal filament of the antenna?, but, as I hope to prove, on a number of
other characters sufficient to constitute them, as real genera as Ligia
and Ligidum. Mere number plays too great a part in his system also to
allow of natural groupings. His classification, however, is valuable as
restoring to their proper place the Armadillidas, which, on account of
their resemblance to certain Myriapodas, have been hitherto, as it seems,
unjustly degraded to the bottom of the list of Cloportides.

Prom a revision of these various systems, it appears, that putting
out of sight such arbitrary characters as mere colour and number, divi-
sional characters of most importance are : the comparative development
of the external antennas or rather of its filament ; the mode of inser-
tion and development of the last pair of abdominal feet, and perhaps
we may add the form of the maxilliped ; this last, however, is a cha-
racter so difficult of application that it were, perhaps, as well to leave it
out. Two very important sets of characters have been omitted or
overlooked, which must be taken into account in any classification
which seeks to form natural groups ; these are, — the characters drawn
from the form of the head; and from the epimerals, as they are generally
called. These characters, being permanent in their structure, presenting
differences easily caught at, and running also in parallel arrangement
throughout the groups, I would propose as the basis of the classification,
which, till a better shall arise, I would suggest as that which appears
most natural and most in accordance with homological affinities.

The characters, then, which must be considered in detail are : —

1st. The amount of development of the so-called " epimerals" ovcoxm
of the posterior cephalo-thoracic and abdominal appendages.

2nd. The form of the head as regards the absence or presence of what
are called the frontal or median, and lateral lobes.

3rd. The relative structure and development of the antennas, and
especially of the terminal filament, or, as we will call it, " the tige" of the
external or superior antennas.

4th. The structure and position of the last pair of abdominal false
feet, their relations to each other and the last abdominal ring.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION". 263

Before entering on these, the following nomenclature of parts must
be stated : — Head, : all the parts anterior to and including the first ring,
or, in other words, the homologue of the carapace of the Brachyura. The
term cephalo-thoracic refers to the portion of the body included between
this point and the posterior border of the eighth ring, counting the head
the first : this homologizes, we believe, with the pereion of Spence
Bate ; while the remaining six rings are referred to as the abdomen, ho-
mologizing with the abdomen of the Brachyura, and the pleon and tel-
son of Spence Bate. The appendages attached to the last abdominal
ring are cited as the last pair of abdominal feet, for such is evidently
their nature ; the so-called epimerals stand as coxa, and the filament of
the antennae as tige.

I. — Amount of Development of the "Epimerals."

The " epimerals" first claim our attention. For the determination
of the true homological relations of these we are indebted to the re-
searches of C. Spence Bate, F.L. S., among the Amphipoda, who, in the
first Part of his Report on the British Edriophthalmia, published in the
Report of the British Association for 1855, has proved most conclusively
that these so-called epimerals are truly and homologically the first joint,
or, as he calls them, the coxce of the ambulatory and swimming organs ;
and although, in the case of the posterior pairs of appendages in the
Isopods under consideration, their true nature, when present, is often-
times obscured, yet, by a little care in the examination, it may be at
once seen, though somewhat disguised.

Their presence in the cephalo-thoracic rings seems to be constant in
all the genera I have examined, or of which detailed accounts are ex-
tant ; though sometimes, as in Ligidium, the suture which divides them
from the edge of the true epimerals is so faintly marked as not to be ap-
preciable ; hence I suspect that Lereboullet laboured under an error in
supposing them absent in Ligidium Persooni, for an examination of his
own figures of the articulation of the ambulatory legs shows that they
must be present, from the position of the articulation of the first joint,
which arises from beneath a ledge which evidently is the coxae of the
limb : it is hazardous to speak positively on this point without an exa-
mination of specimens, but in Armadillium, Ligia, Philoscia, Philougria,
Porcellio, and Oniscus, I find them well marked, and they are figured
or recorded in Itea, Titanethes, Tylus, and several other genera. In
the abdominal segments there may be some question of their presence,
but what are usually called the posterior angles of the rings a very lit-
tle examination shows really to be these coxae. This is remarkably
Well seen in Ligia, and, judging from Dana's figures in Tylus above
all, where they appear to be regularly articulated to the rings in the
eight, i. e. the first abdominal segment. Dana appears to have over-
looked this character altogether ; there is some great confusion in his
figures : many of the species certainly are not belonging to the genera
to which he has referred them, — I may instance Oniscus nigrescens, 0.
maculatus, and 0. pubescens, which are most certainly not Oniscus, but
most probably Philoscia judging from the figures of the false feet.

264 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

An additional evidence of the true nature of these posterior angles is
afforded by the mode of articulation of the posterior false feet, which is,
in some of the genera, by means of a regular ball and socket joint.

Regarding their development in the abdominal segment (i. e. the
<pleon and telson of Spence Bate), we find the following types: —

1. Coxae present in both cephalo-thoracic and abdominal segments,
and of nearly equal proportional development. This includes Ligia,
Tylus.

2. Coxae present in first five abdominal rings only, two types.

(a) Narrow, so that abdomen is much narrower than last cephalo-
thoracic ring. The coxa? of first and second abdominal segments con-
cealed beneath last cephalo-thoracic segments. The third ring of the

abdomen much wider than the second ; this reaches its limits in

Titanethes. This type includes Ligidium, Titanethes, Philoscia, and
perhaps Dana's new genus, Scyphax.

(b) Coxae present as before, but extremely narrow, and not concealed
beneath cephalo-thoracic rings. This includes Itea (?), Philougria, and
probably Trichoniscus, and Deto.

3. Coxae present in third, fourth, and fifth segments. In the first
and second segments the coxae, if developed, are so linear as not to be
recognisable. This includes Porcellio, Oniscus, and probably Platyar-
thus. Scyphax also, judging from the figures, belongs to here ; it may,
however, form a distinct type, as the coxae of the second appears to be
developed. The animal figured by Dana as the young of this genus can
scarcely be so, unless it be an exception to all the rules which regulate
the form of the young in this family. He has himself proposed to call
it Actaecia.

4. Coxae present in second, third, fourth, and fifth rings, the sixth
reduced to its minimum : Armadillo, Sphaerillo.

II. — The Form of the JSead.

We shall next examine the arrangement of the various parts of the
cephalic segment, or, as I have called it, the head ; these are of minor
importance, but still assist much in classification. It will be necessary
to examine the native genera in detail.

Ligia, Plate XX., Figs. 7 to 10.
"When the head is looked down on from the front, we remark an-
teriorly just beneath but not attaining to the frontal line of the head,
a broad plate extending over the entire forehead, and divided transversely
by a raised ridge ; its superior margin also marked by a raised ridge.
This superior ridge passes off on each side beneath the eyes, forming at
least a third of the inferior border of the orbit. The external angle of
the orbit, however, is formed, not by this, but by the cephalic ring con-
tinued forwards from behind, and terminating as a rounded knob just
above the external antennae ; these arise in the angle between the in-
ferior border of the frontal plate and the projecting lobes. The inferior
border of the frontal plate is formed of two curves, convex upwards, one
over the origin of each external antennae ; the angle of their junction is

BEITISH ASSOCIATION. 265

truncate, separated by a short transverse suture from a small, narrow,
somewhat quadrilateral plate, which bears the internal antennae, and is
probably the remains of the second or internal antennary ring, the frontal
plate itself representing the external antennary or third ring of the
typical crustacean; beneath this is a broad, well-marked plate, the
epistome.

Philoscia. Plate XX., Pigs. 1 to 6.

The inferior border of the frontal ring is nearly straight across, the
transverse suture well marked, nearly on a level with the superior mar-
gin of the external antennae, its superior margin curved, raised, and
passing slightly beyond the frontal line of the cephalic segment, shutting
out the orbit from the insertion of the external antennae, and a deep sul-
cus separating it from the external angle of the orbit, the third ring
being thus transverse and narrow. The second ring is nearly as deep as
the third, and well marked ; the epistomal plate narrow, and formed of
two triangles placed apex to apex. The orbits are open below and be-
hind.

PMlougria. Plate XXI., Pigs. 1 to 4.

Nearly a similary arrangement prevails, but the lateral ridges around
the insertion of the external antennae are somewhat more strongly
marked.

Oniscus. Plate XXL, Pigs. 5 to 7.

The external angles of the superior margin of the third ring are pro-
duced into a broad lobe, which covers over the origin of the external
antennae, it is then continued across, projecting slightly over the frontal
line of the cephalic segment ; the transverse suture is well marked.
The second ring very narrow, almost obsolete. The lateral lobes are con-
tinued backwards, and are separated by a suture from the external in-
ferior border of the cephalic segment, which completes the orbits.

Porcellio. Plate XIX., Pigs. 1 to 10.
External angles of third antennary segment still more developed,
the superior margin raised into a lobe which projects above the frontal
line of the cephalic segment, and gives the head a trilobed appearance.
This lobe, though sometimes badly marked, Porcellio pruinosus (Br.)f
P. frontalis (Zereb., notPJdw.), for example, is present in all the species
I have had an opportunity of examining.

Armadillium. Plate XXL, Pig. 3.
The eyes are supported on the cephalic segment alone, the margin
of this is raised, forming an angular projection in the middle of the
forehead, passing back from whence, as before stated, it forms the orbital
margin, to the entire exclusion of the third segment, the lateral lobes
here being remarkably small, and derived entirely from the cephalic

266 PROCEEDINGS OP SOCIETIES.

The superior margin of the third ring commences beneath the lateral
lobes of the cephalic segment, a suture marking its origin, and the margin
of cephalic border concealing it, thence it gradually emerges, passing in-
wards, and rises above the frontal border as a prominent arched plate,
which projects over the frontal line, and is visible from behind.

Its surface presents the following markings, beginning below : — In
the* centre, arising from the transversal suture which divides the second
and third segments, two divergent ridges passing out on each side, termi-
nate at the extremities of the arched superior margin ; external to each
of these is a deep sulcus ; bounding the outer edge of this sulcus a curved
raised ridge surrounds the insertion of each external antennae, and termi-
nates as a large lobe on the outer side of the head ; these are the lobes
which are described by authors as the lateral lobes in the Armadillinae,
and which differ from the lateral lobes of the Oniscinae in the place of
their origin being from the inferior, not superior, margin of third ring.

The second ring is well marked, transversal, and prolonged on each
side into a trigonal point beneath the external antennae, the lobes bear-
ing the internal antennae on their summits. "When at rest the external
antennae lie buried within this sulcus, curled over between the lateral
lobes of the third and fourth, or cephalic, segments.

We have then the following rings represented : the first antennary
(i. e. second normal ring) ; the second antennary (third normal). As to
the first (or ophthalmic) ring, it scarcely seems to exist ; what I have
called the lobes of the superior ridge may represent it, but I think
rather they are the epimerals of the third ring.

Of these parts the most important to be attended to are the median
lobe, formed, as we see in Porcellio, by the superior margin of the third
or external antennary ring ; and the lateral lobes, formed in Oniscus and
Porcellio by the superior margin of the same ring, and in Armadillium
by the inferior margin ; for while undoubtedly generic in their charac-
ters, they also assist us materially, in conjunction with other characters,
in the formation of families.

On analysis, then, we get the following types of cephalic characters
in the groups : —

1. Head furnished with lateral lobes arising from inferior margin of
third ring ; median lobe arched, prominent, forming a triangular plate,
vertical to frontal line. Genera — Armadillium, Armadillo, Spherillo (?),
Cubaris, Scyphax(?).

2. (a) Head furnished with lateral lobes arising from superior mar-
gin of third ring; median lobe prominent, in the same plane as the
frontal line — Porcellio.

(b) Head furnished with lateral lobes, arising from the superior
margin of the third ring, which is emarginate in the centre — Oniscus.

3. The superior margin of third ring nearly straight, neither lateral
nor median lobes, terminating externally at the external angle of orbits
— Philoscia, Philougria, Itea(?).

Itea is described as having small lateral lobes.

BBITISH ASSOCIATION. 267

4. The superior margin as in No. 3, but not rising above inferior bor-
der of orbits — Ligia, Ligidium (?).

There may be, and probably are, two other types at least, viz., that
of Scyphax, and Titanethes, but I have only seen figures of these, the
latter is described as having large lateral, but no median lobes.

These naturally lead us to consider the characters of the antenna? ;
and here we are dealing with organs whose importance has been to a
certain extent recognised, though apparently neither has their full nor true
bearing on classification been hitherto considered. The number of joints
without any reference to the more important character of form, has been
too much relied on, and hence some most incongruous groupings, as of
Philoscia and Oniscus, have been made ; but of this more anon : first,
to consider their general structure : —

III. The Characters of the Antennae.

First, of the Internal antennae. — These are merely rudimentary
through the entire group, generally consisting of but three short articu-
lations (Porcellio has four), and seldom passing beyond the front. They
are inserted internal to, and at the base of, the external antennas ; they
afford but little assistance in classification ■, for although jthey have
been made use of to distinguish genera, in the higher divisions they
are useless as diagnostic characters. "We pass then to the next
or —

External antennae. — These are invariably simple, being made up of
a peduncle, which is pretty constant in its characters, and a filament or
tige, which varies much, and therefore affords good classificatory cha-
racters. The peduncle invariably, as far as we know, consists of five
joints: in some, as Ligia, a sixth appears to exist, but a little examina-
tion will show this to be a part of the third ring. The only joint which
affords any useful character is the second, which, in some genera, as
Armadillium, Porcellio, and Oniscus, is narrow at its articulation with
the first ring, and then suddenly swells out into a broad expanse, con-
tracting again slightly towards its articulation with the third joint;
while in others, as Philoscia, Ligia, Philougria, Itea, and Ligidium,
the second joint is globular : another argument for the separation of
Philoscia and Oniscus. The carvings and sulcationson the joints of the
peduncle, however, occasionally afford useful specific characters.

From the extremity of the peduncle arises the filament, and of this,
trusting to form alone, the seven following types have been described.
This organ has attracted much attention ; but unfortunately, as I said
before, too much attention has been paid to mere number, and too little
to form.

Eegarding form only, we find the filament constructed on three
types : —

1st. The articulations are short, globular, cupped at their upper ex-
tremities, which are fringed with hairs, and receive the inferior portion of
the articulation next succeeding. These filaments are all, as far as I

268 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

can learn, multi-articulate. Examples — Ligia, Ligidium, Titanethes,
Styloniscus.

2nd. The articulations elongated, somewhat flattened, and gene-
rally covered with hair, few in number, gradually tapering, but not
subulate, the terminal one terminating in a narrow articulated hair.
Examples — Oniscus, Porcellio, Philoscia (?), Armadillium, Armadillo,
Spherillo, Tylus, Scyphax, Platyarthus (?), Deto (?).

The characters of the second articulation of the peduncle, as hinted
above, divide these into two groups.

3rd. The articulations few in number, the whole filament gradu-
ally tapering, subulate, and perfectly naked, terminating in a tapering
filament. Examples — Philougria, Itea, Trichoniscus (?).

In all these genera the number of joints in the antenna? has been
used as a generic character by Brandt, &c, except Ligia, Ligidium, and
Platyarthus ; but in grouping the genera no regard has been, as far as I
know, paid to the far more important character — that of the form of
the tige.

Dana states that number of articulations of the tige is of no value as
a character, and instances as a proof it the genus Scyphax, in which he
states that in the young the tige has its apex with the rings half marked.
From the character of the figure it is apparent the drawing was made
from a dead specimen, probably a dried one, in which, owing to the
contraction of the tissues, circular cracks had taken place, a fact which
any microscopist who examines the antennae of many of the Cloportides
under the glass must be fully aware of. The specimen also which he
figures as the young of Scyphax, judging from its tail appendage, can
scarcely belong to that genus at all ; at least, though I have carefully
examined the young of all our native genera, most of them recently
hatched, yet I never met an instance in which the tail appendages dif-
fered much from that of the full-grown animal : but we will speak of
this anon in our enumeration of genera.

There is one objection which has been started to using the characters
of the tige as generic, which must be noticed, i. e. that in the young the
number of joints are less than in the adult This statement is only
partially true. Eor instance, in most of the genera in which the antenna?
are multi-articulate, the antenna? of the young and adult differ much;
but in those of the second and third types, given above, in some species
there is no difference at all, the articulations being all present, though
the terminal ones are much shorter than normal. This is the case, for
instance, in very young P.pruinosus and P. scaler, even when the coxa?
of the seventh cephalo- thoracic segments and the legs of the same pair
are absent : and even where it holds good there can be no mistake, for
other characters, such, for instance, as that noted above, the absence
of the seventh coxa?, at once marks the animal as immature ; hence I
think Dana is wrong in making sub-genera of Trichoniscus, Porcellio,
and Oniscus, merely because the number of joints in their antenna? have
been too much dwelt on.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 269

iy. — Form and relations of the last abdominal ring and its appendages.

Although the characters of these latter have been long employed in
diagnosis, yet it would appear that their true homological value has
neither been appreciated nor understood : for, although in all the genera
of this group their presence has been recognised under the names of
" abdominal false feet," "caudal appendages" and "appendages of the
last segment" yet, as far as I am aware, the true relations subsisting be-
tween them and the so-called " thoracic" feet have been either over-
looked or only hinted at

Their structure in all the genera is pretty much the same : a broad
basal joint, articulated somewhere at the termination of the last abdo-
minal ring, and furnished (except, perhaps, in Tylos, which I have
never seen) with a pair of dissimilar appendages, the external generally
broad, the internal pointed and linear, and inserted above the external ;
or, to speak more correctly, an appendage of two or more articulated
joints, the basal joint furnished at its inner side with an accessory ap-
pendage; that is, a foot, in which the second (the first being the poste-
rior angle of the ring), third, and fourth, &c, articulations are present,
the second, or ischium, being furnished with an appendage.

That this is the true nature of the organ appears from the follow-
ing :—

1st. The mode and point of articulation of the peduncle (basis) with
the last abdominal segment.

2nd. The mode of articulation of the so-called external appendage
(ischium) and peduncle (basis).

3rd. The difference in form and relation between the internal (ac-
cessory filament) and external (ischium) appendages.

1st. The mode of articulation of the peduncle.

By reference to the observations on the so-called " epimerals and
posterior angles of the abdominal rings," it will be seen that, taking into
consideration the ultimate segment only, two principal types exist, viz.,
those in which " epimerals" or coxae exist, as Ligia, and those in which
these organs are absent, as Oniscus, Porcellio, and, perhaps, Philoscia,
&c

Now, if we examine these, we will find that the point of articula-
tion between what we have called the peduncle, and the last abdominal
segment, is different in these two types.

In the first (Ligia, for instance), it takes place at the posterior mar-
gin of the ring, in a notch formed between what I have considered as
the coxae and the posterior margin of the ring, by the whole superior
border of the peduncle, which is broad and flat, the exterior angle of
which forms a regular ball-and-socket joint, which is received into a
regular notch in the posterior angle of the ring, exactly similar to the
notch on the under side of the " epimeral" of the cephalo-thoracic
ring.

In the other (Oniscus, to wit), the inferior portion of the peduncle is
narrowed, so that it appears to be articulated by the exterior angle only,

VOL. iv. 2 u

270 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

the interior border being produced into a lobe, and attached to the ex-
treme exterior edge of the last ring, or rather to a process of this ring,
visible only below, and which may be looked on as the coxa reduced to
a minimum and fixed to the ring ; the form of articulation is the same
as in Ligia.

This view of relations receives further confirmation on examination
of the last abdominal ring in Philoscia and kindred forms, where the
articulation is completed externally by a small triangular lobe, differing
from the angle in Ligia only in size ; indeed, it is a question whether
I am strictly correct in describing Philoscia as wanting the "coxa"
in the sixth abdominal ring, and not as having the coxae fused to the
ring.

The mode of articulation dependent on the development of coxae in
the last ring causes the peduncle to be more or less uncovered by the
preceding coxae, and has given rise to the erroneous description of
Brandt, already referred to, viz., "Ligiae — Caudal appendages, one pair"
(Conspect., page 9); Oniscinae — " Caudal appendages, two pairs" (ib., page
12); the absence, or rather complete fusion, of the coxa with the last
ring causing the peduncle inOniscus, &c, to be completely covered by the
coxae of the fifth rings, led Brandt to overlook its existence altogether,
and to mistake the terminal appendages for separate organs.

2nd. The mode of articulation of the so-called external appendage
(ischium), and the peduncle (basis).

This is always at the extremity of the peduncle, and generally on a
plane inferior to that of the so-called internal appendage, the peduncle
being hollowed out into a regular joint for its reception, and the exter-
nal border of the peduncle terminating inferiorly in a tooth outside the
articulation ; the internal, on the other hand, arising from a lateral pro-
cess, more or less distinctly marked, and generally on a plane, much
superior to the articulation of the external appendage. This is evident,
even in such forms as Ligia, where the apex of the peduncle being trun-
cated, the appendages arise from nearly the same point, the lateral pro-
cess being slightly larger than the real apex, or as Ligidium, in which the
lateral process is still further elongated, so that the ischium appears
to arise above the internal appendage.

From this extreme we trace the lateral process till we arrive at such
forms as Oniscus, where, without careful examination, we might doubt
its existence at all, and where, to a superficial examination, the internal
appendage appears to have no connexion with the peduncle at all, but
rather to spring directly from the last ring : but more of this genus anon.

3. The difference in form and relations between the external
(ischium) and internal (accessory filament) appendages.

Besides the difference between these two, displayed in the fact of the
one (ischium) being articulated to the extremity, the other (accessory
filament) to the lateral process of the peduncle, the differences of the two
are remarkable.

The external (ischium) is generally more or less compressed, often
abrupt at its termination, and generally ending in a tuft of hairs.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 271

The internal (accessory filament), on the other hand, is rounded,
spine-like, generally made up of more than one articulation, and termi-
nates in a hollow hair, or rather becomes filamentous, presenting, in
short, all the characters of a true accessory appendage ; it is from this
character I have named it the accessory filament.

Having established these relations, next for a detailed description of
the entire organs, i. e. first, the peduncle or basis ; second, ischium ;
third, accessory filament.

1. The Peduncle or Basis. — This is attached to last abdominal ring,
and is either somewhat quadrilateral, without distinct lateral process,
its inner margin dilated into a lobe (Ligia).

Or else somewhat triangular ; its internal margin produced into a
rounded process, which bears the accessory filament (Philoscia, Oniscus).

The lateral process (obsolete in Tylos) is either distinct, produced
beyond, and arising from inner angle of the apex of the peduncle (Ligi-
dium), arising from near the base of the peduncle (Oniscus, Porcellio);
or else indistinct, and almost on the same level as the apex (Ligia); be-
tween these, every gradation of development exists. The peduncle may,
in fine, be described in general terms as a flattened articulation, gene-
rally furnished internally with an accessory appendage, bearing the
ischium on its summit, and more or less covered by the last abdominal
ring, from whence it arises.

2. The Ischium or External Appendage. — This articulates to the apex
of the basis or peduncle, and is either —

Rounded, its base dilated and flattened, hairy and scabrous; its
apex abrupt and tufted with hairs (Ligia, Philoscia, Scyphax, Ligi-
dium(?), Tylos (?), SphaBrillo).

Eounded, somewhat subulate, its base slightly dilated and com-
pressed, smooth (Philougria, Itea (?), Titanethes (?), Styloniscus (?).

Flattened, acuminate, dilated, hairy, scabrous (Oniscus, Porcellio,
Scyphax (?)).

Flattened, dilated, squared, apex truncate or rounded, broader
below than above, hairy (Armadillium, Actecia (?), Armadillo).

Accessory filament or internal appendage, either —

Tapering, rounded, terminating in a jointed filamentous hair (Li-
gia, Philoscia, Philougria), or —

Flattened, apex truncate, wider than base, club-shaped, fringed
with hairs (Armadillium) ; or —

Obsolete (Tylos).

The published details of foreign genera are so inaccurate that I must
confine myself mainly to our native species in my description of types,
merely glancing at one or two of the former, of which suflicient details
have been published. Those which have no British representatives are
marked with an asterisk.

1. * Peduncle operculiform, triangular, broader above than below, ar-
ticulated beneath last abdominal ring. Lateral process obsolete ; ischium
short, subulate (?), articulated to apex of peduncle. Accessory appen-
dage, none (Tylos).

272 PBOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

2. Peduncle irregularly quadrilateral, much broader than long, outer
side produced, articulated by lower margin beneath exterior angle of
posterior border of the last ring ; entire peduncle almost covered by the
ring. Accessory lobe triangular, springing from base of peduncle,
scarcely half length of peduncle. Ischium irregularly quadrilateral,
base much narrower than apex, which is transverse ; inner side pro-
duced at apex, borders hairy. Accessory appendage nearly twice length
of ischium ; base rounded, narrow ; apex flattened, club-shaped, hairy
and scabrous (Armadillium, Armadillo (?). To this neighbours, probably,
Sphaerillo and Diploexochus). Plate XXI., Figs. 12, 13.

3. Peduncle triangular, much longer than broad, articulating border
notched at outer angle, outer margin produced into lobe at base, apical
angle well marked, apex half breadth of base, articulated to exterior
angle of last ring beneath. Accessory lobe distinct, quadrilateral, about
third length of peduncle, arising from articulating margin, completely
covered by last abdominal ring. Ischium compressed, acuminate, tri-
gonal, lobed on inner side, hairy. Accessory appendage curved, tri-
gonal at apex, lobed at base, terminating in filament, two-thirds con-
cealed beneath terminal ring, two-thirds length of ischium (Porcellio,
Oniscus (which has accessory lobe nearly obsolete), Platyarthus, pro-
bably). Plate XX., Pig. 11.

4. Peduncle quadrilateral, transverse, twice as broad as long, superior
articulating border produced into an angle, articulated to lateral border
of last abdominal ring. Accessory lobe distinct, nearly attaining apex
of peduncle, unconcealed by last ring. Ischium — base flattened, apex
acuminate, bi- articulate, hairy, and spined along edges. Accessory
appendage falciform, hairy, apex blunt, three-fourths of length of
ischium (Philoscia).

5. Peduncle somewhat triangular, as long as broad, superior border
terminating internally in an angle, articulated in a notch of the posterior
linear border of the last ring, which passes back below coxa of fifth
ring. Exterior margin produced into a triangular lobe. Accessory
lobe triangular, distinct, nearly attaining apex of peduncle, uncon-
cealed. Ischium subulate, somewhat trigonal at base, terminating in
a long filament, smooth. Accessory appendage curved, needle-shaped,
smooth, nearly equal in length to ischium (Philougria, Itea (?), and
probably also Trichoniscus).

6. Peduncle quinquangular, oblong, superior border narrow, articu-
lated in a distinct notch at the posterior margin of ring ; apex truncate;
exterior angle acute ; lateral lobe obsolete. Ischium elongated, trigo-
nal, rough, hairy. Accessory appendage rounded, subulate, slightly
larger than ischium, terminating in a filament (Ligia).

Besides these there are several intermediate forms, as Ligidium, in
which the accessory lobe far exceeds apex of the peduncle — Actsecia
{Dana), in which the external angle of apex is produced into a lobe, so
that the ischium appears to be lateral ; but sufficient has been said
on the subject.

The whole of these appendages are capable of reproduction, and it

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 273"

is common to find Ligia with them in a rudimentary state. They
preserve their comparative characters, even in the young state of the
animals, the only difference being, that the accessory lobe is somewhat
more strongly marked, and afford the most valuable of all the characters
which I have mentioned, for fixity of a type.
The order of value of these characters is : —
Generic. 1st. Appendages of, and last ring of abdomen.

2nd. Arrangement and form of external antennae.
3rd. Proportional development of coxae of abdominal rings.
4th. Development of antennal rings.
Familiar. 1st. Appendages of last ring of abdomen.
2nd. Proportional development of coxae.
3rd. Arrangement and form of external antennae.
The characters of the internal antennae and of the parts of the mas-
ticatory apparatus are chiefly of familiar import : they are so difficult to
establish that I have omitted them in this rough sketch, which is put
forward merely as an attempt at a more natural arrangement of these
genera than those published. It will be found that I have also omitted
all mention of the internal anatomy for the present.

Many of the foreign genera are so scantily described, that it would
be foolish to attempt anything like generalities here, and this whole
paper, as I said before, is merely provisional, the rather as I hope
before long to examine into, not merely genera, but species, as at pre-
sent far too many false ones incumber our systems.

Provisional Arrangement of Families,
The genera described are British.

Family.— TYUDM.
Genus 1. — Tylos (Latreille).

Family.— AEMADILLID^].

Genus 1. — Armadillo (Brandt),
Genus 2. — Cubaris (Brandt).
Genus 3. — Sph.zerillo (Dana).

Genus 4. — Armadillium (Brandt).

Body semi-globose ; head rounded, median lobe minute, arcuated, as
a triangular shield. External antennae : second joint of peduncle lobed.
Tige three-jointed, hairy, rounded. Coxae of first and sixth abdominal
rings obsolete. False feet of last pair : peduncle flattened, lamellar,
truncate. Ischium flattened, truncate; external angle produced. Ac-
cessory lobes arising from base. Accessory filament flattened, club-
shaped, concealed.

274 PBOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Genus 5. — Diploexochtjs (Brandt).
Genus 6. — (?) Aclecia (Dana).
(Which probably should stand as a representative of a separate
family.)

Family.— PORCELLIONIDJS.

Genus 1. — Orcrscus (Latreille).

Body flattened. Head transverse, lateral lobes well developed from
superior margin of third ring, which is emarginate in the median line,
not attaining to front, passing out beneath the orbits. Internal antennae
inconspicuous. External antennae : peduncle, second joint lobed at
base. Tige three -jointed, articulations rounded, cupped. Coxae of
first, second, and sixth abdominal rings obsolete ; third to fifth, broad,
curved. Abdominal false feet articulated beneath external angle of last
ring. Peduncle triangular, lamellar. Accessory lobe obsolete. Ischium
compressed, trigonal, lamellose, along with three-fourths of peduncle un-
concealed. Accessory appendage curved, trigono- subulate, almost con-
cealed, arising from basal angle of peduncle, which is truncate.

Genus 2. — Pobcellio (Latreille).
Body flattened or semi-globose (armadilloides). Head transverse :
lateral and median lobes well marked, arising from superior margin of
third ring, which surpasses frontal line, and is not continuous beneath
orbits. Internal antennae inconspicuous. External antennae : second
joint broadly lobed internally. Tige two-jointed ; articulations semi-
flattened, hairy. Coxae of first, second and sixth abdominal rings obso-
lete, Abdominal false feet of last pair articulated beneath basal angles
of last ring. Peduncle triangular, lamellar, three-fourths uncovered.
Accessory lobe well-marked, arising from base of peduncle, covered by
last ring. Ischium compressed, trigonal, lamellose, acuminate, unco-
vered. Accessory filaments curved, trigonal, terminating in a filament
nearly completely covered by last abdominal ring.

Genus 3. — (?) Platyabthtts {Brandt).
Genus 4. — (?) Deto ( Guerin).

Family.— LIGIDJE.
Genus 1. — Ligia (Brandt).
Body flattened. Head transverse. Internal antennae inconspicu-
ous. External antennae : second joint, peduncle without lobe. Tige
multi-articulate ; segments globose, cupped, hairy. Coxae of abdominal
rings: first and second small; third to sixth, well developed. Abdominal
false feet articulated in notch at end of last ring, unconcealed. Pedun-
cle quadrilateral. Accessory lobe inconspicuous from truncate apex.
Ischium somewhat trigonal, scabrous. Accessory appendage as long as
ischium, terminating in a filamentous hair.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION. 275

Family.— PHILOSCIDA

Genus 1. — Ligidium (Brandt).
Genus 2 (?). — Stylontsctjs (Dana).
Genus 3 (?). — Titanethes (Schiodte).

Genus 4. — Philoscia (Latreille).

Body flattened. Head rounded. Antennal ring arcuate, attaining
to, but not surpassing, frontal line. Internal antennae inconspicuous.
External antennae, second articulation, rounded without lobe. Tige,
three-jointed articulations rounded, hairy, terminating in a filament.
Coxae of sixth abdominal ring obsolete, first to fifth narrow, linear.
Abdominal false feet, last pair : peduncle quadrilateral, transverse, ar-
ticulated to exterior margin of last ring, uncovered, Accessory lobe
distinct, attaining apex of peduncle. Ischium : base flattened, acumi-
nate, almost trigonal, bi-articulate, hairy ; accessory filament falciform,
hairy, apex blunt.

This genus has been misdescribed by all authors except Zadach, who
gives a very fair description of it in his monograph, already quoted.

5. — (?) Scyphax (Dana).
(Scyphax and Philoscia may form the type of a separate family.)

Family.— ITEADJE.

Genus 1. — (?) Teichontsctts (Brandt).
Genus 2. — (?) Itea (Koch, in part).

Genus 3. — (?) Philotjoeia

Body flattened. Head round ; no median or lateral lobes. Internal
antennae inconspicuous, three-jointed. External antennae : second joint
round, not lobed. Tige subulate, five-jointed; smooth. Coxae of first
abdominal ring small and inconspicuous ; second to fifth, narrow, linear,
well marked ; sixth, nearly obsolete. Abdominal false feet : last pair
completely uncovered. Peduncle somewhat triangular, articulated in
notch at posterior margin of last joint. Ischium trigonal, subulate,
smooth, terminating in a filament. Accessory lobe well marked, spring-
ing from side of, and nearly attaining, extremity of apex of peduncle.
Accessory filament long, subulate, filamentous, smooth.

This genus is very closely allied to Itea, which is described by
Zadach as having the exterior margin of the peduncle of the abdominal
false feet free lateral processes of the front ; present beneath the supe-
rior frontal margin above the base of the antennae ; the internal an-
tennae one- jointed. Characters, if correctly given, sufficient to constitute
the above a genus.

Some, perhaps, will be inclined to substitute the term genus for
family in the above Table, making sub-genera of most of the genera.

276 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Against this custom, too prevalent now-a-days, I must enter my protest :
every distinct set of forms possessing one or two important parallel cha-
racters in common, should rather constitute a genus, than by, as is too
often done, grouping a number of these in one genus, necessitate the
formation of sub-groups, which are always most puzzling to the student,
and of no use unless to the systematist addicted to mere number of fami-
lies in some preconceived order of numeral arrangement.

List of British Species of Oniscoidea.

Family.— AEMADILLID^.

Genus. — Aemadillium (Brandt).

(Armadillidium of Brandt shortened in conformity to modern usage.)
Armadillium vulgare (Latr. sp.)

Synonyms : Oniscus armadillo (Linn.), 0. cinereus (Zenh.), Arma-
dillo vulgaris (Latr.), A. variegatus (ib.), Armadillidium Zenckeri (Br.),
Armadillo opacus, variegatus, Willii (Schceffer).

Body smooth, elliptical ; median plate arched above, scarcely sur-
passing frontal line. Terminal ring of abdomen narrow (coxae obsolete),
triangular : apex truncate. False feet of last pair : basis nearly com-
pletely concealed, bilobed ; internal lobe much shorter than external ;
a raised transverse ridge on inferior face. Ischium flattened, somewhat
triangular, wider betow than above. Secondary appendage trigonal,
broader below than above, compressed, hairy at the end. Second joint
of external antennae lobed.

Colour: dark steel-gray, almost black; steel-gray blotched with
patches and spots of whitish-yellow and red browns.

Habit : rolls itself into a ball.

Habitat : dry places under stones, decaying timber, and amidst
herbage.

Distribution : Ireland generally. England — London, Kent.

Family.— ONISCID^E.

Genus. — Oniscus (Linn.).
1. — Oniscus murarius (Cuvier).

Synonyms : 0. asellus (Linnceus, and Auct.).

Body oval, shining, covered with smooth granules ; lateral lobes of
head large, inclined backwards; frontal line somewhat emarginate ; ter-
minal ring of abdomen elongate, triangular, convex above ; coxae ter-
minating as acute angle ; coxae of fifth concealing origin of accessory
appendage. Accessory appendage nearly equalling ischium in length.
Second joint of external antennae lobed internally.

BHITISH ASSOCIATION. 277

Colour : general ground light-gray or bluish, ' with blotches and
patches of yellow, generally lineally arranged; a salmon-coloured variety
with dark patches occasionally met near sea.

Habits : semi-rolls, and feigns death.

Habitat : under decayed vegetable and animal matter, as well in
the dryest as wettest localities. Common near sea.

Localities : Ireland — east coast generally. England — Kent, London,
&c. Appears to be common everywhere, but the species have not been
distinguished.

2. — Oniscus fossor (H. Scliceffer, D. Crus., Cah. 22, n. 22).

Synonyms : Oniscus muscorum (Lereboullet, p. 29). I cannot speak
of the other synonyms given by the author, as he has confounded it with
Philoscia muscorum. P. tceniola (Koch), given by him as a synonym,
is figured as a true Porcellio by Schseffer. The figure of 0. fossor is very
characteristic.

Body oval, covered with numerous rough granulations, which give
it a powdered appearance; head convex; lateral lobes moderate, rounded;
frontal line produced into a triangular lobe which belongs to head, not
to antennal ring ; terminal ring and other characters as 0. murarius,
than which the whole animal is much smaller.

Colour similar to 0. murarius, but paler.

Habits : semi-rolls, and feigns death; much more active than 0. mu-
rarius.

Habitat : dryish places, as under stones, dry leaves.

Localities : Ireland — Dublin (Wexford, E. Percival Wright, Esq.).
England — Epping Eorest, Kent. Very common among the chalk-pits
at Chisselhurst ; now first recorded as British. (Three specimens in
British Museum Collection undistinguished from 0. murarius.)

Genus. — Poecellio (Lat
1. — P. scaler (Latreille).

Synonyms: Oniscus asellus (Linn), 0. granulatus (Lam.). Por-
cellio dubius, affinis et mult. al. (H. Schceff.), P. Brandtii (M.-Edwards).

Body elongate, oval, rugous. Lateral processes very salient ; ex-
ternal angle rounded; median process triangular ; terminal ring ending
in a triangular point, acuminate, deeply sulcate in the median line.

Colour : uniform grayish-black, yellow blotches on dark ground ; a
nearly uniform salmon-coloured variety also met with; there may be
two species confounded.

Habit: runs with agility; semi-rolls itself; attacks living caterpillars.

Habitat : moist places, everywhere there is decaying matter ; among
sea-weed on sea- shore along with Ligia, &c. The paler varieties are
found in the dryer localities.

Distribution : apparently everywhere, and very common ; carries the
young all through the summer.

vol. iv. 2 o

278 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

2. — P. dilatatus {Brandt).

Synonyms : P. scaler (Auct. and M.-Edw.).

Body very broad, depressed, rough, and granular; lateral frontal
processes very prominent, rounded at apex, and hollowed; median
lobe obtusely triangular, moderate ; last ring rounded at apex, plane
above. Ischium very flat and broad. Much larger than P. scaler.

Colour : a uniform slate-gray.

Habit: crawls very slowly, semi-rolls; extremely brittle in its
structure, a touch causing the limbs to fall off.

Habitat : amongst decaying grass and straw, extremely rare.

Localities : Ireland — Dublin. Now first added to British lists.

3. — P.pictus (Auct).

Synonyms : P. conspersus (?), P. serialis, P. crassicornis (H. Schceffer).

Body as P. scaler, slightly elongated ; lateral lobes very salient,
curved outwards ; median lobe curvilinear, small ; body granulous, last
ring triangular, acute at apex, superior surface sulcated.

Colour similar to P. scaler, but patches more regularly arranged ;
may be easily mistaken for Oniscus fossor at first glance, but is more
shining.

Habit : runs with great agility, does not roll.

Habitat : very local ; dry places, as old ruins, under dry leaves.

Localities : Ireland — Dublin (local), Belfast (A. H. Halliday, Esq.)
England — Chisselhurst, Kent, among chalk-pits ; now first added to
British lists*

4. — P. Icevis (Lam.),

Body very convex, polished ; lateral frontal lobes slightly salient,
small, rounded; median lobe triangular, very short; last ring, apex
rounded, deeply sulcate above. The largest of our species.

Colour : lead-gray, occasionally blotched with yellow on sides.

Habits: semi-rolls, sluggish.

Habitat : common everywhere in moist places, especially in stables
and litter, among grass at bottom of walls.

Localities : Ireland — Dublin. England — Kent (one specimen in
British Museum Collection, from neighbourhood of London).

5. — P. pruinosus (Brandt, Conspect. 19.)

Synonyms: Porcellio frontalis (Lereloullet), preoccupied by Ed-
wards. P. macuUcornis (?) (//. Schcejfer).

Body sub-ovate, oblong, slightly rugged, downy. Lateral lobes
small, rounded. Median lobe rounded, minute, almost linear ; last ring
triangular, acute at apex ; surface plane. Feet very long. Abdomen
much narrower than cephalo-thoracic rings.

Colour : uniform mouse-colour, marbled under the lens with white.

Habit : runs with great agility, concealing itself rapidly from the

BEITISH ASSOCIATION. 279

light; preferring moderately humid, warm situations; one of the com-
monest of our species. It buries itself to a considerable depth in clay.
Locality : Ireland — Dublin ; everywhere. England — Kent, Chis-
selhurst, very common. (Three specimens (unnamed) in British Museum
Collection, from neighbourhood of London, belong, I believe, to this
species. They are stuck on cards, rendering examination impossible.)
Now first added to British lists.

6. — P. armadilloides (Lereboullet),

Synonyms : 0. convexus (Degeer), 0. saxatilis (Hartmann).

Body elongated, elliptical ; segments very convex, smooth. Lateral
lobes minute, truncated in front. Median lobe very short, angular,
acute. Last ring of abdomen acute, plane, or slightly convex above.

Colour : iron-gray, with clear borders to segments ; a band of white
blotches along either side of the median line. iNe^er having seen it
alive, cannot speak of its habits. Rolls itself into a perfect ball.

Added to British lists on authority of six specimens in British Mu-
seum Collection (unnamed), which A. White, Esq., informs me were
captured near London (Highgate) (?) by Mr. Walker.

7. — P. cingendus [n. s.) (mihi). Plate XIX., Fig. 1.

Body elongate, ovate, smooth, or slightly scabrous. Lateral lobes
minute, rounded, directed downwards. Median lobe nearly obsolete,
arcuate. Terminal ring broadly triangular ; apex acute, plane above ;
a raised continuous line along upper margin of each ring. Whole ani-
mal shining, smooth, or covered with minute shining granulations only.
Closely allied to P. pruinosus, from which it differs chiefly in the
smooth, shining body, and the coxae of cephalo-thoracic rings having
their posterior angles rounded off.

Colour : bright red and yellow blotches on a dark steel-gray ground.

Habits : runs with extreme rapidity ; inhabits dry stations exclu-
sively, as under leaves ; never rolls itself into a ball.

Localities : Dublin, very rare.

The characters given above are constant, easily distinguishing it
from P. pruinosus, which, when young, resemble the parents. I can find
no description in authors approaching this species, and am, therefore,
compelled to give it a name. I find it both in company with P. prui-
nosus, and also alone.

Family.— LIGID^E.

Genus. — Ligia.

1. — Ligia oceanica {Lin. sp.)

Synonyms : Oniscus oceanieus (Linn.), P. aquaticus (Baxter), Cymo-
thoa oceanica (Fabric), Ligia oceanica (ib.).

Body flattened, oval. Head transverse, covered with smooth gra-
nulations. External antennae shorter than body. Tige multi- articulate,

280 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

sub-glabrous. Terminal ring of abdomen : posterior border regularly
arcuated in the middle. Coxae as acute angles. Abdominal false feet :
peduncle oblong, slightly shorter than last abdominal ring. Ischium
and accessory appendage twice the length of peduncle.

Colour : yellowish-brown, the young prettily diced with white.

Habits : runs with agility, or rolls up extremities of body, and feigns
death ; very common among vegetable debris, along tide- marks, and on
rocks ; seldom takes water ; may be seen running over sand in full sun-
shine.

Common around Ireland.

Family.— PHILOSCIADA

Genus. — Philoscia (Zatreille).

1. — Philoscia muscorum (Zatreille). Plate XX., Fig. 1.

Synonyms : Ligia melanocephala (H. Schceffer), Oniscus sylvestris (?)
(Fabric), Oniscus muscorum (?) (Cuv.). I have not been able to
verify the reference queried. Philoscia muscorum (Zaddach, Syn. Crust.
Prussic, p. 14).

Body flattened, elliptical, perfectly smooth and glistening. Head
transversely elliptical, arched in front ; neither lateral nor median lobes.
Internal antennae three-jointed. External antennae: second joint of
peduncle not swollen at base. Tige three-jointed; articulations rounded,
tumid, the last terminating in a hair, a long spine at apex of fourth
and fifth articulations, all the articulations both of peduncle and tige
densely hairy. Coxae of abdominal rings somewhat linear; abdomen
abruptly narrower than seventh cephalothoracic ring. Last ring
broadly triangular ; apex acute. Abdominal false feet, last pair, attached
to exterior margin of ultimate ring, uncovered. Peduncle somewhat
quadrilateral. Ischium trigonal, spinous along edges, fine hairs be-
tween spines, with a slender filament at its apex. Accessory appendage
not quite half length of ischium rounded, hairy. Accessory lobe tri-
angular, distinct, nearly attaining apex of ped ancle.

Colour fulvous, with dark black patches, a dark stripe generally
along median line. A pale salmon-coloured variety was brought me by
E. Percival Wright, Esq., from Wexford, which I have found since rather
common on Bray Head, county of Wicklow, and occasionally about
Donnybrook, county of Dublin.

Habitat : dry places among leaves, also among sand hills, along sea-
shore, under stones ; common near sea.

Habits : runs rapidly, feigns death, but does not roll into a ball.

Localities : Ireland — Dublin, extremely common ; Wicklow, Meath,
(Wexford and Cork, E. Percival Wright, Esq.), Belfast (A.H. Haliday,
Esq.) England — Middlesex, Essex, Kent, common.

A species which has been much misunderstood, although an cx-
tromely common species.

BBITISH ASSOCIATION. 281

Family.— ITEAILE.

Genus. — Phtlotjgeia (<f>t\os vypoi) (mihi).

1. — Philougria celer (mihi). Plate XXII., Tig. L

Body semi- flattened, elliptical, perfectly smooth and shining. Head
oval, twice as broad as long ; neither lateral nor median lobes extant ;
antennal plate attaining to frontal line. Eyes small, oval, situated at
posterior angle of head. Internal antennae small, inconspicuous, three
(two ?) jointed. External antennae moderate in length, generally curved,
folded in form of (tsj ). Peduncle five-jointed, attached to detached
segment (epimeral?) of ring, hence apparently six- jointed. First arti-
culation very short, transverse; second, obtusely triangular, longer
than first ; third, globular equal to second ; fourth, elongated, slender,
sides parallel, equal to second and third conjoined, its exterior superior
angle truncate, inner angle ending in a long hollow spine ; fifth, slen-
derest, and slightly longer than fourth, sides nearly parallel, internal
margin produced into four angular eminences, each of which bears a
short spine, external angle terminating in a filament, external border
hairy. Tige five-jointed, filamentous ; articulations cylindrical, gradually
tapering; first, short; second, third, and fourth, equal; fifth equal-
ling second, third and fourth conjoined; terminating in a filament;
perfectly free from hairs or spines. Coxae of cephalothoracic segments
well marked. Segments of cephalothorax : first, much broader than
head, second and third gradually broader ; third and fourth equal ;
fifth, sixth, and seventh gradually decreasing in breadth; seventh
as broad as first. Posterior margin of first three rings convex down-
wards; fourth and fifth, median portion convex downwards, coxae
concave upwards ; sixth and seventh rings concave downwards,
their coxae quadrilateral, strongly angular, suture well marked;
coxae of the seventh extending half-way down fourth abdominal
ring ; raised transverse border along margin of each ring ; a bor-
der of small spines along lateral edges of coxae (visible under \ inch
power). Abdominal segments: first, semilunar, very linear, coxae nearly
obsolete, covered by those of seventh cephalothoracic segment : second,
linear, coxae rounded, uncovered by seventh cephalothoracic ring; third,
fourth, and fifth, each equal in breadth to first and second conjoined;
coxae well marked and curved, inferior border of entire segment con-
vex medianly and deeply concave externally, so as to form a projecting
angle, gradually decreasing in breadth from third downwards ; terminal
ring deeply concave over insertion of last false feet, the segment being
here linear, coxae nearly obsolete, medianly produced, truncately trian-
gular, apex deeply emarginate; total length of ring about twice that of
fifth ; the rings gradually increase in length from one to six. Abdo-
minal false feet: last pair uncovered, articulated in excavated posterior
margin of last ring. Peduncle, and ischium, and accessory filament, as
in genus, q. v.

282 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

Colour : uniform red brown, without spots or marbling, though va-
rieties may occur.

Habits : runs with agility, as conveyed in the name ; buries itself
deep in the ground, and generally congregates in numbers ; very impa-
tient of dryness, soon dying on exposure to air.

Habitat : very moist places, amongst all kinds of decaying matter ;
also amongst moist dead leaves, amongst wet ashes, in moss, at roots
of trees : extremely common. I cannot account for this species remain-
ing so long undetected in Britain.

Localities: Ireland — Dublin, very common (Wexford, Cork, and
Kerry, E. Percival "Wright, Esq.).

England — Epping Forest, near London, Kent, Chisselhurst, where
it seems as common as in Ireland.

Now first added to British list.

In many Papers, the references to the Plates not being as definite as
we could wish, we have thought it better to append separate, carefully
drawn-up Descriptions of Plates. These have been furnished to us by
the authors of the papers, except in a few cases, where such assistance
was not needed; and we trust that they will add to the importance of
the many valuable Original Communications which this volume of the
" Natural History Beview" contains. — Eds, N. H. E.

DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES.

284 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

PLATE I.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY J. R. KINAHAN, M.B., M.R.I.A., ON
ANNELIDOID TRACKS IN THE ROCKS OF BRAY HEAD, COUNTY OF
WICKLOW.

Fig.

1. Teacks in gray beds of Oldhamia radiata, showing (a) vertical tubes;

(J) thread-like do. ; (c) laminated structure of tubuli.

2. (a) Vertical tubes ; (b) thread-like parallel tubuli.

3. Tracks from red bed, showing crossing tubuli.

4. Vertical tubulus from green quartzose rock.

5. Tracks in red beds, showing tubulus curved on itself, in connexion

with Oldhamia antiqua.

Note. — The Oldhamia occurring in connexion with the tubuli is not
shown in Figures 1, 2, 3, and 5.

Vide page 20.

DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES. 285

PLATE III.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY REV. PROFESSOR HAUGHTON, ON
SOME DISTORTED FOSSILS FROM THE CLEAVED ROCKS OF THE
SOUTH OF IRELAND.

Fig.

1. Orthis crenistria, from Carboniferous slate of Ardoginna, county of
Waterford, with its fringe line perpendicular to the intersection
of cleavage and bedding.
1a. Do., from Carboniferous slate of Carrigaline, county of Cork, with
its fringe line drawn out in the line of intersection of cleavage
and bedding.
1b. A fossil from the same locality as the last; but so changed by
cleavage, both in and perpendicular to the plane of bedding, as
to be hardly recognisable. I name it, with considerable hesita-
tion, Productus caperatus.
lc. A beautiful specimen of Euomphalus pentangulatus, distorted by
cleavage, from Little Island, county of Cork, where these dis-
torted fossils occur in great abundance in limestone.
Figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2c, represent the distortion reduced in the propor-
tion of 5 : 4.

Vide page 96.

vol. rv. 2 p

286 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

PLATE IV.

ALSO ILLUSTRATIVE OF REV. PROFESSOR HAUGHTON'S PAPER
ON CLEAVAGE.

(See previous page.)

Figs. 3, 3a, 3b, 3c, represent the distortion reduced in the propor-
tion of 5 : 3.

Figs. 4, 4a, 4b, 4c, represent the distortion reduced in the propor-
tion of 5 : 2.

Vide page 96.

DESCEIPTIONS OF PLATES. 287

PLATE V.

THIS PLATE IS ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER ENTITLED, "RESEARCHES
AMONG THE PALEOZOIC ROCKS OF IRELAND," BY MR. KELLY.

(For this Paper see "Natural History Review," vol. ill., Proceedings of Dublin Geolo-
gical Society, p. 115.)

Fig.

\. a, a strong conglomerate at Sybil Head, about 60 feet thick; the
base of the Carboniferous formation dipping N. "W. 60° into the
Atlantic, and lying unconformably on the ends of the brown-
stone strata from a to b.

g, m, n, h, i, supposed the original surface of the land.

m, n, o, p, a fossiliferous band of rock.

h, h, a supposed line of fault or slip.

c, Jc, a greenstone protrusion at Clogher Head.

b, h, the white part of a fossiliferous band at Perriter's Cove, sup-
posed to have slipped down from the position m, n, on the line
h, h, and to be the equivalent of e, p, o, d: a similar fossiliferous
band at Doonquin Old Church ; each band a part of the original
m, p, o, n. See pp. 15, 16.
At d the lithograph is defective : the white between d and the line
n, o should be shown as grit and slate, the same as between d
and e.
2. A, B, represents the Old Eed Sandstone conglomerate ; over it is the
Old Red Sandstone, shown as dotted ; next the Limestone, white ;
and lastly, the Coal Rocks, shaded with close horizontal lines.

a, Granite.

b, Stratified quartz rock.

c, Mica slate.

d, Primary crystalline lime-

stone,

e, Greenstone.

/, Amorphous quartz rock.

g, Gray clay slate.

h, Gray grit.

it Red clay slate.

h, Green grit.

I, Green chloritic slate.

m, Brownstone.

288 PKOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

PLATE VI.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY JOHN KELLY, ON THE SUBDIVISIONS

OF THE CARBONIFEROUS FORMATION IN IRELAND.
Fig.

1 . Sketch on the shore at Bundoran, at low water : b, c, d, a ravine ;

c, e, a vertical fault, having the dotted part d, Old Bed Sand-
stone, on one side of it ; the shaded part b, Carboniferous slate,
with fossils, on the other.

2. Sketch of section at Kildoney, near Bally shannon : the dotted part

Old Bed Sandstone, the other part limestone ; b, d, a vertical fault
between them, which brings the two rocks into juxtaposition
at the surface.

3. Sketch of section on the shore at Cultra, four miles K, E. of Bel-

fast : from a to b red sandstone ; from b to c gray and black shale,
containing scales of Holoptychius and Paloeniscus, with Modiola,
and others ; c, d, red sandstone ; d, e, yellow magnesian lime-
stone ; e, /, red sandstone ; /, g, thin beds of bluish-gray lime-
stone and red sandstone alternating ; g, h, red sandstone. At ef
d> e> f> 9> whin dykes, generally vertical.

4. Sketch section from Shean Hill, on the south, across a part of Lough

Erne to Portinode, on the north : A, «, bands of millstone grit on
the different sides of the fault e, f, and geological equivalents ;
B, b, limestone groups, and equivalents also; C, e, Carboniferous
slate, same ; D, d, Old Bed Sandstone, same ; g, a talus of debris
at base of cliff adjoining the fault ; h, a part of Lough Erne.

5. Sketch section near Bundoran, looking IS". W. : a, a band of millstone

grit ; b, limestone in Dartry mountain ; c, Carboniferous slate,
which lies in conformable succession on d, the upper part of the
Old Bed Sandstone, which here, as in most other places, is yel-
lowish ; e, Carboniferous Slate, separated from d by a fault ; /,
limestone at Einner Point, the junction with e, not clear, being
covered with sand.

6. Sketch section through the Slievebeagh mountains, from Monagh

to near Clogher, looking westward : o, b, sandstones and shales
of the Coal series alternating ; c, Carboniferous Limestone ; d,
Carboniferous Slate ; e, Old Bed Sandstone ; /, Graywacke, or
gray clay-slate and grit alternating ; g, brown grit, with red and
purple shales alternating, the grits resembling those near Ferri-
ter's Cove, Dingle.

Vide page 100.

DESCEIPTIONS OF PLATES. 289

PLATE VII.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY RICHARD GRIFFITH, LL. D., Etc., ON
THE SUBDIVISIONS OF THE CARBONIFEROUS SYSTEM.

Section 1 is across the Lugnaquilla, Cuilgagh, and Slieve Bushen moun-
tains, to Bosskeeragh, near Butler's Bridge, in the county of
Cavan, showing the relative positions of the several members of
the Carboniferous system in Ireland.

Section 2 is through the Yellow Sandstone district, north of Lough
Erne, exhibiting a complete sequence of the several members of
that group of rocks, succeeded conformably by the Lower Lime-
stone and Calp series.

Section 3, from the lower Silurian strata at Lisbellaw, to the same series
of rocks near Scot's House in Monaghan, showing the order of
succession of the Carboniferous system, from the Yellow Sand-
stone base at either extremity to the Calp and Calp Sandstone of
the Slievebeagh district.

Section 4, from the Culm beds near LochiUin, the Munster Coal
district, to Shannon Grove, near Pallaskenry, in the county of
Limerick, showing the relative positions of the several members
of the Carboniferous system in the south of Ireland.

Vide page 135.

290 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

PLATE VIII-

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY GEORGE C. HYNDMAN, ON A DIS-
TORTED SPECIMEN OF FUSUS ANTIQUUS.

Fig. 1. Fusus antiquus, front view.
„ 2. „ side view.

Vide page 250.

DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES. 291

PLATE IX.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY J. R. KINAHAN, M.B., ON DUBLIN
CRUSTACEA.

rig.

1. Xantho rivulosa (JTroyer).

2. Ifippolyte pusiola (Kroyer). Spines over eye omitted in figure.
2a. One of the second pair of legs of ditto.

2b. Carapace.

2c. Termination of median plate of tail.

3. Portunus carcinoides, jun. (Kinahan), size of life.
3a. Carapace of ditto.

3b. Terminal joints of fifth pair of legs, enlarged.

3 c. Hand, terminating in two well-marked carinae on the upper sides,
the inner terminating in a very minute outward tubercle ; en-
larged.

4. Zoe of Pirimela denticuhta, taken from life.

5. Ditto, ditto, from dead specimen ; spines over eye
omitted in figure.

6. Back view of termination of abdomen, enlarged.

Vide pages 62, 80, 153.

292 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

PLATE X.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY J. R. KINAHAN, M.B., ON DUBLIN
CRUSTACEA.
Fig.

1. Hippolyte variant, normal type ; rostrum nearly straight; apex bi-

dentate, directed upwards, upper tooth shortest; below, two
teeth, the anterior much posterior to the upper tooth of apex ;
proportional frequency of occurrence, 63 per cent.

1a. Peduncle of external antennae of ditto.

1b. Median plate of tail of ditto.

2. Eostrum straight ; apex tridentate, teeth directed forwards, upper

and lower teeth nearly equal in length ; below, one tooth only ;
proportional frequency, 25 per cent.

3. Rostrum strongly curved upwards, scimitar-shaped; apex triden-

tate; upper tooth slightly longer than lower; below, a single
tooth; proportion, 8 per cent. "N. B. The whole animal is much
slenderer than the normal type : query, a species,

4. Rostrum straight ; apex broadly truncated, directed forwards, qua-

dridentate ; in plate wrongly represented as tridentate ; apical
teeth very minute ; below, two teeth ; proportion, 2 per cent.

6. Rostrum straight ; apex acuminate, simple ; in plate wrongly repre-

sented as bidentate ; directed upwards ; rostrum with two teeth
below. One specimen out of 300 examined.

5. Rostrum straight ; apex bind ; rostrum with three teeth below, viz.,

one beneath apex, and two closely approximated in the broadest
portion of the rostrum. One specimen.

7, 8. Rostrum of H. Cranchii. In Fig. 8, the two lateral spines

omitted.
9, 10. Ditto, H.pusiola {Kroyer). Tooth over eye omitted in Plate.
11, 12, 13, 14. Rostrum of varieties of Palcemon squillce.

Vide page 160.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig.

1. Labolips innupta fern. The crossed lines beneath show the natural

length of the body, and the spread of the wings.

2. Head, from above.

3. Same, from beneath.

4. Same, from the side.

5. Epistoma, with Labrum.

6. Mandible, from within.

7. Peristoma, basal piece, with Labium (a), and Maxillae (b).

8. Labial palpus.

9. Antenna.

10. Upper and under wing.

1 1. Hamuli of under wing.

12. Eore tibia, with Spur and Metatarsus.

13. Last external segment of abdomen, with Ovipositor and its Fulcra,

in position.

14. Tips of valves of Yagina.

15. Tip of tube, formed by the Ovipositor and its vagina, seen in the

direction of its axis.

16. Calamus, between the valves of Yagina parted.
1 7*. Spiculum, with its Fulcrum.

18. Intestinal canal, including (Esophagus (a), Rectum (r), and Mal-

pighian vessels (m).

19. Ovaries, with the separate Oviducts, and the common Excretory

canal.

20. Egg, or Germinal vesicle, extracted.

DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES. 293

PLATE X.*

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY A. H. HALIDAY, A.M„ F.L.S., ON A NEW
GENUS AND SPECIES OF THE FAMILY DIAPRIDiE.

Fig.

1. Labolips innupta fern. The crossed lines beneath show the natural

length of the body, and the spread of the wings.

2. Head, from above.

3. Same, from beneath.

4. Same, from the side.

5. Epistoma, with Labrum.

6. Mandible, from within.

7. Peristoma, basal piece, with Labium (a), and Maxillae (b).

8. Labial palpus.

9. Antenna.

10. Upper and under wing.

1 1 . Hamuli of under wing.

12. Pore tibia, with Spur and Metatarsus.

13. Last external segment of abdomen, with Ovipositor and its Pulcra,

in position.

14. Tips of valves of Vagina.

15. Tip of tube, formed by the Ovipositor and its vagina, seen in the

direction of its axis.

16. Calamus, between the valves of Vagina parted.

1 7. Spiculum, with its Pulcrum.

1 8. Intestinal canal, including (Esophagus (a), Kectum (r), and Mal-

pighian vessels (m).

19. Ovaries with the separate Oviducts, and the common Excretory

canal.

20. Egg, or Germinal vesicle, extracted,

Vide page 166.

VOL. iv, 2 Q

294 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

PLATE XI.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY A. H. HALIDAY, A.M., F.L.S., ON SOME
REMAINING BLANKS IN THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE NATIVE
DIPTERA.

Fig.

1. Oxycera morrisii (?) Larva, from above.

2. Head, from above.

3. Dorsal bristle, and group of Vesicles.

4. Last two segments from beneath, showing the hooks of the penul-

timate segment.

5. Nemotelus uliginostjs Pupa case, from above.

6. Larva of same, from above.

7. Two intermediate segments, from beneath.

8. Last segment, from above.

9. Same, from beneath.

10. Posterior Respiratory cleft.

11. Head and Prothorax, from the side.

12. Prothoracic spiracle, from the inside.

13. Lateral spiracle of abdomen, in position.

14. Head, from above.

15. Antenna.

16. Terminal joint, and bristle of same.

17. Epistoma from the side with spiny Labrum.

18. Mandible. 19. Maxillae. 20. Labium (* the base or insertion).

21. Black elliptic plate, and root of bristle, in position.

22. Intestinal Canal, in position. 23. Same, unrolled ; including

Mouth (a), Crop (c), Colon (o), Anal segment (z), Malpighian
vessels (m), and their Common duct (n).

24. Anthomyia riparia. Pupa case, from above.

25. Same from the side.

26. Reticulations of case.

27. Larva of same, from the side, extended.

28. Head and Prothorax, from the side.

29. Posterior end, from above.

30. Same, from beneath.

31. Dorsal horn, showing the muricated base, and the position of the

Spiracle at the tip.

32. Tip of a Ventral horn, or False leg.

33. Anal tubercle.

34. Muricated lateral edge of a posterior ventral incisure.

Vide page 177.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Fig.

1. Oxycera morrisii (?) Larva, from above.

2. Head, from above.

3. Dorsal bristle, and group of Vesicles.

4. Last two segments from beneath, showing the hooks of the penul-

timate segment.

5. Nemotelus uliginosus Pupa case, from above.

6. Larva of same, from above.

7. Two intermediate segments, from beneath.

8. Last segment, from above.

9. Same, from beneath.

10. Posterior Respiratory cleft.

1 1 . Head and Prothorax, from the side.

12. Prothoracic spiracle, from the inside.

13. Lateral spiracle of abdomen, in position.

14. Head, from above.

15. Antenna.

16. Terminal joint, and bristle of same.

1 7. Epistoma from the side, with spiny Labrum.

18. Mandible. 19. Maxilla. 20. Labium (* the base or insertion).

21. Black elliptic plate, and root of bristle, in position.

22. Intestinal Canal, in position. 23. Same, unrolled; including

Mouth (a), Crop (c), Colon (o), Anal segment (z), Malpighian
vessels (m), and their Common duct (n).

24. Anthomyia riparia. Pupa case, from above.

25. Same, from the side.

26. Reticulations of case.

27. Larva of same, from the side, extended.

28. Head and Prothorax, from the side.

29. Posterior end, from above.

30. Same, from beneath.

31. Dorsal horn, showing the muricated base, and the position of the

Spiracle at the tip.

32. Tip of a Yentral horn, or False leg.

33. Anal tubercle.

34. Muricated lateral edge of a posterior ventral incisure.

DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES. 295

PLATE XII.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY W. H. HARVEY, M.D., F.L.S., ON NEW
BRITISH ALGiE.

Fig.

1a. Leathesia crispa, growing on Chondrus crispus, the natural size.

2a. Part of a filament, with its curled apical ramelli, magnified.

3a. Ramellus and spore, more highly magnified.

1b. Elachista Grevillii growing on Cladophora rupestris, the natural size.

2b. Portion of the tuft magnified.

3b. Apex and base of a filament more highly magnified.

Vide page 201.

296 TKOCEEMNGS OF SOCIETIES.

PLATE XIII.

ALSO ILLUSTRATIVE OF DR. HARVEY'S PAPER.

Fig.

1a. Magnified view of a portion of the crust of Actinococcus Hennedyi

2a. Fertile and barren filaments separated.

3a. A tetraspore.

1b. Part of the crust of Cruoria pellita, magnified.

2b. Portion of a filament.

3b. A tetraspore.

1c. Cruoria (?).

1 c. Some of the threads as they lie in the stratum.

2c. Some separated, with a spore more highly magnified.

Vide page 201.

DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES. 297

PLATE XIV.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY JOSEPH R. GREEN, ON ACALAPELE

OF DUBLIN COAST.

•
Fig.

1a. Stomobrachium octo-costatum, magnified.
1b. Ditto, seen from above.
lc. Ovary of ditto.
Id. Portion of marginal canal.
2a. Equorea formosa, magnified.
2b. Ditto, seen from above.
3a. Thaumantias Pattersonii, magnified.
3b. Ditto, seen from beneath.
3d. Portion of marginal canal.

3c. One of the ovaries, showing leeches parasitic on ditto.
3e. One of the leeches, magnified.
4a. Thaumantias neglecta, magnified.
4b. Ditto, seen from beneath.
4c. Ovary of ditto.
4d. A single tentacle, magnified.

Vide page 242,

298 TBOCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

PLATE XV.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY JOSEPH R. GREEN, ON ACALAPHiEi
OF DUBLIN COAST.

Fig.

5a. Thaumantias typica, natural size of large specimen.

5b. Ditto, seen from beneath.

5c. Peduncle of ditto,

6a. Bougainvillea dinema, magnified.

6b. Ditto, seen from above.

6c. One of the compound tentacular bulbs, magnified.

6d. Peduncle of ditto.

6e. Ditto, seen from above.

6f. One of the tentacular lips, magnified.

7a. Diplonema islandica, magnified.

7b. Tentacles of ditto, showing gemmules sprouting therefrom.

8a. Steenstrupia Owenii, magnified.

8b. Peduncle of ditto.

8c. A portion of the tentacle, highly magnified.

Vide page .242.

DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES. 299

PLATE XVI.

PARTLY ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER BY W. SPENCE BATE, F.L.S., ON
IPHIMEDEA EBLAN&; AND PARTLY OF A PAPER BY J. R. KINAHAN,
M.B., ON GALATHEA ANDREWSII.

Fig,

1.

Iphimedea Ehlanm (Spence Bate).

Lateral view.

2.

Ditto,

Dorsal view.

3.

Mandible.

4.

Maxilliped.

5 & 5a. First gnathopod.

6.

Second gnathopod.

7.

Telson.

8.

Galathea Andrewsii (Kinahan), twice the natural size.

8a.

Chela of ditto.

8b.

Thumb of chela.

8c.

External maxilliped.

8b.

Eostrum.
Vide page 229.

300 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

PLATE XVII.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY R. Q. COUCH, M.R.C.S. Eng., Etc., ON
THE EMBRYO FORM OF PALLNURUS VULGARIS.

Fig.

1. Embryo form, just escaped from egg. Front view.

2. Ditto, ditto. Outline of side view.

3. Eye of ditto.

4. Termination of limb of ditto.

Vide page 228.

DESCRIPTIONS OP PLATES. oOl

PLATE XVIII.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER, BY E. PERCIVAL WRIGHT, A. B.f M. R. I. A.,
ON THE DISCOVERY OF LIPURA STILLICIDII IN IRELAND.

Fig.

1 . Lipura stillicidii, from a specimen taken in the Mitchelstown Caves,

county of Cork,

2. Head of ditto.

3. Antenna of ditto.

4. Claw of foot.

5. Foot.

6. Thoracic segments.

2a. L. stillicidii. Copy of Schiodte's figure.
2b. Young state of ditto.
2c. Larva of ditto.
2d. Ocelli of ditto.

Vide page 231.

tol. iy. 2 E

302 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

PLATE XIX.

ILLUSTRATIVE OF A PAPER BY J. R. KINAHAN, M. B.— ANALYSIS OF
GENERA OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA, RECORDS OF BRITISH SPECIES,
AND DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENUS AND SPECIES.

Fig.

1. Poreellio cingendus, much enlarged. Tail appendages as in Pig. 4.

2. Head and first cephalo-thoracic ring of P. cingendus.

3. Ditto, ditto, P. pruinosus.

4. Fifth and sixth abdominal rings of P. cingendus.

5. Ditto, ditto, P. pruinosus.

6. Back view of head of P. cingendus.

7. Ditto, P. pruinosus.

8. Abdominal false feet of P. cingendus. a, Peduncle, b, Accessory-

lobe, c, Ischium. /, Accessory filament.

9. Tige of external antenna of P. cingendus.

10. Front view of head, and side view of orbit of Oniscus murarius.

a, Line of front, b, Lateral lobes, c, External antennae.
d, Transverse suture.

11. Peduncle of external antennae of 0. murarius.

12. Abdominal false feet of 0. murarius. (References as in Fig. 8.)

Vide page 258.

DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES, 303

PLATE XX.

ALSO ILLUSTRATIVE OF DR. KINAHAN'S PAPER.

Fig.

1 . Philoscia muscorum, much enlarged. The antennae disproportion-

ately large.

2. Abdominal false feet ( J ), last pair, a, Peduncle, b, Accessory lobe.

c, Ischium. /, Accessory appendage.

3. Fifth and sixth abdominal rings, a, Abdominal false feet.

4. Back view of head.

5. Front view of head, a, External antennae. b, Internal antenna?.

c, Superior margin, third segment.

6. Internal antennae.

7. Ligia oceanica, false feet. References as in Philoscia muscorum.

8. Ultimate abdominal ring of ditto.

9. Side view of orbit of ditto.

10. Front view of orbit of head, a, External antennae, b, Eyes. ^Su-

perior margin of third ring, d, Internal antennae.

11. Back view of head of Oniscus murarius. e. Frontal line of head.

c. lateral lobes.

Vide page 258.

304 PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

PLATE XXI.

ALSO ILLUSTRATIVE OF DR. KINAHAN'S PAPER.
Fig.

1. External antennae of Porcellio pruinosus (immature), a, Tige.

2. External antennae of P. scaler (immature).

3. Antennae of Armadillium vulgar e. (a) Internal, (b) External.

I, Tige.

4. Peduncle and tige of external antennae of Philoseia muscorum.

5. External antennae of Oniscus fossor.
5a. Tige of 0. murarius (immature).

6. Abdominal false feet of 0. fossor.

7. Terminal rings of 0. fossor.

8. Ditto, Porcellio scaler.

9. False feet of Armadillium vulgar e. The numerals are omitted from

this figure.
10. Last rings of abdomen of ditto.
1 1 and 12. Back views of heads of ditto.

13. Front views of ditto. Incorrectly numbered as 12.

1 4. External and internal antennae of Ligia Porsoni (after Lereboullet).

Vide page 258.

DESCRIPTIONS OF PLATES. 305

PLATE XXII.

ALSO ILLUSTRATIVE OF DR. KINAHAN'S PAPER.

Fig.

1. Philougria celer (n. s.), much, magnified.

2. Last pair abdominal false feet, front and back view of ditto, a, Pe-

duncle. J, Accessory lobe, c, Ischium. /, Accessory appen-
dage.

3. Terminal abdominal rings.

4. Tige of external antennae.

5. Abdominal false feet of Tylos, after Dana.

6. Ditto, Actaecia, ditto.

7. Ditto, Scyphax, ditto.

8. Ditto, Sphcerillo, ditto.

9. Ditto, Ligidium Porsoni (after Lereboullet).

Vide page 258.

PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

CORRIGENDA ET ERRATA.

Page 81, line 9 from bottom, for brevie, read breve.
„ 81, „ 4 from bottom, omit laeve et inerme.
„ 82, „ 6 from top, for perfectly smooth, read spined.
„ 82, lines 11 and 12 from top, omit from but to species.
„ 83, line 4 in Table, for smooth, read spined.
„ 83, „ 5 in Table, for spined? read smooth.
„ 83, „ 24 from bottom, for Cranchii? read Pusiola.
„ 84, „ 12 from bottom, insert a comma after common.
„ 85, middle of page, dele paragraph commencing P. Prideauxii.
„ 99, line 8 from top,/or Plate VI., read Plate III.
„ 99, „ 21 from bottom,/or Plate VII., read Plate IV.
,,151, „ 3 from bottom, for Antrim, read Arran.
„ 156, „ 6 from bottom, for curvature, read armature.
„ 160, „ 16 from bottom, insert a comma after bidendate.
„ 176, „ 12 from top, for vol. x., read vol. iv.
„ 173, „ 17 from bottom, /or Plate X., read Plate X.*
„ 162, „ 4 from top, after smooth insert a semicolon, and dele
it after specimens.

T^ITRETTEW

FZATE /.

Bil.

Hg2,

Jog3.

E£4.

E^5.

100^1857,

Parster k C°D-uEm.

XATMrST.ILEYWW

FIXATE m.

\ A

2A

HP

I s

28

IC

jForxterlc. OODvbhjv

NA T, HIST, BJWIE,W,

TJLATJ- TV.

3A

4 A

38

4-B

4C

Forster£. C?I>ubTin

JTA T. HIST. MEVIZW:

PJ-ATE r.

Fig J

Fig

A-'.

WrOerS CfJht&Sn*

NAT. MST. REVIEW:

rZAFE VI

TifJ

M>rt/?y

Il^J

ffa^i

Os & c

a

e f g h

immmm®.

HI

■^M

Abrtfc

J^ig 6.

/forth

J&rrterSCi

it^liri:

XAT ID ST. REVIEW

JtZATE V/l

Iff

NAT.msT.Rtwim:

pjjA-ie vnr

7TJT.

&G>.Du2?m,

Octoberl&57.

NAimsT.m:viTJv.

PLATE DC

Bi*. MA 'a*

Fy* 6, 3&>A

.JR.. ad. nat ,0)867.

July 18 $7-

/onler & C.< IJiobUn.

NAT. HIST REVIEW.

PLATE IX.

July 1857-

NAT. HIST. REVIEW.

PLATE X.

July 18 57-
LABOLIPS INNUPTA $

NAT. HIST. REVIEW.

PLATE XI.

July 1857.
DIPTEROUS LARVAE ETC.

JVA1'. JUST, REVIEW,

A

TLATE JJL

Wrr.Kad.nat,

Sbm+rrf- (h 7?rt?>7my,

October I6&7,

XAT.mST.KKVmW

A

rLAT/jjau.

c.

W^ff&admat,

Fo>r,rfrr£f/?7)t/7>///t

October .0657,

NATJUSTREVIEW.

TT.ATFJ2V.

J'.It.C- a /l nat>.

October. 1A57

xAT.msr hu:vii:\r

/'LATE xv

-/ h' (■, ft/t ' r?/ll.

/•brs/sr I <7>r /»///////

October K'>67

JTAT.HlST.IUfiimr

pzjituxvj:

/ J * to

C'rvtmr/' Tint? aH.fiat

-2£, tux,, nab.

October JB67

NATJfrST.IfEmW.

'PLATE XVII

f>,.R, Couch, adniaP,

Forst-er &Co,Dufilm-

Oct»ber3&57.

mr.wsT, REVIEW.

TLAIEXVUT

Zvrjfrr£ &J)u#bn,

October. 1867.

WT.J/JSJ&FTLW

/>/,/?r/:j&z

-M a&na4>

ForstrrkC* frzZhu

October 186J

7£4jr.M2SMEttEW

JtLATE JZ.

Of/ //<//.

JTorskr &C*J*i&ttn,

OciaW 18^7

3

gMg

M c^nat

i^^A

J'orster & C0Jh£62in,

October 1857

j.7/:///v/7.7//yr

/•A.i/y y/n

J&atibhott

Fors&r & Cc2>iO>tzn,

October 1857

THE

NATURAL HISTORY REVIEW:

VOLUME IV.-1857.

NOTICES

OF

VARIOUS PERIODICALS AND TRANSACTIONS OF SOCIETIES

RELATING TO NATURAL HISTORY,

FOR 1856-57.

mty 8 f i%graplj.

LONDON:

WILLIAMS & NORGATE, HENRIETTA-ST., CO VENT- GARDEN.

DUBLIN: HODGES, SMITH, & CO.
EDINBURGH: WILLIAMS & NORGATE, SOUTH FREDERICK-ST.

1857.

DUBLIN :

^tinteti at tijc ©nibersitg ^rcss,

BY M. H. GILL.

INDEX TO SERIALS.

Page.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Proceedings of, 2

Bavarian, Transactions of, 21

Belgian, Prize Essays and Bulletin of the Royal, 29, 30, 76

of Berlin, Transactions of, 53, 69

Dutch, Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal, 28, 73

■ of Bonn, Transactions of the Imperial, 50

Brussels. See Belgian Academy.

French. See Academy of Paris.

of Turin, Memoirs of, 33

■ Vienna, Memoirs and Proceedings of Imperial, 23, 24, 64, 106

Algae, Classification of, hy Derhes and Solier, 55

Allgemeine Deutsche Naturhistoriche Zeitung, 47

American Association for the Advancement of Science, 4

Journal of Science and Art, 3, 83

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 35,56,89,97

of Mineralogy, Zoology, &c, Stuttgart, 27,54

• of the Association of Natural Science, Duchy of Nassau, 20, 63

of the Imperial Zoological Institute, Vienna, . . . 25

of the Wurtemburg Association of Natural Science, 21,63

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 78

Anoncodes Melanura, description of Larva of, .... ■ 28

Archives of Anatomy, Physiology, &c, Mueller's, 18

of Natural History Museum, Paris, 31

of Natural History, Wiegmann's, . . 17, 66

of Ornithology, especially European, 16

of Russian Science, Erman's, 5, 61

Asiatic Society of Bengal, Journal of, 84

Association, Zoological and Botanical, of Vienna, . . 103

Balanophorese, Notes on, 85

Bathyporeia pilosa, Notice of, 43

Bavarian Academy of Science, Transactions of, , . 21

Belgian Royal Academy of Science, Bulletin of, 30, 76

Prize Essays of, 29

Bengal, Asiatic Society of, 84

Berlin, Royal Academy of Science, Proceedings of, 69

Transactions of, 53

Birds, Classification of, 65

IV INDEX TO SERIALS.

Page.

Boulogne, Memoirs of the Academy of, 33

Bonn, Transactions of the Imperial Academy of, 50

Boston Natural History Society, Proceedings of, 1

Botanical Journal. Linnaea, 20, 50

Phytologist, 59, 95, 99

Universal Journal, 71

Science, Report of the Progress of, 10

Botany, Hooker's Journal of, 37, 60, 95, 100

Bulletin of the Moscow Natural History Society, 6

of the St. Petersburg Imperial Academy, 45

Vaudois Society of Natural Science, 32

See Proceedings.

Calopterygini, Notes on Hagen's Monograph of, 76

Carcinological Notes, 67

Caspian Sea, Natural History of, 6

Cherbourg Society of Natural Sciences, Memoirs of, 82

China, Northern, Ichthyology of, 6

Ctenophora, Notes on, 68

Dana, Notice of his Classification of the Crustacea, 3

Danish, Royal Society, Proceedings of, 10

Royal Society, Transactions of, 47

Danzig, Society of Naturalists, Transactions of, 12, 72

Dublin, Royal Society, Journal of, 39

Dutch India, Journal of Natural Science of, 74

Royal Academy of Science, Proceedings of, 28, 73

Royal Academy of Science, Transactions of, 73

Scientific Society at Haarlem, 28

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal > . 34, 59, 94, 97

Embryology of Petromyzon planeri, 74

Entomological Association of the Netherlands, 28, 74

• of Silesia, 12, 52

Journal of Stettin, Annual, 52

Monthly Journal, 50

Society of London, Transactions of^ 38, 98, 102

Erman's Archives of Russian Science, 5, 61

Finland, Proceedings of the Scientific Society of, ; 7

Flora, oder Allgemeine Botanisch Zeitung, U. S. W., 71

France, Geological Society of, 30

French Academy of Science, Communications not by Members, 55

Academy of Science, Memoirs of, 78

Academy of Science, Supplement to the Weekly Proceedings, 55

Genevese National Institute, Bulletin of, 31

Memoirs of, 31

Geological Imperial Institute of Vienna, Annals of, 25

Imperial Institute of Vienna, Transactions of, 55

Society of France, Memoirs of, 30

Society of Germany, Journal of, 26, 66

Society of London, Journal of, 87

INDEX TO SERIALS. V

Page.

Haarlem, Transactions of Dutch Scientific Society of, 28, 74

Halle, Transactions of Society of Naturalists at, 64, 107

Hectocotylus, Notes on, 47

Higgins, Rev. H., Exhibition of Fungi, Notice of, 95

Hooker's Journal of Botany, 37, 60, 95

Ichneumonidae, Holmgren on, Notice of,

Ireland, Gigantic Deer of, Notice of, 26

Irish, Royal Academy, Transactions of, 40

Jahrbuch der K. K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt, 25

Journal of Botany, Hooker's, 37, 60, 95, 100

of Entomology. See Linnaea Entomologica.

■ of the German Geological Society, 26,66

of the Linnean Society's Proceedings, 38, 86

of the London Geological Society, 87

of Microscopical Science, 35,96,98

of Natural Sciences, Dutch India, 74

i of Natural Science in general, 13,62,105

of Ornithology in general, 16

of Scientific Zoology, by Siebold and Kolliker, 53

| of the Royal Dublin Society, 39

Kew Garden Miscellany, 37, 60, 95, 100

Knox's, Dr., Zoology, Notice of, 90

Kolliker and Siebold, Journal of Scientific Zoology, 53

Kongliga Sirenska Wetenskaps Akademiens Handlingar, 7

Larva of Anoncodes melanura, Notice of, 28

Lieberkuhn on Spongilla, ■ 19

Liege, Royal Society of Science, Memoirs of, 76

Lille, Scientific Society of, 31

Linnaea Entomologica, Annual Journal of Stettin Society, 52

General Botanical Journal, , 20, 50

Linnean Society of London, Journal of Proceedings of, 38, 86

Transactions of, 85

Lotos Society in Prague, Journal of Natural Science of, 22

Madrid, Royal Academy of Science of, . 83

Magazine, New, of the Natural Sciences, Christiania, 46

Medusae of Nice, Notes on, 67

Memoirs of the Academy of Science of Boulogne, 33

■ of the Cherbourg Society of Natural Science, 82

of the French Academy of Science, 78

i of the Genevese National Institute, 31

of the Geological Society of France, 30

of the Imperial Academy of Science, St. Petersburg, 61

of the Vienna Academy, 24

of the Liege Royal Society of Science, 76

of the Madrid, Royal Academy, 83

of the Savoy Royal Academy, 33

of the Turin Royal Academy of Science, 33

of the Scientific Society of Lille, 31

of the Modena Scientific Society, 82

VI INDEX TO SERIALS.

Page.

Mineral System, the Heteromerous, 5

Modena, Memoirs of Scientific Society of, 82

Moscow, Bulletin of Society of Naturalists at, . . . " . 6

New Memoirs of Imperial Society of Naturalists, 5

Mueller's Archives of Anatomy, Physiology, &c, 18

Nassau, Association of Natural Science in the Duchy of, 20,63

Natural History Association of Saxony and Thuringia, 13,62

History Society of Boston, 1

Sciences, Journal of, 13, 62, 105

Naturalist, a Popular Monthly Magazine, 40, 101

Naumannia, Organ of German Ornithological Society, 16

Niphargus aquilex, Notice of, 41

stygius, Notice of, 41

Netherlands, Entomological Association of, 24, 74

Neueste Schriften dei; Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Danzig, 12, 72

Neues Jahrbuch fuer Mineralogie, Geognosie U. S. W., 27

Nouveaux Memoires de la Societe Imp. des Naturalistes de Moscow, 5

Oefwersigt af Finska Wetenskaps Societetens Foerhandlingar, 7

K. Swenska Akademiens Forhandlingar, 8

Oversigt over det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Forhandlingar, . . 10

Ornithology, Archives of, 16

General Journal of, 15

Orang Utang, Anatomy of, 66

Petromyzon planeri, Notes on, . . . , 74

Philadelphia, Academy of Natural Sciences of, 2

Physikalische Abhandlungen der K. Academie zu Berlin, 53

Phytologist, Monthly Botanical Journal, 59, 95, 99

Prague, Journal of Lotos Society of, t 22

Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, ... 4

of the Berlin Academy of Science, 69

of the Boston Natural History Society, 1

of the Danish Royal Society, 10

of the Dutch Academy of Science, 28, 73

of the Finland Scientific Society, 7

of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Science, 2

of the Vienna Imperial Academy of Science, 24,64,106

Proceedings. -See Bulletin.

Prussian Rhineland and Westphalia, Natural History Association of, 68

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, . 35, 96, 98

— — of the Geological Society of London, 87

Ratisbon Geological and Mineralogical Society, Monthly Journal of, 22

Transactions of, 13

Report on Botany, 14

of Natural Science for 1851, 10

of Zoology and Paleontology, 14

of the Scandinavian Naturalists, Sixth General Meeting of, 61

Revue et Magazin de Zoologie pure et appliquee, 80

Rome Pontifical Academy, Transactions of, 82

Russian Imperial Mineralogical Society, Transactions of, 6

Science, Erman's Archives of, ' 5, 61

INDEX TO SERIALS. Vll

Page.

Savoy, Royal Academy of, 33

Saxon Society of Science, Transactions of, 13, 62

Scandinavian Naturalists, Sixth General Meeting of, 61

Scorpion, anatomy of, 55

Senchenburg Society of Naturalists, Transactions of, 54

Siebold and Kolliker, Journal of Scientific Zoology, 53

Silesia, Entomological Association of, 12, 52

Sitzungsberichte der K. Akademie zu Wien, 24, 64

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowlege, 1

Societies. See Boston — Bonn — Dutch India — Entomological — Genevese — Geolo-
gical— Haarlem — Halle — Liege — Lille — Linnsean — Microscopical — Mineralo-
gical — Moscow — Ornithological — Prussian — Saxon — Saxony and Thuringia —
Stettin — Vaudois — Zoological.

Spongilla, Lieberkuhn on, 19

Stettin, Entomological Society of, Annual Journal, 52

Monthly Journal, 50

St. Petersburg Imperial Academy, Bulletin of, 45

Memoirs of, 61

Swedish Academy of Sciences, Transactions of, 7

Thuringia and Saxony, Natural History Association of, 13, 62

Transactions, Bavarian Academy of Science, 21

Berlin Royal Academy of Science, 53

Bonn Imperial Academy, 50

Danish Royal Society, 47

Danzig Society of Naturalists, 12, 72

Dutch Royal Academy of Science, 73

Dutch Scientific Society at Haarlem, 28, 74

Halle Society of Naturalists, . . •• 64,107

Irish Royal Academy, 40

London Entomological Society, 38, 89, 102

Netherlands Entomological Association, 28, 74

Prussian Rhineland Natural History Association, 68

Ratisbon, Zoological and Mineralogical Association of, 13

Roman Pontifical Academy, 82

Saxon Royal Society of Liege, 13

Senchenburg Society of Naturalists, 54

St. Petersburgh Imperial Society of Mineralogy, 61

Swedish Academy of Science, 7

Upsal Royal Society of Science, 62

Venetian Imperial Institute of Science, 82

Vienna Imperial Geological Institute, 55

of the Zoological and Botanical Association of Vienna, 103

Westphalia Natural History Association, 68

Turin, Royal Academy of Science, Memoirs of, 33

Upsal Royal Society of Science, Transactions of, 62

Vaudois Society of Natural Sciences, Bulletin of, 32

Venetian Imperial Institute of Science, &c, Transactions of, 82

Vienna Imperial Academy of Science, Memoirs of, 23

Proceedings of, 24, 64, 106

Zoological and Botanical Association in, 103

Verhandelingen Natuurkundige, van de Hollandsche Maatschappig, . . . . 28, 74

Vlll INDEX TO SERIALS.

Page.
Westphalia and Prussian Rhineland Natural History Association, Transactions of, 458

Wiegmann's Archives of Natural History, 17, 66

Wuertemberg Association of Natural Sciences, Annals of, 21, 63

Zeitschrift fuer wissenchaftliche Zoologie, 53

fuer Entomologie, fuer Schlesische Insektenkunde, 12, 52

■ die gessamten Naturhissenschaften, 13, 62

Zoological and Mineralogical Association of Ratisbon, . . 13,22

Zoologist, a Monthly Journal, 36, 57, 90, 98

Zoology, its Present Phases and Future Prospects. By Dr. Knox. Notice of, . 90
Siebold and Kolliker, Journal of, 53

THE

NATURAL HISTORY REVIEW.

Itotias of Serial ^Mirations, $

AMERICA.

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. 4to. Washington, U. S.
Vol. VIII. 1856.

(Jones, Joseph, M.D.) Researches, Chemical and Physiological, concerning
certain North American Vertebrata; with twenty-seven woodcuts — pp. 150. I.
Method employed in analysing the blood. II. Blood of Vertebrate animals in its
normal condition. III. Physical and Chemical changes of the solids and fluids
of Cold and Warm-blooded Animals, when deprived of Food and Drink. IV.
Effects of Starvation and Thirst, combined with a change of Diet, upon the Solids
and Fluids of Carnivorous Chelonians. V. Observations upon the Alimentary
Canal and Digestion of Albumen and Flesh. VI. Comparative Anatomy and
Physiology of the Pancreas. VII. Observations upon the Liver. VIII. Observa-
tions upon the Spleen. IX. Observations upon the Kidneys. X. Urine of Cold-
blooded Animals.

Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. 8vo. Boston,
U.S. Vol. V. Fo. 14-21. 1855, 1856.
(Kneeland) On a so-called Opate Indian Girl_p. 234-237. (Wyman) De-
scription of a black Chimpanzee, Troglodytes niger — p. 274. (Parker) Habits
of the bear — p. 212. (Brewer) On the specific distinction of the short-eared
Owl of N. America, Brachyotus cassinii name proposed — p. 321. ^Kneeland)
On the Sterility of many varieties of the domestic fowl, and of hybrid races in
general — p. 220-225. (Shaw) Collection of Birds from Philippine Isles and
Australia; distinctive character of the two species of Ani, Dasylophus — p. 257.
(Borland) Mode of feeding of a Boa Constrictor — p. 210. (Same) Anatomy
of the same — p. 309. (Durkey) Habits of the Bull-frog, Rana pipiens — p. 211.
(Durdee) Minute structure of the Guinea-worm, Filaria medinensis — p. 277.
(Gould) Descriptions of new shells ; Addenda to the list at p. 127 — p. 228.
(Lewis) Letter on the shells of Mohawk, N. Y.— p. 295-298. (Newcomb) New
species of Aohatinella, physa, undulata, nigra, tetrao, succincta, from the
Sandwich Isles — p. 218-221). Botany. (Andrews) Contributions to the Myco-
logy of Massachusetts ; including a list of thirty-six species common to Eng-
land and America — p. 322-324. (Sprague) Contributions to New England
Mycology — p. 325-331. A list of above four hundred Fungi collected during the
preceding summer, chiefly about Boston. Geology, &c. (Farwell) Native
copper from the Keweenaw Point, Lake Superior— p. 279-281. ^Hayes) On

b

2 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

the existenoe of native iron in a malleable state in Liberia, Africa— p. 250-253.
(Same) Character of the so-called Verd-Antique Marble — p. 260-263. (Same)
Remarks on the Protocarbonate of Iron in the coal measures — p. 289. (Same)
On alternating beds of coal in New Brunswick, analogous to the cannel beds in
Scotland — p. 306. (Jackson) Geology of parts of New Brunswick and Nova
Scotia — p. 242-250. (Same) Chemical composition of Serpentine marbles
known as Verd Antique — p. 314-319. (Same) On the formation of Stalactites.
— p. 335. (Mason) Laterite from the valley of the Sitang, Burmah — p. 226.
(Rogers) Theory of the origin and accumulation of the Protocarbonate of Iron
in the coal measures — p. 283-288. (Same) On the saltpetre earth from Ten-
nessee— p. 334. (Same) On the growth of Stalactites— p. 336. (Storer) On
beds of extinct oysters in the Charles River, &c. — p. 268. (Warren) On re-
markable gigantic Fossils and Foot marks recently discovered — p. 298-306.
(Same) On a gray Sandstone Slab with impressions on both sides — p. 209.
(Wyman) Fossil Bones of Reptiles from the sandstone of the Connecticut
valley — p. 238. (Same) Experiments on the formation of rain-impressions on
clay— p. 253. (Same) On Foot-prints in the Carboniferous strata of Pennsyl-
vania, probably Reptilian — p. 258.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.
Vol. VII. No. XII. 1855,1856.

Zoology. (Meigs) List of Human Crania of the Morton collection — p. 420-
422. (LeConte) On the N. American species of Bats — p. 431-438. New species,
Vespcrtilio pallidus. (Same) Descriptions of two new species of Hesperomys,
cognatus, gracilis — p. 442. (Cassin) New and little known birds from the U. S.
Exploring Exp<diton, and the Academy Collections — p. 438 441. New species,
Muscipela cyaniceps, Philippine Islands ; Mohoa braccata, Sandwich Isles. (Le
Conte) Descriptive Catalogue of the Ranina of the U. S. ; with a plate — p. 423-
431. New species, Rana conspersa ; R. capito, figured. (Uhler) Descriptions
of ten new species of Coleoptera of the U. S. — p. 415-418. (Leidv) Notices of
some Tapeworms — p. 443. New species, Teenialaticephala, pestifera, strigis-aca-
dicse, lactea, gibbosa. Botany. (James) Enumeration of Mosses of Northern
U. S., not comprised in Gray's Manual, some of them new species — p. 444 447.
The additions amount to 47 species, of which are described as new, Catharinea
crispa, Hypnum subtenue, and another species not named. Paleontology.
(Conrat) Note on the Miocene and Post-Pliocene deposits of California, with
descriptions of two new fossil corals : a new species of Pentamerus — p. 441.
Reports on Library and Museum of the Academy — p. 449-453.

Vol. VIII. No. I., II. A.D. 1856.
Zoology. (Cassin) Notes on N. American birds in the collection of the
Academy, Philadelphia, and National Museum, Washington— p. 39-42. Spizel/a
breweri, Anser albaius, n. spp. (Hallowell) Description of several species of
Batrachia Urodela, with remarks on the geographical distribution and the classi-
fication of the Caducibranchiate section — p. 6-11. Ambystoma laterale, n. sp.
(Kennicott) Description of a new snake, Regina kirtlandii, from Illinois — p.
95. (LeCont< ) Coleoptera of the United States : I. Myuetophagidae — p. 12-15.
II. Phalaciidae — p. 15-17. III. Note on the genus Li tTiodus Schcenherr— p. 19.

IV. Notice of three new genera of Scaraba3ida3— p. 19-25. Aphonus, allied to
Ligyrus ; six species of the former, and six of the latter genus. Polymoechus
allied to Pachylns. Pleocoma, doubtful whether of the Dynastidse or Geotrupidce.

V. Analytical table of the species of the genus Chlcenius — p. 25 29. Thirty-eight
species, besides some that are doubtful. (liogeis) Synopsis of the species of
Chrysomela, and allied genera, inhabiting the U. S. ; from LeConte's collection ;
with a plate — p. 29-39. Fourteen new species described and figured. Blepharida
n. g., distinguished by the cleft ungues, type Chrysomela rlwis Foist. Cent.
(Leidy) A synopsis of Ent< zoa, and some of their ecto-congeners, observed by the
author — p. '42 58. One hundred and seventy two species enumerated; manyde-

It. AMERICA. 3

scribed as new. (Lea) Description of a new subgenus of Najades, Plagiodon%
and of a new species of Triquetra — p. 79. (Same) Description of new fresh-
water shells from California — p. 80. Pompholyx effusa, Melaniashastaensis,
nigrina; Physa triticea ; Planorbis traskii ; Lymnsea proxima; Ancylus patel-
loides ; n. spp. (Same) Descriptions of twenty-five new species of Unio — p. 92-
95. Paleontology. (Leidv) Extinct Mammalia, discovered by Dr. Hayden
in the Mauvaises Terres of Nebraska — p. 59, 88-92. (Same) Kemains of a
species of Seal, from the Post-Pliocene deposit of the Ottawa river, Canada ; with
a plate — p. 90. (Same) Notices of extinct Eeptilia and fishes discovered by Dr.
Hayden in the Mauvaises Terres of the Judith river, Nebraska territory — p. 72.
(Same) Description of two Ichthyodorulites — p. 11. (Lea) Tooth of a Sauroid
reptile, Cenlemodon sulcatus, from the shale of the new red sandstone of Pennsyl-
vania— p. 77. (Newbeiry) Description of several new genera and species of
Fossil Fishes, from the carboniferous strata of Ohio— p. 96-100. The names
of the new genera are, Mecolepis and Compsacanthus. < (Meek and Hayden)
Descriptions of new species of Gastropoda from the cretaceous formation of
Nebraska territory — p. 63-69. (Same) New species of Gastropoda and Cepha-
lopoda, from the same— p. 70 72. (Same) Twenty-eightnew species of Acephala
andone Gastropod, from thesame — p. 81-87. (Shumard and Yandell) Eleuthe-
rocrinus, new fossil genus of the family Blastoidea, from the Devonian strata,
near Louisville, Kentucky; with a plate — p. 73 75.

The Ameeican Jouenal of Science and Aets. Conducted by Professors Sillim an
and Dana. Second Series. 8vo. New York.
Vol. XXII. ; with three Plates and a Map. July-November, 1856.
Zoology. (Valenciennes and Fremy) On the Composition of the Muscles in
the Animal series : from the Journal de Pharmacie, a.d. 1855 — p. 9-13. (Dana)
Keview of the Classification of Crustacea, with reference to certain principles of
classification — p. 14-30. We extract from Wiegmann's Archives a critical
opinion, by Gerstaecker, upon the systematic views which Dana has put forth in
this essay : — " The fashion of artificial systems, long since abandoned in Europe,
seems still to have many adherents in America ; and, accordingly, the Dichotomous
classification in particular, based on single characters, is applied to the Crustacea
throughout the present work. Dana proposes to divide the class into Podoph-
thalma, Edriophthalma, and Cirrhipedia : the second of these groups should
have embraced all the members of the class which have not the eyes petiolated ;
but the author has felt himself obliged to separate the Cirrhipedia from the rest
on account of the discrepancy of their Habitus in their final state of development.
He would have carried out the principles of the artificial classification more con-
sistently by retaining them among the Edriophthalma ; and this group, in his
acceptation, already comprises such heterogeneous elements that the addition of
the Cirrhipedia need not have seemed to present a greater difficulty. To us it is
plain that the conjunction of the Entomostraca with thelsopoda and Amphipoda
in a group equivalent to theDecapoda is inadmissible ; since the latter two, not-
withstanding their sessile eyes, might be combined in one great group with the
Decapoda, more naturally than with the Entomostraca. Further, the author in-
cludes the Rotifera among the Edriophthalma, without giving any reasons in de-
tail for this very questionable position of them ; and again the Pycnogonida are
combined with the Poecilopoda in the section Cormostomata of the Entomos-
traca, to which the Gnathostomata (Phyllopoda and Lophyropoda) and the
Merosomata (Limulidee) are opposed as co-ordinate. Many such anomalies,
which the exigencies of the Dichotomous arrangement may account for, but do
not justify, occur in this classification of Dana's. He has proposed manv genera
and species among which we might find ample scope for criticism. The moat
natural genera are often broken up into many, the characters of which are no
better than specific differences ; as tat example the genus Pagurus, of which
Milne-Edwards has rightly admitted only subordinate groups, according to the
position ot the large claw, as that the right or left hand ; the numerous transi-

4 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

lions in this respect plainly showing the impropriety of deriving generic distinc-
tions from this consideration, as Dana here has done, &c. (Eights) Descrip-
tion of an Isopod Crustacean, Glyptonotus antarctica, from the Antarctic seas;
with two plates — p. 391-394. Extracted from the Transactions of the Albany In-
stitute. Dana remarks on this that the n.g. is perhaps not sufficiently distinct
from Idotea ; but the species is remarkable as the largest known Isopod, being
3£ inches in length. (Bailey) Microscopic forms found in the soundings of the
Sea of Kamschatka ; with a plate — p. 1-6. Chiefly Diatomaceee, but a consi-
derable number of Infusoria and Zoolitharia. Many new species, especially of
Poly cystine se, are here described. Cadium new genus of Rhizopoda.
Botany. (Gladstone) Influence of Solar radiation on the Vital powers of Plants
growing under different atmospheric conditions — p. 49-66. Extracted from the
Report of the Twenty-fourth Meeting of British Association, a.d. 1854. (John~
ston) Examination of Panache and Pine sugars from California — p. 6-8. (Gray)
Statistics of the Flora of the Northern United States— p. 204-232. In an Ap-
pendix some conclusions are drawn as to the comparative Geographical distribu-
tion of the species included in the Flora of the Northern States. Of the Phaeno-
gamous section about fifteen per cent, are common to them with Europe, un-
equally divided between the Monocotyledones, of which nearly one-fourth, and
of the Dicotyledones, of which not an eighth, enter into this category ; while of
the Cryptogama not much less than two-thirds are common to both regions ; " in
accordance with the general fact that the lower the class the wider the geogra-
phical area occupied by the species." Paleontology. (Redfield) Relation of
the Fossil Fishes of the Sandstone of Connecticut, and other Atlantic States, to
the Liassic and Oolitic periods — p. 357-363. (Hitchcock) A new Fossil Shell,
Sphaerulites ? in the Connecticut River Sandstone — p. 239. (Stafford) On the
g. Tetradium, and the species found in Middle Tenessee — p. 236-238. (Em-
mons) New Fossil corals from N. Carolina — p. 389-390. Geology, Mine-
ralogy, &c. (Dana) Geological History of America — p. 306 334. (Same) On
the plan of development in the Geological History of N. America ; with a map
— p. 335-349. (Same) Supplement, third, to his Mineralogy — p. 246-263.
(Blake) Review of Marcou's Geological map of the United States and British
Provinces of N. America — p. 383-388. (Murchison) Letter on the Museum
of Practical Geology of Great Britain — p. 232-236. (Whitney) Occurrence of
ores of Iron in the Azoic system — p. 38-48. (Shephard) New Mineral species,
five — p. 96 98. (Mallet) On a Zoolitic mineral, allied to Stilbite, from the
Isle oi Skye, Scotland — p. 179. (Hitchcock) Description of a large Boulder
in the Drift of Amherst, Mass., with parallel striae on four sides — p. 397-400.
(Taylor) Examination of Meteoric Iron from Xiquipulco, Mexico ; Extract,
Philad. Acad. Trans. — p. 374-376. Miscellaneous. Reports of Surveys for
the route of a Railroad from the Mississippi to the Pacific — p. 67-95. (Em-
mons) On the New South Shetlands — p. 394-397. (Coan) Eruption of
Hawaii ; Letter to Dana — p. 240-243. Obituary ; Zadok Thompson, Prof.
Nat. Hist, in the Vermont University — p. 44-49. Intelligence — p. 105 178,
270-305, 401-434. (Bentham) On Arachis hypogaa — p. 435. Retracting his
previous published views as to the sterile flowers of Arachis. Review of Grab's
Manual of Botany of Northern U. S. — p. 437. (Agassiz) Remarks on the Gar-
pikes of N.America — p. 440. (Trask) On Earthquakes in California; from
Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sc. — p. 110. (Wartz) Examination of the water of
the Delaware river — p. 124. Review : Safford's Geological Reconnoissance of
Tenessee — p. 129. (Rogers) Discovery of Paleozoic Fossils in Eastern Mas-
sachusetts— p. 296. And copious extracts from the Proc. Acad. Philadelphia,
Report of British Association, Annales du Mines, <fcc. Correspondence of
Mr. J. Nickles— p. 99 104, 264-269.

Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science.
Ninth Meeting, held at Providence: August, 1855. 8vo. Cambridge. 1856.
Mineralogy. (Smith. Sanderson) On some new localities of minerals— p.

N, AMERICA. 5

.IBS, 189. (Smith, Laurence) Re-examination of American Minerals : Part V.
Minerals of the Wheatley mine, Pennsylvania — p. 190-204. Geology. (Whit-
ney) Remaiks on some points connected with the Geology of the North shore of
Lake Superior — p. 204-209. (Same) Occurrence of ores of Iron in the Azoic
System — p. 209-216. (Blake) On the Grooving and Polishing of hard rocks and
minerals by dry sand — p. 216-220. (Same) On the Characters and probable
Geological age of the Sandstone formation of San Francisco — p. 220 222.
(Same) On the Geology of California; from the U.S. surveys for a Railroad route
to the Pacific — p. 222-225. (Hitchcock) Description of several Sections lying
across the Sandstone and Trap of Connecticut river valley, in Massachusetts —
p. 225-228. (Same) Additional facts respecting the tracks of the Otozoum
mocdii, in the Liassic Sandstone of the Connecticut Valley — p. 228. (Same)
Account of the discovery of a Fossil jaw belonging to one of an extinct family of
Sharks from the Coal formation — p. 229. Botany. (Blake) On a peculiarity
of the Redwood, Sequioia — p. 230. (Same) On the grove of Mammoth trees in
Calaveras County, California — p. 231, 232. (Gray) On the Ammobroma sonorcs ;
in a letter to Dr. Torrey— p. 233-236. Physiology. (Brooks) Laws of Re-
production with reference to the intermarriage of First Cousins — p. 236-246.
(Kneeland) On the sterility of many varieties of the domestic fowl, and of Hy-
brid races generally — p. 246 250. (Hilgard) Contributions to the Physiology of
Sight— p. 251-271.

RUSSIA.

Archiv fuer Wissenschaftliche Kunde von Russland, herausgegeben von A.
Erman. Erman's Archives of Russian Science. 8vo. Berlin.
Vol. XIV. 1854, 1855.
(Erman) Besselia, anew genus of Zoophyta; with a plate — p. 129-143. Founded
on Gorgonia paradoxa Esper, from the South Seas, and remarkable for that
the usual deposit of calcareous earth in the polypary is here replaced by
silica, forming cells filled with an organic fluid. (Bode) Observations on the
time of arrival of migratory birds — p. 408-420. (Kessler) On the migration of
birds of passage — p. 515-556. (Official Report) On the fisheries of Russia, and
of Lake Baikal in particular — p. 588 626. (Baer) On the results of the Cas-
pian Expedition during 1853 — p. 312-332. (Same) Studies of the Caspian. I.
Analysis of the water of the Caspian, and its influence on the Molluscous animals
which inhabit it — p. 627-651. (Ruprecht) Report of a botanical journey in the
Government of St. Petersburg — p. 72-96. (Bogorodskji) Sketch of the pro-
vince Gijiga — p. 333-368- (Erman) Newly observed Tertiary rocks of Rio de
Janeiro — p. 144-161. (Wlangal) Geognostical travels in the Eastern part of
the Kirghis steppes ; continued — p. 43-53. (Abriuzkji) Eruption of the Mud
volcano of the Taman peninsula, in August, 1853 — p. 68-71. The Mineral
springs of Lenkoran — p. 162. Newly discovered beds of coal on the Western
declivity of the Ural Mountains — p. 164. Malachite beds of the Ural Mountains
-p. 309-311. (J. M.W.D.) The Mineral springs of Transbaikalia— p. 372-382.
(Stuckenberg) The localities of sulphur in Russia — p. 383-407. (Doening)
The Strata of the environs of Kischenew, the capital of Bessarabia ; with a
plate- p. 479-485.

Nouveaux Memoires de la Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes de
Moscou. New Memoirs of the I. Society of Naturalists of Moscow.
4to, Moscou. Vol. X.; with ten Plates. 1855.

(Fischer von Waldheim) Report of the Operations of the Society from the
commencement; on occasion of the celebration of the fiftieth Anniversary, on the
28th of December, 1855 — pp. 116. (Hermann) The Heteromerous Mineral
System — p 1-213. The object of this essay is to investigate more closely the
irregularities in the commixture of crystallized bodies of like form, and to discover
the laws which determine this phenomenon, which may be designated as hetero-

6 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

merouslsomorphy, or, more briefly, Heteromery. He takes in order the physical
and the chemical properties of heteromerous Crystals, a nomenclature of their
composition, and a systematic arrangement of Minerals. The Heteromerous
system differs from the Chemical, in regarding most minerals not as primitive
Chemical combinations, but as Molecular aggregates. The two agree in com-
mencing with the electro-negative constituents as the ground of classification.
According to this principle, the Minerals, with similar or Isomorphous elements,
are reduced to eleven classes. Each class is subdivided into seven orders,
corresponding to the different systems of crystals. A table is added of the
atomic weights of ninety-three different bodies. (Basilewsky) Ichthyography
of Northern China ; with nine chromo-lithegraphic plates, from drawings after the
life, by a native Chinese artist — p. 215 263. Sixty fishes of Northern China are
described, of which four only are referred to as known species. The following
new genera of Cyprinidee are proposed : Carassius, with three species, new ; Culler,
type, Cyprinus cultratus L., six species, new ; Abramis, two species, new ; and of
Murseuidse Apterigia, three species, new. An extract is given from a Chinese
work on the fishes used in medicine, which are divided into two orders, those
with scales and those without. The Cetacea, Crustacea, and Mollusca are
included among the latter. The plates, whioh exhibit twenty-nine species, are
successful specimens of art. (Eversmann) Brief Observations on the occurrence
and diffusion of some Mammalia and Birds in the region between the Volga and
Ural, and in the Kirghis Steppes — p. 265-281. An appendix to the previous
essays by the author, on the same subject, chiefly in the Bulletin of the Society.
(Eichwald) On the Natural History of the Caspian ; with a plate — p. 283-323.
While the shores and bed of this sea are almost an accumulation of empty shells,
the living Mollusca are scarce, and limited to a few genera and species. Only
where the great rivers, which empty themselves into the Caspian, reduce the pro-
portion of salt in its waters, certain shells, chiefly related to the Pholadomya, as
Adacnce, &c, are more abundant. The existing species are also in general of
small size, presenting a contrast to the great bulk of many in the fossil deposits.
Twelve species are more particularly noticed and described ; of these, as new,
Palndina spica, Dreisena caspia, Pholas ustuertensis, Cardium ornatum, Spirorbis
nodulus.

Bulletin de la Societe Imperiale des Natuealistes de Moskou. Bulletin
of the moscow society of naturalists. 8v0. moscow.
Vol. XXTX. A.D. 1856.
(Bogdanoff) Note on the pigment of the feathers in birds— p. 458-462.
(Ivessler) Contribution to the Ichthyology of South Western Russia— p. 335 393.
(Eversmann) The Lepidoptera of Russia, Noctuelites : with three plates — p.
161-233. (Frauenfeld ) The lenticular Galls of oaks of Austria ; with a plate —
p. 394-405. (Turczaninow) Description of the plants growing wild in the
countries about Lake Baikal, and in Dahuria; continued— p. 1-87. (Steven)
Catalogue of the plants that grow wild in the peninsula of Tauris — p. 234-334.
(Eichwald) On the Geographical distribution of the fossil animals of Russia,
continued — p. 88 127, 4U6-453. (Nordenskiold) Demidovite, a new mineral
species, from the Ural — p. 128 132. (Kireeosky) Description of a carbonated
Chalk on the hills of sand in the Steppes of Central Asia — p. 454-457. Intel-
ligence— p. 133-140, 463. Proceedings : Extraordinary meeting on the
28th of December, 1855, in Commemoration of the Fifty years' jubilee of the
Society— p. 141-160.

Acta Societatis Scientiarum Fennige. Transactions of the Scientific
Society of Finland. 4to. Helsingfors. Vol. IV. A.D. 1855, 1856.
(Arppe) Analysis of Minerals of Finland — p. 561-578. (Moberg) Notices of
Minerals of Finland — p. 579-606. (Nordenskiceld) Composition and Crystal-
lography of Malachite — p. 607-610. (Nordmann) Biographical memoir of the
deceased Entomologist, Count C. G. Mannerheim— pp. 24.

RUSSIA. 7

OeFWERSIGT AF FlNSKA WeTENSKAPS SOCIETETENS FffiRHANDLINGAR. PROCEED-
INGS of the Scientific Society of Finland. 4to. Helsingfors.
Vol. II. A.D. 1853, 1855.
(Nordmann) On the variable number of tbe eyes in a species of NepTielis^
family Sanguisugidje — p. 1. (Bonsdorff) On the nervous system of Raja clavata
— p. 10-24. (Same) On the relation of Hydropathy to the process of Animal
Rejuvenescence — p. 53-69. (Nordsmann) Rare Vertebrata of Finland, in the
University Museum — p. 69-73. (Moberg) Periodical phenomena of Animal
and Vegetable life in Aaland — p. 73.

Vol. III. 1855, 1856.
(Bonsdorff) Action of the Heart, considered in the received Physiological
point of view — p. 16-25. (Holrnberg) A Geological section in Karelen ; with
a plate — p. 55-61. (Bonsdorff) On the formation of the Chyle, and its absorp-
tion in the intestinal canal— p. 76-91. (llmoni) On the Primitive momentum
of the circulation of blood in man and animals — p. 91. (Maeklin) On Her-
maphroditism in insects, with the description of a Hermaphrodite Mutilla
obscura ; with a plate — p. 106-112. The great difference between the winged
male and the wingless female makes this instance as striking as that of Formica
sanguinea, noticed by Tischbein in the Stettin Entomological Journal for 1851.
(Middendorf) Notice of his work, Isepipteses Russlands, or Principles of inves-
tigation of the periods and direction of Migration of the Birds of Russia — p.
112-120. (Nordmann) Notice of the Scientific Expedition to Eastern Siberia,
sent out by the Geographical Society of Russia— p. 141-148. Obituary, C.
Lundahl — p. 152.

SWEDEN.
Konol. Swenska Vetenskaps Akademiens Handlingar foer Aar 1854.

Transactions of the R. Swedish Academy of Sciences for the Year

1854. Part I. 8vo. Stockholm. 1858.

(Holmgren) Entomological notes of a journey in the South of Sweden, in the
year 1854— p. 1-104. This portion of the notes is devoted to the family
Ichneumonidse. In the group Crypti a new genus, Macrobatus, is proposed for
Cryptus macrobatus Grav., the trivial name being changed to clavator* The
group Tryphonides comprises the following new genera — Priopoda (name too
near in form to Priopus), differing from Perilissus by the pectinated ungues, in-
cludes Mesoleptus sticticus Grav. &c. ; Lasiops (name pre-occupied in Diptera),
for Tryphon pilosellus Grav.; Mesoleius^ including Tryphon sanguinicollis Grav.,
<fcc. ; Colpotrochia, for Cryptus mandator Fb., to which the older trivial name
elegantulus Schranck is restored ; Monoplectron, a new species M. zygamator,
but both the genus and species have been long previously characterized as Periope
auscultatory Ann. Nat. Hist., A.D. 1838. Vol. II., p. 114. Holmgren has here for
the first time made known the male, which has antenna incrassated toward the tip,
as in the other sex, but the abdomen not compressed at the end. In the group
PimplariaB the g. Chalirwcerus Ratzeburg is rightly identified with Cylloceria
Schioedte, but it has not been observed that the generic name Lampronota for
this group is prior to either of those, dating from 1830. See Curtis's British Ento-
mology, No. 407; Stephens's Illustrations of B. E. Mandibulata, Vol. VII., p. 126;
and Ann. Nat. Hist., A.D. 1838, Vol. II., p. 121. Tbe new species described are
thirty-eiyht, some of which may be questionable. (Beurling) Contribution to the
Flora of Portobello — p. 1 05-148. From a collection made by Dr. Billberg, in 1826,
chiefly about Portobello. Forty species are described as new, besides several from
Panama and other parts. The author seems to have a very limited vocabulary,
as nearly every second species is named either portobellensis or billbergianus.
(Thomson) Synopsis of the species of the family Dytisci found in the Scandina-
vian Peninsula— p. 177-237. The list amounts to 129 species, viz., Haliplus 11,
Cnemidotus 1, Hydroporus 51, Hyphydrus 1, Noterus 2, Laccophilus 2, Agabus

8 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

26, Ilybius 10," Colymbetes 11, Dytiscus 6, Hydaticus 6, Acilius 2. The new
species are Haliplus lapponum(ferrugineusZett. Ins. Lapp.); Hydroporus arcticus
(lapponum Zett. non Gyll.), bohemanni, geniculates, acutangulus ; Agabus
zetterstedtii (sturmii var b. Gyll.) ; Ilybius crassus, similis ; all from Lapland,
•with the exception of this last.

Oefversigt af K. Swenska Akademiens Fobhandlingar foer Aar 1855.
Proceedings of R. Swedish Academy for the year 1855.
8vo. Stockholm. 1856.
Zoology. (Wahlberg, J. A.) New species of Birds from the Damara country,
S. Africa. — p. 213,214. Alauda grayi, Eremomela damarensis, Erithacus schle-
gelii, Saxicola albicans, Platystira affinis, Graculus neglectus, coronatus. ^Staal)
New species of Heniiptera from Caffraria — p. 27-46, 89-100. Describing 157
species of Geocorini, 3 of Ploteres, 8 of Hydrocorini, and 94 of Homoptera. The
generic name Bohcmannia is substituted for Euryprosopum, previously employed
among ihe Coleoptera. (Same) New species of Hemiptera of the Museum at
Stockholm — p. 181-192. Ninety new species ; and a new genus of Reduvidse Hama-
tochares, H. obscuripennis, n. sp., from Sierra Leone. (Same) Entomological
Notes — p. 343-353. Poecitomorpha fairmairei, n. sp. Lucastea, n. g., allied to
Pcecilomorpha, but differing in the structure of the antennae; three species from
Port Natal, all new. Synonyms of forty-two species of Hemiptera described by
Thunberg in the Acta Societatis Upsaliensis, determined from the original speci-
mens in his collection. Four new species of Forficulaiise from Caffraria. New
species of Orthoptera of the Stockholm Museum, viz., Forficularise 10 ; Blattariae
3 ; Gryllides 2 ; Locustariae, Clonia n. g. allied to Listrocelis, G. wahlbergi n. sp.,
from Port Natal ; Acridites 6, with a n. g. Amicus allied to Mesops, two species,
both from Port Natal. (Same) On Cimex stockerus L. and Cimex augur Thun-
berg— p. 389-392. The four varieties of C. augur given by Thunberg are deter-
mined as so many distinct species, one of which belongs to a different group ; viz.,
a. Odontopus coqueberti Fb., (3. Dysdercus augur, y. D. thunbergi Staal, 8. D.
thoracicus Staal. (Thomson) The Swedish species of g. Oxypoda — p. 193-203.
Twenty-five are described, of which six given as new, Ox. curticollis, planipennis,
soror, riparia, laticollis, convexicollis. (Same) The Cyphonidee of Sweden — p.
317-322. Scirtes 1, Cyphon 13, of which as new C. nitidulus, fuscicornis, palus-
tris, pallidiventris. G. serricornis Muller is included in the list, but not C. deflexi
collis, which is so abundant in Britain. (Same) The Trichopterygia of Sweden
— p. 335 344. Trichopteryx 10 species, Ptilium 8, Ptenidium 5, Sphserius 1.
The new species are Tr. littoralis ; Ptil. elongatum, seemingly very similar to Pt.
coarctatum described in this Journal (see Vol. II., Proceedings, p. 122), but dis-
tinguishable by the finer sculpture of the thorax ; Pten. turgidum. Sphse-
rius acaroides occurred abundantly among the fine moss at the edge of a
pool in a peat moss. There seems every reason to expect that this insect
will be found in the British Islands also. (Wallengren) On Lycaena argus
and L. calliopis — p. 205-210. Concluding that L. eegon W. V., which is com-
mon in Sweden, should be considered as the true argus of Linneus, of
which his idas is the female. Obvious errors have crept into the diagnoses of
these Linnsean species, which the descriptions serve to correct. L. argus Autt.
he proposes to call L. calliopis, Boisduval having described a variety of it as a
distinct species under that trivial name. (Liljeborg) The marine Crustacea
of Kullaberg in Scania — p. 117-138. Addenda to the list in the Proceedings for
1852. Ampelisca eschrichti Kioyer, as appears from a comparison with the typi-
cal specimen, is different from that described, with doubt, under that name in
the Proceedings. The supposed sexes of the latter constitute two distinct
species, and their characters require the establishment of a n.g. IJaploops, with
two species H. tubicola and carinata. Gammarus maculatus Lilj. is identified
with G. obtusatus Montague; The new species in this appendix are Pagurus
chir o acanthus ; Cuma tumida^ ampullacea, rubicunda ; Lexicon nasicoides ; Am-
pelisca lavigata, tenuicomis ; Gammarus erythrophthalmus, macronyx ; Anceus

SWEDEN. 9

oxyuraus. The characters of the genera Erichthonius and Ampelisca are newly
defined. (Lindstrdm) Larva of a Peltogaster ; with figures — p. 361-363. This
parasite was found on the abdomen of Pagurus bernhardus, and of another
species allied to P. cuanensis. It seems related to, if not identical with, Pelto-
gaster paguri Rathke. The larva presents some characters which have been ob-
served in those of the Cirripedia, but not of the Lernseoda hitherto. ('Same)
The invertebrateffauna of the Baltic, with two plat, s — p. 49-73. Pontoporeia
affinis, a new species allied to P. femorata, Kroyer. Bathyporeia n.g., having
some points of resemblance to Anonyx, but distinguished by the absence of
claws to the second and fifth pairs of thoracic feet, the peculiar form of the
maxillary feet, and the development of the seventh pair of abdominal limbs.
B. pilosa found on a sandy bottom, at a depth of 18-24 fathoms. See the figures
given in Plate II. of this Vol., and the accompanying explanation. Observations
on the embryology of N eritinafluviatilis L. Cordylophora lacustris Allman has
been found abundantly in the Gaalcestrat. It is possible that Tubularia carnea
Agardh may be identical, but the description of this last is not sufficiently ex-
plicit to inspire confidence. (Same) On the development of Sertularia
pumila L. ; with figures — p. 365-374. This presents some points of analogy
to that of Campanularia geniculata, as observed by Loven and Schultze. It is
probable that the Sertularia is a stage of some Medusa. (Kinberg) New genera
and species of Annelida — p. 381 388. The new genera are : — Aphroditacea —
Aphrogenia ; Laetmonice, a Swedish species ; Iphionea — Iphione, type Polynoe
muricata Sav.; Polynoina — Halosydna; Antinoe ; Harmothoe, Aphrodita scabra,
O. Fabr. ; Hermadion ; Accetea — Panthalis, a Swedish species ; Eupompe ; Siga-
lionina — Sthenelais ; Leanira; Psammolyce, Sigalion herminiae Aud. et M.Edw.
The new species amount to 36 in all. ( Walhberg, P.) New species of leeches —
p. 233-234. Sanguisuga javariica, from Java, where it is used medicinally ; S.
chloronota, found in different parts of Sweden, perhaps a mere variety of the S.
medicinalis. (Walmstedt) The Swedish species of Clausilia — p. 79-87. Six
species are here enumerated, of which C. plicata Drap., an addition to the
Swedish Fauna. (Loven) On the development of Chiton ; with a plate — p. 169-180.
The species on which the observations were made was Ch. marginatus Penn.
(C7&. cinereus L., according to Forbes and Hanley.) The circle of cirri by means
of which the young larva moves about in its natatory stage, and which are after-
wards cast, seerrs to correspond to the cirri of the velum in the young of other
Gastropoda and of the Acephala. (Eetzius) On the skull of a Pampas Indian ;
with figures — p. 1-6. (Same) On the antrum pylori in man, with figures
—p. 219-230. fBoeck) On muscular contraction ; with six plates — p. 257 287.
Botany. (Andersson) On the g. Apluda L., with a plate — p. 175-180.
Six species are described, of which two as new, A. ciliata and scabra, both East
Indian. A humilis Presl. and A. mucronata Steud. are considered to pass over
gradually into A. mutica L., so that they cannot be considered specifically distinct.
(Same) On Saccharum and the allied genera — p. 151-167. The genera of this
group are Saccharum, with seven species, S. ciliare n. sp. from Belaspur in the
Punjaub; Imperata, four species ; Erianthus, thirteen species, of which new, E.
purpurascens from Belaspur, E. longesetosus, E. Indies ; Miscanthus n. g. includ-
ing ftrianthus capensis Nees, and Eulalia japonica Trin ; with which M. sinensis
And. has been confounded ; also Saccharum preegrande Steud., M. luzonensis
And.; a new species is M. purpurascens And., in Alstroemer's herbarium in the
Stockholm Museum, country uuknown, probably Japan or China. (Stenhammar
andFloderus) Pulsatilla patens found in Gothland — p. 393. (Fries, E.) Occur-
rence of the white truffle, Tuber niveumT>esfont.,m Sweden— p. 139. (Wahlberg,
P.) Additional localities of the same — p. 394. (Nylander) The distinctions
between Lichenes and Fungi — p. 7-11. The lichens are characterized by a
thallus furnished with gonidia, which are wanting in the fungi. The hymenium
of the former, treated with iodine, assumes a blue, violet, or red colour, while
that of the fungi becomes but slightly tinged with yellow in the same circum-
stances. In the present stage of science, however, it is difficult to draw a pre-

10 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

cise line between the two classes, which pass into each other through some of
their lowest-organised forms. (Fries, Th. M.) The Lichenes of the Ukrain,
with a plate— p. 13-20. Sixty-four species are enumerated, of these new Biatora
polychroa, which however Massalongo is inclined to identify with Lichen corneus
R. B. A new name Trachylia lucida is proposed for the Acolium viriduium
Framm., which is quite distinct from Tr. viridula of the same. (Boeck) On
the inhalation and exhalation of water by plants — p. 280-303. Geology.
(Erdmann) Geological structure of the iron ore district — p. 341-149. (Same)
On the sea-level in Saltsjoen and Maclaren, in 1854 — p. 75-78. (Same) On
the ancient sea marks at Soedra Staeke — p. 321-334. Miscellaneous. (Fors-
sell) On the mud baths of Rolleby — p. 21-25. (Retzius) On ancient ruins in
Scania, and heaps of shells in them— p. 231. (Same) Obituary, notice of
Duvernoy— p. 323-327. (Wahlberg, T. A.) Letter from South Africa— p. 211.
Minutes of Proceedings. Meteorological Observations, &o.

Aars-beraettelse om Botaniska Arbeten och Uptaeckter f. Aar 1851.

Report on the Progress of Botanical Science and Discovery for 1851.

By J. E. Wikstroem. 8vo. Stockholm. 1855.

Phytography in general — p. 1-63. Floras of particular countries — p. 63-188.

Elementary works — p. 138. Horticulture — p. 130-144. Appendix to Do p. 313-

315. Botanical Journals— p. 144-198. Botanical Geography — p. 199*16.
Anatomy— p. 217 220. Physiology — p. 221-231. Palaeophytology— p. 232-
241. History of Botany— p. 242. Obituary—p. 243 247. Review of New
Works and Botanical Discoveries, in Sweden -p. 248-296. Norway— p. 297-312.

DENMARK.
Oversigt over det Kongelige danske Videnskabernes Selskabs For-

handlinger. Proceedings of the Danish Royal Society. For 1855.

8vo. Kjoebenhavn. 1855.

(Steenstrup) On the remains found in peat mosses, showing that the Beaver,
Castor fiber, the Capercailzie, Tetrao urogallus, the Penguin, Aha impennis,
and the Land Tortoise, Emys lutaria, were former natives of Denmark — p. 1-20,
381-388. (Same) On a pair of maxillae of a colossal Cephalopod, cast up on the
strand of Raaberg in 1853; resembling the genus Ommatostrephes D'Orbigny —
p. 199. (Schicedte) Report on the Odonata, Libehulidae, collected in the ex-
pedition of the Galatea — p. 108-125. The species enumerated amount to eighty,
of which forty-nine are indicated as new. Several tables are given to illustrate
the geographical distribution of the family, from the observations made on this
expedition ; but the season of the year was in great part so unfavourable for col-
lecting, that this, with other circumstances concurring, detracts from the import-
ance of the materials thus obtained. (Same) On the g. Broscosoma Rosen-
hauer, and its relation to Miscodera — p. 351-358. Concluding for the reunion of
the two under one genus, Miscodera. The alleged difference in the fore tarsi of
the male, Schicadte did not find substantiated by actual inspection. The choice
between the names he has founded not on the intelligible and sure ground of
priority, but on a critical reason, which it is clear many entomologists would not
assent to. (Same) On the structure of the Thorax in insects, as a ground of
classification— p. 358-364. The characters of which LeConte has applied for
the classification of the Carabidse would be adverse to the views maintained in
the preceding article. Schicedte goes into a criticism of them, and examines
more particularly the position of the intermediate coxee in relation to the sternal
and pleural divisions of the thorax, which he reduces to four types in the Cole-
optera, according as the mesothoracic epimeron and episternon, or one of the
two, or neither, forms a portion of the socket of the coxa. Two of these types
are exemplified in the Carabidae ; and the further subdivisions of one of the
resulting groups are traced out, thus — I. Mesothoracic epimera extending to the
coxae. A. Metathoracio epimera without an external appendage, i. Antennce

DENMARK. 1 1

inserted on the front ; — 1. Cicindelini. ii. Antennae inserted in the cheeks
behind the mandibulae. a. Antennae without a bed to receive them, their base
uncovered; — 2. Carabini (including the elaphrini, also the genera Loricera
and Migadops.) b. Antennae with a bed to receive them, usually geniculate.
* Antennae with the base uncovered : Tibiae unarmed : (Mentum connate : Epi-
mera of the mesothorax connate ;)— 3. Siagonini. ** Antennae with the base
covered by a projection of the front: Fore tibiae palmated; — 4. Scaritini. B.
Metathoracic epimera furnished with an appendage externally, a. Antennae
with the base covered by a projection of the front, and with a bed to receive
them : Fore tibiae entire ; — 5. Hiletini. b. Antennae uncovered at the base,
without a bed to receive them: Fore tibiae notched; — 6. OZiENiNi. (Type Ozcena,
Mystropomus, Mormolyce.) II. Mesothoracic epimera not extending down
to the coxae ;— The remaining groups of the Carabidae, of which the arrangement
is reserved for the subject of another communication. (Same) Remarks on
Micralymma, in reply to Erich son's critique of his essay characterizing a second
species of that genus — p. 364-366. (Same) Criticism of Lacordaire's Genera
of Coleoptera — p. 366-369. (Same) Remarks on the use which Erichson has
made of the segmentation of the abdomen, as a systematic character in the
Coleoptera — p. 369-375. In these Schioadte reclaims the priority of various
discoveries and observations, which have been adopted, without acknowledg-
ment, by other authors, and seeks to clear them from a variety of
additions and misapprehensions with which they have been encumbered
by less skilful hands. In many points we cannot deny that he has had
good grounds to stand upon ; but we think his own scientific reputation
is so well established (if all his merits are not yet so generally known as they
deserve to be), that such quick susceptibility in the vindication of his originality
was not needed to guard the right. As a general rule, also, we are disposed to
think a rather less pungent style would befit such scientific discussions better,
especially where the pleader has any personal interest in the argument. (Ki osyer)
On the genus Sergestes — p. 22-34. Of this oceanic genus of Crustacea, in-
stituted by Milne-Edwards for a single species, a second was received at the
Royal Museum from Greenland, in 1845. Recently nine species more have been
procured by a sailor employed by Mr. Fries, in the course of a voyage to the
Brazils. Furnished with these materials, Kroeyer has here given some additions
to the characteristic of the genus, and has described all the eleven species, S.
arcticus (from Greenland), tenuiremis, ancylops, oculatus, rinkii, frisii, edwardsii
(atlanticus M.-Edw.) obesus, armatus, cornutus, corniculum. As eight out of
the ten new species were found in one spot, about 42° N. Lat, and 21° W. Long. ;
Kroeyer supposes that may be nearly the metropolis of the genus. (Same) On
the parasite Crustacea, Pachybdella, Peltogaster, and a n. g. Sylon — p. 127-131.
(S^hioedte) On Niphargus aquilex, the second species of this genus, found in
England— p. 349-351. A species of this blind genus (first found in the Caryn-
thian grottos) was obtained in considerable numbers from a well at Maidenhead,
in 1853. At the time it was announced in several English scientific journals as
identical with the Carynthian species. Schicedte being in London soon after,
compared it, and he was able to recognize it at once as distinct from N. stygius,
although the definite characters which are here given for each of the species are
few, and not very striking. See the figures given in Plate II. of this Volume, and
the accompanying explanation. (Eschricht, Hanover, Steenstrup) Report on
the competition for the prize founded by Classen — p. 412-420. The subject
was the development of the Cysticercus of the sheep, C. tenuicollis. The prize
was awarded to H. Chr. Mceller, an extra prize to Fr. Kuechenmeister. A brief
abstract is given of the contents of the two successful essays. (Forchhammer)
On the metals found in the calcareous secretions of Marine Animals and Plants —
p. 389-401. Of twenty-five Elementary substances found in sea water, and se-
lected not with reference to their universal presence or importance, so much as
on account of the facility of detection by analytic methods, the greater number
are to be traced among marine animals and plants ; a few in the latter class

12 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

only. Of the familiar metals, copper, lead, and iron are found with both animals
and plants generally; manganese, more abundant than iron in the plants, is
eliminated from the animal structures. Zinc, cobalt, and nickel also have been
discovered only in the plants. (Steenstrup) Note of Geological Antiquaiian
researches in Jylland — p. 131.

GERMANY.

Neueste Schriften der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft in Danzig.
Transactions of the Danzig Society of Naturalists. New Series. 4to.
Danzig.

Vol. V. Part. II. 1855.
(Menge) On the Chernetidae or Pseudoscorpii ; with five plates — pp. 44. A
▼ery full and particular account of the internal and external anatomy of this
tribe of minute and curious Arachnidans. The family is divided into five genera.
1. Chthonius, one recent species, (perhaps the same as Obisium orthodactylum
Leach and Chelifer ischnochelus Hermann ;) and a second in amber. 2. Obisium,
one recent species, and one in amber. 3. Chelifer, three recent, and three in am-
ber. 4. Cheiridium, Chelifer museorum Leach, and a species in amber. 5.
Chernes, Scorpio cimicoides Fb., and another recent species, and one in amber.
(Klinsmann) Clavis Breyniana or key to "Jacobi Breynii Gedanensis Exoti-
carum aliarumque minus cognitarum plantarum, Centmia prima, &c," and to
"Johannis Philippi Breynii Icones, fasciculi rariorum plantarum primus et se-
cundus." — pp. 30.

Vol. V. Part. Til. 1855.
Contains nothing of Natural History, being entirely Astronomical.

In connection with Danzig, we may here notice also

Programm zu der oeffentlichen Pruefung der Schueler der Petrischule.
Programm of the Public Examination of St. Peter's School.
4to. Danzig. 1856.
(Menge) On the indications of the Natural History of the primeval animals
contained in amber — pp. 32.

Zeitschrift fuer Entomologie, im Auftrage des Vereins fuer Schlesische
Insektenkunde. Journal of the Entomological Association of Silesia.
Edited by A. Assmann. 8vo. Breslau. Vol. VIII. A.D. 1854.
Lepidoptera. (Heinemann) Ten new Microlepidoptera — p. 1-7. Penthina
obscurofasciana ; Carpocapsa herrichiana; Syndemis collicolana ; Crambus
hercjniee; Tinea niveistrigella ; Oecophoraruficeps ; Argyresthia semipurpurella ;
Coleophora zelleriella, nemorum; Elachista aridella. (Frief) On Notodonta
Glyphidia crenata — p. 7. (Zeller) Additions to the Silesian Fauna found
about Gr. Glogau in 1853 — p. 9-14. Coleoptera. (Joseph) Observations on
the light of the Glowworm— p. 1 12. (Same) On the Coleoptera of Venice and
the Lido, from November to April — p. 13-17. (Letzner) On Cryptocephalus
betul« nanae, and Donacia palustiis — p. 18. The former is C. labiatus (w.),C.
bothnicus Fb., and C. ornatus Hbst. (C. decempunctatus varr. c. d. Gyll.) (/.) ; the
second reduced to D. sericea. Hemiptera. (Assmann) Catalogue of theHeter-
optera that have been found in Silesia up to the present time — pp. 106. These are
enumerated by families — Nepoidae 2, Naucoriuse 1, Notoneotidae 2, Corisidas 20,
Hydrometridas 9, Limnobatidae 1, Hebroidse 6, Reduvidce 13, Phjmatoidal,
Acanthidae7, Tingidae42, Cimicidael, Aradoidae 7,Phytocoridsel36, Lygfleoidae56,
Anthocoridae 11, Coreidae 17, Berytidae 9, Megapeltidse 60 : in all 401 species, or
four-ninths of the recorded Fauna of this order in Europe, the only families
represented therein, which are wanting within the limits of the Silesian Fauna,
being the Galgulini and Leptopoidae. The arrangement of Fieber is followed
in this list. We miss here two gentra in particular, which, judging from their

GERMANY. 13

known geographical "range, were to be looked for in Silesia also ; Myrmecoris
Gorsky and Cryptostemma Herrich-Scbaeffer. Proceedings — 24 pp.

Berichte ueber die Verhandlungen der Kosniglichen Sachsischen
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. Proceedings of the Royal Saxon
Society of Science. Math. Physical Class. 8vo. Leipzig.

Vol. for 1854. Part. III. A.D. 1855.
(Weber) On the continuance of Nutrition and Growth of the Nerves, Muscles,
and other parts in Abortions destitute of Brain and Spinal Marrow — p. 136-150.
Vol. for 1855. A.D. 1856.
(Lehmann) Investigations of the constitution of the Blood of different vessels,
aitd of the sugar which it contains, in particular — p. 87-122.
Vol. for 1856.' Part I. A.D. 1856.
(Volkmann) Experiments on Muscular Irritability — p. 1 10.

Zeitschrift fuer die gesammten Natur issenschaften berausg. v. d.
Naturh. Vereine fuer Sachsen und Tburingen in Halle. Journal of the
Natural Sciences in general, published by the Natural History Association
of Saxony and Thuringia. 8vo. Halle. Vol. VII. ; with four Plates. A.D. 1856.

Original Essays (Giebel) On the descent from an original pair — p. 317-339.
Concludes entirely against the theory of specific centres of distribution.
(Schreiner) On the different periods of development of some species of Lepi-
doptera — p. 242-246. (Bornemann) Flora of Mulhausen ; Phanerogama — p.
114-142. (Schmidt) Flora of Mulhausen : Cryptogama— p. 233-241. (Garcke)
On Fumaria wirtgeni Koch, F. rostellata Knaf, and F. micrantha Lag. — p. 493-
504. (Baentsch) On the Mineralogical and Chemical properties of the Arsenia-
cal Pyrites of the Carboniferous formation of Loehejuen and Wetlin ; with
a plate— p. 372-383. (Giebel) Petrifactions of the Muschel-Kalk of Lieskau,
near Halle — p. 217-227. On the soft parts of Orthoceras ; with a plate — p. 361
367. On a problematical fish from the Copper schist of Mansfeld ; with two
plates — p. 367-372. (Osam) On a new discovery of Cinnabar in the Grau-
wacke, N. Western district of the Upper Haiz — p. 20. (Schell) On the vibra-
tions of the rock in mines — p. 228-232. Short Communications. (Kefers-
tein) On the plagues of Egypt — p. 530-541. (Schreiner) Insect enemies of the
Orchard — p. 513-520. (Same) Starch and flour of Horse-chesnuts — p. 541.
(Irmisch) Remarks on the Flora of Mulhausen — p. 510. (Andrse) The Ter-
tiary Flora of Gleichenberg in Styria ; with a plate — p. 395. (Chop) On Trigona
cardissoides and Nucula goldfussi, in the Muschel-Kalk of Sondershausen — p.
392. (Credner) The physical characteristics of Thuringia — p. 520-530. (Giebel)
On Hensel's Diluvial Arvicola — p. 52-56. Remains of Insects in the Lig-
nite of Eisleben ; with a plate— p. 384-386. (Gerhard) Paleontological notes on
some points of the Thuringian Zechstein formation- -p. 386-392. (Soechting)
Notice of some Silicates — p. 56-58. Boring for Rocksalt in Koesen ; the ancient
and present valley of the Saal ; Analysis of the Rocksalt — p. 397-405. (Strom-
beck) Stratification of the Plaener formation of Northern Germany— p. 259.
(Zuchold) Biographical Memoir of L. Leichardt ; with a woodcut of the Bottle-
tree, Delabechia—v. 38-52, 142-159, 246-259, 405 420.

Reviews and Literary Notices ; forty-six articles in Zoology ; twenty- seven in
Botany ; one hundred and four in Geology, Mineralogy, and Paleontology.

Abhandlungen des Zoologisch-mineralogischen Vereines in Regensburg.

Transactions of the Zoological and Mineralogical Association of Ra-

tisbon. 8vo. Regensburg.

Part. IV. A.D. 1854.

(Besnard) Report on the progress of Mineralogy during the year 1853— -pp.
119. Obituary :_p. 120, 121.

14 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Part V. A.D. 1855.
(Besnard) Report on the progress of Mineralogy during the year 1854; with
a plate— pp. 84. Obituary — p. 85.

Part VI. A.D. 1856.
(Besnard) Report on the progress of Mineralogy during the year 1854; with
two plates — pp. 64.

Part VII. A.D. 1856.
(Muehle, Henry, Count von der) Monograph of the European Sylvias; with
four coloured plates in 4to. — pp. 152. A posthumous fragment of a work in
which the author, an enthusiastic votary of Ornithology, had purposed to give
figures of all the birds of Europe which had not been figured before, or only in
works so costly as to be inaccessible to the generality of students. The species
figured in the present part are Sylvia erythrogastra Gould, an old male; S. ery-
thronota Eversm., an old male, and a young bird in a transition stage of plu-
mage ; S. olivetorum Strickl., with nest and eggs, figured before only in Goulds'
Birds of Europe ; elaica Linderm., with nest and eggs, not before figured.
Thienemann has given a description and figures of the nest and eggs of both
these species, differing in many points, according to Muehle, from the authentic
specimens brought from Greece by himself. The remaining figures represent
Sylcia scita Eversm.; S. melanopogon Temrn.; S. cisticota Temm., with a
doubtful variety; and S. cetli Marrn. After a discussion of the arrangements
of the group proposed by preceding authors, he divides it into seven sections ;
I. Ruticillffi, Redstarts ; tithy3, erythrogastra, phosnicura : II. Humicolse, Ground
Warblers ; suecica, calliope, luscinia, philomela, galactodes, rubecula : III.
Philacanthae, Grass Warblers ; nisoria, orphea, atricapilla, hortensis, cinerea,
curruca : IV. Dumeticolse, Bush Warblers ; ruppellii, subalpina, melanocephala,
conspicillata, provincialis, sarda : V. Phyllopseustse, Leaf Warblers ; sibilatrix,
trochilus, rufa, bonellii : VI. Polyglottae, Mockers ; olivetorum, elaica, hypolais :
VII. Calamodytae, Reed Warblers; palustris, arundinacea, turdina, scita, plirag-
mitis, aquatica, melanopogon, cisticola, cetti, luscinioides, flaviatilis, locustella.
Some of these sections include certain stronglv marked fonoas, which might be
separated, but the groups resulting are too poorly represented in the European
Fauna to make this necessary. In a supplement, the author has discussed the
pretensions of some species which figure in the catalogues of European birds ;
but of which either the specific distinction or the European habitat seems
questionable. These are — Erithacus mousseri Olph-Gall. ; Cyaoecula suecica,
wolfii, leucocyana, Naumann; S. familiaris Menetr.; S. rubricapilla Landbeck,
(S. naumanni Muller;) S. ochrogenion Linderm.; S. icterina Temm. (S. angus-
ticauda Gerbes?), S. sylvestris Meissner ; S. horticola Naum. (Calamoherpe ar-
bustorum, pinetorum, Brehm) ; S. nigrifrons, albifrons, Bechstein ; S. fiuticola
Naum. ; S. lanceolata Temm. ; Motacilla certhiola Pallas. The Appendix con-
tains a notice by Jaeckel of a Ficedula icterina shot in the Steigerwald in Upper
Franconia; and a communication from Blasius, on the distinctive characters cf
this species, and F. trochilus, rufa, and sibilatrix.

Bericht UBER DIE (ESTERREICHISCHE Literatur der Zoologie, Botanik, und
Pal-eontologie u. s. w. Report on the Works on Zoology, Botany,
and Paleontology that have appeared in Austria during the years 1850,
1851, 1852,1853; published by the Zoological and Botanical Association of
Vienna. 8vo. Vienna. 1855.

A very useful digest, such as we should wish to have of the progress of Natural
History in our own country also, and in other countries of Europe. The main
object is to present in one view the advances in the study of the Fauna and Flora
of the Austrian Empire, by means of the fullest extracts of all that has appeared
on these subjects in publications not devoted to Natural History, and shorter
abstracts of articles in works belonging to the science ; the diagnoses of the new

GERMANY. 15

species being given in full. Works published in other countries are included*
when they relate to Austria. The present Eeport forms a volume of nearly four
hundred closely printed pages.

Journal fuer Ornithologie. Journal of Ornithology in. general. Organ
of the German Ornithological Society. Edited by Cabanis. 8vo. Cassel.

Vol. III. 1854, 1855.
Original Communications. (B>je) Upon the Rubric of Mottos — p. 214-229.
(Brehm, A.) The Localities for the Ornithologist in North-Eastern Africa — p.
362 384, 481-496. (Brehm, L.) The Migration of birds— p. 238-255. (Same)
The manners of the male birds of prey in the eyry — p. 496-502. (Bruch)
Revision of the genus Larus L. ; with two plates — p. 273-293. (Gloger) Re-
markable observations of Audubon's — p. 17-39, 107-113. (Gundlach) Contri-
butions to the Ornithology of Cuba / from his letters ; with additions and notes
by the editor — p. 465-480. (Hartlaub) On Tetrao falcipennis n. sp. — p. 39-42.
(Same) Notes on Exotic Ornithology — p. 97-100. (Same) Descriptions of
some new species of birds, collected on the Gold Coast, by H. S. Peel — p. 353-
361. (Same) Two nondescript birds of the Leyden Museum — p. 361-363.
( Homey er) A few more words on Discoloration — p. 113 117. (Jaeckel) The
Migration and various other points of the Natural History of the birds of Bavaria,
in the year 1853-1854 ; concluded — p. 417-426. (Meves) On the change of
colour in birds, through and also without moulting ; with two plates — p. 230-238.
(Mueller) Systematic Catalogue of the Birds of Africa ; continued — p. 1-16,
193-208,385-400,449-464. (Paessler) Particulars relating to the colouring of
the eggs of birds of prey — p. 209 214. (Verreaux, J. et E.) New birds from the
Gabon, West Africa — p. 101-106. (Warthause'n, Baron) Natural history of the
Wall-creeper, Tichodromia muraria III. — p. 43-45. Correspondence. (Boje)
Ornithological Notes — p. 434-8. (Bolle) Notes upon the birds of the Canary
Islands; concluded — p. 171-181. Guano on the west coast of Africa — p. 270.
Fragments of a letter on Heligoland — p. 428-432. (Brehm, A.) The Great
Pelican of the interior of N. E. Africa — p. 92-4. (Buvry) Operations of late
Travellers in N E. Africa — p. 61-6. Letters from Paris— p. 338-311. (Cabanis)
Buteo tachardus Vieill. breeding in Europe — p. 94. (Dieael) Proportion be-
tween the sexes of Partridges — p. 66-75. (Dubois) Notices of some birds that
occurred in Belgium during the last winter — p. 269. (Fritsch) Remarks on
some species of Falcons — p. 266-9. (Gloger) Fondness of the Corvidso for glit-
tering objects — p. 76-9. Preparations for birds that breed in hollow places — p.
80-7. The mocking faculty of Garrulus glandarius—p. 87-9. The mode of
feeding of Picus major — p. 89. An old bird killed by damp cold revived again —
p. 91. A tame swan devouring a fish — p. 181. The voracity of the hen-harrier,
Falco palambarius — p. 432. Seagulls cast down living shell-fish on bare rocks
from aloft— p. 447. Moue of emptying eggs for the Museum— p. 516-521. The
larger seagulls breed sometimes in their immature plumage — p. 521. (Hans^
mann) The marking of the throat has no relation to the song in birds in general
— p. 348 351. (Hartlaub) On Chettusia crassirostris Fil. — p. 427. (Hellmann)
Otocoris alpestris shot near Gotha — p. 181. Utility of crow-cots — p. 439-444.
(Homejer) On the change of plumage and colour — p. 317. Remarks on
Gloger's extracts from Audubon — p. 438. (Jaeckel) Notes on the Nat. History
of the, birds of Bavaria — p. 444-6. (Lyall) On the habits otStrigops habroptilus ;
from the English — p. 503-5. (Mueller) Liability of young chickens to perish
by frost — p. 90. (Rimrod) The purpose of the fungous flesh, and its coat of
down, on the breast and thighs of the Heron— p. 190. (Sundeval) On Certhia
costce — p. 60. (Tschudi) List of birds shot about Vienna — p. 427. (Vangerow)
Attempt at a Synopsis of the Birds of Brandenburg — p. 182-190, 338-346.
(Wiese) Notes on the Ornithology of Pomerania — p. 505 516. (Wodzicki,
Count) The Migration of birds in the Spring of 1855 — p. 346. Literary In-
telligence, <fcc— p. 46-59, 118-170, 255-265, 293-337, 417-426. Reviews—
(Bolle) First fruits ,of modern Spanish Ornithology; translation — p. 295-316.

1G NOTICES OF SERIALS.

(Dubois) Coloured plates of birds— p. 168-17G. (Hartlaub) Indian Ornithology
— p. 317-330. (Same) Grus hoyanus DwiJ. — p. 336. (Sundevall) Pterylography
of birds ; with a plate— p. 118-168.

Naumannia u. s. w. Archives of Ornithology, especially European.

Organ of the German Ornithological Society. By Baldamus. 8vo. Stuttgart.

Vol. V. 1855.

(Altum) Directions for collecting, stuffing, and setting up skins of Birds ; with
two plates — p. 20-38, 301-307. (Same; Supplement to the descriptions and
figures of the Swans of Germany in the volume for 1854 — p. 101-103. (Same)
Cyanecula suecica, orientalis, dichrosterna, wolffii; with a plate — p. 166-170.
(Same) On the bleating of Snipes — p. 362. (Antinori) Cypselus galilejensis,
a supposed new species of Swift; translated from the Italian ; with a plate — p.
307-311. (Berger) Attempt at a Natural Classification of Birds— p. 196-212.
(Blasius) On the questionable species in the list of European Birds — p. 480-489.
(Boeck) Preliminary remarks on the Ornithological Fauna of the province Val-
divia, in Chili — p. 494-513. (Bolle and Hausmann) Variety of provincial names
applied to the birds of Brandenburg — p. 317 321. (Bolsmann) Vulgar names
of Birds in Muensterlandand Niederstift — p. 313-317. (Brahts) Ornithological
Fauna of Neuwied— p. 329-361. (Brehm, A.) Contributions to the Ornitho-
logy of North-Eastern Africa, with especial reference to the species which occur
in Europe — p. 1-28. (Brehm, L.) The markings of the throat in birds in rela-
tion to their vocal powers — p. 54-59. (Same) A word on Aqaila pennata and
minuta — p. 60-65. (Same) List of the European birds in species and sub-
species— p. 266-271. (Gadamer) Natural History of CEdemia fusca, Anas
fusca L. — p. 89-92. Of Numenius arquata—Q. 92-94. Of Pavo cristatus — p.
94-96. (Gerhardt) On the habits of the Birds of North America, which occur in
Georgia— p. 380-397, 458-469. (Hansmann) On the voice of birds ; in letters
to Bolle— p. 96-101, 181-195. (Hummel) Ornithological notes from Courland
— p. 321-327. (Jaeckel) Vulgar names of birds of Bavaria— p. 70-73. (Kjser-
bolling) On the Gentle Falcons of the high Northern latitudes — p. 489-493.
(Landbeck) Bemarks on the Birds of the Mindelthal and Kamelthal in Bavaria,
—p. 73-88. (Olph-Galliard) On the European Redstarts— p. 39-43. (Same)
List of the Birds found about Lyons — p. 44-53. (Same) On the Theory of dis-
coloration, exemplified in Pterocles setarius, and on the place of the Pterodinae
in the system — p. 311-313. (Selys Longchamps) Addenda to the Remarks on
the true Geese of Europe — p. 397, 398. (VVallengren) On Breeding zones of
Birds in Scandinavia ; continued — p. 129-165, 429-527. (Warthausen, Baron)
The state of birds during the last winter — p. 171-180. (Wodzicki, Count) On
Aquila pennata — p. 65-69. (Same) On the eggs of the same bird — p. 327, 328.
Ornithological Notes from R. Vierthaler's Diary of Travels in Egypt, Nubia,
Dongola, and Sennaar; communicated by the Editor, p. 371-380, 469-479.
Intelligence— p. 104-127, 213-225, 398-428, 513-522. Report of the Ninth
General Meeting of the German Ornithological Society; with a plate — p. 226-265.

Commencing with the year 1856, this journal appears in an enlarged form ; a
Number coming out every alternate month, making annually a volume of thirty -
six sheets, royal 8vo., with four plates, or with a greater number of plates and
less letter-pvess. Such clear print and fair white paper are absolutely refreshing
to the eyes, and not least so by contrast, in juxtaposition with some contemporary
scientific journals, also from Germany. The British student of Natural History,
whom the agreeable gossip about birds, in the pages of " the Zoologist" or
"the Naturalist," may have inoculated with the desire to go a little deeper into the
scientific study of this most attractive class of living creatures, will find abun
dance to gratify the appetite in the perusal of " Naumannia," both as regards
the feathered natives of the British islands and the birds of Continental Europe
generally, some of which are occasional visitants nere, and others may at inter-
vals be driven to our shores by accident ; and this, whether his taste be chiefly
towards the study of their habits and instincts, or incline rather to the more

GERMANY. 1 7

abstruse walks of science, systematical or philosophical. It is of a good augury
Tor the progress of Natural History at home, that the study of the German lan-
guage, so cognate to and illustrative of the more mixed but not less copious
English, has become of late so popular a branch of general education. And the
lover of Natural History, yet guiltless even of that philological excursion, if he
will lay out five shillings on a German Accidence and Vocabulary, and can spare
the time requisite, with such a moderate degree of application as may qualify
him to glean instruction and improvement from a scientific book in the language,
will find bis pains amply repaid by the Ornithological matter of this journal.
We can heartily recommend the same to all British Ornithologists, who are not
acquainted with it already. The London publishers of the Naumannia are
Williams and Norgate, and the annual subscription twelve shillings.

Wiegmann's Archiv fuerNaturgesceiichte u. s. w. Wiegm ann's Archives
of Natural History ; continued by Troschel. 8vo. Berlin.
Vol. XXI. A. D. 1855, 1856.
Part I. Original Communications. (Philippi) On some birds of Chili ; in a
letter to the Editor — p. 9-14. Including the notice of a new Flamingo, Phceni-
copterus andinus, native name a Parrina," from the great salt marsh in the desert
of Atacama. (Dursy) Contributions to the Natural History of the Snakes of
Germany — p. 283-297. (Peters) Synopsis of the Amphibia collected on his
travels— p. 43 57. Ninety species are enumerated, of which there are given as
new, Platydactyluspunctatus; Hemidactylus platycephalus ; Diplodactylus pictus ;
Hoplurus barnardi; Chalarodon n. g., distinguished from Enyalns by the subde-
pressed body, the scales of the head larger, on the rostrum longitudinal and cari-
nated, the neck with deep transverse folds, hypodactyle scales keeled, C. madagas-
cariensis n. sp. ; Agama mossambica, armata ; Ichnotropis n. g., allied to Tropi-
dosaurus, but the hypodactylia carinated, and the nostrils placed between three
scutels, S. squamulosa, macrolepidota n. sp. ; Tracheloptychus n. g., placed be-
tween Ptychopleurus and Lacerta, T. madagascariensis ; Gerrhosaurus robustus ;
Euprepes margaritifer, depressus, lacertiformis, komorensis, elegans; Eumeres
afer; Herpetosaura n. g. of Apod Scinci, H. arenicola; Acontias niger ; Typhline
aurautiaca ; Amphisbaeaa violacea;— Ophidians, Onychocephalus dinga, mucruso,
mossambicus, trilobus; Stenostoma longicaudum, scutifrons; Homalosoma varie-
gatum ; Lycophidium semiannulis ; Coronella semiornata, Olivacea ; Uriechis u.
g., U. nigriceps (Elapomorphus capensis Smith?), lunulatus ; RhamphiopJus
n. g., K. rostratus ; Naja mossambica; Vipera superciliaris ; — Amphibians, Kana
mossambica ; Cystignathus argyreivittis ; Pyxicephalus edulis, marmoratus ; Chii o-
mantis n. g., C. xerampelina; Hyperolius bvittatus, taeniatus, marginatus, argus,
flavoviridis, tettensis ; Engystoma mavmoratum ; Breviceps mossambicus.
(Same) Synopsis of the Fishes observed in Mozambique— p. 234-282. The new
species are — Serranus flaveguttatus, melas, squamipinnis, abdominalis, goliath ;
Platycephalus pristis ; Scorpaeaa mossambica ; Apistus binotatus ; Coruna dor-
salis ; Sargus auriventris ; Atherina atra ; (Jhsetodon nigripinnis ; Peloscirtes
cynodon, barbatus, elongatus ; Gobius obscurus, capistratus, signatus, atherinoi-
des ; Callionymus marmoratus ; Amphysile brevispina ; Fierasfer neglectum ;
Cossyphus opercularis, faeniops, filamentosus; Pomacentrusannulatus; Glyphiso-
don fallax, sculptus ; Muraeua fascigula, vermicularis, diplodon ; O^hiurus mar-
ginatus ; Sphagebranchus brevirostris ; Tetrodon ocellatus, taeniatus ; Monacan-
thus frenatus; Syngnathus mossambicus; Torpedo fusco-maculata. (Gunther)
Contributions to the Natural History of the Freshwater Fishes of Germany ; with
figures — p. 197-212. (Kaup) On the Synonymy of Symbranchus immaculatus
Bloch — p. 58-61. (Same) Enchelynassa, a new genus of the family of eels,
with figure — p. 213. (Same) Synopsis of the species of some families of Sclero-
dermi — p. 215 233. (Agassiz) Supplementary remarks on the Holconoti ; ex-
tracted from Silhman's American Journal of Science, XVII. ; translated by the
Editor— p. 30-34. (Gibbons! Description of new fishes of the family Holco-.
noti, from the Bay of San 'Francisco, the Sacramento river, and its Lagoons—

C

18 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

p. 331-341. (Girard) On the viviparous fishes of the west coast of North
America — p. 342-354. Both extracts from Proceedings of Philadelphia Academy :
translated by the Editor. (Reissig) On the mode in which the Tachina? effect
their escape out of the puparia, and out of the closed cavities in which they are
often found — p. 189-196. The author dismisses entirely the idea of any liquid
solvent being used for this end, and considers the force as entirely mechanical,
the head, swelled into a globe by fluid pumped into it, acting as a hydraulic press,
assisted by the points of support which the bristles of the abdomen afford.
(Krohn) On the heart and circulation in the Pycnogonidse ; with a figure — p. 6-8.
The circulation was observed by Beneden in the legs of Nymphon, but he could
not find the heart. This organ, the existence of which has been generally ne-
gatived by Quatrefages, was demonstrated by Zenker in Nymphon pallipes. A
more particular account of its structure, and of the phenomena of circulation, are
given in the present essay. (Steenstrup) Observations on the genera Pachyb-
della Dies., and Peltogaster Rathke, parasites on the abdomen of Crustacea ; ex-
tract from the Proceedings of the Danish Society of Science, a.d. 1854; trans-
lated by Creplin — p. 15-29. Steenstrup considers both these forms to be crus-
tacean, and shows that they are not hermaphrodites, but leaves their place in the
class doubtful. (Same) Supplement to the preceding article — p. 62. (Zad-
dach) Holopedium gibberum a new form of the Branchiopoda ; with two plates —
p. 159-188. QGrube) Descriptions ofnew or little known Annelida, with three plates
— p. 81-136. Dendronereis n. g., D. arborifera n. sp. (Same) Remarks on some
Helminthes and marine worms ; with two plates — p. 137-158. (Leuckart) On the
young of some Annelida, a contribution to Embryology ; with a plate — p. 63-80.
The relation of Mesotrocha as a younger state of Chcetopterus ; Alciope raynau-
dii. Malacoceros longirostris Quatrefages Mag. Zool., a.d. 1843, not separated
from Nerine, the eyes often becoming obsolete in the mature state of these
worms. (Peters) On the g. Bdella Sav. and the Annelida observed in Mozam-
bique— p. 35-42. Calymmatops n. g. of Terebellse, C. granulatus n. sp., and ten
new species of other genera. (Troschel) Two new Heteropoda, Firolella gra-
cilis and vigilans, from Messina, with a plate — p. 298-311. (Krohn) Supplement to
the essay on Echinospira diaphana , see the Archives for 1853 ; with figures — p.
1-5. (Rcemer) On the structure of Mdonites multipora, an Echinid of the
American Carboniferous limestone ; with a plate — p. 312-330.

Part II. Annual Reports on the progress of Natural History, for the year
1854; viz., Mammalogy, by Wagner — p. 1-42; Ornithology, by Hartlaub — p.
43-74. Entomology, by Gerstaacker — p. 111-114. Also the Natural History
of the lower animals, from 1848 to 1853 ; Conclusion, comprising the Protozoa, by
Leuckart— p. 75-110.

The other Reports have not yet come to hand.

Archiv fuer Anatomie Physiologie and wissenchaftliche Medecin heraus-
geg. v. Dr. Joh. Mueller. Muellers' Archives of Anatomy, Physiology,
and Scientific Medicine. 8vo. BerliD.

Year 1856: with eighteen Plates.
Physiology in general, etc. (Donders) Critical and experimental contri-
butions to Hemodynamic— p. 433-466. (Fick) On the attachment of the Mus-
cular fibres to the Tendons ; with figures — p. 425-432. (Frerichs and Stsedeler)
Further contributions to the history of the conversion of organic substances — p.
37-54. (Frerichs) On the conversion of Gallic acid into colouring matter — p.
55 61. (Heidenhain) Historical and experimental inquiry into Muscular
Tonus ; with a plate — p. 200-229. Confuting the Theory of " Tonus," as re-
gards the Animal muscles in particular. (Mayer) On spontaneous motion of
Muscular fibrils ; in reply to Schulz-Schulzenstein — p. 321, 322. (VolkmannJ
Investigations of Hemodynamic, with a reference to the most recent views of
Donders— p. 523-539. (Wittich) On the diffusion of Albumen; Prolegomena
— p. 286-310. Human and Comparative. (Billroth) On a foetal glandular
structure of swellings of the Thyreoid glands; with a plate— p. 144 149. (Fick)

GERMANY. 19

On the Vas Deferens; with figures— p. 473-489. (Hirt) On the numerical
proportion between the White and Eed Blood cells; with a plate — p. 174-199.
(Luschka) The sensitive branches of the nerves of the Nervus Hypoglossus
in man ; with a plate — p. 62-82. The filaments which run to the Hypoglossus,
whether direct, or through the medium of the Ganglion submaxillar, as origi-
nating from the Lingualis, have a sensitive function, and are recurrent in, or on
the main stem of the Hypoglossus, to the spot where they are destined to diffuse
themselves in the Periphery. (Same; On the presence of a Supraclavicular
Muscle in man ; with a plate— p. 282-285. Vertebrate. (Busch) Vital
phenomena in the Pigment cells ; with a plate — p. 415-424. Observed in larvae
of frogs and newts. (Mueller) Embryology of Petromyzon; Preliminary re-
port— p. 323-329. (Reichert) On the Micropyle of fishes' eggs ; and on a pe-
culiar structure, not before discovered, of the mature and impregnated eggs ;
with plates — p. 83-124. (Same) On the Mueller-Wolffian bodies in embryos
of fishes, and the so-called rotations of the yelk in the impregnated egg of the
Pike ; with figures — p. 125-143. (Remak) On the terminations of the Nerves
in the Electric organs of the Torpedo — p. 467-472. Invertebrate. (Filippi)
On the origin of Pearls; from the journal Cimento, Fasc. IV. Turin, 1852;
translated by Kiichenmeister, with Notes from his own investigations — p. 251-268.
(Same) A word more on the formation of Pearls; in reference to Kuchen-
xueister's remarks — p. 490-493. (Kiichenmeister) On one of the most fre-
quent causes of the existence of pearls in the Elster muscles (Anodontes) ;
and a plan proposed for the artificial multiplication of pearls — p. 269-281.
Most of the pearls in question were found to have the body of a water-mite, Atax
ypsilophora, for their nucleus. (Schlossberger) Concretions in the organs of
Bojanus, from Pinna nobilis — p. 540-543. (Krohn) Observations on the de-
velopment of the Pteropoda, Heteropoda, and Echinoderma ; in a letter from
Funchal — p. 515-522. (Gegenbaur) On the Marginal bodies of the Medusas;
with a plate — p. 230*250. Great differences are found in the structure of these,
in going from the lower forms to the higher which are provided with a velum —
Medusidae — Rhizostomidae; and within the limits of the several groups there is
an evident progression from a lower to a higher type of organization in this re-
spect. The presence of a pigment spot in some of the higher forms makes it
less surprising to find in some an evident refracting lens, as in Nausithoe albida
Geg. ; in Garybdea marsupialis this attains a considerable size, with a distinctly
globular figure. The regular transition from this structure, and the iudubitable
analogy, to the vesicular form of the marginal bodies, with concretions enclosed,
but destitute of crystals, in the lower forms, in which they have been considered
as auditory organs, tends to cast some degree of doubt on this interpretation of
the phenomena. (Schultze) On the structure of the gelatinous disc of the
Medusae ; with two plates — p. 311-322. (Lachmann) On the organization qf
the Infusoria, and of the Vorticellae in particular ; with two plates — p. 340-398.
(Weisse) A little addition to Schneider's Contributions to the Natural History of
the Infusoria; with a plate— p. 160-164. On the en cystm en t of ClUorogonium
euclilorum, chiefly. (Lieberkuhnj Contributions to the Anatomy of the Infu-
soria— p. 20-36. (Same) On parasitic pouches attached to the larvae of Phry-
ganidae; from the Monthly Report of the Berlin Academy of Science, April,
1856; with figures — p. 494. (Same) On the development of Spongillae — p.
1-19. Addenda to the same ; with figures — p. 496-514. The following is a sum-
mary of the most important conclusions to which the author has come in the
course of this inquiry. The embryos are covered with a ciliary epithelium on the
entire upper surface : they proceed from the so-called conglomerations of germinal
granules ; as soon as the ciliated embryos attach themselves, they take the form
of the perfect Spongilla : the contractile cells of the latter are formed after the
loss of the germinal granules, partly in the ciliated embryo, partly after the dis-
appearance of the cilia ; this is what is called a " Generalio aequivoca" of the
cells, or an extracellular cell-formation : the siliceous spicules originate in the in-
terior of the cells, the corneous substance of the framework of the gemmule-

20 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

shells is an excretion of the cells : the young Spongilla, soon after the attachment
of the embryo has taken place, acquires a tubular process, with an aperture that
can be closed, out of which solid substances are expelled in the liquid current ;
besides this there is at least one place at which foreign substances are occasionally
taken up ; otherwise the body of the young Spongilla is impervious : in the fully
developed Spongilla ciliary cells occur: the spicular substances are not the
internal skeleton of the Spongilla, but a frame which it can leave under certain
circumstances; this often occurs before the Spongilla dies, and also during the
formation of the gemmules; the gemmules are not eggs, but rather a sort of
cysts or houses, out of which the same creatures which have formed them escape
again through the pore. Immediately after their escape, and even just before it,
division of cells and formation of new spicules takes place. The Spongillse,
after they have emerged, acquire tubular processes ; they either attach them-
selves to the frame in which the containing gemmules were fixed, and live as
colonies upon it ; or each individual forms a new frame, in case the gemmule
was no longer in that position, when its inhabitant escaped from it ; the corpuscles
considered as the eggs of the Spongillse have, besides the germinal granules, a
germinal vesicle and spot, of which there is no trace in the ordinary conglome-
rations of germinal granules : the bodies considered as Spermatozoids are deve-
loped in immoveable capsules, and in their essential characters do not differ from
those of many other animals. (Schultze) Observations on the propagation of
the Polythalamia; with a plate — p. 165-173. With reference in particular to a
Triloculina and to Nonionina sillcea.

The concluding Part for 1856, which should contain the Eeport on the pro-
gress of Zootomy, has not yet come to hand.

LlNNAEA, EIN JOURNAL FUER DIE BOTANIK IN IHREM GANZEN UmGANGE.

Linnaea, A General Botanical Journal. Edited by Schlechtendahl.
Vol. X. Parts V., VI. 1854.
(Schlechtendahl) Catalogue of the species of Panicum, in Kunth and Steu-
del; with Observations on the genus— p. 5S9-602. (Bentham) The plants
collected in Australia by Mueller ; Mimosas ; with the addition of some new
Australian species, collected by Drummond and others — p. 603-630. (Schleoh-
tendahl) The plants collected in Columbia by Wagener; continued; JJicotyleae
— p. 631-674. (Willkomm) On the Alterations which the composition and
physiognomy of the vegetation of the Iberian Peninsula has undergone through
the agency of man during the middle ages and in later times — p. 675-704.
(Preuss) Synopsis of Fungi examined, chiefly from the environs of Hoyers'
werd a ; continued — p. 705-725. (Schlechtendahl) Botanical Miscellanies — p.
726-734. New plants and Memoranda of Botanical Gardens, for 1852 — p. 735-
,766. (Rach) The Ericacea of Thunberg's collection, compared with those of
the Boyal Herbarium at Schceneberg near Berlin — p. 769 792. Index — p.
793807.

Jahrbuecher des Vereins fuer Naturkunde im Herzogsthum Nassau.

Annals of the Association of Natural Science in the Duchy of Nassau.

8vo. Wiesbaden. Part X. 1855.

Additions and Corrections to the Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of the environs
of Wiesbaden, in part VI.— p. 87-126, 356-360. (Schenck) On some difficult
genera and species of bees — p. 137-149. Remarks on the varieties of some
species of BomLus ; and on the species of the g. Coelioxys, which occur in
Nassau, with an attempt at assigning the sexes to their proper partners. (Same)
On the ant named Eciton testaceum in part VIII., Strongylognathus testaceus
Mayr — p. 150. (Same) Index to the descriptions of the bees of Nassau in
Parts VII., IX., X.— p. 151-160. (Kirschbaum) Contributions to the History
of the Hemiptera. I.: Capsini of the district of Wiesbaden— p. 161348. An
hundred and fifty four species of the family are enumerated and characterized
after the analytic methou ; vthile very full descriptions are givtn of thirty new

GERMANY. 21

species, averaging nearly two pages to each species. (Sandberger) Clymenia
subnautilina, n. sp., the first and only speciesof the genus found in Nassau, with
a plate — p. 127-136. (Same) Concise notice of the work "Petrifactions of
the Rhenish formation in Nassau," with a comparative table of the members of
that System — p. 85, 86. (Dollfuss and Neubauer) Analysis of some specimens
of the Schalstein of Nassau — p. 49-82. (Fresenius) Analysis of the chief
mineral waters of the Duchy of Nassau, IV., The mineral springs of Langen-
schwalbach — p. 1-48. Proceedings, &c.

Wuertembergische Naturwissenschaftliche Jahreshefte, herausgegeben

von Dr. H. v. Mohl. u. s. w. Annals op the Wuertemberg Association of

Natural Science. 8vo. Stuttgart.

Volume XII. Parts I. and II. 1856.

Zoology. (Koenig Warthausen) Contribution to the Fauna of Wuertemberg —
p. 72-89. (Weinland) On the tooth with which the young of the common ringed
snake, Tropidonotus natrix, is provided, in order to make its way out of the egg;
with a plate — p. 90-95. Appended are some remarks on the indefinite nature of
the characters that have been employed to distinguish the species of these rep-
tiles. (Klein) On the apparatus for moving the tongue in Manis macroura
Desm. (M. erassieaudata Griffith) — p. 96-99. (Krauss) Occurrence of the
black rat, M us rattus, in Wuertemberg — p. 117. Botany. (Koenig-Wart-

hausen) On a plant of Agave americana which produced eight flower stems — p.
100-103. Paleontology. (Oppel) On some Cephalopoda of the Jurassic
strata of Wuertemberg— p. 104-108. (Quenstedt) On Pentacrinites colligatus ;
with a plate — p. 109-116. (Oppel) On the Jurassic formation of England,
France, and South-western Germany ; Section I., the Lower Lias ; Section II.,
the Middle Lias— p. 12L312.

Proceedings, Etc. — p. 1-71. (Rapp) Hybernation of animals — p. 23-81.
(Krauss) Insects injurious to Agriculture — p. 52-55. (Fleischer) Coccus abietis
L. and its parasites — p. 59. Besides the Coleopterous and Hymenopterous para-
sites, three species of Psocus are enumerated ; a circumstance which seems to
require more elucidation than is here afforded. (Veesenrneyer) Notice of a Her-
barium vivum, formed in the end of the 16th century by H. Harder — p. 55-59.
(Volz) Note on same — p. 120. (Jaeger) On the relation of parasitic plants to
the plant on which they grow — p. 63-70. (Kurr) The terrestrial and fluviatile
shells of the Tertiary formation of Upper Swabia— p. 38-47. (Fehling and
Kurr) Analysis of fossil fishes' teeth — p. 118. (Fiaas; On the deposits of
petrifactions in the Jurassic strata — p. 43-47. (Buhier) On the relation of the
river basins and the water shed to the mountains —p. 47-52.

Abhandlungen der Math. Phys. Klasse der K. Bayerischen Akademie der
Wissenchaften. Transactions of the R. Bavarian Academy of Science.
Math. Physical Class. 4to. Munich. Vol. VII. 1853-1855.
(Fischer) Contribution to the Natural History of the Ostracodea ; with two
plates — p. 635-666. The author questions some of Zenker's recent statements
as to the composition of the oral organs in this order. The following new species are
described : — Cypris socialis, declivis, prasina, madeirensis, exerta, pahrmitana,
nitens, triangularis, rivularis, exscnlpta, narcotica, aspera ; Paradoxotoma n. g.
of Cytheridae, P. dispar a. sp. ; Cythere maculata, lurida ; Asterope grcenlandica.
Several of the species of Juiine, which had remained doubtful in consequence of
the brevity of his descriptions, are also illustrated. (Martius) Attempt at a
Commentary on the Plants in the works of Marcgrave and Piso on Brazil ; with
additional illustrations of the Flora of the empire, Section L, Cryptogama— p.
179-238. (Schceubein) On the proximate cause of the blue tinge which some
Fungi acquire spontaneously — p. 723-733. (Treviranus) On the structure and
development of the ovules and seeds of the Mistletoe; with two plates — p. 151-
178. (Roth and Wagner) The Fossil bones of Pikermi, in Greece ; with eight
plates— p. 371-461. See a brief notice at page 17 of our preceding volume.

22 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

(Wagner) Description of some fossil Chelonians, and other Eeptilian remains,

in the Lithographic slates and Green sandstone of Kelheim ; with three plates —
p. 239 264.

Lotos, Zeitschrift fuer Naturwissenschaften. Journal of Natural

Science of the Lotos Society in Prague, 8vo. Prag. Vol. VI. 1856.

No. 1. January. Proceedings. (Reuss) A new locality of Fluviatile quartz in
Bohemia — p. 3. (Durand and Hilgard) New species of plants of S. California ;
extract from the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
Vol. III., 1855 — p. 5-9. (Kirchner) On the resinous galls of Coniferse — p.
9 12. (Micksch) On fossiliferous Quarzite balls of the environs of Rokycan — p.
12-14. Notice of the late C. Presl's Herbarium, offered for sale — p. 15-17.
(Opitz) Additions to the list of Lichens— p. 19-22. Miscellaneous — p. 22-24.

No. 2. February. Proceedings. (Du Bus) Characters of some n. spp. of
birds; extract from the Bulletin of the R. Belgian Academy, Vol. XXII., 1855 —
p. 26-28. (Kirchner) Parasitic Hymenoptera reared from Aphides of Kaplitz —
p. 28 33. (Same) The Ichneumones of Kaplitz— p. 33-40. (Opitz) Additions
to list of Lichens — p. 41-45. Miscellaneous — p. 45-48.

No. 3. March. Proceedings. (Kirchner) The Ichneumones of Kaplitz; con-
tinued— p. 63-67. (Opitz) Observations on the Flora of the Niger— p. 67-69.
Miscellaneous — p. 69-72.

No. 4. April. Proceedings. (Massalongo) Twenty-one new species of
Lichens of the province of Verona — p. 76-83. Colhmeae — Colleraa capnioch-
roum ; Acarospora velana ; Solenospora vulturiensis ; Lecanoreae — Pyrenodesmia
tauriliana ; Zeora detrila ; Lecideae — Diplotomma turgidum ; Biatoreae — Bilim-
bia cuprea, chlorotica ; Sarcogyneae — Sarcogyne pinicola ; Dermatocarpeae —
Placidium castnani, insulare, marcomanici ; Catopyrenium tremniacense ;
Verrucarieae — Verrucaria plicata, pinguicula ; Amphoridium cinereum ; Poly-
mastia sepulta ; Artrhopyrenia furfuracea, atrosanguinea ; Coniangeae — Coniao-
gium krempelhuberi ; Coniocijbeae — Coniocybe baeomycioides. (Feismantel)
On the ferruginous Quartz of Byskow — p. 90. (Ruprecht) The Nympheeacese
of the Government of St. Petersburg ; extract from the Bulletin of the Academy
of St. Petersburg, a.d. 1854, with a note by Weitenweber — p. 91-93. Miscel-
lanies—p. 93-96.

Korrespondenz-Blatt des Zoologisch-Mineralogischen Vereines in Re-

gensbtttjg. Monthly Journal of the Zoological and Mineralogical

Association of Ratisbon. 8vo. Regensburg.
Vol. VIII. A.D. 1854.

Zoology. (H. D.) Notice of the Duke of Leuchtenberg's Collection of Natural
History, at Eichstadt — p. 67-71. (Jaeckel) Visit to the Zoological Museum at
Erlangen — p. 154-156. (Same) Materials for the Fauna of Bavaria; Mam-
malia— p. 81-95. (Braun) Addition to Leiblein's List of the Fishes of the
Main, in Vol. VII. — p. 112. (Hofmann and Herrich-Schaeffer) The Lepidoptera
of the environs of Ratisbon_p. 101-109, 1 13-144, 167-190. (Sterr) Addenda to
the Mollusca of Ratisbon, enumerated by Furnrohr — p. 157-160. Geology. —
(Fraas) Fossils of Nusplingen, an adjunct to Solenhofen — p. 71-76. (Guembel)
General view of the geological conditions of the Upper Palatinate — p. 1-48.
(Haupt) The Triassic and Jurassic Region in Bavaria and the Basin of the
Rhine — p. 56-64. (Hornberg) Addenda to Besnard's Catalogue of Bavarian
Minerals— p. 161 164. (Wineberger) A Lens of Dolomite in Amorphous Lime-
stone; with a plate — p. 111. (Zipser) On the Remains of two Species of
Rhinoceros found in the neighbourhood of Neusohl, in Hungary — p. 109-111.
(Schucb) Annual Report of the Association — p. 49-56. Proceedings, &c.
Vol. IX. A.D. 1855.

Zoology (Jaeckel) Materials for the Fauna of Bavaria; Mammalia — p. 91-
101, 105-132. (Hofmann and H. Schseffer) Lepidoptera of the environs of
Ratisbon ; continued from Vol. VIII p. 57 88, 133 149, 182. (Herrich-

GERMANY. 23

Scbseffer) Systematic Catalogue of the Lepidoptera of Europe, including the
species of Siberia and Asia Minor, usually reckoned along with them — p. 17-47.
(Koch) On the Distinctive Characters of Species in the Araneidse in general, and
the genus Amaurobius in particular; with a plate — p. 158-168. (F.) Note on
the River Pearl-muscle, Unio Margaritifera — p. 150-152. Geology. (Bes-
nard) Addenda to the " Minerals of Bavaria, with their localities" — p. 55.
fHahn) On the occurrence of Native Antimony and its Oxyde in the Mines of
Brandholz — p. 9-12. (Hornberg) Brief Mineralogical Notes — p. 50. (Micksch)
Notice of Minerals occurring in the Coal Measures of Bohemia — p. 13-16.
(Wineberger) Geological Section of the Galgenberg, near Erbendorf ; with a
plate — p. 53. (Same) Supplement to Guembel's List of the Minerals of the

Upper Palatinate, in Vol. VII p. 153-158. (Dumoulin) Obituary of the

Count von der Muehle — p. 171-181. (Schuch) Annual Report of the Associa-
tion— p. 1-8. Proceedings, &c.

Denkschriften der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, U.S.W.
Memoirs of the Imperial Vienna Academy of Science. 4to. Vienna.
Math. Nat. Hist. Class.

Vol. VIII. ; with thirty-one Plates. A.D. 1851.

(Omitted in its proper order in Vol. III. of this Review.)
(Ettinghausen) The Eocene Flora of Mount Promina in Dalmatia ; with fourteen
plates — p. 17-44. (Fenzl) Cyperus jacquinii Schrad., C. prolixus Kunth. and
Comostemum montevidense Esenbeck ; an essay towards an estimate of the value
of the distinctive characters of the species in the g. Cyperus ; with three plates — p.
45-64. (Hyrtl) On the connection of the generative and urinary organs in the
Ganoid fishes ; with three plates — p. 65-72. (Same) Anatomy of Heterotis
ehrenbergii ; with three plates — p. 73-88.

Part 2nd. Communications not by Members. (Langer) Vascular System of the
Anodontes : Section I. ; Arterial and Capillary System ; with two plates— p. 15-20.

Vol. X. ; with twenty-six Plates. 1855.

(Hyrtl) On the Accessory Branchial Organs of the Clupeacei ; and Observations
on the intestinal canal of the same ; with three plates — p. 47-57. (Diesing) Nine-
teen species of Trematodea ; with three plates — p. 59-70. These are, 1 of Diplos-
tomum, 3 of Hemistomum, 6 of Monostomum, and 9 of Distomum ; all but two
collected by Natterer in Brazil. Distomum dimorphum originally inhabits fresh
water fishes of Brazil, but attains its full length and perfect development in the in-
testines of the Herons, which feed on the fish. (Reuss) Paleontological Miscel-
lanies ; with seven plates — p. 71-88. On a fragment of a skull of the Dodo, in the
Prague Museum. Remains of an Emydian, Chelone bensledi Owen, in the Bohe-
mian Plaener-kalk. On a new Crustacean of the Bohemian coal-formation, provi-
sionally regarded as the type of a new genus Lepidoderma, but at least closely
related to Eurypterus. Remains of Reptiles in the Plaener formation of the White
mountain near Prague.

Part 2nd. Communications not by Members. (Lenhossek) On the minute
structure of the central nervous system in man ; with four plates — p. 1-70. (Lo-
renz) On the Stratonomy of JEgagropila sauteri ; with five plates — p. 147-172.
As the result of these observations, modifications of the characters of the genus,
as given by Rabenhorst and by Kuetzing, are here proposed. (Hoernes) On some
new fossil Gastropoda of the Eastern Alps; with three plates — p. 173-178. The
species illustrated are Chemnitzia eximia, tumida, rosthorni ; Nerita prinzingeri ;
Natica plumbea, amplissima ; Purpuroidea reussi.

Vol. XI. ; with sixty- one Plates. 1856.
(Hauer) On the Cephalopoda of the Lias of the North-Eastem Alps ; with
twenty-five plates —p. 1-86. New species, Ammonites grunovvi, escheri, lilli, tiro-
lensis, erbaensis, mcrcati,latesulcatus, salisburgensis, adnethicus, foetterlei,petersi,

24 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

grohmanni, altus, czjzeki; Nautilus austriacus. The total number of species de-
termined amounts to 71, of which 14 occur in the lower, 64 in the Upper Lias, 7
being common to both the beds. (Richter) A contribution to the Paleontology of
the Thuringian forest; with three plates — p. 87-138. (Unger) The Slate and
Sandstone Flora, a contribution to the Paleontology of the Thuringian Forest ;
with thirteen plates — p. 139-186. (Heckel) Contributions to the fossil Ichthyo-
logy of Austria ; with fifteen plates — p. 187-274. (Diesing) Twelve species of
Acanthocephala ; with three plates — p. 275-290. The characters of the Tribe are
given, with a general view of the Structure and Embryology. The twelve species of
JJchinorrhynchus described and figured are characterized in the author's Systema
Helminthum. They were all collected in Brazil by Natterer, except the last, E.
turbinella, which forms a peculiar group, characterized by the possession of a dis-
tinct receptacle for the haustellum. This species was taken from the intestines of
Delphinus hyperodon.

Part 2nd. Communications not by Members. (Rathe) Observations on the
Carotids of Snakes — p. 1-22. Showing that the existence of a single Carotid ob-
served in various Ophidians, and treated by Cuvier as a character of the whole
class, is actually limited to a certain portion of the wide-mouthed snakes ; the rest,
and all the small-mouthed snakes, having a pair of common carotids. (Guembel)
Notes upon the dying lichen Lecanora ventosa Ach., with an essay on the develop-
ment of Lichenes ; one plate — p. 23-40.

SlTZUNGSBERICHTE DER K. AKADEMIE DER WlS3ENSCHAFTEN. PROCEEDINGS

of the Vienna Academy. 8vo. Vienna.
Vol. XIX.; in two Parts; with thirty Plates, and three Maps. 1856.
Zoology. (Langer) On the calci-tibial joint in Mammalia and Man — p. 117-
121. (Engel) On the growth of hairs that have been clipped; with two plates
- -p. 240-254. (Heuglin) Classified list of the birds of North-Eastern Africa,
including the Arabian coasts of the Red Sea, and the region of the sources of
the Nile as far f.outh as four degrees North latitude — p. 255-324. The list
comprehends 754 species. (Hyrtl) On Morrayrus and Gymnarchus — p. 94-97.
(Diesing) Twelve species of Acanthocephala — p. 97. (Wedl) On the oral
organs of the Nematodea ; with three plates — p. 33-69. The Nematodea have
no proper head furnished with organs of sense. The knots and papillae,
which Siebold, in his Comparative Anatomy of the Invertebrata, has considered
as organs of touch, are mere thickenings of the Chitine integument. The oral
organs naturally vary much according to the mode of life, and are very compli-
cated in many Nematodea. (Same) On some Nematodea ; with a plate — p. 122-
134. Filaria flexuosa n. sp., in swellings under the hide of the red deer. F.
clava n. sp., from the cellular membrane about the trachea of a house pigeon.
Trichosoma pachykeramotum n. sp., from the intestine of the hunting leopard.
Trichosoma papillosum n. so., from the intestine of a sheep. Remarks on the
g. Trichina. (Frauenfeld) On the genus Carychium ; with a plate — p. 70-93.
Of this genus, which is peculiarly attached to the dark and moist nooks of sub-
terranean caverns, nine species are admitted. C. amoenum a new species is
figured, as well as C. schmidtii, lautum and obesum, the figures of the last two,
given in the volume for 1854, not being sufficiently characteristic. (Schmidt)
The Embryology of the Najades; with four plates— p. 183-194. Anodonta cyg-
nea and Vnio pictorum form the subject of these observations. The mode of
development differs in some points from that observed by Leuckart in A. inter-
media, showing the prudence of avoiding hasty generalization from particular
instances. Geology and Paleontology. (Zeuschner) Geognostical descrip-
tion of the Lias limestone in the Tatra and adjoining mountains ; with wood-
cuts and two plates — p. 135-182. Ammonites leptoviensis, a fine and very
variable new species, described and figured. (Neugeboren) On the Forami-
nifera of the order Stichostegia, in the Clay, "Tegel," of Upper Lapugy, in
Siebenbuergen— p. 383-335. ( Haidinger) On Dechen's new Geological Map of
Rhenish Westphalia — p. 336-338. (Zepharovich) The peninsula Tibany in

GERMANY. 25

the Plattensee, and the immediate environs of Fuered ; a contribution to the
Geology of Hungary; with two plates — p. 339-373. Mineralogy, Crystal-
lography, &c. (Leydolt) On the Structure and Composition of the Crystals
of primitive Calcareous Haloid, Arragonite, and an Appendix on the structure
of the Calcareous Parts of some Invertebrate Animals ; with nine plates— p. 10-32.

(Volger) On Asterismus — p. 103-116. (Haidinger) Report on the same

p. 98-102. (Grailich) Refraction and Reflection of Light at the double sur-
faces of Crystals of single optical axis— p. 226-230. (Strasky) Analysis of An-
thracite Coal, from the neighbourhood of Rudolfstadt, near Budweis, in Bohe-
mia—p. 325-332.

Vol. XX. Part I. ; with nine Plates. 1856.
Zoology. (Pelzeln) New and imperfectly known species of thelmperial Ornitho-
logical collection; with two coloured plates — p. 153-161. The new species are
Dacnisni gripes, from New Friburg, Brazil, allied to D.cyanocephalus, but differing
by the shorter, stouter bill, and the blackish legs, as well as the plumage, figured ;
Phyllomis frontalis Natterer MSS., from Khelgat near Goa, figured ; Furnarius
longirostris, from Venezuela, distinguished from F. leucopus Swains, by the longer
bill and differences of the plumage, figured ; Synallaxis kollari, distinguished from
S. candeiD' Oro. by the rufous tail, ferruginous cheeks, and black throat, the fea-
thers of which are merely edged with white, figured; S. striolata ; S. albilora ;
S. inornata;—S. vulpina. Natterer; Cyanocorax heckell, like C. azureus Temminck,
but of a different hue, inclining more to violet ; — C. diesingii, like C. pileatus, but
the spots at the eye and at the base of the bill are much smaller, and all three of
a light violet hue, besides other differences of plumage; all these from Brazil ;
C. affinis, from Bogota, very like the preceding, which it exceeds in size, with the
bill broader and less compressed, and many differences of colouring. (Langer)
The vascular system of the Anodontes : Section IT. — p. 150-152. Physiology.
(Szontagh) On the minute Anatomy of the human jawbone — p. 3-9. (Engel)
The development of the human hand ; with two plates — p. 261-273. Botany.
(Stur) The influence of the soil on the Distribution of Plants : a contribution to
the Flora of Austria, and the Geography and History of the Vegetable king-
dom— p. 71-149. Includes a Catalogue of the wild plants collected by the author
in his travels through Austria, Hungary, Salzburg, Styria, Carynthia, Tirol, Car-
niola, Dalmatia, and the Venetian territory, with notes of the Geological positions.
Geology, &c. (Hochstetter) On the position of the Hotsprings of Carlsbad, in
two parallel series, on two parallel fissures of rock ; with a plate — p. 13-36.
(Hoernes) On Gastropoda from the Trias of the Alps — p. 68-70. (Woehler)
On the Meteoric iron of Toluca in Mexico— p. 217-224. (Stur) Notice of
the Geological map of the Neogene-teniary, Diluvial and Alluvial deposits, in
the district of the North -Eastern Alps, of Austria, Salzburg, Carynthia, Styria,
and Tirol, &c— p. 274-281. Miscellaneous. (Moser) On the composition
of the mud of the river Nile — p. 9-12. (Scherzer) Report on a Scientific Expe-
dition to America during the years 1852, 1853, 1854, and 1855 — p. 43-67.

Jahrbuch der K. K. Geologischen Reichsanstalt. Annals of the

Imperial Geological Institute. 4to. Vienna.

Vol. VI. for the year 1855. No. 2, 3, 4.

(Andrse) Report on the results of official Geognostical examinations in Styria,
during the summer of 1854 — p. 265-304. (Emmrich) Contributions to the
history of the Molasse of Southern Bavaria — p. 433-444. (Same) Notes on the
Mountain limestone of the district of Lienz — p. 444-450. (Haidinger) Remarks
on Pick's Considerations on the certainty of barometrical measurements of alti-
tude— p. 450-453. (Same) Biographical memoir of J. Czjzek — p. 665-681.
(Hauch) Results of a physico-chemical examination of the mineral springs of
Szliacs, in Northern Hungary — p. 314-318. (Hauer) Report on the Geological
operations of Section IV., during the summer of 1855 — p. 741-749. (Same)
The quicksilver deposit of Gagliano, in the province Udine — p. 810-814,

26 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

(Hochstetter) Geognostical studies of the Bohemian Forest : Part IV. — p.
749 810. (Hohenegger) Additions to the Geology of the Northern Carpathians,
Paleontological — p. 304 312. (Jokely) Geognostical data concerning a por-
tion of Central Bohemia — p. 355-404. (Same) Geognostical structure of the
region of Mirotitz, Ghlumetz, and Strepsko, in Bohemia — p. 682 741. (Klesz-
czvnski) Geognostical sketch of the environs of Pribram — p. 254 263. (Koristka)
New tables for the expeditious calculation of barometrical data of altitude — p.
837-842. (Kudernatsch) Contributions to the Geognosy of the mountain range
of the Bannat — p. 219-253. (Lidl) Contributions to the Geognosy of S. W.
Bohemia ; with a plate — p. 580-619. (Lipoid) Remarks on Munichsdorfer's
description of the Huttenberg mining district — p. 643-650. (Miinichsdorfer)
Geological positions of the metalliferous beds of Huttenberg, in Carynthia — p.
619-643. (Peters) Notice of a skeleton of the gigantic deer of Ireland, Cervus
megaceros ; with a figure — p. 318-328. The author here discusses the reasons
which have been alleged for supposing the gigantic deer to have been coeval
with mankind, and pronounces them insufficient. A list is given of localities in
the Austrian empire where the remains of the species have occurred, and of the
Museums which contain tolerably perfect skeletons of it. Singularly enough, he
has been uninformed as to the one which possesses the most complete and
interesting collection of such remains. The Museum of the Dublin University
contains three skeletons, two adult males and a female. These skeletons are
very nearly perfect, being furnished with all the small bones and the incisor
teeth ; only a few pieces of the tail being deficient. The female is very elegant,
the lightness of the cervical vertebras and the slender limbs presenting a marked
contrast to the males. This is supposed to be the only skeleton of the female
that has been preserved in any tolerable condition. Besides the skeletons, the
Museum possesses six sets of horns, in a series from an early age up to the
maximum growth; a very fine small head, with short horns, and a beautifully per-
fect set of teeth ; also the individual skull which has given rise to so much dis-
cussion, having been represented as fractured by human agency. It seems most
reasonable to suppose that the orifice in question was produced by the wrenching
off the horns, probably when the skull was first disturbed from its position as it
lay embedded in the marsh. (Same) Eeport of the Geological operations in
Carynthia, during the year 1856 — p. 508-580. (Prinzinger) Geological notes of
the environs of the Salt Mine of Hall in the Tyrol— p. 328-350. (Kolle) On
some new localities of Foraminifera, Bryozoa, and Ostracodea, in the tertiary
strata of Styria — p. 351-354. (Schefczik) On the motions of the floating crys-
tals of some organic acids — p. 263, 264. (Stur) The Gross-Glockner and the
ascent of it- p. 814-837. (Urban) On the basalt of Silesia— p. 312-314.
(Wolf) Barometrical measurements of altitude in the Circle of Inn, U. Aus-
tria— p. 842-850. (Zepharovich) Contributions to the Geology of the Circle of
Pilsen, in Bohemia ; Part II. — p. 453-508. Operations of the Chemical Labo-
ratory— p. 650, 651, 850-855. Proceedings. Lists of objects received, &c— p.
405-432, 651-664, 855-976. List of Corresponding Members— pp. 6. Index—
pp. 52.

Zeitschrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft. Jouenal of the
German Geological Society. 8vo. Berlin.
Vol. VIII. Parts 2 and 3 ; with fifteen Plates. 1855.
(Bornemann) The Microscopical Fauna of the Septarian Clay of Hermsdorf,
near Berlin; with ten plates — p. 307-371. (Fallou) On the patches of Ser-
pentine, in the Granulite of Waldheim, exposed by the Chemnitz Railway cut-
tings; with a plate — p. 399-405, 443, 444. (HenseF) Contributions to the
Study of fossil Mammalia : the Insectivora and Rodentia of the Diluvial strata;
with a plate — p. 458-501. (Liebe) The Zechstein of the principality Reuss-
Gera ; with a plate and map — p. 4U6-437. (Maschke) Preliminary Notes on
Hydro-Silicate, and the formation of Opal and Quarz — p. 438-142. (Pfuel)
Stratification of seams of Lignite, at Jahnsfeld and Marxdorf, West and S.W. of

GERMANY. 27

Muencheberg — p. 372-376. (Richter) Contents of the Zechstein of Thuringia ;
with a plate — p. 526-533. (Roemer) The older strata in the neighbourhood of
Aix, illustrated by comparison with the Geology of the South of Belgium — p.
377-398. (Same) Observations on the chalk formation of the neighbourhood
of Aix, from researches in 1853 — p. 534-546. (Saint-Claire-Deville) On the
Eruption of Vesuvius on the 1st of May, 1855; Extract from Comptes Rendus
de l'Acad. Fr. — p. 511-525. (Strombeck) On the Geological Antiquity ofBelem-
nitella mucronata and quadrata — p. 502-510.

Neues Jahrbuch fuer Mineealogie Geognosie u. s. w. New Annals oe
Mineralogy, Geognosy, Geology, and Paleontology. 8vo. Stuttgart. 1855.
Parts VI. and VII.

Original Communications. (Quenstedt) On Eugeniacrinites caryophyllatus ;
with two woodcuts — p. 669-673. (Vogel, A., Jun.) Analysis of some Minerals,
Arsenical and Hydrated Pyrites — p. 674 676. (Weiss) Fundamental principles
of Mechanical Geology. Part IV. — p. 769 794. (Deiche) On a singular position
of Fossils in the Marine Molasse of East Switzerland — p. 795-797. Signalizing
the occurrence of boring Mollusca, not only in calcareous rocks, but in the
Zechstein and Sandstone. See next page, for a notice of Cailliaud's essay on
boring Mollusca, in the Transactions of the Haarlem Society. (Jentzsch)
Third Appendix to his Essay upon Amygdalophyr, and its characteristic
Minerals, Chlorophanerite and Weissigite — p. 798-805. Correspondence —
p. 677-681, 806-809. Literary Notices and Extracts— p. 682-768, 810-878.

Volume for 1856. Part I-V.

(Posselt) The Copper region of Lake Superior — p. 1-10. (Wiser) Report on
the Minerals of Switzerland in his collection — p. 1.1-18. (Kauss) On a perfect
jaw of Halitherium with teeth ; with a plate and woodcuts — p. 19-21. (Gergens)
On Crystallized Minerals imbedded in the Chalcedony of Oberstein — p. 22,23.
(Deicke) Geognostical sketch of the Lower Thurgau, and of the environs of
Oeningen ; with a woodcut — p. 129-134. (Gergens) On some Pseudomorphoses
from the Lead mine of Kautenbach, near Berncastel, Mosel — p. 135 139.
(Gastendyk) The district about Windingen, in the Principality of Waldeck ; with
a plate — p. 140-145. (Naumann) On the Crystalline order of Quartz according
to Descloiseaux — p. 146-166. Not of the Rhomboedric, but a Tetartoedric order of
the Hexagonal system. (Burkhart) On the position of the known masses of
Meteoric iron in Mexico, and Remarks on the Origin and Composition of
Aerolites; with a plate — p. 257-307. (Barrande) On the distinctive characters
of the Nautilidae, Goniatitidse, and Ammonitidse, and the new genus Nothocera;
with a plate — p. 308-325. (Dieffenbach) Observations on the Mineral riches of
the United States of North America; continued — p. 385-394. (Stifft) Chemical
analysis of the Orthite of Weinheim in Baden — p. 395-397. (Leonhard) Arti-
ficial Graphite; a fragment from " The products of Metallurgy as the Fulcra of
Geological Hypotheses" — p. 398-417. Pieces of ancient Roman pottery, dug up
at Londinieres in the dep. of the Lower Seine, were found blackened by a
substance presenting the characters of black lead. From the circumstances in
which the carbonaceous deposits occur in iron furnaces, the author concludes that
they had been previously in a gaseous state, and points to the geological position
of the Graphite of Borrowdale, in Cumberland, &c, as consistent with a similar
origin. (Plaff) Critique of Weiss' " Fundamental Principles of Mechanical
Geology" — p. 513-532. (Sandberger) Studies of the Tertiary formation of
Mayence — p. 533-536. (Maeretins) The formation of Stalactites, in the
Baumanns, and Bills-Hoehle, of the Bodethal, Harz — p. 537-541. Corres-
pondence—p. 24-28, 166-173, 326-335, 418-423, 542-545. New Books— p. 29,
30, 174, 336, 337, 424, 546. Scientific Journals_p. 30-34, 174-179, 337-343,
425-430.547-551. Reviews and Extracts— p. 35-128, 180-256, 344-384, 431-
512, 552-610.

28 NOTICES OF SEUIALS.

HOLLAND.
Verhandelingen Natuurkundige van de Hollandsche Maatschappij dkr

Wetenschappen te Haarlem. Transactions of the Dutch Scientific

Society of Haarlem. Second Series. 4to. Haarlem.
Part XL ; with three Plaies. 1850.

(Cailliaud) On boring Mollusoa; Prize Essay — pp. 58. Mr. Cailliaud has been
witness of the complete act of rotation in Pholas perforating ; which Mr. Robert-
son did not see in those observed by him. He considers the operation to be
purely mechanical in this family, including Xylophaga and Teredina, and in*
Ttredo, Septaria, Fistulana gregata, &c, and explains the application of the mus-
cular force exerted. The other boring Mollusca, viz., all which have a proper
ligament, bore by means of an acid, and only into calcareous rocks; Saxicava,
Petricola, Gastrochcena, Clavagella, Venerupis, Cypricardia, Byssomya, Litho-
domus. A similar acid appears to be present in all Mollusca, even the univalves,
at least at certain seasons. From the number of boring Mollusca must be ex-
cluded several often included in the list, which merely occupy the forsaken bur-
rows of the proper boring kinds; such are the species of Fragilis, Fulastra, Ru-
picola, Venus, Area, Corbula, Cardita, Galeomma, Unqulina.

Verslagen en Mededeelingen ber Koninkijjke Akademie van Wetenscha-

pen. Proceedings, etc., of the R. Dutch Academy of Science, etc.

New Series. 8vo. Amsterdam.

Vol. II. Part III. 1854.

(Fremerij) Notice of a human skull dug up in the neighbourhood of Dom-
burg, in the isle of Walcheren, Zealand ; with a plate — p. 257-269.
Vol. III. Parts I. and II. 1855.

(Brants) On the image formed in the compound eye of Articulated animals,
with reference to an observation of Goettsche ; with a plate — p. 1-14. (Gun-
ning and Harting) Investigations of the origin of the Azote in plants, and the
Ammoniacal contents of the Atmosphere — p. 38-60. (Mulder) From what
source do plants, not manured, derive their Azote — p. 61-87. Concludes that
the Azote of the atmosphere enters into the food of plants only through the
medium of the soil. (Harting) Objections to the argument of Mulder, in the
preceding paper — p. 88-91. (Staring) The subsidence of the ground in the
Netherlands, geologically considered — p. 147-165. (Schlegel) On some new
species of venomous Snakes from the Gold Coast — p. 312-317. Seven species
of venomous snakes were observed along the coast between Cape Three Points
and the Ford of Acra. Naja rhombeata is the most common species. The ne^r
species are, 1. Vipera rhinoceros {Cerastes nasicomis, Hallowell Proc. Ac. Phi-
ladelphia, iii. 319), distinguished from V. nasicornis by the single supranasal
shield of each side, attenuated into a hornlike process, and the slightly cari-
nated scales ; the colours also are brighter, and the arrangement of the spots of the
head different. 2. V. chloroechis, differing from the rest of the genus in general
appearance, form of trunk and tail, and in the colour, and making an approach
to {he green Trigonocephali. A very rare native of Upper Guinea, where
it ascends the shrubs in pursuit of birds and tree frogs.

Handelingen der Nederlandcshe Entomologische Vereiniging. Teans-
actions of the Entomological Association of the Netheblands. 4to.
LeideD. Vol. I. Part II. 1856.

The present part contains the report of two Annual Meetings of this Associa-
tion, which counts above forty Members; the Tenth held at Haarlem, in August,
1854, the Eleventh at Arnbem, in August, 1855. As the state and progress of
Entomology in Holland is less known than elsewhere, we notice more particularly
the most important scientific communications contained in these Reports. Verloren
gave some account of the oviposition and the eggs of Panorpa communis, the deve-
lopment of which has been more fully illustrated by Brauer (see the Transactions

HOLLAND. 29

of the Zoological and Botanical Association of Vienna) ; also of the nests of Hydro-
philus piceus, which he had found in the great majority of instances composed by
preference of the leaves of Polygonum amphibium. Eyndhoven noticed a second
species of Biorrhiza, which also produces gall-like swellings of the radicles of
the oak. Herklots exhibited drawings of the larva of Anoncodes melanura ; the
description of which we here extract, as it does not seem to have been known
before : — The body is elongated, somewhat depressed. The head broad, quad-
rangular, scarcely half as long as broad ; the antennae inserted at the sides of the
mouth, projecting straight forwards, composed of three joints, the first two cylin-
dric, the second very long, the last joint much more slender, short, and seta-
ceous ; the eyes not distinguished, but they are probably placed in two dusky
spots close by the insertion of the antennae. The labrnm semicircular, beset with
hairs on the upper side and along the edge, corneous and brownish, with a trans-
verse brown band in front of the clypeus. Mandibulae stout, broad at the base,
tapering quickly to a point, without teeth, but two- cornered under the point.
Maxillae more membranous, obliquely truncated above, pretty thickly set with
short bristles along the inner margin, rounded at the back, broad, and furnished
with a three-jointed palpus, the last joint of which is horny and brownish
Labium long and narrow, somewhat contracted in the middle, then produced into
a long point, at either side of which is inserted the palpus, of three joints, with
the intermediate one very long, and the terminal minute and horny. The first
segment of the trunk is as broad as the head, above produced back-
wards, divided in the middle, so as to form an obtuse rounded collar ; the two fol-
lowing segments short ; the rest as long as the second and third of the thorax
conjointly, or even longer. The legs of moderate length, pretty stout, terminated
by a sharp claw. The third and fourth abdominal segments are furnished
beneath with a pair of strongly-developed tubercles, which are clothed at the end
with short, rigid hairs. The last segment is somewhat turgid above, and covers
the anus as with a sort of rim. The larva lives in old damp wood, in
which it bores passages running rather irregularly lengthwise, with side
galleries, and mostly filled with fibres of the wood and excrements. Vol-
lenhoven gave an account of a specimen of Canopus — perhaps the Fa-
brician obtectus — furnished with wings ; which fact seems to establish the
validity of the genus, in opposition to the surmises of some late writers
on the Hemiptera, that it was founded on larvae only. Verloven detailed
the results of some experiments, which prove unequivocally that the popular idea
expressed in the name of Termes puhatorius is correct, and that the ticking in
old wood is really produced by this insect, and not by Anobia alone, as some
authors have supposed — if, indeed, by the latter at all. Eyndhoven gave some
additional particulars of the structure of the larvae of Dytiscus marginali: and
Colymbetes striatus. Van der Wulp pointed out a difference of venation which
distinguishes Bibio leucoplerous Mg. from B. marci, for a variety of which Loew
was disposed to take it. The description of the female given here does not, how-
ever, agree perfectly with that by Mr. Haliday, at page 157 of the Entomological
Magazine, Vol. I. Some fresh instances are noticed of gregarious flights of
butterflies. Various additions to the Fauna of the Netherlands, in the Lepi-
doptera, Coleoptera, and Diptera, are recorded, and references given to Catalogues
of the indigenous species of the two latter orders respectively.

BELGIUM.

Memoires Couronnes de l'Academie Eoyale des Sciences de Belgique, etc.

Prize Essays of the Koyal Belgian Academy of Sciences, etc. 4to.

Brussels.

Vol. XXVII. A.D. 1855, 1856.

(Udekem) The development of Lumlricus terrestris ; with a comparative view
of that of Enchytreus, Tubifex rivulorum, Gheetogaster diaphanus, andNais pro-
boscidea; with three plates — p. 1-75.

30 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Bulletin de l'Academie R. des Sciences de BELGiQaE. Bulletin of the
R. Belgian Academy of Science. 8vo. Bruxelles.

Vol. XXII. Part II. A.D. 1855.

(Selys-Longcharaps) Note on the Rufescent Swallow of Europe, Hirundo
rufula Temm., and the other species of the subg. Gecropis — p. 95-134. (Wes-
mael) Ichneumonological Miscellanies — p. 302-435. A supplement to his
various essays on the same family of insects, in the Bulletin and Memoirs of the
Academy. Many new species are described, viz., of Ichneumon 26, Hoplismenus
1, Amblyteles2,Eury1abusl,Platylabus l,Gnathoxys l,Dicoelotusl, Phaeogenes
8 ; some of wbich had been previously considered as varieties of known species.
(Udekem) Two new species of Scolex, with a plate — p. 528-533. From the in-
terior of Tubifex rivulorum and Nais proboscidea, respectively. (Same) Classi-
fication of the Annelida Setigera Abranchia ; with a plate — p. 535-555. The
following new species are characterized — Tubifex benedii, hyalinus, elongatus ;
Enchytreus ventriculosus ; Dero obtusa ; Nais appendiculata ; Chgetogaster muel-
leri. (Beneden) On the parasitic worms of the fish Orthagoriscus mola, and
on the Cecrops latreillii, which lives attached to its gills; with a plate — p. 520-
527. (Nyst) Alderia scaldiana, a new marine Mollusk of the shores of the
Scheldt — p. 435-437. (Lacaze-Duthiers) Extract of a letter on the Hermaphro-
ditism of the Anodontes — p. 504. (Strail) On anew species of Michelaria;
reported on by Mr. Spring — p. 508 — 518.

Vol. XXni. Part. I. A.D. 1856.
(Beneden) On the existence and characters of a third species of Taenia in man
— p. 258. ThisTseoia, named T. medio- cannelataby Kuechenmeister, had been
very generally supposed to be a T. solium that had lost its hooks ; but an entire
specimen recently voided, and yet living, having been brought to Mr. Van Bene-
den lately, he was enabled to assure himself of its specific distinctness, especially
in the complete want of the rostellum, which is not liable to be lost, like some of
the other organs wanting in this species. It appears, therefore, that the inference
had been too hastily drawn that the older authors, who mention a Taenia without
books in the human subject had in view the Bothriocephalus, which is known
only in Switzerland, Poland, and Russia. Mr. Van Beneden also announced that
Mr. Leuckart had succeeded in tracing the development of Cysticerci by means
of artificial incubation. (Demoor) On the genus Michelaria of Dumortier —
p. 357-366. Establishing, by the result of eight years' continued cultivation,
the permanence of the characters of the plant in question, as a genuine species
of Bromus, B. arduennensis Dumortier. (Spring and Kickx) Report on the
preceding communication — p. 344-346. (Kickx) Essay on the indigenous
varieties of Fucus vesiculosus — p. 477-526. (Bommer) Notice of Gagea spa-
thacea, an addition to the Belgian Flora — p. 756. (Kickx) Report on the
same — p. 736. (Ghaye) On the phosphorescence of snow — p. 256.

FRANCE.

Memoires de la Societe Geologique de France. Memoirs of the Geo-
logical Society of France. Second Series.

Vol. V. Part II. 4to. Paris. 1855.

(Terquem) Paleontology of the lower stage of the Lias formation of the Pro-
vince of Luxemburg, and of Hettange, department of the Moselle ; with fifteen
plates — p. 216-343. This essay comprizes the animal remains ; the new species
described and figured amount to 130 Mollusca, 3 Annelida, 1 of Radiata, 1 of
Polypi, 1 of Foraminifera. (Hebert) Sketch of the fossils of the chalk of Meudon,
and descriptions of some new species ; with three plates — p. 345-374. The new
species are a fish, Sphyrna plana, 2 Annelida, 3 species of Aptychus, 3 Cephalo-
poda, 7 Gasteropoda.

FRANCE. 31

Memoires de la Societe Imperiale des Sciences de Lille. Memoirs of
the Scientific Society of Lille. Second Series. 8vo. Paris and Lille.

Vol. II. 1855.
(Macquart) Herbaceous plants of Europe and their Insects ; third and conclud-
ing part — p. 253-407.

Archives du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle. Archives of the Museum
of Natural History. 4to. Paris.
Vol. VIII. Part IV. A.D. 1856.
(Dumeril) Description of new or imperfectly known Keptiles of the Collection
of the Museum, and Kemarks on the Classification of the Eeptilia : Memoir II. ;
with eight plates — p. 437-588. The species figured entire, or in part, are
Platydactylus trachygaster Bum. P. boivini, n. sp. ; Hemidactylus baliolus Bum.;
H. ateles, n. sp. ; Sphserodactylus fantasticus Cuv. var. ; Gymnodactylus elegans,
Gray ; G. arnouxii, n. sp. ; G. coleonyx Gray ; Stenodactylus caudicinctus Bum. ;
Laimanctes longipes Wiegm. ; Anolis transversalis Bum.; A. heterodermus Bum. ;
Corytophanes percarinatus, n. sp. ; Basiliscus galeritus Bum. ; B. fasciatus Wiegm, ;
B. mitratus Baud.; Enyalis laticeps; Ophryessoides n. g., distinguished. from
Ophryessa by the smaller size and subcylindric form of the tail, the absence of
folds under the throat, and the greater size of all the scales, especially those of
the head, 0. tricristatus, n. sp., from Brazil, length Of inches, of which the tail
makes five-eighths; Leiosaurus collaris Say. ; L. bellii Bum. ; Sauromalus, n. g.,
of singularly depressed form, differing from Diplolsemus by the lateral folds of
the neck and flanks, the greater proportional length of the head and tail, and by
the presence of denticulations on the anterior edge of the ear, and of pores on
the inner face of the femora ; S. ater. n. sp., of which the origin is unknown ;
Holotropis trachycephalus Bum,; Phymatolepis, n. g., distinguished from all the
other groups of Iguanini Pleurodontes by the tubercular character of the scales \,
P. bicarinatus, n. sp., from Mexico; Centrura flagtllifera Bell; G. quadrimaculata
Bum. ; Mecolepis trispinosus Bum. ; M. hirsutus Bum. ; M. sulcatus Bum.

Vol. IX. Parts I, II. A.D. 1856.
fWeddell) Monograph of the Urticese; with four plates— p. 1-200. The
family is divided into five tribes, Urerese, Procridese, Bcehmeriese, Parietariesev
Forskahlese. The present part contains the Urerese, with the genera Urtica,
51 species; Obetia, 2 spp. ; Fleurya, 11 spp. ; Laportea, 17 spp.; Urera, 17 spp. ;
Girardinia, 6 species; and of the Procridese, g. Pilea, with 35 species. Among
the rest is figured the gigantic nettle of Australia, Laportea gigas, a tree which
attains the height of one hundred and eighty feet in the woods of Illawarra.

SWITZERLAND.
Memoires de l'Institut National Genevois. Memoirs of the Gene-
vese National Institute. 4to. Geneva. Vol. III. 1855.
(Mortillet) Prodromus of a new Geology of Savoy ; with a plate — pp. 47.
(Moulinie) Summary of the Embryology of Internal parasitic Trematodea; with
seven plates — pp. 279. The kinds most largely illustrated here, from original ob-
servations, are Distomum lanceolatum, and the Sporocysts and Cercariae found in
Limax cinerea and rufa.

Bulletin de l'Institut National Genevois. Bulletin of the Genevese

National Institute. 8vo. Geneva.

Vol. I. A.D. 1853, 1854.

(Mayer) On Necrosis of bones — p. 200. (Vogt) On the penetration of the

egg by Zoospermia — p. 223. (Mortillet) Catalogue of the Mammalia found

about Genoa — p. 109. (Same) Description of the species of shells collected by

Mr. Huet in Armenia, and considerations of iklalacostatics — p. 36. New species,

32 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Helix translucida, dumont ; Bulinm tetrodon, cespitum; Clausilia huet, rupicola,
disjuncta. (Vogt) Siphonophora of the Mediterranean sea — p. 15-24. (Same)
Anatomy of Salpa— p. 226. (Moulinie) Embryogeny of Trematodea — p. 465.
(Michaud) On the relation between the botanical character of plants and the ter-
restrial and "atmospheric influences under which they grow — p. 471. (Thurey)
On the development of the leaves of plants, preceded by thoughts on the history of
vegetable Organogenesis — p. 25-3 1. (Same) Inquiry as to the absorption by plants
of water from the soil in a state of vapour— p. 106. (Same) The question, what is
Species in Botany— p. 207-223. (Same) On the origin of the stipules of Phyllo-
dendron — p. 108. (Same) Influence of vegetation on the formation of rocks at
the present period — p. 31. (Mortillet) Geological observations on^the coal mea-
sures of Pernantin Savoy— p. 101-106. (Same) On the vertical strata of Saleve
—p. 201. (Same) Discoveries made in the peat mosses of Savoy —p. 471.

Vol. II. 1855.
(Theobald) Letter, on a fall of black snow at Coir, in the Orisons, in February,
1855— p. 293. The colour of the snow was owing to the presence of vast numbers
of a species of Podurellaa, of the genus Desoria, and, perhaps, not distinct from D.
glacialis Nicolet. (Vogt) Report on Gegenbaur's recent publications on the Ana-
tomy and Development of the Pteropoda and Heteropoda — p. 296. (Thury) On
the cause of the diseases which have affected so many plants of late years ; with re-
ference especially to the disease of the grape and the potato — p. 298-308.

Vol. IV. 1856.
(Theobald) Influence of vegetation on the formation of recent rocks — p. 5-28.
(Thury) Plan of a new Flora of Switzerland— p. 28-62.

Vol. III. contains no article Natural History.

Bulletin de la Societe Vaudoise des Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin of
the Vaudois Society of the Natural Sciences.— 8vo., Lausanne.
Vol. IV., No. 33,37. A.D. 1855, 1856.
(Blanchet) On the production of light in glowworms— p. 430-437. (Chavannes)
On the silk-producing Saturnise, and their introduction into Europe as a branch
of industry— p. 325-333. Besides the common silkworm of the mulberry, Asia
produces many other kinds, the silk of which is of value for clothing, in parti-
cular S. atlas, cynthia, mylitta, pernyi, which will feed on the oak of Europe,
assameusis ; there are other Asiatic species probably worthy of attention also,
S. perroteti, selene, leto. In Africa more than thirty species are known, but the
cultivation of silk has not been pursued by its barbarous tribes. The most pro-
mising are S. cometes, mimosse, bauhinise, vacuna, paphia, cytherea. The South
American species, all of them distinguished by four hyaline spots on the wings,
S. aurora, ethra, speculum, augias, encelades, afford silk valuable both for quan-
tity and quality. Central America has S. orbigniana,and Cuba a species allied to
S. speculum. The North American species are S. promethea, cecropia, poly-
pheraus, luna. Australia has S. helena and janetta. The silk of the
European native kinds, S. spini, carpini, pruni, is so inferior, that they do not
deserve cultivation ; but there is little doubt that some of the Asiatic species
might be introduced with advantage, as the S. mori has been for many centuries.
(Same) Report on the first attempt at the introduction of S. mylitta, in Switzer-
land— p. 416-419. (Yersin) On the last moult of the Oithoptera : with figures —
p. 311-314. The wings afford a sure means of distinguishing the perfect state,
for even when merely rudimental, they present the fan-like folds in this stage,
which are wanting in the previous ones. (Same) Note on Xiphidium fuscum ;
with figures — p. 314 316. (DelaHarpe) Report on the returns concerning the
destruction of the caterpillar of the vine, within the canton, in 1856 — p. 284 296.
(Biiggs) On the first appearance and the spread of Anacharisahinastrum in

SWITZERLAND. 33

England; translated, with notes by Gaudin — p. 281. (Davail) On the growth of
wood — p. 399-402. (Blanchet) The fossil Flora of the Anthraciferous formation
of the Alps — p. 322. The fossil Flora of Lausanne ; I. The characters of the
strata, by DelaHarpe — p. 346-352. II. Gen eral remarks and list of species,
by Gaudin — p. 352-364, 422-436. (Chavannes) Note on the Siderolitic forma-
tion of Chamblon near Yverdon — p. 311. (Same) On a section of an Alluvial
deposit near Renens, in the neighbourhood of Lausanne — p. 324. (Gaudin
and DelaHarpe") Further particulars as to the Fossil bones of the Eocene period,
in quarries of the Siderolitic formation of the Mauremont — p. 402. (Renevier)
Fossils from the chalk of Spain, corresponding to those of the Rhodanian beds
in Switzerland — p. 2b0. (Same) Summary of the researches of Mr. Sharpe on
the cleavage and lamellar structure of rocks — p. 379-388. (^DelaHarpe)
The Kirnmeridge coal of the Lower Valais — p. 304-310. (DelaHarpe and Re-
nevier) Geological excursion to the Dent-du-Midi, Lower Valais ; with a plate —
p. 261-278. (Yersin) Note on the " Seiches," sudden oscillations of the water
level in the lake of Geneva — p. 411. (Blanchet) Note on a complaint of the
white wines of the vintage 1854— p. 4L4-416. Proceedings— p. 247-260, 335-316.

ITALY.

Memoires de lAcademie Royale de Savoie. Memoirs of the Royal
Academy of Savoy. Second Series. 8vo. Chambery.
Vol. II. A.D. 1854.
(Huguenin) Note on the Phanerogamous plants exclusively attached to the
neighbourhood of human habitations — p. 235-240. (Same) Note on some Rare
Plants observed in Savoy — p. 409 411. (Vallet) Note on the boring Mollusca
of the basin of Chambery — p. 323-329. (Pillet) Essay on Pluvial Erosion ob-
served in the basin of Aix in Savoy — p. 331-353. (Same and Girod) Geological
Memoir on the Commune of Chanaz ; with a geological map — p. 355-384.
(Vallet) On the white chalk of the environs of Chambery — p. 385-402.

Memorie della Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino. Memoirs
of the Turin R. Academy of Science. New Series. Physical and Mathe-
matical Science. 4to. Turin. Vol. XIV. A.D. 1855.
(Studiati) Miscellaneous observations of Comparative Anatomy : I. On the
cause of the change of colour in the skin of Chamceleo africanus, with two plates
— p. 89- 93. II. On the development of feathers ; with a plate — p. 93-101. III. On
the connexion of the egg with the oviduct in Seps tridactylu* ; with a plate — p. 101-
113. (Bellardi) Classified Catalogue of the Nummulitic fossils of Egypt, in the
collection of the Royal Mineralogical Museum of Turin ; with three plates— p. 171-
202. The list comprises 132 species, of which 99 are named determinately. The
new species figured are — Bulla laevissima, clotbeyi ; Natica longa ; Bulimus osiridis ;
Rosteilaria? planulata, digona ; Sigaretus amplus ; Fusus goniophorus ; Nerinea
serapidis ; Ampullaria subcarinata ; Cassis niloticus ; Fusus aegyptiacus ; Rosteilaria
apisidis; Clavagella grandis ; Solen unirad'atus ; Thracia costata ; Arcopagia reti-
culata; Lucina asgyptiaca, bialata ; Astarte longa ; Lucina inflata, pharaonis,
apisidis, cycloidca, osiridis ; Ostrea clotbeyi, subarmata ; Balanus aegyptiacus ;
Plicatula polymorpha. (Philippi) On the Propagation of the Trematodea, with
two plates— p. 331-358. The development of various species of Cercaria into
Distoma proved experimentally. (Tozzetti) Examination of the husk of the
seeds of various plants; with four plates — p. 359-443.

Memorie dell' Accademia delle Scienze dell' Istituto di Bologna.
Memoirs of the Academy of Sciences of Bologna. 4to. Bologna.
Vol. V. 1854.
Zoology. (Bianconi) Zoological specimens from Mozambique : Part VII. ;
with two plates — p. 225-243. Cynopterus marginatus Cuv. F., and Nyciinomus te-
nuis Horsf. (Dybopes, — N. plicatus Gray ?) described and figured. (Calori) On

d

34 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

the structure of Helamys coffer Cuv. ; with four plates— p. 245-313. Physiology.
(Paolini) On a special mode of Reflected action, peculiar to the sensory
nerves— p. 391-404. (Giacomelli) Anatomical description of a monster destitute
of hind extremities ; with three plates — p. 25-40. (Calori) Anatomical descrip-
tion of a human monster, peracephalous ; with two plates — p. 433-505. Botany.
(Bertoloni, Antonio) Botanical Miscellanies: Part XV. ; with four plates — p. 423-
443. An essay on the Golden Apples of the Hesperides, the fruit of the Citrus
deliciosa Franzoni, a species indigenous to Morocco. New species of plants from
Alabama, U. S., viz., Potamogeton delicalulum (P. heterophyllum Torreys, but
not the same as the European plant of that name) ; Convolvulus condensatus ;
Gentiana gracillima ; Hibiscus trisectus ; Polygala pseudosenega, Marshallia den-
tafa. (Bertoloni, Giuseppe) Illustrations of the Plants of Mozambique; Essay
IV. ; with six plates — p. 463-483. The following new species are described and
figured, Cyperus caffer ; Mariscus piluliferus ; Xanthoxylon terebinthoides ;
Scleria coriacea ; Bridelia cathartica, which affords a purgative drug known to
the Kaffirs as Mangandogia, the name also applied to the plant. (Sgarzi) Che-
mical examination of the plant Chibaca salutaris Bert., from which the natives of
Mozambique obtain a valuable remedy for Angina gangrenosa — p. 58-79.

Vol. VI. 1855.
Physiology. (Calori) Description of a human monster ; preceded by a short
essay on the eggs of birds containing a double germ ; with three plates — p. 171-
238. Zoology. (Bianconi) Zoological specimens from Mozambique : Part
VIII. ; with three plates — p. 139-152. New species of fishes described and figured
— Amphisile punctulata (perhaps a variety of A. scutnta) ; Diodon calori ; Tetro-
don hartlaubii, peterni ; Monacanthusbertolonii ; Ostracionfornasinii, described in
vol. V., a.d. 1846, is also figured. (Alessandrini) Observations on the Anatomy
of the Agouti, Chloromys Acuti ; with three plates — p. 153-170. (Bertoloni, G.)
Illustrations of the Natural productions of Mozambique : Essay V. : Coleoptera ;
with two plates— p. 419-446. The new species described and figured are — Lamel-
licornia, Ranzania splendens (Dicranorrhina) ; Onitis gigas ; Melasoma, Hcteros-
celis savii; Curculionidse, Cryptorrhynchus ebeni, in the pods of the native ebony
tree, Fornasinia ebenifera ; Longicornia, Hammaticherus serraticornis ; Oberea
alessandri. Botany. (Bianconi) Examination of the tendrils of the Cucurbi-
tacese ; with three plates— p. 287-308. (Bertoloni, A.) Botanical Miscellanies :
Part XVI. ; with five plates— p. 447-474. A list of the plants of Mount Corno-
viglia; Grimmia longipila n. sp. (G. funalis var /3., Notaris.) New species from
Alabama, U.S., Myriophyllum fulvescens ; Pinus serotina ; Acacia multifoliata.
Geology, &c. (Garzi) Analysis of an Aerolite which fell on the 8th of May,
1846, in the district of Monte Leone, near Macerata — p. 89-111. (Same)
Thoughts on the petrifaction of wood — p. 475-497. (Santagata) On the earth
interposed among the crystals of Gypsum — p. 13-120. (Same) On the origin of
the scaly Clays — p. 499-532. His observations lead him to conclude that they af-
ford an instance of the complete Metamorphose, chemical and mineralogical, of
various sedimentary rocks. (Same) On the efflorescent Salts of the clays of Bis-
cano and Pasterno — p. 533-552.

BRITAIN.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal; exhibiting a View of the Progressive
Discoveries and Improvements in the Sciences and Arts. Edited by Thomas
Anderson, M.D., Sir W. Jardine, Bart, and T. H. Balfour, M.D. No. 8. Octo-
ber, 1856 : to be continued quarterly. 8vo. Price 6s. ; with four Plates.
Original Communications — (John Martin) On the Northern Drift as it is de-
veloped on the Southern shore of the Moray Fritb. (Rev. W. S. Symonds) On
the Transition Beds from the Upper Silurian into the Old Red Sandstone, and
from the Old Red Sandstone into the Carboniferous Rocks in Herefordshire and
Gloucestershire. (R Russell) Some remarks on the Storm of 6th and 7th Feb-
ruary, 1856. (Alexander Smith, M.D.) On the preparation of Sugar and Arrack

BRITAIN. 35

from Palms in Ceylon. (M. Camille Dareste) On the animalcules and other organ-
ised bodies which give a red colour to the sea. (Andrew Murray) Description of
a new species of Echeneis (E. tropicus), and of a new Lernean of the genus
Penella (P. remorse) infecting the Echeneis remora, with some remarks on the
economy of the Eemora. (W. B. Rogers) On the Discovery of Paradoxides in the
altered rocks of Eastern Massachusetts. (R. Harkness and John Blyth, M.D.)
On the Lignites of the Giants' Causeway, and the Isle of Mull. (T. Strethill
Wright, M.D.) Description of two Tubicolar animals, and on the existence of
Thread-cells in ihe tentacles of Cydippe. (H. C. Sorby) On the Terraces in the
valley of the Tay, north of Dunkeld. Reviews, Proceedings of Societies, and
Scientific Intelligence. This number contains four plates, and Title-page and
Index to Volume IV.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. No. 17, October, 1856.

Price 4s. With Woodcuts and Lithographic Illustrations. 8vo. London :

John Churchill.

(W. Gregory, M.D.) On the Post-tertiary Diatomaceous Sand of Glenshira.
Pt. II., containing an account of a number of additional undescribed species.
(R. J. Farrants) A Micrometer object-finder. Report of the Committee ap-
pointed by the Microscopical Society for the purpose of ascertaining the most
convenient form of finder for indicating the position of objects under the
Microscope — the point from which the distance of objects must be taken has
been fixed on as the centre of the slides — which are, or at least always ought to
be 3 inches by one — this at once gives the starting point for an universal system
of measurement. And we think the details which the Committee give in this
paper would be easily carried into execution by any optician. The Finder they
recommend is alike adapted to Microscopes with or without stage movements.
(N. F. Davy) Brief remarks upon Cell-growth in the Bryonia dioica. (Hon.
and Rev. S. G. Osborne) Vegetable Cell-structure and its formation, as seen in
the early stages of the growth of the wheat plant. (Thos. Dobson, A.B., Hobart
Town) On Laap or Lerp, the cup-like coverings of Psyllidse found on the leaves
of certain Eucalypti — communicated by George Busk. Original Communica-
tions— (J. Hep worth) The Practical use of the Microscope. (W. Smith,
F.L.S., &c.) Notes of a Microscopical Examination of "Measled" and other
Pork. (R. K. Greville, LL.D.) Description of some New Diatomaceous Forms
from the West Indies. Reviews. — Notes and Correspondence. Proceedings
of Societies. Zoophytology ; with plates XIII. and XIV., and five plates illustra-
tive of the Transactions, and one of the "Journal."

The Annals and Magazine or Natural History; including Zoology, Botany,

and Geology. No. 106, October; No. 107, November; No. 108, December.

With Plates. London : Taylor and Francis.

No. 106, October. (Rev. W. A. Leighton, A.B.) Monograph of the British
Umbilicariae. (August Muller) On the development of the Lampreys. (Andrew
Murray) Monograph of the genus Catops. (N, Lieberkuhn) Contributions to the
anatomy of the Infusoria. (Rev. W. A. Leighton, B.A.) New British Arthoniae,
with a plate. Proceedings of Learned Societies — Royal Botanical of Edinburgh,
and Zoological. Miscellaneous — William Yarreil. Amphioxus lanceolatus, by
W. P. Cocks. (P. L. Sclater) Oo. a new Tanager. Meteorological table and
observations for August, 1856.

No. 107, November: — (Joshua Alder) A Notice of some New Genera and Spe-
cies of British Hydroid Zoophytes, with three plates. (Dr. Alexander Braun,
Professor of Botany in the University of Berlin) On the Vegetable Individual in
its relation to species; translated by Chas. Francis Stone, B.A. (T. H. Stewart) Oa
the young state of Ophiocoma rosula, and on the form and development of the
spines of this species. (Andrew Murray) Monograph of the genus Catops.
(Lieut.-Colonel Madden, F.R.S.E., President of the Botanical Society of Edin-
burgh) Elucidation of some Plants mentioned in Dr. Francis Hamilton's Account

36 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

of the Kingdom of Nepal. (Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S.) Notice of a New Subgenus of
Helicinidas. Proceedings of Learnpd Societies — Zoological Society — (Mr. S. P.
Woodward) On Panopaea Aldrovandi. (Mr. P. L. Sclater) On two new species of
Tanagers. (Dr. J. E. Gray) Ou the genus Assiminia. Miscellaneous — (W. H.
Benson) On Clausilia Rolphii and Mortilleti. (Prof. J. W. Bailey) On the
Origin of Greensand, and its formation in the Oceans of the present epoch.
(Prof. Agassiz) On the Cum*. (Frederick Townsend) Note on Callitriche hamu-
lata. (W. P. Cocks) Rare British Bird?. (Frederick Moore, Assist. Mus., East
India Company) Descriptions of two new species of the genus Orthotomus.
Meteorological Observations and Table.

No. 108, December:— (W. H. Benson) New Land Shells collected by E. L.
Layard, Esq. (Joshua Alder) Descriptions of three new British Zoophytes,
with a plate. (Lieut. Colonel Madden, F.R.S. E., President of the Botanical
Society of Edinburgh) Elucidation of some plants mentioned in Dr. Francis
Hamilton's Account of the kingdom of Nepal. (Andrew Murray) Monograph of
the genus Catops. (Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S., &o.) On the Abnormal Operculum of
Polydonta elegans of New Zealand. (Rev. Thomas Hincks, B.A.) Note on Ileti-
cularia immersa, aud Halia prastenuis. (J. Gwyn Jeffreys, F.R.S.) Contribution
to the Conchology ol France. Bibliographical Notices — (The late W. A. Brom-
fleld, M.D., &c.) Flora Vectensis, being a systematic Description of the Pbeenoga-
mus or Flowering Plants and Ferns indigenous to the Isle of Wight. Edited by
Sir William J. Hooker and T. Bell Salter, M.D. (C. F.~ Nyman) Sjl-
loge Floras Europa?ae seu plantarum vasculariura Europaaindigenarum ennmeratio,
adjectis synonymis gravioribus et indicata singularum distributione geographica.
Proceedings of Learned Societies — Zoological Society — (Mr. A. White) On some
Coleopterous Insects. (Mr. G. R. Gray) On a new species of Pigeon, and on anew
species of Lepidopterous Insect. Royal Society — (Mr. G. Rainej) On the struc-
ture and development of the Cysticercus cellulosae, as found in the pig. Miscel-
laneous— (H. Muller) Observations on the structure of the Retina in certain
animals. (William Thompson; Remarks ou Nika Edulis, Risso. (W. P. Cocks)
Note on the occurrence of Naucrates ductor. (Prof. Kolliker) On peculiar ana
Quasi-spontaneous movements of the Plasmatic Cells of certain animals. (E. W.
Holdsworth) Description of a new species of Actinia from the Devonshire Coast.
Meteorological Observations and Table ; Index, with Title-page, Contents, &c.

The Zoologist. No. 168, October; No. 169, November; No. 170, December,
.1855. 8vo. London: John Van Voorst. Price Is. each.

No. 168, October. Notices of New Books — «* Second Supplement to the His-
tory of British Birds ; being also a first Supplement to the Second Edition."' By
William Yarrell, V. P. L.S., FX.S. Birds— (Thomas Edward) A list of the Birds of
Banffshire, accompanied with Anecdotes. (Rev. Alfred Charles Smith, M.A.)
Ornithology of Switzerland. (J. Reuben Baker) Nidification of the Honey
Buzzard in the New Forest. (Edward Hearle Rodd) Occurrence of Montagu's
Harrier, near Penryn, Cornwall. (H. Stevenson) Extraordinary Varieties of
the Common Nightjar. (William Thompson) Pheasant feeding on Ivy leaves.
(Osbert Salvin) Occurrence of the Great Bustard in Cambridgeshire. (Capt.
H. W. Hadfield) Little Crake in the Isle of Man. (George Wolley) Occur-
rence of the Avocet in Nottinghamshire. (Joseph Pease) Inquiry respecting
the Sexes of Geese. (Samuel Gnrney) Black Swans breeding in Confinement.

Crustacea (R. Q. Couch) On Crustacea new to the British Fauna. (Alfred

Merle Norman) Thesia Polita at the Isle of Herm ; Hippolyte Spinus off Oban.
Radiata — (Alfred Merle Norman) Note on Comatula rosacea.

No. 169, November. Insects — The "Zoologist" Abroad. (C. R. Bree,
Rev. Joseph Greene, M.A., H. Harpur Crewe, M.A., Rev. Herbert Bree, M.A.) —
Protest against Mr. Staintoii's change of Names in the British Lepidoptera. (H.
Harpur Crewe) The name of the " Substitute." (S. Gregson) Reply to some
of Mr. Ashworth's Remarks in the "Zoologist." (G. R. Crotch) Extiaordinary
Abundance of Thecla Betulee in Montgomeryshire. (Thomas Bell) Larva of

BKITAIN. 37

Cerura vinula. (H. Harpur Crewe, M.A.) Notodonta camelina double-brooded.
(E. Shepherd) Double-broodedness of the Notodontae. (Edward Newman)
Descriptions of two Noctuina new to Britain. (Nicholas Cooke) Description
of a British Noctua new to Science. (J. M'Laren) Economy of Halias Queicaua.
(C. S. Gregson) Descriptions of two British Tineadse new to Science. (Arthur
Adams, F.L.S., Surgeon of H.M. Surveying Ship " Actseon;" and William Balfour
Baikie, M.D, F.H.G.S., Haslar Hospital) A systematic List of Coleoptera found
in the vicinity of Alverstoke, S uith Hants. (J. J. Reading, Esq.) Carabus intri-
catus in Devonshire. (Rev. Hamlet Clark, M.A.) Note on Localities for Agabus
biunneus and Hydroporus opatiinus. Proceedings of Societies. — Entomologi-
cal Society of London. Quadrupeds — (John Joseph Briggs) Long-tailed Field-
mouse. Birds — (Capt. C. W. Watkins) Ornithology of Andalusia. (Henry
Smurthwaite) Notes on Birds in Germany. (Edward Hearle Rodd) Occur-
rence of the Honey Buzzard near Penzance. (Edward J. Tuck) Occurrence of
the Rose-coloured Pastor and Hoopoe in Essex. (H. Stevenson) Occurrence of
the Rose Pastor, Merlin, and Peregrine, in Norfolk. (Capt. H. W. Hadfield)
Scarcity of the Song Thrush. (Arthur Woodroofe) A young Spoonbill shot at
Shoreham. (H. B. Tristram) Pelican found dead on the Coast of Durham.
(Alfred 0. Walktr) Occurrence of the Eared Grebe in Flintshire. (W. H.
Slaney) Do Cuckoos take the Eggs of other Birds as Food? Mollusca, &c.
(Rev. Alfred Merle Norman) tiissoa lactea in Jersey and the Isle of Herm ;
Limax Gagates in Scotland and Guernsey ; Octopus vulgaris at Herm ; Eurylepta
vittata at Herm. Insects. — (J. M'Laren) Duration of Pupa state in Acheron-
tiaAtropos. (Rev. Arthur Hussey, M.A.) Larva of Stauropus Fagi on the South
Downs of Sussex. (T. Thorncroft) Capture of Phlogophora empyrea, Agrotis
saucia, and Phibalapteryx gemmaria at Brighton. (Edward Newman) Capture
of Phlogophora empyrea near Lewes, &c. (Edwin Shepherd) Mr. Gregson's
Poscilochroma stabilana, a variety of P. sordidana — Mr. Stephens' P. stabilana
equals P. Solandriana. (Thomas Ingall) Capture of Sphinctus serotinus of
Gravenhorst. Notices of New Books. — *l Annals and Magazine of Natural History."
No. 170, December : — Notices of New Books. — " Journal of the Proceed-
ings of ihe Linnean Society," Parts IT. and III. " The Natural History Review,"
No. XII. (William Kirby, M. A., F.R.S., F.L.S., Rector of Barham, and William
Spence, Esq., F.R.S , F.L.S.) " An Introduction to Entomology ; or, Elements
of the Natural History of Insects," comprising an account of noxious and useful
insects, &c. Seventh Edition, with an Appendix relative to the Origin and Progress
of the Work. (W. S. Dallas, F.L.S.) " A Natural History of the Animal King-
dom, being a systematic and Popular Description of the Habits, Structure, and
Classification of Animals." (Philip Henry Gosse, F.R.S.) Part II. : " A Manual
of Marine Zoology for the British Isles." (Rev. George Tugwell) " A Manual
of the Sea Anemones commonly found on the English Coast." (Philip Henry
Gosse, F.R.S.) '-Tenby: a Seaside Holiday." (Capt. C. W. Watkins) Correc-
tions of Errors. Errata.

Hooker's Jouenal of Botany, and Kew Garden Miscellany. No. 93,

October ; No. 94, November ; No. 95, December, 1856. 8vo. London : Lcvell

Reeve. Price 2s. each, with a Plate.

No. 93, October: — Original Papers — (Lowe, R. T.) Species Plantarum Made-
rensium. (De Vriese, Dr.) On the Transplantation of the Peruvian Bark-tree into
the Dutch East Indies. Botanical Information — The late Professor Bojer; The
Soap-plant of California. Notices of Books — Tuckerman : Lichenes America?
Septentrionalis Exsiccati.

No. 94, November : — Original Papers— (Mueller, Dr. F.) Observations on North
Australian Botany. (Mueller, Dr. F.) Descriptions of rare or hitherto undescribed
Australian Plants. (Mueller, Dr. F.) Account of the Gunyang, a new Indigenous
Fruit of Victoria. (De Vriese, Dr.) On the Transplantation of the Peruvian Bark-
tree into the Dutch East Indies. Botanical Information: — Cuba Bast. Jersey
Cabbages. Algerian Plants* Schimper's Plantaj Abyssinicse. Notices of Books —

38 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Kew Gardens ; a Popular Guide to the Royal Botanic Gardens of Kew ; by Sir W.
J. Hooker. Guide to the Musenm of Economic Botany in the Royal Gardens of
Kew ; by Sir W. J. Hooker.

No. 90, December: — Original Papers— (Mitten, W.) Mosses and Hepaticae
collected at Moulmein. (Bentham, G.) Description of two American Species of
Gnetum. (Hooker, Sir W. J.) On Polypodium anomalum, a new fern. (De
Candolle, Alph.) Sketch of the Life and Writings of M. de Martius. On Papyrus,
Bonapartea, and other plants which can furnish fibre for paper-pulp. On the culti-
vation of RafHesia Arnoldi, R. Br. : a letter from Mr. J. E. Teysman. On the
period of Leafing:, Flowering, and Fruiting of Plants. (Thwaites, G. II. K.) Note
on Dichilanthe Zeylanica. (Thwaites, G. H. K.) Note on the Genus Doona. Bo-
tanical Information — Valuable American Herbarium for sale. Odal Oil. Mueller's
European Herbarium. Mr. Spruce's Collections. M. Huet de Pavilion's Plants of
Sicily. Note on Stylosanthes, by G. Bentham. Notices of Books — Flora of Tas-
mania, by Dr. J. D. Hooker. Manual of the Botany of the United States, by Dr.
Asa Gray.

Transactions of the Entomological Society of London. New Series, 8vo.

London. Vol. IV. Part I., with twelve Plates, price '3s. 6d. Part II., with

one Plate, price 2s. 1856.

(Westwood) Descriptions of the Species of the Australian Lamellicorn genus
Cryptodus ; with a plate — p. 1-7. Three new species are described and figured,
viz., C. tasmanianus and politus, which enter into the subgenus Cryptodlnus West-
wood, along with C. passaloides Germ, and C. caviceps, constituting the sub-
genus Cryptodellus (Westwood). We cannot approve of subgenera named
after this fashion, however " handy" it may seem. (Lubbock) On some Ento-
mostraca collected by Dr. Sutherland, in the Atlantic Ocean ; with eleven
plates — p. 8-37. How imperfectly the marine Entomostraca are known as yet
appears from the large proportion of new species introduced in this collection —
twenty three oat of thirty-five. They are as follows, — Calanus inconspicuus,
penicillatus, latus, brevicornis, mirabilis ; Euchaeta atlantica, sutherlandii ;
Undina danae, longipes, plumosa, helenae, pulchra ; Diaptomus dubius, abdo-
minalis ; Pontella setosa ; Clytemnestra atlantica ; Corycseus sutherlandii,
stjliferus ; Copilia atlantica ; Sapphirina danae, opaca, stylifera ; Halocypris
atlantica. (Stainton) How may the onward progress of Entomology be best
furthered — p. 38-42. (Pascoe) Descriptions of New Genera and Species of
Asiatic Longicorn Coleoptera ; with a coloured plate — p. 42-48. Chiefly from
the collections of Mr. Wallace in Malacca and Borneo ; a few collected by Mr.
Fortune in Northern China. Blemmya n.g., B. whitei; bifasciata; Prothema n.g.,
P. signata, funerea; Acrocyrta n.g., A. clytoides ; Astathes simulator n.sp. ;
Serixia n.g. ; S. apicalis, modesta ; Neoxantha n.g., N. amicta ; Entelopes wal-
lacei, doubtful whether distinct from E. brevicollis Dj.; Dialeges n.g., D. pauper ;
Triammatus chevrolati n.sp. ; Monohammus luridus, aspersus, infelix, blattoides,
n.spp. Proceedings — p. 1-1.6.

Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society. 8vo. London.
No. 3; with two Plates. November, 1856.
Zoology. (Walker) Catalogue of the Homopterous Insects collected at
Singapore and Malacca by Mr. A. R. "Wallace, with descriptions of new species,
continued; with two plates— p. 97-100. (Couch) On the occurrence of
Sepia biserialis in Cornwall — p. 100-102. (Westwood) Notice of the" Borer,"
a caterpillar very injurious to the Sugar cane in the island of Mauritius — p. 102.
The moth appears to be identical with the Phalcena saccharalis Fabr.,
Diatraca sacchari Guilding, so destructive to the plantations of the West Indies.
(Hanbury) Notice of a specimen of Insect-wax from China — p. 103. (West-
wood) Note on Insects producing wax, from Port Natal and China — p.104.
(Walker) Catalogue of the Dipterous Insects collected at Sarawak, Borneo, by
Mr. A. R. Wallace, with descriptions of new species — p. 105-136. Of the total

BRITAIN, 39

number, one hundred and seventy, ninety-nine are described as new species.
The following new genera are characterized — Stratiomidae, Culcua and Evaza, the
venation in both like that of Clitellaria, and the scutellum four-spined ; Helomy-
zides, Gauzania. (Hicks) On a new organ in Insects; with a plate — p. 136-
140. A peculiar structure of the halteres of the Diptera is described, consisting
in microscopic vesicles arranged in rows, alternating with hairs. Similar appen-
dages exist on the base of the subcostal, or costal nervure of the wings, both in
this and the other orders. Considered in connection with the magnitude of the
nerves which go to the base of the wings and halteres, this structure probably
indicates an Organ of Sense, which Mr. Hicks is even disposed to think may be
that of Smel1. It seems to us, howerer, that the researches of Lehmann, Erich-
son, Burmeister, and others, into the minute structure of the antennae of insects,
as the probable seat of this sense, have deserved better than to be set aside so
easily, by the learned author — with this aphorism, "the olfactory organ has
never been decided on" — in favour of mere arbitrary conjectures.

Botany. (Bentham) On Loganiacea, concluded — p. 97-114, (Hooker, J. D.)
On some collections of Arctic Plants, chiefly made on the Expeditions in search
of Sir John Franklin — p. 114-124. (Same) Botany of Raoul Island, one of
the Kermadee group in the S. Pacific — p. 125 129. New species described,
Coprosma petiolata, acutifolia ; Asimina lanceolata. (Gray, Asa) Note on
Obolaria virginica L. — p. 129, 130. It is a true Gentianea, even in regard to the
placentalion, which was before considered as exceptional. The only anomaly is
the imbricative (not convolutive) aestivation of its corolla. (Darwin) Action of
Beawater on the Germination of Seeds — p. 130 140. (Salter) Vitality of Seeds
after prolonged Submersion in the Sea — p. 140-142. (Berkeley) Note on the
development of Fungi upon Patna Opium — p. 143.

Journal of the Royal Dublin Society. Published quarterly. No. 1,
April. No. 2, July. No. 3, October, 1856. Dublin : Hodges, Smith, & Co.

We are glad to see that the Dublin Society are determined to publish their
proceedings in so convenient a form as this Journal ; and we trust that the
Council, to whom the management of the affairs of the Society is committed,
•will do everything in their power to assist the Editor in making it — what it ought
to be — a fitting representative of such a scientific body. It has compeers in the
Journals of the London and Edinburgh Royal Societies ; and we hope it will soon
equal either in importance.

We were not aware that the talented Editor had enlisted under the " Septe-
nary'' banner, but we find in each number exactly " seven" papers, and, to make
up this number on the October cover, he publishes a communication made to the
Society exactly thirty- six years ago.

No. 1, April — Among other papers, contains : — (Dr. Steele) On Chloride of
Lime as a Preventive of Smut in Wheat. (Dr. Carte) Report of the Progress
of the Museum of Natural History of the Royal Dublin Society for the year
1855 ; and an Account of the Ceremony of laying the Foundation Stone of the
New Museum.

No. 2, July. — (Dr. Carte) Nidification of the Ivory Gull ; with a Chart and
Plate. (Dr. Kinahan) On the Guano Deposits of the Chinchas Islands,
Peru— p. 89-100. (David Moore) The Mosses of Ireland— additions to. List of
British Crustacea : — What is this list inserted in the Proceedings of the Society
for? Is it to show that the Museum contains specimens of all the British Crus-
tacea, except the desiderata given at the end of it? if so, the Museum is most
fortunate. And if not, it is mere waste of money and paper. English names, too,
are attached to some of the species — why not to all ? Surely, there would have
been no difficulty in " coining" some.

No. 3, October — (Dr. Kinahan) On the habits and distribution of the Marine
Crustacea of Port Philip— p. 111-134; with two plates. Two new genera and
five new species are described. (Mr. Griffith; Report relative to the Moving

40 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Bog of Kilmaleady (with a map). Museum of Natural History — Lists of Irish
Mammals, Reptiles, Amphibia, and Eehinoderraata. More Lists; and we really
cannot see their value. On whose authority is Irish affixed to them? Are all
the species given supposed to be indigenous? If so, what brings Sciurus Vul-
garis among the Irish Mammals? but we see a ? attached to the specific name;
so, perhaps, it is a new species peculiar to Ireland. Or are they lists of things
captured in Ireland ? if so, we miss Bufo Vulgaris, Vipera Communis, and such
things — all taken alive in the country. These Lists will doubtless help to in-
crease the debtor side of the Society accounts. In our opinion, they never will
increase its credit side.

The Naturalist : a popular monthly Magazine, with numerous Engravings;
conducted by Rev. F. 0. Morris, B.A. No. 68, October. No. 69, November.
No. 70, December. 1856. 8vo. Price 6d. each. London : Messrs. Groom-
bridge.

No. 68, October :— (T. S.) A Visit to Befley Wood. (Frederick M. Burton)
Extracts from Correspondence with a Brother Naturalist. (W. Sutherland) A
Visit to Braemar, in 1855. (W.) Contributions to the Ichthyology of Banff-
shire. Miscellaneous Notices Anecdote of a Dog. Instinct of Animals.

The Nightingale. Java Sparrow. Occurrence of the Rose-coloured Pastor. The
Hoopoe. Notices of New Publications. — Jottings in Australia ; being Notes
on the Flora and Fauna of Victoria, with a Catalogue of the more corrmon
Plants, their Habitats, and time of Flowering, by Samuel Hanaaford. Review —
Insecta Britannica — Diptera. Vol. III. By Francis Walker, F. L.S. London:
Lovell Reeve. 1856. Retrospect. — Moth Hunting. On 'Change. — Botany.
Peat Earth. Entomology. Proceedings of Societies — London Working Ento-
mologists' Club. Obituary Death of Mr. Yarrell.

No. 69, November :_(0. S. Round) The Flycatcher. (W. Sutherland)
Visit to Braemar, in 1855. (Rev. R. P. Alington) A few words on commenc-
ing a Collection of Lepidoptera. (0. S. Round) Spring Walk. (Editor) A
List of Sizes of Cases for Birds. (Editor) System a Naturae. (John Duiton)
The Puffin. Miscellaneous Notices. — Stormy Petrel. Phalarope. GrayPbal-
arope. Ring Ouzel. Golden Plover. Green Sandpiper. Greenshanks. Swal-
lows. Nightjar. Golden Orioles and Broadbilled Sandpiper in Norfolk. The
Wryneck. Black-headed Gull. Another Capture of Carabus intricatus in
Devonshire (with Engraving). The Shag. Little Gull. Note on the habits of

Drypta. Early appearance of a Chrysalis. Exchange Dried Plants. Land

and Fresh-water Shells. The Querist. — The " Naturalist's" Heraine.

No. 70, December : — (C. J. S.) Haunts of the Town Sparrow. (Lieut.
Blakiston and Lieut. Bland) A List of the Birds of Nova Scotia. (Editor) A
List of S'zes of Cases for Birds. (R^v. R. P. Alington) A Few Words on com-
mencing a Collection of Lepidoptera (with Engravings). (Aurelius) On
the Present Condition of the Classification of British Lepidcptera. (0. S.
R)und) Vacation Notes— Heme Bay. (Thomas Foggitt) A List of Epiphytes
growing on the Willows in the Holmes, Thirsk. (Editor) Systema Naturae.
Miscellaneous Notices. — Stormy Petrel. Cream-coloured Courser. The Querist
— Food of the Larvae of Lithosia. Location of Chrysalides.

Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy. 4to. Dublin. Vol. XXII.
Part I., Science. 1855.
(Allman) On the Homology of the Organs of the Tunicata and the Polyzoa —
p. 275-290. (Harvey) Some account of the Marine Botany of the Colony of
Western Australia — p. 525-566.

Vol. XXIII. Part L, Science. 1856.
Contains no article of Natural History.

WHJ&XXEW.

/'/,/it/://

Hphat*is ^gnxs. ^Al-9^^^ ^^ B*C. 10-21
N.aquiter. Fi4B -

JanlTlB57.

Farster&C?DuMm

PLATE II. EXPLANATION. 41

Explanation of Plate n.

Fig. A. Niphargus stygius (male), magnified.

1. Accessory flagellum of Antenna of upper pair. 2. Mandibula. 3. Maxilla
of 1st pair. 4. Maxilla of 2nd pair. 5. Maxillary foot. 6. Natatory foot of 10th
pair. 7. Saltatory foot of 32th pair. 8. Last segment (female), with Caudal ap-
pendage and Saltatory foot of last pair. 9. Inner style of foot of same pair,
more magnified.

Fig. B. Niphargus aquilex, magnified.

Fig. C. 10. Bathyporeia pilosa, head and Antennae. 11. Accegsory flagellum
of Antenna of upper pair. 12. Mandibula. 13. Maxillary foot. 14. Foot of
1st pair. 15. Terminal joint of same, more magnified. 16. Foot of 2nd
pair. 17. Foot of 3rd pair. 18. Foot of 5th pair. 19. Abdominal foot of 4th
pair. 20. Abdominal foot of 5th pair. 21. Abdominal foot of 6th pair.

Class Crustacea. Ord. Amphipoda. Fam. GammaridjE.

Genus Niphargus, Schicedte, Act. Soc. Reg. Dan. a.d. 1851.^?. 26.

Oculi nulli. Antennae superiores inferioribus longiores, flagello appendi-
cular! minuto, biarticulato. Pedes ultimi paris stylo interiori brevissimo,
exteriori valde elongato, biarticulato.

1. stygius, Sch. I.I., et Comm. Soc. Reg. Dan. a.d. 1855, p. 350.
Dorso simplici : epimeris anterioribus segmenta sua altitudine subsequan-

tibus : segmento nono omnium altissimo. — Long. 5 — 7 lin. (PI. II.,
Fig. A. 1—9.)

Inhabits the Grottos of Adelsberg and Lueg in Carniola ; in little pools
in the hollows formed by the dripping. It springs very nimbly, and is
difficult to catch, making for the bottom immediately when disturbed.

2. aquilex, Sch. Comm. Soc. Reg. Dan. Id.

Dorso carinato : epimeris omnibus segmento cujusque proprio altitudine
inferioribus : segmentis octavo nono decimoque altitudine subaequalibus. —
Long. 3—4 lin. (PI. II., Fig. B.)

Obtained in considerable numbers, by pumping,~out of a deep well near
Maidenhead, in England, in the year 1853.

Except for the differences mentioned in the diagnosis, and the inferior
size and more slender shape of the second species, the two are so like that
we may transcribe the description of the Grotto Niphargus to illustrate the
" Well shrimp" found in England.

Niphargus Stygius. Elongated ; the length five times the greatest depth
from the back of the third segment to the lower edge of the epimeron ; some-
what compressed, the greatest breadth not equalling the height of the third seg-
ment; smooth, entirely without ridges or teeth; colour, snow-white. Head
scarcely one- twelfth of the entire length. The first five segments of nearly equal
length, each a little longer than the head; the following five gradually larger,
ninth the deepest of all ; the last three gradually diminishing. Epimera finely
scalloped on the anterior angle and lower margin, with a single bristle at each
indentation ; the first four pairs of them rather deeper than the corresponding
segments, subquadrate, with the angles and margin rounded, the third the
deepest of all ; the last three pairs decreasing in size, the fifth scarcely as deep
as its segment, with its lower margin deeply bisinuated, the sixth, which also is

e

42 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Insinuated below, and the seventh, which is rounded there, scarcely more than
a third of the depth of their respective segments. Upper pair of Antenna long
enough to reach to the hind margin of the fifth segment. Scape shorter by a
fifth than the flagellum; composed of obconical joints, the first as long as the
head; the second shorter and thinner than the first by about a fourth ; third
half the size of the second. Flagellum setaceous, composed of 16 to 25 joints,
which become gradually longer towards the middle of the flagellum. Accessory
flagellum a little longer than the first joint of the primary one ; the first joint of
it subcylindric ; the second conical, about a third the length of the first. Lower
pair of Antennae about a third part shorter than the upper. Scmpe nearly twice
the length of flagellum ; the first two joints the shortest, and nearly equal to one
another ; the third and fourth nearly equal, each about three times the length of
the second ; the third subclavate ; the fourth subcylindric, and rather more slen-
der. Flagellum setaceous, of 7 to 9 joints, the length of which is variable, but
usually not very unequal. Mandibular not longer than they are broad at the
base, five-toothed ; the apical tooth and the hind one elongated, the molar small
and oval. Palpi two and-a-half times the length of the mandibulse ; the second
joint clavate ; the third elongate oval ; the two of equal length, and nearly thrice
as long as the first. First pair of Maxilla with the exterior mala armed with seven
spines, each of which has a single tooth inside behind the middle. Maxillary
feet with their exterior mala armed with a row of small blunt spines along the
inner edge, and some longer sharp ones at the apical angle. Palpi one-half
longer than the mala, the ratio of the joints : : 2 : 1 : 2£ : 3£ : 3. First and second
pair of feet with the hand ovate, compressed, longer by a third than brdad, and
furnished with a compressed obtuse spine at the middle of the hind margin ;
second pair a fourth longer than the first; theratio of the joints ::6: l£: 1J: 3:6: 5^.
Third and fourth pairs equal, slender, a fourth longer than the second pair ; the
ratio of the joints : : 6 : 1 : 4 : 3 : 3§ : 1^. Fifth, sixth, and seventh pairs alike in
form, but increasing in size successively ; the fifth nearly a fourth part longer than
the fourth, and the seventh nearly twice as long as this ; ratio of the joints : : 4 :
1:3^: ;^§ : 4: f. Eighth, ninth, and tenth pairs resembling each other;
the paddles flagelliform, many -jointed, their natatory bristles longer, ciliated
in a single row, obsoletely jointed behind the middle. Last three pairs of
feet formed for springing ; eleventh nearly twice as long as the segment that
bears it ; the styles equal, about a fourth part shorter than the basal plate ; twelfth
pair half the size of the eleventh, but like it in the form and proportion
of the joints. Basal plate of the last pair of feet twice as long as the last
segment ; the interior style as long as a sixteenth part of the exterior style in
the male, — as a seventh part of it in the female, furnished at the tip with two small
spines, and a feathered bristle. Exterior style cylindrical ; the first joint in
the male thrice, — in the female twice as long as the basal plate, bedecked with
tufts of short spines at each side, which are less conspicuous in the male, the
outside tufts composed of two spines and a feathered bristle; second joint, in the
male, about as long as the first, glabrous, perfectly smooth, with the tip alone
tufted, — in the female, about half as long as the first joint, with tufts of minute
bristles on the sides and at the tip. Claws of all the feet imperfectly jointed
befor© the tip, and armed with a minute spine, inside, near the spurious joint.
Caudal appendage as long as the last segment, deeply incised, bilobed ; the lobes
subovate ; the tip truncated, three-spined ; the outer edge with two incisions, the
inner with one, each of which is armed with a single spine.

[Extracted from the Danish Royal Society's Transactions for 1851, and Pro-
ceedings for 1855.]

PLATE II. EXPLANATION. 43

Class Crustacea. Ord. Amphipoda.

Genus Bathypoeeia, Lindstrcem, Comm. Acad. Holm. a.d. 1855, p. 59.

Antennas superiores articulo primo pedunculi magno et tumido, flagello
appendicular! perpusillo. Antennae inferiores pedunculo gracili, fere duplo
longiore pedunculo superiorum. Mandibulce apice valde acuminato ; palpo
triarticulato, articulo secundo crasso. Palpus pedum maxillarium articu-
latus ; articulo secundo lato et foliaceo ; tertio gracili, curvo et non ut ple-
runque ad apicem articuli praecedentis, sed palpi appendicularis modo, ad
marginem exteriorem affixo. Pedes thoracici primi pares perbreves,
debiles, articulo ultimo pyriformi, ungue valido. Pedes secundi paris prse-
cedentibus duplo longiores, ungue carentes. Pedes tertii quartique paris
inter se similes, ultimo articulo longo, gracili, curvo, ungue rudimentario.
Pedes quinti paris femore magno clypeiformi, articulo tertio lamelloso, ar-
ticulo quinto sine ungue. Epimera parva, margine setis instructo. Pedes
natatorii forma vulgari. Pedes spurii quarti quintique paris breves.
Pedes spurii sexti paris forma singulari : pars basalis duplo longior quam
latior ; ramus finalis interior rudimentarius et forma folii acuminati ; ramus
exterior magnus, biarticulatus ; articulo primo lamelloso, parte basali ter
ongiore ; articulo secundo parvo acuminato, setis instructo.

The upper Antennce shorter than the lower; Scape three-jointed; the first
joint considerably larger than the other two together, enlarging from a slender
base to the outer margin, and there obliquely truncated, so that the upper angle
projects considerably beyond the lower; the two other joints slender, short,
and cylindric; Flagellum composed of five cylindric joints, which diminish suc-
cessively in length and thickness. Accessory flagellum two-jointed ; the first
joint in length and form resembling the first of the primary flagellum ; the
second small and almost rudimentary. The lower Antennce extend beyond the
upper, in consequence of the length of their Scape ; the first two joints of this
are short and broad ; the third the longest, somewhat incrassated towards the
end, and four times the length of the second joint; fourth joint one-half smaller
than the third ; Flagellum short, little longer than the second joint of the scape ;
composed of seven joints, which resemble the corresponding joints of the
upper pair, but are rather shorter. Both pairs of antennae are clothed with
short bristles. Eyes black, small ; somewhat produced and slightly reniform,
placed immediately under the margin which bears the upper pair of
antenna?. Mandibulce with a produced slender point ending obtusely. Palpi
inserted on a conical projection of the hind margin of the mandible; three
jointed; first joint very small; second much dilated on the inner edge, and
there beset with some diverging bristles; last joint falcated, with several bristles
at the obtuse tip. Palpus of Maxillary feet four -jointed ; the first joint short and
broad ; only half as long as the second, which is of uniform breadth, flattened
on the upper side, and thickly clothed with short hairs on the inside ; third joint
only a third as large as the preceding ; attached to the hind margin of the
second, as if it were an accessory palpus, but being strongly curved, it stretches
over the outer margin of the second joint; fourth joint minute, rudimentary,
with two minute spines at the top, but no trace of a claw. The outermost of the
two laminae belonging to the maxillary feet is the longest, and reaches to the
middle of the second joint of the palpus ; the inner one half as long, with a strong
toothlike process of the margin. The first pair of feet is the smallest and
slightest, about half as long only as the others ; the first joint makes half of its
length, and has a slight double curvature ; the last joint is oval, or pear-shaped,
with a pretty stout claw, and several rows of bristles. Second pair as large and

44 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

stout as the other thoracic feet, and somewhat flattened ; the fifth joint tapers
gradually to the end, so that it is nearly lanceolate ; the hind margin of the leg
thickly clothed with hairs — some simple, others plumose — which are longer than
the joints they spring from. The third and fourth pairs resemble each other;
having their third joint much enlarged from the slender base to the end; the
fourth joint diminishing towards the end, and there rounded, only half as long
as the preceding ; the fifth joint slender and curved like a claw, bearing a short,
obtuse, and nearly obsolete claw. The fifth pair has the first joint broad and
dilated into the form of an obliquely obovate shield, minutely scalloped along the
hind margin, with bristles springing from the indentations; the third joint
also enlarged into a shield, with either margin curvilinear, except towards the
external angle, where they converge to a rectilinear acute angle, the hinder edge
beset with a number of stiff and straight plumose bristles, which stand erect, and
reach outwardly to the end of the fifth joint ; the fourth and fifth joints oblong,
obliquely truncated at the end; the fifth beset with long stiff bristles around the
margin and without any trace of a claw. The sixth and seventh pairs are
nearly alike ; the sixth longest of all, with a nearly orbicular femoral joint,
thickly beset with bristles all round, as is also the hind margin of the
following joints, so that a claw can scarcely be distinguished among the
spiny bristles at the end of the fifth joint; the femur of the seventh pair is
Ktore elongated. The three pairs of Natatory feet are of ordinary shape, with
a short basal joint, and a pointed paddle composed of about 10 to 12 joints ; the
first two pairs equal, and one- third less than the seventh thoracic pair ; the third
pair less than those two, as respects the length both of the basal joint and the paddle.
The fourth pair of abdominal legs as long as the third, with the undermost of the
two terminal joints shorter, partly from its insertion being higher upon the basal
joints ; — the fifth pair one-half less than the third, the terminal joints short,
crowned at the tip with short spines : the sixth pair of peculiar form, occasioned by
the very unequal development of the two parallel terminal branches ; the basal joint
short ; the inner branch rudimentary, in the form of a minute pointed foliaceous
scale, implanted at the base of the outer branch, which is composed of two joints ;
the first longest, elongate-lanceolate, slightly scalloped inside towards the tip and
clothed with long plumose bristles ; the second joint about one-fourth the size of the
first, slender and subulate, with terminal bristles. Caudal appendaye composed of
two equal lobes ; rounded at the end and surrounded with bristles. Epimera small
and rectangular. Segments of the body smooth and the form generally rounded.
Length under 3 lines.

[Extracted from the Proceedings of the Eoyal Swedish Academy for the year
1855. See Notices of Serials, page 9, in this volume.]

A few specimens were found near Wisby, on a sandy bottom, at the
depth of 18 to 24 fathoms : a specimen also at Landskrona.

The only other form with which this new genus has any points of near
agreement is Anonyx Kr. The relative proportion between the peduncle
and the flagellum of the upper antennae indicates rather an analogy than
an actual affinity. The form of the first pair of feet has a remarkable re-
semblance to that in Anonyx. In other respects, the genus is separated by
the want of claws to the second and fifth pairs of thoracic feet, the peculiar
structure of the maxillary feet, and the degree of development of the
seventh pair of abdominal members.

Erratum. Page 1 1, lines 42 and 45, for Carynthian read Carniolan.

RUSSIA. 45

RUSSIA.
Bulletin de la Classe physico-mathematique db l'Academie Imperiale des

sciences de St. Petersbourg. Bulletin of the Imperial. Academy op

St. Petersburg. Section of the Physical and Mathematical Sciences. 4to.

St. Petersburg.

Vol. XII. A.D. 1854.

(Brandt) Outlines of the classification of the Rodentia and the history of the
genus Castor — p. 197-202. (Same) On the place of the genus Chiromys in
the system — p. 273-281. (Bode) Observations on the migration of Birds —
p. 289-304. (Marcusen) Preliminary nocice relative to an essay on the family
of Mormyri — p. 1-14. (Same) On the electric organ of Silurus — p. 203-210.
(Weisse) The Natural History of Euglena— p. 169-174. (Same) Data con-
cerning the Geographical distribution of the Infusoria — p. 378-380. (Traut-
vetter) The Cruciferae of the government of Kiew— p. 350-352. (Ruprecht)
Report of a Botanical journey through the government of St. Petersburg — p. 209-
224. (Schrenck) Letter from Rio Janeiro concerning his voyage across the
Atlantic— p. 361-368.

Vol. XIII. A.D. 1855.

(Brandt) Examination of the Crania of the Rodentia and of the genus Castor
in particular — p. 104-108. (Same) OnCapra aegagrus — p. 363-366. (Gru-
ber) On the portion of the Styloglossus muscle which is attached to the ears ; with
two plates— p. 258-274. (Same) On the Lacrymal bone of the Ostrich and of
the allied species ; with three plates — p. 161-175. (Cienkowsky) Note on
Stein's theory of the Acineta; with a plate — p. 297-304. (Meyer) On Epilobium
dodoncei and the allied species — p. 156-158. (Same) Observations on the
genera Diervilla, Weigela, Calysphyrum, and on a new genus related to them —
p. 216-2"20. The new genus Calyptrostigma is founded on the Weigela midden-
dorfiana Fischer. (Trautvetter) The Cuscuteae of the government of Kiew —
p. 369-379. (Same) The Urticaceae of the same— p. 187-192. (Ruprecht)
Review of the Description of the Phanerogamous plants of Esthonia, Livonia, and
Courland by Wiedemann and Weber— p. 113-128. (Weisse) Microscopical exa-
mination of the Tripoli composed of organic remains which is found in the go-
vernment of Simbirsk — p. 273-282. (Volborth) On the priority of the name
ZethusF and., for a genus of Trilobites, over Cryptonymus Eichwald — p. 289-297.
(Goeppert) On the Fossil Flora of the ' Permian formations— p. 382-384.
(Kokscharow) On the Clinochlore of Akhmatowsk ; with two plates — p. 129-
144. (Same) On the Mica with double axis from Vesuvius — p. 149-153.
(Abich) On a landslip in the neighbourhood of Toula — p. 337-356. (Baer)
Studies of the Caspian sea— p. 193-210, 305-332. (Middendorf) On the rela-
tion of Temperature to the Economy of Animals in Russia— p. 211-216.
Vol. XIV. A.D. 1856.

(Brandt) On the genera Gerbillus, Meriones, Rhombomys, and Psammomys ;
with a plate— p. 76-80. (Same) The different types of the Cranium in the
g. Cricetus ; with a plate — p. 182-184. Cricetus vulgaris and nigricans are con-
sidered as exemplifying one, C. phceus and songarus another fundamental form
of the cranium in this genus. (Jakoubowitch and Owsjanikow) Microscopi-
cal investigation of the origin of the nerves in the brain — p. 173, 174. (Gru-
ber) Anatomy of the intestines of the Leopard — p. 39, 40. (Same) On the
internal Supracondyloid process of the bone of the femur, and the Supracon-
dyloid bursa of the knee. — p. 267-270. (Middendorf) Studies of the Horse ;
with three plates — p. 81-93. (Cienkowsky) On the origin of a unicellular
organism ; with two plates — p. 261-267. (Ruprecht) Observations on the
genus Calyptrostigma — p. 93. 94. (Same) Observations on some plants in the
Imperial Botanical Garden of.St. Petersburg — p. 229-238. (Trautvetter) On
Camforosma ovata Waldst. and C. annua Pallas — p. 177-181. (Same) On
certain Staticaceae of Russia — p. 250-256. (Abich) On Earthquakes in the

/

46 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

North of Persia and the Caucasus, and on the sources of water and gas in
connection with these phenomena — p. 49-72. (Same) On a calcareous Tufa,
rich in sulphur, from the plain of Dyadin— p. 142-144. (Kokscharow) Con-
tributions to the history of various Minerals — p. 299-318. (Struve) On the
composition of the Vivianite of Kertch and of the Azure iron ore— p. 168-173.
(Dittmar) Geognostical map of Kamskatka, with a brief explanation— p. 241-
250. (Helmerson) On the gradual elevation of the Baltic Sea, and the in-
fluence which the waves and ice exercise on this; with a plate— p. 19:3-217.
(Baer) Studies of the Caspian Sea, continued ; with a map— p. 1-34. A dis-
cussion of the question whether the saline contents of the Caspian Sea are in-
creasing. On the gulfs which are becoming more charged with salt, and on the
salt lakes formed at the expense of the sea and of the adjoining land. ( Mo-
ritz) On the proportion of salt in the waters of the South-west coast of the Cas-
pian Sea — p. 161-168. (Schrenck) tetters from Fort Nicolaiewsk, concern-
ing his voyage by the Pacific, and the Russian possessions in North America —
p. 40-46, 184-192, 217-222.

SWEDEN AND NORWAY.

Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne. New Magazine of the Natu-
ral Sciences. Edited by the Physiographical Association of Christiania.
8vo. Christiania. Vol. VIII. A.D. 1853-1855.

(Barth) Report of a Zoological excursion in Lofoten and Weseraalen ; concluded
from Vol. VII. — p. 1-71. The present part contains a list of the birds, with
observations on their habits. (Siebke) On the time of arrival of migratory birds
in the neighbourhood of Christiania — p. 234-248. (Normann) Botanical excur-
sion through a portion of the sea-coast between Stavanger and Bergen, from 59° 12'-
to 60° 8' North latitude — p. 249-335. With tables of the comparative Geographi-
cal distribution, in the North- West of Europe and the Arctic Regions of America,
of the species which are common at Christiania, but diminish in number or dis-
appear in the district examined. (Kjerulf) The Trachytic formation of Iceland — p.
72-116. (Same) On the Geological structure of the region about Monzoni and
Predazzo in the Southern Tyrol ; with a plan — p. 117-163. (Same) Analytical
examination of various minerals — p. 173-196. (Mceller) Observations on Ak-
mite — p. 164-172. (Mejdell) On the probable mode of formation of the sulphuriferous
veins of Kongsberg — p. 197-210. (Forbes and Dahll) Mineralogical observations
in the environs of Arendal and, Krageroe; with a plate — p. 213-233. (Dahll)
On the intrusive Granite in the iron ore beds of Arendal— p. 230-233. (Hcerbye)
The Erratic phenomena on the boundary line of Norway — p. 337-384. . (Same)
Geognostical description of a portion of the boundary line of Norway ; with a map
—p. 385-432.

Vol. IX. Parts I. and II. A.D. 1856.

(Forbes, D.) On parallel structure in the older rocks— p. 1-13. (Same and
Dahll) Mineralogical observations in the environs of Arendal and Krageroe ; con-
tinued— p. 14 20. (Hcerbye) Notes on the Erratic phenomena in Lofoten, Sen-
jen, and near Tromsoe — p. 21-30. (Kjerulf) Answer to the Academical Prize
question proposed the 23rd of May, 1854, No. 6:— To investigate scientifically and
compare the different Theories that have been proposed concerning the formation
of the Unstratified rocks in the Transition series of Christiania — p. 31-88. (Koren)
Report of a Zoological journey in the summer of 1850, undertaken at the expense
of the Academy — p. 89-96. The observations here communicated principally
regard the distribution of marine animals in the different belts of depth around the
coast. (Sars) Contributions to the Zoology of the Mediterranean coast ; with two
plates — p. 110-164. Several new species are here described and figured: —
Polypi, Xenia indivisa ; Cladocora astrasaria; Ccelocyathus typicus, new genus;
Corynactis mediterranea ; Hydromedusce, Podocoryna fucicola ; Eudendrium pu-
sillum ; Campanularia volubiliformis, gegenbaurii, breviscyphia.

DENMARK. 47

DENMARK.
Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs Skrifter. Transac-
tions of the Danish Royal Society. Section of Physical and Mathematical
Science. Fifth Series. 4to. Kjcebenhavn. Vol. IV. Part I. 1856.
(Schioedte) Corotoca and Spirachtha, two viviparous genera of StaphylinidaB
which live in the nests of Termites ; with two plates — p. 41-59. This essay is
translated and given at full length, with the accompanying plates, in the French
Annals of the Natural Sciences, Zoology, Vol. V., a.d. 1856. (Steenstrup) The
structure of the Hectocotylus in the genera Argonauta and Tremoctopus, illustrated
by observations on similar structure in the Cephalopoda in general ; with two
plates — p. 185-216. These observations prove that the phenomenon is not con-
fined to the two genera named, in which it is most fully developed. Steenstrup is
of opinion that it has not only a physiological value, but also a systematical signifi-
cance. The following table of the most striking differences in the mode of its
determination will illustrate this'. I. Octopods. These possess in the highest
degree the faculty of reproducing lost arms and parts of them. A. Hectocotylus
deciduous, colourless, developed in a sac. a. Hectoe. the third arm of the left side
— Argonauta. b. Hectoe. the third arm of the right side — Tremoctopus. B. Hectoe.
persistent, coloured, free, the third arm of the right side— Octopus; Heledone.
II. Decapods. Destitute of the faculty of reproducing the arms. A. Myopsidaa.
The Hectocotylus developed, a. In the first arm of the left side. a. Only the
middle of this arm ; the first of the right in some degree similarly affected — Rossi a.
b. In its whole extent, and this arm only — Sepiola. b. In the fourth arm of the
left side. a. At the base only — Sepia. b. At the tip only — Sepioteuthis ; Lo-
liyo. c. In its whole extent — Loliolus. B. Oigopsidse If Orb. No hectoco-
tylus arm developed, as far as is known. The genera Ommatostrepes ; Onycho-
teutliis ; Loligopsis. The genus Loliolus is composed of some diminutive species
(to which, perhaps, Lohgo brevipennis Les. may belong), possessing most of the
characters of Loligo, but approaching to the group Sepiola — Rossia in some
respects. Aristotle appears to have been acquainted with the phenomenon here
illustrated as regards the Octopus vulgaris of the Mediterranean ; although his
statements have been lately misinterpreted as referring to the conditions observed in
Tremoctopus and Argonauta. The like development in other Cephalopoda has not
entirely escaped the notice of modern writers on the order, but has generally been
regarded as an abnormal diseased state of the animals. So D'Orbigny on Sepiola,
in the Supplement to Ferussac's great work on the Mollusca. Steenstrup has
included in this essay several suggestions for the rectification of the specific charac-
ters and synonymy of the Cephalopoda of the Northern Seas. The species of
Loligo most common on these coasts is not the L. vulgaris of Lamarck, for which
it had usually been taken, by Forbes and Hanley for example. Neither can
Loligo magna of Rondelet be identified with it with any certainty, as has been
supposed by Leach and others. Indeed, many of the characters given by that
author seem rather to indicate a species of Ommatostrephes. Steenstrup accord-
ingly has adopted the trivial name Forbesii for the L. vulgaris of Forbes and
Hanley. •

GERMANY.
A llgemeine Deutsche Naturhistorische Zeitung. German Univer-
sal Natural History Journal. Under the direction of the Isis Society of
Dresden. New Series. 8vo. Hamburg. Vol. II. A.D. 1856.
Original Articles. Zoology.— (Kolenati) Synopsis and Description of the
European Chiroptera— p. 121-138, 161-195. (Dehne) Arvicola neglectus Thomp-
son, and Psammomys obesus Rueppel—^. 222-224. (Same) On a hen with male
plumage— p. 67-69. (Same) Catalogue of Reptiles found in Italy in 1847, by Dr.
Rabenhorst— p. 212-221. (Same) Cheilabothrus inornatus Reinh.—p. 221, 222.
(Brehm, L.) New species of birds observed by A. and O. Brehm, and other remark-
able species hitherto insufficiently described — p. 1-24, 41-67.- The M species" here

48 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

treated in the author's peculiar point of view are all Eaptorious birds. (Same)
Appendix on the plumage of the young Otogyps nubicus and pennatus — p. 347-
350. (Same) The Natural History of the birds observed about Renthendorf in
the summer and autumn of 1855— p. 257-263. (Same) A few words about
Cuckoos and Woodpeckers — p. 456-464. (Drechsler) On the order Gallina? ; the
general arrangement according to Bonaparte, the species after Reichenbach, Chenu,
Gray, &c. ; with two plates— p. 361-381, 425-434. (Olavarria-Lozano) List of
birds observed by Machado in some provinces of Andalusia — p. 241-256. (Otto)
An instance of pairing between Columba cenas and the house pigeon — p. 30-32
(HofTmannsegg) Limosa cinerea in its summer condition — p. 238-240. (Henke^
Short account of an Oological excursion at Archangel- p. 236-238. (Jenzsch)
Note on nests of Anthophora retusa Latr. or pilipes Fabr. inTrachytic Tufa of the
Siebengebirge, and in the Paris basin — p. 73, 74. (Otto) Battles of animals —
p. 148-151. (Brehm, A.) A word on so-called climatical varieties— p. 321-347.
(Brehm, L.) A few words on the nature of "species" — p. 401-413. (Judeich)
Proceedings of the Zoological section of the Isis for 1855-1866 — p. 392-394
(Eschricht, &c.) Report on the competition for the Classen prize, the Embryology
of Cysticercus tenuicollis ; extract from the Proceedings of the Danish Royal
Society — p. 303-309. Botany. — (Rabenhorst) The true nature of the rt blood-
stains en bread, &c. — p. 418, 419. The author refers the cause of this pheno-
menon to the presence of an alga, Palmella prodigiosa Ehr. (Same) Another
prodigy — p. 418, 419. Palmella mirifica, n. sp., which produces similar stains on
dressed meat, &c. (Krause) Proceedings of the Botanical section of the Isis for
1855-1856. Geology, &c (Fischer) Remains of fishes from the Plainer for-
mation ; with a plate — p. 134-145. (Gutbier) The Basalt of Gorischstein— p. 413-
418. (Otto) On the Rudistes — p. 195-198. Including an account of the inge-
nious and laborious method by which Zekeli has examined the organization of
the Hippurites, Caprini, and Radiolites, extracted from the Proceedings of the
Imperial Geological Institute. His conclusions support the views of Blainville and
D'Orbigny, who have considered the Rudistes as constituting a separate class
among the Mollusca, Palliobranchiata. (Same) On the forms of Granite blocks
vulgarly called Giants'-forts and walls, Devils' dikes, &c. —p. 225-235. (Same)
On compressed casts and abnormal forms of Cephalopoda, in the Quader formation
of Saxony and Bohemia — p. 272-279. (Same) On an impression of a leaf in the slate
clay of the lower Quader of Paulsdorf.p. 293-296 (Same) The mines ofthe Austrian
empire— p. 69-72. (Zschau) The minerals in the Svenite of Plau near Dresden —
p. 81 -96. (Same) Anthracite in the Granite of the Gneiss of Arendal ; calcareous
spar and other minerals as Pseudomorphoses of Granite — p. 201-207. (Kluge)
Proceedings ofthe Mineralogical section of the Isis for 1855-1856 — p. 396, 397.
Miscellaneous. — (Koch) Natural History notes of a journey in the Southern
provinces of Russia— p. 297-302. (Schlenzig) Extracts from official documents
of the last century on a case of a troop of rats adhering together by the tails — p.
453-456. (Reichenbach) The merits of Gcethe as a naturalist— p. 281-292.
(Reinicke) On the microscope— p. 470-473. (Kluge) Communications respecting
the Earthquake of the 12th of October, 1856— p. 464-470. (Judeich) The impor-
tance of forests in the economy of nature — p. 96-113. (Roch) Observations on
the migration of birds, on the vegetation and temperature in the year 1855 — p.
193-195. (Drechsler) Report ofthe Meeting of German Naturalists and Physi-
cians at Vienna — p. 434-451. (Same) Scientific Proceedings of the General
meetings ofthe Isis for 1855-1856— p. 382-391.

Short Communications and Extracts. Geological Institute of Vienna :
Remains of Plesiosaurus in the Lias of Bavaria — p. 32. Hollow pebbles in the
Leitha limestone — p. 34, 480. Lithographic stone of Bassaro — p. 77. New loca-
lities of fossil plants in Italy — p. 79. New discoveries of fossil fishes — p. 156.
Anthracites more ancient and more recent than, the Basalt — p. 310. The fossil
Flora of Budweis — p. 311. Method for giving durability to perishable fossils— p.

312. Geological Survey of Missouri — p. 313. Geology of Ofen and Pesth— p.

313. Ancient Elevation of the Continents of Europe, Asia, and Africa — p. 314.
Subaqueous protrusion of Basalt — p. 318. The cavern of Agtelek and the multitude

GERMANY. 49

of bats in it — p 320. Piauzite found in Styria— p. 350. Pisolitic Quarz — p. 351.
Geology of America — p. 352-354. The nature of Aptychi — p. 354. Carbonised
wood in rock salt — p. 476. Subterranean caverns near Brunn — p. 478. The
granite of Carlsbad — p. 478. Remains of Dinotherium and Acerotherium incisivum
— p. 486-487. Mineral pitch — p. 488. Fossil insect remains of Radoboj — p. 488.
Geographical Society of Vienna. On Lichens that yield dye-stuff — p. 74. The
Basin of Northern Carynthia — p. 75. Austrian species of Asphodelus— p. 75.
Descent of Glaciers — p. 355. Imperial Academy of Vienna: The Primitive
forest of Bohemia — p. 315-317. Geological Society of Germany: Remains of
animals of Arctic and Tropical forms in the Diluvium of Germany — p. 79.
The Eruption of Vesuvius in 1855 — p. 155. Royal Academy of Berlin : Insects
of Mozambique — p. 37-39. Cellulose in coal — p. 39. Natural place of the genus
Ouviranda — p. 279. Microscopic Geology of the Southern States of North
America — p. 357. Nanadine lead ore — p. 358. Parasitic sacs on larva? of Phry-
ganeae — p. 359. The systematic place of the genus Mermops, Vampyrus auritus,
n. sp., &c. — p. 479. New Crinoidea from the limestone of Eifel — p. 483. Lepi-
docentrus eifelianus, a new fossil Echinoderm — p. 484. South American rocks
composed of microscopical organic remains — p. 485. Fossil plants of the Peruvian
formation of Moravia — p. 486. Natural History Society of Prussian Rhineland and
Westphalia : Amorphous black diamond — p. 473. Accelerated development of
the larva? of frogs by artificial warmth— p. 674. The most ancient fossil land
plants of Europe — p. 675. French Academy : The blood river of Choluteca, in
Central America — p. 689. Species of Valerian with eatable tubers— p. 490.
Sensibility of the Sinews — p. 491. The plants of Chios— p. 492. Miscellaneous. —
Derivation of the names Basalt and Cobalt — p. 119. Cetacean remains in the
Tertiary sand of Linz — p. 318. Occurrence of Turdus roseus near Dresden — p.
320. Geological theories of the last century — p. 481. Preservative liquid for
fishes, reptiles, &c. — p. 489.

Reviews. — Salvin and Brodrick : Falconry in the British isles — p. 85. Hasse :
Native birds ; in fifty woodcuts— p. 82. Kirby and Spence : Introduction to En-
tomology ; Seventh Edition — p. 85. Redtenbacher : The Fauna of Austria ;
Coleopterous insects — p. 104. Gistel : Mysteries of the European Insect world —
p. 86. Schwacke : Pocket-book for collectors of Lepidopterous larvae — p. 111.
Webber : The Romance of Natural History ; translated from the English— p. 78,
115. Mueller: Botanical journey round the world— p. 113. Borchmann : The
Flora of Holstein — p. 98. Fuckel : The Flora of Nassau — p. 86. Rabenhorst :
Specimens of the Fungi of Germany ; Third century — p. 57-64. Cohn : The
history of gardens — p. 99. Giebel : The petrifactions in the Muschel Kalk of
Zieskau— p. 93 Zeis: Descriptions of various diseased bones of primeval ani-
mals— p. 95. Quenstedt : Popular essays in Geology — p. 3-5. Beust : On the
position of the Metalliferous veins in relation to the Porphyry of Saxony — p. 49,
50. Cotta : Mineralogy — p. 24. Cotta : Geological sketches ; Third edition —
p. 94. Cotta: History of the Floetz formation — p. 109. Geinitz: Geognostical
account of the coal-fields of Saxony — p. 69, 70. Hartmann : Coal and iron —
p. 77. Winkler: The Pseudomorphoses of the Mineral Kingdom— p. 33. Dief-
fenbach: Geological map of the Grand Duchy of Hesse — p. 101. Pfaff: Cosmo-
gony— p. 1-3. Reinsch : The Creation; Second Edition — p. 110. Schneider:
History of the earth — p. 93. Masius : Studies of Nature ; Sketches of Vegetable
and Animal life — p. 115. Molt: Picture of Animal and Vegetable life in the
various regions of the globe — p. 86. Moleschott : Light in its relation to Life —
p. 103. Maury : Physical Geography of the sea — p. 34. Stahl: The Wonders of
the world of Waters — p. 114. Stein : The Physical sciences in their relation to
the material and spiritual interests of humanity — p. 65-67. Fabri: Letters in
refutation of Materialism — p. 6. Frauenstadt: Materialism; In answer to Buck-
ner— p. 87-90. Weber : The latest Deification of Matter— p. 41. Anonymous:
Scientific illustration of Materialism— p. 86. Willkomm : The wonders of the
Microscope— p. 112. Htller : The Dioptrical Microscope— p. 36. List of new
works on Natural History published in Germany and France during the year 1856.

50 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Obituary. — Karl Heinrich Aster — p. 38. Johann Charpentier — p. 39. Johanr
Friedrich Anton Dehne — p. 53-56. Friederike Lienig — p. 71-76.

Acta Nova Academije C. L. C. Nature Curiosorum. New Transac-
tions of the Imperial Academy of Naturalists. 4to. Bonn.
Vol. XXV. Part II. 1856.
(Hannover) On the development and structure of the teeth in Mammalia ;
with eight plates— p. 805-936. (Jaeger) Jcthyosaurus longirostris Owen and
Jaeger, n. sp., and observations on the other Reptiles found in the Lias forma-
tion of Wurtemburg ; with a plate — p. 937-967. (Glocker) On the Northern
Diluvium of the Oder about Breslau ; continued from Vol. XXIV. — p.767-804.
Vol. XXIII. Supplement, a.d. 1856.
(Lehmann) Revision of the Potentillae ; with sixty-four plates — pp. 231.

Linnjea ein Journal fuer die Botanik, etc. Linn-ea, a General
Botanical Journal. Edited by Sehlechtendahl. 8vo. Halle.
Vol. XI. A.D. 1855, 1856.
(Berg,) Revision of the Myrtaceae of America known up to this time ; form-
ing part of Klotzch's Flora of Equinoctial America — p. 1-472. Distributed
into the following tribes : — I. Myrteae (with five sub-tribes — Myrciodeae, Euge-
nioideae, Pimentoideae, Myrrhinioideae, Orthostemonoideae) ; II. Barringtonieas ;
III. Lecythideae ; IV. Granateae ; V. Leptospermeae. (Sehlechtendahl)

Supplementary observations on the plants cultivated in the Botanic Garden at
Halle, made in the year 1854, or previously— p. 473-552. (Hampe) Enume-

ration of the Hepaticae included in the second section of the plants of Chili, and
in the plants of Peru, collected by Lechler, and published by Hohenacker — p.
553-556. (Sehlechtendahl) The Ranunculaceae and Borragineae of the same
collection — p. 556-560. (Koernicke) Supplement to the Monograph of the
Eriocaulaceae— p. 561-692. (Hanstein) The Gesneriaceae of the Royal Her-
barium and of the Botanic Garden at Berlin ; with a Monographical synopsis of
the family in general : Section II. The Genera and Species; Part I. The Ni-
phaeae and Achaemeneae— p. 693-785. Index, Title, and Contents of Vol. XI.

Entomologische Zeitung herausgegeben von dem Entomologischen Ver-
einezu Stettin. Entomological Journal, monthly,, of the Entomolo-
gical Association of Stettin. 8vo. Stettin.

Vol. XVII. ; with Portrait of Erichson and a Plate. Stettin. 1856.

Coleoptera (Bach) Additions and corrections to the Fauna of Northern

and Central Germany — p. 241-247. The following new species of Curculionidae,
Baridius resedce, the larva in the roots of Reseda luteola ; Phytonomus monticola,
Sciaphilus plochoides ; further, Saprinus specularis ; Haltica nigriventris ; Euc-
nemis heydenii, reared from larvae in rotten beechwood. (Dohrn) The Fauna
of Stettin — p. 188- 19i. Remarks on the localities of Miscodera arctica, the
several species of Chlaenius and Marmaropus besseri. (Georg) Bostrichus
alni, n. sp. — p. 59-61. With remarks by Ratzeburg. (Kraatz) Synonymic
notes — p. 177-181. On Staphylinidae and some others. (Same) Addenda to
the revision of the genus Catops, and observations on Cryptophagus — p. 237-241.
New species described, Catops nitidicollis, nivalis; Cryptophagus grandis, validus
subfumatus. (Mueller) Glyptomerus, a new genus of Staphylmidas — p. 3u8-
312. A blind insect found in a cave. Mueller refers it to the group Oxypo-
rin ; but Kraatz— Entomological Journal Vol. XVIII., p. 95 — has remarked
that it scarcely diners from Lathrobium, except in wanting eyes. (Steffany)
Notes on the Catalogue of European Coleoptera — p. 52-59. (Steirlin) Syno-
nymic remarks — p. 361, 362. Polydrosus penninus is merely a variety of P.
fulvicornis Sch., and Rhytirhinus alpiuus Bremi seems to be identical with

GERMANY. 51

Dichotrachelus rudenii Steirlin. (Suffrian) Synonymic Miscellanies, XIIIM
on the species of Carabus — p. 91-103. (Same) Collation of some species of
Coleoptera, with the Fabrician types ; the genus Cantharis— p. 248-250.
(Same) Synonymic remarks on the genera Acalles and Scleropterus — p. 250-252.
The latter genus falls, being founded merely on a sexual difference more strongly
pronounced in certain species of Acalles. Neuroptera. — (Hagen) The

Odonata of the Russian empire — p. 363 381. Hagen calculates the Libelluiidae
of Asiatic Russia at one hundred species. Russia in Europe has ninety-eight
species, all of which are common to it with other countries of this continent.
None of the Mediterranean species extend into Russia, although some of them
are found in the Southern part of the British islands. Eight new species from
the Asiatic provinces and one from North America are named, which will be
described in De Selys and Hagen's Monographs of the Libellulidse, now in
course of publication. (Same) On an Oligoneuria figured by Costa, Fauna
de Aspromonte — p. 383. (Zeller) Review of Fischer's Orthoptera of Europe —
p. 18-27. Hymenoptera. — (Reinhart) Observations on the Natural History of
various parasitic Hymenoptera— p. 103-110. . (Ruthe) On Dicelloceras vibrans —
p. 46-48. According to Ruthe, probably only a variety, with imperfect wings, of
Encyrtus platycerus Dalman. (Same) Prodromus of a Monograph of the genus
Microctonus — p. 219-308. Thirty-three species are characterised here, all natives
of Germany, of which twenty-three hitherto undescribed. Lepidoptera. — (Hey-
den) CheloniaquenseliiPtf */&*// and its larva — p. 184-188. (Schreiner) Remarks
on Tessien's Catalogue of Lepidoptera found about Altona and Hamburg— p. 110-
117. (Standfuss) On some Lepidoptera of the coasts of Spain and Sicily ; con-
tinued—p. 48-52. (Staudinger) The Lepidoptera of Upper Carynthia; con-
cluded—p. 37-46. (Same) An essaytowards the critical determination of the
known species of Sesiae of Europe and the adjoining part of Asia — p. 145-176,
193-254,257-288,321-338. The number of species is reduced to fifty-six, viz.,
Trochilium 3, Sciapteron 5, Sesia 45, Bembecia 1, Paranthrene 2. (Speyer)
Review of Herrich-Schseffer's Lepidoptera of Europe — p. 383-385. Diptera. —
(Gerstascker) Essay on the Henopii — p. 339-361. The differences of sex have
given occasion to an erroneous multiplication of species in this family. The
females in general have a smaller head, broader abdomen, and longer wings.
Fallen appears to have known the distinction of the sexes, but he has neglected to
signalize these differences. Erichson has treated these as specific characters.
Thus Acrocera orbiculus Er. is the female of A. globulus ; Oncodes cingulaius Er.
the female of O. gibbosus ; while Syrphus gibbosus Pauzer should be united as the
other sex to O. zonatus Er., and O.fuliginosus to O. varius Er. A new genus of
the family, Eulonchus, is characterized, founded on an insect from California, E.
smaragdinus. The following are new species— Acrocera laeta from Sardinia, Ocncea
lugubris from Brazil. Hemiptera. — (Hagen) The Cicadas of Europe ; with a
plate— p. 27-37, 66-91, 131-142, 381-383. This elaborate Monograph, concluded
in the present volume, includes eighteen species, nearly half of which, however, are
properly Asiatic or African. The genus is distributed into five groups, of which
the first constitutes the genus Tibicen, and the last the genus Platypleura of Latreille.
The most comprehensive of these groups is the fourth, containing five spacies pro-
perly belonging to Southern Europe. The most widely distributed among these,
and the only one which occurs in the British Islands, as well as in Sweden, but
only in the southern part of either, is C. montana Scopoli, which has been described
under nine different trivial names. The most important synonyms among these
are C. hcematodes L., Fabr., Fallen, C. tibialis Latr., C. anglica Leach, Curtis,
C. concinna Germar. The last is a variety with clouded wings, to which also the
specimens of the Linnean collection are probably to be referred. Miscellaneous. —
(Menzel) On the structure and insertion of the hairs, spines, &c, in the Arthropoda
— p. 117-12f . (Hagen) On the need of an Entomological Bibliography— p. 254.
(Dohrn) Review of Gistel's Mysteries of the Insect World— p. 312-319. (Same)
Review of Douglas's World of Insects— 319. Obituary.— (Gerstsecker) Bio-
graphical Memoir of Dr. Klug — p. 225-237. Proceedings, List of Members, &c.

52 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Linnjea Entomologica. Journal, Annual, of the Entomological.
Association of Stettin. 8vo. Stettin. Vol. XI. 1857.
(Kraatz) Illustrations of the genera of Aleocharini ; with two plates — p. 1-43.
As a supplement to Erichson's Monograph, and accordingly written in Latin.
Figures of the parts of the mouth are given to illustrate the new genera established
by the author in the Insects of Germany, and others which required corrections.
The following new genera are established for exotic insects — Hoplandria, Homalota
terminata Er., and three new species, all American ; Philotermes, three new species,
inhabiting the nests of termites in the United States of N. America; Oxysoma, a single
species found in ants' nests in Kgypt. All these belong to the first sub-tribe ; no
new genera have occurred in the Gyrophaenini or Gymnusini. (Same) The in-
sects that inhabit the nests of the Termites — p. 44 56. In addition to Philotermes,
before named, and the genera Corotoca and Spirachtha of Schioedte, three more
new genera of Aleocharini are characterised here, Ccenonica, Tetrasticta, Peliop-
tera, and ten new species of Myrmedonia. The species of Poms Hope probably belong
to the same category. (Suffrian) The Cryptocephali of Africa — p. 57-256.
The additional forms from this quarter have increased the table of the genera given
in Vol. IX. with two new ones, Ccenobius, the South African representative of
Monachus, and remarkable on account of the large eyes meeting on the front in
both sexes, and Achcenops, a singular form, here placed between Pachybrachys and
the genuine Cryptocephali. ( Gerstaecker) Contribution to the history of exotic
Stratiomydae ; with a plate — p. 261-350. A Monograph of the genus Cyphomia,
of which thirty-four species are described, including ten new species, and four that
the author has not seen, the descriptions of which are copied. Two new genera
are proposed, Chordonota for Cyph. inermis Wied., and Euparyphus for C. elegans
Wied. The rest of this essay is, as the author himself describes it, more frag-
mentary, being devoted to the description of remarkable new species of various
genera in the Berlin Museum, and the characters of several new genera, Pycno-
malla for Stratiomys splendens Fabr., and S. auriflua Er. ; Blastocera, Spyridvpa,
and Panacris, new forms which, along with Acanthina and Chauna, may compose
a peculiar section in the family. (Frey) Revision of the Nepticulaa— p. 351 447.
This genus, containing the minutest forms in the order Lepidoptera, presents one
of the most striking instances of what has been done, and what remains to be done
for native Entomology, by diligent and concentrated labour. Haworth, the first
aut nor who makes an epoch in the history of the group, knew ten British species in
1828. Zeller gave thirteen European species in his Monograph of the genus
published in 1848. Stainton has recorded thirty-four British species, and has been
enabled to give the history in full of not less than twenty-one in his beautiful work,
the Natural History of the Tineina, Vol. I., London : 1855. In the present
essay the number of European species is brought up to fifty-eight, of which three,
JV. aucuparice, lonicerarum, aceris, are new additions.

Zeitschrift fuer Entomologie im Auftrage des Vereins fuer Schle-
sische Insectenkunde. Journal of the Entomological Association
of Silesia. Edited by A. Assmann. 8vo. Breslau.

Vol. IX. A.D. 1855.
Lepidoptera. — (Prittwitz) Addenda to the Lepidopterous Fauna of Silesia —
p. 1, 2. (Same) Cucullia fraudatrix Eversmann, a species new to Silesia — p.
3, 4. (Assmann) Remarks on the preceding articles, and on the distinction
between the species of Argynnis, pales and arsilache — p. 5-14. (Same) On the
early states of Noctua confiua Fr., and on a Hermaphrodite of this species ; with a
plate — p. 15-28. (Neustadt) Notes on the species of Lepidoptera that occur
about Grasfenberg and on the Altvater in Austrian Silesia — p. 29-36. Coleop-
tera — (Letzner) A classified Catalogue of the Larvae of European Coleoptera
observed and described up to this time, with references to the authorities ; with two
plates — p. 1-77. Taken in great part from the Catalogue of Chapuis and Candeze,
but contains some species in addition, and some references not included in this.
(Same) The larva-cases of Clythra scopolina L., Cryptocephalus pini L., and Cr.

GERMANY. 53

janthinus Germ. — p. 78-80. (Same) On Cassida lineola Creutz, and the earlier
states of this species— p. 80-88. Proceedings — pp. 14.

Physikalische Abhandlungen der K. Akademie der Wissenchaften zu
Berlin. Transactions of the Royal Berlin Academy of Science.
Section of Physical Sciences. For the year 1855. 4to. Berlin. 1856.
(Braun) On Chytridum, a genus of unicellular plants, parasitic upon Algae and
Infusoria; with tive plates — p. 21-83. Nineteen species are characterised: —
C. olla, acuminatum, oblongum, lagenula, mamillatum, sporoctonum, globosum,
pollinis, laterale, subangulosum, transversum, depressum, cornutum, hydrodic-
tyi, decipiens, apiculatum, endogenum, saprolegniae, ampullaceum. (Beyrich)
On the connection between the Tertiary formations of Northern Germany, for
the illustration of a general Geological chart--p. 1-20. (Ehrenberg) On the
Greensand, and the illustration it affords of Organic life — p. 85-176. The sequel
of this essay, with the seven plates which illustrate it, are reserved for a follow-
ing volume.

Zeitschrift fuer Wissenchaftliche Zoologie. Journal of Scientific
Zoology, by Siebold and Koelliker. 8vo. Leipzig. Vol. VIII.' A.D.
1856, 1857.

(Mueller) Anatomical and Physiological examination of the Retina in Man
and Vertebrate animals; with two plates — p. 1-122. (Ecker) On the mucous
membrane of the nose in Man ; with a plate— p. 303-306. (Koelliker) Obser-
vations on the terminations of the Nerves of the skin, and on the structure of
the Muscles; with a plate — p. 311 325. (Luschka) On the Alse minima? of the
Sphenoid, processes hitherto overlooked ; with a plate — p. 123-128. (Bezold)
Inquiries into the distribution of water, organic materials, and inorganic com-
binations in the Animal Kingdom — p. 487-524. (Kunde) On substraction of
water from the Animal tissues, and on the formation of temporary Cataracts in
consequence — p. 466-486. (Czermak) On the structure of the Rattle of Cro-
talus ; with a plate — p. 294-301. (Ankermann) On the motion and develop-
ment of the spermatic filaments of the Frog; with a plate — p. 129-151.
(Semper) On the formation of the Wings, Scales, and Hairs, in the Lepidoptera ;
with a plate — p. 326-339. (Hering) On the Anatomy and Physiology of the
Generative organs of Lumbricus ; with a plate — p. 408-424. (Thompson) On the
spermatic corpuscles, the Eggs and Impregnation of Ascarismystax — p. 425-438.
Walter (Contributions to the Anatomy and Physiology of Oxyuris ornata ; with
two plates — p. 168-201. (Aubert) On Gryporrhynchus pusillus a free Cestoid
Nurse — p. 274-293, 525, 526. (BormeUter) A few words more on the Systema-
tic place of the Rotifera — p. 152-158. (Weisse) Note on Limnias melicerta, and
its identity with L. annulatus Bailey — p. 302. (Wagener) On the connection of
the Nucleus and nucleus corpuscle of the Ganglion cell with the Nervous filament;
with a plate — p. 455-457. Vindicating the accuracy of Lieberkuehn's observations
on the frog against the doubts of Stilling, and confirming them from examinations
of the Ganglia in Hiiudo medicinalis, Aulacostoma nigrescens, Limax ater and
Lymnasus stagnalis. (Semper) Contributions to the Anatomy and Physiology of
the Pulmonata ; with a plate — p. 340-399. The species particularly investigated
are Arion empiricorum, Limax agrestis, variegatus, Helix pomatia, Lymnasus
stagnalis, Planorbis marginatum. (Hague) On the natural and artificial forma-
tion of Pearls of China ; Translated from the Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society
— p. 439-444. (Siebold) On the formation of pearls in Chinese fresh-water Pearl-
massels; an Appendix to the preceding paper; with two pla'es — p. 445-454.
(Gegenbaur) An attempt at a classification of the Medusas, with descriptions of
new or imperfectly known forms ; as a contribution to the Fauna of the Mediterra-
nean ; with four plates — p. 202-273. (Lieberkuehn) On Protozoa; the conjuga-
tion of Actinophrys, the embryology of Spongilla, &c. — p. 307-310. (Radlkofer)
On true Parthenogenesis in plants — p. 458-465. Prospectus of Contributions to
the Natural History of the United States by Agassiz— p. 159-162.

9

54 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Neues Jahrbuch fuer Mineralogie Geognosie n. s. w. New Annals
of Mineralogy, Geognosy, Geology, and Paleontology. 8vo. Stuttgart.

Vol. fur 1856. Parts VI. and VII. A.D. 1857.
Original Communications. — (Bronn) Geological law of development of the
Conchiferous Mollusca— p. 641-663. (Pichler) Geology of the Tyrolese Alps— p.
661-663. (Schindling) Analysis of a mineral known as "flesh-coloured Barytes" —
p. 664. (Weiss) Rectification of PfafTs critique of the " Fundamental Principles
of Mechanical Geology" — p. 769 793. (Rcemer) Notes of a Geological and Pale-
ontological excursion to Sweden — p. 794-815. Correspondence — p. 665-674,
816-829. New Books— p. 675-677, 830, 831. Scientific Journals— p. 675-
685,832-840. Reviews and Extracts— p. 686-768, 841-876. Index— pp. 20.
We would willingly give, if space permitted, the enumeration of the articles
extracted and condensed from other sources in these Annals, the value of which to
every student of Geology is but inadequately represented bv the list of original
communications. We hope in future to be able at least to indicate the chief new
matter communicated in the correspondence.

Abhandlungen herausgegeben von der Senckenbergischen Naturfor-
schenden Gesellschaft. Transactions of the Senchenberg Society
of Naturalists ; being a new Series of the Museum Senckenbergianum. 4to.
Frankfurt am Main.

Vol. I. ; with twenty Plates. A.D. 1854, 1855.
(Lucae) Examination of the skulls of the Pongo and Ourang-outan with regard
to the differences of species and age ; with six plates — p. 154-167. (Mettenheimer)
Anatomical and Histological examination of Tetragonurus cuvieri Risso; with three
plates— p. 214-257. The condition of the two specimens of this fish at the author's
disposal did not afford materials for the complete illustration of the splanchnology.
He found the quadrangular form of the tail to be produced by the symmetrical
development of both halves of the body of the vertebrae, and of the large lateral
muscle of the tail. The anatomical detaits do not favour the removal of the genus
from the Mugilidae, with which it has been classed, to a place among the Ganoid
fishes. (Same) On the structure and economy of some Invertebrate animals of the
German seas ; with a plate — p. 1-18. (Same) On the locomotion of Littorina
litorea, and of the Gastropoda in general — p. 19-23. (Kloss) On parasites found
in the kidneys of Helix ; with two plates — p. 189-213. (Schmidt) On the history
and development of Gregarinae; with a plate — p. 168-187. (Buchenau) On the
development of the flowers of some Diusaceae, Valerianeae, and Compositse ; with
two plates — p. 106-132. (Schacht) On the petiolated racemose formations in the
leaves of many Urticeae, and on analogous productions in some Acauthaceaa ; with
a plate — p. 133-153. (Bar}) On the genera of Algae CEJoyonium and Bulbo-
chcete ; with three plates — p. 29-105. (Hesseoberg) On the Crystallography of
the Muriate of Mercury; with figures— p. 24-28. (Scharff) Studies of the
Natural History of Crystals ; wich a photographic plate— p. 258-306.
Vol. II. Part I. ; with eight Plates. A.D. 1856.
(Mettenius) On some genera of Ferns: — 1. Polypodinm ; with three plates — p.
1-138. Rejecting as untenable the genera recently separated from Polypodium on
the ground of differences of veining of the leaves, the author enumerates here 392
species, disposed under seventeen sections. More than two-thirds of that number
knuwn to him in nature are described, the descriptions of a few being omitted which
are included in his work aThe Ferns of the Leipzig Botanical Garden." (Same)
On Leptothrix ochracea Kuetzing, and Gaillonellaftrruyinea Ebrenberg; with a
plate — p. 139-157. The two, as he conclude-, are only different stages of develop-
m* nt of the same organism. Associated with these, in the water of the Wilh 1ms-
bad, is another alga, to which the author applies the name Gloeotila ferruyinea
given by Kuetzing to the Gaillonella of Ehrenberg. (Fresenius) On the genera of
Algae Pandorina, Gnnium, Rhnphidium; with a plate — p. 187-200. (Hessenberg)
Mineralogical notes; with three plates — p. 158-186.

GERMANY. 55

Abhandlungen der K. K. Geologischen Reichs-Anstalt. Transac-
tions of the Imperial Geological Institute. Folio. Vienna.
Vol. III. 1856.
(Hoernes) The Gastropoda and Pteropoda of the Tertiary hasin of Vienna;
with a map and fifty-two plates on India paper — pp. 736. Five hundred species,
one Pteropod Vaginella depressa, the rest Gastropoda, from nearly two hundred
different localities in this district are here figured, many of them in various
aspects and ages. The plates are beautiful specimens of Lithographic art. The
illustrations further comprehend a Latin diagnosis, the measurement after
D'Orbigny's method, the Synonyms in Chronological order, a particular enume-
ration of localities, and the description of the species in detail with especial
reference to living forms. The area of diffusion of every species is further
shown in one view, by means of a table of sixty-six columns, filled up for the
Tertiary Deposits elsewhere, which have been investigated hitherto.

FRANCE.
Supplement des Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Seances des
l'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de l'Institut de France. Sup-
plement to the Weekly Proceedings of the French Academy of
Science. 4to. Paris.

Vol. I. ; with twenty-three plates. A.D. 1856.
(Bernard) Essay on the Pancreas, and function of the Pancreatic juice in the
digestive process, especially in the digestion of Adipose substances — p. 379-
563. (Derbes and Solier) Essay on some points of the physiology of Algae —
p. 1-120. The classification of Algae, based on the observed phenomena, is as
follows: — 1. Spores having motion (zoospores) : Antheridia none or undis-
covered. A. Zoospores produced in all the cells of the frond ; or in special
cells, but developed simultaneously with the others, and resembling them, or
more rarely differing in form. Fam. 1. Nostochineae : Nostoc, Sphaerozyga.
Fam. 2. Uivaceae : Tetraspora, Ulva, Colpomena. Fam. 3. Conferveae : Hy-
drodictyon, Hormiscia, Tribonema, Tiresias, Conferva, Chaetophora, Drapar-
naldia, Bretonia. B. Zoospores produced in particular and localised organs
(cystocarps) ; developed at a determinate period of the vegetation, a. Cysto-
carps in communication originally, and sometimes permanently, with the rest
of the frond. Fam. 5. Siphoneae: Bryopsis, Derbesia, Codium, Dasycladus,
Halymeda. d. Cystocarps separated, from the first, from the rest of the frond.
Fam. 4. Ectocarpeae : Ectocarpus, Sphacelaria, Giraudia. Fam. 6. Mesog-
loivae : Liebmannia, Stylophora, Castagnea, Nereia. 11. Spores destitute of
motion; Antheridia producing Antherozoids. A. Antherozoids furnished with
Endochrome. Fam. 7. Cutleruae : Cutleria. Fam. 8. Fucaceae : Cystoseira.
B. Antherozoids hyaline, a. Reproductive corpuscles produced in all the cells,
or in cells resembling those of the rest of the frond, and developed simulta-
neously with them. Fam. 9. Bangieae : Porphyra, Bangia, d. Reproductive
corpuscles produced in localised organs, which are developed at a determinate
period of the vegetation, a. Fruit capsular (poly spore); with a continuous
membranous coat Fam. 10. Delesserieae : Aglaophyllum. Fam. 11. Cera-
mieae : Callithamnion, Gnffithsia, Ceramium, Wrangelia. b. Polyspore with
a cellular coat. Fam. 12. Rhodomeleae : Polysphaeria, Rytiphlcea. Fam. 13.
Chondrieae : Laurencia, Bonnemaisonia.

Memoires presentes par divers Savants a l'Academie des Sciences, etc.

Communications not by members, presented to the French Academy.

4to. Paris.

Vol. XIV. A.D. 1856.

( Martin St. Ange) Studies of the Reproductive system in the five classes of
Vertebrate animals, in the anatomical, physiological, and zoological aspects ; with
seventeen plates— p. 1-232. (Dufour) Anatomical and physiological history of
Scorpions ; with four plates — p. 561-657. This subject has already exercised the

56 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

scalpel, and the pen and pencil of several able Anatomists, in particular Treviranus,
Mueller, Newport, and Duverno. Dufour himself has previously, in 1817, pub-
lished anatomical observations on Scorpio occitanus. The present essay, based on
the examination of nine different species, under circumstances more favourable than
preceding observers could command, offers, doubtless, the most complete and
trustworthy account that has yet appeared of the structure of this family, which is
peculiarly interesting from its highly complicated organization, and because of the
light it throws on the rest of the class, in which the parts become more crowded and
confounded, so as to disguise their homologies. Dufour having traced the origin
of the nerves which supply the mandibles and chelipalps to the first thoracic gang-
lion, accordingly denies the existence of antennae in this tribe, and by inference in
the rest of the Arachnida. This conclusion agrees with the view entertained by
Latreille, who gave the name of Acera to the class in consequence. Dufour has
observed that the larger or intermediate eyes possess a certain degree of mobility of
the visual axis. Impugning the propriety of the generic divisions which have been
founded on the number of the eyes, he maintains that three ocelli at each side is
the constant number in various species to which more than this have been attributed ;
and he states the curious fact that in the Scorpio europceus, which has but two at
each side when full grown, there are three with their distinct optic nerves in
embryo ; but two of these contiguous, and one of them subsequently disappears
by abortion. Along with an ample liver, the scorpion possesses four filiform vessels
inserted in the intestinal canal, two of which are ramified at the ends. The posi-
tion of these accords so well with that of tbe Malpighian vessels in insects, that they
probably constitute, as in them, the urinary apparatus; though Dufour, faithful to
his preconceived opinions, will see in them nothing but biliary vessels, become
superfluous and inefficient through the co- existence of a more energetic hepatic
organ.

BRITAIN.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History ; including Zoology, Botany,

and Geology. No. 109, January; No. 110, February ; No. Ill, March, 1857,

With Plates. London : Taylor and Francis.

No. 109. January. — (William Smith, F.L S., Professor of Natural History,
Queen's College, Cork) Notes of an Excursion to the Pyrenees in search of Diato-
maceae ; with two plates. The particulars of this Tour will be found in the Trans-
actions of the Dublin University Zoological and Botanical Association (vide Pro-
ceedings of Societies, page 12, etc.) This paper merely records the names of the
Diatoms collected. Among them we find nine new species. A Epithemia was
ound in a fresh water gathering made near the M Ville Eugenie," at Biarritz, and
named after the amiable mistress of the place. (H. J. Carter. Assistant-Surgeon,
H.C.S , Bombay) On the Development of the Root-cell, and its nucleus inChara
verticillata Rasch ; with a plate. (L. Barrett, F.G.S.) On two new species
of Echinodermata, new to the British Fauna ; with a plate. One of the new species
s a Comatula, C. Woodwardii; and the other an Amphidotus. A. gibbosus.
(Richard Bowse) Notes on the Permian System of the Counties of Durham and
Northumberland ; with a plate. (John Lycett) On the genus Quenstedtia.
(Thomas Williams, M.D., F.L.S.) On the uses of the Sand-canal in the Star-
fishes. (Rev. P. B. Brodie, A.M.) Remarks on the inferior Oolite and Lias in
parts of Northamptonshire, compared with the same formations in Gloucestershire.
(J. Van der Hceven, M.D., &c, Professor of Zoology in the University of Leyden)
Contributions to the knowledge of tbe Anatomy of the Nautilus Pompilius, Z.,
especially with reference to the male animal ; with two plates. Bibliographical

Notices. Proceed. ngs of Societies Zoological Society, February 26th;

Marcb L lth, 1856. Miscellaneous. — Meteorological Observations and Table
for November, 18o6.

No. 110, February. — (Dr C. F. J. Lachman) On the organization of the Infu-
soria, especially the Vorticellae. (Rev. W. A. Leighton) New British Lichens;
with a plate. (Tuomas Williams, M.D , F.L.S.) On the so-called *' Water-
Vascalar System." (C. Spence Bate, F.L. S.) A synopsis of the British Edrioph-

BRITAIN. 57

thalmous Crustacea. (Andrew Murray) List of Coleoptera received from Old
Calabar, on the West Coast of Africa. (M. Fabre) Researches on the Develop-
ment of the Myriapoda. Bibliographical Notices. Proceedings of Learned
Societies. Zoological and Geological Societies. Miscellaneous. (F. Cohn)
Observations on the organization and reproduction of the Volvocineae. (Dr. E.
K. Kane; List of Phsenogamous Plants collected on the Western Coast of Green-
land. (Professor Agassiz) Remarks on young bony Pikes. Meteorological Tables
and Observations for December, 1856.

No. Ill, March. — (Thomas Williams, M.D.) On the Mechanism of Aquatic
respiration, and on the structure of the organs of breathing in invertebrated animals;
with a plate. (W. H. Benson) Characters of Streptaulus, s» new genus, and of
several species of the Cyolostomacea, from Sikkim, the Khasia Hills, Ava, and
Pegu. (Andrew Murray) Notice of a marked variety of Patella vulgata (pro-
posed to be called var. intermedia), found in Guernsey and Jersey. (W. B.
Carpenter, M.D., F.R.S. \ On the structure of the Shell of Rhynchonella Geinitzi-
ana. (Dr. C. F. J. Lachman) On the organization of the Infusoria, especially
the Vorticellse ; with a plate. (John Nietner, Colombo, Ceylon) Descriptions of
new Ceylon Coleoptera. Proceedings of Learned Societies. The Royal and
Zoological Societies and Bombay branch of the Royal Asiatic. (Margaret
Gatty) New localities for rare plants and zoophytes. (W. Webster) Supposed
new British species of Skenea. (P. Ducharte) Influence of moisture upon the
Direction of Roots. (James Harlev) Migration of the Starling. (C. Spence
Bate) British Amphipoda. (Philip Lutley Sclater, A.M.) Descriptions of some
new species of Tanagers.

The Zoologist. Nos. 171, 172, January; No. 173, February, 1857. 8vo. London :
John Van Voorst. Price Is. each.
No. 171, January. Birds. — (Murray A. Matthews) Stray Notes from an
Ornithologist's Diary during the past Summer. (Lieut. T. Blakiston, R.A.)
Birds of the Crimea. (Lieut. L. H. Irby, 90th Light Infantry) List of Birds
observed in the Crimea. The whole value of a local list depends upon the care
with which it is compiled and on the accuracy of the naming of the species. We
have serious fault to find with Lieutenant Irby's List of Birds observed in the
Crimea, because we think it deficient in both of these particulars. When we
read of Birds recorded as being seen (not shot) by friends of his, we naturally
ask what confidence can be placed in such communications, as it requires more
practice than we think it likely Lieutenant Irby or his friends possessed to tell
one-half the species recorded in this List as once seen, and that, too, when the
author confesses towards the close that he does not include a skua-gull and a
pelican, because they were only seen, not shot. Why, if this be right how
could he identify the great northern diver which " was once seen in the har-
bour of Balaklava1' and the guillemot which he " is informed has been once
seen?'' We heartily approve of Naturalists using both their own eyes and those
of their neighbours as much and as often as they please, but we as heartily
disapprove of their furnishing us with long lists of critical species which they,
long-sighted creatures, fancy they had seen. It, of course, would not be right
to assert that such and such Birds did not inhabit the Crimea, when we find a
Naturalist of Lieutenant Irby's pretensions asserting they do. But in one in-
stance, and that a conspicuous one, if the Rook (C. frugilegus) occurred only in
that rookery which he mentions as being u near Sebastopol, on the road to
Alouchta," there would be no evidence of its having occurred in the Crimea
at all, as we are credibly assured, that the existence of a rookery in that situation
is a complete mistake. (John J. Wilson) Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike
near Leeds. (John Joseph Briggs) The Hooded Crow ; the Black Redstart.
(Capt. H. W. Hadfield) Great abundance of the Pied Wagtail, &c. (H. Mat-
thews) House Sparrow ; Migration of the Swallow Tribe ; Nidification of the
Hedge Sparrow ; Occurrence of the Avocet near Newark. (J F. Brockholes)
Double Egg of Young Goose. (H. Stevenson) Beautiful Variety of the Com-
mon Woodcock. (J. F. Brockholes) The Teal breeding in Cheshire. (John

58 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Joseph Briggs) The Little Auk. (E. N. Bloomfield) Explanation of supposed
Phenomenon. Fishes. — (Rev. Alfred Merle Norman, B.A.) The Short Sun
Fish and its parasite Cecrops Latreillii at the Channel Isles ; The White Shark
cast up at Herm ; The Angel Fi*h in the Firth of Clyde ; The Anglesey Morris
at Falmouth. Molldsks. — (Rev. Alfivd Merle Norman, B.A.) On the Main-
tenance of Molluscan Life in a very limited supply of Water, subjected to the
exclusion of all Atmospheric influence. Insects. — (C. R. Bree) The Classifica-
tion of the Deltoides and Pyralites of M. Guenee, with Remarks. (Rev. Joseph
Greene, M.A. ) On Pupa Digging. (H. T. Stainton) Entomological Botany
(with more especial reference to the Plants that are frequented by the Tineina.
— ( Thomas Boyd) On Nomenclature. (R. F. Logan) Mr. Stainton's Arrange-
ment of Lepidoptera. (C. S. Gregson) Figures of Larvae of Lepidoptera.
(Richard Weaver) Lasiocampa Callunae. (George Harding, Arthur Naish)
Double-broodedness of Notodontae. (Thomas Chapman) The Notodontae not
double-brooded. (J. J. Reading) Capture of Glaea erythrocephala at Ply-
mouth. (R. S. Edlestonl Larva of Celcena Haworthii. (A. G. Hildebrand)
Capture of Heliophobus hispidus in Leicestershire. (R. S. Edleston) Eupithecia
indigaria. (C. Miller) Coleophora junciolella; Butalis incongruella ; Diplodoma
marginepunctella ; Nemotois eupreaeellus ; Tinea semifulvella ; Crambus
falsellus ; Depressaria angelicella Larvae of Nepticula at Bowdon, Cheshire ;
Captures of Micro- Lepidoptera at Darenth, &c, in 1856. (C. S. Gregson)
Correction of an Error. (Benjamin Cooke) Captures of Diptera in the New
Forest, Hampshire. (Frederick Smith) The Sovereign Bee. (W. C. Unwin)
Capture of Halictus maculatus at San down, Isle of Wight. (Rev. A. Mat-
thews) Capture of Peryphus fluviatilis and Tachys bistriatus. (Edward Parfitt)
Description of a Species of Bledius new to the British List. (W. C. Unwin)
Capture of Polystichus fasciolatus, &c, near Eastbourne, Sussex. (J. J.
Reading) Intricatus to be exhibited alive. (Rev. William Hey) Captures
of Hydradephaga at York. (Thomas John Bold) Note on Tomicus bidens,
with a Description of Tomicus bispinus. Proceedings of Societies— Entomo-
logical Society. Radiata — (Rev. Sir Charles Lighton, Bart.) Inquiry re-
specting Serpula contortuplicata. (A. R. Wallace) Proceedings of Natural-
History Collectors in Foreign Countries.

No. 173. February.— Quadrupeds.— (R. Knox, M.D., F.R.S.E.) Some Re-
marks on the Skeleton of the Head of the Urus Scoticus. (Rev. J. C. Atkin-
son, M.A.) Dreaming in the Canine Race. (Rev. A. R. Hogan) Musical
Mice, but not Singing Mice. (Rev. Arthur Hussey, M.A.) Australian Field
Rat. (Alfred Newton) Occurrence of the Barbastelle Bat in Suffolk and Nor-
folk. Birds. —(Lieutenant Thomas Blakiston, R.A.) Birds of the Crimea.
(Henry Smurthwaite) Ornithological Notes from Leipzic. (Charles Barron)
Occurrence of the White-tailed Eagle near Haslar. (Edward Hearle Rodd)
The Black Redstart (Captain H. W. Hadfield) The Greater Titmouse. (J.
H. Gurney, M.P.) Anecdote of the predacious propensity of the Hooded Crow.
(Rev. J. C. Atkinson, M.A.) Partridge and Hooded Crow; Partridge Swim-
ming and Diving. (W. R. Rogers) Note on Pied Pheasants. (H. Stevenson)
Occurrence of Sabine's Snipe in Norfolk. (Charles Barron) Note on the Osteo-
logy of Cariama. (William Thompson) Occurrence of the Canada Goose at
Weymouth ; Occurrence of the Egyptian Goose at Weymouth. (Lord Cler-
mont) Occurrence of the Eared Grebe and Night Heron in Ireland. (Edward
Hearle Rodd) Occurrence of the Forktailed Petrel near Helston. (William
Thompson) Occurrence of the Forktailed Petrel at Weymouth. (Captain H.
W. Hadfield) Occurrence of the Forktailed Petrel near Tunbridge. Fishes.—
(Henry Deane) Fish pumped out of a dark Well. (Lester Lester) Two forms
of Teeth in Sharks. (Henry Evans) Occurrence of the Short Sun-fish on the
Coast of Galway. Mollusks. — A Schoolboy's Amusement in Southey's Days.
Insects (Thomas Thorncroft) To Entomologists, Botanists, and others. Tes-
timonial to the Rev Joseph Greene, M.A. (C. S. Gregson) On Pupa Raking.
(Rev. Arthur Hussey, M.A.) Ravages of Caterpillars. (Rev. H. Harpur Crewe,
M.A.) Mr. Stainton's Nomenclature in the "Manual;" Larvae of Notodonta

BRITAIN. 59

dictaea, &c. (Henry Doubleday) Larva and Fconomy of Tseniocampa Popu-
leti; Eupiihecia helveticaria in Britain; Tortrix latiorana and Depressaria
libanotidella. (J. F. Brockholes) N ote on Cheimatotoia autumnaria. (Robert
S. Edleston) Early appearance of Phigalia pilosaria ; Larva of Nepticula subbi-
niaeulella. ( H. J. Harding) On the Habitats and Food-plants of several of the
British Pterophorida?. (Benjamin Cook) Description of an CEstrus new to
Britain. Seems to be Cephenemyia trompe ( CEstrus stimulator, Clark), the larva
of which inhabits the frontal sinus of the Reindeer, and probably also of the Red-
deer, as the fly is not rare in some pans of Germany, where the former of these is
unknown. (Arthur Adams F.L.S., and William Balfour Bakie, M.D.) A Sys-
tematic List of Coleoptera found in the Vicinity of Alverstoke, South Hants.
(Thomas John Bold) Note on Phytosus spinifer and Phytosus nigriventris ;
Capture of Anommatus 12-striatus in the North of England. Proceedings
of Societies — Entomological Society.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal ; exhibiting a View of the Progres-
sive Discoveries and Improvements in the Sciences and Arts. Edited by Thomas
Anderson, M.D. ; Sir W. Jardine, Bart.; and T. H. Balfour, M.D. No. 9.
January, 1857 : to be continued quarterly. 8vo. Price 6s. ; with four Plates.
(Louis K. Dana) On the Tribual government of the Ruder Nations. (M.
Camiile Dareste) On the Animacules and other organized bodies which give
a Red colour to the Sea (continued). (William Crowder) An attempt to
determine the average composition of the Rosedale, Whitby, and Cleveland Iron-
stones. (Edward Hull, F.G.S-) Notes on the Basalts of the Giant's Causeway,
County Antrim. (William Joy Hen wood, F.R.S.) Notice of the Copper Turf of
Merioneth. (George Wilson, M.D., F.R.S.E.) On the Physical Sciences which
form the basis of Technology, being the introductory prelection for 1850. (Danie
R. Rankin, Carluke) On the structure and habits of the Slow- worm (Anguis fra-
gilis.) Proceedings of Societies — Among the Proceedings we find that of the
British Association for 1856 ; and Professor Goodsir's Papers are given as revised
by the author. 1. On the Morphological relations of the nervous system in the
Aunulose and Vertebrate types of organization. 2. On the Morphological consti-
tution of the skeleton of the Vertebrate Head. 3. On the Morphological constitu-
tion of Limbs. In the first of these Papers, Professor Goodsir denominates a
segmented animal, whether Anuulose or Vertebrate, an Entomosome ; to the con-
stituent segments, with their diverging appendages, he applies the term Somatome ;
and as the constituent somatomes are invariably arranged in groups, in each of
which they are more or less modified in form or fused together, he finds Syssoma-
tome a convenient designation for such a group— for instance, atypical Crustacean
presents a cephalic, a thoracic, and a caudal syssomatome, in each of which there
are seven somatomes, twenty -one in all. Scientific Intelligence, &c.

The Phytologist. A Botanical Journal. Published Monthly. 8vo. Lon-
don: W. Pamplin. With Plates. New Series. No. 18, October; No. 19,
November ; No. 20, December ; No. 21. January ; No. 22, February j No. 23,
March, 1857. Price Is. each.

No. 18. October. — (Joseph Woods, F.L.S.) On the genus Rubus. Botanical
tour in the highlands of Perthshire. (Edwin Lees, F.L.S.) Cnicus Forsteri,
Smith, in Worcestershire. Revised list of Craven Hieracia. (J. S. Mill) Reigate
Plants. Reviews. Botanical Notes. Notices and Queries. Communications
received. Books received for Review. Descriptive British Botany ; eight pages.
No. 19. November. — (Dr. Lauder Lindsay) Notes on the Hartz Flora.
Sta; istics of the order Crueiferae. Botanical Notes. Notices and Queries. Com ••
munications received. Descriptive Botany ; eight pages.

No. 20. December. — Notes from the Journal of an Irish Lady. (Joseph Woods)
On the genus Rubus — Are Viola odorata and V. hirta distinct species ? (J. G.
Baker) On the Hieracia of North Yorkshire, and Report on the Isochimeral
Temperatures. &c. (Rev. H. A. Stowell) Dates of Foliation and Flowering, &c.
CRev. W. T. Bree) On Dianthus csesius at Chedder. (C. Barter) Rare Plants in

60 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Aberdeenshire, &c. (J. G. Baker) On the Pansies of our Coast Sandhills.
Review. Botanical Notes. Notices and Queries. Communications received.

No. 21. January. — The Editor's Address to the readers of the Phytologist.
Botanical Tour in the Perthshire Highlands. (John Windsor, F.L.S.") List of
Plants found near Settle. (J. G. Baker) On the Gormire Epilobium. (John H.
Davies) Mosses in the Isle of Man. Botanical Notes. Notices and Queries.
Descriptive British Botany ; eight pages, with Title-page and Index of Volume I.,
New Series.

No. 22. February.— (Rev. W. M. Hind, A.M.) Three days at Killarney.
Crossing the Purple Mountain, Mr. Hind discovered a very marked variety of Dro-
sera longiflora ; all the specimens being caulescent. The variety in question is figured.
Botanical tour in the Perthshire Highlands. (David Moore, A.L.S.) Observations
on the Mosses of Ireland, with a supplementary list of species not contained in the
Flora Hibernica, together with their habitats. (Rev. Hugh Stowell, A.M. ) Common
Plants. Botanical Notes. Notices and Queries. Books received for review.
Descriptive British Botany ; eight pages.

No. 23. March. — (N. Jerdon) List of Fungi observed in the neighbourhood of
Jedburgh. Botanical tour in the Perthshire Highlands. Asplenium germanicura
in Somersetshire. (T. Kirk) Uncommon state of Pteris aquilina. Reviews.
Phytologist : concluding part of Vol. V. Natural History Review — No. XIII.
Botanical Notes and Queries. Descriptive British Botany ; eight pages ; and first
eight pages of a general Index to the Phytologist, Old Series.

Booker's Journal of Botany, and Kew Garden Miscellany. No. 96,

January ; No. 97, February ; No. 98, March, 1857. 8vo. London : Lovell

Reeve. With Plate. Price 2s. each.

No. 96, January. — Original Papers. (T. Oxley) The Banda Nutmeg Planta-
tions. (Alphonsede Caudo'le) Sketch of the Life and Writings of M. de Martius.
(Dr. Thomas Thompson) Notes on the Herbarium of the Calcutta Botanic Garden.
(Dr. F. Mueller) Nova genera et species in Plagis Australia? lntiatropieis nuper-
rime dettcta. Botanical Information. Notces of Plantse Indiae, Batavae Orien-
tals, and of Mettenius, Filices Leehlerianae, Chilenses ac Peruanae.

No. 97. February. — (Dr. Thomas Thomson) Notes on the Herbarium of the
Calcutta Botanic Garden. (Alphonse De Candolle) Sketch of the Life and
Writings of M. De Martius. (Dr. J. D. Hooker) Descriptions of two new Dillen-
caceous Plants from ftew Caledonia and Tropical Australia. (J. L. Soubreran)
Some particulars respecting the Gums from Senegal. (M. Ch. Naudin) Observa-
tions on the formation of the Seeds without the aid of the Pollen. This description
of generation concerning which this paper gives numerous details, is (M. Berthold
Seeman says) best expressed by the term " Parthenogenesis," restricted, as has
already been done entomologically by 0. Th. E. Von Siebold, to the development
of the ovules, without the agency of the male principle — the ■* Lucina sine concu-
bitu" of the older naturalists — and not extended (as has been done by Professor
Owen) to the process of germination observable in certain esexual viviparous bugs.
M. Seeman has reviewed this question in two leading articles in the M Bonplandia,"
January 5th and February 1st, 1857. We would also refer our readers to a notice
in our present number of Sieboki's " Wahre Parthenogenesis bei Schmetterlingen
und Bienen." Botanical Information. Notices of Books.

No 98, March. — (R. T. Lowe) On Ranunculus Opticus, cortussefolius, and
grandiflorus. (George Bentham) On Professor Nees Von E^enbeck's genera of
Acanthaceas, in De Cantlolle's Prodomus. (II. Caspary) On Udora occidentalis
and Serpicula occidentalis. The valuable observations of Dr. Caspary settle the
question of the assumed native origin of the Anacharis Alsinasirum Bab. in
England, that plant being undoubtedly Pursh's Serpicula occidentalis, a species not
found in Europe, or anywhere in the old world, though abounding in both tempe-
rate and tropical America. We are informed that Dr. Caspary is about to
publish a revision of the Anacharidae, and a monograph of the Nymphaeaceae, of
the great value of which works we have little doubt. (B. Seeman, F.L.S.. &c.)
Revision of the genus Tanaecum. Botanical Information. Notices of New Books.

RUSSIA. 61

RUSSIA.
Archiv fuer wissenchaftliche Kunde von Russland, herausgegeben von
A. Erman. Erman's Archives of Russian Science. 8vo. Berlin.
Vol. XV. A.D. 1856.
(Radde) Animal life in the Putrid Sea— p. 251-281. (Baer) Studies of the
Caspian Sea — p. 387-455. The depression of its level has been sudden ; the
question discussed whether the saline contents are Increasing ; the gulfs which
are becoming more charged with salt, and the salt lakes formed at the ex-
pense of the sea and of the adjoining land. (Erman) The Climate of Tobolsk ;
continued from Vol. XII.— p. 603-667. Subterranean channel of the river
Werkwa, in the Government of Wologda — p. 330, 331. State of the Forests
in the Government of Kowno — p. 593-596.

Memoires de i/Academie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg.

Memoirs of the Imperial Academy of Science of St. Petersburg.

Sixth Series. 4to. St Petersbourg.

Vol. VII. Part 2, Natural Sciences. A.D. 1856.

(Brandt) Contributions to the study of the Mammalia of Russia; with nine-
teen plates— pp. 369. (Meyer) Small contributions to the study of the Flora
of Russia — p. 1-24. (Ruprecht) On the Classification of the Rhodophycece ;
with a plate — p. 25-54. (Same) New or imperfectly known plants from the
Northern part of the Pacific Ocean ; with eight plates— p. 55-82.

Verhandlungen der Russisch Kaiserlichen Mineralogischen Gesell-
schaft zu St. Petersburgh. Transactions of the Imperial Russian
Mineralogical Society, for the years 1855, i856. 8vo. St. Petersburgh.
1856.

(Barbeaut de Marny) Mineralogical novelties from the Ural— p. 197-206.
(Fahrenkohl) A slight view of the Mountain limestone and the Jura in the neigh-
bourhood of Moscow; with two plates — p. 219-236. fGadolin) Observations on
some Minerals from Pitkaeranta in Finland ; with a plate — p. 173-196. (Holmberg)
Geognostical observations, Hydrographic and Orographic, in Northern Finland, as
the results of the searches for gold there in the years 1847, 1848, 1850 ; with a map —
p. 1-62. (Jeremejew) Geognostical observations on the banks of the river Wol-
chow — p. 63-84. (Kutorga) Note on certain positions of the rocks of Finland —
p. 211-216. (Same) Note on a Fucus in the Silurian limestone of the Govern-
ment of St. Petersburg — p. 217, 218. (Lawrow) Two new species of Asaphus
from the Silurian limestone of the Government of St. Petersburg; with two plates
— p. 237-240. (Meglitzky) Geognostical sketches of Eastern Siberia ; I., Lake
Baikal, and the country round it ; with a map — p. 109-171. (Mendelejew) On
Pyroxene from Ruskiala in Finland — p. 207-210. (Romanowsky) General
Geognostical view of the South part of the Government of Rjasan ; with a map —
p. 85-107. (Kutorga) Reports of the Progress of Mineralogical Science in
Russia; L, Report for 1854— p. 241-251.

SWEDEN.

FOERHANDLINGAR VID DE SkANDINAVISKE NATURFORSKARNES SJETTE MCETE,

o.s.v. Report of the Sixth General Meeting of Scandinavian
Naturalists. Held at Stockholm, in July, 1851. 8vo. Stockholm. 1855.

Zoology. — (Liljeborg) Comparison of the Fauna of Scandinavia and of
Northern Russia— p. 210 226. (Ibsen) Anatomy of the ear— p. 226-233. (Prosch)
On the spouting of the Whale — p. 245-249. (Sundevall) On the muscular struc-
ture of the extremities in Birds — p. 259-270. (Kjeerboelling) On the importance
of ohservations on the Migration of Birds, in order to a comparative estimate of the
direction and period of them — p. 249-254. (Same") Procellaria minor n. sp. from
Greenland— p. 254-256. (Malm) On the ventral fins of Phycis—-p. 234-238.
(Wahlberg) Sketches of Insect everyday life — p. 72. (Same) Observations on
the Humble Bees of the North— p. 233, 234. (Prosch) On the capture of living

h

62 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Nautili by Whale fishers— p. 256-259. (Moerch> On the genus Onustus— p.
238-243. (Koren and Danielssen) Embryology of the Pectinibranchia— p. 256-
259. Botany. — (Sandahl) Comparative view of the vegetation of Billinger and of
Kinnekulle — p. 190-203. (Agardh) Remarks on Saxifraga control em a, and the
species allied to it— p. 170-174. (Same) On the parts of the flower in the
Salicinae — p. 174-180. (Angstroem) On the Swedish species of Botrychium—-p.
181-190. Geology and Paleontology. — (Nillson) On fossil bones of Whales
found in the Swedish territory, and on a Delphinus orca stranded on the coast of
Bleking, in the Spring of 1851— p. 55-64. (Retzius) The fossil bone of Luz—
p. 270-274. (Weibye) On the phenomena of Friction in Scandinavia — p. 155-
164. (Klee) Observations on the Alluvial Sandstone of Denmark — p. 145-155,
(Igelstrcem) Geognostical and Mineralogical description of the Parish of Werms-
kog, and part of the adjoining parishes in Wermlandslaen — p. 123-145. Miscel-
laneous.— (Worsaae) The utility of Antiquarian studies of Natural History — p.
39-48.

Acta Nova Societatis Regi.e Scientiarum Upsaliensis. Transactions

of the Upsal Royal Society of Science. New Series. 4to. Upsal.

Vol. I. Part II. 1855.

(Areschoug) New and imperfectly known species of Phycece collected in the seas

out of Europe. (Forselles) An attempt briefly to characterize the Rocks according

to the present state of Mineralogical science.

GERMANY.
Zeitschrift fuer die gesammten Naturwissenschaften u. s. w. redigirt

von C. Giebel und W. Heintz. Journal of the Natural Sciences in

general, published by the Natural History Association of Saxony and

Thuringia. 8vo. Halle.

Vol. VIII. July to December. 1856.

Essays (Philippi) On the species of Helix indigenous in Chili — p. 89-93.

(Same) On the Shells of the Straits of Magellan— p. 94-106. (Schmidt) List
of the indigenous Mollusca of Northern Germany; with critical remarks — p. 120-
169. (Same) On the Balece, and Balea-like Clausilice of Siebenburgen — p. 407-
413. (Same) On the Organ of Hearing in the Mollusca ; with two plates — p.
389-407. (Koehler) Minute chemical examination of the tongues of Gastropoda
— p. 106-112. (Krceyer) On the Crustacean genus Sergestes — p. 413-418.
(Same) On Pachybdella, Peltogaster and Sylon; parasitic genera of Crustacea —
p. 419-622. Both essays extracted from the Proceedings of the Danish Royal
Society for 1855. (Hoek) On Calicolyle kroeyeri Diesing, an intestinal worm from
Raja batis ; extracted from the Proceedings of the Swedish Academy, 1856 — p.
507-512. (Gerding) Studies of the chemical constitution of Lichenes ; with
reference especially to the formation of the colouring matter in plants ; extracted
from Bley's Archives — p. 112-119. (Nillson) On fossil remains of Saurians and
Fishes in the Chalk of Schonen ; extracted from the Proceedings of the Swedish
Academy, ad. 1856 — p. 504-507. (Giebel) The Chalk formation in Thuringia
— p. 169-174. (Same) On the remains of Saurians and Fishes in the Keuper of
Thuringia ; with a plate— p. 422-429. The remains, found by Mr. Picard, belong
to the following species — Noihosaurus cuvierii Querist.; Amblypterus decipiens
Gieb. ; Saurichthys mougeoti, apicalis, acuminatus, Ag. ; Hybodus tenuis, plica-
tilis, mougeoti, obliquus, Ag. ; H. thuringiae n. sp.\ Acrodus gaillardoti Ag.
(Eisel) On the Zechstein of the environs of Gera— p. 16-18. (Bruns) Analysis
of the Lead dross from the smeltings of the Upper Harz — p. 495-499. (Kuh-
lemann) Analysis of some Minerals of the Upper Harz — p. 499-504. Short
Communications — (Prosch) On the spouting of Whales— p. 514. (Schioedte)
On a new species of Niphargus discovered in England ; extracted from the Pro-
ceedings of the Danish Royal Society, a.d. 1855 — p. 429-430. (Stenhammar) New
Hortus siccus of Swedish Lichenes — p. 512-514. (Giebel) Geological synopsis of
primeval Insects — p. 174-188. The author urges the importance of this long neg-

GERMANY. - 63

lected branch of Paleontological research, and compares the different forma-
tions in respect to the character and abundance of the fossil remains of this
class in each. The richest and best preserved Fauna is that in the Amber, of
which 1,100 species have been examined, and the number in collections probably
amounts to 4,000 species at least. Next to this, in the number of species, seems
to come the Tertiary formation, which Heer has done so much to elucidate.
(Strombeck) On the Antiquity of the Flammen-mergel of North-western Ger-
many— p. 349. Confirming, by new discoveries of fossils, the position of this
rock as the most recent member of the Gault. (Soechting) Mineralogical
Notes ; with a plate — p. 289. (Weichsel) Mineralogical positions in the Lignite
of Helmstedt and Seesen— p. 346-349. (Zinken) Sketch of the Geological
structure of the district of Bernburg, with reference especially to the Petrifac-
tions in the Bunter Sandstein— p. 344-346. (Zuchold) Biography of Leichhardt ;
continued— p. 189-203, 308-344.

Literary Notices — Geology, Mineralogy, and Paleontology, an hundred and
eight articles ; Botany, nineteen ; Zoology, forty-two. The full extracts and
lists of species, given in many instances, make these notices very useful to the
student of Natural History, as an Index to the contemporary progress of science
in different countries.

WUERTEMBERGISCHE NATURWISSENSCHAFTLICHE JAHRESHEFTE. ANNALS OF
THE WUERTEMBERG ASSOCIATION OF NATURAL SCIENCE. 8VO. Stuttgart.

Vol. XII. Part III. 1856.

(Oppel) On the Jurassic formation of England, France, and South Western
Germany — p. 313-556. Section III., the Upper Lias. Section IV., the Lias;
Co-ordination of its several members ; Comparison of the Systems of different
Geologists ; Limits of the Group. Section V., the Inferior Oolite.
Vol. XIII. Part I. 1857.

Memoirs. — (Rapp) Anatomical examination of the Manatus; with a plate — p.
87-98. (Finckh) Contribution to the Flora of Wuertemberg — p. 99-103.
(Fraas) The Oolite in the white Jura of the Brenzthal — p. 104-107. (Schuler)
On the grooved surfaces in the Iron ore of Wasseralrlnger — p. 56-71. (Zech)
The measurements of altitudes on the Wuertemberg Railway — p. 72-78. (Baur)
Spherical curvature and Aerial reflection on the Lake of Constance — p. 79-86.
Short Communications. — (Deffner) On the preservation of Petrifactions —
p. 108. (Krauss) Occurrence of Vespertilio noctula in Stuttgart — p. 108.
(^Fraas) Critical notice of Bach's Geognostical chart of Germany and Switzerland
— p. 109-112. Communications at the General Meeting.— (Luschka) On the
fluid of the Graafian follicle — p. 24-28. (Schlossberger) Examination of Crystals
in the Malpighian vessels of insects ; of Calculi in the Organs of Bojanus in Pinna
nobilis— p. 33. (Same) The chemical composition of the shells of the Mollusca —
p. 29-33. (Guenther) Abramis dobuloides, a new fish of the river Neckar; with
a plate — p. 50-54. (Paulus) Geographical range of Lacerta muralis — p. 54.
(Quenstedt) On the fossil Gavial and Pterodactyle of Wuertemberg ; with a plate
— p. 34-43. (Schuebler) On the flow of Gas in the shaft of the Salt mine of
Haigerloch — p. 44-50. (Kurr) Obituary of Dr. E. G. V. Steudel, the eminent
Botanist— p. 17 24. Proceedings — p. 1-16.

Jahrbuecher des Vereins fuer Naturkunde im Herzogsthum Nassau.
Annals of the Association of Natural Science in the Duchy of
Nassau. 8vo. Wiesbaden. Part XI. 1856.

(Schulz) Contributions to the history of the Infusoria of the Duchy of Nassau ;
with a plate — p. 1-12. Of Infusoria, taken in the extent which Ehrenberg has
given to the Class, 297 species have been recorded as the result of three years'
observations, viz. — Rotifera, 5 1 ; Protozoa, 146 ; Desmideae, 46 ; Diatomacese, 54.
The present article is confined to an enumeration of the Protozoa, among which
the author specifies as new Parameciumplanoconvexum, Trichoda striata, Trachelo-
monas acuminata ; all here figured along with some other doubtful forms. (Schenck)

64: NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Description of the Chrysidae of Nassau, and an appendix containing the species of
the rest of Germany — p. 13-89. There are described as new species, of Chrvsis,
7 ; Holopyga, 2 ; Elarapus, 1 ; Notozus, 4; of which many, according to the author's
own admission, and judging from the characters assigned, probably far the greater
part, may prove to be mere varieties of known species. The number of species
found in the Duchy itself amounts to thirty. (Schenck) List of the Ants of Nas-
sau, according to the arrangement of Mayr, being a supplement to the Description
of the Ants of Nassau, in Part VIII. of the Annals— p. 90-94. (Same) On some
irregularities of the cells of the wing in Hymenoptera — p. 95, 96. (Sandberger)
Description of a variety of Papilio podalirius ; with a plate — p. 97. (Fuckel)
Additions and corrections to the List of the Phanerogamous plants and vascular
Cryptogamae of Nassau, in Parts VII. and VIII. of the Annals— p. 98-103.
(Sandberger) List of the Hymenomycetous fungi of the Duchy of Nassau — p. 104-
113. (Same) Geognostical sketch of the district of Keichelsheim ; with a map —
p. 114-126. (Greiss) On the Magnetism of Iron ore — p. 127 144. Analysis of
the Mineral springs of Weilbach, by Fresenius— p. 145-178. Of warm springs at
Wiesbaden, by Kerner and Carl — p. 179-204. Of lamellar Silicate of Lime from
Villmar, by Eglinger — p. 205 210. Of the ashes of Chrysanthemum segetum, by
Bangert ; with suggestions by Fresenius, for the extirpation of this troublesome
weed by employing it in the manufacture of potash— p. 211-215. Proceedings,
&c p. 216-241.

Abhandluncen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Halle. Trans-
actions of the Society of Naturalists of Halle. 4to. Halle.
Vol. III. A.D. 1855, 1856.
Essays. — (Burmeister) Anatomy of Coracina scutata ; with a plate — p. 191-
212. (Schultze) Development of Arenicola piscatorum, and remarks on that of
some other Annelids ; with a plate — p. 213-223. (Irmisch) Contributions to the
Morphology of plants, No. V., VI. ; with three plates — p. 63-144. The subjects
treated in these two parts are various Labiate plants ; also Smilacina bifolia, con-
vallaria majalis, polygonatum, verticillata, and Paris quadrifolia. (Leichardt)
Contributions to the Geology of Australia, communicated by Girard ; with two
sheets of sections — p. 1-62. (Schweigger) Magnetism in its relation to Acoustics
— p. 145-189. Proceedings — pp. 75. (Volkmann) On the true office of
Muscular Elasticity — p. 57. (Burmeister) The characters of the species of Didel-
phis — p. 5. Characters of the genus Centurio — p. 28. South American species
of Canis— p. 42-44. The Picinas of Brazil— p. 31. The Trochilinae of Brazil
— p. 33. The Sphingidae of Brazil, classification of the species — p. 58-74.
(Schultze) Development of Petromyzon — p. 22-24. Structure of the gelatinous
Disk of Medusas— p. 1, 18-20. Propagation of Polythalamia— p. 35-39.
(Schlechtendahl) On Cibotium glaucescens of druggists — p. 3. On Sorghum
saccharaium — p. 7. Polyporus rhytidodes, n. sp., and on other species allied
to P. fomentarius — p. 16. On the genus Krameria, which yields the Ratan-
hia root, and on a new sort of this ; with other Botanical notices — p. 24-
26. On the date of the introduction into Europe of Datura — p. 26. The
specific distinction of Gotoneaster vulgaris and tomentosa, and on some other
species of this genus — p. 29. (Mueller) On accessory buds in Monocotyle-
donous plants— p. 45. On the arrangement of the leaves in various South
American plants — p. 46-48. (Burmeister) On the species of Pterodactylus —
p. 11-15. (Girard) Extinct Volcanoes of the Vivarais and Velay — p. 7.
General views of the Trias — p. 8.

SlTZUNGSBERICHTE DER KAISERLICHEN AKADEMIE DER WlSSENSCHAFTEN.

Proceedings of the Vienna Imperial Academy of Science. Math. Nat.
Hist. Class. 8vo. Vienna.

Vol. XX. Parts II. and III. ; with twenty-nine Plates. 1856.
(Pelzeln) New and imperfectly known species of birds of the Imperial Museum ;
with extracts from Natterer's MS. Catalogue of the Trogonidae and Alcedinidae,

GERMANY, 65

collected by him in Brazil — p. 492-519. The principal new species are Trogon
chrysochlorus and Bucco striolatus. Trogon violaceus Gmelin, which has been
generally reduced of late as a synonym to T. viridis L., is here re-established.
This species comes very near to T. caligatus Gould, but is larger and marked with
black on the front, cheeks, and throat. Alcedo venerata Gmelin, a species which
has been antiquated, is identified, on the authority of Lathams original specimen
from the Leverian Museum, as the Todirhamphus divinus of Lesson. Bucco ordii
Cassin and Brachygalba melanosterna Sclater obtain some further illustration, and
Urogalba amazonum Sclater is identified with Galbula paradisea. (Heeger) On
the metamorphosis of certain Diptera ; with four plates — p. 335-350. The species
illustrated are Lasioptera arundinis Schiner, Ceratopogon varius Winnertz, Lipara
lucens Mg., L. similis Schiner, Oxycera meigenii, and O. trilineata. It has es-
caped his notice that Perris has already published an account of the metamorphosis
of Lipara. The earlier states of Oxycera also have not been hitherto quite
unknown, as Heeger supposes, but he has given here the first description and
figures of the larva, &c. (Ettinghausen) Notice of the work M Physiotypia
plantarum austriacarura," by Ettinghausen and Pokorny ; with ten plates and
numerous intercalated figures — p. 407-491. This extract in itself will be a valuable
text-book for students of Botany who cunnot have access to the great work from
which it is taken, and which consists of a quarto volume of text, and five hundred
plates in five volumes folio, in which are represented nearly six hundred species of
vascular plants of Austria, selected as representatives of the various modes of dis-
position of the veins in the leaves, &c, as a ground for systematic characters.
(Fritsch) Periodical phenomena of vegetation in Austria for the year 1855 — p.
371-391. (Rochleder) Notices in Organic Chemistry of plant3— p. 527-530.
(Lang) Crystallometry of Quartz; with four plates— p. 392-397. (Leydolt) On
the Aerolite of Borkut in Hungary — p. 398-406.

Vol, XXI. Parts I. and II. ; with thirty-one Plates. 1856.
(Rollett) Free termination of transversely-striated fibres in the interior of the
Muscles ; with a plate — p. 176-180. (Turck) Experimental investigation of the
external sphere of Sensibility of the several pairs of Spinal nerves — p. 586-589.
(Fitzinger) Classification and characters of the Natural families of Birds— p. 277-
318. The author recognizes here, " as in all the other Classes of the Vertebrata,"
five parallel Series, each again resolved into three Orders. The first of these five
among the birds is constituted by removing the Psittacini from among the Scan-
sores in the second series to precede the Eaptorial birds at the head of the Class.
The same position Blainville also once assigned to his equivalent Order Prehensores.
In the present part, Fitzinger has exhibited his proposed arrangement in detail,
descending to the genera as far as the end of the Ambulatores, the second Order of"
the second Series Leptopodes. For this Order, so ample in its contents, he has
admitted the subdivision into the two sub-orders Gressorii and Conirostres. He
is not satisfied with the excessive multiplication of genera by some modern writers
on Ornithology ; accordingly we find here no less than twenty-five Synonyms
reduced under Fringilla, eighteen under Pipra, and not much fewer under other
genera. (Gycery) Oxyuris spirotheca, new species, from the intestine of Hydrophilus
piceus; with a plate— p. 327-332. (Reichardt) On the central system of Vascular
bundles in certain Umbelliferse ; with three plates — p. 133-154. From these
observations it would appear that this system in the stems of the Umbelliferae
presents no such constant relations as in some other families of Dicotyledones, and
affords only specific but not generic characters. On the other hand, the arrange-
ment of the Vascular bundles in the leaves is constant and characteristic for the
family. (Reissek) Alphitomyces schrcetteri, a new and singular fungus developed on
a solution of Caseine; with a plate — p. 323-327. (Pokorny) Application of
Nature printing to Microscopical objects of Botany ; with a plate in duplicate — p.
6-18. The impressions for this purpose require to be taken on some surface more
even than common paper. Glazed paper is employed here, and some of the figures
admit of being examined with a magnifying power up to thirty lineal diameters.
(Same) Application of the common Printing-press to nature printing from Botanical

66 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

subjects ; with three plates — p. 263-268. The extreme simplicity of the means by
which very delicate impressions are obtained not only in copper or pewter plates, but
from the stereotype with a common printing press, deserves attention. (Haidinger)
On hollow pebbles in the " Lauretta Conglomerate" of the Leitha limestone ; with
a plate — p. 480-491. (Oppel and Suess) On the probable Equivalents in Swabia
of the Kcessen strata; with two plates — p. 535-549. The Brachiopoda and other
deep sea species of the Koessen strata gradually diminish in going westwards, and
are replaced by other forms, mostly Pectinibranchia ; but the Vertebrate remains
determine the same Geological Period for this formation and the Bonebed of
Swabia. Two new species, Cypricardia suevlca and Leda deffneri are described
and figured, along with other fossil shells characteristic of the Swabian Bonebed.
(Laurenz) Analysis of fossil resin from Brandeisl in Bohemia — p. 271-275.
(Filipuzzi) Analysis of the water of the Felsinea spring in Valdagno — p. 561-585.
(Steer) Analysis of the fruit of Juniperus communis— p. 383-388. (Brucke) On
the use of Canary glass for Microscopical Object-holders to neutralize the blue
tinge of a clear sky — p. 430-432. (Fitzinger) Historical sketch of the Imperial
Cabinet of Natural History of Vienna— p. 433-479. Obituary of Karl Haidinger
—p. 319-322.

Zeitschrift der Deutschen Geologischen Gesellschaft. Journal of

the German Geological Society. 8vo. Berlin.

Vol. VII. Part IV. 1856.

(Huyssen) The Brine springs of the Chalk formation of Westphalia, their
position and hypothetical origin ; continued from page 252 before — p. 567-654.
(Strombeck) On the occurrence of Rock salt in the Northern district of the
Harz forest — p. 655-663. (Sonnenschein) On an Alliage of Lead and Iron in
a blast furnace— p. 664. Proceedings and Correspondence— p. 547-566.
Index — pp. 5.

Vol. VIII. Part I. ; with eleven Plates. 1856.

Proceedings and Correspondence — p. 1-20. (Beyrich) The shells of the Ter-
tiary formation of Northern Germany; Part IV., Fusus, Turbinella ; with ten
plates — p. 21-28. (Bornemann) On the Diluvial and Alluvial deposits of the
district of Muelhausen, Upper Unstrutthal— p. 89-116. (Rose) On Carnallite,
anew Mineral species — p. 117, 118. (Meyn) On a formation of Reefs on a
small scale on the German coast of the Baltic — p. 119-126. (Suess ) Observa-
tions on Catantostoma clathratum Sandberger — p. 127-131. (Von der Marck)
Chemical examination of rocks of the Upper Chalk formation of Westphalia —
p. 132-150.

Archiv fuer Naturgeschichte u.s.w. Wiegmann's Archives of Natu-
ral History. Continued by Troschel. 8vo. Berlin.

Vol. XXII. A.D. 1856, 1857.
Part I. — Original Communications — (Mayer) The Anatomy of the Orang-
utangand the Chimpanzee — p. 281-304. In addition to the properly Anatomical
details, the author touches on the question as to the number of species of Satyrus,
and proposes a new set of trivial names for them. In reference to the theory
of the progressive development of animals in Geological periods, and the hypo-
thetical descent of mankind from the monkeys, he remarks that in adducing, for
the support of these ideas, the stages of lower organization through which the
foetus of Man and the Mammalia pass, it has been overlooked that at the very
first origin of the human foetus, the character of the higher type manifests itself
predominant, since the noblest, that is the central parts of the nervous system, are
developed the earliest, and are relatively largest then, the head exceeding all the
rest of the body. (Blasius) On supposed new Mammalia of E urope — p. 258-280. A
critical examination of new species recently proposed by Gerbe and Dehne.
Arvicola leucurus Gerbe is referred to A. nivalis Martins, or Hypudaeus alpinus
Wagner ; A. sdysii Gerbe is a local variety of A. subterraneus ; A. ibericus Gerbe,
as well as A. incertus Selys, a local variety of A. savii, probably. Dthne's imper-

GERMANY. 67

feet descriptions make it more difficult to judge of his species from them alone.
Sorex chrysothorax D. is probably Crocidura leucodon ; Reichenbach, however,
is disposed to refer it to C. thoracica ; Micromys agilisD., not distinct from Mus
minutus Pallas; My oxus speciosu&T)., probably M. avellanarius ; and Musculus
mollissimus D-, nothing more than a common white mouse. (Kaup) Synopsis of
the families, genera, and species of Eels — p. 41-77. To make the order Apodes
a natural one, Kaup considers it necessary to restrict it to the families Ophisuridse,
Anguillidae, Muraenidse, Congeridae, and Synbranchidae, thus excluding the Gym-
notidae and Leptocephalidse, as well as Ophidium and Ammodytes. The genera
Alabes, Saccopharynx, and Gymnarchus are also excluded ; as to their true syste-
matic place the author is not yet decided. The Gymnotidae he considers as
constituting the lowest form of the Order Physostoma, the genus Sternarchus, as
the highest organized of the family, being assimilated to the Salmonidae in certain
points of structure. The Leptocephalidse, in like manner, hold the lowest rank in
the Order to which the Esocidae belong, a genus of this family, Esunculus, from the
Mediterranean, presenting the other characters of the Leptocephalidse, but
possessing ventral fins. (Same) Synopsis of the family Gymnotidae ; with figures
— p. 78-87. (Same) Synopsis of the sub-family Ophidinse— p. 93-100. As
Fierasfer dentatus Cuvier varies much in the dental formula, Kaup concludes that
Echiodon drummondii Thompson is not distinct from that species. Fierasfer
imberbis Cuvier should bear the name F. acus, Gmelin's trivial name being the
oldest that applies to the species, since Ophidium imberbe L., which Montague has
figured in the Transactions of the Wernerian Society, does not even belong to the
same genus. (Same) On the swimming bladders of Carapus incequilabiatus
Valenciennes ; and Note by Troschel ; with figures— p. 88-92. It appears that two
species not easily distinguishable from each other outwardly, yet differ in the
number of these organs, that named having three swimming bladders, while C.
fasciatus has only two, the ordinary number. (Moebius) Comparative view of
the nests of the social Wasps; with a plate — p. 321-332. A summary of an essay
on the same subject more at large, published by the author in the third volume of
the Transactions of the Natural History Society of Hamburgh. (Gerstsecker)
Carcinological essays; with three plates — p. 101-160, Contain many valuable
observations on the characters of various genera of Malacostraca, and a critical
determination of the species of Herbst, from the originals, now mostly extant in the
Berlin Museum. The following new genera are characterized and figured : — Pelo-
■plastus, n. g., of fam. Oxyrrhyncha ; P. pallasii, n. sp. Cyclometopa, Chalcepus,
n. g., Cancer trispinosus Herbst; Polycremnus, n. g., C. ochtodes Herbst; both
species doubtingly referred by Milne Edwards to the genus Panopseus ; Euctenota,
n. g., E. exasperata, mexicana, n. sp. Catometopa, Rhaconotus n. g., R. crenu-
latus n. sp. Astacini, Scytoleptus n. g., S. serripes n. sp., South African. Spbsero-
midse, Monolistra n. g., M. cozca n. sp. from the Cam iolan caverns. The following
are new species of other genera : — Micippe miliaris from the Red Sea ; Trapezia
corallina, subdentata, Lupea exasperata, pudica ; Gelasimus excellens, allied to
Acanthoplax insignis Edw. ; Dilocarcinus pardalinus ; Telphusa subquadrata,
Philippine Isles. Lambrus carenatus Edw. is the true C. pransor Htrbst, and L.
prensor Edw. is renamed L. edwardsii. There is some difficulty in determining
which of two very similar species of Ocypode is the true Cancer ceratophthalmus
Pallas; but his figure and the habitat are in favour of the species figured by
Desmarest as O. ceratophthalmus, and to which C. cursor Herbst belongs. The
other species, which M. Edwards appears to have confounded under the same name,
stands here as O. cegyptiaca. O. pallidula Dana may very probably be the young
of the former species, as the black markings are common to all of this genus at a
younger age. Uca una and lsevis Edw. should be united as male and female of one
species. Dilocarcinus castelnaui Edw. is Cancer septem dentatus Herbst ; Cancer
hydrodromus Herbst Telphusa grapsoides Edw., and C. aurantius Herbst T.
leschenaultii Edw., so far as Milne-Edwards's brief descriptions admit of a judg-
ment being formed. (Leuckart) Notes on the Medusae of the sea of Nice ; with
two plates — p. 1-40. A valuable contribution both to the Anatomy and Natural
History of Coelenterata. The following new genera are characterized, Calyptra,

68 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

having some similarity to Thaumantias, but hardly referable to any of the established
families, — C. umbilicata n. sp. ; Phialidium allied to Thaumantias, P. viridicans n.
sp. ; Pyxidium truncatum n. sp., a singular form and difficult to assign the place of :
Paryphasma planiusculum, separated from iEquorea by the form and structure of
the arms, but described from specimens which had not attained their full develop-
ment. Thaumantias corollata, Oceania coccinea, Euphysa globator, Steenstrupia
lineata, Cunina moneta, C. costata are new species. (Gegenbaur) Studies of the
Organization and Classification of the Ctenophora; with three plates — p. 163-205.
A general review of what is known of this obscure group, with some new contribu-
tions to the history of their development, and to the classification. The family
Callianiridse is the most imperfectly known, and is placed at the head of the class
provisionally only. Of Calymnidse a new genus is characterized, Eurhamphcea,
with one species, E. vexilligera, new ; of Cydippidas, a new species Cydippe hormi~
phora. To the families Cestidae and Beroidae there are no additions. Finally,
the author describes a new form, Sicyosoma rutilum, which he considers as repre-
senting the lowest type of the Ctenophora, wanting both the natatory plates and the
vascular system found in the rest of the Order. Extracts and Translations —
(Peters) On the genus Mormops Leach ; from the Proceedings of Berlin Academy,
1856— p. 305-309. (Kinberg) New genera and species of Annelida; from
Proceedings of Swedish Academy, 1850 — p. 310-320. (Loven) Development of
Chiton ; from the same — p. 206-210. (Steenstrup) The structure of the Hectoco-
tylus in Argonauta and Tremoctopus, illustrated by observations on similar
structure in the Cephalopoda in general ; from the Transactions of the Danish
Royal Society, 1856; with two plates— p. 211-257.

Yerhandlungen des Natur-historischen Vereines der Preussischen
Rheinlande und Westphalens. Transactions of the Natural
History Association of Prussian Rhineland and Westphalia. New
Series. 8vo. Bonn. Vol. III. 1856.

Geology, &c (Von Dechen-) The forest of Teutoburg, a Geognostical Sketch

— p. 331-410. (Von Hoiningen) The Pyrites and Barytes deposits of Meggen
on Lenne ; with map and sections— p. 300-330. (Sandberger) Slight notes on the
Paleontology and Geognosy of the Rhenish provinces ; with a plate — p. 292-299.
Clymenia subnautilina described and figured ; like the other species of this genus a
characteristic fossil of the Cypridine slate ; locality Kirschofen, in the Duchy of
Nassau. Goniatites restrictus Eichivald is a variety of G. retortus, viz., Var.
12, undulatus ; see the New Annals of Mineralogy, a.d. 1851. (Wolff) Tables
of altitudes in the Circle of Wetzlar, the Principality of Birkenfeld, and the Barony
of Meissenheim ; with an Appendix by Von Dechen— p. 99-152. (Zeiler) On the
phenomena of Erosion in the Rhenish district — p. 1-11. Botany — (Beckhaus)
Contributions to the Cryptogamous Flora of Westphalia ; with a plate— p. 12-28.
Continued from Vol. II. The present part includes the Hepaticae, sixty- one
species, and Lichenosse, 175 species. (Karsch) Note on the Flora of Westphalia

— p. 163, 164. Zoology (Goldfuss) List of the Land and Freshwater Mol-

lusca of Westphalia known up to the present time, and observations on the tongue,
mandibles, and erotic darts ; with six plates — p. 29-86. The species enumerated
amount to 138, arranged under thirty genera, of which sixteen are terrestrial, and
fourteen aquatic. A probably new species of Arion is figured, as well as A. ater,
hortensis, Limax maximus, cinereoniger, marginatus, sylvaticus, agrestis. (Kal-
tenbach) The Phytophagous Insects of Germany— p. 165-265. A compilation of
his own observations and those of other authors, after the pattern of Maequart's
Catalogues in the Memoirs of the Scientific Society of Lille ; the species being
enumerated under the plants on which they feed, and the latter in Alphabetical
order. The present portion extends from Acer to Atropa. (Mayer) On the pene-
tration of the egg by the Spermatozoids ; with two plates— p. 266-292. Suggesting
various questions, both of observation and theory, concerning this process, espe-
cially in the cases where the egg shows no micropyle, and instituting a comparison
between the reproductive organs in the animal and the plant. Miscellaneous. —
(D'Alquen) On the Microscope— p. 86-98. Proceedings of the Association,

GERMANY. 69

List of Members, &c.— pp. 70. (Assmann) Proposal to institute observations on
Periodical phenomena in the class of Insects — p. 4-12. (Wilms) On the specific
distinction of Taraxacum palustre, and on a hybrid between this species and T.
officinale — p. 49-58. (Marquart) On the importance of Polygonum sieboldii, a
plant introduced from Japan, as fodder for cattle — p. 54. (Kueper) On the coal
formation of Westphalia— p. 56-58. Proceedings of the Society of
Physical and Medical Science of the Lower Ehine, meeting at Bonn —
pp.111. (Mayer) Notices in Comparative Anatomy — p. 60-62. (Same) On the
species of Orang Utangs — p. 87-92. (Same and Siebold) On edible swallows' nests
— p, 31-34. (Schaaffhausen) On the accelerated development of frogs by artificial
warmth — p. 49. (Troschel) On the swimming bladders of the Gymnotini — p.
65. He found only the usual number, two, in Car opus faxciatus, while Dr. Kaup
has discovered three in C. incsqulabiatus, a species so like as not to be easily
distinguished from this. (Same) On the teeth of the Heteropod Mollusca — p. 24.
(Albers) On the worms which infest the human liver — p. 6. (Schaaffhausen) On
Monas okenii, an Infusory which communicates a red tinge to water — p. 67.
(Siebold) Catalogue of the Japanese plants and grains cultivated in the establish-
ment at Leiden — p. 65-67. (Schaaffhaussen) On the fungus which causes the
" blood stains" on spoiled meats — p. 49. (Caspary) Discovery of Zoospores in a
species of Chroolepis, confirming the views of those authors who have placed this
genus with the Algae — p. 83. (Same) On Peronospora devastatrix. the fungus
which constitutes the potato disease — p. 94. (Same) On the change of structure
and constitution of wood long buried under ground — p. 82. (Weber) On the
Anthracite Flora of the Lower Rhine — p. 3. (Nceggerath) Notice of Warren's
work, " the Mastodon giganteus of North America" — p. 13-15. (Same) On an
abundant deposit of the bones of Hypudceus in the Diluvium of Eifel — p. 101.
(Same) Occurrence of Harmotome in the Siebengebirge — p. 101. (Same) Tran-
sition of Sparry into Magnetic Iron ore — p. 67. (Same) Occurrence of Pholerite
in the Rhenish provinces — p. 37. (Same) Amorphous black Diamond of La
Chapada in Brazil — p. 5. (Burkart) On native Gold and Cinnobar, Quicksilver,
and-other minerals of California and Mexico— p. 15-20. (Same) Localities of
Meteoric Iron in Mexico — p. 40-48. (Same) Basalt dyke of the mine Johannis-
segen — p. 102. (Same) Extent of the Anthracite and Sphaerosiderite formation
on the right bank of the Sieg — p. 104-107. (Von Dechen) Geological Map of
Khenish Westphalia — p. 22. (Same) Bach's Geological Map of Germany, Swit-
zerland, and the adjoining countries — p. 52-55. (Rath) On the composition of
Phonolite — p. 83. (Same) Crystal of Quartz invested with a secondary deposit
of crystals — p. 96. (Argelander) Notice * of the United States Astronomical
Expedition to the Southern Hemisphere, in the years 1849 to 1852 — p. 56-60.

MONATSBERICHT DER K. PREUSSISCHEN AkADEMIE DER WlSSENSCHAFTEN ZV

Berlin. Proceedings of the Royal Berlin Academy of Science.

8vo. Berlin.

Vol. XX. ; for the year 1855.

(Pflueger) On a system of nerves controlling the Peristaltic motions of the
Intestines — p. 489-491. (Peters) Specific characters of the marine fishes of the
South-east coast of Africa — p. 428-469. ( Same) Specific characters of new
Curculionidae of Mozambique, by Gerstsecker — p. 83-85. Of new Coleoptera
of Mozambique, by the same— p. 205-269, 636-639. Of new Staphylinii and
Lamellicornia, by Klug — p. 644-660. Of new Diurnal Lepidopetra, by Hoppfer
— p. 639-643. Many new genera of Coleoptera are briefly characterized in the
preceding articles. (Same) On Myriapoda, especially those of Mozambique —
p. 75-83. (Mueller) On Sphcerozoum and Thalassicola, and a new genus Acan-
thometra. (Same) On the Polycystineae observed in the Port of Messina— p.
671-676. (Caspary) On the development of heat in the flowers of Victoria
regia — p. 711-756. (Same) On some Hyphomycetes with two and three sorts
of fructification ; with a plate — p. 308-333. (Ehrenberg) On Microscopic
animals from Mont Rosa remaining alive after four years desiccation— p. 225.

70 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

(Pringsheim) On the fructification of Algae ; with a plate— -p. 133-165. (Cohn)
On the Propagation of Sphceroplea annulina —p. 335-351. (Ehrenberg) Pro-
duction of the marble of the County Antrim, in Ireland, out of Polythalamian
Chalk, by volcanic heat — p. 9-12. (Same) On well preserved Polythalamia in
the Zeuglodon Limestone of Alabama — p. 86-90. (Same) Further illustrations
of the Greensand as casts of Polythalamia, and on the bottom of the Ocean at
12,900 feet depth— p. 172-179. (Same) Illustrations of the organization of
Polythalamia from their primeval casts— p. 272-290. (Same) On a marine bed
of Polythalamia in Europe, and on disguised Polythalamia in the Tripoli of
Virginia and Simbirsk — p. 292-305. (Same) On the successful preparation of
entire casts of Nummulites — p. 487-489. (Same) On a method of communicat-
ing transparent colours for Microscopic purposes to the colourless siliceous
particles of organic bodies — p. 552-559. (Same) Examination of the organic
matters in discoloured streams, and in the matter ejected from Volcanoes — p.
551-578. (Same) On the claret -coloured rain that fell in the Canton of Zurich
on the 14th and 20th of November, 1855 — p. 764-777. (Same) On the progress
of the Supplement to Microgeology, and on Microscopic life in the Southern
States of N. America— p. 779-783. (Schultze) On the occurrence of Cellulose
in a state of good preservation in Lignite and common coal— p. 676-678.
(Ewald) Studies of the Lowest Lias in the district of Magdeburg and Halber-
stsedt— p. 1-5. (Magnus) Water contents of Vesuvian — p. 548-552. (Weiss)
Remarks on the Rhomboedric system of Crystals— p. 7-9. (Rose, G.) Pearled
Lime a Pseudomorphosis of Arragonite— p. 707-710. (Rose, H.) Fallow
copper ore of Poratsch, in Hungary, containing Quicksilver — p. 447. (Same)
Composition of Beryl earth — p. 581-584.

Vol. XXI. ; for the year 1856.
(Koelliker and Mueller) Motions produced by electricity in the heart of the Frog
— p. 145-148. (Schultze) On the terminations of the Olfactory nerves ; with a plate
—p. 504-514. ( Lichtenstein) Specific identity of Cervus mexicanus and virgini-
anus, and specific distinction of C. richardsonii — p. 617. (Peters) On the Sys-
tematic place of the genus Mormops, Classification of Phyllostomata, New species
of Vampyrus — p. 409-415. (Same) Amblyodipsas, a new genus of Snake from
Mozambique — p. 592-595. (Peters) Tcenia gigantea, new species from the in-
testines of the Rhinoceros — p. 469. (Same) Supplement to the Annelides of
Mozambique— p. 654. (Schneider) Motions in the seminal corpuscles of the
Nematodea — p. 192-197. (Lieberkuhn) Parasitic sacs on the larvae of Insects —
p. 220-221. (Mueller) Observations on Infusoria— p. 389-398. (Same) On
the Thalassicollae, Polycvstinese, and Acanthometra?, of the Mediterranean — p.
474-503. The author retains Meyen's name Sphaerozoum for the compound form
Thalasdcolla punctata Hurley. Another compound form, with reticulated shells,
he calls Collosphcera ; the name Thalassicolla being retained for the solitary
forms, such as T. nucleata H., distinguished from Polycystinea by the absence of .
a siliceous shell, and from Acanthometra by not possessing siliceous spicula. Two
new species of Sphaerozoum are noticed. Several new forms of Polycystinese are
characterized, Lithocircus, Cladococcus, Acanthodesmia, Dictyosoma, and many
new species. Of Acanthometra fourteen species are distinguished, and A. arach-
noides Claparede constitutes a new genus Plagiacantha. Many observations on the
structure and movements of these creatures are added ; but of the mode in which
they take food nothing is yet ascertained. In one case the interior of an Acantho-
metra was seen full of little particles in lively motion, from an examination of
which Mueller is inclined to think that the young resemble the jjarent, except in
wanting spicula and in their activity. (Schacht) Fructification of Phanerogama,
exemplified in Gladiolus segetum—j). 266-279. (Same) On the origin, structure,
and distribution of the vessels containing the milky juice in Carica papaya; with
two plates — p. 515-534. (Klotz^ch) On the position of the genus Ouvirandra in
the Natural system — p. 71-73. (Same) Conversion of Avena sativa into A.falua
—p. 444. (Caspary) On the growth of the leaf of Victoria regia — p. 22-26.
(Karsten) Organography of Zamia muricata—p. 648-652. (Braun) On Parthe-
nogenesis in plants — p. 434-436. (Same) Five New species of Chytidrium, with

GERMANY. 71

notes on other species, and on the allied genus Rhizidium—^. 587-592. (Schacht)
On the structure and development of Corallines — p. 261. '(Pringsheim) Fructi-
fication and alternate generation of Algae — p. 225-237. (Ewald) On the Rudistes
found on the Northern borders of the Harz — p. 596-599. (Mueller) On new
Crinoidea of the Eifel Limestone — p. 353-356. (Same) On an Echinoderm, with
scale-shaped plates and the spines of an Echinid, in the Eifel Limestone — p. 356-
361. (Ehrenberg) On the organic forms of the Ocean at 1,600 feet of depth —
p. 197-201. (Same) On Microscopic life in the Central plain of Africa— p. 323-
338. (Same) On the continuation of "Microgeology" — p. 362-364. (Same)
On the nature of a substance that fell in China, darkening the air — p. 393.
(Same) On two new rocks of organic composition ; a white Halibiolite Tripoli from
Chili; and a volcanic eatable Tripoli from Honduras — p. 425-431. (Rammels-
berg) Composition of Leucite, and the Pseudomorphoses of it — p. 148-153. (Same)
Crystallography and composition of the Vanadin Lead ore — p. 153. (Same)
Composition of Leucophane and Melanophane, and some new combinations from
the salt mine of Stasfurt — p. 202, 203. (Same) On Zoisite and the composition
of Epidote— p. 605-617. (Rose, G.) On the thick Boracite of Stasfurt — p. 75-
79. ( Same) Structure and stratification of the rocks in the Riesengebirge and
Isergebirge— p 444-449. (Same) Description of the new Diamond of the Royal
Mineralogical collection — p. 652. (Mayer and V. Neimanns) Account of the
Earthquake observed at Cairo, in October, 1856— p. 471-473.

Flora oder Allgemeine Botanische Zeitung u. s. w. Flora, Uni-
versal Botanical Journal; published by the Royal Bavarian Botanical
Society of Ratisbon ; edited by Dr. A. E. Furnrohr. New Series. 8vo.
Regensburg.

Fourteenth Annual Volume ; with eight Plates. 1856.

Original Essays (Vogel) On the relation between Light and Vegetation

— p. 385-388. (Jaeger) On the comparative harmlessness of injuries of the
stem and leaves to the development of these— p. 65-72. (Wydler) Morpho-
logical notices ; with three plates — p. 33-48. (Sendtner) On the Embryology
of the Vegetable kingdom — p. 657-667. (Dippel) On the disputed question
of the Primordial Sac; with a plate— p. 257-268, 273 281. Concluding,
against the doubts of Pringsheim, in favour of Mohl's views of this. (Same) On
the propagation of Vaucheria ; with a plate— p. 481-488, 497-512. (Wigand)
Contributions to vegetable Teratology; with a plate— p. 705-719. (Same)
Examples of Anomalous formation of the woody substance; with a plate — p.
673-681. (Guembel) Embryology of Viscum Album; with a plate —p. 433-
436. (Irmisch) Natural History and development of Thelygonum cyaocram.be —
p. 689-698. (Schultz, C. H.) Catalogue of Cassiniaceae collected by Jardin,
in the islands of the Pacific — p. 353-362. (Sendtner) The Bavarian species of
Rubus — p. 193 205. The Brambles, truly a field of thorns, afford a sort of
"test objects'' of the Botanist's powers of discrimination between species and
varieties ; without correct notions of which Botanical Geography can scarcely
exist as a science. The author of this essay follows chiefly Arrhenius and
Godron, and admits into the list for Bavaria — in addition to the four old
Linnean species, the following — R. suberectus And., glandulosus Bell., fuscus,
radula, macroacanthus, Weihe, tomentosus Borckh., vulgaris Weihe, nernorosus
Hayne ; while he reduces the great majority of Wirtgen's and Weihe's new
species. (Schultz, F.) Anemone janhae n. sp. from Transylvania — p. 205.
(Buchenau) Note on Sorbus hybrida — p. 1-4. (Same) On a Monstrosity of
the flower in Dipsacus fullonum — p. 389-393. (Wolfner) Thesium carnosum
n. sp., and Th. macranthum Presl., Bohemian plants — p. 561. (Martrin-Donos)
Glaucium aurantiacum, n. sp. of the Narbonese, and Diagnoses of the allied
species — p. 171. (Lehmann and Schnittspahn) Sempervivum tomentosum n. sp.
of the group Aracbnoidese — p. 56-59. (Heuffell) The Hungarian species of
Knautia — p. 49-56. (Caspary) On the daily period of growth of the leaf of
Victoria regia, and of plants in general— p. 113- 126, 129-143, 145-160, 161-
171. (Koernicke) Notes on the genus Crocus — p. 465-478. (Schultz, F.)

72 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

On the species of Gagea indigenous in France — p. 303-366. (Same) On the
right of priority in respect to the varieties of several species of plants — p. 517.
(Hochstetter) Critical remarks on some exotic genera of grasses, and the species
referred to them ; continued from the volume for 1855— p. 17-29, 81-95, 97-
112, 177-192. The subjects are the following genera — Trisetaria Forsk., com-
pared with Deyeuxia Beauv., and Anomalotis Steud. ; Crinipes Hochst., its
nearest affinities Eetrosia R. Br. and Tripogon Roth ; Harpachne H., nearest
affinity to Uninla L. ; Heteranthelium H., related to Secale L. ; Amblyachyrum H. ;
Heteropogon Pers. ; EUonurus Willd. ; Isrhcemum L., its relation to Meoschium
Beauv., Spodiopogon Trin., Sehima Forsk., Hologamium Nees., Arthraxon
Beauv., Bathratherum Nees, Pleuroptilis Trin., Lucaea Kunth, Colladoa Cav.,
Alectoridia Rich., and the frequent confusion among these genera ; Dimeria
R. Br., to which Haplachne Fresh, and Psilostachys Steud. are reducible.
(Boeckeler) New American Caricesj C- tenuispica, triangularis, leucocarpa;
with notes on some other species — p. 225-231. (Same) Critical remarks on
some Carices described as new species in Steudel's Synopsis of Cyperaceae —
—p. 321-329. G. brazasana, St., has been previously described as cherokeensis
Schweinitz ; C. aureolensis St., a form of C. stenolepis Torr. ; C. microsperma
St., is Jlaccosperma Dewey ; C. gracilescens St., oligocarpa Schkuhr ; C. sub-
compresaa St., meliacea Miihl. ; C. amphibola St., a marked form of C. anceps ;
C. rufidula and macrokolea St., form one species; C. subbiflora St., not distinct
from lucorum Willd. ; C. watsoniana and kelvingtoniana St., both belong to C.
acuta Muhlenberg. (Arnold) List of the Musci Frondosi of the Franconian
Jura — p. 241-250. (Massalongo) On some Collemacese of the tribe Ompha-
larieae — p. 209-215. New genera, Corinophoros, Arnoldia. (Same) On
Thamnolia, a genus of Lichenes imperfectly characterized — p. 231-235. (Same)
New genera of Lichenes— p. 281-286, 289-292. Spolverinia, Tomassellia,
Mycetodium, Sarcosagium, Maronea, are the new generic names. (Nylander)
Critical remarks on the Natural History of Lichenes — p. 577-579. (Fries)
Attempt to determine some of the species of Schaeffer's u Icones Fungorum
Bavariae et Palatinatus" — p. 369-373. (Hasskarl) Remarks on some plants in
the Botanic garden of Buitenzorg and the branch of it at Tijpanuar in Java —
p. 513-516. (Steudel) Contributions to the Flora of Chili and Peru, princi-
pally from the collections of Bertero and Lechler — p. 401-412, 417-426,436-
444. (Landerer) On the Medicinal plants of Greece — p. 305-317. (Same)
Botanical observations in Greece— p. 449-458, 647-652, 753-756. (Wolfner)
Critical remarks on various new, rare, or doubtful plants of the Bohemian
Flora — p. 337-394. (Kirschleger) On floating plants, and other notes on
the Rhenish Flora — p. 529-536. (Bamberger) Remarks on some Swiss
plants introduced into his List for this year — p. 737-739. (Vulpius) The
Latreieu Alp in the Canton of Bern — p. 545-550. (Same) Excursion to
the Gasterenthal in the Canton of Bern — p. 551-559. (Same) Excursions in the
summer of 1856 — p. 720-725. (Furnrohr) Proceedings of the Section of
Botany and Vegetable Physiology, of the Thirty-second Meeting of German
Naturalists and Physicians held at Vienna, in September, 1856— p. 593-607,
609-624, 625-639, 641-647-

Reviews, twenty-nine. Repertory of Periodical publications; giving the
contents of fifty-four different works of this class. Botanical Notices extracted,
fifty-one. Collections of dried plants, thirty-eight. Notices of Scientific So-
cieties and Institutions, &c.

Neueste Schriften der Naturforschen den Gesellschaft in Danzig.
Transactions of the Danzig Society of Naturalists. N. S. 4to. Danzig.

Vol. V. Part IV. A.D. 1856.

(Lievin) On the u Dud? or Fezzan worm ; with a plate — pp. 10. This minute

Crustacean abounds in the Natron lakes of Fezzan, where it was first observed and

described by Dr. Oudney (Denham and Clapperton's Narrative of Travels and

Discoveries in Northern and Central Africa — p. 58), after whom Dr. Baird has

HOLLAND. 73

named the species Artemia oudneyi, from drawings sent home by Dr. Vogel.
Lievin has described it here from specimens communicated by Dr. Petermann,
which, though they had lain many years in spirits, have afforded materials for a
pretty complete description of the external anatomy, correcting Dr. Vogel's
sketches in some points. The author agrees with Grube that Artemia Leach
is not a natural genus, and accordingly refers the species to Branchipus. (Same)
On the Monsoons in the Indian Ocean ; with two charts — pp. 42.

HOLLAND.

Verslagen en Mededelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Weten-

schappen. Proceedings of the Dutch Royal Academy of Science.

Class of the Natural Sciences. New Series. 8vo. Amsterdam.
Vol. III. Part III. 1855.

Essays.— (Brantz ) On a mutual connection between the medullary rays by means
of parenchyma, which forms a continuous network of cells containing nutritive
matter, in the wood of the Angiospermous Dicotyledones ; with a plate — p 344-
371. (Vrolik) Biographical notice of De Haan— p. 399-408. (Harting) On
the minute circular currents arising in mixtures of water with volatile fluids —
p. 445-464. Proceedings — (Donders) On Hemodynamic — p. 323-327.
(Vrolik) On the origin of Double Monsters— p. 327-331. (Breda) Notice of
the fossil remains of a Zeuglodon smaller than Z. hydrarchos, in the Tertiary
basin of East Gelderland— p. 290-293.

Vol. IV. 1855, 1856.

Essays (Halbertsma) On a mode of connection between the muscles Latis-

simus dorsi and Triceps in man, analogous to the Anconceus quintus in other
Mammalia ; with a plate — p. 238-246. (Same) On the relation between the
Subclavian artery and supernumerary Cervical ribs in man ; with three plates —
p. 247-258. (De Vriese) Description of the flower of Dryobalanops camphora —
p. 201. (Same) On Triandrism in Phajus ; a contribution to the Morphology
of the Orchideae ; with a plate — p. 95-100. (Lacoste) On the Hepatica? of
Java; Extract — p. 201-207. Proceedings. — (Van der Kolk) On the struc-
ture and function of the Medulla spinalis oblongata — p. 290-293. (Harting)
Remarks on De Vill,e's experiments to determine the source from which the
Azote in plants is derived — p. 151-161. (De Vriese) Note on the Camphor tree
of Sumatra and Borneo — p. 183. Report of Committee on the best plan for
completing the Geological Survey of the Netherlands, commenced and suspended
—p. 295-310.

Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen.
Transactions of the Dutch Royal Academy. Fourth Series.
Part III. AD. 1856.
(Halbertsma) On Hermaphroditismus spurius femininus ; with two plates
— pp. 18. (Van der Hoeven) On the genus Icticyon ; with a plate— pp. 10.
Burmeister, in his Systematic Synopsis of the Animals of Brazil, has referred
the genus Icticyon Lund (Cynalicus Gray) to the Mustelidse, on the ground of
its having only one tubercular grinder on each side in both jaws. Van der
Hoeven here vindicates its position among the Canidse, with which it agrees
better in other characters, showing that the number is not constant in that
family. Thus, in Otocyon there are four tubercular grinders in the upper jaw and
three in the lower ; in Canis azarce, three above and two below ; in C. alpinus
(as Gray has already stated), there are two in the upper, but only one in the
lower jaw ; the same is the case with C. sumatranus, Gray, which is, probably,
identical with C. rutilans Temminck, in one specimen only of which last Van
der Hoeven found two in both jaws, while five other specimens showed but one
in the lower jaw. (Same) Contribution to the Anatomy of Nautilus pompilius,
and especially of the male ; with five plates — pp. 29. Appended is a Micros-
copical examination, by Boogard, of the Spermophora of the male. The whole
essay forms a most instructive supplement to Owen's admirable work. Had

74 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Steenstrup's recent observations on the development of the Hectocotylus in the
Decapod Cephalopoda, as well as in the Octopods, appeared sooner, it is
scarcely to be doubted that Van der Hoeven would have been led by them to
recognize distinctly a corresponding arrangement in the Tetrabranchia.
Troschel, who has inserted this present essay, translated, in the Archives of
Natural History, Vol. XXIII., remarks, with apparent reason, that the Spadix
of the male Nautilus, composed of four connate tentacles, presents an analogue
of the Hectocotylus arm. He considers the structure also to favour the views
of Valenciennes, who has compared the eight labial processes to the arms of
the Dibranchia, and the tentacles of the Tetrabranchia to the suckers in that

order.

Natuurkundige Verhandelingen van de Hollandsche Maatschappij der

Wetenschappen te Haarlem. Transactions of the Scientific Society

of Haarlem. Natural bciences. Second Series. 4to. Haarlem.
Part XII. Prize Essays. A.D. 1856-

(Schultze) The Embryology of Pet romyzon planeri; with eight plates — pp. 50.
The careful and minute observations of the author on the early stages of develop-
ment of this Lamprey, compared with those of Kemak on the Embryology of the
Frog, reveal many points of agreement between the two, and differences from what
we know in respect to other fishes. These differences partly result from the mode
of segmentation of the vitellus, which is total, as in the Amphibia, and accompanied
by the appearance of a cavity of segmentation, to which we know as yet of nothing
quite analogous in other fishes ; the embryology of the cartilaginous fishes, however,
seems to require further examination with reference thereto. There is an analogy
to the frog again in the first formation of the alimentary cavity ; and the inner
Epithelium of the secondary, and not of the primary cavity, is clothed with cilia,
which are persistent ultimately, as Leydig had before observed. Other differences
between Petromyzon and fishes in general are connected with its very simple
organization ; thus the eye appears first at a late period, and as a simple pigment
spot, and the brain presents originally no trace of divisions. The observations
ended with the first indication of the cranial cartilages, and too early to trace the
stages through which the eye attains its perfect organization in Petromyzon.
Other singularities in the development are the remarkable gland of the lower jaw
(Glans thymus), and the Ciliary organs under the Chorda above the heart.

Both the prize essays in this part are written in German, although published in
the Transactions of a Society in Holland.

Handelingen der Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging. Trans-
actions of the Entomological Association of the Netherlands. 4to.
Leiden. Vol. I. Part IV. 1857.

Report of the Twelfth Annual Meeting of the Association at Leiden, in July,
1856 — p. 79-109. Principally taken up with an essay by Van Bemmelen on the
instances recorded of great flights of insects of different orders, but especially
Neuroptera. Libellula quadrimaculata has composed the chief of those noticed in
the Netherlands. Mulder criticized Bouche's description of the larva of Elater
segetis. The correct description and figure which Curtis has given of it in the
Reports of the English Royal Agricultural Society appears unknown to the
censor, not having been cited in the Catalogue of Coleopterous Larvae by
Chapuis and Candeze. Graaf gave an account of the ravages of Cryptorrhyn chus
lapathi, which attacks willows and poplars ; also of the varieties of Libellula
quadrimaculata. De Gavere noticed the peculiarities of the Insect Eauna of
Groningen. Maitland described an intestinal parasitic mite, Gamasus saccicola,
inhabiting the abdomen of Xylocopa latipes in Java.

DUTCH INDIA.

Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie. Journal of

Natural Science for Dutch India. New Series. 8vo. Batavia.

Part IV. A.D. 1854.

(Krajenbrink) Matter, Force, Life, and Spirit ; a contribution to the Develop-

DUTCH INDIA. 75

ment theory. (Altheer-) Origin of the edible birds' nests. (Bleeker) Ichthyology
of the Cocos islands. — Synopsis of the Ichthyology of Sumatra ; with descriptions
of new species. — On fishes that live in starfishes, and on a new species of Oxybeles.
— Fishes of the Natoena islands. — Ichthyological observations made in journeys
through the Kesidency of Banten. — New fishes of the Cocos islands. — Ichthyology
of Batjan. — Characters of new or imperfectly known species of Javanese Fishes. —
Sixth contribution to the Ichthyology of Celebes. — Dactylopterus cheiropthclmus,
a species from the Banda islands — Something more on the Fishes that live in
Echinoderma. Characters of new Mollusca of the Indian Archipelago. (Filet)
Second Catalogue of plants cultivated in the Botanical Garden of the Grand
Military Hospital at Weltevreden. (Korthaals) On the Chrysobalaneae of Dutch
India. (Fromberg) Results of the Sugar-cane cultivation in the Eastern division
of Java. (Chatin) On the Java tea. Gutta Percha of Borneo. Gum Elastic of
Borneo and Java. Discoloured water of the Chinese seas. (Wijers) Analysis of
the wood of Saprosma arbor ea. (Torminger) On the Cassava of the West Indies,
and Analysis of three samples. (Kuijpers) On the Sulphur of Sumatra. (Mayer)
Analysis of Mineral water from the Solfatara of the Gcenoeng Wayang. (Bensen)
On a Solfatara in the Northern part of the Eesidency of Banten. (Altheer)
Analysis of the Mineral water of the same Solfatara. (Everwyn) Searches for
coal in "Western Borneo. — On the position of the Goldmines of Landok. (Schreu-
der) Search for Lignite in the island of Celebes, &c. (Hart) On the strata bored
through for an Artesian well at Macassar. (Arriens) Ascent of the Kloed Volcano
in September, 1854. (Hagemann) On the great eruption of the Kloed Volcano in
May, 1848. (Seijff) On the warm springs in an inlet of St. Nicholas Bay, on
the North coast of Bali island. New islet thrown up in the neighbourhood of
the Key islands. Earthquakes in the Indian Archipelago. Contributions to the
Geology and Mineralogy of Dutch India. Mining operations of the Corps of
Engineers. Proceedings of the Society of Natural Science of Dutch India.
Part V. A.D. 1855.
(Doleschall) Vocal organ of Platydactylus guttatus. (Bleeker) Ichthyology of

Borneo ; eighth article. — Ichthyology of the Cocos islands ; third article Anten-

narius lindyreeni, n. sp., from Banca. — Ichthyology of Ternate; fifth article. —
Ichthyology of the Batoe islands. — Fishes of the Thousand islands.— Fishes of
Tikoe, west coast of Sumatra.— Ichthyology of Amboina; sixth article. —Ichthy-
ology of Celebes ; seventh article Ichthyology of the Cocos islands ; fourth

article. Index to the species of Fishes of Malaja and the Moluccas described in
the Eighth Volume of the Journal of Natural Science of Dutch India ; with the
particular localities. New Mollusca of the Indian Archipelago. (Ross) Review
of Darwyn's theory of the formation of Coral. Flora of the Indian Archipelago,
new species. (Hasskarl) Notice of the work '* Plantas Junghuhnianae." (From-
berg) Effects on climate produced by the diminution or eradication of the forests.
(Altheer) On Arachis hypogcea. (Pant) History, Culture, and Manufacture of
Indigo. (Smits) The Diamond Mines of the East coast of Borneo. The Copper
ore of Batjan. (Croockewit) Analysis of Pozzolani earth from Welira mountain,
in East Java. (Altheer) Analysis of the deposit from the warm spring of Sigoriti.
(Seijff) Visit to Bator Volcano in Bali island. Summary of the Volcanic pheno-
mena in Java in 1854. Earthquakes in the Indian Archipelago ; at Batavia, in
March, 1855 ; at Brakoe, in Engano island. Mining operations of the Corps of
Engineers.

Part VI. A.D. 1855.

(Bleeker) Ichthyology of the Batoe islands ; second article. — Ichthyology of
Sumbaya ; new notices — Ichthyology of Halmaheira, in Gilolo; new notices. —

Ichthyology of Batjan ; second article Gleanings of the Ichthyology of Sumatra:

The Fishes of Lahat and Sibogha. — Ichthyology of Celebes ; eighth article.

Notice of some collections of Fishes from East Java. — Ichthyology of East Java;
ninth article. — Ichthyology of Borneo ; ninth articie, the fresh-water fishes of
Pontianak and Bandjermassin. — Ichthyology of Great Aby island.— Ichthyology
of Batjan ; third article. (Pant) On Influence of the cultivation of Indigo on that

76 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

of Rice. (Croockewit) On the cultivation and manufacture of Sugar, and the
occurrence of the Sugar-cane in West Borneo. (Fromberg) Analysis of samples
of Sugar-cane, &c. ( Wijers) Analysis of the Caranna resin. (Tormingen) Ana-
lysis of Guano from the Grotto Poetjakwangi, in the district of Grissee. (From-
berg) On the same. Notices of the Geology and Mineralogy of Dutch India.
Anthracite on the borders of Batavia and Bantam. (Mulder) Analysis of Coal
from Mew Bay. ' (Mayer; Analysis of the water of the Artesian well in the Coral
island Onrust; and notice of the strata bored through there. — Analysis of the
mineral water of the Solfatara Kawa Manuk. (Altheex) Analysis of mineral water
from the Straits of Bali, and from the Residency of Pasoeroean. Earthquakes in
the Indian Archipelago. Influence of Earthquakes on the Magnet. Mining
operations of the Corps of Engineers. Proceedings of the Society of Natural
Science.

BELGIUM.
Bulletin de l'Academie Royale des Sciences de Belgique. Bul-
letin of the Royal Belgian Academy of Science. 8vo. Bruxelles.

Vol. XXIII. Part II. A.D. 1856.
(De Selys-Longchamps) Further instances of Hybrids of the family Anatidae ;.
supplementary to the list in Vol. XII. of this Bulletin— p. 6-22. (Van
Beneden) On a shower of worms, Mermis nigrescens — p. 3. (Same) Epibdella
scicence, a new Trematode ; with a plate — p. 502-508. (Same) On two species
of Trematodes, Octobothrium merlangi and Axine bellones ; with a plate — p. 643-
653. (Schwann and Gluge) Report on an essay by Udekem on the develop-
ment of Infusoria — p. 159-163. (Melsens) On some properties of the grains of
Starch — p. 663-665. (De Koninck) On the distribution of certain Carboni-
ferous fossils—p. 309-311. -(De Vaux) On the position and formation of
Oligist, Limonite, and Pyrites — p. 69-73. (Perrey) On the Earthquakes that
occurred in 1855, with supplementary notices for previous years — p. 23-68.

Memoires de la Societe Royale des Sciences de Liege. Memoirs of
the Royal Society of Science of Liege. 8vo. Liege.

Vol. IX. A.D. 1854.
(De Selys-Longchamps and Hagen) Monograph of the Calopterygini ; with
fourteen plates — pp. 291. Libellula virgo of Linnaeus constituted the type
upon which Leach founded the genus Calopteryx, and from this has been taken
the name of one of the two sub-families into which the AgrioniiTse are subdivided.
The sub-genus Calopteryx, composed of the species which group themselves
most closely about that type, is the widest in its geographical range of all the
forms in the sub-family, extending into the temperate regions, and this both of
the old world and the new, while no other sub-genus is in common to both of
these, nor any single species, even of that group, unless it be C. sphndens, which
is said to have been received from Georgia. Of the genera themselves, in the
wider sense, five in number, which compose the sub 'family, two only (Calop-
teryx, Euphcea) are represented in both hemispheres, two of the others (Amphip-
teryx, Thore) being confined to America, and one, Libellago, to the Eastern
hemisphere. One hundred species of the Calopterygini are described here.
The majority of all the groups belong to the warmer regions of the globe.
Southern Asia and South America are richest in species ; but the apparent
comparative deficiency in respect to Africa may be explained by our imperfect
acquaintance with that continent. Oceania proper affords no representative of
the group, and Europe itself possesses but three, all belonging to the sub -genus
Calopteryx, unless for a fourth Euphcea fatime is taken in, which passes over
from its habitat in Asia Minor to the opposite shores of the Bosphorus. Of
those three, one belongs to the countries bordering on the Mediterranean, while
two, C. virgo and C. splendens, attain to the British Islands, and the first extends
even into Lapland. The present is intended as the first of a series of Mono-
graphs in which the learned authors propose to treat in succession the several

BELGIUM. 77

families of the Odonata Fabr., or the genus Libellula of Linnaeus. The arrange-
ment given here, and in the previously published Synopsis of the Calopterygini,
(which serves to complete the present work), is based chiefly on the veins of the
wing. It is a striking illustration of the systematic importance of the characters
thence derived, that such are applicable not only to the classification of the
Orders and Families in which the ramifications of the veins are few, and their
relations simple, but to a case where the multiplication of the secondary veins
and the minute subdivision of the network seems at first to present extreme
complexity, and a variety without end. It is a subject for keen regret that no
general system of nomenclature for the veins and included areolets has yet been
established by common consent among Entomologists. It is not merely that a
different set of names are in use in respect to the several Orders, but that there is
little agreement between the various writers on the same Order. When we
compare the terms respectively used by Harris, Jurine, Latreille, Kirby,
Meigen, Fallen, De Romand, Lefebure, Herrich-Schseffer, De Selys, Heer,
Burmeister, Fieber, Walker, and others, we find ourselves involved in the be-
wildering task of acquiring as many distinct dialects almost. It would be a
praiseworthy concert of the special votaries of the Hymenoptera, Diptera, Lepi-
doptera, Neuroptera, Hemiptera, and Coleoptera severally, to bring all their
vocabularies into a common stock, and mutually to sacrifice their private partia-
lities to the rule of priority and analogy, where other reasons may seem to fail.
But this is a digression. In the present notice we have referred to the genera in
the sense in which Dr. Hagen views them, his coadjutor De Selys being disposed
rather to elevate to that rank the whole of the twenty-five sub-genera into which
he has divided them; and this he has done pretty nearly, in fact, by the mode of
nomenclature which he has employed. He avows himself to have been always
before opposed to the excessive multiplication of genera ; but a deeper study, as
he states, has led him here to change his views. Probably there are few students
of Natural History who have concentrated their attention on a single group that
have not experienced something of a similar operation of mind in their own
case, even while their judgment on the general principle may have remained
unaltered, as it applied to other groups, and to the views of other Naturalists.
It might be thought that he who has studied a group most thoroughly should be
best qualified to appreciate the characters which denote generic distinction
therein ; but it may be urged, on the other hand, that one who has a general and
more indifferent acquaintance with a large class of natural objects will be likely
to judge more impartially of the purpose and the requisites of scientific nomen-
clature, framed as it is, or should be, for the very facility of generalization
chiefly, whilst a " mononymic nomenclature" even may suffice the student of
species and their distinctions.

Vol. X. A.D. 1855.
(Dufour) Belostoma algeriense n. sp., and remarks on the genus ; with a plate —
p. 186-198. The remarks chiefly regard the respiratory system, and the structure
of the antennas, with the singular cavity in the interior of the eye, in which these
organs are lodged. (Lucas) Micipsa n. g. of Coleoptera ; with a plate — p. 294-
298. Heteromerous, allied to Tagona ; the single species M. rufitarsis Luc, from
the French possessions in Northern Africa. (Perris) History of the Metamor-
phosis of various insects ; with two plates — p. 233-280. The species here illustrated
are Coleoptera, Liodes castanea, Cryptohypnus riparius, Tarsostenus univittatus,
Ebasus albifrons, Agapanthia suturalis, Dircaaa levigata, Sphindus gyllenhallii,
Lagria hirta, L. lata, Hispa testacea, Gryphinus piceus, and two Diptera, Ceci-
domyia entomophila n. sp., and Platystoma umbrarutn. (Drouet) List of the recent
Land and Freshwater Mollusca of continental France — p. 137-185. The species
enumerated in this carefully compiled list amount to 220 Pulmonata, 40 Pulmo-
branchia, and 35 Pectinibranchia — or 295 Gastropoda in all — and 45 Acephhala.
Notes on the characters of various new or obscure species are added, and references
to the species heretofore included in the Fauna of France which the author has not
been able to determine satisfactorily. (De Koninck) Davidsonia woodwardiana
n. sp. ; with a plate— p. 281-287. Davidson's figures of the two other species of

k

78 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

this genus are also copied into the p'ate, and an error rectified in the references he
has given, the figures 186 and 187 of Plate VIII. having been designated as D.
verneuillii, instead of D. bouchardiana, in the original.

FRANCE.

Memoires del'Academie Imperiale des Sciences de lTnstittjt de France.

Memoirs of the French Academy of Science. 4to. Paris.

Vol. XXVII. Parti. 1856.
(Dumeril) Analytic Ichthyology, or Classification of Fishes according to the
Natural method, by means of Synoptical Tables — pp. 511. This work is like a
parting gift of the veteran author, wbo resigned, in the course of the last year, the
.chair of comparative Anatomy he had filled so long and wortbily. The weight of
eighty-four summers, lightly as they sat upon his honoured brow, could not be
unfelt, and the task of maintaining the scientific reputation of a name so widely
celebrated has devolved upon his son and successor. The first chapter of the
volume before us, extending to sixty pages, comprises a sketch of the Natural
History and Physiology of the class ; the second treats of the general principles of
the classification, in the compass of twenty-two pages ; the rest of the volume being
given to the details. In comparing the arrangement with that expounded in the
** Analytical Zoology" of the author fifty years since, we are struck by the almost
total change of the nomenclature employed for the higher and intermediate groups,
not by adopting the received names, but by the introduction of another set of
compounds, which it is to be presumed the author considered as recommended by
euphony and expressiveness. A change that meets us in the classification at the
outset, is the separation of the Cartilaginous fishes into two sub-classes, equivalent,
under other names, to the orders Cyclostomi and Plagiostomi ; while all the
Osseous fishes constitute the remaining sub-class, divided again into four orders
corresponding to the ancient divisions of Apodes, Jugulares, Thoracici, and
Abdominales, but disguised under the double aliases of Apodes or Acatopes,
Propodes or Anteropes, Hemisopodcs or Mediopes, Opisthopodes or Posterope3.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Annals of the Natural Sciences,
etc. Fourth Series. 8vo. Paris.
Zoology. By Milne Edwards. Vol.V., A.D. 1856. (Marfels) Investigation
of the mode in which minute solid particles pass from the intestine into the
interior of the chyle and blood vessels — p. 134-164. (Schroeder van der Kolk
and Vrolik) Examination of the Vascular plexus in different animals ; with a
plate — p. 111-133. (Milne Edwards) Note on the dimensions of the blood
globules in certain cold blooded Vertebrata — p. 165-167. (Jacquart) On the
measurement of the Facial angle, with a description of a new Goniometer — p. 283-
294. (Gervais) Materials for a Monograph of the Chiroptera of South America
—p. 204-223. (Vulpian and Philipeaux) Notes on the Heart, Liver, and Lungs
of an Elephant— p. 183-204. (Dareste) Note on the Brain of Apteryx— p. 48-
50. (Dufosse) Hermaphroditism the normal condition in the genus S err anus ;
with figures — p. 295-332. The author considers that he has established this fact
in respect to the three species S. scriba, cabrilla, hepatus. (Mueller) On the
development of the Lamprey ; translated from Mueller's Archives of Anatomy,
&c— p. 375-388. (Nylander) Synopsis of the Formicidae of France and Algeria ;
■with a plate— p. 51-109. Sixty-eight species are admitted, viz., Formica 35,
Polyergus 1, Ponera 1, Typhlopona 1, Myrmica 29, Strongylognathus 1. Of
these the Typhlopona, with two species of Formica, and as many of Myrmica, are
found in Algeria, but not in France ; while six of Formica and three of Myrmica
are natives of Algeria and Southern France in common. Further investigation
will doubtless detect many more species in the Southern provinces. The number
of species diminishes in going northwards. The neighbourhood of Paris produces
31 species ; nineteen of which, at least, extend into the Southern provinces, while
twenty-one of them are natives of Northern Europe. The entire number of species
found in the British islands is only twenty-seven. (Schicedte) Observations on

FRANCE. 79

viviparous Staphylinidae domesticated in the nests of South American Termites,
forming two new genera Corotoca and Spirachtha ; translated from the Transactions
of the Danish Royal Academy ; with a plate — p. 169-183. (Lespes) On the
organization and habits of the Termes lucifugum : with three plates — p. 227-282.
The winged individuals are of two sorts ; the small kings and queens (males and
females) are disclosed about the middle of June ; the large kings and queens — in
the last of which alone the abdomen acquires the enormous enlargement so often
signalized by travellers in other exotic species of this family — come out in Autumn.
The soldiers and workers, which never acquire wings, are individuals of each sex, in
which the organs of generation are abortive ; and they scarcely differ from each
other except by the greater development of the mandibulae and their muscles in
the former. Regularly, but one queen remains in each nest of this species. As
Mr. Lespes' observations do not fully agree with the statements of some observers
and travellers in other countries, it would be premature to apply the conclusions
drawn from this species to all the rest. (Same) On Isakis migrans, a Nematoid
worm parasitic in the Termes lucifugum ; with figures — p. 335, 336. (Faivre)
Comparative Histology of the Nervous system in certain Annelides — p. 337-374.
The common Leech is the subject of this chapter ; the essay is to be continued in
the following volume. (Marcel de Serres) Reply to Shuttleworth's letter on the
genus Stoa — p. 168. (Lacaze-Duthiers) Essay on the development of the
branchiae of the Mollusca Acephala Lamellibranchiata 5 with a plate — p. 5-47.
Notices of new books— p. 110, 224-226, 332-334.

Botany. By Brongniart and Decaisne. Vol. V., A.D. 1856. (Mohl)
Remarks on the composition of the Liber of plants; translated from H. v. Mohl and
Schlechtendahl's " Botanical Journal ;'' with a plate — p. 141-159. (Payen) On
the immediate composition of the Epidermis and epidermic cuticle of plants — p.
160-162. (Radlkofer) On the development of the Embryo in Phanerogamous
plants ; with a plate — p. 220-250. Euphrasia odontites and Lathraea squamaria
are the special subjects of these observations, and the author applies himself
particularly to combat the views of Schacht. (Prillieux) On the structure of the
hairs of the Oleaceae and Jasmineae ; with two plates — p. 5-14. (Same) On the
anatomical structure and mode of vegetation of JSeottia nidusavis ; with two plates
— p. 267-282. (Same, and Riviere) Observations on the germination and
development of an Orchid, Angracum maculalum ; with three plates — p. 119-140.
(Fabre) On the germination of the Ophrydese, and the nature of their Tubercles ;
with a plate — p. 163-186. (Godron) On Aegilops triticoides and its different
forms — p. 74-89. (Tulasne) Note on the multiple reproductive apparatus of
the Hypoxyleae or Pyrenomycetes — p. 107-118. (De Bary) On the sexual
generation of Algae— p. 262-266. (Pringsheim) On the fecundation and alternate
generation of Algae ; translated from the Proceedings of the Royal Academy of
Berlin; with a plate — p. 250-261. (Cohn) On the development and mode of
reproduction of Sphceroplea annulina ; translated from the Proc. R. Acad. Berlin ;
with two plates — p. 187-208. ( Same) Observations on the Volvocineae, and on the
organization and propagation of Volvox globat or in particular — p. 323-333. (Cosson)
Account of a Botanical Expedition in Algeria, continued ; with a map — p. 15- 74.
(Same) On the genus Hohenackeria, and description of a new species H. polyodon
from Algeria; with two plates— p. 137-140. (Chatin) Essay on the family
Tropaeoleae ; with three plates — p. 283-322. (Oudemans) On the morphological
and anatomical structure of the fruit of the Camphor tree of Sumatra, Dryobalanops
camphora ; with a plate — p. 90-106. (Derbes) Description of a new genus and
species of Florideae, Ricardia montagnei, and observations on some Algae ; with a
plate— p. 209-220. (Montagne) Seventh century of new cellular plants indigenous
and exotic — p. 334-374. Chiefly from Weddel's South American collections,
viz. : — 7 species of Hepaticae, 64 Hymenomycetes, 2 Discomycetes, 3 Pyrenomycetes,
1 Gasteromycetes, and 1 Haplomycetes ; of which the diagnoses are given in anti-
. cipation of the full descriptions in Weddel's two works now in course of publication.
The remainder are mostly European fungi.

80 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Revue et Magazin de Zoologie, etc. Review and Magazine of Zoology,

Scientific and Practical. By Guerin-M eneville. 8vo. Paris.

Vol. VIII. ; with Twenty-five Plates. 1856.

Original Articles. Vertebrata. — (Guerin-M.) Note on the Aye-aye,

Cheiromys madagascariensis ; with a figure from the living animal — p. 3i2-314.

(Aucapitaine; Note on the African Mouflon, Ovis ornata G. St. Hilaire — p. 3-6.

(Loche) Description of Zorilla vaillanti n. sp. from Algeria ; with a plate — p.

497-499. (Pucheran) Sketch of the Mammalogy of Africa, concluded — p. 49-

55. (Same) Notes on Mammalogy : Cetacea ; with a figure of Delphinus

marginatus Duvernoy— p. 145-149, 315-321, 362-369, 449-460, 546-552. (Same)

Cercopithecus erxlebenii, Cynocephalus doguera, n. spp — p. 96, (Rousseau) On

the dentition of Cetacea, and the position of the whalebone in the mouth of the

Balaense— p. 193-208, 257-260, 305-311, 353-369. (Bonaparte) Inaugural

address to the Meeting of Ornithologists at Cothen — p. 292-295. (Same)

Serresius galeatus, new genus and species of pigeon, of the Marquesas Islands ;

with a plate — p. 401-403. (Bourcier) Pygmornis amaura, Thalucrania coelina,

n. spp. of humming birds from New Granada — p. 552, 553. (Souance) Catalogue

of the perroquets of the collection of the Duke of Rivoli, with observations on some

new or imperfectly known species of Psittacidae — p. 56-64, 152-158, 248-226.

Psittacara hahni, chloroptera, maugei ; Chrysotis chloronota, coccineifrons ;

Psittacula cyanopygia; Pyocephalus aubryanus; Loriculus regulus, bonapartei ;

Nestor esslingii, new species. (Same) Myiop&itta tigrina n. sp. — p. 144.

(Verreaux") Vidua hypocherina n. sp., from the West coast of Africa; with a plate

— p. 260-262. (Jaubert) Letters on the Ornithology of the South of France,

concluded— p. 64-66, 97-105, 149-152, 262-267, 322-327, 403-417. (Dumeril)

Note on the Reptiles of the Gabon; with two plates— p. 369-377, 417-424, 460-

470. New, Chelonians, Pentonyx gabonensis, Cryptopodus aubryi ; Scincoids,

Anelytrops, n. g. for Acontias elegans Hallowell ; Anisoterma n. g., A. sphenopsi-

forme n. sp. ; Ophidians, Onychocephalus caecus ; Holophurolis n. g., H. olivaceus

n. sp. ; Elapomorphus gabonensis. Articulata. — (Chevrolat) Six new

Mexican Carabici — p. 351, 352. (Same) New European Longicornia — p. 435,

436. Callidium deltili, Dorcadion alpinura, Oberea mairii, pedemontana. (Same)

New exotic Longicornia— p. 48, 84-89, 340-343, 436-438, 485-491, 531-535,

566-572. (Marseul) New Longicornia — p. 47. (Thomson) New species of

Coleoptera of his collection'; with four plates— p. 112-118, 472-483, 528-530. A

new genus Octocladiscus is established for Cladophora flabellata of Dejean's

Catalogue, the name Cladophorus having been applied by Guerin to a genus of

Lycidae. Mr. Thomson's ideas of the obligation under which the possessors of

rich collections lie to publish the most interesting new species which they

contain will scarcely meet the approbation of the modern critics who declaim so

strongly against the publication of " detached species." At all events he has

added to the value, such as it is, of the descriptions, by the elegant figures of so

many of the new species. (Same) Pour new species of Lucanidae, with a list

of the family after Hope, and a sketch of Lacordaire's general arrangement — p.

516-528. (Keiche) Lucanus pentaphyllus n. sp. of the South of France— p.

47, 80-82. (Same) Onitis osiridis n. sp. from Egypt, with a list of the species

of this genus found in Europe and about the shores of the Mediterranean,

Euxine, and Caspian seas — p. 118-121. (Fairmaire) New Coleoptera from Chili

— p. 483-485 ; and Morocco— p. 530, 531. Pyladus n. g. of Scydmaenidae, &c.

(Rojas) New Coleoptera of Venezuela — p. 565, 566. (Lucas) Further remarks

on the immature characters of the individuals constituting the species Eremia-

phila barbara Brisout — p. 42-47. (RobineauDesvoidy) On the Scale insects,

Coccidae, of the Olive, Citron, Orange, and Oleander, and on the disease produced

lay them_p. 121-128, 180-188, 277-284, 387-393. (Guerin-M.) On the

improved cocoons of silk obtained by MM. Andre- Jean and Bronski — p. 295-

303. (Same) On the causes of the epidemic of the silkworm ; an essay read

before the Society of Acclimatisation — p. 583-589. Mollusca. — (Bourguignat)

Malacological Recreations; with thirteen plates— p. 7-21, 66-80, 226-247, 268-

277, 327-340, 378-386, 424-435, 499-516. The author proposes a new genus

FRANCE. 81

Zospeum for the species from the subterranean caverns of Carniola, &c, referred
by German authors to the g. Carychium. Thirteen species are characterised.
The other species of various families figured in the plates accompanying these
papers of Bourguignat's, in the present volume, amount to fifty-five. (Marcel
de Serres) On the marine origin of the Dreissenae — p. 21-25. (Grimaud de
Caux) On the animal of the Purpura of the ancients — p. 34-42. (Hupe,
Montrouzier, Lorois) Descriptions of new shells— p. 47, 470-472. fBonnafoux)
Eggs of birds drilled by Helix hortensis — p. 446, 447. (MoqunwTandon)
Note on Helix constricta Boubee — p. 562-564, 592. Radiata.— (Cailliaud)
On the boring Echini of Brittany ; with a plate — p. 158- 1 79. Paleontology. —
(D'Orbigny) New species of Ammonites of the Jurassic and Cretaceous forma-
tions— p. 105-111. Twenty-seven new species described. Proceedings of
the French Academy, for 1856 : including, among others, notes of the following
articles. Valenciennes: Eggs with multiple vitellus — p. 32. Texier: Large-
tailed sheep of Caramania— p. 33. Marcel de Serres : the Touariks — p. 89.
Millet : On re-stocking rivers with fish — p. 90. Bourguignon and Delafond : A
form of scabies of the horse communicable to man — p. 91. Wanner : The Lungs
the motive factor of the circulation of blood — p. 91. Bekker : The claw at the
tip of the Lion's tail — p. 92. Caraguel : Influence of the weather on the con-
struction of Spiders' webs— p. 130. Bonaparte : Perdix graeca of Brisson a true
species — p. 131. Schultze : Development of the Lamprey — p. 131. Bonaparte :
Gray's Catalogue of Chelonians of British Museum — p. 132. Gervais : Materials
for a Monograph of the Cheiroptera of S. America — p. 133-137. Hombres-
Firmas : On Pecten glaber — p. 188. Pomel : Five new species of Rodentia
from Algeria— p. 188-190. Raimondi : Origin of the Guano of the Chinchas
islands — p. 190. Bonaparte: New species of Birds, Asiatic and American — p.
247-254. Same : Parallel tables of the order Gallinaceaa — p. 254. Marcel de
Serres : Origin and formation of the Egg, and Primordial condition of Double
monstrosity — p. 285. Valenciennes : Felis tulliana n. sp. of Asia Minor — p.
286. Schultze : Double monsters — p. 287. Guerin and Robert : Thermometer
for the use of cultivators of silkworms — p. 288. Dufosse : Hermaphroditism in
Serranus— p. 346. Marcel de Serres : The Male and Female egg of animals— p.
347. Guerin-M. : Coccus of the Bean, and its use as a dye stuff"— p. 347-349.
Richard : Multiplication of animals in France — p. 349. Pelouze : Liquid
secreted by the abdominal gland of Carabus— p. 350. Davaine : Different degree
of vitality in Vibrio tritici adult and larva— p. 351. Lartet : Dryopithecus
fontani, a large fossil Ape of France — p. 394. Valenciennes: Filaria sethiopica
n. sp. under the skin of the Hunting leopard — g. 395. Gaudry and Lartet :
Paleontological discoveries in Attica — p. 396. Quatrefages : The Silkworm
epidemic — p. 397. Bernard : Temperature of Animals — p. 399. Lespes :
Natural History of Termes lucifugum — p. 439-442. Geoffroy St. Hilaire:
Use of horse flesh as an article of food — p. 443. Chrestien: Efficacy of
sulphur as a remedy for the grape disease merely mechanical — p. 492.
Rossignon : The Blood river of Choluteca — p. 493. Bonaparte : Fossil
Ornithology ; the families Inepti and Struthiones— p. 494. Hollard : Systematic
place of the Ostracionidae— p. 496. Bonaparte : Gray's Catalogue of Columbae
of British Museum— p. 535. G. St. Hilaire: Introduction of Bombyx mylitta
into France— p. 536-538. Paraney : Former existence of Epyornis on the
continent of Africa, as well as in Madagascar — p. 538. Guerin-M. : Agricultural
Societies for France— p, 539-541. Jacquelin du Val: Law of structure of the
Insect skeleton — p. 541. Ebrard: Muciparous loops of the Leech — p. 542.
Greslot : Best form for beehives— p. 574. Obituary — Barbie ; Puton — p.
582, 583. Reviews. — Weiner : Figures of Animals kept for use or amuse-
ment— p. 289. Westwood : Butterflies of Great Britain — p. 290. Moquin-
Tandon : Natural History of the land and freshwater shells of France, Vol. I. —
p. 128-130. Grateloup and Raulin : Statistical and Geographical Tables of the
land and fresh water Mollusca of France — p. 140-143. Grateloup : Geographical
distribution of the Limacina — p. 143. Same : List of the land and freshwater
Mollusca of France— p. 143. Liesville : List of the Mollusca of the country

82 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

about Alencon— p. 581. Drouet : Geographical distribution of the Mollusca of
the Aube — p. 578. Fischer : Conchyliological Miscellanies — p. 579. Godron :
Dreissena polymorpha naturalized in Lorraine — p. 580. Gassiez : Mollusca of
Algeria in the Museum of the Linnean Society of Bordeaux — p. 582. Villa :
On Helix frigida— p. 138. Same: On the genus Melania — p. 138. Strobel :
The Gastropoda "and Conchifera of the territory of Pavia — p. 577. Bulletin of
the Moscow Society of Naturalists, Vol. XXVI., XXVII.— p. 94-96, 191.
Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, a.d. 1853, 1854— p. 291.

Memoires de la. Societe Imperiale des Sciences Naturelles de Cher-
bourg. Memoirs of the Cherbourg Society of the Natural Sci-
ences. 8vo. Cherbourg et Paris. Vol. III. A.D. 1855.
Memoirs. — (Thuret) On Bornetia, a new genus of Algaj ; with two plates —
p. 155-160. (Nylander) Attempt at a new Classification of Lichenes ; Part
second — p. 161-202. (Le Jolis) Examination of the species confounded under
the name Laminaria digitata ; with^observations on the genus Laminaria — p.
241-312. Published first in the Transactions of the Bonn Academy of Natu-
ralists, Vol. XXV. Short Communications (Beaulieu) On the Pishes of

the Department of La Manche— p. 375. (Bertrand Lachenee) Plants observed
in the neighbourhood of Cherbourg— p. 2L7-223, 387-389, 402. (Same)
Monstrosity in the flowers of Angelica sylvestris — p. 236. (Lesdos) On some
Silurian rocks in the North of the Department La Manche — p. 217. (Same
and Besnou) Analysis of the Limonites of Sauxmesnil — p. 387.

ITALY.
Atti dell' I. R. Istituto Veneto di Scienze, etc. Transactions of the

Venetian Imperial Institute of Sciences, Literature, and Arts.

Third Series. 8vo. Venezia. Vol. I. 1856.

(Molin) Anatomical and Physiological examination of the Heart and Circula-
tory system of the Boa constrictor ; with twelve plates— p. 377-391, 429-470,
517-533. (Same) Reply to Nardo's note on the same— p. 798-809. (Nardo)
On the works relating to the Heart and Circulation in Reptiles— p. 755-757, 809,
883-897. (Gera) On the contagious Atrophy of the Silk worms ; New observa-
tions—p. 76-81. (Miniscalchi) On the Sorgum saccharatum — p. 216. (Fapanni)
On the cultivation of flax in the Venetian territories, and on a method for get-
ting rid of the troublesome weed Silene linicola — p. 361-377. (Catullo) Remarks
on some late essays on Paleontology — p. 713-729. (Bizio) On the origin of the
Diamond— p. 421-428.

Memorie di Matematica e di Fisica della Societa Italiana delle Scienze
in Modena. Memoirs of the Scientific Society of Modena. Mathe-
matical and Physical Sciences. Fo. Modena.

Vol. XXV. Part II. A.D. 1855.
(Bertoloni, A.) Plants of Liguria, second selection; with six plates— p. 121-
127. The species figured are Vinca acutiflora Bert. ; Leucojum hyemale Bert. ;
Allium ampeloprasum L. ; A. acutiflorum Lois. ; A. oleraceum L. ; A. Ugusticum
Notaris. (Tenore) Notes on some species of Cupressus ; with two plates — p.
187-195. Distinguishing under the trivial name C. tournefortii the " Cupressus
lusitanica patula flore minori" of Tournefort, C. lusitanica Flore Portuguese, from
the C. glauca Lamarck, which usually goes by that name. (Same) Taxodium
mucronatum n. sp. ; with two plates — p. 196-204.

Atti dell' Accademia Pontificia de' Nuovi Lincei. Transactions of
the Pontifical Academy of Rome. 4to. Roma.
Fifth year ; Sessions of 1852. A.D. 1854.
(Sanguinetti) Prodomus of the Flora of Rome, containing the plants that
grow spontaneously about Rome, in the Cisapennine Provinces of the Papal

ITALY. 83

States, and in the Picene Territory ; continued. (Latini)'On the Ammoniac
given out in Respiration. (Volpicelli) Extract from Melloni's two Memoirs
on the Magnetism of rocks.

Sixth year ; Sessions of 1853. A.D. 1855.
(Ponzi) Geological map of the Comarca of Rome.

SPAIN.
Memorias de la real Academia de Ciencias de Madrid. Memoirs of
the Madrid Royal Academy of Science. Third Series. Natural Sciences.
4to. Madrid. Vol. I. A.D. 1850-1854.

Part I. A.D. 1850.
(Naceyro) List of the Birds observed in the environs of Santiago, and in
other parts of the Province of Galicia — p. 93-116. (Graells) Description of the
Larva of Agapanthia ; with a plate — p. 67-79. (Luj an) Geological studies of
part of the Provinces of Badajos, Seville, Toledo, and Ciudad Real ; with a map
— p. 3-34. (Ezquerra del Bayo) Essay of a general account of the Geological
— structure of the Spanish territory in the Peninsula ; with a map— p. 35-65.
Part II. A.D. 1851.
(Vidal) List of the Birds of Albufera— p. 167-172. (Graells) Description of
some new species of Insects of Central Spain — p. 109-166. (Luj an) Geological
studies, Part II. — p. 1-72. (Ezquerra) Geological description of Spain ; Sec-
tion II p. 73-108.

Part III. A.D. 1854.
(Ezquerra) Geological description of Spain ; Section III. — p. 161-184.
(Pastor y Lopez) Geognostical and Agricultural account of the Province of
Asturias ; Prize Essay of the Academy — p. 1-132.

AMERICA.
American Journal of Science and Arts ; Conducted by Professors Silliman
and Dana, &c 8vo. New York.
Vol. XXIII. January to May, 1857.
Original Essays. — (Nickles) On the presence of Fluorine in the Blood — p.
101. (Gray) Statistics of the Flora of the Northern United States \ continued
from the preceding volume — p. 62-84, 369-403. Among the characteristics of
this Flora, compared with that of Europe, the relative superiority in types of
Orders is signalized, twenty-six Orders being included in it which are wanting to
that of Europe ; while that, exclusive of the Mediterranean basin, has only seven
Orders which are not represented in this ; — the prevalent subtropical character in
those extra-European Orders ; — the abundance of woody plants, and especially of
trees, &c. (Hall) Observations on the Carboniferous Limestones of the Missis-
sippi Valley— p. 187-203. (Same) On the genus Archimedes or Fenestella from
the Carboniferous Limestones of the Mississippi Vailey — p. 203, 204. (Bailey)
Microscopic examination of the Soundings of the Atlantic, made in the voyage of
the Arctic to and from Ireland, by Lieut. Berryman of the U. S, Navy — p. 153-157.
The Coalfields of the East Indian Archipelago— p. 157-161. (Mallet) On the Rose-
coloured Mica of Goshen, Massachusetts— p. 180. (Same) Analyses made for
the Geological Survey of Alabama — p. 181-185. (Same) On " Red Sulphur" —
p. 185-187. (Newberry) Mode of formation of Cannel Coal— p. 212-215.
(Whitney) On the Huronian and Laurentian Systems of the Canada Geological
Survey— p. 305-314. (Scrope) On the formation of Craters and the nature of the
Liquidity of Lavas ; Extracted from the Journal of the Geological Society of
London— p. 346-359. (Genth) Contributions to Mineralogy— p. 415-427.
(Pratt) On two Sulphurets of Copper, from the Canton Mine. Georgia, U. S. — p.
409-414. (Bakewell) On the Changes which have taken place, and which are
now iu progress, in the Falls of Niagara — p. 85-95. (LeConte) On the agency
of the Gulf stream in the formation of the Peninsula and Keys of Florida — p. 46-
60. (Bache) Observations on the cause of the increase of Sandy Hook-— p. 16.

84 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

(Trask) On Earthquakes in California during 1856— p. 341-346. (Cobell)
Biography of J. N. Von Fuchs ; extracted from Proceedings of Bavarian Academy
— p. 95-101, 225-233. Literary Notices. — Owen : On the Ruminants, and the
Aboriginal cattle of Great Britain — p. 132-236. Hallowell : Appendix to papers
on Reptiles in the Museum of Philadelphia Academy — p. 282-284. Agassiz : On
some young Gar-pikes from Lake Ontario — p. 284. Fitch : Report on the
Noxious and other Insects of New York — p. 150. Binney's Terrestrial Mollusks
of the U. S. — p. 292. Leidy : On a boring Sponge, Chona—\). 281. Heer : On
the probable origin of the Organized beings now living in the Azores, Madeira, and
the Canaries — p. 130-132. De Candolle: Prodromus Systematis Vegetabilium — p.
126. Bromfield : Flora Vectensis— p. 127. Seeman : Botany of the Voyage of the
Herald — p. 127. Engelmann : Synopsis of the Cactacea? of the United States, &c.
— p. 128. Sullivant : The Musci and Hepaticse of U. S. east of the Mississippi —
p. 129. Henfrey : Origin of the Embryo in Plants— p. 278. Gray : First Lessons
in Botany — p. 280-439. Mohl: On the causes of the opening and closing of
Stomata — p. 280. Sullivant and Lesquereux : Musci Boreali-Americani exsic-
cati — p. 438. Ravenel : Fungi Caroliniani exsiccati— p. 439. Greg : Meteoric iron
from Chili, containing Native Lead, &c. — p. 118. Higgins and Bickell : Compo-
sition of Columbian Guano — p. 121. Jackson: Analysis of Serpentine marbles,
known as Verd Antique — p. 123-126. Shepard : Treatise on Mineralogy — p. 148.
Ansted : Elementary Course of Geology, Mineralogy, &c. — p. 148. Blake : Oc-
currence of Telluret of Silver in California— p. 270. Leidy : Remains of extinct
Animals discovered by Professor Emmons— p. 271. Owen : Geological Survey of
Kentucky — p. 272. Jones : Shower of Ashes over the plains of Quito — p. 276.
Coan : Volcanic action on Hawaii — p. 435. Lapham : Geological Survey of Wis-
consin— p. 437. Carpenter: The Microscope and its Revelations — p. 149.

Obituary W. C. Redfield— p. 292. Hugh Miller— p. 294. Jacob W. Bailey

— p. 467. M. Tuomey— p. 668. Correspondence of J. Nickles — p 102-115,
440-447. New Publications— p. 151, 304, 450.

BRITISH INDIA.
Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, New Series. 8vo. Calcutta.
Vol. XXIV. for the year 1855. A.D. 1856.
Essays. — (Piddington) On an unknown forest race (of Indian Veddahs ?),
inhabiting the Jungles South of Palmow— p. 207-210. (Blyth) Further re-
marks on the different species of Orang-utan — p. 518-528. (Same) On the
Indian species of Shrews— p. 24-28. There are enumerated of Sorex 15 species,
Feroculus 1, Soriculus 1, Crossopus2; as new species — Sorex heterodon, me-
lanodon, micronyx, nudipes, atratus. (Same) Report on a Zoological collection
from the Somali country — p. 291-306. (Hodgson) Catalogue of Nepalese Birds,
collected between 1824 and 1844— p. 572-582. The list consists of 652 species ;
89 Raptorial, 407 Passerine, 44 Gallinacean, 77 Wading, and 35 Natatorial
Birds. (Tickell; Description of a new species of Hornbill from Tenasserim,
Buceros tickelli Blyth— p. 285-287. (Theobald) Indian Oology; continued

from Vol. XXIII p. 529-536. (Benson) Shells of Chusan, collected by Dr.

T. Cantor— p. 119-140. Ineilaria n. g., a connecting link between Arion and
Onchidium ; Batillaria n. g., for Cerithium zonale Lam. ; Laguncula n. g., re-
lated both to Assiminia in the Turbinidae, and to Lacuna and Globularia in
the Naticidae. (Hi slop) On the age of the Coal strata in Western Bengal and
Central India— p. 347-353. (Piddington) Report on two specimens of Cuttack
coal— p. 240. (Same) Analysis of a Coal from Cherra Punji— p. 283.
(Same) On the Kunkurs of Burdwan, as a flux for smelting Iron ores— p. 212-
214. (Marcadieu) Report on the Kooloo Iron mines, and a portion of the
Mannikura Valley— p. 191-202. (Royle) On the Graphite of Kumaon and

Travancore — p. 203-206. Proceedings The species of Orang-utan of

Borneo and Sumatra — p. 469. Squirrels of Burmah — p. 472-477. Animals of
Pegu; Lepus peguensis, and many new species of Birds — p. 471-481. New
Mammalia, Reptilia, and Amphibia, from Pegu— p. 711-721. Sorex fuliginosus
Blyth, n. 6p., from Pegu — p. 362. Comparative view of the Birds of India and

BRITISH INDIA. 85

Eastern Africa— p. 252-265. Birds of Tenasserim ; many new species— p. 266-
281. Hesperiphona affinis Blyth, n. sp., from the Punjaub — p. 179. Note on
Grus antigone and G. australasica—j). 360. Subdivision of the genus Malaco-
cercus Swainson — p. 478. Dipsas hexagonotus, Blyth, n. sp p. 360. Phos-
phorescent marine animals — p. 541.

BRITAIN.

The Transactions of the LiNNiEAN Society of London. 4to. London.
Vol. XXII. Part I. ; with nineteen Plates. 1856.

(Hooker, J. D.) On the Structure and Affinities of Balanophoreae ; with sixteen
plates— p. 1-68. (Henfrey, A.) On the development of the ovule of Santalum
album ; with some Remarks on the phenomena of Impregnation of Plants gene-
rally; with two plates— p. 69-79. (Miers, J.) Remarks on the nature of the
outer fleshy covering of the Seed in the Clusiaceae, Magnoliacese, &c, and on the
development of the Raphe in general, under its various circumstances ; with figures
— p. 81-95. (Same) On several instances of the Anomalous development of the
Raphe in seeds, and the probable Causes of such deviations from the usual course of
structure, especially in reference to Stemonurus, Urandra of Thwaites, with some
prefatory remarks on that genus ; with figures — p. 97-112.

The present volume commences with an elaborate paper by Dr. Hooker on the
structure and affinities of the Balanophore^e, a group of root-parasites of very
curious structure and strange aspect, combining in some degree the external
characters of Fungi with the floral apparatus of phanerogamous plants. Only one
of these plants is a native of Europe, and was known to the older writers by the
name of M Fungus melitensis" under which appellation it long enjoyed a reputation
as a styptic ; all the rest are natives of tropical or subtropical countries. The
majority inhabit the mountain forests of India and S. America, where they some-
times ascend to 10,000 feet. A few are scattered over the Eastern Archipelago,
and in the Pacific Islands, and two occur at the Cape of Good Hope. Some have
remarkably wide ranges for parasitic plants, the European species (Cynomorium
coccineuni) extending "from the Canary Islands to the mouths of the Nile, through
3,000 miles of longitude," and some others are as widely dispersed ; most, how-
ever, are, so far as known, very local. In Dr. Hooker's memoir twenty-eight
species are enumerated, and these are arranged under fourteen genera — a proof of* the
highly diversified structure which occurs in the Order — and which is further illus-
trated by a distribution into two sub-orders and seven tribes. Indeed, Dr. Hooker
seems to think that future discoveries may induce botanists to break up the Order
into several. The largest genus is Balanophora, of which eight species are enumer-
ated. Only two other genera, Lophophytum and Coryncea, have more than two
species, and eight genera are founded on solitary species ; yet we do not think the
generic subdivision has been carried to excess. The characters assigned seem
plain and well chosen, and diversities in the rhizome and inflorescence, which
indicate difference of habit, are employed as accessory to those derived from the
styles, stamens, and perianth. Botanists have long debated and differed on the
true position which the Balanophoreae ought to occupy in a lineal distribution of the
Natural Orders. By some these parasites have been supposed acotyledonous, and
associated with Eungi. Lindley devised his class Rhizogens, which he places below
Endogens, for this and two other Orders of root-parasites which agree in the nature
of their parasitism and in little else. Endlicher favours the same view, though he
does not consider his " Rhizanthece" as more than a minor class — a term which he
employs as the equivalent of Lindley's M Alliance." Other and perhaps most
botanists have regarded them as an anomalous form of Endogens, differing from
the ordinary types in having an imperfectly developed embryo, and scaly fungoid
habit. We believe that the late Mr. Griffith was the first to suggest a dicotyledonous
affinity for the order, which he placed in the neighbourhood of Urticeas, with the
exception of Mystropetalum, referred by him to Loranthese. Dr. Hooker, in the
present memoir, brings forward evidence of the exogenous structure of the rhizomes,
and consequently infers dicotyledonous embryo, although of a very imperfect type

86 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

— that is to say, of a homogenous structure, destitute of cotyledons. It appears to
be developed in an ovule deprived of the usual integuments, or reduced to a simple
nucleus, and is lodged in albumen of firm texture. Embryonic seeds have, how-
ever, as yet been observed in but three out of the fourteen genera known. With
respect to the exact affinities of Balanophorese, Dr. Hooker says: — "In endea-
vouring to determine the affinities of Balanophorese, I shall disregard the negative
characters — as those may be termed which are founded on the imperfection of
organs — and I shall take the most perfectly developed species as the best ex-
positors of the typical structure of the order. In so doing, I believe I am obeying
a maxim supported by an extensive study of the natural system ; for there are few
natural orders, however perfect, that do not present structurally incomplete genera
and species, many of which, in point of development of their organs, might rank
below many Balanophorese and some Cryptogams, but which, nevertheless, are not
departures from the type of the order, but simply less developed forms of it.
Balanophorese have an adherent perianth in all the genera where this organ is
developed, and an epigynous stamen in Cynomorium, the only species in which
hermaphrodite flowers occur. These characters indicate a position amongst the
epigynous Calyciflorse, a group which, though far from being well limited as a
natural class, is in our present state of knowledge one of considerable value as com-
prehending many nearly allied natural families. Amongst them the most direct
relation of Balanophorese is certainly with Haloragese (and especially Gunnera),
with which it presents many important characters in common, especially the valvate
perianth and stamens opposite its lobes, and near which I would place it in a lineal
series." He then proceeds to detail, at some length, the various points of agree-
ment with Halorageae, an Order made up, like the Balanophorese, of genera in
various stages of organic development, and itself an imperfect expression of a higher
type of structure. No botanist who has hitherto investigated this Order has had
command of such ample materials as Dr. Hooker, and very few, indeed, of living
botanists could have made such excellent use of them. The details of structure are
given with this author's usual exactness, and at the same time with brevity ; and
the paper is illustrated by sixteen quarto plates full of admirably executed figures.
In preparing these plates no pains have been spared to render them a full atlas of
the matter contained in the body of the memoir.

Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society. Published quar-
terly. 8vo. Longman and Co., and Williams and Norgate, London. Vol. I.
No. IV. March, 1857.

Zoology.— (Walker) Catalogue of the Homopterous Insects collected at
Sarawak, Borneo, by Mr. A. R. Wallace, with descriptions of New species ;
with two plates— p. 141-175. Another rich contribution to the Natural History
of the Indian Archipelago, from the same source which has already opened the
Entomological fauna of Malacca and the islands of the Straits to our knowledge.
One hundred and forty-five new species are described, while only thirty-nine of
the whole number collected have been previously characterized, and of these not
more than one-third by other authors. Seventeen new genera are proposed, nearly
all of which are illustrated with figures. These are — of Dictyophorides 3, Leu-
saba, Isporisa, Epora ; Cixioides 4, Bidis, Ostama, Erana, Rhotala ; Issites 1,
Hiracia; Flatoides 7, Benna, Serida, Paricana, Nicerta, Eucarpia, Rhotana,
Ficarasa; Aphrophorides 1, Amarusa; Scarides 1, Isaca. Most of these
new generic names have an unclassical twang ; but we are not well enough
acquainted with the Eastern tongues to tell whether the author has borrowed
from the Malayan or the Dyak ; according to the precedent set by Amyot, who,
having exhausted, it may be presumed, the vein of Pelasgie roots, betook him-
self for new combinations to the Sanskrit and Chinese, supplied him at second
hand. Index, Contents, &c. — pp. 12.

Botany.— (Oliver) Note respecting Glandular appendages of the leaves in
the autumnal rosettes of Epilobium montanum— p. 190. (Bennett) Descrip-
tion of the Kobo tree, Guibourtia copallifera^ a new genus of Leguminosae, col-

BRITAIN. 87

lectedby Dr. W. F. Daniell in Sierra Leone— p. 149-151. (Archer, T. C.)
Extract from a letter of his to Mr. Bell, on the gum of the Kobo tree — p. 151.
(Masters) Note on a Monstrosity of the flowers of Saponaria officinalis — p. 159-
162. (Lindley) Note on Spiranthes gemmipara — p. 168-170. Babington has
referred this to S. cernua, but it is here recognised again as a distinct species,
which is confined to a very limited district in Ireland. (Same) Contributions
to the Orchidology of India, No. I. — p. 170-190. Of the learned author's par-
ticular qualifications for the task it is needless to say anything. Concerning his
materials it is here stated that M there is little that has not been entrusted to me,
except the Malay plants of Horsfield in this country,, and those of Blume from
Java and other Dutch ^islands." One of the most remarkable results of the
comparison of the various collections, placed at the author's disposal, has been
to dissipate the common notion that the species of Orchidese generally have a
very limited range. This may probably be true of the Epiphytes, but certainly
is not so as to the terrestrial kinds* Of seventy- one species illustrated in this
present part, twenty-two are new. A new Analytical table is appended of the
genera of the Physurid Neottiese, from which the genera Plesaure, Ulantha, and
Galera are here excluded, and other corrections are introduced of the author's
general work on the Orchideae. (Seemann) On the Palm of Timbuctoo — p.
152-157. Here determined as Borassus oethiopum. (Berkeley) Note on the
use of the Rhizoma of Pteris aquilina as art article of food— p. 156. (Same)
On the recent discoveries in relation to the Microgonidia of Fresh- water Alga
— p. 145-147. (Hicks) Draparnaldia cruciata, a new species — p. 192. (Cur-
rey) On Peziza curreyana Berkeley, n. sp., being the perfect development of
Sclerotium roseum Kneiff—-p. 147-149. (Same) On a species of Pilobolus, P.
roridus? new to Britain ; with a plate — p. 162-167. (Berkeley) On some En-
tomogenous Sphaerige ; with a plate— p. 157-159. Five new species of Cordyceps
are described, all from South Carolina, U. S. This brings the total number
known of Entomogenous species of the genus up to nineteen. Of these Europe
possesses four, two of them in common with America, and one with Africa,
Index — pp. 11.

Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society. 8vo. London.
Vol. XII. A.D. 1856.
(Poole, H.) Visit to Asia Minor in search of coal ; Abstract— p. 1-4. (God-
win-Austen, R.) On the Newer Tertiaries of Suffolk; Abstract — p. 4-6. (Prest-
wich, J.) On the Boring at Kentish Town— p. 6-14. (Murchison, R. I.) On the
uppermost Silurian Rocks at Lesmahago — p. 15-25. (Salter, J. W., and Huxley,
T. H.) On some new Crustaceans from the uppermost Silurian Rocks — p. 26-37.
Himantopterus n. g., allied to Eurypterus, six species, new. Perfect forms of the
genus Ceratiocaris M'Coy, figured. (Godwin- Austen) On the possible extension of
the Coal measures beneath the S. E. of England ; with a map— p. 38-73. (Banks,
R. W.) On the Tile stones of Kingston, and their contents ; with a plate— p. 93-
101. (Sharpe, D.) On the last Elevation of the Alps— p. 102-123. (Owen, R.)
Fossil Cranium of the Musk Buffalo from the Gravel at Maidenhead— p. 124-130.
(Prestwich, J.) On the Gravel at Maidenhead in which this cranium was found —
p. 131-133. (Martin, P. J.) Geological Features of the country between the
South Downs and the Sussex coast— p. 134-137. (Sorby, H. C.) Physical
Geography of the Tertiary Estuary of the Isle of Wight ; Abstract_p. 137.
(Binney, E. W.) On the Permian character of some of the Red Sandstones and
Breccias of the South of Scotland— p. 138-140. (Tayler, J. W.) On the Cryolite
of Evigtok, Greenland— p. 140-144. (Ansted, D. T.) On the Copperlode of
Cobre, Cuba— p. 144-153, (Bedford, J.) On the Raised Beaches of the Western
Isles— p. 167-169. (Moggridge, M.) On a Section exposed in the Excavation of
the Swansea Docks— p. 169-171. (Miller, T.) On the late Eruption of Mauna
Loa— p. 171-386. (Haughton, S.) On the Granites of Ireland— p. 171-202*
(Poole, H.) Visit to the Red Sea— p. 203. (Owen, R.) On Gastomis Parisi-
ensis ;. with a plate— p. 204-217. (Same) Mammalian remains from the Red

88 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Crag— p. 217-236. (Rubidge, R.N.) Geology of Southern Africa— p. 237.
(Harkness, R.) Lowest Sedimentary Rocks of the South of Scotland — p. 238-245.
(Salter, J. W.) Fossils from the Rocks of the Longmynd ; with a plate — p. 246-
251. (Degousee and Laurent) On the Valenciennes Coalfield ; with a plate — p.
252-254. (Harkness, R.) On the age of the Sandstones and Breccias of the South
of Scotland — p. 254-267. (Wilson, Jas. S.) Notes on the Geology of the neigh-
bourhood of Sydney, Newcastle, and Brisbane, Australia ; Abstract — p. 283-
288. (Beckles, S. H.) On the lowest strata of the Cliffs at Hastings— p. 288-
292. (Wright, T.) On the Palaeontological and Stratigraphical relations of the
" Sands of the Inferior Oolite" — p. 292-325. (Boue, A.) On the probable origin
of the English Channel by means of a fissure ; Abstract— p. 325. (Scrope, G. P.)
On the formation of Craters and the nature of the Liquidity of Lavas — p. 326-350.
(Binney, E. W.) On some Footmarks in the Millstone Grit of Tintwistle, Cheshire
— p. 350-354. (Croker, J. G.) On the Lignite deposits of Bovey Tracey, Devon-
shire ; Abstract — p. 354. (Bunbury, C. J. F.) Notice of some appearances
observed on Draining a Mere near Wretham Hall, Norfolk — p. 355, 356. (Dick,
A.) Analysis of the Cleveland Iron ore from Eston — p. 357. (Cobbold, R. H.)
On the occurrence of Coal near the city of E-u in China— p. 358. (Moore, J. C.)
On the Silurian rocks of Wigtownshire— p. 359-366. (Babbage, C.) On the action
of Ocean currents on the formation of the strata of the Earth ; Abstract — p. 366-
368. (Plant, Jas.) On the Upper Keuper Sandstone included in the New Red
Marls, and its Fossils, at Leicester — p. 369-373. (Brodie, P. B.) On the Upper
Keuper Sandstone of Warwickshire — p. 374-377. (Woodward, S. P.) On an
Orthoceras from China; with a plate — p. 378-381. (Salter, J. W.) On anew genus
of Cephalopoda, Diploceras, Orthoceras bisiphonatum of Sowerby, and on the
occurrence of Ascoceras in Britain ; Abstract — p. 381. (Symonds, W. S.) On Trap-
dykes intersecting Syenite iff the Malvern Hills, Worcestershire — p. 382. (Sawkins,
J. G.) On the movement of land in the South Sea Islands — p. 383. (Ibbetson,
L. L. B.) On the possible origin of Veins of Gold in Quartz and other Rocks ;
Abstract — p. 384. (Charters, S.) On a Section near Mont Blanc — p. 385.
(Spratt) On the Geology of Varna and its Vicinity, and of other parts of Bulgaria ;
Abstract — p. 387, 388. (Bowen, H. G.) On the Geology of Trinadad ; Abstract
— p. 389. (Salter, J. W.) On the Fossils found in the Chalk flints and Greensand
of Aberdeenshire ; Abstract — p. 390. (Prestwich, J.) Correlation of the Middle
Eocene Tertiaries of England, France, and Belgium ; Abstract — p. 390-392.

Translations and Notices of Geological Memoirs. — Lipoid : Geology of N. E.
Carynthia — p. 1. Muenichdorfer and Lipoid : Iron ores of the Huettenberg — p.
2. Breithaupt : On the Mineral vein at Guadalajara — p. 4. Jokely : Gneiss
and Granite of Central Bohemia— p. 5. Patera : Silver ores of Joachimsthal — p.
6. Rolle : Lignite of Kainach, Styria — p. 7. Von Hauer : Quicksilver deposits
near Cividale, Venetian Lombardy — p. 8. Nceggerath: Late Earthquake in
Switzerland — p. 9. Johnstonite from Transylvania— p. 10. Heckel: Fossil
fishes of Austria— p. 12. Hochstetter : Geology of Carlsbad— p. 12-14. Kenn-
gott : Piauzite from Styria — p. 14. Barrande : Silurian Fossils from Wossek,
Bohemia — p. 15. Von Hauer: Method of preparing Lithion — p. 11. (Same)
Mode of procuring Alumina — p. 15. Hingerau : Lignites of the Hausruck — p.
16. Kleszczynsky : Silver and Lead from Bohemia — p. 17. Vallach: Metalli-
ferous vein in the Erzgebirge — p. 18. Hochstetter : Thermal springs of Carlsbad
— p. 18. Bensch: On Basalt— p. 19. Kenngott: Junkerite— p. 20. Same:
Remarkable Crystals of Quartz and Fluor spar — p. 20. Renevier : Lower Green-
sand and Blackdown Fossils of England — p. 21. Oppel: Acanthoteuthis and
Aptychus — p. 22. Kudernatsch : Geology of the Bannat — p. 25. Reuss :
Metalliferous veins of Pribram, Bohemia — p. 26. Hcernes : Gastropoda of the
Alpine Trias — p. 26. Catullo : Upper Sedimentary deposits of the Venetian
territory ; Fossil Bryozoa, Anthozoa, and Sponges, contained in them — p. 26-28.
Hcernes : Post-tertiary shells from the coast of Greece — p. 28, Report of General
Annual Meeting, and Anniversary Address of the President, W. J. Hamilton, Esq.
—pp. 119.

BKITAIN. 89

Transactions of the Entomological Society of London. New Series.

Vol. IV. Part III. ; with three plates. Price 3s. 8vo. London. 1857.

(Newman) Characters of a few apparently undescribed Insects, collected by-
James Gibson, Esq., at Moreton Bay, N. Australia — p. 51-57. (Saunders,
W. W.) Transformations of Natal Lepidoptera; with three plates — p. 58.
The plates, from drawings by Mr. R. W. Plant, contain coloured figures of the
Larva and Pupa, or the Cocoon, of Papilio potycenes, Atlacus mythwma, Anthona
arata, and some other species undetermined. Egybolia vaillantina Boisd., and
Lebeda cuneilinea Walker, n. sp., are also illustrated, in all stages. (West-
wood) Notes on the Wing veins of Insects — p. 60-64. A critique of Mr. New-
man's article noticed, p. 61, Notices of Serials, in Volume III. of this Review.
( Wollaston) A. Revision of the British Atomarise ; with observations on the
genus— -p. 64-82. A masterly contribution to the classification of the native
Coleoptera, based on a critical examination of the original specimens in the
collections of Marsham and Stephens, along with the materials contributed by
other Entomologists living, making a sum total of no less than 1,224 British speci-
mens of the genus which have passed under Mr. Wollaston's eye, besides eighty-
seven Continental types with which his own cabinet is supplied. He has found
the genus merge into Ephistemus so decidedly, that the most important structural
difference he could detect is the presence of a minute tooth inside the apex of
the mandible in Atomaria. The number of British species admitted is twenty-
three, of which only one, A. hislopi, is treated as new, and the somewhat en-
tangled synonymy of the others, which were found previously described, is care-
fully unravelled. Proceedings, from July 7th to October 6th, 1856 — pp. 16.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History ; including Zoology, Botany,
and Geology. No. 112, April; No. 113, May; No. 114, June, 1857. 8vo.,
with Plates. Price 2s. 6<3. each. London : Taylor and Francis.
No. 112, April. (W. R. Parker and T. Rupert Jones) Description of some
Foraminifera from the coast of Norway ; with two plates. ( Richard Howse, South
Shields) Notes on the Permian System of the Counties of Durham and Northum-
berland. (Andrew Murray) List of Coleoptera received from Old Calabar, on the
west coast of Africa; with a plate. (W. H. Benson) New species of Bulimus
from India, Burmah, and the Mauritius. (A. Chatin) On the anatomy of Rhinan-
thaceae, considered in its relations with the classification of these plants. Proceed-
ings of the Zoological Society and Botanical Society of Edinburgh. Miscellaneous.
— (J. K. E. Fairholme) Observations on the Pteropus of Australia. (M. Le-
prieur) On the Metamorphosis of Trachys pygmaea. (J. E. Gray) On a mon-
strosity of Haliotis (albicans?). (W. King) Perforated Structure of Rynchonella
geinitziana. (J. E. Gray) On the Nucleus of the Operculum of Cyclostoma
elegans. (Ernst Brucke) Object slides of Canary glass. (John Gould) On two
new species of Humming Birds, belonging to the genus Amazilius.

No. 113, May (J. Koren and D. C. Danielssen) Researches on the De-
velopment of the Pectinibranchiata ; with two plates. (J. E. Gray) A revi-
sion of the Genera of some of the Families of Conchifera or Bivalve Shells ;
Part III. Arcadse. (Arthur Adams, F.L.S.) On a new species of the genus
Macgillivrayia. (John Nietner, Colombo, Ceylon) Description of New
Ceylon Coleoptera. (C. Lespes) Note on a Nematoid Worm, parasitic upon
Termites. (John Denis Macdonald, Assis. Sur. R.N.) Brief Description of a
Ctenostomatous Polyzoon, allied to Vesicularia, occurring on the Australian
Coast, and also an Anatomical Description of a species of Asteroid Polypes, pro-
bably forming the type of anew genus of Alcyonidae. Bibliographical Notices.
Proceedings of Royal Society. Zoological Society. At one of the meetings of
this Society Mr. S. P. Woodward exhibited some Land and Freshwater Shells,
collected by Dr. Thompson on the lofty plains of Kashmir and Thibet — the
number of species is about 32, one-half of them, strange to relate, being com-
mon British forms. If, therefore, these small sand shells originally migrated
into our country from the East, we must ascribe to their occupancy of the lofty

00 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

plains of Kashmir and Thibet a very high antiquity compared with any of the
monuments which Man himself has reared, even in the country most usually
regarded as the cradle of his race. Botanical Society of Edinburgh. Geolo-
gical Society. Miscellaneous. (E. Blanchard) Observations on the generation
of the Arachnida. (E. Faivre) On the Brain of the Dytici, in its relations to
Locomotion. (M. Sars) On Spiochaetopterus, a new genus of Annelides from
the Coast of Norway. (J. D. Macdonald) On the Sea Sawdust of the Pacific.
Obituary Notice of Dr. Ball.

No. 114, June — (J. Koren and D. C. Danielssen) Researches on the Develop-
ment of the Pectinibranchata. (Andrew Murray) List of Coleoptera received
from Old Calabar, on the West of Africa. (Arthur Adams, Surgeon, R.N.)
Description of two new species of Heteropodous Mollusca. (Richard Howse,
South Shields) Notes on the Permian System of the Counties of Durham and
Northumberland. (J. Alder) Notes on Sepia biserialis and S. elegans. (A.
Schenten) On some Mites and their young states ; with a plate. Bibliographical
Notices. Proceedings of Zoological Society. Miscellaneous. — (Dr. C. Semper)
Note on the Anatomy of Physiology of the Pulmoniferous Mollusca. (G.
Lindstrom) Notes on the Invertebrate Fauna of the Baltic Sea. (M. Fairholme)
The Blacks of Moreton Bay and the Porpoises. (I. Jno. Moser) Eolis Land-
burgii. Title Page and Index to Vol. XIX.

The Zoologist. Nos. 174, 175, March ; No. 176, April ; No. 177, May ; No.
178, June, 1857. 8vo. London : John Van Voorst. Price Is. each number.

Nos. 174 and 175, March Proceedings of Societies. — Entomological

Society. Radiata. — (E. W. H. Holdsworth) Note on Serpula contortuplicata,
and on a species of Othonia. Original Essays. — (Rev. J. C. Atkinson)
Reason and Instinct: Part the First. (R. Knox, M.D., F.R.S.E.) Zoology ; its
present Phasis and future Prospects. The present phasis of Zoology — so we learn
from this article — is industrial, and on this Dr. Knox proceeds to break the first
vials of his wrath. In his eyes, it would appear, Economic Geology is vexation,
and Economic Botany as bad ; but it is the practical application of Zoology in par-
ticular which makes him mad. " Of impure origin, and suited only to the muddy
banks of the Thames," he exclaims in an ecstasy of jubilant scorn ; again, to cap a
climax, we are certified that "sound Zoological science never existed here" in Bri-
tain. [While disposing thus summarily of all our scientific pretenders, from the days
of Ray down to Owen, it is clear, however, that one great Anatomist is meant to be
excepted — one whose authority is quoted continually in the course of this article —
be-asterisked in foot notes, and be-obelisked M Knox," or " Myself."] This sad ■
defect of the Anglo-Saxon race (" the human Gorilla — of model England and model
America") he has no difficulty in accounting for — " a hypocrisy which has been called
4 organized,' but which must mean ' organic,' has no doubt something to do with it.''
Cato the Elder, as we read, concluded every oration with *'Delenda est Carthago."
Voltaire was fond of winding up his letters to his satellites of the Encyclopedie
with " Ecrasez l'infame." Doctor Knox, censor and satirist in one, whatever the
subject in hand may be, is pretty sure to bolt aside for the sake of fetching a back-
handed stroke at his bete noire — Theology, Natural and Revealed. " The most
slavish of doctrines, the theory of final causes" — " the compilation ascribed to
Moses" — "the parti pretre, haters of truth and genius — as they must of necessity
ever be." Such are a few of the polished shafts that he launches against the doctrine
of Creative design, the integrity of Holy Writ, the belief of Christianity, when he has
taken his stand, as here, behind Zoology for a stalking-horse. And if he could succeed
in getting rid of every relation of science to the glory of God, as well as to the use of
man, what, may we ask, does Dr. Knox intend to retain as the object of it ? To
treat the pursuit of knowledge as a handmaid merely to man's physical wants and sen-
sual gratifications is, indeed, both to fetter and degrade it ; and if Dr. Knox had been
content fairly to expose that tendency wherever he found it, we could have more
than borne with him ; but one who makes of science a mere exercise of mental
power, or gratification of curiosity, is surely no better than an intellectual volup-

BRITAIN. 91

tuary, and has fallen into a sort of spiritual idolatry, less gross, it may be, but hardly
less pernicious to man's higher capacities, than is the simple slavery of the animal
appetites ; this partaking more of the brute, but that of the demon. We can-
not consider the present essay, in spite of its catching title, as by any means
a happy sample of Dr. Knox's characteristic style, " toads and diamonds" drop-
ping promiscuously : — along with some sparkling bits, the spotted progeny
predominate here so nakedly. Let him write, indeed, as perversely or as care-
lessly as he will, this is to be said for him, he is not often vapid ; the quality
of the meat may not be undeniable, but it is pretty sure to be seasoned with
some salt sufficiently pungent, if not exactly Attic. For the readers of the
4 Zoologist,' however, he seems, on this occasion, to have dished up the veriest
sweepings of his study. If the wit be not superabundant and somewhat heavy ;
to make up for this, the reasoning is light enough and flimsy in texture. Logic
has been likened, somewhere, to the closed fist — Rhetoric to the open hand ; the
logic Dr. Knox employs would not altogether justify the comparison. If he
has managed to exemplify in a very small compass all the tritest fallacies that
writers on Logic have taken pains to distinguish and name ; at least they glare
out here as " patent fallacies." We had marked for extract a few particularly
fine specimens, from Dr. Knox, of the more common forms of false reasoning
— " Begging the question" — M Irrelevant conclusion" — '' Equivocal middle term,"
&c, &c. — when we lighted on a sentence so inimitably characteristic in its sa-
pient incoherency, that we have put all the rest aside to make room for this one.
Reader, attend ; it is the clew to almost the sole properly Zoological inquiry in
the whole of these thirty pages. Dr. Knox loquitur, more Socratico— Is species
always young, ok is it genus? What felicity of expression here! what
profundity of thought ! It is, possibly, as hard to see to the bottom of a puddle
as of the ocean ; but it is not because they are both equally deep. A fool, it has
been proverbially said, may ask questions that a wise man is not able to answer.
To do Dr. Knox justice, he has not answered the question he has here put — in
either capacity. That oracular deliverance, however, he makes the key-note to
a pretty smart dissertation on his favourite theme, Specific transmutation. It
seems almost unaccountable that Dr. Knox, a clever practical Anatomist, should
so totally misapprehend and misrepresent the results of Embryological dis-
coveries, as to repeat here the intrepid assertion, that " The young of all the
species of the same genus possess at first all the specific characters of the dif-
ferent species of the genus." Had it been stated that at a certain period of
embryonic life, in every species, no characters are apparent but what are in
common to all the species of the same genus at a more advanced stage of ex-
istence, the proposition would be intelligible, and might be susceptible of proof
or disproof by comparative observations. As it stands, the sentence is simply
absurd, affirming an impossibility. The characters of each species necessarily
negative those of every other, in one or more particulars ; and contradictories
predicated of the same subject cannot both be true. We are not going to discuss
the theory of Specific transmutation here ; we doubt, indeed, if the materialists
who countenance this would accept of Dr. Knox for their champion, or confess
themselves vanquished in his defeat. What the venerable author of the
M Discourse on the Studies of the University of Cambridge" objected to the
theory of " Gradual development," broached long ago by Lamarck — when
this was attempted to be resuscitated here in the subtle and shallow
" Vestiges of Creation" — continues to apply equally to that later modifi-
cation of it, which Dr. Knox has derived from other Continental sources.
Neither the ascertained facts of living nature, nor the results of geolo-
gical discoveries furnish a proof, or probability in its favour. It is mere
gratuitous theory, which cannot even lay claim to the title of a scientific
hypothesis. This is often useful, in order to give its direction to observation or
experiment, as an attempt, by anticipation, to account for a set of observed facts
as yet insufficient to sustain a complete induction. The Development theory
has to fabricate both its facts and fancies, for ever revolving in a vicious circle.
We ask for proofs, and are to rest satisfied, forsooth, with being told that the

92 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

evidence, which does not exist, will be discovered hereafter. Disputants of this
calibre must be satisfied to have their bold assertions discounted, in the con-
ditional mood and the paulo-post-futurum tense. We have treated Dr. Knox's
lucubrations, up to this point, seriously ; we must now confess a misgiving that
has flashed across us sometimes, considering the jeering tone that runs through
even his most dogmatical utterances. We have had to ask ourselves more than
once — is this jest or earnest ? — can Dr. Knox be quite serious in anything —
unless it be in personal pique and jealousy, and in his grave offences against
propriety, good taste, and candour? For the sober discussion of a philosophical
question there is far too constant a straining after irony ; — if, on the other hand,
it is meant for jest, it must be set down as something of the longest and the dullest.
We were not surprised to learn, from the cover of the April number, that this
insertion has been the occasion of inflicting upon the Editor a voluminous cor-
respondence, conveying to him, without exception, disapproval of the tone and
tenor of Dr. Knox's article. Neither shall we be surprised if his readers are not
disposed to concede the complete exemption from responsibility, which the
Editor insists upon, for having lent to such a composition — only not insidious in
its tendency, because of its being so broadly offensive in tone — the extended
circulation which the Zoologist enjoys, and so deservedly in general, hitherto.
To this unlucky protege it was not merely the latchkey that the good-natured
Editor granted, but a particular introduction. His subscribers were duly pre-
pared to read Dr. Knox's Zoology with great interest — which the Editor himself
had not read when he penned this recommendation. We can make allowance—
haud ignari mail— for human weakness, for editorial weariness. We have, indeed,
read these thirty pages through — it was our duty, and they were before us fair
in type ; but we can conceive that a proportionally bulky, cramped, manuscript
may have offered a much more deterrent aspect to other aching eyes, amid the
urgency of craving compositors and the cries for " copy," while the relentless
month, hurrying to its close, was to be prevented with a sturdy punctuality.
The Editor trusted to Doctor Knox's judgment in confining himself to the sub-
ject of his paper as implied in the title. We admire the confiding simplicity —
which we could scarcely have the courage to imitate. It is a good while ago,
that one whose untimely flight from earth science and friendship have not yet
ceased to deplore, Edward Forbes (and his kind heart so tempered the keenness
of his intellect, that he could scarcely apply the rod, however merited, without
some healing unction), wrote concerning Dr. Knox, " We are afraid the Doctor
is too hardened a scribe ever to change the manner and matter of his discourses ;"
and we are not aware that he has shown any more signs of grace since. But
if the Editor did trust too fondly, and was betrayed, he has taken the earliest
opportunity to remedy the inadvertence, at least to neutralize that recom-
mendation by an equivalent upon the cover of the following number, where he
has repudiated, in the most unreserved and unequivocal manner, both the views
themselves, advocated in the pages of the Zoologist by Dr. Knox, and the spirit
in which they are discussed. We have waited in hopes, yet further, to see some
similar note of dissent from him in a position as permanent and conspicuous as
that essay itself will occupy in the completed volume. It is so far well ; — it will
be better still that no possible room should be left for an unjust suspicion that
the Editor withholds his sympathy from the politics and the polemics which
Dr. Knox has obtruded here — only on the wrapper of the Zoologist. Quadru-
peds.— (S. C. Tress Beale) Sagacity of the Eat. Birds.— (Lieut. Blakeston,
R.A.) Birds of the Crimea. (Capt. Hadfield) Notes on a Female Brambling.
(Rev. H. Harpur Crewe) Occurrence of the Hooded Crow in Derbyshire ; Note
on the Robin and Butcher Bird. (E. Hearle Rodd) Occurrence of the Fire-
crested Regulus near Penzance. (C. Tress Beale) Note on the Common Wren.
(Samuel Carten) Abundance of Wagtails. (Henry Smurthwaite) Notes on the
Great Bustard ; Rare British Birds in Germany. (C. W. Shepherd) Occurrence
of the Avocet and Rose-coloured Pastor near Rochester. Proceedings of
Societies. — Entomological Society, January 5, 1857.

BKITATN. 93

No. 1 76, April. Proceedings of Societies. — Entomological Society. Nor-
thern Entomological Society. Fishes. — (R. Q. Couch) Notes of a Shark taken
near the Land's End ; and of a Thrasher Shark taken in Mount's Bay. Mol-
lusca. — (W. Webster) Skenea tricarinata not a species. ( Rev. A. M. Norman)
Schoolboys' amusement in Southey's Days. Crustacea. — (R. Q. Couch) Re-
marks on Polybius HenslowiL Insects. — (Rev. J. Greene) Appeal to British
Entomologists. (C. R. Bree) Honesty and Dishonesty; British List of Lepi-
doptera. (John Scott) Lepidoptera and their Parasites. (Rev. G. Gordon)
Pupa hunting. (R. S. Edleston) Pupa diguing round Manchester. (H. W.
Browne) Correction of an error in the Intelligencer, ( A. Russell) Butterflies
attracted by sugar. (Rev. A. M. Norman) Caterpillar of Phalaena escula ;
use of the Anal fork of the Puss Moth. (Richard Weaver) Note on the Eco-
nomy of Psyche opacella ; cases of a supposed new Psyche, found on rocks near
Conway. Entomological excursion from Birmingham to Sutherlandshire.
(George Wailes) Nomenclature of Noctuina. (Rev. H. Harpur Crewe) Pupa of
Agriopis aprilina ; Pupa Raking. (A. Wallace) Larva of Laphygma exigua.
(Bracy Clark) Supposed new QSstrus. According to Mr. Clarke here, judging
from the description, nothing more than a variety of his GSstrus veterinus, i. e.,
Gastrus nasalis Mg. (T. J. Bold) Nomada Ochrostoma in north of England ;
copulation of Bombi ; capture and description of Epuraea neglecta. (Edward
Parfitt) New Hymenopterous Insect ; occurrence of Latridius filiformis. (F.
Plant) Captures of Coleoptera in Leicestershire. (Arthur Adams and Dr. W.
B. Baikie) Systematic List of the Coleoptera found in the vicinity of Alverstoke,
South Hants. Radiata — (William Thompson; Rosy feather-star in Weymouth
Bay. (Rev. A. M. Norman) Enquiry respecting the preservation of the
Echinidse. Natural History collectors in foreign countries, H. W. Bates and
A. R. Wallace, Esq.

No. 177. May. — Letter from the Rev. Hamlet Clark, from Rio Janeiro.
(Rev. J. C. Atkinson) Reason and Instinct. Quadrupeds. — (J. II. Jenkinson)
Notes on British Bats. (Rev. J. Farr) Singing Mouse. (Rev. J. C. Atkinson)
Anecdote of a Dog. (E. H. Redd) Occurrence of the Harvest Mouse in Corn-
wall. Birds (C. R. Bree) Note on Parus major. (John Gatcombe) Oc-
currence of the Tree Sparrow in Devonshire. (Henry Smurthwaitej Note on the
Black Redstart. (Edward Hearle Rodd) Occurrence of the Blackcap Warbler,
throughout the Winter Months, near Penzance. (Henry Smurthwaite) Change
of Plumage in Motacilla alba. (John Gatcombe) Occurrence of Rare Birds near
Plymouth in 1856. (Osbert Salvin) Note on the Sabine's Snipe killed in Norfolk.
(John Joseph Briggs) Occurrence of the Bittern in Derbyshire, (Lord Clermont)
M-ue Swans in Dundalk Bay. (John Joseph Briggs) Occurrence of the Pink-
footed Goose in Derbyshire. (William Thompson) Occurrence of the Long! ailed
Duck at Weymouth. (Edward Hearle Rodd) Occurrence of the Bridled or Ringed
Guillemot near Penzance ; Note on the British Skuas, genus Lestris. (Lieut.
Thomas Blakiston) Birds of the Crimea.

No. 178. June. — Birds (Captain Charles W. Watkins) Birds of Andalusia.

Fishes. — (William Thompson) Occurrence of the Butterfly Blenny in Weymouth
Bay. (Edmund Thomas Higgins) The Blackbellied Flounder. (R. H. Meade)
Occurrence of the Little Gurnard on the Coast of Lancashire. (Cuthbert Colling-
wood) The Carp at Charlottenburg. Moleusks. — (Rev. Alfred Merle Norman)
Notes on the Oxfordshire Shells. (William F. Templer) Observations on the
Mollusca to be found on the Coast of Cornwall. Crustacea.— (Jonathan
Couch, F.L.S.) Notes on the Habits of the Nipper Crab. (John Robert Kinahan,
M.B.) Description of a new British Species of Shrimp. Arachnida.— (R. H.
Meade) Sketch of a short Arachnological Excursion ; List of new and rare British
Arachnidans. (Captain John M. Jones) Note on the Centipede. Insects —
(Henry Doubleday) On introducing Foreign Specimens into British Collections.
(H. Cooke) The new Noctua. Captures of Lepidoptera recorded in the " In-
telligencer." (Rev. P. H. Newnham) Hyponomeuta vigintipunctatus bred.
(Edward Newman) Narycia elegans a Lepidopterous Insect. This announce-

94 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

ment on the authority of Dr. Hagen, who has examined Stephens' original specimeni
in the British Museum. Acentropus niveus, too, falls under the same sentence — a
conclusion at which, Mr. Newman tells us, he himself had arrived previously. We
have no douht he is correct in that opinion ; but when he goes on to say that " the
propriety of this last-named change had previously been guessed at, but no suffi-
cient arguments adduced in its support," we are obliged to demur, remembering
the reasons assigned by Kolenati. nearly ten years ago, for referring this insect to
the family Pyraliciae. (C. R. Bree, and Edward Parfitt) Corrections of previous
Errors. (Bracy Clark) Further Note ofi the supposed new CEstrus. It is truly
delightful to see the venerable author — Mr. Clark is in his eighty-seventh year —
ready to enter the lists again, in which he won his maiden spurs, with more than
youthful ardour. We are glad to have confirmed, by such unquestionable authority,
the opinion we had ventured previously to give on the species, from the published
description. On some other points, touching its relationship and origin, we see no
reason to vary from the few brief remarks we have already made — see the number
of this Review for last April, p. 59, except by adding that Kellner has proved that
O. trompe engenders maggots of the frontal sinus in the Red-deer also ; O. pictus
in this and the Fallow-deer. That Oestrus trompe should be the male of
O. tarandi, as has been suggested, seems more than improbable. The characters
of the two are distinct enough, and the economy different. Besides, both
male and female of each is known and described, the sexual differences
being apparent, either in the comparative breadth of the front, or the charac-
teristic structure of the posterior segments. (Edward Newman) New Helophilus.
(T. J. Bold) Capture of a Fossorial Hymenopterous Insect, new to Britain.
(Edward Newman) Rare British Coleoptera. (G. R. Waterhouse) List of the
British species of Aleocharidae. A really valuable contribution to the synonymy
of the Coleoptera of Europe, and the critical study of the native Fauna. The list
will be especially, but not exclusively, interesting to British entomologists. We
have little doubt that the preparation of the materials for these five pages has cost
the conscientious author as much pains, at least, as many another writer has
expended on the composition of some pretentious essay extending over as many
sheets perhaps. Mr. Waterhouse promises to give hereafter some remarks on the
species enumerated ; we shall look for these with impatience. We miss from the
list one genus, Diglossa, which we do not know that it has ever been proposed
before to exclude from this family. (T. V. Wollaston) Note on the Dromius
glabratus of British Cabinets. After a very careful examination of the Stephensian
Cabinet, Mr. Wollaston has found that there are two species of Dromius con-
founded under the name glabratus — namely, the D. glabraius and D. maurus.
The former species is easily known from the latter, not only by its uniformly
larger size, but by its elytra being proportionately less abbreviated ; their striae
more apparent ; by its prothorax being rather more quadrate ; and by its head and
antenna? being larger and more robust. Proceedings of Societies. — Entomo-
logical, Zoological, and Society of Northern Entomologists. (Cap. V. H. W.
Hadfield) Reason and Instinct.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal ; exhibiting a View of the Progres-
sive Discoveries and Improvements in the Sciences and Arts. Edited by Thomas
Anderson, M.D. ; Sir W. Jardine, Bart.; J. H. Balfour, M.D. ; and, for
America, H. D. Rogers, F.G.S., &c. No. 10. April, 1857: published quarterly,
8vo. Price 6s. ; with four Plates and a Map. Edinburgh : A. and C. Black.
No. 10. April. — (Lorin Blodget) Distribution of Heat in the North American
Climate, with a map. (Andrew Murray) Description of new Coleoptera from the
Western Andes and the neighbourhood of Quito ; with a plate. (H. F. Baxter)
On the Influence of Magnetism over Chemical action. (Sir W. Jardine, Bart.)
Contributions to Ornithology, No. IV. (Rev. W. S. Symonds) Correlation of the
Triassic Rocks in the Vale of Worcester and at the Malvern Tunnel. (Kev. P. B.
Brodie, A.M.) On some species of Corals in the Lias of Gloucestershire, Worces-
tershire, Warwickshire, and Scotland. (William Crowder) Chemistry of the Iron

BRITAIN. 95

Manufacture of the Cleveland District. (H. C. Sorby) The Physical Geography
of the Tertiary Estuary of the Isle of Wight. (T. Strethill Wright, M.D.) On
Hydractinia echinata ; with two plates. (/.Thomas Stevenson) Description of a
self-registering maximum and minimum arrangement for the Syphon Barometer.
(Professor J. Forbes) Notice respecting Father Secchi's Statical Barometer and
on the Origin of the Cathetometer. (Professor Goodsir) On the reproductive
economy of Bees ; being an account of the Results of Von Siebold's recent re-
searches in Parthenogenesis. Reviews. Correspondence. Proceedings of Societies.
The American Association. Scientific Intelligence. We perceive that the next
volume of the Smithsonian Institute Publications is likely to be Dr. Brewer's great
work on American Oology. The first part to include the rapacious Birds, and,
perhaps, the Swallows — there will be five quarto plates to this part, all the figures
taken in Photograph from the original Eggs, and printed in colours — the result being
extremely beautiful and accurate. Index and Title page to Vol. V., New Series.

The Phytologist. A Botanical Journal. Published Monthly. 8vo. Lon-
don : W. Pamplin. New Series. No. 24, April ; No. 25, May ; No. 26, June,
1857. Price Is. each.

No. 24, April. — (John Windsor, F.L.S.) On the Hieracia of Settle. (Isaac
Carroll) Notices of scarce Irish Plants. (J. G. Baker) Maritime and Inland
Temperatures ; or the contrast between the summer temperature of an inland
and a maritime locality. General summary, or results of a Tour in Scotland.
(Robert C. Douglass) Pyrus domestica. Notices of Books. Botanical Notes.
Notices and Queries.

No. 25, May.— (Rev. W. M. Hind) Dingle and its Flora. (Rev. H. A.
Stowell) Notes on the Rarer Faversham Plants. (J. G. Baker) Notes and
Description of new British Lichens. (John H. Davies) Mosses occurring on
the Isle of Man. Notices of New Books. (Professor Lindley) On Spiranthes
gemmipara. Feejee Islands and their vegetation. Botanical Notes. Notices
and Queries.

No. 26, June. — (H. J. Church) Diatomacese, their characteristics and struc-
ture ; together with remarks on collecting and examining this order of plants,
being condensed from Rabenhorst's work on the Fresh-water Diatomaceae.
Note on the root of the Cicuta virosa. On Progress. (George Jordan) Econo-
mical Botany. Note on Calamintha Nepeta. (Rev. T. F. Ravenshaw) Botanical
notes from Wells, Somersetshire. Reviews. Botanical Notes. Notices and
Queries. Among these we find a notice of the exhibition of Fungi in eases.
The Fungi referred to, which are exhibited in one of the rooms of the Royal
Institute, Liverpool, were collected by the Rev. H. H. Higgins, and are arranged
on stained deal boards, about 4 inches by 6. The specimens were dried without
pressure, and retain in most cases their natural form and colour. They are all
indigenous to Liverpool and its immediate environs. We never saw a more
interesting collection. It reflects the greatest credit on the respected botanist,
to whose unwearied industry it owes its formation. We would suggest that
such Fungi as are useful, or good for food, should be marked as such, and those
known to be decidedly poisonous might be conspicuously placed. If the flavours
of the various mushrooms (which could be found in Badham's amusing work)
were also affixed, it might offer still greater attractions to our English Fungi
eaters. Each number of the Phytologist contains 8 pp. of Descriptive British
Botany.

Hooker's Journal of Botany, and Kew Garden Miscellany. No. 99,
April ; No. 100, May ; No. 101, June, 1857. 8vo. London : Lovell Reeve.
Each number with one Plate. Price 2s.

No. 99, April.— The Exhibition at Paris, 1855.— (Keuter, C. E.) Forest
Economy, particularly as regards the Austrian department. Excursion into the
Interior of Navite Levue, the principal of the Feejee Islands, being extracts of a
Letter from Mr. Milne, Botanist to H.M.S. Herald; dated Fejee, Oct. 7, 1856:

96 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Botanical Information — (H. G. R. Robinson, Governor, West Indies) Notes
on the Vegetation of the Island of St. Kitt's. (Burke) Fibre cleaning machine.
Scientific. — Exploring Expeditions of the British Government. We have
here the details of the Expedition under Dr. W. B. Baikieup the Niger (Kwora)
and Tsadda (Benue), of the Survey of Vancouver's Island, and the adjacent coasts
of British North America, by Capt. Richards, and of an Exploring Journey into
British North America, by J. Palliser, Esq. All the expeditions are accompanied by
Botanists or by Medical men whose knowledge of Natural History will in these
unexplored regions be found most important. Notices of new Books.

No. 100, May. — Notice of the Botanic Garden at Peradenia, Ceylon ; with a
List of Natural Families and Genera of Phtenogamic Plants and Ferns, showing
the number of species indigenous to Ceylon wiiich each genus contains, and
which are in the Herbarium, or drawings of them in the Library of the Gardens.
The number of species is 2,916. (Dr. Berthold Seeman) On the Properties and
Uses of the Crescentiacea;. Ascent of Chimborazo, by M. Jules Reiny, a French-
man, and by Mr. Brenckley, an Englishman. According to the account of these
gentlemen, they found themselves, after many weary hours spent in ascending,
compelled to descend this far-famed mountain, owing to the raging of a furious
Equatorial storm ; but before doing so, they, by means of therm- -meters, took
observations as to the height they had reached. For some time previous it had
been almost dark ; but they became sensible that the elevation had become lesa
steep, and they were even able to walk with facility. On reaching Guaranda
they calculated from their observations that they had reached the height, 21,466
feet, which is the elevation assigned to Chimborazo by Humboldt. Humboldt,
accompanied by Bonpland, had reached as high as 19,357, in 1802, and Bous-
singault, in 1831, as high as 19,700. Botanical information. Letter from James
Motley from Borneo, and from Rev. G. Nicol, from Sierra Leone. Notices of
new Books.

No. 101, June. — (James Tate Johnson) Notes on some rare, new, little known
Plants inhabiting Madeira. (Dr. F. Mueller, Colonial Botanist of Melbourne,
and Botanist to the Expedition) Notes made during the recent Expedition
across the Northern portion of Australia, under the command of Mr. Surveyor
Gregory. (Sir W. J. Hooker, F.L.S.) On the Palmite of South Africa.
(J. D. Hooker, M.D.) On Notaspartium, a new genus of Leguminosae from New
Zealand. (Captain E. W. Ward, R.E.; Report on the New Zealand Woods.
New Zealand Flax. £4000 reward for rendering the Flax and other fibrous
plants of the country available as articles of export. Botanical Information.—.
Accomplishment of the overland journey across North Australia from Victoria
River (N. W. Australia) to Brisbane on the East coast, &c. Notices of Books.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. No. 18, January, 1857.

Price 4s. With Woodcuts and Lithographic Illustrations. 8vo. London :

John Churchill.

Original Communications (W. Lauder Lindsay, M.D.) Monograph of the

genus Abrothallus. We hope to notice this monograph in the Review portion of
our next number. (Rev. J. B. P. Dennis) Existence of Birds during the depo-
sition of the Stonesfield Slate, proved by a comparison of the Mieroscopic Struc-
ture of certain Bones of that formation with that of recent bones. (Thomas H.
Huxley, F.R.S.) On Dysteria, a new genus of Infusoria. (Professor J. W.
B liley) Origin of Greensand and its formation in the Oceans of the Present
Epoch. (Hon. and Rev. S. G. Osborne) Further observations on Vegetable
growth. (Dr. Woodham Webb) On striated muscular fibres in the skin of the
Human Lip. Translations. (A. Braun) New and little known genera of Uni-
cellular Algse, preceded by observations respecting Unicellular Alga? in general.
(Dr. H. Cienkowfcki) Remarks on Dr. Stein's doctrine respecting Acineta forms.
Notes and Correspondence and Proceedings of the Microscopical Society.

BRITAIN. 97

BRITAIN.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History; including Zoology, Botany,

and Geology. No. 115, July; No. 116, August ; No. 117, September, 1857.

With Plates. London : Taylor and Francis.

No. 115, July. — (Dr. Max Schultze) Contributions to the knowledge of the
Terrestrial Planarise from communications from Dr. Fritz Mueller, of Brazil, and
personal investigations. (Dr. F. Mueller) Description of a new species of
Earth-worm. (W. B. Carpenter, M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.) Remarks on MM.
Koren and Danielssen's Researches on the development of Purpura Lapillus.
( H. J. Carter) On the ultimate Structure of Spongilla, and additional Notes on
Freshwater Infusoria ; with a plate. (Arthur Adams, F.L.S.) Notice of the
animal of Turbo Sarmaticus and other mollusca from the Cape. (R. M. Andrew,
F.R.S., and L. Barrett, F.G.S.) List of the Echinodermata dredged between
Droutheim and the North Cape. (L. Barrett) Descriptions of four new species
of Echinodermata ; with a plate. Bibliographical Notices. Proceedings of
Learned Societies. Miscellaneous. (Professor Troschel) On the Saliva of
Dolium galea. (C. W. Peach) On the occurrence of the Harvest mouse in
Cornwall. (Dr. Schmidt) Notice of the Baradla Cavern, near Agtelk in
Hungary. (M. Fairholme) On the Australian Dugong.

No. 116, August. — (Professor Japetus Steenstrup) Hectocotylus formation in
Argonauta and Tremoctopus, explained by observations on similar formations in
the Cephalopoda in general. (E. J. Chapman) On the occurrence of the genus
Cryptoceras in Silurian Rocks. (Andrew Murray) List of Coleoptera received
from Old Calabar, on the West Coast of Africa. (T. Anderson, M.D.) Notes
on the Indian species of Lycium. (William B. Carpenter, M.D., F.R.S.) On
the development of Purpura Lapillus. (Dr. P. De Filippi) Observations on the
Larvae of Trematode Worms. (J. Koren and D. C. Danielssen) Observations
on the development of the Star Fishes. Bibliographical Notices. Proceedings
of Learned Societies. Miscellaneous. (Hugo Von Mohl) On the causes of
the opening and closing of Stomates. (M. Sars) Description of new Norwegian
Annelides. (C. C. Babington) On Gladiolus imbricatus. (George Norman)
Notes on some new and rare Diatomaceae from the stomachs of Ascidias.
(Professor Langer) On the Vascular System of Anodonta.

No. 117, September. — (Hugo Von Mohl) Researches on the mode in which
Gum-Tragacanth is formed. (John Lycett) On the sands intermediate the
Inferior Oolite and the Lias of the Cotteswold Hills, compared with a similar
deposit upon the coast of Yorkshire. (John Nietner, Colombo, Ceylon) Descrip-
tions of new Ceylon Coleoptera. '(Rev. P. B. Brodie) Remarks on the Lias of
Barrow, in Leicestershire, compared with the lower part of that formation in
Gloucestershire, Worcestershire, and Warwickshire. (John Denis Macdonald,
H. M. S. Herald) Observations on the Microscopic examination of Foraminifera
obtained in deep sea bottoms at the Feejee Islands ; with a plate. (E. Claper-
ede) On the development of Neritina fluviatilis. (Professor Karl Gegenbaur)
Observations on Trachelius ovum. (Dr. L. Radlkofer) On true Partheno-
gensis in Plants. Proceedings of Learned Societies. Miscellaneous. (M.
T. De Lacaze Duthiers) On the nervous system of Dentalium entalis. (M.
Sars) Description of some new Norwegian Polypes. (J. D. Macdonald,
H. M. S. Herald) On the Natural History of the Conway Rat. (D. C. Danielssen
and J. Koren) Description of Sephoractinia, a new genus of Actinias from
Norway. (Dr. E. Moore) On the occurrence of Uroceras Gigas in Cornwall.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal ; exhibiting a View of the Progres-
sive Discoveries and Improvements in the Sciences and Arts. Edited by
Thomas Anderson, M.D. ; Sir W. Jardine, Bart. ; and T. H. Balfour, M.D ;
and for America, W. Rodgers. Vol. VI. No. 1. July, 1857 : to be continued
quarterly. 8vo. Price 6s. ; with Four Plates.
No. 1, July. — (Dr. H. C. Lombard) Mountain Climates considered in a Medical

point of view. (W. Baird, M.D., F.L.S.) Notes on the Food of some fresh-

n

98 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

water Fishes, more particularly the Vendace and Trout. (H. T. Baxter) On
the influence of Magnetism on Chemical action. (Thomas S. Traill, M.D.) On
the occupation of Kivers. (Charles Richardson, M.D.) Chronological remarks
on the River Wye. (Henry How, Professor of Chemistry and Natural History,
King's College, Windsor, Novia Scotia) On the occurrence of Natro-boro-caleite
with Glauber Salts in the Gypsum of Nova Scotia. (W. L. Green, of Hono-
lulu, Sandwich Islands) On the cause of the Pyramidal form of the outlines of the
southern extremities of the great Continents and Peninsulas of the globe. (T.
Strethill Wright, M.D.) Observations on British Zoophytes ; with two plates.
These observations are most valuable ; and we have seldom perused a scientific
paper with more pleasure and profit than this one of Dr. Strethill Wright. It
abounds with original research, and is the result of unbiassed thought, and of a
mind fresh from the field of nature. (Thomas Strethill Wright, M.D.) On the
prehensile apparatus of Spio seticornis. (Louis Blodget, U. S.) The distribu-
tion of Rain in the temperate latitudes of North America. (Augustus A.
Hayes, Assayer to the State of Massachusetts, U. S. A.) On the composition of
the Phosphate of Lime existing in sea- water ; and on the composition of the so-
called Guanos of the Atlantic Islands. (David Forbes, F G.S.) On the Chemi-
cal composition of some Norwegian Minerals. Part III. (Andrew Murray,
Edinburgh) On Insect Vision and Blind Insects. Reviews. Proceedings of
the Royal Society of Edinhurgh ; the Royal Physical Society of Edinburgh , and
the Botanical Society of Edinburgh. Literary Information.

The Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science. No. 20, July. 8vo.
London : J. Churchill. Price 4s.

No. 20, July Transactions oj the Microscopical Society of London — (W. Hislop)

Description of an Object compressor for preparing and mounting objects. (John
Grove, M.R.C.S.) On a Fungus parasitic in the Human Ear. (Arthur Fane,
M.D., F.R.S.) Description of an early Human Embryo of about the fourth week
of utero -gestation. Journal of Microscopical Science. — Original Commu-
nications.— (W. Lauder Lindsay, M.D.) On the structure of Lecidea lugubris.
(Thomas Brightwell, F.L.S.) On Self-division in Noctiluca. (Rev. J. B. P.
Dennis) On the microscopical characters of certain so-called Cetacean Bones
associated with Cetolites in the Detrital Bed of the Red Crag at Felixston, Suf-
folk. (Arthur M.Edwards) On "Finders" for microscopes. Transla-
tions.— (N. Lieberkuhn) Contributions to the History of the Development of
the Spongillas. (Professor Max Schultze) Abstract of " Observations on the
Reproduction of the Rhizopoda." Reviews. Notes and Correspondence.
Proceedings of Societies. Zoophytology. Index and Title-page to Vol. V.

The Zoologist. No. 179, July; No. 180, August; and No. 181, September.
8vo. London : John Van Voorst. Price Is. each.

No. 179. July.— (Rev. Hamlet Clark, Mr. A. R. Wallace, Mr. H. W. Bates)
Proceedings of Natural History Collectors in Foreign Countries. Quadrupeds.
— (J. J. Reading) Dr. Leach and the Elephant. (J. Pristo) Beautiful Variety
of the Mole. (Cuthbert Collingwood, M.D.) Singular Familiarity of a Squirrel.
(J. H. Jenkinson) Capture of Vespertilio Nattereri. (Captain H. W. Hadfield)
Reddish gray Bat. (Charles William Peach) Harvest Mouse: Anecdote of a
Dog. (Jonathan Couch, F.L.S.) On the Connexion of Reason with Instinct.
Birds. — (The Marquis Oratio Antinori) On the Migration and Breeding of
Pastor roseus in the neighbourhood of Smyrna. (Lieutenant T. Blakiston, R.A.)
Birds of the Crimea. (H. Stevenson) Occurrence of Tengmalm's Owl in Nor-
folk. (G. E. Bulger) Occurrence of the Lesser Spotted Woodpecker near Fer-
moy. (Reginald Bosworth Smith) Raven Pairing with Crow ; Hawfinch Breed-
ing at Marlborough. (Captain H. W. Hadfield) Note on the Reed Bunting;
Notes on the Rook ; Early Arrival of the Cuckoo, &c. ; Another Egg Prodigy ;
Notes on the House Sparrow ; Notes on the European Nuthatch ; Note on the

BRITAIN. 99

Woodchat Shrike ; Note on the Grasshopper Warbler ; Note on the Nightingale ;
Par us major.

No. 180. August (Rev. S. H. Newenham") Remarks on the Etymology of

Names of Animals. (Robert Warrington) On the Aquarium. Mollusks. —
(Rev. A. Merle Norman) The Mollusca of the Firth of Clyde. Crustacea. —
(J. R. Kinahan) List of the Podophthalmous Crustacea occurring in Dublin
Bay. (George Guyon) Note on Carcinas mamas. Insects. — (James Cooper)
Hybernating larva? Feeding on Moss. (Jas. Gardner) Capture of the Deilephila
Euphorbia? near Box Hill. (Richard Weaver, F. Bonney, and Edward S. Bonney)
Localities for Gastropacha Ilicifolia. (J. J. Reading) Silkworms feeding on
the Oak in China ; Captures at Street Lamps ; Cucullia Chamomillse ; Ennomos
illustraria. (R. F. Logan; Eupithecia cognata and E. subfulvata bred from the
same batch of Eggs. (C. B. Newman) Capture of Abraxas Ulmaria at West
Wickham. (R. S. Edleston) Varieties of Abraxas Ulmaria, &c. ; Notes on
Tineina. (Bracy Clark) The Tzetze of Africa identified with CEstrus Bovis.
(E. Parfitt) Description of the Male of Megastigmus Pinus. (C. S. Gregson)
Capture of Dyschirius impunctipennis. (J. Gatcombe) Carabus intricatus near
Plymouth. (T. Vernon Wollaston) Description of an uncharacterized British
Anthicus. (J. Hardy) Chrysomela cerealis. (George Guyon) The Aquarium.
Proceedings of Zoological Society. (H. W. Bates) Notes on an Excursion from
Ega to Tunantins and Fonte Boa, on the Upper Amazons.

No. 181. September. — (Henry Walter Bates) Notes on an Excursion from
Ega to Tunantins and Fonte Boa, on the Upper Amazons. (Rev. Ed. Tagart,
F.L.S.) Remarks on the Necessity of precise Definitions in Attempts to Distin-
guish Reason and Instinct. Birds. — (Captain Henry W. Hadfield) Notes and
Remarks on a few of the Birds of Southern India. (Thomas Edward) Occur-
rence of the Kite near Banff. (H. Stevenson) Hawfinches breeding in Suffolk ;
Inquiry respecting the Plumage of the Common Dipper. (Captain Henry W.
Hadfield) Note on the Migration of the Swallow Tribe; Nidification of the
House Sparrow. (John Woolley, jun.) Nidification of the Bohemian Waxwing.
(W. H. Slaney) Swallows. (William Thompson) Harstpierpoint ; a great Curio-
sity. The Shoveller breeding in Dorsetshire. (H. Stevenson) Note on the
Little Auk appearing on the Norfolk Coast in Summer. Fishes. — (George

Guyon) The Eye of the Carp turns on its Axis. Mollusks (Rev. Alfred

Merle Norman) Giant Specimens of Unio tumidus and U. pictorum. Crusta-
cea (John Robert Kinahan) Description of a Galathea new to Science. In-
sects.— (James Gardner) Capture of Trochilium Allantiforme at Hungerford.
(Charles E. Challis) Abraxis Ulmaria at Coombe Wood. (G. R. Waterhouse)
Corrections to Mr. Waterhouse's List of A'eocharidae. Proceedings of So-
cieties.—Zoological Society ; Entomological Society.

The Phytologist. A Botanical Journal. Published Monthly. 8vo. Lon-
don : W. Pamplin. With Plates New Series. No. 27, July ; No. 28, Au-
gust ; No. 29, September. Price Is. each.

No. 27. July. — (John Barton). Observations on the Character of the Snow-
donian Flora, and on the Geographical Relations of Anemone Pulsatilla and As-
tragalus hypoglottis. (Zoilos) Remarks on Botanical Glossaries and Nomencla-
ture. (Rev. H. A. Stow ell) Faversham Plants. (Rev. R. H. Webb) Supple-
ment to the Flora Hertfordiensis. (J. Backhouse) Remarks on British Hieracia.
Botanical Notes. Notices and Queries. Answers to Communications received.

No. 28. August (J. G. Baker) Observations on Thalictrum minus and its

Allies, which inhabit Great Britain. (M. H. Wilkin) Botanical Sketches. (J.
G. Baker) Geological Relations of Plants — List of Plants found on Forrest Hill.
(W. Mitten) Notes on some New or Rare British Mosses. (Rev. H. A. Stowell)
Faversham Plants. Notices of the Natural History Review and of Moore Index
Filicum. Botanical Notes. Notices and Queries. Notices to Correspondents.

No. 29. September— (W. T. Bree, O. W. Borrer, and W. H. Lucas) On Gla-
diolus communis. (William Marshall) The American Water-weed (anacharis
alsinastrum). (E. Edwards) Additions to the Flora Hertfordiensis. (I. W.)

100 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Botanical Sketches, Yarmouth. (Rev. T. F. Rsvenshaw) List of Plants found
in the West Highlands. (C. Barter) Niger Expedition, Letter from the Bota-
nist of. (D. Moore, A.L.S.) Notes on Salix procumbens and other Plants not
previously noticed as Irish Species. (A. G. More, F.L.S.) Anemone Pulsatilla,
&c. Plants supposed to have disappeared from England. Notices of Stark's
Manual of the Aquarium and of Lawson's Microscopical Preparations. Botanical
Notes. Notices and Queries.

Hooker's Journal of Botany, and Kew Garden Miscellany. No. 102,
July ; No. 103, August ; No. 104, September.

No. 102, July. — (Dr. Mueller) Notes made during the recent Expedition across
the northern portion of Australia. (Dr. J. D. Hooker) On Bryocarpum, a new
genus of Himalayan Primulacese ; and on Loxodiscus, a new genus of Sapindaceae.
(J. C. Gregory) Journal of the North Australian Expedition. (C. F. D. Park-
inson) The Bunya-Bunya and Water Lilies of North-eastern Australia. (Professor
Braun) Characese Australes. (B. Clarke) On Pteris aquilina as an Esculent vege-
table. British North -American Exploring Expedition. Notice of Rev. M. J.
Berkeley's Introduction to Cryptogamic Botany ; and of Bentham's Plantae Hart-
wegianae.

No. 103, August. — (Dr. Mueller) Notes made during the recent Expedition
across the Northern portion of Australia. (J. C. Gregory) Letter on the North
Australian Exploring. (Dr. J. D. Hooker) On three new Indian Scrophularinese.
(N. A. Dalzell) Observations on the Cissus quadrangularis of Linneus. (Dr.
Baikie) Second Exploring Expedition up the Kwora. (Charles Wilson) Destruc-
tion of Gutta Percha trees in Singapore. (N. H. Masson) Musschia Wollastoni,
and selection of woods from the Island of Madeira. Notice of the Canadian Natu-
ralist and Geologist.

No. 104, September.— (Dr. W. B. Baikie) Notice of his second Exploring
Voyage up the Kwora. (C. Wilhelmi) Notes on some Edible and Useful Aus-
tralian Plants. (Sir W. J. Hooker) On Asplenium nigripes, a Mexican, and on
Davallia nodosa, an Indian Fern. (Dr. Harvey) Flora of South Africa. (C.
Wilford) Botanical Mission to the Chinese Seas. (Dr. Grisebach) Flora of the
British West Indian Islands. Finland Bread. On the cultivation of Guinea-grass
in Malta. Results of the Trade in Palm Oil and Ground-nuts on the West Coast
of Africa. Notices of Exposition des Genres de la faraille des Polypodiacees, and
Memoires sur la Famille des Foug^res, by A. L. A. Fee. A Catalogue of the
Ferns in the Royal Gardens of Kew, and on cultivated Ferns, by John Smith. Of
Index Filicum, by T. Moore. Of Filices Horti Botanici Lipsiensis, and Veber
einigil Farngatterngen, by Dr. G. Mettenius. Of Plantae Caribese, by A. Grise-
bach. Of Xenia Orchidacea, by Reichenbach ; and of Illustrazioni delle Piante
nuove e rare dell' orto Botanio di Padova.

The Naturalist : a popular monthly Magazine, with numerous Engravings ;
conducted by B. R. Morris, Esq., M.D. No. 71, January; No. 72, Feb-
ruary ; No. 73, March, 1857. 8vo. Price 6d. each. London : Messrs.
Groombridge.

No. 72. February. — (T. Fuller) The Study of Natural History conducive to
Health. (George R. Twinn) Addenda to Bird-retreating. (T. Fuller) Birds
using Oil from Glands, for the purpose of lubricating the surface of their plum-
age. On Unity of System. (W.) A Peep at the Ferns, &c., of Sutherland and
Ross. Miscellaneous Notices. — Gray Phalarope ; Ringtail Harrier ; Merlin ;
Little Auk ; Little Grebe ; Scarcity of Birds in hard weather ; the Knot ; Land-
rail ; Skylarks ; Starling and Blue Tit. Reviews. — A Simple Catechism of the
Animal, Vegetable, and Mineral Kingdoms. By Charlotte O'Brien. The Natural
History Review. Exchange. — Algae ; British Eggs. Proceedings of Socie-
ties.— Thirsk Natural History Society. The Querist The Chimney Swallow ;

Vegetable Caterpillar from New Zealand ; Substance used to represent Snow and
Ice; theHeratical Subject. Obituary. — Death of Mr. David Dyson.

BRITAIN. • 101

No. 73. March — (T. Fuller) The Study of Natural History conducive to
Health. (O. S. Round) Sympathy between Man and Animals. (F. M. Burton)
On the Classification of the Animal Kingdom by the Distribution of the Nerves.
(J. Mcintosh) Injurious Insects — No. VII. On Unity of System. (G, R.
Twinn) Notes from Norfolk. (The Editor) Systema Naturae. (Robert Marris)
A list of some of the most uncommon species of Lepidoptera in the neighbour-
hood of Wisbeach, Cambridgeshire. Miscellaneous Notices Beggarwo-

man's Dog ; the Common Tern ; the Kittiwake Gull ; the Nightingale; Extraor-
dinary flights of Larks ; Raraavis ; a curious incident in Entomology ; Winter work ;
Weather wisdom ; English Snakes ; Filling and emptying an aquarium. Review. —
The Natural History Review.

No. 74, April. (O. S. Round) Swallows. On the Unity of System. (J. S.
Walker) Three days in the Falkland Islands. ( W.) A Peep at the Ferns of
Sutherland and Ross. (T. G. Bonney) List of Butterflies and Sphinges ob-
served at Lausanne, Switzerland. Entomological captures in 1856. (G. Stock-
ley) Notice of the Diurnal Lepidoptera in my neighbourhood. (W.) Contri-
butions to an Entomology of Banffshire. — Butterflies. (The Editor) Systema
Naturae. Miscellaneous Notices. — Wild Cat. Great Black Woodpecker. The
Crested Grebe. Attachment of the Nightingale to young of its own species.
Notices in Zoology* Hybernating Papilionidae, &c. Review — Blunders in Be -
haviour. Querist. — The Nettle-bird and the Gorse-bird.

No. 75, May. (O. S. Round) Swallows. (F. M. Burton) On the Classifica-
tion of the Animal Kingdom. No. 2. (T. Fuller) On the Destruction of Birds.
(Lieutenant Blakiston, R.A., and Lieutenant Bland, R.E.) A List of the Birds
of Nova Scotia. (W. V. Guise) The Vegetable Caterpillar from New Zealand.
An Entomological Dream. (The Editor) Systema Naturae. On Birds using
Oil from Glands. Miscellaneous Notices. — Curious Freak of a Dog. Long-
eared Owl. The Raven. Indications of Spring. White-tailed Eagle. Rare
Birds. Rare Birds about Plymouth. Jack Snipe. Skenea rota. British But-
terflies. Review. — The Natural History Review. The Querist — Vegetable
Caterpillar, &c.

No. 76, June. (F. M. Burton) On the Classification of the Animal King-
dom. No. 3. (O. S. Round) Birds' Nests. On Unity of System. Entomo-
logical Dream. (Major Wedderburn) Addenda to the Birds of Novia Scotia.
(The Editor) Systema Naturae. Miscellaneous Notices — Natural History Re-
view, (A. H. Haliday) Setting of Hymenoptera.

No. 77, July. — (T. Fuller) Sympathy between Man and Animals. (O. S.
Round) On Birds' Nests. (G. R. Twinn) What are they for? On Unity of
System. (W.) Fish notes. Unexpected arrivals. (Edward J. Maude)
First appearance of Migratory Birds in the neighbourhood of Kilnsey, in Craven,
Yorkshire. (J. MkIntosh) The Misteltoe. (O. S. Round) Migration. (The
Editor) Systema Naturae. Miscellaneous Notices — Blackbirds. The
Cuckoo. Carabus intricatus. Rara avis. Proceedings of Societies. —
Thirsk Natural History Society. (The Querist) On Birds using Oil from
Glands. Synapta lineata. Singing of Birds.

No. 78, August (G. R. Twinn) Beautiful Harmony. Instinctive action of a

Blind Horse. (Robert Gray) Remarks upon the Ringed Guillemot ; with en-
gravings. (O. S. Round) Birds' Nests. (F. M. Burton) On the Classification
of the Animal Kingdom. (The Editor) Systema Naturae. Miscellaneous
Notices. — The Corn-crake. Singing Birds near large towns. M April showers
bring Spring Flowers." Sphinx Euphorbiae at Box Hill. Reviews. —
The Natural History Review. Index Filicum. The British Botanist's Field
Book. The Querist. — The Mistletoe.

No. 79, September.— (O. S. Round) Characteristics of Common Birds.
(G. R. Twinn) A Memory from Stratford- on- Avon. (W. V. Guise, F. L. S.)
On the Cotteswolds. (Charles Edward Smith) Occurrence of Rare Birds at
Ackworth. On Unity of System. (O. S. Round) Sunday in the Country.
(G. R. Twinn) Butterflies. (George Wightwick) The Tree of Thibet. (The
Editor) Systema Naturae. (F. M. Burton) On the Classification of the Animal

102 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

Kingdom. Miscellaneous Notices. — Ornithology in the House of Commons.
Resuscitation of Plants. Turtle Doves. Eristalis nubilipennis in Ireland.
Liparis monacha in Lincolnshire. Purple Emperor in Lincolnshire. Swallow
roosting in a hedge. Erebia blandina, &c. The Querist. — The Ringed
Guillemot.

Transactions of the Entomological Society of London. New series. 8vo.

London. Vol. IV. Part IV. ; with One Plate. 1857. Price 2s. Vol. IV.

Part V. ; with Three Plates. September, 1857. Price 3s.

(Wollaston, T. V.) Revision of the British Atomariae; concluded — p. 81.
(Stainton, H. T.) On the recent progress of Micro -lepidopterology on the con-
tinent— p. 82-86. (Baly, J. S.) Description of two insects belonging to Pseu-
domela, a new genus of Chrysomelidae — p. 87, 88. (Pascoe,F. P.) Onnew Genera
and Species of Longicorn Coleoptera; Part II. — p. 89-112. Proceedings from
Nov. 3, 1856, to Feb. 2, 1857 ; Anniversary Address of the President — p. 33-56.
(Stainton, H. T.) Observations on Genera — p. 113-1 15. The Binomial system
of nomenclature, through itsnearlyunanimousadoption by naturalists, sinceLinnseus,
has tended to give a factitious importance to the genus, as distinguished from other
groups of greater or less contents. This influence may be clearly traced in many
of the speculations which have appeared from time to time, touching the limits and
number of genera, their existence in nature, &c. We might illustrate this by the
notion, very generally entertained, that the common use of the decimal notation
implies some peculiar intrinsic fitness of the number 10 to be the basis of arithmetical
operations. The real office of the generic name as a help to memory being allowed
to fall out of sight, it is no wonder if genera have been often constituted and judged
on grounds irreconcileable with that object. How long, in the accelerated progress
of the discovery and discrimination of species, it may suffice to employ a single
step to clear the proportionally widening interval of analytic propositions succeeding
one another between the species and the aggregate of organised nature — that is to
say, how long the Binomial nomenclature may continue to satisfy the wants of
science — is a question that may soon be pressed irresistibly on the consideration
of Naturalists. So long, however, as the generic name is acknowledged as the sole
complement of the trivial, the relation of the group selected to bear that name to
both ends of the chain will require to be considered. If we rightly apprehend the
gist of this article, the writer's inclination is to designate as genus the natural group
next above the species. The limitation, which he allows, in the application of this
principle, from the discovety of connecting links, seems to be nullified by the sub-
sequent admission made of the existence of such intermediate species in relation
to all genera. The adoption of genera containing only single species has such an
important bearing on the right conception of the characters and the limits of the
genus, that it deserved, we think, some more exact investigation than the question
has received here. (Smith, F.) Observations on the difficulties attending the
discrimination of the species of the genus Stylops ; with a plate — p. 115- 118. The
delicate bodies of the insects of this group are so much deformed in drying, that
any but recent specimens afford scanty means for the determination of specific
characters. Mr. Smith having, in most instances, been able to collate the figures
that have been published of the supposed British species, with the original specimens,
has found them, with the exception of those given in Curtis' British Entomology,
so unsatisfactory that he doubts whether there is any good evidence of the existence
of more than one species of Stylops in Britain. Copies of some of these figures are
given in the plate, along with some original sketches. (Walker, F.) Characters
of undescribed Diptera in the collection of W. W. Saunders, Esq — p. 119-158.
This paper, which forms the principal bulk of the present part, contains the de-
scription of eighty-two new species of various families, from Stratiomydas to Cono-
pid«, and from different parts of the globe. Two new genera of Svrphidae are
characterised, Lycastris and Rhoga. Some bibliographic notices are added, and
some analytic tables of genera. The summary which Mr. Walker has given in
some instances of the geographical distribution would deserve to be carried out
more extensively and more in detail. The materials, in collections, for

GERMANY. 103

such an estimate have been vastly increased of late years ; yet the most which
they would afford might be a comparative view of the known number of species of
a few conspicuous groups within some limited districts in distant parts of the globe.
Even for this end, a careful collation and reduction of the nominal species would
be almost a necessary preliminary. (Westwood, J. O.) On the oriental species
of Butterflies related to the genus Morpho—p. 158-160. Only commenced in the
present part. The two coloured plates given with this part serve to illustrate Mr.
Pascoe's paper on Longicorn beetles.

GERMANY.
Verhandlungen des Zoologisch-Botanischen Vereins in Wien. Trans-
actions of the Zoological and Botanical Association of Vienna.
8vo. Vienna. Vol. VI., with Ten Plates. A.D. 1856.
Zoology. — (Hanf) List of the Birds observed about the Furt-teich, near
Mariahof, in Upper Styria, with notices of their Natural History, provincial names,
&c. — p. 671-700. (Erber) Observations on the habits of Amphibia in captivity,
and on Zamenis cesculapii Wagler, in particular — p. 393-396. (Wankel) On
the Fauna of the Moravian caves — p. 467-470. (Frauenfeld) Contribution to the
Fauna of Dalmatia — p. 431-448. A list of insects, viz., Diptera, Neuroptera,
Hemiptera, and Formicidas, and of land and freshwater Mollusca, collected in this
province. The author notes, as peculiarly characteristic, the predominance of the
Bombylida? among Dipterous insects, and of the genus Clausilia among the Gas-
tropod Mollusks. (Schiner) Revision of the Diptera enumerated by Austrian
entomologists — p. 399-424. The authorities reviewed in the present part of the
essay are Poda, Insecta Musei Grascensis, Grsecii, a.d. 1761, and Scopoli Ento-
mologia Carniolica. The only result of the examination of the former of these
sufficiently interesting to be cited here is the observation that Schranck, while he
cites Tipula maxima Poda correctly, has without apparent reason altered the trivial
name to gigantea, under which the species is to be found in most recent works.
The examination of the work of Scopoli leads to conclusions of more moment for
the right nomenclature of the Diptera, according to the laws of scientific priority.
Schiner remarks with good cause on the unjust neglect with which a work, not
inferior to most of its contemporaries for clear and concise descriptions, has been
generally treated until of late, and endeavours to prepare the way for a more
general restitution by referring the later synonyms to the earlier names of Scopoli,
where 'this can be done with certainty. In the course of this discussion, he has
been led into some critical remarks on the doubtful application commonly made
of some Linnean names. (Same) Additions to the list of Austrian Asilidse in
Vol. V. — p. 167-174. (Same) Observations on Frauenfeld's essay on Galls
produced by insects, in the fifth volume of these Transactions — p. 215-224. With
descriptions of a new species of Clunio, C. adriaticus, and another Dipterous insect
of the Adriatic coast, for which the author proposes a new genus Thalassomyia in
the family Chironomidse. (Loew) On the Dipterous genera Microdon and Chry-
sotoxum — p. 599-622. From this learned and minute critical inquiry, we derive
the following conclusions regarding the names and synonyms of the British species
of these genera. Microdon: 1. apiformis Degeer ; Meigen ; Walker; — mutabilis
Linn. ; Fabr. ; Fallen ; Meigen ; Zetterstedt ; Walker ; — apiarius Fabr. ; La-
treille ; — auropubescens Latreille ; — scutellatus Schummel ; — probably also Mus-
canova Schranck;— to which we add Mulio mutabilis Panzer Fn. G. 82, 21. 2.
devius Linn. ; — piger Schranck ; — micans Meigen ; — anthinus Meigen ; — apiformis
Curtis ; Zetterstedt ;—fuscitarsis Schummel ;— to which may be added Stratiomys
conica Panzer Fn. G. 12, 21. Chrysotoxum : 1. sylvarum Meigen ; Schummel ;
— fasciolatum Meigen; Rondani ;— scutellalum Macquart? — arcuatum Walker.
2. fasciolatum Degeer ; Fallen ; — vespiforme Fabr. ; — marginatum Meigen ;
Schummel ; Zetterstedt ; Walker ; — costale Meigen. 3. festivum Linn. ;
Scopoli ; Walker ;— arcuatum Fabr. ; Fallen ; Meigen ; Macquart ; Zetterstedt.
4. octomaculatum Curtis ; Walker ; — intermedium Zetterstedt ; — chrysopolita
Rondani. 5. elegans Loew ; Zetterstedt ; — arcuatum Dumeril ; — intermedium
Walker, 6. bicinctum Linn. &c. (Keferstein) On Oestrus hominis— p. 637-

104 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

652. Concluding against the existence of a species appropriated to man, while
admitting the evdence that Oestrus bovis, Cuterebra noxialis, &c, do occasionally
deposit their eggs on the human body, and that these are developed there.
(Kolenati) Nycteribia frauenfeldii n. sp ; with figures— p. 188, 189. The
largest European species of the genus ; found, but very rarely, in the fur of Ves-
pertilio murinus hybernating in the caverns of Moravia. (Egger) New genera
and species of Diptera of the families Tachinarise and Dexiarise; with other
remarks on insects of this order — p. 383-392. (Hornig) The metamorphosis of
some Lepidoptera, Cidaria ccesiata Wien. Verz., and Grapholdha conterminana
H. Schaeffer — p. 21-24. (Schedl) Metamorphosis of Eupithecia mayeri Mann
— p. 163. (Schleicher) List of the Lepidoptera of the Circle above the
Wienerwald — p. 653-670. (Mayr) Additions to the list of Hungarian For-
micidae— p. 177, 178. (Giraud) On some rare or little known species of Hy-
menoptera occurring about Vienna — p. 179-188. Among these, a second species
of the genus Elasmus, E. westwoodii, reared from some small soft galls of the
Aspen. (Hampe) On a new subterranean beetle — p. 463. This insect,
Pholeuon angusticolle, figured, constitutes a new genus of Silphidae, allied to
Leptoderus, but distinguished by the presence of a scutelium, the keeled sternum,
the subulate maxillary palpi, &c. ; found in a cave in Hungary at an elevation
of 4,500 feet above the level of the sea. (Miller) Oryotus schmidtii — p. 627.
(Same) Drimeotus kovacsii — p. 635. These two new genera of subterranean
Coleoptera, here figured, the former from a cave in Carniola, the latter in
Hungary, form with Pholeuon connecting links between Leptoderus and
Adelops. The foretarsi are four -jointed in the female Drimeotus, and in both
sexes of the two other genera, and the first two joints dilated in the male
Oryotus. (Kraatz) Typhlobium, a new subterranean genus of Staphylinidae —
p. 625. The species T. stagophilum, figured, was found in one of the Carniolan
caves by that indefatigable investigator, Ferdinand J. Schmidt, but has also
occurred under the bark of a tree. It is allied to Lathrobium, but distinguished
by the want of eyes, not total however, as in the place of those organs there is a
minute spot distinguished by its lighter colour, which the author compares to a
spiracle. (Brauer) List of the Odonata and Perlidse found in the Austrian
empire — p. 228-234. (Same) Comparative description of Sialis fuliginosa
Pictet ? and Burmeister, and S. lutaria L. — p. 397, 398. (Same) Kevision of
the Austrian species of Chrysopa, and description of a new species, C. tricolor ;
with a plate— p. 703-708. (Kolenati) A new Austrian Phryganea, Stenophylax
areatus ; with a plate— p. 165, 166. (Heller) Contribution to the Fauna of the
Adriatic; with a plate— p. 629-636, 717-720. Pontonella new genus of
Alphseidae ; Stenorrhynchus inermis n. sp. (Gredler) The land and freshwater
shells of Tyrol ; with a plate — p. 25-162. Four new species of Pupa are figured
and described; P. cluusiralis, striata, genesii, leontina. (Hauffen) Two new
subterranean Gastropoda, Valvata erythropomatia and Paludina pellucida ;
figured — p. 465, 466. (Same) Carychium reticulatum n. sp. ; figured — p. 623.
(Same) Two new subterranean Gastropoda, Carychium bidentatum and Valvata
spelaea ; figured — p. 701, 702. Botany. — (Pluskal) History of Botany in
Moravia — p. 363-372. (Fritsch) Instructions for the observation of the phe-
nomena of vegetation on the banks of the Danube— p. 709-716. (Kerner) The
Bakony forest ; a sketch of Botanical Geography— p. 373-382. (Pernhofier)
Essay towards a sketch of the Botanical Geography of the country about
Wildbad Gastein— p. 3-20. (Sapetza) Contribution to the Flora of Moravia
and Silesia— p. 471-474. (Pancic) List of Phanerogamous plants that grow
spontaneously in Servia; with characters of some new species — p. 475-598.
The new species are Trifolium trichopterum, Geranium fasciculatum, Lavatera
muricata, Eryngium serbicum, Koeleria eriostachya. (Mayr) Excursion to
Szegedin in the Autumn of 1855— p. 175-177. (Keissek) On the wild growth
of the vine in the basin of Vienna — p. 425-430. (Schur) The Sesleriacese of
the Siebenbuergen— p. 191-214. (Fenzl) Sedum hillebrandii n. sp., with
remarks on the distinctions of some species of the group of S. acre— p. 449-462.
(Perger) On Atropa mandrugora— p. 721-724. (Heufler) Contributions to

GERMANY. 105

the Lichenology of the district of Vienna— p. 225-228. (Same) The European
species of Asplenium ; with three plates and a chart of geographical distribution
— p. 235-354. (Poetsch) Contribution to the Bryology of Lower Austria, — p.
355-362.

Proceedings — (Muehlig) Observations on the habits of Falco milvus in cap-
tivity— p. 22-24. (Aschner) Albinism in a swallow the effect of internal in-
jury— p. 75. (Hanf) Migration of birds in 1856 — p. 91. (Lindenmayr) On
the habits of Sylvia elaica— p. 92. (Kner) On Artificial Impregnation — p. 43-
45. (Mahler) Dytiscus marginalis infested by Gordii — p. 11. (Same) Dis-
covery of a Troglorrhynchus in the Magdalena grotto — p. 11. (Leinweber)
Galleruca xanthomelaena injurious to the elm — p. 74. (Gredler) Helicidaj
of Styria — p. 73. (Frauenfeld) Observations on two species of Carychium,
described as new by Hauffen — p. 94. (Same) On Aquaria — p. 70-73. (Sauter)
Corrections of the list of plants of the Lungau Alps by Hillebrandt, in vol. 3 of
these Transactions — p. 10. (Pokorny) Notice of the " Physiotypia plantarum
Austriacarum"— p. 54, 56, 59. (Holzinger) Pulmonaria mollis, an addition to
the Flora of Lower Austria — p. 62-64. (Bermann) Geum sudeticum Tauscher
found in Upper Styria— p. 64. (Niessl) On intermediate forms between
Melampyrum nemorosum and sylvaticum — p. 82-85. (Same) Examination of
the PolJen of the different forms— p. 106. (Reichardt) Additions to the Flora
of Iglau — p. 86. (Bilimek) Occurrence of Betula oycowiemis Besser in the
Austrian territory— p. 88. (Andorfer) Botanical excursion to Hohenau — p.
93. (Reichardt) Contribution to the Flora of Austrian Silesia — p. 104.
(Heufler) Notice of Facchini's manuscript work, the Flora of Cisalpine Tyrol —
p. 15. Facchini's Observations on the genus Hieracium — p. 17. (Pokorny)
On a Ceratophora in the caves of Karst, produced from a Lenzites — p. 9.
(Frauenfeld) Notice of his work the Algae of Dalmatia— p. 89-91. (H>ufler)
Rare Cryptogama of the Lower Miirzthal — p. 106. (Same) On the study of
the Cryptogama — p. 46-49. (Same) On the views of Linnaeus with regard to
the Sexual and the Natural Systems in Botany — p. 49-51. (Same) Notice of
the Reading book for the Intermediate schools of the Austrian empire — p. 88.
Discussion, in the Botanical section of the Meeting of German Naturalists at
Vienna, in 1856, on the best method for Observations on the phenomena of
Vegetation— p. 97-100.

Zeitschriftfuerdie gesammten Naturwissenschaften, u. s.w.redigirt von
C. Giebel and W. Heintz. Journal of the Natural Sciences in General,
published by the Natural History Association of Saxony and Thuringia.
8vo. Berlin.

Vol. IX. ; with 12 Plates ; January to June, 1856.
Original Essays. — (Giebel) Osteological characters of the skull of the Ourang-
utan ; with reference to Burmeister's observations in D'Alton and Burmeister's
Journal of Zoology, &c, a. d. 1848— p. 443-447. (Same) Osteology of Procyon
— p. 349-373. Concluding that there is as yet no satisfactory evidence of the
existence of more than one species of Racoon in North America, the osteological
characters not supporting the specific distinction of P. brachyurus and obscurus
Wiegmann. (Hellman and Kalb) On the successful eradication of the Hamster
round Gotha— p. 170. (Brendel) Birds of the Peoria district in the state of
Illinois — p. 420-425. (Nitzsch) Posthumous notes on the Anatomy of Cathartes
aura, Falco albicilla, lagopus, and buteo-p. 426-433. (Same) Posthumous notes
on the Sclerotic ring, the pecten, and Harder's gland in the eye of birds ; with six
plates— p. 383-419. (Same) Characters of Philopterus, a genus of Mallophaga ;
posthumous essay— p. 249-262. (Same) Helminthological researches; posthu-
mous essay — p. 264-269. (Kochler) Microscopical and chemical examination of
the concretions, corpuscula oryzoidea, in the sheaths of the tendons : with a plate
— p. 269-276. (Heintz) On the composition of the solid part of Olive oil— p.
434-438. (Gerlach) Analysis of Triphylline— p. 148-152. (Elis) Geological
rambles through the Huy, near Halberstadt — p. 447-452. (Weichsel) Ancient
mines and smelting works, on the .northern boundary of the Harz— p. 459-462.

106 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

(Oberbeck) On the stratification and false cleavage of the slate of Wissenbach ;
with three plates — p. 22-60. (Giebel) Dichelodus, a new genus of fish, in the
copper schist of Mansfeld ; with a plate— p. 121-127. (Same) Fossil Fauna of
the Lithographic slate of Solenhofen ; with two plates — p. 378-388. Two species
of Libel lulidae, Aeschna multicellulosa, and Calopteryx lithographica ; Buriarugosa,
a Crustacean intermediate in its characters between Idotea and Tanais ; and two
Holothuriae, Protholothuria annulata and armata. (Same) The fossil species of
the genus Capulus — p. 162-169. (Same) On Bornemann's discovery of the
Cretacean formation in Thuringia — p. 455. (Same) On the earthquake of the
1st of June, 1857, in Saxony and Thuringia — p. 438-443. (Chop) Teeth and
remains of fishes in the Keuper of Schlotheim ; additional notices, with a plate —
p. 127-132. (Stichler) Fossil flora of the Quader sandstone of Langenberg, near
Zwedlinburg — p. 452-455. CPurgold) Crystals and their origin — p. 277-299.
(Soechting) Paragenesis of white-lead, and of the Hydrocarbon ate of copper — p.
168. (Gross) On the arrangement of a Geological museum — p. 153-162.
Extracts from the Proceedings of the Royal Swedish Academy, &c. (Meves)
Fauna of Gothland— p. 459. ( Wahlberg) Bombi of the North— p. 132-136.
(Thomson) Swedish species of Omalium— p. 458. (Bohemann) Sexual union
between different species of insects — p. 300. (Zetterstedt) Botany of the Pyrenees
— p. 300-302. (Nillson) Ethnographical inferences from the antiquities exhumed
in Scandinavia — p. 60-65.

Literary Notices. Zoology, eighty-nine. Botany, twenty-eight. Geology,
Mineralogy, and Paleontology, one hundred distinct articles.

SlTZUNGSBERICHTE DER KAISERLICHEN AkADEMIE DER WlSSENSCHAFTEN.

Proceedings of the Vienna Imperial Academy of Science. Math.

Nat. History Class. 8vo. Vienna.

Vol. XXII. Three Parts ; with Twenty -three Plates. 1856.

(Jendrassik) Anatomical examination of the structure of the Glans Thymus ;
withaplate — p. 75-113. (Voigt) On a newly discovered system of lines on the surface
of the human body, and on the principal regions of ramification of the nerves of the
skin, and the mode of distribution of the nerves in these — p. 240-248. (Engel)
On the arrangement and development of feathers ; with five plates — p. 376-393.
The arrangement of the feathers is connected with the progress of segmentation
in the embryo, which precedes the development of the several parts, each of the
divisions formed on the surface of the body by these processes becoming clothed
with feathers independently of the others. In each division the development of
the capsules proceeds from the circumference towards the centre, the arrange-
ment of them following the outline more closely in proportion as they approach
to this boundary. The formation of a series of capsules commences with the
appearance of a thickened streak, which afterwards breaks up into divisions
corresponding to the number of feathers. In each pair of contiguous streaks the
roots are developed alternately, so that each capsule in one series is opposed to
the space between two in the next, giving rise to a great variety of complicated
geometrical figures. The feather appears, in the first instance, as a nearly
rounded collection of cells, which becomes divided subsequently into two spherical
masses. The superficial cells coalesce with one another both longitudinally and
transversely, so that the feather acquires a fibrous structure. The growth of the
feather takes place from the end by the development of a terminal bud which
forms a new one by transverse fission, and so on, till the end of the feather has
attained a certain degree of slenderness. Similar terminal buds then appear on
the separate vanes of each feather, and these, by continued transverse fission,
develope new terminal and lateral buds, which last constitute the bilateral fringe
of the individual vanes. In the course of these processes there is no formation
or repartition of cells in the ordinary sense of the term. (Frauenfeld) On the
genera Raymondia Fr., Strebla Wdm. and Brachytarsina Mcq. — p. 468-478.
A critique of Kolenati, who in his " Parasites of the Chiroptera" has referred the
genus Raymondia, proposed by Frauenfeld in the eighteenth volume of these
Proceedings, to Strebla Wdm., as Walker had previously done, in the Catalogue of

GERMANY. 107

the Diptera of the British Museum, with a species of the same group, Strebla
africana. The distinctions seem abundantly sufficient in these instances to for-
bid such a reunion ; but it is not so clear that Raymondia is not identical with
Brachytarsina Mcq., as Loew thinks, notwithstanding the discrepancies in the
figure and description given by Macquart, Dipteres Exotiques Supplement IV.,
which Frauenfeld has here drawn attention to. A new species, R. diversa, cha-
racterized from a single specimen, is remarkable for an irregularity of the vena-
tion, which, although symmetrical in both wings, is probably a monstrosity.
(Same) Contributions to the Natural History of Trypeta, with descriptions of
some new species ; with a plate — p. 523-557. Fifty-nine species are enumerated
as inhabiting plants of the order Composite, while only nine are known as at-
tached to plants of other orders. The new species described are T. affinis, amoena,
eggeri, intermedia, mamulce, maura, schcefferi, European ; and two from Egypt and
Arabia, T. cony zee and augur. (Loew, F.) Description of the larva of Nebria picicor-
nis, and general characters of the larvae of this genus ; with a plate — p. 298-306.
(Frauenfeld) On the Paludinae of the group P. viridis Poir. ; with a plate — p.
569-578. (Unger) On the ducts which contain the milky juice in Alisma
plantago— p. 169. (Ettinghausen) On the venation of the leaves in theCelas-
trineae — p. 269-271. (Perger) The German names of native plants ; the orders
Ranunculaceae, Papaveraceae, Cruciferae, and Solaneae — p. 559. The three pre-
ceding essays will appear in full in the Transactions. (Wertheim) On a new
alkaloid in Conium maculatum — p. 113-121. (Steer) On the preparation of
Gallic acid— p. 249. (Bohm) Studies of Chlorophyll— p. 479-512. (Roch-
leder) Note on the Tannin of galls — p. 558. (Pohl) Heliotypy an instrument
for the study of the Venation in the leaves and blossoms of plants, and for the
detection of Adulteration in certain drugs and groceries — p. 291-297. (Schmidt)
The Baradla cave near Agtelek, and the Ice cave of Lednica near Szilitz, in
Hungary— p. 579-621. (Boue) On the Geological maps of Europe, and on
Geological maps in general — p. 561-568. (Lorenz) On the origin of the Coal
bed of Hausruck ; with two plates — p. 660-672. (Boue) On Ptschelar's Hydro-
graphic map of the Circle of Kraina in Servia; Belgrade, 1856 — p. 673-691.
(Unger) On the fossil plants of the fluviatile Limestone and Quartz ; and Studies
of the Leitha limestone, its vegetable contents and mode of formation ; — Extracts
from two essays to be inserted in the Transactions — p. 697-700. (Reuss) Frag-
ments concerning the genesis of Minerals — p. 129-210. (Haidinger) Kenn-
gottite, a mineral species from Felsobanya in Hungary — p. 236-239. (Bauer)
Analysis of Kaolin from Zettlitz in Bohemia — p. 693-696. (Pohl) Analysis of
Bittern from the Saltern of Piran — p. 122-128. (Hauer) Analysis of the
mineral water of Stubitza in Croatia— p. 307-316. (Partscb) On the Black
stone of the Kaaba in Mecca— p. 393.

Abhandlungen der Naturforschenden Gesellschaft zu Halle. Trans-
actions of the Society of Naturalists of Halle. 4to. Halle,
Vol. IV. Part I.
(Gegenbaur) On the development of Sagitta; with a plate— p. 1-18. The
observations were made on S. bipunctata, and a smaller species, out of three dis-
tinct species which occur about Messina. The substance of them has been
already given in Siebold and Kcelliker's journal of Scientific Zoology, Vol. V.
They are so completely at variance with Darwin's observations on the supposed
spawn of Sagitta, that the author concludes that this was in reality the spawn of
some fish. The most noticeable points are as follows :— The division of the yolk
produces long pyramidal cells having their base at the surface and the apex to-
wards the centre, which retain this form even after the formation of the embryo
has commenced. The origin of the intestinal canal is contemporaneous with the
division of the yolk ; and it appears at first as a central cavity of the yolk, the
communication with the exterior being established at a later period. The de-
velopment from the egg is completed without any metamorphosis, not even cilia
being produced on the surface of the embryo. Hence the type of development
appears to be totally different from that of Mollusca, the embryo being formed

108 NOTICES OF SERIALS.

without metamorphose, without a velum, or even the temporary presence of
cilia. This last circumstance distinguishes it from the Annelides and Platodes,
but points to the analogy with the Nematodes, with which also the mode of de-
velopment agrees best throughout, except as regards the singular form of the
segmentation cells, and the first formation of the intestinal cavity. These pe-
culiarities tend to confirm the views of the first observer, Slabber, who placed
Sagitta among the worms, but as a peculiar group — Dart- worms, which Gegen-
baur would intercalate between the Nematodes and Annelides. (Schultze) On
the land Planariae, from the observations of F. Mueller in Brazil, and original
investigations — p. 18-38. Among the species observed by Mueller in Brazil, one
is colourless and destitute of eyes, its mode of life being subterranean, and its
food Lumbricus corethrurus. The terrestrial kinds as well as the aquatic ap-
pear to have a coat of cilia. Schultze's anatomical and histological observations
were made on a specimen belonging to a new species — Geoplana burmeisteri,
brought home, preserved in spirits, by Burmeister. He recommends for the pre-
servation of such delicate objects a solution of bichromate of potash, in the pro-
portion of one to two grains in an ounce of water, as preferable to spirits of wine.
(Herter) Sketch of the Lignite formation of Thuringia and Saxony ; with a
map — p. 39-85. Within this district two distinct formations occur, one, which
predominates, of marine deposition ; the other, confined to a small tract on the
western declivity of the high ridge of the Rothliegendes which separated it from
that ancient sea, is characterized by the great regularity of deposition in small
limited basins, the perfect stratification and the mineralogical character of the
rocks, plastic clays prevailing in the absence of coarse arenaceous deposits. In
this continental formation the beds of coal eonsist of well preserved pieces of
stems. The characteristic absence of fossils in the Lignite excludes direct
evidence of the Geological antiquity of these formations. The relative position
evinces the Lignite to be older than the Tongrian system, as it underlies a mem-
ber parallel with this. The marine formation at Bornstedt is unequivocally
superincumbent over the continental, so that the latter, in this locality at least,
may be referred to the most ancient of the Tertiary formations of Germany.
The dislocations of the rocks within the district investigated afford evidence of
violent convulsions that have occurred since the Lignite was deposited.

Proceedings for 1856. (Volkmann) Regularity of action of the muscles —
p. 3. (Vogel) Change of the matter of the human body — p. 5. (Schultze)
Structure of the olfactory organ — p. 7. (Burmeister) Anomalura pelei allied
to Hystrix — p. 5. Dolichotis patagonica allied to Cavia — p. 7. On Ciconia
mycteria and the Storks in general— p. 10. On the Treefrogs of Brazil — p. 8.
(Schlechtendahl) On the genus Datura, the date of the introduction into Europe
of D. stramonium, and the specific distinction of D. tatula. On the most ancient
notices of the Flora of Halle — p. 17-20. On Placodium yussufii, the locomotive
lichen of the Sahara — p. 21. On the spontaneous growth of Hydrilla verticil! ata
and Najasflexilis in Pomerania — p. 21, 22. (Andrae) On conical and spherical
concretions in the Tertiary sand of the Heath of Nietleben— p. 12. (Girard)
On Volger's theory of the origin of Earthquakes — p. 13. On a model of the
Carboniferous formation constructed by Professor Goeppert in the Royal Botani-
cal Garden at Breslau— p. 16.

-y